As filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission on December 30, 2025.
Registration No. 333-[•]
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
__________________________________
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under
The Securities Act of 1933
__________________________________
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
__________________________________
|
Delaware |
3577 |
46-4371395 |
||
|
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(Primary Standard Industrial |
(I.R.S. Employer |
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
(512) 947-9029
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
__________________________________
Jan Goetgeluk
Chief Executive Officer
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
(512) 947-9029
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
__________________________________
Copies to:
|
Michael Blankenship |
Jan Goetgeluk |
__________________________________
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. ☒
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
|
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
☐ |
|||||
|
Non-accelerated filer |
☒ |
Smaller reporting company |
☒ |
|||||
|
Emerging growth company |
☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
PROSPECTUS
(Subject to Completion)
Dated December 30, 2025
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.

34,213,618 Shares of Class A Common Stock
This prospectus relates to the registration of the resale of up to 34,213,618 shares of our Class A common stock (our “Class A common stock”) by our stockholders identified in this prospectus (the “Registered Stockholders”), in connection with our direct listing (the “Direct Listing”) on the Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”). Unlike an initial public offering, the resale by the Registered Stockholders is not being underwritten on a firm-commitment basis by any investment bank. The Registered Stockholders may, or may not, elect to sell their shares of Class A common stock covered by this prospectus, as and to the extent they may determine. The Registered Stockholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the shares of Class A common stock hereby registered publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. If the Registered Stockholders choose to sell their shares of Class A common stock, we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the Registered Stockholders.
No public market for our Class A common stock currently exists, and our shares of Class A common stock have a limited history of trading in private transactions.
Recent purchase prices of our Class A common stock in private transactions may have little or no relation to the opening public price of our shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq or the subsequent trading price of our shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq. For more information, see “Sale Price History of Our Capital Stock.” Further, the listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq, without a firm-commitment underwritten offering, is an appropriate but less common method for commencing public trading in shares of our Class A common stock and, consequently, the trading volume and price of shares of our Class A common stock may be more volatile than if shares of our Class A common stock were initially listed in connection with an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis.
On the day that our shares of Class A common stock are initially listed on Nasdaq, Nasdaq will begin accepting, but not executing, pre-opening buy and sell orders and will begin to continuously generate the indicative Current Reference Price (as defined below) on the basis of such accepted orders. The Current Reference Price is calculated each second and, during a 10-minute “Display Only” period, is disseminated, along with other indicative imbalance information, to market participants by Nasdaq on its NOII and BookViewer tools. Following the “Display Only” period, a “Pre-Launch” period begins, during which Maxim Group LLC (the “Advisor”), in its capacity as our financial advisor to perform the functions under Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8), must notify Nasdaq that our shares are “ready to trade.” Once the Advisor has notified Nasdaq that our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade, Nasdaq will calculate the Current Reference Price for our shares of Class A common stock, in accordance with Nasdaq rules. If the Advisor then approves proceeding at the Current Reference Price, Nasdaq will conduct a price validation test in accordance with Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8). As part of conducting such price validation test, Nasdaq may consult with the Advisor, if the price bands need to be modified, to select the new price bands for purposes of applying such test iteratively until the validation tests yield a price within such bands. Upon completion of such price validation checks, the applicable orders that have been entered will be executed at such price and regular trading of our shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq will commence. Under Nasdaq rules, the “Current Reference Price” means: (i) the single price at which the maximum number of orders to buy or sell can be matched; (ii) if there is more than one price at which the maximum number of orders to buy or sell can be matched, then it is the price that minimizes the imbalance between orders to buy or sell (i.e. minimizes the number of shares that would remain unmatched at such price); (iii) if more than one price exists under (ii), then it is the entered price (i.e. the specified price entered in an order by a customer to buy or sell) at which our shares of Class A common stock will remain unmatched (i.e. will not be bought or sold); and (iv) if more than one price exists under (iii), a price determined by Nasdaq in consultation with the Advisor in its capacity as our financial advisor. In the event that more than one price exists under (iii), the Advisor will exercise any consultation rights only to the extent that it can do so consistent with the anti-manipulation provisions of the federal securities laws, including Regulation M, or applicable relief granted thereunder. Neither we nor the Registered Stockholders will be involved in Nasdaq’s price-setting mechanism,
including any decision to delay or proceed with trading, nor will we or they control or influence the Advisor in carrying out its role as a financial adviser. The Advisor will determine when our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade and approve proceeding at the Current Reference Price primarily based on considerations of volume, timing and price. In particular, the Advisor will determine, based primarily on pre-opening buy and sell orders, when a reasonable amount of volume will cross on the opening trade such that sufficient price discovery has been made to open trading at the Current Reference Price. For more information, see “Plan of Distribution” beginning on page 101 of this prospectus.
We have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote.
Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to twenty votes for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Jan Goetgeluk holds 100% of the shares of our outstanding Class B common stock. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.”
Following this Direct Listing, our founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Jan Goetgeluk, will own 4,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which will represent approximately 77.89% of the combined voting power of both classes of our common stock outstanding immediately after this Direct Listing. See “Principal and Registered Stockholders.”
Upon the completion of this Direct Listing, we will be a “controlled company” as defined under the corporate governance rules of The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”). See “Principal and Registered Stockholders” and “Management — Controlled Company.”
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VTIX.” We expect our Class A common stock to begin trading on Nasdaq on or about [•], 2025.
If our Nasdaq application is not approved or we otherwise determine that we will not be able to secure the listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq, we will not complete this Direct Listing. This listing is a condition to the offering. No assurance can be given that our Nasdaq application will be approved and that our Class A common stock will ever be listed on Nasdaq. If our listing application is not approved by Nasdaq, we will not be able to consummate the offering and we will terminate this Direct Listing.
We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” as defined under the federal securities laws and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and may elect to do so in future filings. See “Prospectus Summary — Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and a Smaller Reporting Company.”
Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. See the “Risk Factors” section beginning on page 9 of this prospectus for the risks and uncertainties you should consider before investing in our Class A common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
Prospectus dated [•], 2025
|
Page |
||
|
ii |
||
|
1 |
||
|
7 |
||
|
9 |
||
|
36 |
||
|
37 |
||
|
38 |
||
|
38 |
||
|
38 |
||
|
39 |
||
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
40 |
|
|
57 |
||
|
67 |
||
|
72 |
||
|
80 |
||
|
82 |
||
|
87 |
||
|
93 |
||
|
95 |
||
|
Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders of Our Class A |
97 |
|
|
101 |
||
|
105 |
||
|
105 |
||
|
106 |
||
|
109 |
||
|
F-1 |
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or contained in any free writing prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Neither we nor any of the Registered Stockholders have authorized anyone to provide any information different from, or in addition to, the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. Neither we nor any of the Registered Stockholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. The Registered Stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of their Class A common stock only under the circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since such date.
Through and including [•], 2025 (the 25th day after the listing date of our Class A common stock), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
For investors outside the United States: Neither we nor any of the Registered Stockholders have done anything that would permit the use of or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any related free writing prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about, and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the shares of our Class A common stock by the Registered Stockholders and the distribution of this prospectus outside the United States.
i
This prospectus is a part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the SEC, using a “shelf” registration or continuous offering process. Under this process, the Registered Stockholders may, from time to time, sell the Class A common stock covered by this prospectus in the manner described in the section titled “Plan of Distribution.” Additionally, we may provide a prospectus supplement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus, including the section titled “Plan of Distribution”. You may obtain this information without charge by following the instructions under the “Where You Can Find Additional Information” section of this prospectus. You should read this prospectus and any prospectus supplement before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock.
This prospectus contains summaries of certain provisions contained in some of the documents described herein, but reference is made to the actual documents for complete information. All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have been filed or will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described under “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”
ii
This summary highlights select information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all the information you should consider before making an investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including the sections entitled “Risk Factors,” “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company,” “Virtuix” and similar terms refer to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Overview
Virtuix pioneers movement in AI-generated worlds, real or imaginary. We are the creator of “Omni,” the premier brand of omni-directional treadmills that let players walk and run in 360 degrees inside virtual reality (“VR”) games, digital twins, and other applications, positioning us at the intersection of gaming, fitness and enterprise VR. To date, we’ve brought three products to market and generated over $20 million in sales. We target a gross margin of 40% on our hardware products, supplemented by recurring revenues from software sales and subscriptions. We increased quarterly revenue 4x from the first quarter to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025 (primarily resulting from recognizing Omni One preorder sales).
Products
Our “Omni” line of omni-directional treadmills consists of various products that target a variety of industries:
Omni Pro, the original Omni, is our commercial-grade treadmill launched in 2016 for enterprise use in arcades, VR centers, corporations, and research institutions. We have shipped over 4,000 Omni Pro units to more than 45 countries worldwide. Following the launch of Omni One in 2024, we stopped production and sales of Omni Pro.
Omni Arena launched in 2019 as a turnkey attraction for the out-of-home entertainment industry. The attraction comprises four Omni Pro treadmills for multiplayer gaming and features weekly esports prize contests. We’ve installed 80 Omni Arena systems at entertainment centers in the United States (“U.S.”) and built a player base of over 500,000 players who signed up with an email address to play. Several players have paid to play the attraction more than 300 times. Following our shift in research and development (“R&D”) and marketing efforts to Omni One, we stopped producing and selling new Omni Arena systems in 2025, but we continue to service existing customers and earn recurring revenues through the sale of Omni Care maintenance services, Omniverse game credits, and replacement parts. We also facilitate and earn profits on secondary sales of Omni Arena systems.
Omni One is our latest product and our most advanced treadmill yet, supporting full freedom of movement including crouching, kneeling, and jumping. It’s a compact device that is easy to assemble and disassemble, and it can be moved around using its wheels. We sell Omni One in three different versions: the complete Omni One system, Omni One Core, and Omni One Enterprise. We officially launched Omni One in September 2024, and by September 2025, we shipped the first 1,800 units to customers, resulting in revenues of over $4,000,000. In addition to hardware sales, we earn recurring revenues from the sale of Omni One games and from monthly subscriptions to Omni Online (priced at $14/month), Omni One’s service that allows customers to play online multiplayer games. During checkout, approximately 50% of Omni One customers purchase an annual subscription to Omni Online.
Virtual Terrain Walk (“VTW”) is our multi-user system for next-generation mission planning in the defense industry. VTW lets soldiers move physically in 360 degrees inside geo-specific virtual environments, without boundaries, for ground combat planning and leader rehearsals. The geo-specific virtual environments are digital twins of real-world environments, created by converting drone and other camera footage into photorealistic 3D scenes via Gaussian splatting and other AI-driven 3D reconstruction techniques. VTW is currently in development. YokoWERX, an innovation cell of the U.S. Air Force, purchased two prototype stations for experimentation purposes. We aim to present a proof-of-concept of VTW to potential customers by calendar year-end 2025, although we expect that meaningful sales of VTW in the defense sector may not materialize until fiscal year 2027 at the earliest. Despite the long sales cycle for penetrating the defense market, we believe that VTW will retain a strong competitive moat because of our expansive omni-directional treadmill patent portfolio, our position as a U.S. company, and the inherent barriers to entry for defense applications that competitors will face, including multi-year procurement cycles and high switching costs.
1
Corporate Structure
Virtuix was formed on December 20, 2013, as a Delaware Corporation. The Company operates four wholly owned subsidiaries: Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation formed on April 15, 2013, for the purpose of developing VR hardware and software; Virtuix Manufacturing Ltd. (“VML”), a subsidiary organized in Hong Kong and formed on January 29, 2015; Virtuix Manufacturing (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd. (“VML_ZH”), a subsidiary of VML organized in China and formed on July 28, 2016; and Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd. (“VMT”), a subsidiary organized in Taiwan and formed on January 17, 2023. Virtuix Holdings Inc. also owns an equity stake of 57.5% in Virtuix Arabia LLC, a subsidiary organized in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (“KSA”) and formed on June 13, 2024.
In July 2016, the Company formed a joint venture with Hero Entertainment, a Chinese game publisher and esports operator, to develop active VR content and product bundles for the Chinese and U.S. markets. The joint venture, named Heroix VR (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (“Heroix” or the “Joint Venture”), is a Sino-foreign equity joint venture company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China and registered in Shanghai. Virtuix Manufacturing Ltd. has 49% ownership and does not have control over the Joint Venture; therefore, the investment is accounted for using the equity method. In October 2016, the Joint Venture began operations.
On August 6, 2025, our stockholders approved, and on August 7, 2025, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”). Pursuant to the Certificate, the Company reclassified and converted each share of its previously outstanding capital stock into shares of Class A common stock, effective immediately upon the acceptance of the Certificate for filing by the Secretary of State of Delaware (the “Reclassification”).
Prior to the Reclassification, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of multiple classes and series, including Common Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock. Each of these classes and series had distinct rights, preferences, and privileges, including with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation preferences, and conversion rights.
As a result of the Reclassification, all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all series of preferred stock and any previously outstanding common stock, were automatically reclassified and converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. Following the Reclassification, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with Jan Goetgeluk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, pursuant to which all shares of Class A common stock held by Mr. Goetgeluk were exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class B common stock. Following the effectiveness of the Certificate, only Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and undesignated preferred stock are authorized. As of the date of this prospectus, only Class A common stock and Class B common stock are issued and outstanding. For additional information regarding the Company’s issued and outstanding Class B common stock, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.”
For additional information regarding the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Class A common stock, the Class B common stock and the Company’s capital structure following the reclassification and conversion, please see “Description of Capital Stock.”
Reverse Stock Split
On July 23, 2025, the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) approved the granting of discretionary authority to the Board, at any time or times until our next annual meeting of stockholders, to adopt an amendment (the “Amendment”) to our Certificate, to effect a reverse stock split (the “Reverse Stock Split”) with a ratio within the range of 1-for-2 to 1-for-10 (the “Reverse Stock Split Ratio”). On August 6, 2025, shareholders approved the discretionary authority to the board of directors to effect the Reverse Stock Split and at the Reverse Stock Split Ratio until the date of the Company’s next annual meeting of stockholders. As of the date of this prospectus, the Board does not intend to affect a Reverse Stock Split in the foreseeable future.
2
Summary of Risk Factors
Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties that you should be aware of before making an investment decision, including those highlighted in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. These risks include, but are not limited to, the following:
• We are dependent on a single line of business.
• Disruption of our supply chain could adversely affect our business.
• Unfavorable global economic and political conditions, including tariffs and trade barriers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
• Product and service quality, safety, and compliance risks could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
• Our new product could fail to achieve the sales revenue we expect, and our gross profit margins could fall below our targets.
• Our plans to expand sales of Omni One to consumers outside of the U.S. could proceed more slowly or encounter higher costs than we expect, resulting in excessive dependence on the U.S. consumer market and exposing us to risk of a downturn in U.S. consumer sentiment that could adversely affect our business.
• Our market is competitive and dynamic. New competing products and services could be introduced at any time that could result in reduced profit margins and loss of market share.
• We are competing against other recreational activities.
• We are an early-stage company operating in a new and highly competitive industry.
• Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled executive officers and employees, including but not limited to Jan Goetgeluk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and David Allan, our Chief Operating Officer and President.
• We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives. We will be subject to financial reporting and other requirements for which our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequately prepared.
• If we cannot obtain and maintain appropriate patent and other intellectual property rights protection for our technology, our business will suffer.
• Intellectual property litigation may lead to unfavorable publicity that harms our reputation and causes the market price of our common shares to decline.
• Our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property could be unenforceable or ineffective.
• The cost of enforcing our trademarks and copyrights could prevent us from enforcing them.
• We are subject to government regulation, and unfavorable changes could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
• Our reliance on single-source suppliers for critical components of Omni One could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely and cost-effective manner.
• We rely on third parties to provide services essential to the success of our business.
• If negative publicity arises with respect to us, our employees, our third-party suppliers, service providers, or our partners, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected, regardless of whether the negative publicity is true.
• The delivery and quality of the Company’s primary product is dependent on third-party manufacturers.
• The Company’s future success is dependent on the continued service of a small executive management team.
• The Company could be adversely affected by product liability, personal injury, or other health and safety issues.
3
• All of the Company’s assets, including intellectual property, are pledged as collateral to a lender.
• If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to individually identifiable biometric or other personally identifiable information is otherwise obtained, our reputation may be harmed, and we may incur significant liabilities.
• Our collection, processing, use and disclosure of individually identifiable biometric or other personally identifiable information is subject to evolving and expanding privacy and security regulations.
• Adverse changes in economic and political policies in China, or to Chinese laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on business conditions and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.
• Tax and accounting rules for our subsidiary operating in mainland China differ from those of our parent entity and Hong Kong based subsidiary.
• Our business is subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and industry standards, many of which are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, which uncertainty could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
• Our business with governmental entities will be subject to the policies, priorities, regulations, mandates and funding levels of such governmental entities and may be negatively or positively impacted by any change thereto.
• Entering into U.S. government contracts exposes us to significant risks arising from complex procurement regulations and strict domestic sourcing requirements, which can result in financial, operational, and reputational consequences if not properly managed.
• We may enter into new markets or lines of business that offer new products, or may expand existing lines of business, which may subject us to additional risks.
• Future acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our business, and raising additional capital for such acquisitions may cause dilution to our stockholders.
• The Company may undergo a future change that could affect your investment.
• You may have difficulty enforcing judgments against certain of our officers and directors who reside outside the U.S.
• We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate our current business and predict our future success and viability.
• We have historically operated at a loss, which has resulted in an accumulated deficit.
• Our ability to use net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards may be limited.
• We anticipate sustaining operating losses for the foreseeable future.
• We are exposed to the risks of indebtedness.
• We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness.
• We will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations.
• Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders.
• We may not be able to continue as a going concern without additional financing, and if such financing is not available to us or is not available to us on acceptable terms, we may be forced to cease operations.
• We are engaged in multiple transactions and offerings of our securities. Future resales and/or issuances of shares of Class A common stock, including pursuant to this prospectus, may cause the market price of our shares to drop significantly and may dilute stockholders.
• The direct listing process differs from an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis.
• Limitations on investors’ ability to trace their shares to this registration statement may preclude claims under Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act, potentially reducing our liability exposure and limiting investors remedies.
4
• Our Class A common stock currently has no public market. An active trading market may not develop or continue to be liquid and the market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile.
• We may not be able to meet each of the quantitative requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market’s Market Value Standard for Direct Listings.
• If we cannot meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, Nasdaq may delist our securities.
• Following the Direct Listing, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.
• Future sales of Class A common stock by our Registered Stockholders and other existing stockholders could cause our share price to decline.
• You may be diluted by future issuances of preferred stock or additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise; future sales of such shares in the public market, or the expectations that such sales may occur, could lower our stock price.
• Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
• We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
• We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq, and as a result, we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate-governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
• The Company has adopted a dual-class share structure with different voting rights, which may adversely affect the value and liquidity of our Class A common stock.
• Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
• Our Certificate provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the U.S. of America will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
• The public price of our shares of Class A common stock, upon listing on Nasdaq, may have little or no relationship to the historical sales prices of our capital stock in private transactions.
• The uncertainty associated with the fact that few companies have undertaken direct listings to date may lead to increased volatility and pricing challenges for our Class A common stock.
• The direct listing process differs from an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis and the impact of awareness of our brand and investor recognition of our Company on the demand for our Class A common stock is unpredictable and our marketing and brand development efforts may not be successful.
• We have not agreed to indemnify the Registered Stockholders for claims arising in connection with sales of our Class A common stock in this offering, however, claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce the amount of money available to us.
• Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the price and trading volume of our Class A common stock.
• Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our manufacturers, contractors, consultants, collaborators or potential future collaborators, may fail or suffer security or data privacy breaches or other unauthorized or improper access to, use of, or destruction of our proprietary or confidential data, employee data or personal data, which could result in additional costs, loss of revenue, significant liabilities, harm to our brand and material disruption of our operations.
5
• Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, severe weather conditions, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist activity and other events beyond our control, which could harm our business.
Implications of being an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). The status of “emerging growth company” enables us to invest more in research & development and customer acquisition rather than compliance overhead. We are eligible to take, and intend to take, advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies for as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, including (i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates was $700 million or more as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have elected to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we may adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-public companies instead of the dates required for other public companies.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that (i) the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $250 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or (ii) our annual revenues are less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and the market value of our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
Status as a Controlled Company
We are considered a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq. As a founder-led, “controlled company”, we aim to ensure we focus on long-term product development and company strategy, similar to other Nasdaq-listed “controlled companies” like Alphabet, Meta, and Snap. Under these rules, a “controlled company” may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We intend to take advantage of some exemptions following the completion of this offering. These exemptions do not modify the independence requirements for our audit committee, and we will comply with the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and rules with respect to our audit committee within the applicable time frame. For more information, please see “Management — Controlled Company.”
Corporate Information
We were incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on December 20, 2013. Our principal executive offices are located at 11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430, Austin, Texas 78758. Our telephone number is (512) 947-9029 and our website address is www.virtuix.com. Information contained on or that can be accessed through our website is neither a part of, nor incorporated by reference into, this prospectus, and you should not consider information on our website to be part of this prospectus. Our website address is included in this prospectus as an inactive textual reference only.
6
SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The summary financial and other data set forth below should be read together with our financial statements and the related notes to those statements, as well as the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section of this prospectus.
The statements of operations data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, and the statements of cash flows data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The balance sheet data as of March 31, 2025 and 2024 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The statements of operations data for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, the statements of cash flows data for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, and the balance sheet data as of September 30, 2025 have been derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited interim financial statements were prepared on a basis consistent with our audited financial statements and include in management’s opinion, all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected in any future period, and our interim results are not necessarily indicative of our expected results for the year ending March 31, 2026.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
|
Fiscal Years Ended March 31, |
Six Months Ended September 30, |
|||||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
|
Net Sales |
$ |
3,590,438 |
|
$ |
2,408,920 |
|
$ |
2,016,948 |
|
$ |
846,767 |
|
||||
|
Cost of Goods Sold |
|
3,817,815 |
|
|
1,527,553 |
|
|
1,433,322 |
|
|
1,182,952 |
|
||||
|
Gross Profit |
|
(227,377 |
) |
|
881,367 |
|
|
583,626 |
|
|
(336,185 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Operating Expenses |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Selling expenses |
|
1,645,147 |
|
|
2,033,620 |
|
|
1,395,449 |
|
|
906,237 |
|
||||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
10,129,112 |
|
|
8,420,984 |
|
|
2,366,449 |
|
|
6,935,916 |
|
||||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
2,185,133 |
|
|
2,621,650 |
|
|
398,185 |
|
|
1,700,084 |
|
||||
|
Total Operating Expenses |
|
13,959,392 |
|
|
13,076,254 |
|
|
4,160,083 |
|
|
9,542,237 |
|
||||
|
Loss From Operations |
|
(14,186,769 |
) |
|
(12,194,887 |
) |
|
(3,576,457 |
) |
|
(9,878,422 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Other Income (Expense) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Interest income |
|
1,372 |
|
|
2,093 |
|
|
299 |
|
|
456 |
|
||||
|
Other income |
|
(72 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
170 |
|
|
3,243 |
|
||||
|
Loss on debt extinguishment |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(122,864 |
) |
|
— |
|
||||
|
Interest expense |
|
(369,420 |
) |
|
(126,047 |
) |
|
(438,265 |
) |
|
(115,622 |
) |
||||
|
Total Other Income (Expense) |
|
(368,120 |
) |
|
(123,954 |
) |
|
(560,660 |
) |
|
(111,923 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Provision For Income Tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Enterprise income tax expense |
|
2,353 |
|
|
10,676 |
|
|
1,429 |
|
|
1,012 |
|
||||
|
Delaware franchise tax |
|
76,602 |
|
|
51,715 |
|
|
22,742 |
|
|
41,291 |
|
||||
|
Total Provision For Income Tax |
|
78,955 |
|
|
62,391 |
|
|
24,171 |
|
|
42,303 |
|
||||
|
Share of Loss in Joint Venture |
|
(14,948 |
) |
|
(20,161 |
) |
|
(70 |
) |
|
(20,087 |
) |
||||
|
Net Loss |
$ |
(14,648,792 |
) |
$ |
(12,401,393 |
) |
$ |
(4,161,358 |
) |
$ |
(10,053,455 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
|
8,224,645 |
|
|
6,424,180 |
|
|
14,964,525 |
|
|
8,189,891 |
|
||||
|
Net loss per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
$ |
(1.78 |
) |
$ |
(1.93 |
) |
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
$ |
(1.23 |
) |
||||
7
|
Fiscal Years Ended March 31, |
Six Months Ended September 30, |
|||||||||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
|
Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding (unaudited)(1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
|
29,462,513 |
|
|
25,778,213 |
|
|
14,964,525 |
|
|
29,278,846 |
|
||||
|
Pro forma reclassification net loss per share (unaudited)(1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
$ |
(0.50 |
) |
$ |
(0.48 |
) |
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
$ |
(0.34 |
) |
||||
____________
(1) Calculated giving effect to the reclassification of all our outstanding capital stock to shares of Class A common stock in August 2025, and the subsequent exchange of Mr. Goetgeluk’s Class A common stock for Class B common stock. For more information, see “Prospectus Summary — Corporate Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.”
|
Fiscal Years Ended March 31, |
Six Months Ended September 30, |
|||||||||||||||
|
Statement of Cash Flows Data: |
2025 |
2024 |
2025 |
2024 |
||||||||||||
|
(unaudited) |
||||||||||||||||
|
Cash Flows From (Used In) Operating Activities |
$ |
(7,890,252 |
) |
$ |
(6,727,556 |
) |
$ |
(3,636,689 |
) |
$ |
(5,208,120 |
) |
||||
|
Cash Flows From (Used In) Investing Activities |
$ |
(467,189 |
) |
$ |
(1,111,014 |
) |
$ |
(22,580 |
) |
$ |
(461,518 |
) |
||||
|
Cash Flows Provided By Financing Activities |
$ |
8,565,320 |
|
$ |
5,839,354 |
|
$ |
3,745,928 |
|
$ |
6,107,982 |
|
||||
|
Cash at End of Period |
$ |
477,908 |
|
$ |
270,029 |
|
$ |
564,567 |
|
$ |
708,473 |
|
||||
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||||
|
Balance Sheet Data: |
|||||||||||
|
(unaudited) |
|||||||||||
|
Total Assets |
$ |
5,679,085 |
|
$ |
5,775,023 |
|
$ |
4,842,312 |
|||
|
Total Liabilities |
$ |
6,671,597 |
|
$ |
6,569,058 |
|
$ |
3,443,451 |
|||
|
Total Stockholders’ (Deficit) |
$ |
(992,512 |
) |
$ |
(794,035 |
) |
$ |
1,398,861 |
|||
8
An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the following risks and uncertainties, together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, before deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. The occurrence of one or more of the events or circumstances described in these risk factors, alone or in combination with other events or circumstances, may have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, revenue, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects, in which event you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not intended to be exhaustive and are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including those described below.
Risks Related to Our Business
We are dependent on a single line of business.
Given our reliance on a single line of business (equipment for motion in virtual worlds), any decline in demand for this product line or failure to achieve continued market acceptance of existing and new versions of this product line may harm our business and our financial condition. Additionally, unfavorable market conditions affecting this line of business would likely have a disproportionate impact on us in comparison with certain competitors, who have more diversified operations and multiple lines of business. Should this line of business fail to generate sufficient sales to support ongoing operations, there can be no assurance that we will be able to develop alternate business lines.
Disruption of our supply chain could adversely affect our business.
Disruption of our supply chain could adversely affect our business. Damage or disruption to our manufacturing or distribution capabilities due to weather, natural disaster, fire, terrorism, pandemic, strikes, the financial and/or operational instability of key suppliers, distributors, warehousing and transportation providers, or brokers, or other reasons could impair our ability to manufacture or sell our products. To the extent that we are unable to, or cannot financially mitigate the likelihood or potential impact of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, particularly when a product is sourced from a single location, our business and results of operations may be materially adversely affected, and additional resources could be required to restore our supply chain.
Unfavorable global economic and political conditions, including tariffs and trade barriers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
The results of our operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy, the global financial markets and the global political conditions. The U.S. and global economies are facing inflation, higher interest rates and potential recession. Furthermore, uncertainties associated with a severe or prolonged economic downturn, recessions or depressions, or political disruption such as potential trade wars, tariffs or the war between Ukraine and Russia and the conflicts in the Middle East, and other macroeconomic developments could result in a variety of risks to our business, including weakened demand for our products, relationships with any vendors or business partners located in affected geographies and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy or political disruption, including any international trade disputes, or significant legal rulings on tariffs or trade disputes, could also strain our manufacturers or suppliers, possibly resulting in supply disruption, or cause our customers to delay making payments for our potential products. Any of the foregoing could seriously harm our business, and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the political or economic climate and financial market conditions could seriously harm our business.
In particular, we utilize third-party suppliers and vendors in several countries outside of the United States for various aspects of our business, including research and manufacturing activities, and those third parties may do the same in their performance of their work for us. Accordingly, there is inherent risk, based on the complex relationships among the U.S. and certain of these countries, that political, diplomatic, and national security factors can lead to global trade restrictions and changes in trade policies and export regulations. Additionally, the current international trade and regulatory environment is subject to significant ongoing uncertainty. For example, the U.S. government has recently announced substantial tariffs affecting a wide range of products and jurisdictions and has indicated an intention to
9
continue developing new trade policies. In response, certain foreign governments have announced or implemented retaliatory tariffs and other protectionist measures. Current or future tariffs could complicate or disrupt our existing and future supply chain. Trade restrictions affecting the import of necessary materials could result in increased costs to us, thereby placing us at a competitive disadvantage as compared to companies operating in regions with more favorable trade relationships or with more resources than ours or those of our vendors. All of these developments have created a dynamic and unpredictable landscape, which may adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Our supply chain relies on a network of suppliers primarily located in China and Taiwan, and some critical components are single sourced. Escalating geopolitical tensions, such as restrictions on technology transfers, outbound investment controls, national security reviews, or sudden changes in bilateral trade policies, could degrade supplier reliability, reduce production capacity, or cause abrupt component shortages. While we have established a Taiwan subsidiary and have taken steps to enable manufacturing transitions, a rapid or unfunded relocation of production or re qualification of suppliers may not be feasible without material delay, incremental capital expenditure, and operational risk. Prolonged disruptions could prevent us from meeting demand on commercially reasonable terms and negatively affect our revenues and customer relationships. If tariffs or trade restrictions materially increase our input costs, we may be required to raise prices or accept lower gross margins. Price increases could dampen consumer demand for Omni One and our enterprise offerings, slow market adoption, and reduce our ability to scale profitably. Conversely, absorbing cost increases to maintain price points may compress margins below our targets. Either outcome could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows, and our path to profitability. The elasticity of demand for our products may be difficult to predict under changing macroeconomic conditions, and prolonged pricing pressure could materially and adversely affect our business.
In addition, actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems. Furthermore, concerns regarding the U.S. or international financial systems could result in less favorable commercial financing terms, including higher interest rates or costs and tighter financial and operating covenants, or systemic limitations on access to credit and liquidity sources, thereby making it more difficult to acquire financing on acceptable terms or at all. Any decline in available funding or access to cash and liquidity resources could, among other risks, adversely impact our and our vendors’, collaborators’ and other business relations’ ability to meet operating expenses, financial obligations or fulfill other obligations, potentially resulting in breaches of financial and/or contractual obligations. Any of these impacts could have material adverse impacts on our business operations, financial condition and results of operations.
Product and service quality, safety, and compliance risks could adversely affect our business and results of operations.
The quality and safety of our products and services are critical to customer satisfaction, regulatory compliance, and our reputation. Variability in quality can arise at multiple points in the lifecycle, from design and sourcing through manufacturing, deployment, and post-sale support, and may be influenced by factors outside our direct control, including third-party suppliers, contract manufacturers, logistics providers, and service partners. Any degradation in quality or perceived quality can lead to increased returns, warranty claims, rework, concessions, and customer churn, as well as harm our brand and impair our ability to win new business or renew existing contracts.
Safety incidents, whether actual or alleged, pose significant risks. These can result from design flaws, manufacturing defects, inadequate testing or validation, improper installation or maintenance, insufficient user training or documentation, misuse by end users, or failure to adhere to applicable standards and regulations. Safety issues may necessitate field actions such as recalls, retrofits, or product advisories, causing disruption to operations, diversion of management attention, and substantial direct and indirect costs. Moreover, any product or service-related injury, property damage, or adverse event could expose us to claims, litigation, regulatory enforcement, fines or penalties, and increased insurance premiums or reduced coverage availability. Insurance may not cover all losses, and exclusions, deductibles, or limits may result in material uninsured exposure.
Quality and safety requirements are governed by a complex and evolving framework of laws, regulations, industry standards, and customer specifications across jurisdictions in which we operate. Noncompliance, whether due to inadequate quality management systems, gaps in supplier controls, insufficient testing protocols, or failures
10
in documentation and traceability, can lead to product holds, import/export delays, loss of certifications, contract termination, reputational damage, and restrictions on our ability to market or sell certain offerings. As we innovate, introduce new products or services, modify existing designs, expand into new geographies, scale production, or transition to new suppliers, we may encounter heightened quality and safety risks and increased costs to maintain compliance and certification.
Our quality assurance and control processes, while designed to mitigate these risks, cannot eliminate them entirely. Latent defects may not be detected during design or testing, particularly in complex systems or in use cases outside intended specifications. The increasing integration of software, connectivity, and data into our offerings introduces additional safety and reliability considerations, including cybersecurity vulnerabilities, data integrity and privacy issues, and potential interoperability failures with third-party components. Any systemic or recurring quality or safety issue could result in loss of customer trust, adverse publicity, reduced demand, disruption to sales channels, and long-term damage to our competitive position.
If we fail to effectively manage quality and safety risks, including those arising from our suppliers and partners, we could experience increased costs, delays, operational disruptions, contractual damages, regulatory actions, and product liability exposure. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects.
Our new product could fail to achieve the sales projections or profit margins we expect.
Our growth projections are based on an assumption that with an increased advertising and marketing budget, our products will be able to gain traction in the marketplace at a faster rate than our current products have. It is possible that our new products will fail to gain market acceptance for any number of reasons. In addition, our costs of producing the product, including the costs of materials, manufacturing, and logistics, might be higher than we expect, causing our profit margins to fall short of our targets. If the new products fail to achieve significant sales and acceptance in the marketplace, or if our profit margins fail to reach our targets, these setbacks could materially and adversely impact the value of your investment.
Our plans for international expansion might fail to meet expectations.
The Company intends to expand sales of Omni One to international regions, including Europe. These plans could encounter numerous obstacles, including weak market acceptance and higher costs, that could result in failure to meet our expected international sales revenues and profit margins. As a consequence, the Company’s sales could become excessively dependent on the U.S. consumer market, and in the event of a recession, inflation, or other factors that result in a downturn in U.S. consumer sentiment, our growth plans could be severely curtailed.
Our market is competitive and dynamic. New competing products and services could be introduced at any time that could result in reduced profit margins and loss of market share.
The VR industry is very dynamic, with new technology and services being introduced by a range of players, from larger established companies to start-ups, on a frequent basis. Our competitors may announce new products, services, or enhancements that better meet the needs of end users or the requirements of emerging industry standards. Further, new competitors or alliances among competitors could emerge. Increased competition may cause price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, the worldwide VR market is increasingly competitive. A growing number of companies developing VR products and services compete for a limited number of customers. Some of our competitors in this market have substantially greater financial and other resources, larger research and development staffs, and more experience and capabilities in developing, marketing and distributing products.
We are competing against other recreational activities.
Although we are a unique company that caters to a select market, we do compete against other recreational activities. Our business growth depends on the market interest in the Company’s products over other recreational activities and products.
11
We are an early-stage company operating in a new and highly competitive industry.
The Company operates in a relatively new industry with substantial competition from both startups and established companies. As other companies enter the market and reduce the potential market share available to each participant, investors may be less willing to invest in a company with a declining market share, which could make it more challenging to fund operations or pursue growth opportunities in the future.
Our success is highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain highly skilled executive officers and employees, including but not limited to Jan Goetgeluk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and David Allan, our Chief Operating Officer and President.
To succeed, we must recruit, retain, manage and motivate qualified technical and management personnel, and we face significant competition for experienced personnel. We are highly dependent on the principal members of our management, including but not limited to Mr. Goetgeluk and Mr. Allan. If we do not succeed in attracting and retaining qualified personnel, particularly at the management level, it could adversely affect our ability to execute our business plan and harm our operating results. In particular, the loss of one or more of our executive officers could be detrimental to us if we cannot recruit suitable replacements in a timely manner. We could in the future have difficulty attracting experienced personnel to our company and may be required to expend significant financial resources in our employee recruitment and retention efforts.
Many of the other technology companies that we compete against for qualified personnel have greater financial and other resources, different risk profiles and a longer operating history than we do. They also may provide more diverse opportunities and better prospects for career advancement. Some of these characteristics may be more appealing to high-quality candidates than what we have to offer. If we are unable to continue to attract and retain high-quality personnel, the rate and success at which we develop and commercialize our products and services could be limited and our potential for successfully growing our business could be harmed.
We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to new compliance initiatives. We will be subject to financial reporting and other requirements for which our accounting and other management systems and resources may not be adequately prepared.
As a public company, and particularly after we are no longer an emerging growth company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, the federal securities laws, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and Nasdaq have imposed various requirements on public companies, including requirements to file annual, quarterly, and event driven reports with respect to their business and financial condition, and to establish and maintain effective disclosure and financial controls and corporate governance practices. These rules and regulations will increase our legal and financial compliance costs, make certain activities more time-consuming and costly, and require our management and other personnel to devote a substantial amount of time to compliance initiatives. We also expect that these rules and regulations may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance.
Pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting, including an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm, beginning with the first full year after we become a public company. However, while we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to include an attestation report on internal control over financial reporting issued by our independent registered public accounting firm. To achieve compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. We will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing that controls are functioning as documented and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that neither we, nor our independent registered public accounting firm will be able to conclude within the prescribed time frame that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. We could also become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
12
As a public company, we will also be required to maintain disclosure controls and procedures. Disclosure controls and procedures means our controls and other procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. We believe a control system, no matter how well-designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. Due to the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, have been detected. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
If we cannot obtain and maintain appropriate patent and other intellectual property rights protection for our technology, our business will suffer.
The value of our software and services is dependent on our ability to secure and maintain appropriate patent and other intellectual property rights protection. We intend to continue to pursue additional patent protection for our new hardware, software and technology. Although we own multiple patents covering our technology that have already been issued, we may not be able to obtain additional patents that we apply for, or that any of these patents, once issued, will give us commercially significant protection for our technology, or will be found valid if challenged. Moreover, we have not obtained patent protection for our technology in all foreign countries in which our products might be sold. In any event, the patent laws and enforcement regimes of other countries may differ from those of the U.S. as to the patentability of our technologies and the degree of protection afforded.
Any patent or trademark owned by us may be challenged and invalidated or circumvented. Patents may not be issued from any of our pending or future patent applications. Any claims and issued patents or pending patent applications may not be broad or strong enough and may not be issued in all countries where our products can be sold or our technologies may not be licensed to provide meaningful protection against any commercial damage to us. Further, others may develop technologies that are similar or superior to our technologies, duplicate our technologies or design around the patents owned by us. Effective intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in certain foreign countries. Despite our efforts to protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy or otherwise use aspects of our processes and devices that we regard as proprietary. Policing unauthorized use of our proprietary information and technology is difficult and our efforts to do so may not prevent misappropriation of our technologies. In the event that our intellectual property protection is insufficient to protect our intellectual property rights, we could face increased competition in the market for our products and technologies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may become engaged in litigation to protect or enforce our patent and other intellectual property rights or in International Trade Commission proceedings to abate the importation of goods that would compete unfairly with our products. In addition, we may have to participate in interference or reexamination proceedings before the US Patent and Trademark Office, or in opposition, nullification or other proceedings before foreign patent offices, with respect to our patents or patent applications.
Intellectual property litigation may lead to unfavorable publicity that harms our reputation and causes the market price of our common shares to decline.
During the course of any intellectual property litigation, there could be public announcements of the initiation of the litigation as well as results of hearings, rulings on motions, and other interim proceedings in the litigation. If securities analysts or investors regard these announcements as negative, the perceived value of our existing product candidates, programs or intellectual property could be diminished. Such announcements could also harm our reputation or the market for our future product candidates, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
13
Our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property could be unenforceable or ineffective.
Intellectual property is a complex field of law in which few things are certain. It is possible that competitors will be able to design around our intellectual property, find prior art to invalidate it, or render the patents unenforceable through some other mechanism. If competitors are able to bypass our patent, trademark and copyright protection without obtaining a sublicense, it is likely that the Company’s value will be materially and adversely impacted. This could also impair the Company’s ability to compete in the marketplace. Moreover, if our patents, trademarks and copyrights are deemed unenforceable, the Company will almost certainly lose any potential revenue it might be able to raise by entering into sublicenses. This would cut off a significant potential revenue stream for the Company.
The cost of enforcing our trademarks and copyrights could prevent us from enforcing them.
Patent, trademark and copyright litigation has become extremely expensive. Even if we believe that a competitor is infringing on one or more of our patents, trademarks or copyrights, we might choose not to file suit because we lack the cash to successfully prosecute a multi-year litigation with an uncertain outcome; or because we believe that the cost of enforcing our patent(s), trademark(s) or copyright(s) outweighs the value of winning the suit in light of the risks and consequences of losing it; or for some other reason. Choosing not to enforce our patent(s), trademark(s) or copyright(s) could have adverse consequences for the Company, including undermining the credibility of our intellectual property, reducing our ability to enter into sublicenses, and weakening our attempts to prevent competitors from entering the market. As a result, if we are unable to enforce our patent(s), trademark(s) or copyright(s) because of the cost of enforcement, your investment in the Company could be significantly and adversely affected.
We are subject to government regulation, and unfavorable changes could substantially harm our business and results of operations.
We are subject to general business regulations and laws as well as regulations and laws specifically governing our industries in the U.S. and other countries in which we operate. Uncertainty surrounding existing and future laws and regulations may impede our services and increase the cost of providing such services. These regulations and laws may cover taxation, tariffs, user pricing, distribution, consumer protection and the characteristics and quality of services.
Our reliance on single-source suppliers for critical components of Omni One could harm our ability to meet demand for our products in a timely and cost effective manner.
We currently depend on single-source suppliers for some of the critical components necessary to assemble the Omni One system, including VR headsets. Global supply-chain disruptions in parts of our supply chain have occurred and could occur again in the future, causing delays in the receipt of certain component parts for our products and increased pricing pressure for such parts, including with respect to parts purchased from our single-source suppliers, adversely affecting our gross margins and increasing the risk that these supply-chain disruptions could materially affect our ability to meet customer demand. These sole source and other suppliers could also be subject to quality and performance issues, materials shortages, excess demand, reduction in capacity and other factors that may disrupt the flow of goods to us; thereby adversely affecting our business and customer relationships. If any single-source supplier was to cease delivering components to us or fail to provide the components to our specifications and on a timely basis, we might be required to find alternative sources for these components. In some cases, alternative suppliers may be located in the same geographic area as existing suppliers, and are thus subject to the same economic, political and geographic factors that may affect existing suppliers to meet our demand. We may have difficulty or be unable to find alternative sources for these components. Difficulties in obtaining a sufficient supply of component materials could increase as well as the costs associated with such components. As a result, we may be unable to meet the demand for Omni One, which could harm our ability to generate revenue and damage our reputation. Even if we do find alternate suppliers, we will be required to qualify any such alternate suppliers and we would likely experience a lengthy delay in our manufacturing processes or a cessation in production, which would result in delays of shipment to end users. We cannot assure you that our single-source suppliers will be able or willing to meet our future demands.
We generally do not maintain large volumes of inventory, which makes us even more susceptible to harm if a single-source supplier fails to deliver components on a timely basis or we experience quality issues with the components we do have in inventory. The disruption or termination of the supply of key components for Omni One could harm our ability to manufacture our products in a timely manner or within budget, harm our ability to generate revenue, leading to customer dissatisfaction and adversely affect our reputation and results of operations.
14
Failures of components also affect the reliability and performance of our products, can reduce customer confidence in our products, increase service parts consumption, and may adversely affect our financial performance. From time to time, we may receive components that do not perform according to their specifications, which could result in the inability of customers to utilize our systems until such components are replaced. Any future difficulty in obtaining reliable component parts could result in increased customer dissatisfaction and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to protect and retain our installed base of customers and results of operations.
We rely on third parties to provide services essential to the success of our business.
We rely on third parties to provide a variety of essential business functions for us, including manufacturing, shipping, accounting, legal work, public relations, advertising, retailing, and distribution. It is possible that some of these third parties will fail to perform their services or will perform them in an unacceptable manner. It is possible that we will experience delays, defects, errors, or other problems with their work that will materially impact our operations and we may have little or no recourse to recover damages for these losses. A disruption in these key or other suppliers’ operations could materially and adversely affect our business.
If negative publicity arises with respect to us, our employees, our third-party suppliers, service providers, or our partners, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected, regardless of whether the negative publicity is true.
If negative publicity arises with respect to us, our employees, our third-party suppliers, service providers, or our partners, our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects could be adversely affected, regardless of whether the negative publicity is true. Negative publicity about our company or our platform, solutions, or services, even if inaccurate or untrue, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in our platform, solutions, or services, which could harm our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects. Harm to our reputation can also arise from many other sources, including employee misconduct, which we have experienced in the past, and misconduct by our partners, consultants, suppliers, and outsourced service providers. Additionally, negative publicity with respect to our partners or service providers could also affect our business, operating results, financial condition, and future prospects to the extent that we rely on these partners or if our customers or prospective customers associate our company with these partners.
The delivery and quality of the Company’s primary product is dependent on third-party manufacturers.
The manufacturing of the Company’s primary product relies on a supply chain of over 50 manufacturers in China, Taiwan, and the U.S. who supply raw materials and components. Difficulties encountered by one or more manufacturers may result in a poor-quality product or the inability to deliver product in a timely manner. If the current manufacturers encounter difficulties, the Company may be required to find other manufacturers, resulting in delays.
The Company’s future success is dependent on the continued service of a small executive management team.
The Company depends on the skill and experience of two individuals, Jan Goetgeluk and David Allan. Each has a different skill set. The Company’s success is dependent on their ability to manage all aspects of the business effectively. Because the Company is relying on its small executive management team, it lacks certain business development resources that may hurt its ability to grow its business. Any loss of key members of the executive team could have a negative impact on the Company’s ability to manage and grow its business effectively. The Company does not maintain a key person life insurance policy on any of the members of its senior management team. As a result, the Company would have no way to cover the financial loss if it were to lose the services of its directors or officers.
Virtuix could be adversely affected by product liability, personal injury, or other health and safety issues.
The Company could be adversely impacted by the supply of defective products. Defective products or errors in the Company’s technology could lead to serious injury or death. Product liability or personal injury claims may be asserted against the Company with respect to any of the products it supplies or services it provides. Virtuix is also liable for harms caused by any faults in raw materials or products supplied by third-party manufacturers and suppliers that it utilizes. It is the Company’s responsibility to maintain a quality management system and to audit its suppliers to ensure that products supplied to the Company meet proper standards. Should a product or other liability issue arise, the coverage limits under insurance programs and the indemnification amounts available to the Company may not be adequate to protect it against claims and judgments. The Company also may not be able to maintain such insurance on
15
acceptable terms in the future. The Company could suffer significant reputational damage and financial liability if it experiences any of the foregoing health and safety issues or incidents, which could have a material adverse effect on its business operations, financial condition, and results of operations.
All of the Company’s assets, including intellectual property, are pledged as collateral to a lender.
Pursuant to the Debt Financing (as defined below) we entered into a security agreement and IP security agreement with Streeterville (as defined below), under which the Company has granted a security interest in all of its assets and intellectual property, whether it exists as of August 25, 2025 or is later acquired. In the event the company is in an Event of Default (as defined by the Note (as defined below)) and does not cure such default within seven business days, Streeterville could acquire all of the Company’s assets, including all of its intellectual property. Such security interest will remain in full force and effect until the payment and satisfaction in full of our obligations owed to Streeterville in connection with the Note and related transaction documents, including, without limitation, pursuant to an automatic exchange of the Note, pursuant to which the Note will automatically be exchanged for and applied to the purchase price of a pre-paid purchase under the Equity Purchase Agreement (as defined below). For additional details regarding the Note, see the section entitled “Business — Recent Developments — Debt Financing.”
If our security measures are breached or unauthorized access to individually identifiable biometric or other personally identifiable information is otherwise obtained, our reputation may be harmed, and we may incur significant liabilities.
In the ordinary course of our business, we may collect and store sensitive data, including personally identifiable information (“PII”), owned or controlled by ourselves or our customers, and other parties. We communicate sensitive data electronically, and through relationships with multiple third-party vendors and their subcontractors. These applications and data encompass a wide variety of business-critical information, including commercial information, and business and financial information. We face a number of risks relative to protecting this critical information, including loss of access risk, inappropriate use or disclosure, inappropriate modification, and the risk of our being unable to adequately monitor, audit, and modify our controls over our critical information. This risk extends to the third-party vendors and subcontractors we use to manage this sensitive data. As a custodian of this data, we therefore inherit responsibilities related to this data, exposing ourself to potential threats. Data breaches occur at all levels of corporate sophistication (including at companies with significantly greater resources and security measures than our own) and the resulting fallout stemming from these breaches can be costly, time-consuming, and damaging to a company’s reputation. Further, data breaches need not occur from malicious attacks or phishing only. Often, employee carelessness can result in sharing PII with a much wider audience than intended. Consequences of such data breaches could result in fines, litigation expenses, costs of implementing better systems, and the damage of negative publicity, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business operations and financial condition.
Our collection, processing, use and disclosure of individually identifiable biometric or other personally identifiable information is subject to evolving and expanding privacy and security regulations.
Data privacy remains an evolving landscape, with new regulations coming into effect at both the domestic and international level. For example, various states, such as California, Massachusetts, and others, have implemented similar privacy laws and regulations, such as the California Consumer Privacy Act, which took effect January 1, 2020 (the “CCPA”), and creates new data privacy rights for users. The CCPA requires covered businesses that process personal information of California residents to disclose their data collection, use and sharing practices. Further, the CCPA provides California residents with new data privacy rights (including the ability to opt out of certain disclosures of personal data), imposes new operational requirements for covered businesses, provides for civil penalties for violations as well as a private right of action for data breaches and statutory damages (which is expected to increase data breach class action litigation and result in significant exposure to costly legal judgments and settlements). Aspects of the CCPA and its interpretation and enforcement remain uncertain. In addition, the California Privacy Rights Act of 2020 (the “CPRA”), which took effect January 1, 2023, expanded the CCPA. The CPRA, among other things, gives California residents the ability to limit use of certain sensitive personal information, further restricts the use of cross-contextual advertising, establishes restrictions on the retention of personal information, expands the types of data breaches subject to the CCPA’s private right of action, provides for increased penalties for CPRA violations concerning California residents under the age of 16, and establishes a new California Privacy Protection Agency to implement and enforce the CPRA. The CCPA and other similar laws could impact our business activities depending on how they are interpreted. New legislation proposed or enacted in various other states will continue to shape the
16
data privacy environment nationally. For example, Virginia recently passed its Consumer Data Protection Act, and Colorado recently passed the Colorado Privacy Act, both of which differ from the CPRA and became effective in 2023. Additional states have since also passed comprehensive privacy laws with additional obligations and requirements on businesses. Certain state laws may be more stringent or broader in scope, or offer greater individual rights, with respect to confidential, sensitive and personal information than federal, international or other state laws, and such laws may differ from each other, which may complicate compliance efforts.
Additionally, all U.S. states and the District of Columbia have enacted breach notification laws that may require that we notify customers, employees or regulators in the event of unauthorized access to or disclosure of personal or confidential information experienced by us or our service providers. These laws are not consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach is difficult and may be costly. Moreover, states have been frequently amending existing laws, requiring attention to changing regulatory requirements. We also may be contractually required to notify customers of a security breach. Although we may have contractual protections with our service providers, any actual or perceived security breach could harm our reputation and brand, expose us to potential liability or require us to expend significant resources on data security and in responding to any such actual or perceived breach. Any contractual protections we may have from our service providers may not be sufficient to adequately protect us from any such liabilities and losses, and we may be unable to enforce any such contractual protections. In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups have and may in the future propose self-regulatory standards from time to time. These and other industry standards may legally or contractually apply to us, or we may elect to comply with such standards.
Adverse changes in economic or political policies in China, or Chinese laws or regulations, could have a material adverse effect on business conditions in China and the overall economic growth of China, which could adversely affect our business.
The Chinese economy differs from the economies of other countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. The Chinese economy has been transitioning from a planned economy to a more market-oriented economy. Despite reforms, the government continues to exercise significant control over China’s economic growth by way of the allocation of resources, controls on capital inflow and outflow, control over foreign exchange transactions, and provision of preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.
Tax and accounting rules for our subsidiary operating in mainland China differ from those of our parent entity and Hong Kong based subsidiary.
Virtuix Manufacturing (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd. (“VML_ZH”) is a subsidiary of the Company registered in Zhuhai, Guangdong, China that was formed to manufacture the Company’s products, sell the Company’s products to Chinese customers, and transact CNY-denominated business with Chinese customers and suppliers. Under the People’s Republic of China Enterprise Income Tax Law, enterprise income tax is collected from companies on a quarterly basis, and is based on the net income companies obtain while exercising their business activity, normally during one business year. The standard tax rate is 25%. We will be required to account for this tax treatment throughout the year, which may impact the presentation of our financial results. Further, in a traditional parent-subsidiary company relationship, cash generated by the subsidiary would be able to freely flow up to the parent. However, China’s controls on capital outflow applicable to VML_ZH prevent the free movement of cash to a foreign parent company, which we will need to account for in the presentation of our financial results.
Our business is subject to complex and evolving U.S. and foreign laws, regulations and industry standards, many of which are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, which uncertainty could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
We are subject to many U.S. federal and state and foreign laws, regulations and industry standards that involve matters central to our business, including laws and regulations that involve data privacy, cybersecurity, intellectual property (including copyright and patent laws), content, rights of publicity, advertising, marketing, competition, consumer protection, taxation and telecommunications. These laws and regulations are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created, or amended, in a manner that could harm our business. In addition, the introduction of new products, expansion of our activities in certain jurisdictions, or other actions that we may take may subject us to additional laws, regulations or other government scrutiny.
17
We collect, store, use and otherwise process data, some of which contains personal information about our employees, customers and business partners, including contact details, network details, and location data. Therefore, we are or may become subject to U.S. (federal, state, local) and foreign laws and regulations regarding data privacy and security and the processing of personal information and other data from customers, end users or business partners. The regulatory framework for privacy, information security, data protection and processing worldwide and interpretations of existing laws and regulations is likely to continue to be uncertain and current or future legislation or regulations in the U.S. and other jurisdictions, or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, could significantly restrict or impose conditions on our ability to process data we use in our business operations.
While we have made efforts to comply with these laws and regulations, the uncertainty surrounding enforcement and changing privacy landscapes in the U.S. and abroad could change our compliance status. Similarly, there are a number of legislative proposals in the European Union, the U.S., at both the federal and state level, as well as other jurisdictions that could impose new obligations or limitations in areas affecting our business.
The costs of complying with these laws and regulations are high and likely to increase in the future, particularly as the degree of regulation increases and our business grows and our geographic scope expands. Any failure or perceived failure of compliance on our part to comply with the laws and regulations may subject us to significant liabilities or penalties, or otherwise adversely affect its business, financial condition or operating results.
Our business with governmental entities will be subject to the policies, priorities, regulations, mandates, and funding levels of such governmental entities and may be negatively impacted by any change thereto.
The Company plans to enter into contracts with governmental agencies to provide its products and services. This would subject the Company’s business to laws and regulations applicable to companies doing business with the applicable government. These government contracts customarily contain provisions that give the government substantial rights and remedies, many of which are not typically found in commercial contracts and which are unfavorable to contractors.
For instance, most government agencies include provisions that allow the government to unilaterally terminate or modify contracts for convenience, and in such event, the counterparty to the contract may generally recover only its incurred or committed costs and settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to the termination. If the government terminates a contract for default, the defaulting party may be liable for any extra costs incurred by the government in procuring undelivered items from another source.
Government contracts often also contain provisions and are subject to laws and regulations that provide government customers with additional rights and remedies not typically found in commercial contracts. These rights and remedies allow government customers, among other things, to:
• Terminate existing contracts for convenience with short notice;
• Reduce orders under or otherwise modify contracts;
• For contracts subject to the Truthful Cost or Pricing Data Act, reduce the contract price or cost where it was increased because a contractor or subcontractor furnished cost or pricing data during negotiations that was not complete, accurate, and current;
• For some contracts, (i) demand a refund, make a forward price adjustment, or terminate a contract for default if a contractor provided inaccurate or incomplete data during the contract negotiation process and (ii) reduce the contract price under triggering circumstances, including the revision of price lists or other documents upon which the contract award was predicated;
• Cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable;
• Decline to exercise an option to renew a multi-year contract;
• Claim rights in solutions, systems, or technology produced by us, appropriate such work-product for their continued use without continuing to contract for our services, and disclose such work-product to third parties, including other government agencies and our competitors, which could harm our competitive position;
18
• Prohibit future procurement awards with a particular agency due to a finding of organizational conflicts of interest based upon prior related work performed for the agency that would give a contractor an unfair advantage over competing contractors, or the existence of conflicting roles that might bias a contractor’s judgment;
• Subject the award of contracts to protest by competitors, which may require the contracting federal agency or department to suspend our performance pending the outcome of the protest and may also result in a requirement to resubmit offers for the contract or in the termination, reduction, or modification of the awarded contract;
• Suspend or debar the Company from doing business with the applicable government; and
• Control or prohibit the export of its services.
In addition, government contracts normally contain additional requirements that may increase the Company’s costs of doing business, reduce its gross margins, and expose it to liability for failure to comply with these terms and conditions. These requirements include, for example:
• Specialized disclosure and accounting requirements unique to government contracts;
• Financial and compliance audits that may result in potential liability for price adjustments, recoupment of government funds after such funds have been spent, civil and criminal penalties, or administrative sanctions such as suspension or debarment from doing business with the U.S. government;
• Public disclosures of certain contract and company information;
• Mandatory socioeconomic compliance requirements, including labor requirements, non-discrimination and affirmative action programs and environmental compliance requirements; and
• Requirements to procure certain materials, components and parts from supply sources approved by the customer and to assemble finished products in the United States.
Government contracts are also generally subject to greater scrutiny by the government, which can initiate reviews, audits and investigations regarding the Company’s compliance with government contract requirements. New regulations or procurement requirements (including, for example regulations regarding counterfeit and corrupt parts, supply chain diligence and cybersecurity) or changes to current requirements could increase our costs and risk of non-compliance. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with government contracting laws, regulations and contract requirements, its contracts may be subject to termination, and it may be subject to financial and/or other liability under such contract and applicable law.
Further, changes in government policies, priorities, regulations, use of commercial data providers to meet U.S. government imagery needs, government agency mandates, funding levels through agency budget reductions, the imposition of budgetary constraints or a decline in government support or deferment of funding for programs in which the Company or its customers participate could result in contract terminations, delays in contract awards, reduction in contract scope, performance penalties or breaches of its contracts, the failure to exercise contract options, the cancellation of planned procurements and fewer new business opportunities, all of which could materially and adversely impact the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Entering into U.S. government contracts exposes us to significant risks arising from complex procurement regulations and strict domestic sourcing requirements, which can result in financial, operational, and reputational consequences if not properly managed.
The Company plans to enter into contracts with governmental agencies to provide its products and services. Entering into contracts with U.S. government agencies will subject us to complex and rigorous procurement regulations, including the Federal Acquisition Regulation (“FAR”), the Defense Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement (“DFARS”), and other agency-specific rules. These regulations govern nearly every aspect of government contracting, from contractor qualifications and acquisition procedures to ongoing compliance obligations. Failure to comply with these requirements can result in severe consequences, such as contract termination, suspension or debarment from future government contracts, financial penalties, and potential liability under the False Claims Act or criminal statutes.
19
Additionally, our contracts with the U.S. military may be subject to the Buy American Act and the Berry Amendment, which impose strict domestic sourcing and manufacturing requirements for certain products, including those that may be part of VTW. Compliance with these laws can increase our production costs, restrict our sourcing options, and require significant changes to our supply chain. Non-compliance could result in the inability to compete for or be awarded government contracts, as well as financial penalties, reputational harm, and exclusion from future government contracting opportunities, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may enter into new markets or lines of business that offer new products, or may expand existing lines of business, which may subject us to additional risks.
From time to time, we may enter into new markets or lines of business that entail offering new products, or we may expand existing lines of business. Our historical experience does not necessarily ensure that we will be able to successfully operate expanded lines of business or will be successful in launching new products or entering new markets. In addition, external factors, such as competitive alternatives, potential conflicts of interest, either real or perceived, and shifting market preferences, in addition to our lack of experience with or knowledge of new lines of business or markets may impact our implementation, expansion and operation of new and existing lines of business. Other related risks include:
• the potential diversion of management’s attention, available cash, and other resources from our existing businesses;
• unanticipated liabilities or contingencies;
• compliance with additional regulatory burdens;
• potential damage to existing customer relationships, lack of customer acceptance or an inability to attract new customers; and
• the inability to compete effectively in the new line or expanded line of business or in a new market.
Failure to successfully manage these risks in the implementation, expansion or operation of new and existing lines of business and markets or the offering of new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition.
Future acquisitions may have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our business, and raising additional capital for such acquisitions may cause dilution to our stockholders.
We may acquire businesses, technologies, services, or products that are complementary to our business. Future acquisitions may expose us to potential risks, including risks associated with the integration of new operations, services, and personnel, unforeseen or hidden liabilities, the diversion of resources from our existing business and technology, our potential inability to generate sufficient revenue to offset new costs, the expenses of acquisitions, or the potential loss of or harm to relationships with both employees and customers resulting from our integration of new businesses.
Any of the potential risks listed above could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. We may need to raise additional debt funding or sell additional equity securities to make such acquisitions. The raising of additional debt funding by our Company, if required, would result in increased debt service obligations and could result in additional operating and financing covenants, or liens on our assets, that would restrict our operations. The sale of additional equity securities could result in additional dilution to our stockholders.
The Company may undergo a future change that could affect your investment.
The Company may change its business, management or advisory team, intellectual property portfolio, location of its principal place of business or production facilities, or other change which may result in adverse effects on your investment. Additionally, the Company may alter its corporate structure through a merger, acquisition, consolidation, or other restructuring of its current corporate entity structure. Should such a future change occur, it would be based on management’s review and determination that it is in the best interests of the Company.
20
You may have difficulty enforcing judgments against certain of our officers and directors who reside outside the U.S.
David Allan, our Chief Operating Officer, President and member of our Board of Directors and Ugo de Charette, a member of our Board of Directors, reside outside the U.S. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. upon Mr. Allan and Mr. Charrette or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against them, including judgments based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws. Even if investors are successful in bringing an action of this type, the laws of the foreign jurisdictions where Mr. Allan or Mr. Charrette reside may render them unable or unwilling to enforce a judgment against the assets of such individuals. Additionally, courts in those foreign jurisdictions may not recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts obtained against Mr. Allan or Mr. Charrette under the securities laws of the U.S. As a result, investors may be effectively prevented from enforcing any such civil liabilities under U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise.
Risks Related to Our Financial Condition and Capital Requirements
We have a limited operating history, which may make it difficult for you to evaluate our current business and predict our future success and viability.
Our Company was incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware on December 20, 2013. The likelihood of our creation of a successful business must be considered in light of the problems, expenses, difficulties, complications, and delays frequently encountered in connection with the growth of a business, operation in a competitive industry, and the continued development of our technology and products. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase for the near future, and there is no assurance that we will be profitable in the near future. You should consider our business, operations, and prospects in light of the risks, expenses and challenges faced as an emerging growth company.
We have historically operated at a loss, which has resulted in an accumulated deficit.
For the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, we incurred net losses of approximately $4,161,358 and approximately $10,053,455, respectively. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, we incurred net losses of approximately $14,648,792 and approximately $12,401,393, respectively. There can be no assurance that we will ever achieve profitability. Even if we do, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or increase profitability on a quarterly or annual basis. Failure to do so would continue to have a material adverse effect on our accumulated deficit, would affect our cash flows, would affect our efforts to raise capital, and would likely result in a decline in the value of your investment in our Company.
Our ability to use net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.
Our ability to use our federal and state NOL carryforwards to offset potential future taxable income is dependent upon our generation of future taxable income before the expiration dates of the NOL carryforwards, and we cannot predict with certainty when, or whether, we will generate sufficient taxable income to use all of our NOL carryforwards. Under current law, federal NOL carryforwards generated in taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017, may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such NOL carryforwards is limited to 80% of taxable income. Many states have similar laws. As of March 31, 2025, we had approximately $12.5 million of federal net operating losses that will expire between 2034 and 2038, if not utilized. Of the total federal net operating loss, approximately $27.8 million has an unlimited carryforward and therefore will not expire. Accordingly, certain of our federal and state NOL carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. In addition, under Sections 382 and 383 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), federal NOL carryforwards may become subject to an annual limitation in the event of certain cumulative changes in our ownership. An “ownership change” pursuant to Section 382 of the Code generally occurs if one or more stockholders or groups of stockholders who own at least 5% of the company’s stock increase their ownership by more than 50 percentage points over their lowest ownership percentage within a rolling three-year period. We may be subject to an annual limitation on the amount of NOL carryforwards that can be utilized in each year. It is also possible that some or all of our NOL carryforwards could be limited by the provisions of Section 382 of the Code as a result of future changes in ownership, including as a result of subsequent sales of securities by us or our stockholders. Further, state NOL carryforwards may be similarly limited. Any such disallowances may result in greater tax liabilities than we would incur in the absence of such a limitation and any increased liabilities could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flow.
21
We anticipate sustaining operating losses for the foreseeable future.
It is anticipated that we will sustain operating losses for the foreseeable future as we expand our team, continue to undertake research and development, and strive to gain customers and gain market share in our industry. Our ability to become profitable depends on our ability to expand our customer base and reach our profit margin targets. There can be no assurance that we will succeed in meeting our targets for sales revenue and profit margins. Unanticipated problems and expenses, which are often encountered in offering new products and in sustaining profitable sales of mature products, may impact whether the Company is successful. Furthermore, we may encounter substantial delays and unexpected expenses related to development, technological changes, marketing, tariffs, manufacturing cost increases, regulatory requirements and changes to such requirements or other unforeseen difficulties. There can be no assurance that we will ever become profitable. If the Company sustains losses over an extended period of time, it may be unable to continue in business.
We are exposed to the risks of indebtedness.
As of the year ended March 31, 2025, we have approximately $2.9 million of indebtedness, of which $2.65 million is in the form of unsecured notes. Any payments of principal and interest that we make on the notes may leave us with insufficient cash resources to manage our operations and may otherwise adversely affect our operations. Our level of debt and the limitations imposed on us by our debt agreements could have significant adverse consequences, including the following:
• require us to dedicate a substantial portion of cash flow to the payment of principal, and interest on, indebtedness, thereby reducing the funds available for other purposes;
• make it more difficult for us to borrow additional funds or issue equity to raise additional funds as needed or on favorable terms, which could, among other things, adversely affect our ability to meet operational needs;
• force us to dispose of one or more of our assets or operations, possibly on unfavorable terms or in violation of certain covenants to which we may be subject;
• make us more vulnerable to economic downturns, adverse industry conditions or catastrophic external events;
• limit our ability to withstand competitive pressures;
• limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness at maturity or the refinancing terms may be less favorable than the terms of our original indebtedness;
• reduce our flexibility in planning for or responding to changing business, industry and economic conditions; and/or
• place us at a competitive disadvantage to competitors that have relatively less debt than we have.
If any one of these events were to occur, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service our indebtedness.
Our ability to pay principal and interest on our outstanding notes and to satisfy any other debt obligations will depend upon, among other things:
• our future financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic conditions and financial, business, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control; and
• our ability to access the capital and financial markets on commercially reasonable terms.
We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, or that we will be able to access the capital and financial markets, in an amount sufficient to fund our liquidity needs, including the payment of principal and interest on our outstanding notes.
22
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to service our indebtedness, we may be forced to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. Our ability to restructure or refinance our debt will depend on the condition of the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. Any refinancing of our debt could be at higher interest rates and may require us to comply with more onerous covenants, which could further restrict our business operations. In addition, the terms of existing or future debt agreements may restrict us from adopting some of these alternatives. Without such resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions for fair market value or at all. Furthermore, any proceeds that we could realize from any such dispositions may not be adequate to meet our debt service obligations then due.
We will require substantial additional capital to finance our operations.
Our operations have consumed substantial amounts of cash since inception, and we expect our expenses to increase in connection with our ongoing activities. The Company will continue to invest in building out its sales and marketing teams as well as strengthening its engineering and development teams. General and administrative expenses will increase as the cost of maintaining a public company is significantly higher than maintaining a privately held company. Accordingly, we will need to obtain substantial additional funding in order to maintain our continuing operations.
As of the six months ended September 30, 2025, and the year ended March 31, 2025, we had approximately $564,567 and $477,908 of cash on hand, respectively, and approximately $(3,518,670) and $(3,547,552) of working capital, respectively, and our anticipated operating requirements for the next twelve months, assuming the maintenance of our current operations, exceed our available capital resources. Our estimate as to how long we expect our existing capital to be able to continue to fund our operations is based on assumptions that may prove to be wrong, and we could use our available capital resources sooner than we currently expect. Changing circumstances, some of which may be beyond our control, could cause us to consume capital significantly faster than we currently anticipate, and we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned.
Our future funding requirements will depend on many factors, including, but not limited to:
• the initiation, progress, timeline, cost and revenue results of our products;
• the cost and timing of manufacturing activities;
• the effect of competing technological and market developments;
• the payment of licensing fees, potential royalty payments and potential milestone payments;
• the cost of general operating expenses; and
• the costs of operating as a public company.
We must maintain, and have adequate working capital to purchase, sufficient inventory to meet customer demand in a timely manner. Due to the lead times required by our suppliers, we order materials in advance of expected sales. As a result, we are required to forecast our sales and purchases accordingly. These forecasts could be inaccurate, resulting in excess inventory purchases. We must maintain sufficient working capital to fund our inventory purchases, including sustaining any periods of excess inventory that arise from inaccurate forecasting.
Advancing the development of our new products, scaling sales and marketing of our existing products, and funding the cost of inventory will require a significant amount of capital. In order to fund all of the activities that are necessary to continue the development of our products and scale revenues, we will be required to obtain further funding through equity offerings, debt financings, collaborations and licensing arrangements or other sources, which may dilute our stockholders or restrict our operating activities. Adequate additional funding may not be available to us on acceptable terms, or at all.
Our failure to raise capital as and when needed or on acceptable terms would have a negative impact on our financial condition and our ability to pursue our business strategy, which could adversely affect the holdings or the rights of our stockholders.
23
Raising additional capital may cause dilution to our existing stockholders.
We may seek additional capital through a variety of means, including through equity, debt financings, or other sources. We may seek additional capital due to favorable market conditions or strategic considerations even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, your ownership interest will be diluted, and the terms may include liquidation or other preferences and anti-dilution protections that adversely affect your rights as a stockholder.
Such financing may also result in imposition of debt covenants, increased fixed payment obligations or other restrictions that may adversely affect our ability to conduct our business. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic alliances or marketing, distribution or licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to our technologies, future revenue streams, research programs or product candidates, or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.
We may not be able to continue as a going concern without additional financing, and if such financing is not available to us or is not available to us on acceptable terms, we may be forced to cease operations.
We have a limited operating history and have incurred recurring losses from operations. As of September 30, 2025, we have an accumulated deficit of approximately $66,653,948, and stockholders’ equity of approximately $(992,512). For the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, we incurred a net loss of approximately $4,161,358 and approximately $10,053,455, respectively. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, we incurred a net loss of approximately $14,648,792 and approximately $12,401,393, respectively. Our failure to generate sufficient revenues, achieve sufficient profit margins, effectively manage expenses or raise additional capital could adversely affect our ability to achieve our intended business objectives. These matters, among others, raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.
We have funded our operations primarily through a series of Regulation D and Regulation Crowdfunding offerings. On August 25, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement (the “First Note Purchase Agreement”) with Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Streeterville”), pursuant to which we issued to Streeterville a secured promissory note (the “First Note”), convertible into shares of our Class A common stock, in the principal amount of $2,220,000, and a common stock purchase warrant (the “Debt Financing Warrant”) to purchase up to a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $4,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with this Direct Listing, exercisable at the reference price and expiring six months after the closing of the Direct Listing. On October 30, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville Capital, LLC (the “Second Note Purchase Agreement”), pursuant to which we issued (i) a secured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets (the “Second Note”), and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing, exercisable at the reference price and expiring six months after the closing of the Direct Listing. On December 19, 2025, we entered into another Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville Capital, LLC (the “Third Note Purchase Agreement” and, together with the First Note Purchase Agreement and the Second Note Purchase Agreement, the “Debt Financing”), pursuant to which we issued (i) a secured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets (the “Third Note” and together with the First Note and the Second Note, the “Streeterville Notes”), and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing, exercisable at the reference price and expiring six months after the closing of the Direct Listing. The First, Second, and Third Note are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at a price equal to 85% of the reference price.
We also entered into an additional Securities Purchase Agreement (the “Equity Purchase Agreement” or “Equity Financing”) with Streeterville on August 25, 2025, which provides that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions and limitations set forth therein, Streeterville will purchase up to an aggregate of $50,000,000 of Class A common stock over the 24-month term of the Equity Financing through one or more pre-paid purchases. The initial pre-paid purchase will close concurrently with this Direct Listing, at which time we will also issue a common stock purchase warrant (the “Equity Financing Warrant”) to purchase a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to $16,000,000 divided by the reference price, exercisable at the reference price and expiring six months after the closing of the Direct Listing.
24
For additional details regarding the Debt Financing and Equity Financing, see the section entitled “Business — Recent Developments.” The Debt Financing and Equity Financing will provide us with, and allow us to maintain, stockholders’ equity well in excess of the required minimum under Nasdaq Listing Rule 5505(b) as well as enable us to fund our operations through at least June 30, 2026, and after which we intend to raise additional capital pursuant to one or more registered offerings of equity or debt securities. However, we cannot be certain that additional funding will be available on acceptable terms, or at all. To the extent that we raise additional funds by issuing equity securities, our stockholders may experience significant dilution. Any debt financing, if available, may involve restrictive covenants that impact our ability to conduct business. If we are not able to raise additional capital when required or on acceptable terms, we may have to: (i) significantly delay, scale back or discontinue the development or commercialization of new products; (ii) seek collaborators for further development and commercialization of our products; or (iii) relinquish or otherwise dispose of some or all of our rights to technologies or the products that we would otherwise seek to develop or commercialize.
Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of our Class A common stock
We are engaged in multiple transactions and offerings of our securities. Future resales and/or issuances of shares of Class A common stock, including pursuant to this prospectus, may cause the market price of our shares to drop significantly and may dilute stockholders.
On August 25, 2025, we entered into Equity Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Streeterville has committed to purchase up to $50,000,000 million of shares of our Class A common stock, subject to certain limitations and conditions set forth in the Equity Purchase Agreement. The shares of our Class A common stock that may be issued under the Equity Purchase Agreement may be sold by us to Streeterville from time to time for a period of up to 24 months from the closing of this Direct Listing, unless the Equity Purchase Agreement is earlier terminated. Within 20 days of the closing of this Direct Listing, we will file a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the “Resale Registration Statement”) to register for resale from time to time up to 25,000,000 shares of Class A common stock that may be purchased by Streeterville under the Equity Purchase Agreement. Because the per-share purchase price that Streeterville will pay for shares of Class A common stock in any transaction that may be effected pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement may be determined either by reference to the reference price established in connection with the Direct Listing or, upon certain trigger events, 90% of the volume weighted-average price during the applicable period on the applicable purchase date, it is not possible for us to predict the number of shares of Class A common stock that we will sell to Streeterville under the Equity Purchase Agreement. If it becomes necessary for us to issue and sell to Streeterville more than 25,000,000 shares of Common Stock as a result of certain resets to the floor price at which Streeterville may purchase shares of our Class A common stock, we may need to file additional registration statements with the SEC to register such additional shares of our Class A common stock for resale. Also on August 25, 2025, we issued to Streeterville the Debt Financing Warrant and will, upon the closing of this Direct Listing, issue the Equity Financing. Pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement, we agreed to register for resale, pursuant to this prospectus, up to 2,500,000 shares of Class A common stock for issuance upon exercise of the Debt Financing Warrant and Equity Financing Warrant. For additional information on the Equity Purchase Agreement, Note Purchase Agreement, Debt Financing Warrant and Equity Financing Warrant, see “Risk Factors — We may not be able to continue as a going concern without additional financing, and if such financing is not available to us or is not available to us on acceptable terms, we may be forced to cease operations” and “Business — Recent Developments.”
In addition, certain of our current and former employees, directors, and consultants hold outstanding options under our equity compensation plans, and certain of our current and future employees, directors and consultants are expected to be granted equity awards and purchase rights under equity compensation plans. Holders of Class A common stock will experience additional dilution when those equity awards and purchase rights become vested and settled or exercisable, as applicable, for shares of Class A common stock. For additional information on the 2025 LTIP and 2025 Omnibus Plan, see “Executive and Director Compensation — Equity Compensation Plans.”
Additionally, certain of our employees, executive officers and directors will enter into Rule 10b5-1 trading plans providing for sales of shares of our Class A and Class B common stock from time to time. Under a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the employee, director, or officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from the employee, officer, or director. A Rule 10b5-1 trading plan may be amended or terminated in some circumstances. Our employees, executive officers and directors also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan when they are not in possession of material, non-public information.
25
The market price of shares of our Class A common stock could drop significantly if the holders of the shares of Class A common stock described above sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional funds through future offerings of shares of our Class A common stock or other securities. The issuance of additional Class A common stock may also significantly dilute the equity interests of existing holders of the Company’s securities.
The direct listing process differs from an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis.
This is not an underwritten initial public offering of Class A common stock. This listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq differs from an underwritten initial public offering in several significant ways, which include, but are not limited to, the following:
• There are no underwriters engaged on a firm-commitment basis. Consequently, prior to the opening of trading on Nasdaq, there will be no traditional book-building process and no price at which underwriters initially sold shares to the public to help inform efficient and sufficient price discovery with respect to the opening trades on Nasdaq. Therefore, buy and sell orders submitted prior to and at the opening of trading of our common stock on Nasdaq will not have the benefit of being informed by a published price range or a price at which the underwriters initially sold shares to the public, as would be the case in an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis. Moreover, there will be no underwriters engaged on a firm-commitment underwritten basis assuming risk in connection with the initial resale of shares of our common stock. In an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis, the underwriters may engage in “covered” short sales in an amount of shares representing the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. To close a covered short position, the underwriters purchase shares in the open market or exercise the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. In determining the source of shares to close the covered short position, the underwriters typically consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. Purchases in the open market to cover short positions, as well as other purchases underwriters may undertake for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing a decline in the market price of shares. Given that there will be no underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and no underwriters engaging in stabilizing transactions, there could be greater volatility in the public price of our common stock during the period immediately following the listing. See also “— Our common stock currently has no public market. An active trading market may not develop or continue to be liquid and the market price of shares of our common stock may be volatile.”
• There is not a fixed number of shares of common stock available for sale. Therefore, there can be no assurance that any Registered Stockholders or other existing stockholders will sell any or all of their Class A common stock and there may initially be a lack of supply of, or demand for, our common stock on Nasdaq. Alternatively, we may have a large number of Registered Stockholders or other existing stockholders who choose to sell their Class A common stock in the near term resulting in an oversupply of our Class A common stock, which could adversely impact the public price of our common stock once listed on Nasdaq and thereafter.
• We will not conduct a traditional “roadshow” with underwriters prior to the opening of trading on Nasdaq. Instead, we intend to host an investor day, as well as engage in certain other investor education meetings. In advance of the investor day, we will announce the date for such day over financial news outlets in a manner consistent with typical corporate outreach to investors. We will prepare an electronic presentation for this investor day, which will have content similar to a traditional roadshow presentation, and make one version of the presentation publicly available, without restriction, on a website. There can be no guarantees that the investor day and other investor education meetings will have the same impact on investor education as a traditional “roadshow” conducted in connection with a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering. As a result, there may not be efficient price discovery with respect to our common stock or sufficient demand among investors immediately after our listing, which could result in a more volatile public price of our Class A common stock.
Such differences from a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering could result in a volatile trading price for our Class A common stock and uncertain trading volume, which may adversely affect your ability to sell any Class A common stock that you may purchase.
26
Limitations on investors’ ability to trace their shares to this registration statement may preclude claims under Sections 11 and 12 of the Securities Act, potentially reducing our liability exposure and limiting investors remedies.
In connection with this direct listing, we are registering 34,213,618 shares of our Class A common stock, all of which may be sold into the public market. Unlike in a traditional initial public offering, where all shares sold in the public market are issued pursuant to a registration statement, in a direct listing, both registered and unregistered shares may become freely tradeable simultaneously. As a result, purchasers in the public market following our direct listing may not be able to determine whether their shares were issued pursuant to this registration statement.
The ability to bring a claim under Section 11 of the Securities Act of 1933 requires that the security purchased be traceable to the allegedly defective registration statement. In Slack Technologies, LLC v. Pirani, 598 U.S. 759 (2023), the U.S. Supreme Court held that Section 11 applies only to shares that are actually issued pursuant to the registration statement. The U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit, in its 2025 opinion on remand, confirmed that the tracing requirement applies in the context of direct listings and that tracing shares to a registration statement is particularly difficult where registered and unregistered shares begin trading at the same time.
Accordingly, if you purchase our Class A common stock in the open market following this Direct Listing, you may not be able to assert claims under Section 11 or Section 12(a)(2) of the Securities Act for any material misstatements or omissions in this registration statement or related prospectus. This limitation may reduce the potential remedies available to investors, limit recovery in the event of a violation of the federal securities laws, and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Moreover, because our potential liability under the Securities Act may be reduced as compared to a traditional initial public offering, investors may face greater risk in the event of inaccurate or incomplete disclosure.
Our Class A common stock currently has no public market. An active trading market may not develop or continue to be liquid and the market price of shares of our Class A common stock may be volatile.
We expect our Class A common stock to be listed and traded on Nasdaq. Prior to the listing on Nasdaq, there has not been a public market for any of our securities, and an active market for our Class A common stock may not develop or be sustained after the listing, which could depress the market price of shares of our Class A common stock and could affect the ability of our stockholders to sell our Class A common stock. In the absence of an active public trading market, investors may not be able to liquidate their investments in our Class A common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares of our Class A common stock, our ability to motivate our employees through equity incentive awards and our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using shares of our Class A common stock as consideration.
In addition, we cannot predict the prices at which our Class A common stock may trade on Nasdaq following the listing of our Class A common stock, and the market price of our Class A common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to various factors, some of which are beyond our control. In particular, as this listing is taking place through an appropriate but less common process that is not a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering, there will be no traditional book-building process and no price at which traditional underwriters initially sold shares to the public to help inform efficient price discovery with respect to the opening trades on Nasdaq. On the day that our shares of Class A common stock are initially listed on Nasdaq, Nasdaq will begin accepting, but not executing, pre-opening buy and sell orders and will begin to continuously generate the indicative Current Reference Price on the basis of such accepted orders. The Current Reference Price is calculated each second and, during a 10-minute “Display Only” period, is disseminated, along with other indicative imbalance information, to market participants by Nasdaq on its NOII and BookViewer tools. Following the “Display Only” period, a “Pre-Launch” period begins, during which the Advisor, in its capacity as our financial advisor to perform the functions under Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8), must notify Nasdaq that our shares are “ready to trade.” Once the Advisor has notified Nasdaq that our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade, Nasdaq will calculate the Current Reference Price for our shares of Class A common stock, in accordance with Nasdaq rules. If the Advisor then approves proceeding at the Current Reference Price, Nasdaq will conduct a price validation test in accordance with Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8). As part of conducting such price validation test, Nasdaq may consult with the Advisor, if the price bands need to be modified, to select the new price bands for purposes of applying such test iteratively until the validation tests yield a price within such bands. Upon completion of such price validation checks, the applicable orders that have been entered will be executed at such price and regular trading of shares of our common stock on Nasdaq will commence. The Advisor will determine when our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade and approve proceeding at the Current Reference Price primarily based on considerations of volume, timing and price. In particular, the Advisor will determine, based primarily on pre-opening
27
buy and sell orders, when a reasonable amount of volume will cross on the opening trade such that sufficient price discovery has been made to open trading at the Current Reference Price. If the Advisor does not approve proceeding at the Current Reference Price (for example, due to the absence of adequate preopening buy and sell interest), the Advisor will request that Nasdaq delay the open until such a time that sufficient price discovery has been made to ensure a reasonable amount of volume crosses on the opening trade. For more information, see “Plan of Distribution.”
Additionally, prior to the opening trade, there will not be a price at which underwriters initially sold shares of Class A common stock to the public as there would be in a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering. The absence of a predetermined initial public offering price could impact the range of buy and sell orders collected by Nasdaq from various broker-dealers. Consequently, upon listing on Nasdaq, the public price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile than in a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering and could decline significantly and rapidly.
Furthermore, because of our less common listing process on Nasdaq, Nasdaq’s rules for ensuring compliance with its initial listing standards, such as those requiring a valuation or other compelling evidence of value, are untested. In the absence of a prior active public trading market for our Class A common stock, if the price of our Class A common stock or our market capitalization falls below those required by Nasdaq’s eligibility standards, we may not be able to satisfy the ongoing listing criteria and may be required to delist.
In addition, because of our less common listing process and the potential consumer awareness and brand recognition of Virtuix, individual investors, retail or otherwise, may have greater influence in setting the opening public price and subsequent public prices of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq and may participate more in our initial trading than is typical for a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering. These factors could result in a public price of our Class A common stock that is higher than other investors (such as institutional investors) are willing to pay, which could cause volatility in the trading price of our Class A common stock and an unsustainable trading price if the price of our Class A common stock significantly rises upon listing and institutional investors believe our Class A common stock is worth less than retail investors believe it is worth, in which case the price of our Class A common stock may decline over time. Further, if the public price of our Class A common stock is above the level that investors determine is reasonable for our Class A common stock, some investors may attempt to short our Class A common stock after trading begins, which would create additional downward pressure on the public price of our Class A common stock. To the extent that there is a lack of consumer awareness among retail investors, such a lack of consumer awareness could reduce the value of our Class A common stock and cause volatility in the trading price of our Class A common stock.
The public price of our Class A common stock following the listing also could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to the risk factors described in this prospectus and others beyond our control, including:
• changes in the industries in which we operate;
• variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors in general;
• actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;
• publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;
• the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;
• our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;
• additions and departures of key personnel;
• changes in laws and regulations affecting our business;
• commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;
• changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;
• the volume of shares of our common stock available for public sale; and
• general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, foreign currency fluctuations, international tariffs, social, political and economic risks and acts of war or terrorism.
28
In addition, securities exchanges have experienced price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner often unrelated to the operating performance of those companies. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our Class A common stock shortly following the listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq as a result of the supply and demand forces described above. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business and harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We may not be able to meet each of the quantitative requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market’s Market Value Standard for Direct Listings.
We have applied to have our Class A common stock listed on Nasdaq Global Market. We expect that our Class A common stock will be listed on Nasdaq Global Market on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. In order for Nasdaq Global Market to approve our listing application, we will need to meet the quantitative requirements of the Nasdaq Global Market’s Market Value Standard for Direct Listings, as provided in Nasdaq Listing Rules 5405(a) and 5405(b)(3). We expect to meet all those requirements, but in the event that we are unable to meet such requirements, we will not be approved to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq Global Market and our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including:
• a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
• reduced liquidity for our securities;
• a determination that our common stock is “penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;
• a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and
• a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.
The National Securities Markets Improvement Act of 1996, which is a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our Class A common stock will be listed on Nasdaq Global Market, our Class A common stock will qualify as covered securities under the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. If we cannot be listed on Nasdaq Global Market or any other national securities exchange, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.
If we cannot meet the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, Nasdaq may delist our securities.
As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements and the rules and regulations of the applicable listing standards of Nasdaq. If we fail to maintain compliance with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq, our securities may be delisted, which could negatively affect the market price and liquidity of our securities. In such a case, we may seek to regain compliance by implementing a number of available options. If in the future our securities are delisted from Nasdaq, we could face significant material adverse consequences, including: limited availability of market quotations for our securities; reduced liquidity for our shares; a determination that our shares are “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our shares; a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future. In addition, as long as our shares are listed on Nasdaq, U.S. federal law prevents or preempts the states from regulating their sale, although the law does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar their sale. If we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, we would be subject to regulations in each state in which we offer our shares.
29
Following the Direct Listing, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of Nasdaq.
Following the Direct Listing, if the Company fails to satisfy the continued listing requirements of Nasdaq, such as the corporate governance requirements or the minimum share price requirement, Nasdaq may take steps to delist the Company’s securities. Such a delisting would likely have a negative effect on the price of the securities and would impair stockholders’ ability to sell or purchase the securities when they wish to do so. In the event of a delisting, the Company can provide no assurance that any action taken by it to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow the securities to become listed again, stabilize the market price or improve the liquidity of the securities, prevent the securities from dropping below the Nasdaq minimum share price requirement or prevent future non-compliance with Nasdaq’s listing requirements. Additionally, if the securities are not listed on, or become delisted from Nasdaq, for any reason, and are quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, an inter-dealer automated quotation system for equity securities that is not a national securities exchange, the liquidity and price of the securities may be more limited than if the Company was quoted or listed on Nasdaq or another national securities exchange. Stockholders may be unable to sell their securities unless a market can be established or sustained.
Future sales of Class A common stock by our Registered Stockholders and other existing stockholders could cause our share price to decline.
We currently expect our Class A common stock to be listed and traded on Nasdaq. Prior to listing on Nasdaq, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock and there has not been a sustained history of trading in our Class A common stock in “over-the-counter” markets. While our Class A common stock may be sold after our listing on Nasdaq by the Registered Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus or by our other existing stockholders in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act, unlike a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering, there can be no assurance that any Registered Stockholders or other existing stockholders will sell any of their shares of Class A common stock and there may initially be a lack of supply of, or demand for, Class A common stock on Nasdaq. As described herein, certain shares of our common stock outstanding as of the date hereof will be registered under this registration statement. There can be no assurance that the Registered Stockholders and other existing stockholders will not sell all of their shares of Class A common stock, resulting in an oversupply of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq. In the case of a lack of supply of our Class A common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock may rise to an unsustainable level. Further, institutional investors may be discouraged from purchasing our Class A common stock if they are unable to purchase a block of our Class A common stock in the open market due to a potential unwillingness of our existing stockholders to sell a sufficient amount of Class A common stock at the price offered by such institutional investors and the greater influence individual investors have in setting the trading price. If institutional investors are unable to purchase our Class A common stock, the market for our Class A common stock may be more volatile without the influence of long-term institutional investors holding significant amounts of our Class A common stock. In the case of a lack of market demand for our Class A common stock, the trading price of our common stock could decline significantly and rapidly after our listing. Therefore, an active, liquid and orderly trading market for our Class A common stock may not initially develop or be sustained, which could significantly depress the public price of our Class A common stock and/or result in significant volatility, which could affect your ability to sell your shares of Class A common stock.
You may be diluted by future issuances of preferred stock or additional common stock in connection with our incentive plans, acquisitions or otherwise; future sales of such shares in the public market, or the expectations that such sales may occur, could lower our stock price.
Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we adopted the Certificate which will authorize us to issue shares of capital stock and options, rights, warrants and appreciation rights relating to our capital stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion. We could issue a significant number of shares of capital stock in the future in connection with investments or acquisitions. Any of these issuances could dilute our existing stockholders, and such dilution could be significant. Moreover, such dilution could have a material adverse effect on the market price for the shares of our Class A common stock.
The future issuance of shares of preferred stock with voting rights may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of shares of our Class A common stock, either by diluting the voting power of our Class A common stock if the preferred stock votes together with the Class A common stock as a single class, or by giving the holders of any such preferred stock the right to block an action on which they have a separate class vote, even if the action were approved by the holders of our shares of our Class A common stock.
30
The future issuance of shares of preferred stock with dividend or conversion rights, liquidation preferences or other economic terms favorable to the holders of preferred stock could adversely affect the market price for our Class A common stock by making an investment in the Class A common stock less attractive. For example, investors in the Class A common stock may not wish to purchase Class A common stock at a price above the conversion price of a series of convertible preferred stock because the holders of the preferred stock would effectively be entitled to purchase Class A common stock at the lower conversion price, causing economic dilution to the holders of common stock.
Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development, commercialization and growth of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our future ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt securities or credit facility. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of the Class A common stock you purchase in this offering will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company, and the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies may make our common stock less attractive to investors.
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of certain exemptions and relief from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (i) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) having the option of delaying the adoption of certain new or revised financial accounting standards, (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (iv) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock. Further, pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act, we have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. As a result, our operating results and financial statements may not be comparable to the operating results and financial statements of other companies who have adopted the new or revised accounting standards.
We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (i) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of this offering, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (iii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if the market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates was $700.0 million or more as of the last business day of the second fiscal quarter of such year or (iv) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.
We are also a “smaller reporting company” as defined in the Exchange Act. We may continue to be a smaller reporting company even after we are no longer an emerging growth company. We may take advantage of certain of the scaled disclosures available to smaller reporting companies until the fiscal year following the determination that our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $250 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter, or our annual revenues are less than $100 million during the most recently completed fiscal year and our voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates is $700 million or more measured on the last business day of our second fiscal quarter.
It is possible that some investors will find our common stock less attractive as a result of the foregoing, which may result in a less active trading market for our common stock and higher volatility in our stock price.
Our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides for an exclusive forum in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
31
We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq, and as a result, we will qualify for exemptions from certain corporate-governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
Following this Direct Listing, our founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Jan Goetgeluk, will own 4,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which will represent approximately 77.89% of the combined voting power of both classes of our common stock outstanding immediately after this Direct Listing. As a result, we qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the listing standards of Nasdaq, and we have elected not to comply with certain Nasdaq corporate-governance requirements. Under Nasdaq listing rules, controlled companies are companies of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, a group, or another company. For as long as we remain a controlled company, we are permitted to elect to rely on certain exemptions from Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules, including the following:
• an exemption from the rule that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors;
• an exemption from the rule requiring a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors; and
• an exemption from the rule that our director nominees must be selected or recommended solely by independent directors or a nominating committee composed solely of independent directors.
We have elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemptions and you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to Nasdaq’s corporate governance rules. See “Principal and Registered Stockholders” and “Management — Controlled Company.”
The Company has adopted a dual-class share structure with different voting rights, which may adversely affect the value and liquidity of our Class A common stock.
The Company has adopted a dual-class structure with different voting rights, and such dual-class share structure may result in a lower or more volatile market price of the Company’s Class A common stock. The Company’s dual class share structure is comprised of Class A common stock and Class B common stock. In respect of matters requiring the votes of stockholders, each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote and each share of Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes. Only the shares of Class A common stock are tradable on the market upon the consummation of this Direct Listing. Certain shareholder advisory firms have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain stock market indices, including the S&P 500, to exclude companies with multiple classes of shares and companies whose public shareholders hold no more than five percent of total voting power from being added to such indices. In addition, several shareholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the Company’s dual-class share structure may prevent the inclusion of the Company’s Class A common stock in such indices and may cause shareholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about the Company’s corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause the Company to change its capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices could result in a less active trading market for the Company’s securities. Any actions or publications by shareholder advisory firms critical of the Company’s corporate governance practices or capital structure could also adversely affect the value of the Company’s Class A common stock.
Some provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may have anti-takeover effects that could discourage an acquisition of us by others, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.
Provisions in our Certificate and bylaws, each as amended, as well as provisions of Delaware law, could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, or for a change in the composition of our board of directors or management to occur, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions include:
• Authorizing the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;
• Dividing our Board into three classes;
• no cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates; and
32
• advance notice procedures that stockholders must comply with in order to nominate candidates to our board of directors or to propose matters to be acted upon at an annual meeting or special meeting of stockholders, which may discourage or delay a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the Company until the next stockholder meeting or at all.
In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with an interested stockholder for a period of three years following the date on which the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless such transactions are approved by our Board. This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by, or beneficial to, our stockholders.
Our Certificate provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, to the extent enforceable, the federal district courts of the U.S. of America will be the exclusive forums for certain disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to choose the judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our Certificate provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders; (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the Securities Act or any other claim for which the federal courts of the U.S. have exclusive jurisdiction.
Furthermore, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all Securities Act actions. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the federal district courts of the U.S. of America shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, but there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in any of our securities shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to these provisions. These exclusive-forum provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum of its choosing for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and other employees. If a court were to find either exclusive-forum provision in our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving the dispute in other jurisdictions, which could harm our results of operations.
The public price of our shares of Class A common stock, upon listing on Nasdaq, may have little or no relationship to the historical sales prices of our capital stock in private transactions.
Prior to listing on Nasdaq, there has been no public market for our shares of Class A common stock. Our Class A common stock has a limited history of trading in private transactions. In the section entitled “Sale Price History of our Capital Stock”, we have provided the historical sales prices of our Series B Preferred Stock in private transactions. Given the limited history of sales, this information may have little or no relation to broader market demand for our Class A common stock and thus the initial trading price of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq once trading begins. As a result, you should not place undue reliance on these historical sales prices as they may differ materially from the opening public prices and subsequent public prices of our shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq. For additional details about the sale price history of our capital stock and how the initial listing price on Nasdaq will be determined, see “Sale Price History of Our Capital Stock” and “Plan of Distribution.”
33
The uncertainty associated with the fact that few companies have undertaken direct listings to date may lead to increased volatility and pricing challenges for our Class A common stock.
Few companies have conducted direct listings, and the process by which shares of our Class A common stock will be listed on Nasdaq is an appropriate but less common process. The absence of a traditional underwritten offering may result in a less orderly market for our Class A common stock, increased volatility in the trading price, and potential difficulties in achieving a stable market price. Unlike an initial public offering, there is no firm-commitment underwritten offering to help inform efficient and sufficient price discovery. Consequently, the public price of our Class A common stock may be more volatile than it would be if shares were initially listed in connection with a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering. In addition, the trading volume and price of shares of our Class A common stock may be more volatile and subject to greater fluctuations due to the direct listing method.
The direct listing process differs from an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis and the impact of awareness of our brand and investor recognition of our Company on the demand for our Class A common stock is unpredictable and our marketing and brand development efforts may not be successful.
We will not conduct a traditional “roadshow” with underwriters prior to the opening of trading of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq. Instead, we may engage in certain investor presentations and educational meetings to enhance our brand awareness and investor recognition of our Company. In advance of any investor presentation or educational meeting, we will announce the date for such presentation or meeting through financial news outlets in a manner consistent with typical corporate outreach to investors. We will prepare an electronic presentation for any investor presentation or educational meeting that we hold, and will make the presentation publicly available, without restriction, on a website.
There can be no assurance that any investor presentations or other educational meetings that we hold will have the same impact on awareness of our brand and investor recognition of our Company as a traditional “roadshow” conducted in connection with a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering. As a result, there may not be efficient price discovery with respect to our Class A common stock or sufficient demand among investors immediately following our listing, which could result in a more volatile public price of our Class A common stock.
We have not agreed to indemnify the Registered Stockholders for claims arising in connection with sales of our Class A common stock in this offering, however, claims for indemnification by our directors and officers may reduce the amount of money available to us.
We have not agreed to indemnify the Registered Stockholders for claims arising in connection with sales of our Class A common stock under this prospectus. However, our Certificate provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. In addition, as permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our six amended and restated certificate of incorporation and any indemnification agreements that we enter into with our directors and officers following the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part:
• we will indemnify our directors and officers for serving us in those capacities or for serving other business enterprises at our request, to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law;
• Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify such person if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful;
• we may, in our discretion, indemnify employees and agents in those circumstances where indemnification is permitted by applicable law;
• we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our directors and officers in connection with defending a proceeding, except that such directors or officers shall undertake to repay such advances if it is ultimately determined that such person is not entitled to indemnification;
• we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees, and agents and to obtain insurance to indemnify such persons; and
• we may not retroactively amend our Certificate provisions to reduce our indemnification obligations to directors, officers, employees, and agents.
34
While we have procured directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies, such insurance policies may not be available to us in the future at a reasonable rate, may not cover all potential claims for indemnification, and may not be adequate to indemnify us for all liability. Large indemnity payments to our directors and officers in excess of any available insurance would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
General Risks
Reports published by analysts, including projections in those reports that differ from our actual results, could adversely affect the price and trading volume of our Class A common stock.
Securities research analysts may establish and publish their own periodic projections for our Company. These projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results we actually achieve. The price of our Class A common stock may decline if our actual results do not match the projections of these securities research analysts. Similarly, if one or more of the analysts who write reports on us downgrades our stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, our stock price or trading volume could decline.
Our internal computer systems, or those of any of our manufacturers, contractors, consultants, collaborators or potential future collaborators, may fail or suffer security or data privacy breaches or other unauthorized or improper access to, use of, or destruction of our proprietary or confidential data, employee data or personal data, which could result in additional costs, loss of revenue, significant liabilities, harm to our brand and material disruption of our operations.
Despite the implementation of security measures, our internal computer systems and those of our current and any future manufacturers, contractors, consultants, collaborators and third-party service providers, are vulnerable to damage from computer viruses, cybersecurity threats, unauthorized access, natural disasters, terrorism, war and telecommunication and electrical failure. Because the techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to, or to sabotage, systems change frequently and often are not recognized until launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or implement adequate preventative measures. We may also experience security breaches that may remain undetected for an extended period. Some of the federal, state and foreign government requirements include obligations of companies to notify individuals of security breaches involving particular personally identifiable information, which could result from breaches experienced by us or by our vendors, contractors or organizations with which we have formed strategic relationships. Notifications and follow-up actions related to a security breach could impact our reputation, cause us to incur significant costs, including legal expenses and remediation costs. We also rely on third parties for certain portions of our manufacturing process, and similar events relating to their computer systems could also have a material adverse effect on our business. To the extent that any disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or proprietary information, we could be exposed to litigation and governmental investigations, the further development and commercialization of our product candidates could be delayed, and we could be subject to significant fines or penalties for any noncompliance with certain state, federal and/or international privacy and security laws.
Our insurance policies may not be adequate to compensate us for the potential losses arising from any such disruption, failure or security breach. In addition, such insurance may not be available to us in the future on economically reasonable terms, or at all. Further, our insurance may not cover all claims made against us and could have high deductibles in any event, and defending a suit, regardless of its merit, could be costly and divert management attention.
Our operations are vulnerable to interruption by fire, severe weather conditions, power loss, telecommunications failure, terrorist activity and other events beyond our control, which could harm our business.
Our facility is located in a region which experiences severe weather from time to time. We have not undertaken a systematic analysis of the potential consequences to our business and financial results from a major tornado, flood, fire, earthquake, power loss, terrorist activity or other disasters and do not have a recovery plan for such disasters. In addition, we do not carry sufficient insurance to compensate us for actual losses from interruption of our business that may occur, and any losses or damages incurred by us could harm our business. The occurrence of any of these business disruptions could seriously harm our operations and financial condition and increase our costs and expenses.
35
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that can involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical facts contained in this prospectus, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, business plan and strategy, future revenue, timing and likelihood of success, plans and objectives of management for future operations, future results of anticipated products and prospects, plans and objectives of management are forward-looking statements. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other important factors that may cause our actual results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.
In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terms such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these words. Forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus include, but are not limited to, statements about:
• the implementation of our business model and our strategic plans for our business, product, services and technology;
• our commercialization and marketing capabilities and strategy;
• our Customer Acquisition Cost (“CAC”), return-on-ad-spend (“ROAS”), our ability to scale product sales, and our intended gross profit margins;
• our ability to enter the Defense market with VTW and win government contracts;
• our ability to establish or maintain collaborations or strategic relationships or obtain additional funding;
• our competitive position;
• the scope of protection that we are able to establish and maintain for intellectual property rights covering our products, services and technology;
• developments and projections relating to our competitors and our industry;
• our estimates regarding expenses, future revenue, interest costs, capital requirements liquidity and needs for additional financing;
• the period over which we estimate our existing cash and cash equivalents will be sufficient to fund our future operating expenses and capital expenditure requirements; and
• the impact of new or existing laws, regulations and legal decisions on our business and strategy, and our ability to respond to adverse political events and unfavorable government policies, such as international trade wars and increases to import tariffs.
We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about our business, the industry in which we operate and financial trends that we believe may affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects, and these forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or development. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus and are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including, but not limited to, those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. Because forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, some of which cannot be predicted or quantified, you should not rely on these forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in our forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur and actual results could differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements. Except as required by applicable law, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statements contained herein until after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise.
36
This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data. Unless otherwise indicated, information concerning our industry and the markets in which we operate, including our general expectations, market position, market opportunity, and market size, are based on our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate, together with currently available information obtained from various sources, including publicly available information, industry reports and publications, surveys, our customers, trade and business organizations, and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. Certain information is based on management estimates, which have been derived from third-party sources, as well as data from our internal research.
In presenting this information, we have made certain assumptions that we believe to be reasonable based on such data and other similar sources and on our knowledge of, and our experience to date in, the markets in which we operate. While we believe the estimated market and industry data included in this prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently uncertain and imprecise. Market and industry data is subject to change and may be limited by the availability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data-gathering process, and other limitations inherent in any statistical survey of such data. In addition, projections, assumptions, and estimates of the future performance of the markets in which we operate are necessarily subject to uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors, including those described in “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.” These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by third parties and by us.
37
TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADENAMES
We own or otherwise have rights to the trademarks, including those mentioned in this prospectus, used in conjunction with the operation of our business. This prospectus includes our own trademarks, which are protected under applicable intellectual property laws, as well as trademarks, service marks and tradenames of other entities, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ®, TM or SM symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that the applicable licensor will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, its rights to these trademarks, service marks and tradenames. We do not intend our use or display of other entities’ trademarks, service marks or tradenames to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other entities.
The Registered Stockholders may, or may not, elect to sell shares of our Class A common stock covered by this prospectus. To the extent any Registered Stockholder chooses to sell shares of our Class A common stock covered by this prospectus, we will not receive any proceeds from any such sales of our Class A common stock. See “Principal and Registered Stockholders.”
We have never declared or paid dividends on our Class A common stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development, commercialization and growth of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate declaring or paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future determination as to the declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will be at the discretion of our board of directors. Any such determination will also depend upon our business prospects, operating results, financial condition, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Our future ability to pay dividends on our common stock may also be limited by the terms of any future debt securities or credit facility.
38
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of September 30, 2025, as follows:
• on an actual basis;
• on a pro forma basis to give effect to the exchange of Mr. Goetgeluk’s Class A common stock for Class B common stock. For more information, see “Prospectus Summary — Corporate Structure” and “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.”; and
• on a pro forma as adjusted basis, giving effect to (i) the pro forma adjustments set forth above and (ii) receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of $500,000 as a result of the issuance of the Second Note with a principal amount of $560,000 after September 30, 2025 and (iii) receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of $500,000 as a result of the issuance of the Third Note with a principal amount of $560,000 after September 30, 2025 and (iv) receipt of aggregate gross proceeds of $1,500,000 as a result of the issuance of subordinated promissory notes (the “October Promissory Notes”) with a principal amount of $1,650,000 after September 30, 2025 and (v) 57,579 shares of Class A common stock issued upon exercise of warrants after September 30, 2025, with an exercise price of $.01 per share and (vi) 22,857 shares of Class A common stock issued to MZHCI, LLC as compensation expense after September 30, 2025.
This table should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, our financial statements and related notes, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.
|
As of September 30, 2025 |
||||||||||||
|
Actual |
Pro Forma |
Pro Forma |
||||||||||
|
(unaudited) (in thousands, except per-share numbers) |
||||||||||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
564,567 |
|
$ |
564,567 |
|
$ |
3,065,143 |
|
|||
|
Debt: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Current portion of notes payable, net of discount and unamortized deferred loan costs |
|
2,759,535 |
|
|
2,759,535 |
|
|
2,759,535 |
|
|||
|
Current portion of EIDL loan |
|
560 |
|
|
560 |
|
|
560 |
|
|||
|
EIDL Loan |
|
23,805 |
|
|
23,805 |
|
|
23,805 |
|
|||
|
Second Note |
|
|
|
|
|
560,000 |
|
|||||
|
Third Note |
|
|
|
|
|
560,000 |
|
|||||
|
October Promissory Notes |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,650,000 |
|
|||
|
Total Debt |
$ |
2,783,900 |
|
$ |
2,783,900 |
|
$ |
5,553,900 |
|
|||
|
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
Class A common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 25,272,021 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 300,000,000 shares authorized, 26,272,021 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 300,000,000 shares authorized, 26,352,457 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
|
25,272 |
|
|
26,272 |
|
|
26,352 |
|
|||
|
Class B common stock, $0.001 par value per share; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 5,500,000 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 50,000,000 shares authorized, 4,500,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma; and 50,000,000 shares authorized, 4,500,000 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted |
|
5,500 |
|
|
4,500 |
|
|
4,500 |
|
|||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
65,630,664 |
|
|
65,630,664 |
|
|
65,669,788 |
|
|||
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
(66,653,948 |
) |
|
(66,653,948 |
) |
|
(66,692,576 |
) |
|||
|
Total stockholders’ (deficit) equity |
$ |
(992,512 |
) |
$ |
(992,512 |
) |
$ |
(991,936 |
) |
|||
|
Total capitalization |
$ |
1,791,388 |
|
$ |
1,791,388 |
|
$ |
4,561,964 |
|
|||
The number of shares of our common stock reflected in our actual and pro forma information set forth in the table above excludes:
• 178,712 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of warrants outstanding as of December 30, 2025, with a weighted-average exercise price of $2.52 per share;
• 4,000,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
• 1,635,000 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan; and
• 564,470 shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance under our 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
39
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our financial statements and related notes and other financial information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. As a result of many factors, including those factors set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, our actual results could differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.
Overview and History
Virtuix pioneers movement in AI-generated worlds, whether imaginary or real, through the development of omni-directional treadmills that enable natural locomotion within VR games, digital twins, and other applications. Since our founding in 2013, we have introduced three generations of products to market, generating over $20 million in cumulative sales. Our flagship product, Omni One, represents a breakthrough in home entertainment, combining full-body movement with immersive VR gaming and fitness. We operate a vertically integrated business across product design, game development, manufacturing, and distribution, with a focus on three key markets: consumer, enterprise, and defense.
Our earlier products, Omni Pro and Omni Arena, established our footprint in commercial VR. We’ve sold more than 4,000 Omni Pro systems for enterprise, installed 80 Omni Arena systems at entertainment venues in the U.S., and built an Omni Arena player base of over 500,000 players who signed up with an email address to play. Omni One, our most recent product, is designed for the home consumer and supports full freedom of movement, including crouching, kneeling, and jumping, within popular VR games. In addition, we sell a version of Omni One for enterprise markets and, in parallel, we are developing VTW, a multi-user mission planning system targeted at the defense market.
We derive revenue through a combination of hardware sales and recurring software and service income. These include:
• Omni One and Omni One Core hardware sales, with pricing ranging from $2,595 to $3,495.
• Omni Online subscription service ($14/month or $140/year), offering multiplayer access, esports leaderboards, and free games.
• Game sales via Omni One’s proprietary game store.
• Enterprise solutions, including Omni One Enterprise and Omni Arena systems.
• Accessory and replacement parts sales for Omni One and Omni Arena systems.
• Omni Care maintenance subscriptions for Omni Arena.
• Omniverse Credits for Omni Pro and Omni Arena gameplay (per-minute usage fees).
We target a gross margin of 40% on hardware sales of Omni One, Omni One Core, and second-hand Omni Arena systems, and 70% gross margin on Omni One Enterprise hardware sales. Recurring revenue from Omni Online, game sales, Omni Care, and Omniverse Credits provide high-margin, predictable cash flows that recur after initial hardware sales.
Since inception, we have operated at a loss, with revenues of $2,016,948 and $846,767 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $3,590,438 and $2,408,920 in fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Our net losses were $(4,161,358) and $(10,053,455) for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $(14,648,792) and $(12,401,393) for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025, and 2024, respectively. We anticipate continued operating losses as we pursue market penetration and revenue growth in 2026.
40
Key milestones for achieving sustainable profitability include:
• Scaling Omni One consumer sales through increased marketing.
• Supplementing potentially high-volume Omni One consumer sales with potentially high-margin defense contracts for VTW. We believe a “dual-use” strategy of building consumer sales plus defense contracts can position us for achieving revenue growth and sustainable profitability.
VTW is still in development. We aim to present a proof-of-concept of VTW to potential customers by calendar year-end 2025, but we expect that meaningful sales of VTW in the defense sector may not materialize until fiscal year 2027 at the earliest. Despite the long sales cycle for penetrating the defense market, we believe that VTW will retain a strong competitive moat because of our expansive omni-directional treadmill patent portfolio, our position as a U.S. company, and the inherent barriers to entry for defense applications that competitors will face, including multi-year procurement cycles and high switching costs. To sell VTW, we will need to comply with certain requirements and regulations to qualify for government contracts or awards, depending on the type of contract or award, including but not limited to compliance with the FAR and DFARS, Export Administration Regulations, cybersecurity regulations, and requirements and restrictions related to the secure sourcing of components, including the Buy American Act and Berry Amendment. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Our business with governmental entities will be subject to the policies, priorities, regulations, mandates and funding levels of such governmental entities and may be negatively or positively impacted by any change thereto.” The development of VTW is part of our already ongoing R&D efforts and expenditures, and we do not foresee a meaningful increase in operational costs resulting from VTW.
Following our shift in R&D and marketing efforts to Omni One, and the shift in demand for entertainment attractions from staffed VR attractions such as Omni Arena to unstaffed, lower-tech offerings, we consider the Omni Arena business to be in sustaining mode. We no longer produce new systems or invest in new games or software upgrades for the system, but we continue to support our existing Omni Arena operators and earn recurring revenues from Omni Care maintenance contracts, Omniverse Credits sales, and the sale of repair and replacement parts. We also facilitate secondary market sales of Omni Arena systems and earn a target gross margin of approximately 40% on revenues earned from reselling second-hand systems and disassembling, moving, and installing such systems.
Our path to profitability relies on scaling Omni One sales at an acceptable CAC and on gaining adoption of VTW for immersive mission planning in the defense sector. Although we believe that our plans are realistic, there is no guarantee that we will be able to scale Omni One sales or find product-market fit in the defense sector.
We believe Virtuix is well placed at the intersection of immersive gaming, fitness, and enterprise VR, and at the leading edge of the development of hyper-realistic digital twins of the real world through Gaussian splatting and other AI-driven 3D reconstruction technologies. In a world where AI is used to rapidly generate realistic virtual environments, whether imaginary game worlds or digital twins of the real world, we pioneer the technology and products for physically moving around in these virtual environments. We believe we are positioned to help define the next decade of VR advancements and be a leader in immersive gaming and simulation.
Factors Affecting our Business and Results of Operations
This section includes a summary of our historical results of operations, including detailed comparisons of our results for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 and the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024. We have derived this data from our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our auditor has completed their audit of our 2025 and 2024 financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB.
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Six Months Ended September 30, 2025 and 2024
Net Revenues
Net sales for the six months ended September 30, 2025, were $2,016,948, a 138% increase from sales of $846,767 for the six months ended September 30, 2024. This increase is primarily attributable to new sales of Omni One and the fulfillment of legacy Omni One preorders that were placed during our preorder period that ended in September 2024. In the six months ended September 30, 2025, net revenues of $405,656 were attributable to the fulfilment of outstanding Omni One preorders, with $264,990 of those net preorder revenues resulting from sales to investors who used an investor discount.
41
The following table summarizes our revenue by product line:
|
Six Months |
Six Months |
|||||
|
SALES |
|
|
||||
|
Omni Pro units and accessories, net of discounts |
$ |
36,571 |
$ |
62,821 |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
|
84,453 |
|
123,967 |
||
|
Omni Care program |
|
94,667 |
|
94,990 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
|
436,821 |
|
140,807 |
||
|
Omni One |
|
1,364,436 |
|
424,182 |
||
|
NET SALES |
$ |
2,016,948 |
$ |
846,767 |
||
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold primarily consists of material costs and shipping costs of Omni One and Omni Arena.
Cost of goods sold in the six months ended September 30, 2025 was $1,433,322, an increase of $250,370 from cost of goods sold of $1,182,952 in the six months ended September 30, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in Omni One sales.
Gross profit in the six months ended September 30, 2025 increased by $919,811 compared to gross loss in the six months ended September 30, 2024, and gross margin as a percentage of revenues increased from -40% in the six months ended September 30, 2024 to 29% in the six months ended September 30, 2025. This increase in gross margin was the result of an increase in the selling price of the complete Omni One system from $2,595 to $3,495 plus shipping, effective since November 2024, and the completion of the delivery of nearly all discounted units to equity crowdfunding investors. In the six months ended September 30, 2025, net revenues of $664,716 resulted from the delivery of discounted units, and the aggregate value of all discounts totaled $167,319 for the same period.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses consist of general and administrative expenses, which are primarily salaries, professional fees, and expenses related to the administrative functions of the Company, research and development expenses, which consist primarily of product development costs and salaries, and sales and marketing expenses, which represent advertising and other marketing costs, as well as the associated personnel costs.
|
Six Months |
Six Months |
|||||
|
Selling Expenses |
$ |
1,395,449 |
$ |
906,237 |
||
|
General & Administrative |
|
2,366,449 |
|
6,935,916 |
||
|
Research & Development |
|
398,185 |
|
1,700,084 |
||
|
Total Operating Expenses |
$ |
4,160,083 |
$ |
9,542,237 |
||
Total operating expenses decreased to $4,160,083 in the six months ended September 30, 2025 from $9,542,237 in the six months ended September 30, 2024.
• Selling Expenses: For the six-month period ending September 30, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024, Selling Expenses increased to $1,395,449 from $906,237, with the increase in the 2025 period largely driven by the significant digital ad spend for our Regulation Crowdfunding (“Reg CF”) investment campaign with StartEngine that ended around the end of June 2025.
• General and Administrative Expenses: For the six-month period ending September 30, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024, General and Administrative Expenses decreased to $2,366,449 from $6,935,916, primarily because the expenses in the six months ended September 30, 2024 included a one-time non-cash stock-based compensation expense of approximately $4.7 million for the issuance of an incentive stock award to an advisor and Board member.
42
• Research and Development: For the six-month period ending September 30th, 2025 compared to the same period in 2024, Research and Development expenses decreased to $398,185 from $1,700,084. This drop was due to a decrease in R&D spend and staffing following the completion of Omni One.
Net Loss
As a result of the foregoing, net loss for the six months ended September 30, 2025 was $(4,161,358) compared to $(10,053,455) for the six months ended September 30, 2024, representing a decrease in net loss of $5,892,097. The net loss for the six months ended September 30, 2024 included a one-time non-cash stock-based compensation expense of approximately $4.7 million.
Comparison of the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2025 and 2024
Net Revenues
Net sales for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, were $3,590,438, a 49% increase from $2,408,920 in fiscal year ended March 31, 2024. This increase was primarily attributable to the launch of Omni One in September 2024 and the fulfillment of Omni One preorders placed in fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. In fiscal year 2025, net revenues of $2,104,446 were attributable to the fulfilment of Omni One preorders placed prior to fiscal year 2025, with $1,391,201 of those net preorder revenues resulting from sales to investors who used an investor discount. Quarterly revenue increased 4x from the first quarter to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025. The increase in Omni One sales more than offsets the decrease in Omni Arena revenues, caused primarily by market saturation and our shift in marketing and development focus from Omni Arena to Omni One.
Going forward, as is common for discretionary consumer products, we expect Omni One sales to be highly seasonal, with a majority of annual revenues to be earned during the third quarter of our fiscal year, driven by gift-giving and celebrations during the holiday season from November through December. As a result, we expect revenues and net income to be elevated in the third quarter of our fiscal year, while operational costs and cash outflows are expected to be higher in the second quarter as we increase marketing spending and ramp up production in anticipation of holiday sales.
Due to capital constraints in the first quarter and early second quarter of fiscal year 2026, we were unable to ramp up marketing of Omni One and build a strong sales pipeline in time for the expected holiday sales surge in the third quarter of fiscal year 2026. We improved our liquidity and capital resources in the second quarter of fiscal year 2026 thanks to the completion of our StartEngine Reg CF campaign and the Debt Financing. However, these capital constraints will impact overall revenue growth in fiscal year 2026 compared to fiscal year 2025. Thanks to the investments we received in the second quarter, we have started ramping up our marketing efforts related to Omni One and will continue to increase Omni One marketing spend in the third and fourth quarter of fiscal year 2026.
The following table summarizes our revenue by product line:
|
Fiscal Year |
Fiscal Year |
|||||
|
SALES |
|
|
||||
|
Omni Pro units and accessories, net of discounts |
$ |
60,041 |
$ |
205,846 |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
|
214,257 |
|
296,703 |
||
|
Omni Care program |
|
130,990 |
|
256,667 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
|
429,927 |
|
1,637,283 |
||
|
Omni One |
|
2,755,223 |
|
12,421 |
||
|
NET SALES |
$ |
3,590,438 |
$ |
2,408,920 |
||
Cost of Goods Sold
Cost of goods sold primarily consists of material costs and shipping costs of Omni One and Omni Arena.
Cost of goods sold in fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 was $3,817,815, an increase of $2,290,262 from costs of goods sold of $1,527,553 in fiscal year ended March 31, 2024. The increase was primarily due to an increase in Omni One sales.
43
In fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, gross profit decreased by $1,108,744 over fiscal year ended March 31, 2024. Gross margin as a percentage of revenues decreased from 37% in 2024 to -6% in 2025. This negative gross margin in 2025 was the result of the delivery of Omni One units sold to Virtuix investors who participated in our 2020 and 2023 equity crowdfunding campaigns in which investors were awarded discounts on Omni One purchases. These discounts, in some cases as high as 100% (i.e., free investor units), significantly impacted the profitability of Omni One units delivered in fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. In fiscal year 2025, net revenues of $2,116,089 resulted from the delivery of discounted units. The aggregate value of these discounts totaled $1,283,656 in fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.
We believe our gross margin will significantly increase in fiscal year 2026, because we finished delivering nearly all of the discounted investor units in the first quarter of fiscal year 2026, and we also increased the selling price of the complete Omni One system from $2,595 to $3,495 plus shipping in November 2024. We target a gross margin of 40% on the hardware sales of Omni One and Omni One Core, further supplemented by high-margin sales of Omni Online subscriptions.
Operating Expenses
Operating expenses consist of general and administrative expenses, which are primarily salaries, professional fees, and expenses related to the administrative functions of the Company, research and development expenses, which consist primarily of product development costs and salaries, and sales and marketing expenses, which represent advertising and other marketing costs, as well as the associated personnel costs.
|
Fiscal Year |
Fiscal Year |
|||||
|
Selling Expenses |
$ |
1,645,147 |
$ |
2,033,620 |
||
|
General & Administrative |
|
10,129,112 |
|
8,420,984 |
||
|
Research & Development |
|
2,185,133 |
|
2,621,650 |
||
|
Total Operating Expenses |
$ |
13,959,392 |
$ |
13,076,254 |
||
Total operating expenses increased to $13,959,392 in fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 from $13,076,254 in fiscal year ended March 31, 2024.
• Selling Expenses: Decreased to $1,645,147 from $2,033,620, largely driven by the significant digital ad spend for our Reg CF investment campaign with DealMaker in fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 that was not present in fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.
• General and Administrative Expenses: Grew to $10,129,112 from $8,420,984, primarily due to an expansion of operational staff in fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 to prepare for the launch of Omni One. Both fiscal years include a non-cash stock-based compensation expense of approximately $4.7 million for the issuance of an incentive stock award to an advisor and Board member.
• Research and Development: Decreased to $2,185,133 from $2,621,650, reflecting a decrease in R&D spend and staffing following the completion of Omni One.
In the third quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, following the launch of Omni One, we reduced our headcount by approximately 30%, primarily in our software development and engineering departments, to reflect the substantial completion of the Omni One system.
Net Loss
As a result of the foregoing, net loss for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 was approximately $(14,648,792) compared to approximately $(12,401,393) for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, an increase of approximately $2,247,399 or approximately 18%. The net losses in both fiscal years include a non-cash stock-based compensation expense of approximately $4.7 million.
44
Liquidity and Capital Resources
We continue to experience negative cash flows from operations as we expand our business. Our cash flows from operating activities are significantly affected by our cash investments to support the growth of our business in areas such as sales and marketing, product development, and general and administrative. Our operating cash flows are also affected by our working capital needs to support the scaling of manufacturing and inventories.
As of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, the Company had cash on hand of $564,567 and $477,908, respectively, compared to $270,029 as of March 31, 2024. Since its inception, the Company has incurred net losses and funded its operations primarily through the issuance of equity securities. As of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, the Company had a total stockholders’ deficit of $(992,512) and $(794,035), respectively, compared to stockholders’ equity of $1,398,861 as of March 31, 2024. The Company has incurred recurring losses from operations, and as of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, had an accumulated deficit of $(66,653,948) and $(62,492,590), respectively, compared to $(47,843,798) as of March 31, 2024.
The Company’s continued existence is dependent upon its ability to continue to execute its operating plan and to obtain additional debt or equity financing. The Company has developed plans to raise funds and continues to pursue sources of funding that management believes, if successful, would be sufficient to support the Company’s operation and growth.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, the Company raised the following proceeds from financing activities:
• $3,598,805 through issuances of SAFE notes to accredited investors under Regulation D of the Securities Act.
• $2,999,051 through issuances of Series B preferred stock pursuant to a Reg CF campaign with StartEngine, an online equity crowdfunding platform, and to accredited investors under Regulation D of the Securities Act.
• $2,485,000 through issuances of unsecured promissory notes to accredited investors. Subsequently, outstanding notes with a principal amount of $117,500 were converted to Series B preferred stock during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, and outstanding notes with a principal amount of $400,000 were converted to Series B preferred stock during the six months ended September 30, 2025. As of September 30, 2025, notes with a principal amount of $1,967,500 remain outstanding.
During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company raised the following additional proceeds from financing activities:
• $1,832,362 (net of investor and issuer fees) through issuances of Series B preferred stock pursuant to a Reg CF campaign with StartEngine, an online equity crowdfunding platform.
• $112,990 through issuances of Series B preferred stock to accredited investors under Regulation D of the Securities Act.
• $217,678 through issuances of unsecured promissory notes to two related parties, which was subsequently paid back in the same period. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions — Related-Party Promissory Notes.”
• $2,000,000 through the First Note Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Virtuix issued the First Note in the principal amount of $2,220,000.
As an additional inducement for certain investors to participate in our Series B preferred stock financing, we issued warrants to purchase shares of our common stock. At the time of issuance, these warrants were exercisable for an aggregate of 313,153 shares of common stock of Virtuix at an exercise price of $0.01 per share. As of December 30, 2025, all 313,153 common stock warrants had been exercised.
The Company has also raised proceeds from financing of $6,201,917 in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024.
45
In association with various agreements to obtain financing with Western Technology Investment between September 2014 and April 2022, the Company has granted warrants to Western Technology Investment to purchase stock in Virtuix. As of December 30, 2025, these warrants were exercisable for an aggregate of 178,712 shares of common stock of Virtuix, of which 128,646 at an exercise price of $2.332 per share and 50,066 at an exercise price of $2.996 per share.
On August 25, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Virtuix issued the First Note in the principal amount of $2,220,000. The First Note includes an original issue discount of $200,000 and additional closing costs of $20,000. The First Note bears interest at a rate of 6% per annum, is secured by all assets of the Company, and matures nine months from the funding date. The Company received $2,000,000 in gross proceeds at closing. In addition, Streeterville received the Debt Financing Warrant. On October 30, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which we issued (i) the Second Note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. The Second Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000 and additional closing costs of $10,000. The Company received $500,000 in gross proceeds at closing of the Second Note. On December 19, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which we issued (i) the Third Note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. The Third Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000 and additional closing costs of $10,000. The Company received $500,000 in gross proceeds at closing of the Third Note.
The Streeterville Notes are convertible into shares of common stock at a price equal to 85% of the reference price established in connection with the Direct Listing. The Streeterville Notes are our only secured debt. They contain customary events of default, including failure to make payments or deliver shares, and provides for increased interest and penalties in the event of default. The Streeterville Notes may be prepaid at a premium, subject to certain conditions, and is subject to ownership and selling limitations. The shares underlying the Streeterville Notes and warrants will be registered for resale in connection with this Direct Listing. Ten days following the date on which the Resale Registration Statement providing for the registration of shares issuable pursuant to the Equity Purchase Agreement is declared effective, the Streeterville Notes will automatically be exchanged for and applied to the purchase price of a pre-paid purchase under the Equity Purchase Agreement in an aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding balance then due under the Streeterville Notes.
Under applicable rules of the Nasdaq Stock Market, in no event may the Company issue more than the number of shares of its common stock which equals 19.99% of the pre-transaction common stock outstanding in a private transaction (the “Exchange Cap”) at a price less than the “Minimum Price” (as defined in the Nasdaq 5600 Series listing rules), unless the Company first obtains stockholder approval to issue shares of common stock in excess of the Exchange Cap in accordance with applicable Nasdaq listing rules. Furthermore, pursuant to the Debt Financing transaction documents, the Company must seek stockholder approval to exceed the Exchange Cap at its next annual or special meeting of stockholders. Accordingly, the Company plans to obtain stockholder approval to issue common stock, including the issuance of common stock upon conversion, exercise, or settlement of warrants, in an amount that may exceed 19.99% of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock where the issue price is less than the Minimum Price.
Proceeds from the Debt Financing were used to pay off existing indebtedness, including but not limited to retiring the Company’s only secured indebtedness outstanding prior to the Debt Financing, with the remaining proceeds used or to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes.
On August 25, 2025, we entered into the Equity Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Streeterville committed to purchase up to $50,000,000 of Class A common stock through one or more prepaid advances over a 24-month period. The initial advance of $8,000,000 (net of original issue discount) will be funded at the closing of the Direct Listing, with subsequent advances subject to certain conditions, including minimum market capitalization, trading volume, and compliance with Nasdaq listing standards. Each advance includes an 8% original issue discount and bears interest at 6% per annum. Streeterville will also receive the Equity Financing Warrant. The conversion price for the advances is set at 120% of the reference price, with, subject to certain triggers, an alternate conversion price based on 90% of the lowest volume-weighted average price during the ten trading days prior to conversion, subject to a $2.00 price floor. The Equity Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default, selling and ownership limitations, Company covenants, and a prepayment option for the Company. The shares underlying the advances will be registered for resale following the Direct Listing. The shares underlying the warrants will be registered for resale in connection with this Direct Listing.
46
We may request advances up to an aggregate of $50,000,000 over the term of the Equity Purchase Agreement; however, Streeterville’s obligation to fund advances is not solely at the discretion of the Company. Each advance is subject to a number of conditions, including that our market capitalization is at least $95,000,000 and both our 20-day and 60-day median and average daily trading volumes are at least $350,000 at the time of any request for a subsequent advance. Additional requirements include compliance with continued listing standards and an effective registration statement for the resale of shares issuable pursuant to the outstanding advances. If we fail to meet any of these conditions at the time of a request, Streeterville may decline to provide the requested funds. As a result, there is no assurance that we will be able to access the full $50,000,000 or any specific amount under the Equity Purchase Agreement, and our ability to request subsequent advances may be limited by market conditions, our performance, or other factors outside our control.
In October and November 2025, we issued unsecured promissory notes (the “October Promissory Notes”) to investors in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule 506(b) promulgated under Regulation D for total proceeds of $1,500,000. The October Promissory Notes bear principal equal to 110% of each investor’s cash investment, accrue simple interest at 6.0% per annum, and mature on March 31, 2026 (as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion, from December 31, 2025). At or before maturity, the Company may repay the full outstanding principal and interest in cash or convert that amount into Common Stock at a price equal to 85% of the Nasdaq listing price; beginning on the Initial Listing Date and continuing until full repayment, the noteholder may likewise elect to convert outstanding indebtedness at the same conversion price. As of December 30, 2025, the principal amount of $1,650,000 remains outstanding.
As of December 30, 2025, our current obligations include unsecured promissory notes due March 31, 2026, with an outstanding principal balance of $1,967,500 and accrued interest of approximately $400,000, an EIDL loan with a carrying amount of approximately $24,500 maturing in August 2050, secured promissory notes issued to Streeterville Capital, LLC, convertible into shares of our Class A common stock, with an outstanding principal balance of $2,780,000 and accrued interest of approximately $33,000, subordinated convertible promissory notes due March 31, 2026, with an outstanding principal balance of $1,650,000 (convertible into shares of our Class A common stock), current operating lease obligations totaling approximately $170,000, and outstanding gift card liabilities of approximately $457,000.
We anticipate incurring additional losses for the foreseeable future, and we may never become profitable. Furthermore, while we have decreased our operating expenses by reducing our personnel following the launch of Omni One, we nevertheless expect expenses to increase in connection with scaling sales, marketing, and production of Omni One, and in connection with being a public company. At the time of Direct Listing, following the funding of the initial advance from Streeterville of $8,000,000 and assuming the payoff of all unsecured promissory notes due March 31, 2026, we estimate we’ll have the resources to conduct our planned operations for at least 6 months. To continue as a going concern and execute our operating plan for the next 12 months, we estimate we’ll require additional funding of approximately $3,000,000.
Our operating plan is predicated on a variety of assumptions including, but not limited to, the level of product demand, cost estimates, our ability to continue to raise additional financing and the state of the general economic environment in which we operate. There can be no assurance that these assumptions will prove accurate in all material respects, or that we will be able to successfully execute our operating plan. In the absence of additional appropriate financing, we may have to modify our plan or slow down the pace of development and commercialization.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, we believe that by pursuing a public listing, we will gain access to additional funding in the public capital markets, allowing us to scale marketing and production of Omni One and accelerate our revenue growth.
The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and September 30, 2024:
|
Six Months |
Six Months |
|||||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
$ |
(3,636,689 |
) |
$ |
(5,208,120 |
) |
||
|
Net cash used by investing activities |
$ |
(22,580 |
) |
$ |
(461,418 |
) |
||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
$ |
3,745,928 |
|
$ |
6,107,982 |
|
||
47
The following table summarizes our cash flows from operating, investing, and financing activities for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024:
|
Fiscal Year |
Fiscal Year |
|||||||
|
Net cash used in operating activities |
$ |
(7,890,252 |
) |
$ |
(6,727,556 |
) |
||
|
Net cash used by investing activities |
$ |
(467,189 |
) |
$ |
(1,111,014 |
) |
||
|
Net cash provided by financing activities |
$ |
8,565,320 |
|
$ |
5,839,354 |
|
||
Tariffs
Our products are currently manufactured primarily in China and imported into the United States, and therefore import tariffs have potential to materially impact our financial results by reducing our profit margins or forcing us to raise selling prices to the consumer, which could in turn depress demand. We consider the materiality threshold to be any tariff level that exceeds 30% and remains elevated for a sustained period. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Unfavorable global economic and political conditions, including tariffs and trade barriers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
We have already taken steps to mitigate the impact of tariffs on China-made goods by developing Taiwan as an alternative manufacturing location. In January 2023, we opened a wholly owned Taiwan subsidiary named Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd. We then sent our Taiwan personnel to work at our factory in Zhuhai, China to spend more than two years learning how to manage the complex supply chain and production steps required for manufacturing Omni One. If import tariffs on goods from China were to exceed the materiality threshold for a sustained period, we can add Taiwan as an alternative manufacturing location for Omni One.
We do not foresee the U.S. imposing high tariffs on imports from Taiwan. Government agencies and industry groups in Taiwan are moving to earn favorable tariff treatment by increasing purchases of U.S. commodities and scaling up investments in America’s manufacturing sector.
The production processes needed for assembling Virtuix’s omni-directional treadmills are similar to those used to make traditional treadmills for fitness. An industrial cluster in Taichung, a city in central Taiwan, serves as a worldwide center for fitness equipment manufacturing services, making Taiwan an ideal location for cost-effectively manufacturing Omni One. Using the Taiwanese supply chain to make Virtuix products is a model we have used before. Before setting up our own factory, we outsourced production of our first product, Omni Pro, to a Taiwanese fitness equipment maker.
Because Taiwan and China share common supply chains for raw materials, setting up the assembly of Omni One in Taiwan can occur without disrupting our output or forcing us to invest capital in recreating all of the dies, molds, and production tools that reside in China. Although we would shift production of U.S.-bound products to Taiwan, our Zhuhai team can continue to contribute by producing many of the forged, cast, stamped, and molded plastic and metal parts that go into Omni One, and by manufacturing Omni One units for sale to customers in China, Europe, and other non-U.S. markets.
Although we have taken preparatory steps toward setting up Taiwan as an alternative production location, this process could encounter delays and unexpected costs that could hinder our ability to meet U.S. consumer demand, decrease our profit margins, and require capital expenditures.
Emerging Growth Company
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jump Start Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). The status of “emerging growth company” enables us to invest more in research & development and customer acquisition rather than compliance overhead. As an emerging growth company, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting and disclosure requirements that are applicable to public companies that are not emerging growth companies, and we have elected to take advantage of those exemptions. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we will not be required to:
• have an auditor attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”);
• submit certain executive compensation matters to shareholder advisory votes pursuant to the “say on frequency” and “say on pay” provisions (requiring a non-binding shareholder vote to approve compensation of certain executive officers) and the “say on golden parachute” provisions (requiring a non-binding
48
shareholder vote to approve golden parachute arrangements for certain executive officers in connection with mergers and certain other business combinations) of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010; or
• disclose certain executive compensation related items, such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.
In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company may take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. This means that an emerging growth company can delay adopting certain accounting standards until such standards are otherwise applicable to private companies. We have elected to take advantage of the extended transition period. Since we will not be required to comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with public company effective dates. If we were to subsequently elect to comply with these public company effective dates, such election would be irrevocable pursuant to Section 107 of the JOBS Act.
We will remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of: (i) the last date of the fiscal year during which we had total annual gross revenues of $1.07 billion or more; (ii) the date on which we have, during the previous three-year period, issued more than $1.07 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iii) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” as defined under Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act.
We do not believe that being an emerging growth company will have a significant impact on our business. Also, even once we are no longer an emerging growth company, we still may not be subject to auditor attestation requirements of Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act unless we meet the definition of a large accelerated filer.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates based on historical experience and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. While there are a number of significant accounting policies affecting our consolidated financial statements, management believes the following critical accounting policies involve the most complex, difficult and subjective estimates and judgments.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jump Start Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (“JOBS Act”). Under Section 107 of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies are permitted to use an extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act, for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies. We have elected to use the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until the earlier of the date that we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company, or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B). By electing to extend the transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards, our financial statements may not be comparable to the financial statements of companies that comply with public company effective dates.
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Virtuix Holdings Inc. as well as its subsidiaries required to be consolidated under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
49
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are presented using the accrual basis of accounting, in U.S. dollars which is the Company’s functional currency. Therefore, revenues are recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.
The Company has adopted a fiscal year ending March 31st of each year.
Management’s Estimates
Preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
The Company has not generated profits since inception, has negative cash flows from operations, has sustained net losses of ($4,161,358) and ($10,053,455) for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and has accumulated deficits of $66,653,948 and $62,492,590 as of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively. The Company has limited working capital and liquid assets as of September 30, 2025 relative to its operating cash flow needs. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.
Management has taken several actions to ensure that the Company will continue as a going concern for the next twelve months from the date the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued:
1. The Company will continue to ramp up marketing and sales of Omni One and anticipates significant revenues from the Omni One product line going forward.
2. The Company continues to raise capital from existing and new shareholders as necessary to fund its operating needs.
No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in these efforts. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides a five-step model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Under this model, revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring control of goods or services to a customer.
The Company applies the following five steps to all revenue-generating arrangements:
1. Identify the contract with a customer;
2. Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
3. Determine the transaction price;
4. Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and
5. Recognize revenue when or as each performance obligation is satisfied.
The Company’s contracts typically consist of product sales, installation services, support programs, or the sale of digital playtime credits. Each of these is evaluated to determine whether it represents a separate performance obligation.
50
The majority of revenue arrangements involve a single performance obligation to transfer or install physical goods. Revenue is recognized when control is transferred to the customer, which occurs as follows:
• Omni Pro units and related accessories — Revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer, which is when control transfers and title passes.
• Omni One units — Revenue is recognized upon shipment, consistent with the Company’s shipping terms.
• Omni Arena systems — Revenue is recognized upon installation at the customer’s location, which is when control transfers.
• Omni Care service program — This is a separate performance obligation included with the sale of each Omni Arena contract, and the program includes access to routine maintenance support, supplies, and software service features. The Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation in the contract, including the Omni Care program, on a relative standalone selling price basis. The standalone selling price for Omni Care is based on observable prices for the service when sold separately ($2,000 per quarter) after the initial bundled period. Revenue for the Omni Care service program is recognized ratably over the 12-month period as the services are delivered evenly over time.
• Omniverse Credits — These credits grant access to virtual content or gameplay tied to Omni Pro and Omni Arena units. Revenue is recognized over the period during which access is expected to be consumed, typically two months from purchase based on usage patterns.
• Omni Online — Revenue is recognized over time, ratably over the subscription period.
Contracts may include multiple performance obligations. In such cases, the Company allocates the transaction price to each obligation based on relative standalone selling prices. Payment terms are generally fixed and do not include significant financing components.
Amounts received in advance of satisfying performance obligations are recorded as contract liabilities and recognized as revenue when the related obligation is fulfilled. The Company’s contracts do not typically include variable consideration, material rights, or warranties that give rise to separate performance obligations. Additionally, the Company has evaluated its role in the sale of digital content and has concluded that it acts as the principal, as it controls the content prior to transfer to the customer.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers deposits that can be redeemed on demand and investments that have original maturities of less than three months, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. As of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited primarily in five financial institutions, which did not exceed federally insured limits as of September 30, 2025 or March 31, 2025.
All of a depositor’s accounts at an insured depository institution, including all non-interest bearing accounts, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 in total. Balances in excess of this coverage are uninsured and subject to loss should the institution fail, with a possible offset against outstanding loans. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash. Cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $196,962 and $148,432, representing foreign deposits at financial institutions, are not insured by the FDIC at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Accounts Receivable
Terms of payment are generally thirty days from the invoice date. Receivables are recorded net of an allowance for credit losses, which is established based on management’s best estimate of probable credit losses after considering factors such as previous loss history, customers’ ability to pay their obligations, and the condition of the general economy and industry as a whole.
Inventory Valuation
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net realizable value in accordance with Topic 330, Inventory. Cost is computed using weighted average cost at one subsidiary and specific identification cost at the remaining subsidiaries. There is no material impact on the comparability of the financial results as a result of these differing methods. The Company applies net realizable value and obsolescence to the gross value of the inventory.
51
The Company estimates net realizable value based on estimated selling price less further costs to completion and disposal. The Company impairs slow-moving products by comparing inventories on hand to projected demand. When impairments are established, a new cost basis of the inventory is created.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the respective operating lease or the estimated economic life of the asset. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company uses other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes where appropriate.
The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:
|
Computer Equipment |
5 years |
|
|
Furniture and Fixtures |
7 years |
|
|
Machinery and Equipment |
3 – 7 years |
|
|
Office Equipment |
5 – 7 years |
|
|
Leasehold Improvements |
3 – 5 years |
Fair Value Measurements
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, notes payable, and lease liability. The carrying amounts of such financial instruments approximate their respective estimated fair value due to the short-term maturities and approximate market interest rates of these instruments.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
• Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.
• Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active).
• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value.
Intangibles
The Company’s intangible assets include software, trademarks, customer lists, and a website, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The costs of developing intangible assets for internal use are expensed as incurred.
The estimated useful lives for significant intangible asset categories are as follows:
|
Software |
3 – 5 years |
|
|
Trademarks |
Indefinite |
|
|
Customer Lists |
3 years |
|
|
Website |
3 years |
52
Software and Website Development Costs
The Company accounts for software development costs in accordance with several accounting pronouncements, including Topic 730, Research and Development, Topic 985-20, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed and Topic 330-10, Inventory.
Costs incurred during the period of planning and design, prior to the period determining technological feasibility, for all software developed for internal and external use, has been charged to operations in the period incurred as research and development costs. Additionally, costs incurred after determination of readiness for market have been expensed as research and development. The Company capitalizes certain costs in the development of its proprietary software (computer software to be sold, leased or licensed) for the period after technological feasibility was determined and prior to marketing and initial sales. Once technological feasibility is reached, and the software has been released for sale, such costs are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the estimated lives of the products. These capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with Topic 330 when indicators of impairment exist.
Website development costs are accounted for separately under Topic 350-50, Website Development Costs.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents cash received from customers for which the related revenue has not yet been earned. This primarily includes preorders of Omni One units and Omni Pro units that have not yet been delivered or refunded by the end of the reporting period. Deferred revenue also includes preorders of Omni Arenas not yet installed, as well as deferred revenue related to Omniverse Credits and Omni Care subscriptions associated with installed Omni Arena units for which revenue recognition criteria have not been met.
For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, changes in deferred revenue were due to the following:
|
Fiscal Year |
Fiscal Year |
|||||||
|
Beginning deferred revenue |
$ |
1,850,342 |
|
$ |
1,044,249 |
|
||
|
Amounts deferred during the year |
|
3,109,944 |
|
|
2,445,020 |
|
||
|
Less refunds |
|
(90,103 |
) |
|
(29,796 |
) |
||
|
Less revenue recognized |
|
(3,100,627 |
) |
|
(1,609,131 |
) |
||
|
Ending deferred revenue |
$ |
1,769,556 |
|
$ |
1,850,342 |
|
||
Deferred revenue as of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025 consists of the following:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Omni One |
$ |
38,783 |
$ |
936,821 |
||
|
Omni Pro |
|
449,635 |
|
451,545 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
|
166,193 |
|
290,169 |
||
|
Omni Online |
|
40,269 |
|
44,104 |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
|
30,651 |
|
37,584 |
||
|
Omni Care subscriptions |
|
12,667 |
|
9,333 |
||
|
Total |
$ |
738,198 |
$ |
1,769,556 |
||
Revenue recognized during the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the respective periods was $1,695,562 and $612,697, respectively.
Payments received from customers during the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024 that increased deferred revenue was $910,651 and $1,781,606, respectively.
Deferred revenue includes legacy preorders for Omni Pro units that we have not been able to refund to customers due to an inability to get in touch with these customers. We no longer produce or sell Omni Pro. As of September 30, 2025, the value of unrefunded Omni Pro preorders totaled $449,635. We plan to report these preorders as unclaimed
53
(escheated) property to the State of Texas and submit these funds to the Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts. The related balance will be reclassified from deferred revenue to an escheatment liability account, both of which are presented within current liabilities. The liability will be relieved when the funds are remitted to the State. There will be no impact to the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations because we will not recognize revenues or expenses on these preorders. Upon remittance, both cash and current liabilities will be decreased on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, and the remittance will be reflected as a cash outflow within cash used in operating activities in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.
Deferred revenue previously included outstanding Omni One preorder deposits of $200 each from customers who placed a preorder for Omni One but have not yet completed their purchase. However, during the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company issued customers gift cards as a replacement for their preorder deposit, and thus, reclassified preorder purchases totaling $241,646 from Deferred Revenue to a separate liability account. We expect most of these gift cards to be applied by the customers to a future purchase of Omni One, or otherwise to expire unclaimed.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred, and are included in selling expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $892,984 and $106,326, respectively. Total advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $347,429 and $1,186,550, respectively.
Federal Income Taxes
Topic 740, Income Taxes, clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. No uncertain tax positions were identified. The Company recognizes tax related interest and penalties, if any, as a component of income tax expense. The Company has never incurred any federal income tax liability and has not paid any federal income taxes since its inception.
The U.S. federal tax returns are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, generally for three years after they are filed. State tax returns are subject to examination generally for five years after they are filed.
Net Loss Per Share
Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company presents both basic and diluted net loss per share. Basic net loss per share includes only the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period.
Potentially dilutive securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive, include stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock. The total number of potentially dilutive shares excluded from the computation was 24,336,201 for fiscal year-end 2025, 22,814,973 for fiscal year-end 2024, and 2,849,410 and 22,592,552 at September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Foreign Currency Remeasurements
The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, VML and its wholly-owned subsidiary VML_ZH, along with VMT, operate using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. The effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on consolidated balance sheet accounts were not material for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, and for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
We have not utilized any derivative financial instruments such as futures contracts, options and swaps, forward foreign exchange contracts or interest rate swaps and futures. We believe that adequate controls are in place to monitor any hedging activities, if they were to occur in the future. We do not intend to hedge any existing or future borrowings and, consequently, we do not expect to be affected by changes in market interest rates. We do currently have sales and own assets and operate facilities in countries outside the United States and, consequently, we may be affected by foreign currency fluctuations or exchange rate changes.
54
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), which significantly changed the allowance for credit losses model by requiring recognition of expected credit losses over the life of the financial asset. The FASB subsequently issued ASU 2019-10, delaying the effective date of Topic 326. For smaller reporting companies subject to SEC regulations, the effective date was delayed from fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. For nonpublic companies, the effective date was similarly delayed to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted Topic 326 using a modified retrospective approach effective April 1, 2023, resulting in a decrease to receivables and a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings of $22,483 as of that date.
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), which simplified the goodwill impairment test by eliminating Step 2 (hypothetical purchase price allocation) and requiring an impairment loss be measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not exceeding the carrying amount of goodwill. The ASU also addressed accounting for internally generated intangible assets and improved related financial statement presentation and disclosures. ASU 2017-04 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 effective April 1, 2023 and concluded that the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05, Business Combinations — Joint Venture Formations (Subtopic 805-60): Recognition and Initial Measurement. This ASU provides guidance requiring a joint venture (or corporate joint venture) to recognize and initially measure its assets and liabilities at fair value upon formation. ASU 2023-05 is effective for joint venture formations with a formation date on or after January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are to be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, requiring public entities to disclose information about their reportable segments’ significant expenses and other segment items on an interim and annual basis. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to apply the disclosure requirements in ASU 2023-07, as well as all existing segment disclosures and reconciliation requirements in ASC 280 on an interim and annual basis. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on April 1, 2024. As of September 30, 2025, the Company operates as a single segment.
On December 14, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances transparency regarding reconciling items and income taxes paid by jurisdiction. Key new disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about reconciling items, disaggregated income (loss) and income tax expense by jurisdiction, and income taxes paid disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions where taxes paid exceed 5% of total. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. For the Company, the earliest fiscal year affected will begin April 1, 2026. The amendments require a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-09.
In March 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income (Subtopic 220-40): Expense Disaggregation Disclosures. The ASU requires public business entities to disclose in a tabular format significant expense categories that are included in each relevant income statement line item. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Management has reviewed other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards and believes they will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company will adopt applicable standards as required.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have not entered into any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources and would be considered material to investors.
55
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, or GAAP. Under standards established by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, or PCAOB, a deficiency in internal control over financial reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does not allow management or personnel, in the normal course of performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect misstatements on a timely basis. The PCAOB defines a material weakness as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
In preparation for our Direct Listing, we identified the following material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting: (i) we have insufficient written policies and procedures to ensure the correct application of accounting and financial reporting with respect to the current requirements of GAAP and SEC disclosure requirements; (ii) due to the Company’s size and nature, segregation of all conflicting duties may not always be possible and may not be economically feasible, resulting in control gaps where the initiation of transactions, the custody of assets, and the recording of transactions are not always performed by separate individuals; and (iii) our controls are not adequate to ensure that all material related-party transactions and developments will be properly identified, approved and reported.
To address these material weaknesses, we have implemented, and are continuing to implement, measures designed to improve our internal controls over financial reporting. Specifically, we are: (i) formalizing and documenting policies and procedures to ensure the correct and consistent application of accounting and financial reporting requirements of GAAP and SEC disclosures; (ii) implementing appropriate segregation of duties where possible, and enhancing compensating controls in areas where full segregation is not economically feasible, to ensure the initiation, custody, and recording of transactions are adequately controlled; and (iii) enhancing our controls and procedures for the proper identification, approval, and reporting of all material related-party transactions and developments. These measures include expanding our accounting and finance team to add additional qualified accounting and finance resources, which may include third party consultants, and implementing new financial processes.
The process of designing and implementing an effective accounting and financial reporting system is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain an accounting and financial reporting system that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations. As we continue to evaluate and take actions to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional actions to address control deficiencies or determine to modify certain of the remediation measures described above. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate the material weakness we have identified or avoid potential future material weaknesses.
56
Stockholders should read this section in conjunction with the more detailed information about the Company contained in this prospectus, including our audited financial statements and the other information appearing in the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Overview
Virtuix was formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on December 20, 2013. We pioneer movement in AI-generated worlds, both imaginary and real. We are the creator of “Omni,” the premier brand of omni-directional treadmills that let players walk and run in 360 degrees inside VR games, digital twins, and other applications, positioning us at the intersection of gaming, fitness and enterprise VR. To date, we’ve brought three products to market and generated over $20 million in sales. We target a gross margin of 40% on our hardware products, supplemented with recurring revenues from software sales and subscriptions. We increased quarterly revenue 4x from the first quarter to the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2025 (primarily resulting from recognizing Omni One preorder sales).
Products
Our “Omni” line of omni-directional treadmills consists of various products that target a variety of industries:
Omni Pro, the original Omni, is our commercial-grade treadmill initially launched in 2016 for enterprise use in arcades, VR centers, corporations, and research institutions. We shipped over 4,000 Omni Pro units to more than 45 countries worldwide. Following the launch of Omni One in 2024, we stopped production and sales of Omni Pro.
Omni Arena launched in 2019 as a turnkey attraction for the out-of-home entertainment industry. The attraction comprises four Omni Pro treadmills for multiplayer gaming and features weekly esports prize contests. We’ve installed 80 Omni Arena systems at entertainment centers in the U.S. and built a player base of over 500,000 players who signed up with an email address to play. Several players have paid to play the attraction more than 300 times. Following our shift in R&D and marketing efforts to Omni One, we stopped producing and selling new Omni Arena systems in 2025, but we continue to service existing customers and earn recurring revenues through the sale of Omni Care maintenance services, Omniverse game credits, and replacement parts. We also facilitate and earn profits on secondary sales of Omni Arena systems.
Omni One is our latest product and our most advanced treadmill yet, supporting full freedom of movement including crouching, kneeling, and jumping. It’s a compact device that is easy to assemble and disassemble, and it can be moved around using its wheels. We sell Omni One in three different versions: the complete Omni One system, Omni One Core, and Omni One Enterprise. We officially launched Omni One in September 2024, and by September 2025, we shipped the first 1,800 units to customers, resulting in revenues of over $4,000,000. In addition to hardware sales, we earn recurring revenues from the sale of Omni One games and from monthly subscriptions to Omni Online (priced at $14/month), Omni One’s service that allows customers to play online multiplayer games. During checkout, approximately 50% of Omni One customers purchase an annual subscription to Omni Online.
Virtual Terrain Walk is our multi-user system for next-generation mission planning in the defense industry. VTW lets soldiers move physically in 360 degrees inside geo-specific virtual environments, without boundaries, for ground combat planning and leader rehearsals. The geo-specific virtual environments are digital twins of real-world environments, created by converting drone and other camera footage into photorealistic 3D scenes via Gaussian splatting and other AI-driven 3D reconstruction techniques. VTW is currently in development. YokoWERX, an innovation cell of the U.S. Air Force, purchased two prototype stations for experimentation purposes. We aim to present a proof-of-concept of VTW to potential customers by calendar year-end 2025, although we expect that meaningful sales of VTW in the defense sector may not materialize until fiscal year 2027 at the earliest. Despite the long sales cycle for penetrating the defense market, we believe that VTW will retain a strong competitive moat because of our expansive omni-directional treadmill patent portfolio, our position as a U.S. company, and the inherent barriers to entry for defense applications that competitors will face, including multi-year procurement cycles and high switching costs.
Revenue Streams
We operate a vertically integrated business model that generates revenue from both one-time hardware sales and recurring software and service income. The model is designed to create long-term customer value and predictable revenue streams while maintaining healthy gross margins. We sell our products to three different markets: consumer, enterprise, and defense.
57
Consumer:
• Omni One: Our flagship, complete system including an omni-directional treadmill, an integrated standalone VR headset, and preinstalled software. Selling price: $3,495 or as low as $122/month via third-party financing.
• Omni One Core: A lower-cost, treadmill-only configuration designed for users with an existing VR headset and PC (both Omni One and Omni One Core can connect to a PC via Omni Connect, our Windows application). Selling price: $2,595 or as low as $90/month via third-party financing.
• Accessories and replacement parts: Various accessories and replacement parts for Omni One are available on our website, ranging in price from $19 to $1,199.
• Omni Online subscription: A monthly subscription that enables multiplayer connectivity, esports leaderboards, access to free games, and various community features. Price: $14/month or $140/year.
• Game sales: Purchases of VR games from Omni One’s proprietary game store. Prices range from approximately $19.99 to $44.99 per title.
We expect consumer sales to be highly seasonal, with a majority of annual revenues to be earned during the third quarter of our fiscal year, driven by gift-giving and celebrations during the holiday season from November through December. As a result, we expect revenues and net income to be elevated in the third quarter of our fiscal year, while operational costs and cash outflows are expected to be higher in the second quarter as we increase marketing spending and ramp up production in anticipation of holiday sales.
Enterprise:
• Omni One Enterprise: A variant of Omni One designed for enterprise customers in the U.S., European Union, and Asia, including an enterprise license, access to our software development kit, and one year of developer support. Selling price: $4,995.
• Omni Arena: Our flagship entertainment attraction for out-of-home entertainment venues, comprising four Omni Pro treadmills and featuring weekly esports contests, social media sharing functionality, and automated operations. Selling price: $174,000.
• Omni Care: Omni Arena’s mandatory maintenance program, priced at $2,000 per quarter (or a longer interval depending on usage). Omni Care includes U.S.-based support, software and game updates, and replacements for Omni Arena parts that wear out with use (such as footwear). Omni Care does not include repairs and replacement parts that fall outside of warranty, and sales of those parts provide an additional revenue stream.
• Omniverse credits: Per-minute gameplay credits needed to play select games in Omni Arena and Omni Pro. Sold at approximately $0.10 per minute of gameplay.
Defense:
We are still in the process of developing VTW and determining its pricing structure.
We target a gross margin of 40% on hardware sales of Omni One, Omni One Core, and second-hand Omni Arena systems, and 70% on Omni One Enterprise. Recurring revenues from Omni Online, game sales, Omni Care, and Omniverse credits provide high-margin, predictable cash flows that recur after initial hardware sales.
We believe a “dual-use” strategy of supplementing potentially high-volume Omni One consumer sales with potentially high-margin defense contracts for VTW can position us for achieving continued revenue growth and reaching profitability.
Production & Suppliers
Our products are currently produced in Asia (primarily in China and Taiwan). In 2024, we set up a production facility in Zhuhai, China, that has the capacity to produce up to 3,000 Omni One units per month (a quantity that would represent annual revenues of over $100 million). We source Omni One parts (electronics, plastics, metal parts, and fabric items) from a supply chain of over 50 suppliers, and we complete the assembly, quality assurance, packaging, and shipping from our Zhuhai facility.
58
Market
The market adoption of VR technology continues to grow steadily. According to a report by Global Market Insights, the global VR headsets market size was estimated at $9.1 billion in 2024. The market is expected to grow from $10.3 billion in 2025 to $51.9 billion in 2034, at a CAGR of 19.7%. The market is rapidly growing due to technological advancements, particularly continuously improving headsets and the integration of Artificial Intelligence (“AI”). AI enhances immersive experiences by enabling more responsive and adaptive virtual environments. AI enables content creators to rapidly generate virtual worlds, both fictional (imaginary game worlds) and real (digital twins of real-world environments). For example, VTW uses third-party Gaussian splatting software to rapidly render photorealistic 3D scenes from video footage captured by drones and ground-level scanning. Gaussian splatting is an AI-driven technique for 3D reconstruction using a process of iterative optimization based on machine learning principles.
Omni One is well positioned to benefit from positive market trends. In addition to a growing VR market, the global video games market size was estimated at $275 billion in 2024 and is projected to hit around USD $722 billion by 2034, growing at a CAGR of 10.2%, according to a report by Precedence Research. The global fitness equipment market was valued at $18 billion in 2024 and is anticipated to reach around $31 billion by 2034, expanding at a CAGR of 5.5% according to such report by Precedence Research.
Major technology companies like Meta, Apple, and Google continue to invest heavily in VR. Since acquiring Oculus in 2014, Meta has cumulatively invested more than $80 billion in VR and augmented reality (“AR”) through Reality Labs, including hardware, software, content, and related research and development. In 2024 alone, Reality Labs spent approximately $19.9 billion, contributing to a total burn of over $100 billion estimated by end of 2025. Estimates suggest Apple has invested roughly $20 to $30 billion cumulatively in Vision Pro and foundational spatial computing over several years. Google officially unveiled Android XR in December 2024, in partnership with Samsung and Qualcomm, positioning it as the successor to earlier platforms like Glass and Daydream. The first products running Android XR, Samsung’s Project Moohan headset and Google’s prototype Project Astra smart glasses, are expected to reach the market in 2025.
Although our products use VR headsets, we believe the market for Omni One does not rely on existing demand for VR headsets. In a survey of Omni One customers, 55% of respondents indicated they didn’t previously own a VR headset, making their purchase of Omni One their first VR purchase. We believe Omni One defines its own entertainment category, allowing players to move around physically inside virtual worlds and burn calories while doing so.
We currently sell Omni One only to consumers in the U.S. We plan to expand consumer sales of Omni One to Europe and other international markets in calendar year 2026.
We define Omni One’s Total Addressable Market (“TAM”) in the U.S. as households that earn at least $75,000 and already own at least one gaming device (excluding smart phones). Based on census data from www.census.gov, about 24% of the 131 million U.S. households earned $75,000 or more in 2022, representing 31.5 million households. According to a Consumer Technology Association report, approximately 53% of U.S. households own a dedicated video game console, such as Xbox, PlayStation, or Nintendo. Therefore, we estimate the TAM for Omni One to be approximately 17 million households in the U.S.
Market Strategy
Omni One’s business resembles that of premium connected fitness and gaming hardware, with comparisons to Peloton and Xbox or PlayStation. We believe that our value proposition, an entertainment system that delivers active gaming and fitness benefits, expands its appeal beyond traditional VR enthusiasts to a broader segment of health- and experience-conscious consumers.
We sell Omni One to consumers via our website (U.S. only), following a direct-to-consumer distribution model. Our marketing strategy for Omni One is focused on scalable, digital-first customer acquisition through three primary channels: paid social advertising, influencer partnerships, and affiliate referral programs.
Paid Digital Advertising:
We invest primarily in performance-driven advertising campaigns across Facebook, Instagram, and YouTube. These campaigns emphasize retargeting strategies to optimize cost-per-acquisition and drive high ROAS. Our advertising highlights Omni One’s unique combination of gaming and fitness benefits, active full-body immersion, and popular gaming content.
59
Influencer and Content Creator Partnerships:
We’ve established collaborations with popular VR and gaming content creators who showcase Omni One gameplay on platforms such as YouTube, TikTok, and Twitch. These creators — including “Jbahr,” “Zulushi,” “OtterWorldly,” and “Bajheera”— highlight the immersive experience and fitness value of the system to large, organically engaged audiences. Creators may join Virtuix’s Ambassador Program, which offers referral commissions of 6% to 8% per sale. These influencer-driven campaigns support brand awareness, build social proof, and generate inbound traffic to Virtuix’s e-commerce storefront.
Affiliate and Customer Referral Program:
We operate a structured Affiliate Program, allowing customers and partners to earn up to $150 per sale through tracked referrals. This initiative incentivizes word-of-mouth promotion.
These marketing programs are further supported via traditional public relations efforts, live demos, promotions, and tradeshows and events.
Omni One Enterprise units are sold directly by Virtuix in the U.S., and through distributors internationally.
Omni Arena is sold directly by Virtuix to entertainment venues in the U.S. and is not available internationally.
Current Stage and Roadmap
Current Stage
We’ve sold over 4,000 Omni Pro systems and 80 Omni Arena systems, and we’ve built a player base at commercial entertainment venues of over 500,000 players who signed up with an email address to play. We’ve shipped the first 1,800 Omni One systems to customers, resulting in revenues of over $4 million. In total, we’ve generated over $20 million in product sales. Following the launch of Omni One in September 2024, quarterly revenues grew 4x from the first quarter to the fourth quarter of our fiscal year ending March 31, 2025 (primarily resulting from recognizing preorder sales).
Customer Reviews & Reception
Omni Arena has received strong praise from players and operators. In a survey filled out by over 30,000 Omni Arena players, 98% responded they would play again, 45% said they visited the venue specifically to play Omni Arena, and the Omni Arena experience earned an overall satisfaction rating of 9.4/10.
Early customer reviews and media coverage of Omni One have been overwhelmingly favorable. Influencers and VR content creators have praised Omni One’s immersive experience, fitness benefits, and entertainment value. Testimonials from end-users highlight the system’s impact on physical activity and weight loss, reinforcing Omni One’s unique positioning at the intersection of gaming and connected fitness:
“I burned 1,700 calories playing video games with friends. I love this thing.”
– JmFLAK815, Omni One customer
“Omni One has allowed me to break through my weight loss plateau and lose an additional 40 pounds in just four short months.”
– VR4HLTH, Omni One customer
“I love how it gets our son off the couch. It’s an incredibly fun and active experience.”
– Dan Cabannis, Omni One customer
“The Omni One is INSANE. This is technology destined to revolutionize the VR experience.”
– Zulushi, content creator
“Virtuix is on track to turn the Omni One into the best consumer treadmill the XR space has seen so far, being the most promising and seemingly effective locomotion option to date.”
– Nathie, content creator
60
At Augmented World Expo (“AWE”) 2025, Omni One was awarded the 2025 Auggie Award for Best Interaction Product. AWE is the AR/VR industry’s biggest tradeshow, and the annual Auggie Awards have been the most recognized AR & VR awards since 2010.
Future Roadmap
We aim to scale the sales and marketing of Omni One and rapidly grow market adoption of our consumer product. Further product development efforts will focus on expanding Omni One’s game library and Omni Connect functionality for PC, enhancing Omni One’s wired and wireless connectivity options, implementing next-generation tracking, and developing applications leveraging our expertise in using Gaussian splatting and other AI-driven 3D reconstruction technologies to create digital twins of real-world locations.
In parallel, we are developing VTW, aiming to enter the defense industry with a revolutionary simulation system for immersive mission planning. We aim to present a proof-of-concept of VTW to potential customers by calendar year-end 2025, but we expect that meaningful sales of VTW in the defense sector may not materialize until fiscal year 2027 at the earliest. To sell VTW, we will need to comply with certain requirements and regulations to qualify for government contracts or awards, depending on the type of contract or award, including but not limited to compliance with the FAR and DFARS, Export Administration Regulations, cybersecurity regulations, and requirements and restrictions related to the secure sourcing of components, including the Buy American Act and Berry Amendment. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Our business with governmental entities will be subject to the policies, priorities, regulations, mandates and funding levels of such governmental entities and may be negatively or positively impacted by any change thereto.” The development of VTW is part of our already ongoing R&D efforts and expenditures, and we do not foresee a meaningful increase in operational costs resulting from VTW.
Intellectual Property
We have secured 25 patents covering mechanical design, motion tracking, and game integration of our omni-directional treadmill technology. Five more patents are pending. We also own 14 registered trademarks. We believe our expansive patent portfolio creates a strong competitive moat and defensibility in the omni-directional treadmill space, making it hard for aspiring entrants to develop and sell similar systems.
The following table summarizes our held trademarks.
|
Mark |
Class |
Registration Date |
||||
|
7,279,811 |
OMNI ONE |
28/41 |
1/16/2024 |
|||
|
6,145,163 |
OMNI ARENA |
41 |
9/8/2020 |
|||
|
5,930,233 |
OMNIVERSE ESPORTS |
41 |
12/10/2019 |
|||
|
5,993,690 |
OMNIVERSE VR ARENA |
19/37/41 |
2/25/2020 |
|||
|
5,000,145 |
OMNI ARENA |
9 |
7/12/2016 |
|||
|
5,042,878 |
OMNI CONNECT |
9 |
9/13/2016 |
|||
|
5,851,790 |
OMNI VR |
41 |
9/3/2019 |
|||
|
5,261,822 |
OMNI ONLINE |
41 |
8/8/2017 |
|||
|
5,407,949 |
OMNIVERSE |
38 |
2/20/2018 |
|||
|
5,681,504 |
OMNIVERSE |
41 |
2/19/2019 |
|||
|
1,375,213 |
OMNIVERSE (WIPO) |
38 |
9/1/2017 |
|||
|
4,951,644 |
VIRTUIX |
9 |
5/3/2016 |
|||
|
4,973,454 |
VIRTUIX ONMI |
25/28 |
6/7/2016 |
|||
|
5,492,571 |
VIRTUIX OMNIVERSE |
9/38/41 |
6/12/2018 |
61
The following tables summarize our held and applied for patents.
Patents:
|
Registration |
Title |
Publication |
||
|
US 11,823,334 |
Efficient capture and delivery of walkable and interactive virtual reality or 360 degree video |
11/21/2023 |
||
|
US 12,086,942 |
Efficient capture and delivery of walkable and interactive virtual reality or 360 degree video |
9/10/2024 |
||
|
US 11,557,094 |
Efficient capture and delivery of walkable and interactive virtual reality or 360 degree video |
1/17/2023 |
||
|
US 12,475,653 |
Efficient capture and delivery of walkable and interactive virtual reality or 360 degree video |
11/18/2025 |
||
|
US 9,329,681(1) |
Locomotion System and Apparatus |
05/03/2016 |
||
|
US 9,785,230 |
Locomotion System and Apparatus |
10/10/2017 |
||
|
US 10,635,162 |
Locomotion System and Apparatus |
4/28/2020 |
||
|
US 11,301,032 |
Locomotion System and Apparatus |
4/12/2022 |
||
|
US 10,286,313(2) |
METHOD GENERATING AN INPUT IN AN OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION SYSTEM |
5/14/2019 |
||
|
US 10,933,320 |
METHOD GENERATING AN INPUT IN AN OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION SYSTEM |
3/2/2021 |
||
|
USRE49772 |
METHOD GENERATING AN INPUT IN AN OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION SYSTEM |
1/2/2024 |
||
|
US D766,239 |
OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION PLATFORM |
09/13/2016 |
||
|
US D789,368 |
OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION PLATFORM |
06/13/2017 |
||
|
US D787,516 |
OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION PLATFORM |
05/23/2017 |
||
|
US 10,065,114 |
Haptic Glove for use in virtual environment |
9/14/2018 |
||
|
US 10,751,622(3) |
SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SOFT DECOUPLING AN INPUT |
8/25/2020 |
||
|
US 11,247,126 |
SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SOFT DECOUPLING AN INPUT |
2/15/2022 |
||
|
US 11,648,473 |
SYSTEM AND METHOD OF SOFT DECOUPLING AN INPUT |
5/16/2023 |
||
|
US D863,737(4) |
SLIP-ON SHOE |
10/22/2019 |
||
|
US D863,738 |
SLIP-ON SHOE |
10/22/2019 |
||
|
US D879,417 |
SLIP-ON SHOE |
3/31/2020 |
||
|
US D878,012 |
SLIP-ON SHOE |
3/17/2020 |
||
|
US D887,684 |
SLIP-ON SHOE |
6/23/2020 |
||
|
US 12,147,658 |
Data management and performance tracking system for walkable or interactive virtual reality |
11/19/2024 |
||
|
US D948,076 |
ARENA |
4/5/2022 |
____________
(1) Also issued in Australia, Brazil, China, South Korea, Russia, and Europe.
(2) Also issued in India, Russia, and South Korea.
(3) Also issued in China and Europe.
(4) Also issued in China, Europe, Russia, and South Korea.
62
Patent Applications:
|
Application |
Title |
Application |
||
|
18,368,483 |
METHOD GENERATING AN INPUT IN AN OMNIDIRECTIONAL LOCOMOTION SYSTEM |
9/14/2023 |
||
|
19,119,339 |
INTERACTIVE AND DYNAMIC VIRTUAL REALITY VIDEO RECORDINGS AND EXPERIENCES |
10/11/2022 |
||
|
17,944,055 |
ANTI-SLIP FOOTWEAR WITH ROTATABLE TRACTION ELEMENT |
9/13/2022 |
||
|
17,693,986 |
Locomotion System and Apparatus |
3/14/2022 |
||
|
18,028,527 |
Omnidirectional Locomotion System With Full Range Of Motion In Multiple Degrees Of Freedom For Walkable Or Interactive Virtual Reality |
3/25/2023 |
Competitive Landscape
Our main competitors offering omni-directional treadmill systems are KAT VR, Infinadeck, and Cyberith.
KatVR (KAT Walk Series):
KatVR offers a range of omni-directional treadmill products targeted at both consumers and commercial markets. Their products feature a low-friction concave base and an upward support structure with a harness, similar to Virtuix’s designs that we believe are protected by a robust patent portfolio. KatVR’s products don’t offer a complete system. Instead, they are sold as peripherals that claim compatibility with nearly all existing VR headsets and games. Pricing starts in the $1,000 to $2,000 range, depending on model specification.
Infinadeck:
Infinadeck produces a fully motorized, omni-directional treadmill using an X/Y belt system. Their product’s high cost and industrial size limit accessibility for mainstream consumers and enterprise customers. The product is aimed at professional simulation use-cases that don’t require mobility. Pricing starts in the $50,000 to $60,000 range.
Cyberith:
The Cyberith Virtualizer uses a low-friction flat (not concave) platform combined with a harness support structure (similar to Omni Pro) and an optional tilting base. Cyberith was initially crowdfunded but has since focused sales on commercial customers, mostly in research, enterprise, and defense fields. Pricing starts in the $8,000 to $10,000 range.
We believe Omni One stands out from competitors by offering a fully integrated, consumer-ready VR treadmill system that combines superior quality and design, ease of use, portability, and affordability. Backed by a proven track record of product shipments, strong intellectual property protection, native game integration, and U.S.-based customer support, we believe we offer the only omni-directional treadmill solution currently positioned for scalable consumer and enterprise adoption.
Recent Financial Developments
Reclassification
On August 6, 2025, our stockholders approved the Reclassification. Prior to this Reclassification, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of multiple classes and series, including Common Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock. Each of these classes and series had distinct rights, preferences, and privileges, including with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation preferences, and conversion rights.
As a result of the Reclassification, all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all series of preferred stock and any previously outstanding common stock, were automatically reclassified and converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. Following the Reclassification, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with Jan Goetgeluk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, pursuant to which all shares of
63
Class A common stock held by Mr. Goetgeluk were exchanged on a one-for-one basis for shares of Class B common stock. Following the effectiveness of the Certificate, only Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and undesignated preferred stock are authorized. As of the date of this prospectus, only Class A common stock and Class B common stock are issued and outstanding. For additional information regarding the Company’s issued and outstanding Class B common stock, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.”
For additional information regarding the rights, preferences, and privileges of the Class A common stock and the Company’s capital structure following the reclassification and conversion, please see “Description of Capital Stock.”
Debt Financing
On May 15, 2025, the Company borrowed $50,000 from Jan Goetgeluk, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman in the form of an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $50,000. The promissory note bore interest at a rate of 18% per annum and matured on September 30, 2025. The proceeds from the note were used for General corporate purposes. The promissory note was unsecured and did not contain any financial covenants or security interests. The principal and accrued interest on the note were paid back in full on September 15, 2025.
On May 19, 2025, the Company borrowed $167,678 from Mieke Criel in the form of an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $167,678. Ms. Criel is the mother of Jan Goetgeluk, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. The promissory note bore interest at a rate of 18% per annum and matured on September 30, 2025. The proceeds from the note were used for general corporate purposes. The promissory note was unsecured and did not contain any financial covenants or security interests. The principal and accrued interest on the note were paid back in full on September 15, 2025.
On August 25, 2025, we entered into the First Note Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Virtuix issued the First Note in the principal amount of $2,220,000. The First Note includes an original issue discount of $200,000 and additional closing costs of $20,000. The First Note bears interest at a rate of 6% per annum, is secured by all assets of the Company, and matures nine months from the funding date. The Company received $2,000,000 in gross proceeds at closing. In addition, Streeterville received the Debt Financing Warrant. On October 30, 2025, we entered into the Second Note Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which we issued (i) the Second Note, and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. The Second Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000 and additional closing costs of $10,000. The Company received $500,000 in gross proceeds at closing of the Second Note. On December 19, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which we issued (i) the Third Note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. The Third Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000 and additional closing costs of $10,000. The Company received $500,000 in gross proceeds at closing of the Third Note.
The Streeterville Notes are convertible into shares of common stock at a price equal to 85% of the reference price established in connection with the Direct Listing. The Streeterville Notes are our only secured debt. They contain customary events of default, including failure to make payments or deliver shares, and provides for increased interest and penalties in the event of default. The Streeterville Notes may be prepaid at a premium, subject to certain conditions, and is subject to ownership and selling limitations. The shares underlying the Streeterville Notes and warrants will be registered for resale in connection with this Direct Listing. Ten days following the date on which the Resale Registration Statement is declared effective the Streeterville Notes will automatically be exchanged for and applied to the purchase price of a pre-paid purchase under the Equity Purchase Agreement in an aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding balance then due under the Streeterville Notes.
Proceeds from the Debt Financing were used to pay off existing indebtedness, including but not limited to retiring previously outstanding secured indebtedness, which included paying off an aggregate of $217,678 of related-party unsecured promissory notes on September 15, 2025, with the remaining proceeds used or to be used for working capital and general corporate purposes. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions — Related-Party Promissory Notes.”
In October and November 2025, we issued unsecured promissory notes (the “October Promissory Notes”) to investors in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Rule 506(b) promulgated under Regulation D for total proceeds of $1,500,000. The October Promissory Notes bear principal equal to 110% of each investor’s cash investment, accrue simple interest at 6.0% per annum, and mature on March 31, 2026
64
(as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion, from December 31, 2025). At or before maturity, the Company may repay the full outstanding principal and interest in cash or convert that amount into Common Stock at a price equal to 85% of the Nasdaq listing price; beginning on the Initial Listing Date and continuing until full repayment, the noteholder may likewise elect to convert all outstanding indebtedness at the same conversion price. As of the date hereof, a principal amount of $1,650,000 remained outstanding. An aggregate of $225,000 of these notes were issued to related parties. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions — Related-Party Promissory Notes.”
Equity Financing
On August 25, 2025, we entered into the Equity Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Streeterville committed to purchase up to $50,000,000 of Class A common stock through one or more prepaid advances over a 24-month period. The initial advance of $8,000,000 (net of original issue discount) will be funded at the closing of the Direct Listing, with subsequent advances subject to certain conditions, including minimum market capitalization, trading volume, and compliance with Nasdaq listing standards. Each advance includes an 8% original issue discount and bears interest at 6% per annum. Streeterville will also receive the Equity Financing Warrant. The conversion price for the advances is set at 120% of the reference price, with, subject to certain triggers, an alternate conversion price based on 90% of the lowest volume-weighted average price during the ten trading days prior to conversion, subject to a $2.00 price floor. The Equity Purchase Agreement includes customary events of default, selling and ownership limitations, Company covenants, and a prepayment option for the Company. The shares underlying the advances will be registered for resale following the Direct Listing. The shares underlying the warrants will be registered for resale in connection with this Direct Listing.
Human Capital Resources
As of December 30, 2025, Virtuix has 39 full-time employees, 14 of whom are based in the U.S., with the rest based in Asia. We employ three full-time contractors, two based in the U.S. and one based in the United Kingdom, and 4 part-time contractors based in the U.S.
Virtuix’s management team and advisory board come from notable companies including Activision, Dave & Buster’s, Flex, Corsair, and Raytheon. They bring to the Company strong expertise in the gaming, defense, and manufacturing fields, including experience scaling hardware businesses to multimillion-dollar operations.
Property
Our corporate headquarters is located at 11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430, Austin, TX 78758. Our China subsidiary, Virtuix Manufacturing (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd., rents an office and production facility at 8 Pingdong 2nd Road, Nanping Science Park, Zhuhai, Guangdong, China 519060. We also rent an office for Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, our Hong Kong subsidiary, at Unit 19, 12/F, Fortune Commercial Building, 362 Sha Tsui Road, Tsuen Wan, New Territories, Hong Kong. The registered office of Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd., our Taiwan subsidiary, is located at 6F, No. 81, Sec. 3, Cheng-Gong Road, Neihu District, Taipei, Taiwan 114.
Legal Proceedings
From time to time, Virtuix may be subject to various claims, lawsuits and other legal and administrative proceedings arising in the ordinary course of business. Defending such proceedings is costly and can impose a significant burden on management and employees. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources and other factors. Virtuix is not presently a party to any litigation the outcome of which, if determined adversely to us, would in our estimation, have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, cash flows or financial condition.
Government Regulation
We are subject to various laws, regulations and permitting requirements of federal, state and local authorities, including those related to conducting business on the Internet, data privacy and data security, export controls and other laws and regulations of general applicability to employers and companies in general.
We are further subject to various trade restrictions, including economic sanctions and export controls, imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations. For example, in accordance with trade controls and economic sanctions administered by the United States Department of Treasury’s Office of
65
Foreign Assets Control and the United States Department of Commerce, we are prohibited from engaging in certain transactions involving certain persons (individuals and entities) and certain designated countries or territories, including Cuba, Iran, Syria, North Korea, as well as the Crimea, Donestsk People’s Republic and Luhansk People’s Republic regions of Ukraine. In addition, our products are subject to export regulations that can involve significant compliance and administrative time to address. In recent years the United States government has a renewed focus on export matters. Our current and future products may be subject to these heightened regulations, which could increase our compliance costs. We are subject to anti-corruption laws and regulations imposed by governments around the world with jurisdiction over our operations, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, as well as the laws of the countries where we do business. For additional information, see “Risk Factors — Unfavorable global economic and political conditions, including tariffs and trade barriers, could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.”
In the ordinary course of business we and customers using our solutions access, collect, store, analyze, transmit and otherwise process certain types of data, including personal information, which subjects us and our customers to certain privacy and information security laws in the United States and internationally, including, for example, the CCPA, which took effect January 1, 2020, and the CPRA which took effect January 1, 2023, and which significantly amended the CCPA, and imposes additional data protection obligations on companies doing business in California, including additional consumer rights processes and opt outs for certain uses of sensitive data and imposes significant data privacy and potential statutory damages related to data protection for the data of California residents.
The CPRA also created a new California data protection agency specifically tasked to enforce the law, which will likely result in increased regulatory scrutiny of California businesses in the areas of data protection and security and may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. In addition to the CCPA, numerous other states’ legislatures have passed or are considering similar laws that will require ongoing compliance efforts and investment. For example, Virginia passed the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, and Colorado passed the Colorado Privacy Act, both of which differ from the CPRA and became effective in 2023. Similar laws have been proposed in other states as well and at the federal level. Other international laws are also in place or pending, and such laws may have potentially conflicting requirements that would make compliance challenging.
Under these data protection and privacy laws, we and our customers are required to maintain appropriate technical and organizational measures to ensure the security and protection of personal data and information, and we must comply (either directly or indirectly in support of our customers’ compliance efforts, as may be provided for the agreements we enter into with our customers) with a number of requirements with respect to individuals whose personal data or information we collect and process. Many of these laws and regulations are still evolving and being tested in courts and could be interpreted in ways that could harm our business. In addition, the application and interpretation of these laws and regulations are often uncertain, particularly in the new and rapidly evolving industry in which we operate.
The costs of complying with these laws and regulations are high and likely to increase in the future, as our business grows and our geographic scope expands. Any failure on our part to comply with these laws and regulations may subject us to significant liabilities or penalties, or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results.
Additionally, our products utilize wireless communication technologies as an integral part of their operation, and, as such, are subject to a range of domestic and international regulations. In the United States, the Federal Communications Commission (“FCC”) regulates the use of radio frequency spectrum, equipment authorization, and other aspects of wireless communications. The FCC’s rules and regulations govern the technical standards, operational requirements, and certification processes that must be met before wireless communications products can be marketed, sold, or operated within the United States. These regulations are designed to ensure that wireless devices do not cause harmful interference to other spectrum users and that they meet established safety and performance criteria.
See the sections titled “Risk Factors,” including the sections titled “Risk Factors — Our business is subject to complex and evolving United States and foreign laws, regulations and industry standards, many of which are subject to change and uncertain interpretation, which uncertainty could harm our business, operating results and financial condition,” and “Risk Factors — Our collection, processing, use and disclosure of individually identifiable biometric or other personally identifiable information is subject to evolving and expanding privacy and security regulations.”
66
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information, as of the date of this prospectus, concerning our executive officers:
|
Name |
Age |
Position |
||
|
Jan Goetgeluk |
41 |
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman |
||
|
Thomas McGinnis |
34 |
Chief Financial Officer |
||
|
David Allan |
58 |
Chief Operating Officer, President and Director |
The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our executive officers.
Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
Jan Goetgeluk is the founder, Chief Executive Officer, and Chairman of Virtuix. He has served in the position of Chief Executive Officer and as a director since February 2013. Mr. Goetgeluk also served as Chief Financial Officer from July 2025 to October 2025.
Prior to founding Virtuix, Mr. Goetgeluk was an Investment Banking Associate at J.P. Morgan from May 2010 to February 2013. From September 2006 to July 2007, he was a Project Engineer at the Belgian logistics conglomerate, Katoen Natie.
He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering and a Master of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering & Industrial Management from Ghent University. Mr. Goetgeluk also received a Master of Business Administration from Rice University.
Thomas McGinnis, Chief Financial Officer
Mr. McGinnis has served as Chief Financial Officer of the Company since October 2025. From April 2021 to August 2025, Mr. McGinnis served as Controller of Ammo, Inc., where he managed the company’s SEC reporting process, oversaw Sarbanes-Oxley internal controls compliance, and led all aspects of financial reporting, including supporting the successful sale of the business. From September 2019 to April 2021, he was an auditor with Durbin & Company, where he focused on financial statement audits.
Mr. McGinnis holds a Bachelor of Science degree from Arizona State University and a Master of Science degree from the University of Texas at Dallas. He is a Certified Public Accountant licensed by the Texas State Board of Public Accountancy.
David Allan, Chief Operating Officer, President and Director
David Allan has served as a director since December 2016. He was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer of Virtuix in December 2013 and served until September 2024, when he resigned from these two roles to concentrate on Asian operations. He was reappointed President and Chief Operating Officer in July 2025. During the interval from September 2024 to July 2025, Mr. Allan continued to serve as Virtuix’s Managing Director of Asian Operations, a position he has held since joining Virtuix in August 2013.
Prior to joining Virtuix, Mr. Allan was Vice President at ERP Power LLC, a California-based manufacturer of power supplies and LED light engines, from June 2008 to January 2012. In that role, he established the company’s wholly owned factory in Zhuhai, China and contributed to the company’s growth to approximately $50 million in annual sales and 700 employees, culminating in the company’s acquisition by a private equity firm. From January 2006 to May 2008, Mr. Allan served as Regional Materials Manager at Flextronics (now called Flex), a Fortune 500 manufacturer, where he managed the supply chain for Flextronics plants in China and Malaysia that produced products for top-tier customers such as Apple and Dell. He also spent twelve years as co-owner of a Taiwan-based OEM hardware business.
Mr. Allan holds a Bachelor of Applied Science in Systems Design Engineering from the University of Waterloo, Canada. He is fluent in Mandarin and divides his time between Virtuix’s subsidiaries in Taipei, Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Zhuhai, China.
67
Non-Employee Directors
The following table sets forth certain information, as of the date of this prospectus, concerning our non-employees who serve on our board of directors:
|
Name |
Age |
Position |
||
|
Ugo de Charette |
49 |
Director |
||
|
John Cunningham |
58 |
Director |
||
|
Parthkumar Jani |
37 |
Director |
||
|
Randolph Read |
73 |
Director |
The following is a biographical summary of the experience of our non-employee directors.
Ugo de Charette, Director
Mr. de Charette has served on our board since April 2024. From April 2005 to October 2024, he was the General Manager at Tous Contes Fees, where he managed a catalogue of musical rights. Mr. de Charette has experience managing investments in a diverse portfolio of media, technology, and real estate investments. Mr. de Charette holds a B.A. in International Economics and International Affairs from the American University in Paris, France, and currently resides in Dubai, United Arab Emirates. He brings a global perspective and deep experience in investment management and international business to his board service.
John Cunningham, Director
Mr. Cunningham joined our Board in October 2025. Since October 2023, Mr. Cunningham has served as founder and Chief Executive Officer of Spatial Synergy, a technology consulting and services firm focused on digital transformation solutions for defense and manufacturing clients. In that role, he has overseen the establishment of U.S. operations for Virtualware (USA), advised U.S. defense integrators on product development and go-to-market strategies, and led business development for a medical AI company entering U.S. Defense Healthcare. From June 2020 to October 2023, Mr. Cunningham was Head of Government and Aerospace at Unity Technologies, where he launched and built Unity’s federal and aerospace business. From 2017 to 2020, Mr. Cunningham served as Chief Revenue Officer of The DiSTI Corporation, where he co-led a strategic pivot from government-focused perpetual software licensing to a SaaS model targeting commercial markets, restructured the business into three lines of business, and expanded global partnerships.
Mr. Cunningham holds an M.B.A. in Technology Management from the University of Phoenix and a B.S. in Data Processing from Florida Agricultural & Mechanical University.
Parthkumar Jani, Director
Mr. Jani has served on our board since July 2023. Mr. Jani founded JC Team Capital, a venture fund with interests and investments in the entertainment, hospitality, and real estate industries, in February 2018 and currently serves as its Chief Executive Officer. As the leader of JC Team Capital, Mr. Jani brings significant expertise in managing diverse investment portfolios and strategic growth across multiple sectors. Mr. Jani holds a B.A. in Business Administration from Centennial College in Toronto, Canada.
Randolph Read, Director
Randolph Read has served as a member of the Virtuix board of directors since August 2025. Mr. Read has been President and Chief Executive Officer of Nevada Strategic Credit Investments, LLC for more than five years and has been President and Chief Executive Officer of International Capital Markets Group, Inc. for more than five years.
Mr. Read has served since November 2018 as an independent manager/director and Chairman of the Board of Managers of New York REIT Liquidating LLC, a successor to New York REIT, Inc., a publicly traded (NYSE: NYRT) real estate investment trust, where Mr. Read served as an independent director from December 2014 to November 2018, including as Chairman of its Board of Directors from June 2015 to November 2018. Mr. Read has served as an independent Director of SandRidge Energy, Inc. (NYSE: SD) since June 2018. Mr. Read has served as an independent Chairman of the Board of Enzon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (OTCQX: ENZN) since August 2020. Mr. Read previously served as an independent director of Luby’s Inc. (NYSE: LUB) from August 2019 to August 2021.
68
Mr. Read has previously served as President of a variety of other companies and has previously served on a number of public and private company boards.
Mr. Read is admitted as a Certified Public Accountant and has an M.B.A. in Finance from the Wharton Graduate School of the University of Pennsylvania and a B.S. from Tulane University.
Family Relationships
There are no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.
Controlled Company
Following this Direct Listing, our founder, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Jan Goetgeluk, will own 4,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock, which will represent approximately 77.89% of the combined voting power of both classes of our common stock outstanding immediately after this Direct Listing. As a result, we are, and expect to continue to be, a controlled company within the meaning of the Nasdaq listing rules, and as a result, we qualify for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements, on which we intend to rely.
Companies that qualify as a “controlled company” with securities listed on Nasdaq, must comply with the exchange’s continued listing standards to maintain their listings. Nasdaq has adopted qualitative listing standards. Companies that do not comply with these corporate governance requirements may lose their listing status. Under the Nasdaq rules, a “controlled company” is a company with more than 50% of its voting power held by a single person, entity, or group. Under Nasdaq rules, a controlled company is exempt from certain corporate governance requirements, including:
• the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;
• the requirement that a listed company have a nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
• the requirement that a listed company have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and
• the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committee and compensation committee.
Controlled companies must still comply with the exchange’s other corporate governance standards. These include having an audit committee and the special meetings of independent or non-management directors. As a “controlled company,” we are permitted to elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements. We intend to rely on these exemptions.
Board of Directors
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our Board. Our Board currently consists of six (6) directors. The number of directors may be determined by our Board, subject to the terms of our Certificate and bylaws, which provide that the number of directors be determined exclusively by a resolution adopted by directors constituting a majority of the total number of authorized directors, whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships.
In accordance with the terms of our Certificate, the Board is divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class serving a three-year term. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the election of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the election of directors can elect all of the directors. Mr. Charette, Mr. Jani and Mr. Cunningham were appointed to serve as Class I directors, with terms expiring at the Company’s 2026 annual meeting of stockholders. Mr. Allan and Mr. Read were appointed to serve as Class II directors, with a term expiring at the Company’s 2027 annual meeting of stockholders. Mr. Goetgeluk was appointed to serve as a Class III director, with a term expiring at the Company’s 2028 annual meeting of stockholders. The Board is authorized for seven (7) seats, six (6) of which are filled and one (1) is currently vacant.
69
When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors focuses primarily on each person’s background and experience as reflected in the information discussed in each of the directors’ individual biographies set forth above. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.
Role of the Board in Risk Oversight
One of the key functions of our Board is informed oversight of our risk management process. The Board does not have a standing risk management committee, but rather administers this oversight function directly through the Board as a whole, as well as through the audit committee of the Board that addresses risks inherent in its area of oversight. In particular, the Board is responsible for monitoring and assessing strategic risk exposure, and our audit committee has the responsibility to consider and discuss our major financial risk exposures and the steps its management will take to monitor and control such exposures, including guidelines and policies to govern the process by which risk assessment and management is undertaken. The audit committee also monitors compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. The Board has also adopted certain nominating and corporate governance procedures including director nomination criteria, majority voting guidelines, and stockholder communication policies.
Director Independence
Our Board has determined that Mr. Read and Mr. Jani are independent directors for purposes of the rules of Nasdaq and the SEC. In making this determination, our Board considered the relationships that each non-employee director has with us and all other facts and circumstances that our Board deemed relevant, including the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock by each non-employee director.
Upon the effectiveness of the registration of which this prospectus forms a part, we expect that the composition and functioning of our board of directors and each of our committees will comply with all applicable requirements of Nasdaq and the rules and regulations of the SEC.
Board Leadership Structure
Our Board is currently chaired by Jan Goetgeluk. Our corporate governance guidelines further provide the flexibility for our board of directors to modify our leadership structure in the future as it deems appropriate.
Committee of our Board of Directors
Audit Committee
The members of our audit committee are Randolph Read and Parthkumar Jani. Mr. Read serves as the chairman of the committee. Our Board has determined that each member of the audit committee is “independent” as that term is defined in Nasdaq rules and has sufficient knowledge in financial and auditing matters to serve on the audit committee. In addition, our board of directors has determined that each member of the audit committee meets the heightened independence requirements for audit committees required under Section 10A of the Exchange Act and related SEC and Nasdaq rules. Our Board has determined that Mr. Read is an “audit committee financial expert,” as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC. We intend to rely on the Nasdaq phase-in schedules outlined in Nasdaq Rule 5615, which allows up to one year from the Company’s Listing Date (as defined in the Nasdaq rules) to have three audit committee members. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
• appointing, approving the compensation of and assessing the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;
• pre-approving auditing and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;
• reviewing the overall audit plan with our independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;
70
• reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;
• coordinating the oversight and reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;
• establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;
• recommending based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and our independent registered public accounting firm whether our audited financial statements shall be included in our annual report on Form 10-K;
• monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;
• preparing the audit committee report required by SEC rules to be included in our annual proxy statement;
• reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and
• reviewing quarterly earnings releases.
Code of Conduct
We have adopted a written code of business conduct and ethics, that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. In connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, a current copy of the code will be posted on our website at www.Virtuix.com. If we make any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers from, the code of business conduct and ethics for any officer or director, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on our website or in a Current Report on Form 8-K.
71
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
Executive Compensation
This section discusses the material components of the executive compensation program for our executive officers who are named in the “— 2025 Summary Compensation Table” below. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, our “named executive officers” and their positions were as follows:
• Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board;
• David Allan, President and Chief Operating Officer; and
• Lauren Premo, Head of Marketing.
This discussion may contain forward-looking statements that are based on our current plans, considerations, expectations and determinations regarding future compensation programs. Actual compensation programs that we adopt following the completion of this offering may differ materially from the currently planned programs summarized in this discussion. As an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company,” each as defined under SEC rules, we are not required to include a compensation discussion and analysis section and have elected to comply with the scaled disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies and smaller reporting companies.
2025 Summary Compensation Table
The following table represents information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our named executive officers during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025:
|
Name and Principal Position |
Fiscal |
Salary(1) |
Option |
Non-equity |
Total |
|||||
|
Jan Goetgeluk |
2025 |
250,000 |
— |
— |
250,000 |
|||||
|
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
2024 |
250,000 |
— |
— |
250,000 |
|||||
|
David Allan |
2025 |
300,000 |
1,120,500 |
— |
1,420,500 |
|||||
|
President and Chief Operating Officer |
2024 |
300,000 |
— |
— |
300,000 |
|||||
|
Lauren Premo |
2025 |
200,292 |
26,145 |
5,660 |
232,097 |
|||||
|
Head of Marketing |
2024 |
65,385 |
— |
3,160 |
68,545 |
____________
(1) Ms. Premo joined the Company in November 2023. The amount reported in this column reflects the actual salary earned by her for the portion of the applicable fiscal year during which she was employed.
(2) The amounts reported in this column for 2025 represent the grant date fair value of incentive stock options (for Ms. Premo) and nonstatutory stock options (for Mr. Allan) issued under the 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan. The grant date fair value of the options has been determined in accordance Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718. With respect to the amounts reported in these columns, there can be no assurance that these values will ever be realized. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of the stock options granted in Note 13 to our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
(3) Represents sales performance bonuses earned by Ms. Premo based on the achievement of performance targets for fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025.
Base Salaries
Base salaries are paid to our named executive officers to compensate them for services rendered to us. The base salary payable to each named executive officer is intended to provide a fixed component of compensation reflecting the executive’s skill set, experience, role, and responsibilities.
For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, Mr. Goetgeluk’s annual base salary was $250,000 and Mr. Allan’s annual base salary was $300,000.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, Ms. Premo’s initial annual base salary was $200,000 but was increased to $220,000 in December 2024.
72
Bonuses
Mr. Goetgeluk, Mr. Allan and Ms. Premo are eligible to earn bonuses based on the achievement of certain goals and milestones, as determined by the Company in its sole discretion. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, neither Mr. Goetgeluk nor Mr. Allan received bonuses and Ms. Premo received $5,660 in bonuses based on sales performance. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, neither Mr. Goetgeluk nor Mr. Allan received bonuses and Ms. Premo received $3,160 in bonuses based on sales performance.
Equity Compensation
David Allan and Lauren Premo each received stock options to purchase shares of common stock that were granted in January 2025 pursuant to the Company’s 2025 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2025 LTIP”). In 2025, Mr. Allan was awarded stock options to purchase 1,500,000 shares of common stock and Ms. Premo was awarded stock options to purchase 35,000 shares of common stock. In 2024, no stock options were awarded to Mr. Goetgeluk, Mr. Allan or Ms. Premo.
Fifty percent (50%) of the options will vest and become exercisable on the second anniversary of the vesting commencement date, with the balance vesting and becoming exercisable in a single installment on the third anniversary of the vesting commencement date.
For additional information about the 2025 Long Term Incentive Plan, please see the section titled “Equity Compensation Plans” below.
Other Elements of Compensation
Retirement Plans
The Company sponsors the Virtuix Inc. 401(k) savings plan, which is available to all of our U.S.-based employees, including our named executive officers based in the U.S., who are eligible to participate in the Virtuix Inc. 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees.
Employee Benefits
The Company’s named executive officers who are based in the U.S. are eligible to receive the same employee benefits that are generally available to all full-time, U.S.-based employees, subject to the satisfaction of certain eligibility requirements. In structuring these benefit plans, the Company seeks to provide an aggregate level of benefits that are comparable to those provided by similar companies.
Employment Arrangements with our Named Executive Officers
Jan Goetgeluk and David Allan
Prior Employment Arrangements
Prior to entering into the employment agreements described below, each of Mr. Goetgeluk and Mr. Allan was employed by us on an at-will basis and did not have a long-term employment agreement in place.
Mr. Goetgeluk was employed at-will and did not have an employment agreement with the Company. His employment was subject to our standard policies and procedures applicable to employees generally, and there were no severance, change-in-control, or other post-employment arrangements in place. In his first years as Chief Executive Officer of the Company, Mr. Goetgeluk did not earn a salary. Mr. Goetgeluk earned an initial salary of $75,000 in 2015, which was increased over time through a series of Board-approved adjustments, ultimately reaching $250,000 in 2023.
Mr. Allan accepted an offer letter dated August 10, 2013, pursuant to which he agreed to serve in the capacity of Chief Operating Officer. In December 2013, he was formally appointed to the position of Chief Operating Officer and also named President.
Mr. Allan’s employment under that offer letter was at-will and terminable by either party at any time, with or without cause or notice. Under the terms of the offer letter, Mr. Allan was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $175,000, which was increased over time through a series of Board-approved adjustments, ultimately reaching
73
$300,000 in 2023. The offer letter also provided for an equity grant of $1,000,000 in restricted stock, vesting over a three-year period. Mr. Allan was eligible for annual, semi-annual or quarterly incentive bonuses based on individual achievements or Company performance.
Current Employment Arrangements
In connection with our direct listing, we have entered into employment agreements with Mr. Goetgeluk and Mr. Allan, each with an initial term of three years, effective as of September 17, 2025. Upon expiration of the initial term, these agreements will automatically renew for successive one-year terms unless either we or the executive officer provides written notice of non-renewal at least 120 days prior to the expiration of the then-current term.
The employment agreements described below reflect the executives’ current compensation arrangements and other terms of employment entered into in connection with our direct listing. These arrangements were not in effect during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, and accordingly are not reflected in the Summary Compensation Table or related narrative disclosure, which present compensation earned or granted during the applicable fiscal years. Each of Mr. Goetgeluk and Mr. Allan is entitled to a base salary of $350,000 that is subject to annual review by the Board (or a duly authorized committee). In connection with the consummation of our direct listing, each executive will receive a one-time cash bonus of $50,000. For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, each executive is eligible to earn an annual cash bonus of up to $140,000, based on the Company’s revenue for such fiscal year. For subsequent fiscal years, each executive is eligible to receive a target annual cash bonus equal to 40% of base salary, subject to achievement of performance objectives established annually by the Board. Each executive is also eligible to receive annual equity awards under the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2025 Omnibus Plan”) with a target grant date value equal to 60% of base salary, in the form of restricted stock units. These awards are expected to be granted in the first month of each fiscal year and are subject to four-year vesting, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service.
In the event of a termination without cause or a resignation for good reason, each executive is entitled to receive six months of continued base salary, any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the prior fiscal year, and for Mr. Goetgeluk, payment of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”) for up to six months, subject in each case to execution of a release of claims and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants. In the event of termination due to death or disability, substantially similar severance benefits are payable to the executive’s estate or legal representative. No severance is payable upon a termination for cause or a resignation without good reason.
In addition, Mr. Allan’s employment agreement provides that he will be entitled to a one-time grant of 375,000 restricted stock units to be issued on or after the first day of public trading of our common stock. These restricted stock units will vest in full six months following the first day of public trading of our common stock, which is expected to coincide with the expiration of Mr. Allan’s lock-up period, subject to his continued service through such date. Upon exercise of any of his existing vested stock options covering 1,500,000 shares of our common stock, Mr. Allan will receive a cash bonus equal to the aggregate exercise price paid in connection with such exercise.
Based on a compensation benchmarking review conducted by an independent third-party in connection with the Company’s preparations for becoming a public company, the total annual cash compensation historically paid to Mr. Goetgeluk and Mr. Allan has generally been below the 25th percentile of executives in comparable roles at similarly situated companies. Historically, a significant portion of their potential economic upside has been tied to their equity ownership in the Company. The Company believes this compensation structure aligns the interests of its executives with those of its stockholders over the long term.
Lauren Premo
We have entered into an offer letter with Ms. Premo, dated November 11, 2023, pursuant to which Ms. Premo serves as our Head of Marketing. Mr. Premo’s employment pursuant to the agreement is “at-will” and is terminable by either party for any reason and with or without notice.
Pursuant to her offer letter, Ms. Premo was entitled to receive an initial base salary of $200,000, which was increased to $220,000 in 2024. The offer letter also provides that Ms. Premo was eligible to participate in Company-sponsored benefits that the Company may offer to similarly situated employees from time to time. In addition, the offer letter provided that Ms. Premo was eligible to receive a stock option grant for 35,000 shares in the Company, vesting over a three-year period, subject to her continued employment through each applicable vesting date.
74
In October 2025, Ms. Premo was also granted 115,000 restricted stock units under our 2025 Omnibus Plan, which vests over a four-year period, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the grant date and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments thereafter, in each case subject to her continued service through the applicable vesting date.
Thomas McGinnis
At a meeting of our board of directors on October 9, 2025, Thomas McGinnis was appointed to serve as our Chief Financial Officer, effective immediately.
The employment terms described below reflect Mr. McGinnis’ current compensation and other conditions of employment established in connection with our direct listing. Because these terms were not in effect during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2024 and March 31, 2025, they are not reflected in the Summary Compensation Table or related narrative disclosure.
Mr. McGinnis is entitled to a base salary of $220,000 and is eligible to receive annual equity awards under the 2025 Omnibus Plan with a target grant date fair value of $80,000, delivered in the form of restricted stock units. These annual awards are expected to be granted on April 1 of each year and will vest over four years, subject to his continued service. He will also receive a one-time grant of 8,000 restricted stock units under the 2025 Omnibus Plan, which will vest 50% on the second anniversary and 50% on the third anniversary of his employment start date, subject to continued service. In addition, upon the consummation of our direct listing, Mr. McGinnis will receive a one-time grant of 42,000 restricted stock units under the 2025 Omnibus Plan, effective as of the listing date. This award will vest over four years, with 25% vesting on the first anniversary of the listing date and the remainder vesting in equal quarterly installments thereafter, subject to continued service.
Equity Compensation Plans
The following summarizes the material terms of the Company’s equity compensation plans.
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
On April 7, 2014, our board of directors adopted the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2014 LTIP”). The 2014 LTIP provided for the grant of incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, and shares of restricted stock. The 2014 LTIP was intended to help us secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for our success and to provide a means by which such eligible award recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of our common stock through the granting of awards.
The 2014 LTIP expired by its terms on April 7, 2024, ten years from its effective date; however, awards granted under the 2014 LTIP that remained outstanding at the time of expiration continue to be governed by its terms. Following the expiration of the 2014 LTIP, we adopted the 2025 LTIP to continue granting equity-based awards to employees, directors, and other eligible participants. As described below, our board of directors approved the suspension of new awards under the 2025 LTIP in July 2025. In connection with our direct listing, we adopted 2025 Omnibus Plan to serve as our primary vehicle for equity compensation going forward. The 2025 Omnibus Plan is intended to align employee incentives with long-term stockholder value creation and support our ability to attract and retain key personnel. For a description of the material terms of the 2025 LTIP and the 2025 Omnibus Plan, see “Equity Compensation Plans — 2025 Stock Option Plan” and “Equity Compensation Plans — 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”
The 2014 LTIP initially reserved an aggregate of 2,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to awards, subject to proportional adjustments for stock splits, recapitalizations, and similar events. The share reserve under the 2014 LTIP was subsequently increased to 2,500,000 shares in September 2020 by our board of directors and stockholders. Up to the full amount of the share reserve, as increased, may have been issued as incentive stock options. Shares underlying awards that lapse, are forfeited, are withheld to satisfy applicable tax withholding obligations, are settled in cash, or are reacquired by the Company as consideration for the exercise of an option generally become available for future issuance under the 2014 LTIP, although shares previously issued pursuant to an incentive stock option may not be re-issued as incentive stock options. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator.
75
The board of directors administers the 2014 LTIP and may delegate administrative authority to a committee of the board or, subject to the limitations set forth in the plan, to one or more of our officers. The administrator has broad authority to, among other things, select eligible participants, determine the types and terms of awards (including vesting schedules, exercise prices, and repurchase or forfeiture provisions), accelerate or extend the time at which awards vest or may be exercised, and amend outstanding awards, subject to specified limitations and any required participant consent. Generally, awards may not be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, although the administrator may permit limited transfers under certain circumstances.
Options granted under the 2014 LTIP must have an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (110 percent of fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to 10 percent stockholders) and may have a term of up to ten years (five years for incentive stock options granted to 10 percent stockholders). An option may be granted with an exercise price lower than 100 percent of fair market value if the option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option. The plan administrator determines the vesting schedule for each award. An option may provide that the optionholder may elect at any time before termination of employment to exercise the option as to some or all shares underlying the option prior to full vesting, subject to repurchase options or other restrictions in the board’s discretion.
The foregoing description of the 2014 LTIP is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2014 LTIP, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is incorporated herein by reference.
2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan
On January 22, 2025, our board of directors adopted the 2025 LTIP. The 2025 LTIP provides for the grant of incentive stock options and nonstatutory stock options. The 2025 LTIP was intended to help us secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for our success. In July 2025, our board of directors approved the suspension of new award grants under the 2025 LTIP. As a result, no additional equity awards will be granted under the 2025 LTIP following the board’s action, although previously granted awards under the plan will remain outstanding and continue to be governed by their existing terms and conditions.
In connection with the Company’s direct listing, we have adopted the 2025 Omnibus Plan to provide equity-based compensation awards to our employees, directors, and consultants, with the intent of aligning employee incentives with long-term stockholder value creation and supporting our ability to attract and retain key personnel following the direct listing. A description of the material terms of the 2025 Omnibus Plan is included under “Equity Compensation Plans — 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan.”
The 2025 LTIP reserves an aggregate of 1,850,000 shares of our common stock for issuance pursuant to awards, subject to proportional adjustments for stock splits, recapitalizations, and similar events. Up to the full 1,850,000-share reserve may be issued as incentive stock options. Shares underlying awards that lapse, are forfeited, or are otherwise returned to us generally become available for future issuance under the 2025 LTIP, although shares previously issued pursuant to an incentive stock option may not be re-issued as incentive stock options. Awards may be settled in cash, shares, or a combination of both, as determined by the plan administrator.
The board of directors administers the 2025 LTIP and may delegate administration to a committee or to one or more officers in accordance with the plan’s terms. The administrator has broad authority to, among other things, select eligible participants, determine the types and terms of awards (including vesting schedules, exercise prices, and repurchase or forfeiture provisions), accelerate or extend the time at which awards vest or may be exercised, and amend outstanding awards, subject to specified limitations and any required participant consent. Generally, awards may not be transferred other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution, although the administrator may permit limited transfers under certain circumstances.
Options granted under the 2025 LTIP must have an exercise price at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (110 percent of fair market value in the case of incentive stock options granted to 10 percent stockholders) and may have a term of up to ten years (five years for incentive stock options granted to 10 percent stockholders). The plan administrator determines the vesting schedule for each award.
76
The foregoing description of the 2025 LTIP is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the 2025 LTIP, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is incorporated herein by reference.
2025 Omnibus Plan
On July 23, 2025 and August 6, 2025, our board of directors and stockholders, respectively, approved the 2025 Omnibus Plan. The 2025 Omnibus Plan is intended to promote the long-term success of Virtuix by aligning the interests of employees, directors and consultants with those of our stockholders, encouraging individual performance, fostering teamwork and enabling us to attract and retain the talent necessary to drive our growth following the direct listing of our common stock.
The 2025 Omnibus Plan authorizes the grant of a broad array of equity and cash-based awards, including incentive stock options, nonstatutory stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted stock units, performance-based awards (including performance-conditioned restricted shares and restricted stock units), other share-based awards and other cash-based awards, or any combination of the foregoing, each as determined by the plan administrator.
The 2025 Omnibus Plan initially reserves 4,000,000 shares of our common stock for issuance, subject to adjustment for stock splits, recapitalizations and similar events. Beginning January 1, 2026 and on the first trading day of each calendar year thereafter, the share reserve will automatically increase by a number of shares equal to three (3) percent of the total outstanding shares of our common stock on the last day of the immediately preceding calendar year, unless the board of directors determines prior to the date of increase that no such increase (or a lesser increase) will occur. Shares underlying awards that expire, are forfeited, or are settled in cash (including shares surrendered or withheld to cover exercise prices or tax withholding obligations) generally become available again for future awards under the 2025 Omnibus Plan; however, shares tendered to pay an exercise price, withheld to satisfy tax obligations, or repurchased on the open market with option proceeds will not again become available for issuance.
The board of directors administers the 2025 Omnibus Plan and may delegate its authority to a committee of the board or, within prescribed limits, to one or more officers. The administrator has broad discretionary authority to, among other things: select eligible participants; determine the type, size and terms of awards (including performance goals, vesting conditions, exercise prices and expiration dates); accelerate or extend vesting or exercise; interpret and amend the plan and outstanding awards; and establish rules for plan administration.
Options and stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) granted under the 2025 Omnibus Plan must have an exercise price (or base price, in the case of SARs) at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (110 percent of fair market value for incentive stock options granted to holders of 10 percent or more of our total voting power). Options and SARs may have a term of up to ten years, except that incentive stock options granted to 10 percent stockholders may not exceed a five-year term. The administrator determines vesting schedules for all awards; however, stock options and other full-value awards are generally expected to vest over time or upon achievement of performance goals.
Upon certain changes in our capitalization (for example, stock splits, mergers or similar events), the administrator will make equitable adjustments to the number and type of shares reserved under the 2025 Omnibus Plan and to outstanding awards (including, as applicable, the number of shares and exercise prices). In connection with a change in control, the administrator may, in its discretion, provide for the assumption, substitution, cash-out or acceleration of outstanding awards, or for their termination if the exercise price equals or exceeds the consideration payable to stockholders.
The 2025 Omnibus Plan allows the administrator to establish procedures for satisfying tax-withholding obligations, including by withholding shares otherwise deliverable upon exercise, vesting or settlement, or by accepting previously owned shares. Awards may be settled in shares, cash, or a combination of both, as provided in the applicable award agreement.
Unless earlier terminated by the board of directors, the 2025 Omnibus Plan will remain in effect until the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of its effective date, and no awards may be granted under the plan thereafter.
77
The foregoing summary of the 2025 Omnibus Plan is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the plan, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and is incorporated herein by reference.
Outstanding Equity Awards at March 31, 2025(1)
The following table presents information regarding outstanding equity awards held by our named executive officers as of March 31, 2025:
|
Name |
Number of |
Number of |
Option |
Option |
|||||
|
Jan Goetgeluk |
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
||||
|
David Allan(2) |
1,500,000 |
— |
$ |
1.66 |
January 24, 2035 |
||||
|
Lauren Premo(2) |
— |
35,000 |
$ |
1.66 |
January 24, 2035 |
||||
____________
(1) All stock options were granted under the 2025 LTIP, as described in more detail under “Equity Compensation Plans — Stock Option Plan” above. All of the stock options were granted with a per-share exercise price equal to the fair value of one share of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant, as determined in good faith by the Board. In making this determination, the Board relied on an independent third-party valuation prepared in accordance with Section 409A of the Code to assess the fair market value of the Company’s common stock as of the applicable grant date.
(2) On January 25, 2025, the Company granted to Mr. Allan and Ms. Premo the option to purchase the number of shares of common stock reflected above. Fifty percent of the options vest on the second anniversary of the vesting commencement date with the balance vesting and become exercisable in a single installment on the third anniversary, in each case subject to the individual’s continued employment with the Company through applicable vesting date. The options granted to Mr. Allan were classified as nonstatutory stock options, while the options granted to Mr. Premo were classified as incentive stock options.
Director Compensation
Non-employee Director Compensation Table
The following table presents the total compensation for each person who served as a non-employee member of our board of directors during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, we did not pay any compensation, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to any of the non-employee members of our board of directors in 2025 for their services as members of our board of directors.
|
Name |
Fees Earned or |
Stock |
Option |
Total |
||||
|
Michael Bradley McGovern(2) |
— |
— |
— |
— |
||||
|
Parthkumar Jani |
— |
— |
— |
— |
||||
|
Ugo de Charette |
— |
4,647,500 |
— |
4,647,500 |
____________
(1) In April 2024, the Company entered into an advisory agreement with Mr. de Charette pursuant to which he agreed to provide strategic advisory services to the Company. As consideration for such services, the Company granted Mr. de Charette 2,750,000 shares of its common stock, which had a grant date fair value of approximately $4,647,500, based on the fair market value of $1.69 per share on the date of grant. The advisory agreement further provides that, in the event Mr. de Charette is appointed or elected to serve on the Board, he will not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director, and the equity grant will be deemed to compensate him for both strategic advisory services and Board service. Accordingly, the full grant date fair value of the equity award is reflected in the table above.
(2) Mr. McGovern ceased serving as a member of the Board as of July 15, 2025.
78
In connection with our direct listing, we have entered into individual offer letters with Randolph Read (effective July 27, 2025), Giri Devanur (effective August 20, 2025 and terminated on December 26, 2025 upon Mr. Devanur’s resignation), and John Cunningham (effective October 9, 2025) to provide compensation intended to attract and retain high quality non-employee directors and to encourage ownership of Company stock to further align their interests with those of our stockholders. Each arrangement is for an indefinite term and is subject to the director’s removal by us or our stockholders at any time in accordance with applicable law.
The offer letters described below reflect the applicable directors’ current compensation arrangements and other terms of their engagement. These directors were not serving on the board during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, and the arrangements described below were not in effect during that period. Accordingly, they are not reflected in the Non-employee Director Compensation Table or related narrative disclosure, which present compensation earned or granted during fiscal year 2025.
Mr. Read is entitled to a cash retainer of $2,000 per month, with the retainer increasing to $3,000 per month starting in the first month after our direct listing. Each of Mr. Read and Mr. Cunningham is also eligible to receive annual equity awards under the 2025 Omnibus Plan with a grant date fair value equal to $125,000, in the form of restricted stock units, except that Mr. Read’s first such annual award will be a grant of 20,000 restricted stock units. The first such annual award will be issued on the first day of public trading of our common stock and will vest in full on the one-year anniversary of the grant date, subject to continued service on the Board.
In addition, in connection with the consummation of our direct listing: (i) Mr. Cunningham will be eligible to receive a one-time stock grant, with a grant date value of $25,000, and (ii) Mr. Read, as chair of the Audit Committee, will be eligible to receive a one-time grant of 25,000 restricted stock units, vesting one-third per year over three years unless Mr. Read is not renominated to the board, in which case the award will vest in full.
Each offer letter also provides for reimbursement of reasonable travel and other business expenses in connection with the applicable director’s duties as a board and committee member.
79
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS
The following is a summary of transactions or series of transactions since March 31, 2023, or currently proposed transactions or series of transactions, to which we were, or will be, a party, in which the amount involved exceeded, or will exceed, $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers, or to our knowledge, beneficial owners of 5% or more of our capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or entities affiliated with, any of the foregoing persons, had, or will have, a direct or indirect material interest.
Joint Venture with Hero Entertainment (Heroix VR (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.)
Virtuix, through its wholly owned Hong Kong subsidiary, Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, holds a 49% equity interest in Heroix VR (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., a Sino-foreign equity joint venture established in Shanghai, China. The remaining 51% of the Joint Venture is owned by Hero Entertainment, a Chinese game publisher and esports operator. The Company does not control the Joint Venture, and the investment is accounted for under the equity method.
During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s China subsidiary engaged in sales transactions with the Joint Venture. The following table summarizes the nature and amounts of these related-party transactions:
|
Fiscal Year Ended March 31 |
Sales to |
Prepayments |
Accounts |
Accounts |
||||||||
|
2025 |
$ |
42,754 |
$ |
7,293 |
$ |
0 |
$ |
0 |
||||
|
2024 |
$ |
111,218 |
$ |
45,379 |
$ |
0 |
$ |
0 |
||||
|
2023 |
$ |
182,349 |
$ |
33,708 |
$ |
557 |
$ |
0 |
||||
As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company had no outstanding accounts receivable or accounts payable balances with the Joint Venture, and held prepayments from the Joint Venture for unshipped orders totaling $7,293 and $45,379, respectively. As of March 31, 2023, the Company had accounts receivable from the Joint Venture of $557, no accounts payable, and held prepayments from the Joint Venture for unshipped orders totaling $33,708.
All transactions with the Joint Venture were conducted in the ordinary course of business and on terms that management believes are consistent with those that would be obtained from unaffiliated third parties.
Related-Party Promissory Notes
On May 15, 2025, the Company borrowed $50,000 from Jan Goetgeluk, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, in the form of an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $50,000. The promissory note bore interest at a rate of 18% per annum and matured on September 30, 2025. The proceeds from the note were used for General corporate purposes. The promissory note was unsecured and did not contain any financial covenants or security interests. The principal and accrued interest on the note were paid back in full on September 15, 2025.
On May 19, 2025, the Company borrowed $167,678 from Mieke Criel in the form of an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $167,678. Ms. Criel is the mother of Jan Goetgeluk, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. The promissory note bore interest at a rate of 18% per annum and matured on September 30, 2025. The proceeds from the note were used for general corporate purposes. The promissory note was unsecured and did not contain any financial covenants or security interests. The principal and accrued interest on the note were paid back in full on September 15, 2025.
On October 15, 2025, as part of the October Promissory Notes, the Company borrowed $50,000 from Jan Goetgeluk, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, in the form of an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $55,000. The promissory note bears interest at a rate of 6% per annum and matures on March 31, 2026 (as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion, from December 31, 2025). The note is convertible into Common Stock of the Company at a 15% discount to the Company’s Nasdaq listing price, at the option of either the noteholder or the Company. The promissory note is unsecured and does not contain any financial covenants or security interests. As of December 30, 2025, the principal and accrued interest on this note remain outstanding.
80
On November 24, 2025, as part of the October Promissory Notes, the Company borrowed $175,000 from Mieke Criel in the form of an unsecured promissory note in the principal amount of $192,500. Ms. Criel is the mother of Jan Goetgeluk, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman. The promissory note bears interest at a rate of 6% per annum and matures on March 31, 2026 (as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion, from December 31, 2025). The note is convertible into Common Stock of the Company at a 15% discount to the Company’s Nasdaq listing price, at the option of either the noteholder or the Company. The promissory note is unsecured and does not contain any financial covenants or security interests. As of December 30, 2025, the principal and accrued interest on this note remain outstanding.
The Company believes that the terms of these promissory notes issued to Related Parties are no less favorable to the Company than those that could have been obtained from an unaffiliated third party.
Class B Common Stock Exchange
On August 8, 2025, Virtuix entered into an exchange agreement with Jan Goetgeluk, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and founder. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Goetgeluk exchanged 5,500,000 shares of his Class A common stock of the Company for 5,500,000 shares of Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis (the “Exchange”).
The Class B common stock is identical to the Class A common stock in all respects except for voting rights. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to twenty votes per share, whereas each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. The Exchange did not result in any change to the total number of shares held by Mr. Goetgeluk, but it did increase his voting power in the Company. Following the Exchange, Mr. Goetgeluk held 5,500,000 shares of Class B common stock (and currently holds 4,500,000 shares of Class B common stock after transferring 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, which automatically converted into 1,000,000 shares of Class A common stock upon the transfer, to a family member) and no shares of Class A common stock, and controls a majority of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding capital stock. See “Description of Capital Stock.”
The Exchange was approved by the Company’s board of directors, except for Mr. Goetgeluk, who recused himself from any decisions of the board related to the Exchange, in accordance with the Company’s policies and procedures for related-party transactions. The terms of the Exchange were determined to be fair to the Company and consistent with the rights and preferences set forth in the Company’s Certificate.
Other than as described above, there were no other material related-party transactions with Mr. Goetgeluk during the periods presented.
81
PRINCIPAL AND REGISTERED STOCKHOLDERS
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management
The Company’s founder and CEO, Jan Goetgeluk, retains a significant ownership stake in Virtuix and 77.89% of voting power, providing strong incentives and alignment with public investors. The following table sets forth:
• certain information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock as of December 30, 2025 for:
• each person or group of affiliated persons known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock;
• each of our directors and named executive officers;
• all of our directors and named executive officers as a group; and
• the number of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock held by the Registered Stockholders and registered as Class A common stock for resale by means of this prospectus for the Registered Stockholders.
The Registered Stockholders include substantially all holders of our common stock, including (i) our affiliates and certain other stockholders with “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act) who, because of their status as affiliates pursuant to Rule 144 or because they acquired their Class A common stock from an affiliate or from us within the prior 12 months, would be unable to sell their securities pursuant to Rule 144 until we have been subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for a period of at least 90 days and (ii) our employees. The Registered Stockholders may, or may not, elect to sell their Class A common stock covered by this prospectus, as and to the extent they may determine. The Registered Stockholders may offer, sell or distribute all or a portion of the shares of Class A common stock hereby registered publicly or through private transactions at prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices. The Registered Stockholders may elect to sell their shares in connection with this Direct Listing and in market transactions following this Direct Listing. As such, we will have no input if and when any Registered Stockholder may, or may not, elect to sell their Class A common stock or the prices at which any such sales may occur. See “Plan of Distribution.”
Information concerning the Registered Stockholders may change from time to time and any changed information will be set forth in supplements to this prospectus, if and when necessary. Because the Registered Stockholders who hold Class B common stock may convert their shares of Class B common stock into Class A common stock at any time and the Registered Stockholders may sell all, some, or none of the Class A common stock covered by this prospectus, we cannot determine the number of Class A common stock that will be sold by the Registered Stockholders, or the amount or percentage of shares of common stock, either as Class A common stock or Class B common stock, that will be held by the Registered Stockholders upon consummation of any particular sale. In addition, the Registered Stockholders listed in the table below may have sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of, or may sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to time, our Class A common stock or Class B common stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act, after the date on which they provided the information set forth in the table below.
We are not party to any arrangement with any Registered Stockholder or any broker-dealer with respect to sales of Class A common stock by the Registered Stockholders. However, we have engaged a financial advisor with respect to certain other matters relating to our listing. See “Plan of Distribution.”
We have based percentage of beneficial ownership for the following table on 26,352,457 shares of Class A common stock and 4,500,000 shares of Class B common stock outstanding as of December 30, 2025. In addition, in accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities issuable within 60 days of December 30, 2025. As such, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock issuable pursuant to options and warrants that may be exercised or settled within 60 days of December 30, 2025 are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of the class beneficially owned by the person holding such securities but are not deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage of the class beneficially owned by any other person.
82
Each share of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors.
The Registered Stockholders have not, nor have they within the past three years had, any position, office, or other material relationship with us, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. See “Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Results and Condition” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” for further information regarding the Registered Stockholders.
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to the table set forth below, all persons listed have sole voting power and investment power, except to the extent that authority is shared by spouses under applicable law, and record and beneficial ownership of their common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Virtuix Holdings, 11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430, Austin, TX 78758.
|
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Percentage |
Shares of |
||||||||||||
|
Class A |
Class B |
||||||||||||||
|
Number |
% |
Number |
% |
||||||||||||
|
Executive Officers and Directors |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Jan Goetgeluk(1) |
5,129,738 |
16.62 |
% |
4,500,000 |
100 |
% |
77.89 |
% |
5,129,738 |
||||||
|
David Allan(2) |
1,500,000 |
5.39 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
— |
|||||||
|
Parthkumar Jani(3) |
299,358 |
1.14 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
299,358 |
|||||||
|
Ugo de Charette(4) |
3,888,002 |
14.75 |
% |
— |
|
3.34 |
% |
3,888,002 |
|||||||
|
Randolph Read(5) |
— |
* |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|||||||
|
John Cunningham(6) |
— |
* |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|||||||
|
Thomas McGinnis(7) |
— |
* |
|
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|||||||
|
Lauren Premo(8) |
17,500 |
* |
|
— |
|
* |
|
— |
|||||||
|
All executive officers and directors as a group (8 persons) |
10,834,598 |
37.90 |
% |
4,500,000 |
100 |
% |
81.23 |
% |
9,317,098 |
||||||
|
5% Stockholders |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Jan Goetgeluk(1) |
5,129,738 |
16.62 |
% |
4,500,000 |
100 |
% |
77.89 |
% |
5,129,738 |
||||||
|
Ugo de Charette(4) |
3,888,002 |
14.75 |
% |
— |
|
3.34 |
% |
3,888,002 |
|||||||
|
Streeterville Capital, LLC(9) |
2,924,797 |
9.99 |
% |
— |
|
— |
|
2,984,022 |
|||||||
|
David Allan(2) |
1,500,000 |
5.39 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
— |
|||||||
|
Bernard Goetgeluk(10) |
1,401,944 |
5.32 |
% |
— |
|
1.20 |
% |
1,401,944 |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
Other Registered Stockholders: |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
Subhra Biswal(11) |
490,288 |
1.86 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
490,288 |
|||||||
|
451 WE Virtuix LLC(12) |
446,516 |
1.69 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
446,516 |
|||||||
|
Michael McGovern(13) |
440,476 |
1.67 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
440,476 |
|||||||
|
Radical Investments LP(14) |
428,481 |
1.63 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
428,481 |
|||||||
|
Douglas J. Erwin(15) |
389,224 |
1.48 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
389,224 |
|||||||
|
Antonie Wobbe Ploegsma(16) |
337,547 |
1.28 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
337,547 |
|||||||
|
Tekton Ventures LLC(17) |
308,339 |
1.17 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
308,339 |
|||||||
|
SKM Partnership, Ltd.(18) |
303,525 |
1.15 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
303,525 |
|||||||
|
BHV Entrepreneurship Fund II, LP(19) |
300,071 |
1.14 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
300,071 |
|||||||
|
SSSS Investment LLC(20) |
276,499 |
1.05 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
276,499 |
|||||||
|
Scentan Venture Partners Limited(21) |
262,208 |
1.00 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
262,208 |
|||||||
|
Paul A. Farr(22) |
230,166 |
0.87 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
230,166 |
|||||||
|
Wefunds LLC, Wefunds Virtuix I(23) |
224,479 |
0.85 |
% |
— |
|
* |
|
224,479 |
|||||||
83
|
Name of Beneficial Owner |
|
Percentage |
Shares of |
|||||||||||
|
Class A |
Class B |
|||||||||||||
|
Number |
% |
Number |
% |
|||||||||||
|
Hero Virtuix Esports & Entertainment(24) |
214,408 |
0.81 |
% |
— |
* |
|
214,408 |
|||||||
|
Leyard (HongKong) Co., Limited(25) |
214,408 |
0.81 |
% |
— |
* |
|
214,408 |
|||||||
|
Truffle BV(26) |
208,530 |
0.79 |
% |
— |
* |
|
208,530 |
|||||||
|
Michael Jones(27) |
192,872 |
0.73 |
% |
— |
* |
|
192,872 |
|||||||
|
John Bess LLC(28) |
195,571 |
0.74 |
% |
— |
* |
|
195,571 |
|||||||
|
David Rowe(29) |
187,500 |
0.71 |
% |
— |
* |
|
187,500 |
|||||||
|
Vestcess LLC(30) |
187,500 |
0.71 |
% |
— |
* |
|
187,500 |
|||||||
|
Stephen Cook(31) |
192,415 |
0.73 |
% |
— |
* |
|
192,415 |
|||||||
|
Scott F. Mather(32) |
200,323 |
0.76 |
% |
— |
* |
|
200,323 |
|||||||
|
Keith A. Kreuer(33) |
160,924 |
0.61 |
% |
— |
* |
|
160,924 |
|||||||
|
Gregory Novak(34) |
157,381 |
0.60 |
% |
— |
* |
|
157,381 |
|||||||
|
SWAD 1608 Ltd.(35) |
156,250 |
0.59 |
% |
— |
* |
|
156,250 |
|||||||
|
Yoshiaki Murakami(36) |
156,250 |
0.59 |
% |
— |
* |
|
156,250 |
|||||||
|
Daniel Jones(37) |
154,718 |
0.59 |
% |
— |
* |
|
154,718 |
|||||||
|
Walden Woods Holdings LLC(38) |
148,324 |
0.56 |
% |
— |
* |
|
148,324 |
|||||||
|
Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC(39) |
143,480 |
0.54 |
% |
— |
* |
|
143,480 |
|||||||
|
Knickerbocker Capital, LP(40) |
136,000 |
0.52 |
% |
— |
* |
|
136,000 |
|||||||
|
All Other Stockholders (each holding less than 0.5%) |
13,697,851 |
51.88 |
% |
— |
17.57 |
% |
13,065,881 |
|||||||
|
Total Number of Shares |
36,303,863 |
|
|
34,213,618 |
||||||||||
____________
* Represents less than 1%.
† The Class B common stock is convertible at any time by the holder into shares of Class A common stock on a share-for-share basis, such that each holder of Class B common stock beneficially owns an equivalent number of shares of Class A common stock.
† The percentage of total voting power represents voting power with respect to all shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock, as one class. Each holder of our Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share and each holder of our Class B common stock is entitled to 20 votes per share. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided in our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation or required by applicable law. See the section titled “Description of Capital Stock — Voting Rights” for additional information.
(1) Common stock holdings consist of (i) 4,500,000 shares of Class B common stock held directly, (ii) 7,488 shares of Class A common stock underlying the October Promissory Notes and (iii) 622,250 shares of Class A common stock held by Virtuix Series B CF SPV LLC. Jan Goetgeluk, as manager, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Virtuix Series B CF SPV LLC. Mr. Goetgeluk disclaims beneficial ownership over such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. We are registering 4,500,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of the same number of Class B common stock.
(2) Consists of 1,500,000 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to options that are exercisable within 60 days.
(3) Includes 299,358 shares of Class A common stock held by JC Team Capital Inc. (“JC Team”). Parthkumar Jani, the Chief Executive Officer of JC Team, has the sole voting and investment discretion with respect to the shares held by JC Team. Mr. Jani disclaims beneficial ownership over such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein. The business address of JC Team and Mr. Jani is 80 Micro Ct #100, Markham, ON L3R 9Z5, Canada.
(4) Includes (i) 3,888,002 shares of Class A common stock currently held.
(5) Randolph Read currently serves as a director of the Company.
(6) John Cunningham currently serves as a director of the Company.
(7) Thomas McGinnis currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of the Company.
(8) Lauren Premo currently serves as Head of Marketing of the Company.
84
(9) Includes, assuming an $8.75 reference price established in connection with this Direct Listing, First Note: (i) 312,229 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the conversion of the principal and interest at maturity of the Note at an estimated conversion price of $7.44, (ii) 457,143 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Debt Financing Warrant and (iii) 1,828,571 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Equity Financing Warrant. Includes, assuming an $8.75 reference price established in connection with this Direct Listing, Second Note: (i) 78,755 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the conversion of the principal and interest at maturity of the Note at an estimated conversion price of $7.44 and (ii) 114,286 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Debt Financing Warrant. Includes, assuming an $8.75 reference price established in connection with this Direct Listing, Third Note: (i) 78,755 shares of Class A common stock issuable pursuant to the conversion of the principal and interest at maturity of the Note at an estimated conversion price of $7.44 and (ii) 114,286 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Debt Financing Warrant. Shares Beneficially Owned exclude 59,225 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the Equity Financing Warrant which contains a 9.99% beneficial ownership blocker. John M. Fife has voting and dispositive power over shares held by Streeterville. The address of Streeterville is 297 Auto Mall Drive Suite #4, St. George, Utah 84770.
(10) The address for Bernard Goetgeluk is Bergstraat 42 Merelbeke 9820 Belgium. Mr. Goetgeluk is a family member of Jan Goetgeluk.
(11) The address for Subhra Biswal is H-151 Cosmopolis Khandagiri Square Bhubaneswar, Odisha 751019 India.
(12) Marcus Hager may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by 451 WE Virtuix LLC. The address for 451 WE Virtuix LLC is 250 Broadway 29th fl. New York, NY 10007.
(13) Common stock holdings consist of (i) 440,476 shares of Class A common stock held directly and (ii) 10,720 shares of Class A common stock held by The Mbm Tx Trust U/T/A 11/25/2019. Mr. McGovern, as co-trustee, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by The Mbm Tx Trust U/T/A 11/25/2019. The address for Michael McGovern is 18 Berley Hall Court, The Woodlands, Texas 77389.
(14) Mark Cuban may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Radical Investments LP. The address for Radical Investments LP is 5424 Deloache Ave Dallas, Texas 75220.
(15) The address for Douglas J. Erwin is 4 Briarwood Court Houston, Texas 77019.
(16) The address for Antoinie Wobbe Ploegsma is 2047 Westcreek Ln., Houston Texas 77027.
(17) The address for Tekton Ventures LLC is 200 California Street Suite 500, San Francisco, California 94111. The manager of Tekton Ventures is Summit Managers LLC. Vincent Worms, the President of Summit Managers LLC, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Tekton Ventures LLC.
(18) Scott Martin may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by SKM Partnership, Ltd. The address for SKM Partnership, Ltd. is 2000 Bering Drive, Suite 260, Houston Texas 77057.
(19) The address for BHV Entrepreneurship Fund II, LP is 2903 Oak Haven Drive, Austin, Texas 78704. Bradley C. Harrison may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by BHV Entrepreneurship Fund II, LP.
(20) The address for SSSS Investment LLC is 9036 Marlive Lane, Houston Texas 77025. Somdutt Behura may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by SSSS Investment LLC.
(21) The address for Scentan Venture Partners Limited is RM 402, 4/F, New Landwide Commercial Building, 73 Kimberly Road, Tsim Sha Tsui, Kowloon, Hong Kong. Ken Kanada and Noriaki Okubo may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Scentan Venture Partners Limited.
(22) The address for Paul A. Farr is 2215 Augusta Dr. Center Valley, Pennsylvania 18034.
(23) The address for Wefunds LLC, Wefunds Virtuix I, a series of WeFunds, LLC is 4101 24th St. PMB 8113, San Francisco, California 94114. Nicholas Tommarello, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Wefunds LLC, Wefunds Virtuix I.
(24) Danny Tang may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Hero Virtuix Esports & Entertainment. The address for Hero Virtuix Esports & Entertainment is Room 621, Haitai Building, Zhixincun Community, Haidian District, Beijing, China.
(25) Li Jun may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Leyard (HongKong) Co., Limited. The address for Leyard (HongKong) Co., Limited is Room A30, 9/F Silvercorp International Tower, 707-713 Nathan Road, Mongkok, Kowloon, Hong Kong.
(26) Renee Drake may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Truffle BV. The address for Truffle BV is Willemsplein 492, 3016 DR Rotterdam, The Netherlands.
(27) The address for Michael Jones is 313 Lakeside Ln., Houston Texas 77058.
(28) The address for John Bess LLC is 2720 Donald Ross Rd., Unit 302, Palm Beach Gardens, Florida 33410. John Bess may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by John Bess LLC. Includes 7,488 shares of Class A common stock underlying the October Promissory Notes.
(29) The address for David Rowe is 42 Arkwright Rd., London, United Kingdom NW3 6BH.
(30) The address for Vestcess LLC is 9400 Bamboo Rd. Houston, Texas 77041. Federico Gonzalez may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Vestcess LLC.
85
(31) The address for Stephen Cook is 27 Watsons Ct. Provincetown, Massachusetts 02657. Includes 14,974 shares of Class A common stock underlying the October Promissory Notes.
(32) The address for Scott F. Mather is 220 Bowles Road Newbury, New Hampshire 03255. Includes 37,442 shares of Class A common stock underlying the October Promissory Notes.
(33) The address for Keith A. Kreuer is 18701 East Cool Breeze Ln, Montgomery, Texas 77356.
(34) The address for Gregory Novak is 1000 Louisiana St., Fifty Third Floor, Houston Texas 77002.
(35) Dan Sharplin may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by SWAD 1608 Ltd. The address for SWAD 1608 Ltd. is 3205 Aztec Fall Cove Austin, Texas 78746.
(36) The address for Yoshiaki Murakami is 6 Cuscaden Walk #94-02 The Boulevard Residences Singapore.
(37) The address for Daniel Jones is 716 S Overlook Dr, Alexandria, VA, 22305.
(38) Brett Hershey may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Walden Woods Holdings LLC. The address for Walden Woods Holdings LLC is 889 Tanglewood Drive Concord, Massachusetts 01742.
(39) Maurice Werdegar may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC. The address for Venture Lending & Leasing VII, LLC is 104 La Mesa Drive Portola Valley, California 94028.
(40) The address for Knickerbocker Capital, LP is 142 West 26th Street, #12B New York, NY 10001.
86
General
The following description summarizes certain important terms of our capital stock, as they are expected to be in effect in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. This description summarizes the provisions of our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and second amended and restated bylaws. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description of the matters set forth in this section titled “Description of Capital Stock,” you should refer to our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our second amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of Delaware law.
On August 6, 2025, the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Virtuix approved the Reclassification. Prior to this Reclassification, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of multiple classes and series, including Common Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock. Each of these classes and series had distinct rights, preferences, and privileges, including with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation preferences, and conversion rights.
As a result of the Reclassification, all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all series of preferred stock and any previously outstanding common stock, were automatically reclassified and converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. Following the Reclassification, Mr. Goetgeluk exchanged all of his Class A common stock for shares of Class B common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.” Following the effectiveness of the Certificate, only Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and undesignated and unissued preferred stock are authorized.
We are authorized to issue 400,000,000 shares of capital stock, which consist of: (i) 300,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, (ii) 50,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and (iii) 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock.
Common Stock
As of December 30, 2025, there were 26,352,457 shares of our Class A common stock outstanding held by approximately 8,817 stockholders of record and 4,500,000 shares of our Class B common stock outstanding held by one stockholder of record.
Voting Rights
Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as otherwise required by Delaware law or our Certificate. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to twenty votes per share. The holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and the approval of any change in control transaction, for so long as they hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
Under our Certificate, the number of authorized shares of either class of common stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote, without a separate class vote, except as otherwise required by law or our Certificate of Incorporation.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Dividends and distributions must be paid equally, identically, and ratably on a per-share basis to holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, unless different treatment is approved by a majority of each class, voting separately as a class. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock, holders of Class A common stock will receive Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will receive Class B common stock.
87
Subdivisions and Combinations
If we subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of either class of common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment is approved by a majority of each class, voting separately as a class.
Change of Control Transactions
In connection with any change of control transaction, shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will be treated equally, identically, and ratably, on a per-share basis, with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to stockholders, unless different treatment is approved by a majority of each class, voting separately as a class.
Conversion Rights
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one (1) share of Class A common stock. Shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock upon (i) any transfer of such shares, except for certain permitted transfers to affiliates or family members as described in the Certificate, or (ii) the date specified by written notice and certification request from the Company if the holder fails to provide satisfactory certification of continued ownership, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all outstanding shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Once converted, shares of Class B Common Stock may not be reissued.
Other Rights
Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock have no preemptive or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to either class. Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock.
Preferred Stock
Our Certificate provides that shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors is authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights, if any, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the Class A common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of our control or the removal of our existing management.
Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement
Registration Rights
Under our Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated March 10, 2016, by and among the Virtuix and investors party thereto (as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated September 20, 2020, and Amendment No. 2, dated January 31, 2023, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”) certain holders of shares of our common stock, or their transferees, have the right to require us to register common stock held by or issuable to such holders (the “registrable securities”) under the Securities Act so that those shares may be publicly resold, and the holders of these shares of common stock, or their transferees, have the right to include their shares in any registration statement we file, in each case as described below.
Demand registration rights: Certain holders of our common stock are entitled to certain demand registration rights. Pursuant to the Investors’ Rights Agreement, beginning after March 10, 2021, the holders of at least a majority of such registrable securities may request that we register all or a portion of their shares, subject to certain specified exceptions.
88
S-3 registration rights: Certain holders of shares of our common stock are entitled to certain Form S-3 registration rights. The holders of such registrable securities may request that we register all or a portion of their shares on Form S-3 if we are qualified to file a registration statement on Form S-3, subject to specified exceptions. Such request for registration on Form S-3 must cover securities with an aggregate offering price to the public which equals or exceeds $1.0 million. The right to have such shares registered on Form S-3 is further subject to other specified conditions and limitations.
Piggyback registration rights: In the event that we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for the account of other security holders, certain holders of registrable securities will be entitled to certain “piggyback” registration rights allowing them to include their shares in such registration, subject to specified conditions and limitations.
Preemptive Rights
Under our Investors’ Rights Agreement, holders that acquire at least 85,000 shares of registerable securities generally are entitled to preemptive rights to acquire shares in any new offering of equity securities by the Company. Holders of less than 85,000 shares do not have preemptive rights. Such preemptive rights will terminate at such time as the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
Anti-Takeover Effects of our Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and Delaware Law
Classified Board
Our Certificate requires our board of directors to be divided into three classes serving staggered three-year terms, with one class elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board of directors.
The following table summarizes composition of our Board:
|
Name |
Class |
Expiration of Term |
||
|
David Allan |
II |
2027 Annual Meeting |
||
|
Ugo de Charette |
I |
2026 Annual Meeting |
||
|
John Cunningham |
I |
2026 Annual Meeting |
||
|
Jan Goetgeluk |
III |
2028 Annual Meeting |
||
|
Parthkumar Jani |
I |
2026 Annual Meeting |
||
|
Randolph Read |
II |
2027 Annual Meeting |
Advance Notice Requirements
Our second amended and restated bylaws contain advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals and director nominations. These procedures are the exclusive means by which a stockholder may bring business before an annual meeting or nominate directors (other than matters eligible for inclusion under Exchange Act Rule 14a-8). To be timely for an annual meeting, a stockholder’s written notice generally must be received by our secretary at our principal executive offices not earlier than the close of business on the 120th day and not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting. If the date of the annual meeting is more than 30 days before or more than 60 days after such anniversary, or if no annual meeting was held in the prior year, notice must be received not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day before the scheduled meeting date or the 10th day following the first public announcement of the meeting date. If the number of directors to be elected is increased and there is no public announcement of all nominees or the size of the board at least 10 days before the last date for timely notice, a stockholder’s notice with respect to nominees for the new positions will be timely if received not later than the 10th day following the first public announcement thereof.
A proposing stockholder must be a holder of record entitled to vote at the meeting, must appear in person or by qualified proxy at the meeting, and must include in its notice the information specified by the bylaws. For director nominations, required information includes, among other things, information about each nominee (e.g., name, addresses, occupation, security ownership, any derivative or synthetic equity interests, consents and questionnaires, agreements or understandings regarding service or voting, and other information required by Regulation 14A), as
89
well as information about the proposing stockholder and beneficial owners on whose behalf the nomination is made (e.g., holdings of our securities and synthetic equity interests, voting arrangements, dividend rights decoupled from ownership, performance fee arrangements, relevant litigation or relationships, and other information required by Regulation 14A). For other business, the notice must include a description of the business, the reasons for conducting it, the text of any proposed resolutions or bylaw amendments, and any material interest of the proposing stockholder or beneficial owner.
Proposing stockholders must also provide a “Solicitation Statement” regarding their intent to solicit proxies and, if soliciting in support of director nominees other than our nominees, must represent compliance with Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act (the universal proxy rule). The bylaws require proposing stockholders to update and supplement their notice so that the information is true and correct as of the record date and as of 10 business days before the meeting, with specified deadlines, and to promptly notify us of certain changes (including if they cease soliciting in accordance with their representations). If a proposing stockholder fails to comply with Rule 14a-19, including providing required notices and evidence of solicitation, the nominee(s) will be disqualified and no vote will occur on such nominee(s).
Only business brought in accordance with these procedures may be conducted at an annual meeting. The Board (or a designated committee) or the chair of the meeting has authority to determine whether a notice complies with the bylaws, and we may disregard nominations or business that do not comply. For special meetings, only the matters set forth in the notice of meeting may be brought, and stockholders may not bring nominations or other business unless a special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting; in that case, the annual-meeting advance notice procedures apply. In addition, any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies must use a proxy card color other than white, which is reserved for use by our board of directors.
Director Removal and Vacancies
Our Certificate provides that, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock, any director (including a director elected by the remaining directors to fill a vacancy) or the entire board may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to elect such director, acting at a duly organized meeting of stockholders or by written consent.
Vacancies on the Board, however occurring (including due to an increase in the size of the board, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a director), and any newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors then in office, even if less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director, and may not be filled by the stockholders. Any director so chosen will hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class in which the vacancy occurred or the new directorship was created and until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until earlier resignation, death or removal. When the number of directors is increased or decreased, the board will determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of directors will be apportioned; provided that no decrease in the number of directors will shorten the term of any incumbent director. These provisions are subject to any separate rights of holders of preferred stock to elect directors, remove any director they are entitled to elect, and fill vacancies relating to such directorships. In addition, Jan Goetgeluk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, holds a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of the Company and therefore could, subject to the rights of any series of preferred stock, unilaterally remove directors.
Undesignated Preferred Stock
Our Certificate provides for authorized shares of preferred stock. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock may enable our board of directors to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise. For example, if in the due exercise of its fiduciary obligations, our board of directors were to determine that a takeover proposal is not in the best interests of our shareholders, our board of directors could cause shares of preferred stock to be issued without shareholder approval in one or more private offerings or other transactions that might dilute the voting or other rights of the proposed acquirer or insurgent shareholder or shareholder group. In this regard, our Certificate grants our board of directors broad power to establish the rights and preferences of authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock. The issuance of shares of preferred stock could decrease the amount of earnings and assets available for distribution to holders of shares of Class A common stock. The issuance may also adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights, of these holders and may have the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a change in our control.
90
Exclusive Forum
Our Certificate provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, the federal district court for the District of Delaware) shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. This choice of forum provision would not apply to suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the Securities Act or any other claim for which the federal district courts of the U.S. of America shall be the exclusive jurisdiction.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the U.S. of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. While the Delaware courts have determined that such choice of forum provisions are facially valid, a stockholder may nevertheless seek to bring a claim in a venue other than those designated in the exclusive forum provisions. In such instance, we would expect to vigorously assert the validity and enforceability of the exclusive forum provisions of our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation, but there can be no assurance that the provisions will be enforced by a court in those other jurisdictions.
Moreover, Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder and our fifth amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the exclusive forum provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act. Accordingly, actions by our stockholders to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations thereunder must be brought in federal court.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provision in our Certificate. Our choice of forum provision may impose additional litigation costs on stockholders in pursuing claims and may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it believes to be favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims.
Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Our Certificate provides that our directors and officers will be indemnified by us to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware law.
These provisions may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions. We believe that these provisions and insurance are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced directors and officers. In addition, in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers.
Section 203 of the DGCL
As a Delaware corporation, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. This statute prevents certain Delaware corporations, under certain circumstances, from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder.” In general, Section 203 defines an “interested stockholder” as an entity or person who, together with the person’s affiliates and associates, beneficially owns 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.
91
A “business combination” includes a merger or sale of more than 10% of our assets. However, the above provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL do not apply if any one of the following conditions are met:
• the business combination takes place more than three years after the interested stockholder became an “interested stockholder;”
• our Board approves the transaction that made the stockholder an “interested stockholder” prior to the date of the transaction;
• after the completion of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, that stockholder owned at least 85% of our voting stock outstanding, other than statutorily excluded shares of common stock; or
• on or subsequent to the date of the transaction, the business combination is approved by our Board and authorized at a meeting of our stockholders, and not by written consent, by an affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by the interested stockholder.
Section 203 determines “interested stockholder” status by reference to beneficial ownership of outstanding voting stock (shares entitled to vote for directors), not a holder’s percentage of aggregate voting power. Based on current holdings, Jan Goetgeluk and Ugo de Charette each beneficially own more than 15% of our outstanding voting stock and therefore are each (or may each be) an “interested stockholder.” As a result, for three years after any such person became an interested stockholder, we may not enter into a business combination with that person unless an exception applies, including prior approval by our Board or approval by at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock not owned by that interested stockholder.
Listing
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “VTIX”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is Odyssey Transfer and Trust Company. The transfer agent and registrar’s address is 2155 Woodlane Drive, Suite 100, Woodbury, MN 55125. The transfer agent and registrar can be contacted by phone at: 1-855-584-2880.
92
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to the listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq, there has been no public market for our Class A common stock. Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market following our listing on Nasdaq, or the perception that such sales could occur, could adversely affect the public price of our Class A common stock and may make it more difficult for you to sell your shares at a time and price that you deem appropriate. Subject to lock-up agreements and market standoff restrictions as described below, we will have no input if and when any Registered Stockholders may, or may not, elect to sell their shares or the prices at which any such sales may occur.
After the Direct Listing, a total of 26,352,457 shares of our Class A common stock will be outstanding. We are registering for resale an aggregate of 34,213,618 shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to this prospectus, which includes 26,352,457 shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and 7,668,122 shares of Class A common stock that may be issuable pursuant to conversions and exercises of convertible securities. For additional information on shares issuable pursuant to conversions and exercises, see “Principal and Registered Stockholders.” Shares not covered by an effective registration statement, including shares that may be issued after the Direct Listing pursuant to equity compensation awards, our financing arrangements or otherwise, will be ‘restricted securities’ under Rule 144 and may be sold publicly only if they are registered or an exemption from registration is available. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act, including, but not limited to, the shares registered hereunder, or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, including under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Restricted securities also may be sold outside of the U.S. to non-U.S. persons in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S. With the exception of shares owned by our directors, officers and certain stockholders, substantially all of our common stock may be sold after our initial listing on Nasdaq, either by the Registered Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus or by our other existing stockholders in accordance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act.
Rule 144
Although all of our outstanding Class A common stock are covered by this prospectus as of the date hereof, Rule 144 will remain an important resale pathway for shares that may be issued following the Direct Listing or during any period when the resale prospectus is unavailable. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to and in compliance with public company reporting requirements of Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act for at least 90 days, an eligible shareholder is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. To be an eligible shareholder under Rule 144, such shareholder must not be deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares of common stock proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares of Class A common stock proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell shares 90 days after we become a reporting company. Within any three-month period, such shareholders may sell a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
• 1% of the number of shares of Class A common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately shares immediately after our registration; or
• the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares of Class A common stock on behalf of our affiliates also are subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.
93
Rule 701
Rule 701 generally allows a shareholder who was issued shares under a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been our affiliate during the immediately preceding 90 days, to sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation, or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits our affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required by that rule to wait until 90 days after we become a reporting company before selling those shares under Rule 701.
Registration Statements on Form S-8
We intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our Class A common stock subject to outstanding stock options or reserved for issuance under our 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as soon as permitted under the Securities Act. Such registration statements will automatically become effective upon filing with the SEC. However, shares registered on Form S-8 may be subject to the volume limitations and the manner of sale, notice, and public information requirements of Rule 144.
Market Standoff Restrictions
In connection with this Direct Listing and pursuant to Section 2.11 (the “Market Stand-off Agreement”) of the Investors’ Rights Agreement, the Company will enforce a market standoff restriction for a period of 180 days following the closing of this Direct Listing on 75% of the shares held by stockholders who are parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement. The Company will waive such market standoff restriction with respect to the remaining 25% of each such stockholder’s shares. Substantially all of our stockholders, except for Maxim Group LLC, are subject to such market standoff restriction. This restriction will apply automatically and contractually to all investors who are parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
Our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, Jan Goetgeluk, has entered into a lock-up agreement that includes customary transfer restrictions for a period of 180 days following the closing of this Direct Listing with respect to 75% of his shares.
Additionally, the award agreements under which our employees, officers and directors were granted equity awards, and shares that were obtained by exercising common stock warrants, also contain these market standoff provisions, however, no waiver will be provided for these shares. These restrictions are imposed pursuant to market standoff provisions contained in the award agreements that govern the grant of equity awards under our incentive stock plans, as well as in other agreements relating to the issuance of incentive stock. As a result, any shares of Class A common stock acquired, or previously acquired, by employees, officers, or directors through the exercise or settlement of such equity awards, or through the receipt of incentive stock for advisory services, will be subject to the same 180-day market standoff period, during which time the Company will enforce restrictions prohibiting the sale or transfer of such shares.
The holders of common stock, which were previously underlying warrants to purchase common stock, are also subject to similar restrictions. Pursuant to the terms of the market standoff provision included in such warrants to purchase common stock, the Company will enforce a prohibition on selling, transferring, or otherwise disposing of any shares of Class A common stock acquired upon exercise of such warrants for a period of 180 days following the closing of this Direct Listing. However, shares of Class A common stock underlying the warrants owned by Western Technology Investment are not subject to any market standoff restrictions.
94
SALE PRICE HISTORY OF OUR CAPITAL STOCK
Prior to the Reclassification of our capital stock in August 2025, the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of multiple classes and series, including Common Stock, Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock. Each of these classes and series had distinct rights, preferences, and privileges, including with respect to voting, dividends, liquidation preferences, and conversion rights.
As a result of the Reclassification, all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all series of preferred stock and any previously outstanding common stock, were automatically reclassified and converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. Following the Reclassification, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with Jan Goetgeluk, our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, pursuant to which all shares of Class A common stock held by Mr. Goetgeluk were exchanged a one-for-one basis for shares of Class B common stock. Following the effectiveness of the Certificate, only Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and undesignated preferred stock are authorized. As of the date of this prospectus, only Class A common stock and Class B common stock are issued and outstanding. For additional information regarding the Company’s issued and outstanding Class B common stock, see “Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions — Class B Common Stock Exchange.”
We have applied to list our Class A common stock on Nasdaq. Prior to the listing of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq, there have been no public market for our Class A common stock. Our Class A common stock has no history of trading in private transactions. However, our Series B Preferred Stock has a history of trading in private transactions. The table below shows the high and low sales prices for our Series B Preferred Stock in private transactions, for the indicated periods, as well as the volume weighted average price per share, based on information available to us.
Between February 2023 and April 2024, we issued Simple Agreements for Future Equity in the form of notes (the “SAFE Notes”) for a total of $7,942,679 in proceeds in a series of exempt offerings under Regulation D and Reg CF. The SAFE Notes were convertible into shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at a conversion price of 80% of the Series B Preferred Stock price of $6.22 per share. As of March 31, 2025, all SAFE Notes had been converted to 1,595,873 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at an average price equivalent to $4.976 per share of Series B Preferred Stock. In April 2023, we issued an aggregate of 622,250 shares of Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to Reg CF at a price per share of $6.22 for total gross proceeds of $3,870,547. Between September 2024 and July 2025, we issued an aggregate of 431,071 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, and warrants to purchase 313,153 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 per share as additional inducement for certain investors, including 94,604 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase up to 94,604 shares of common stock pursuant to the conversion of $517,500 in principal amount of previously outstanding unsecured promissory notes, in a private placement under Regulation D at a price per share of $6.22 for total proceeds of $2,635,956. In November 2024 we launched a Reg CF offering, which closed in July 2025. Pursuant to such Reg CF offering, we issued an aggregate of 474,051 shares of Series B Preferred Stock at a price per share of $6.22, with an additional 98,495 shares issued as bonus shares, for total gross proceeds of $2,948,597 (excluding investor fees). After the Reclassification, each share of Series B Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the foregoing offerings were converted into one share of Class A common stock and any instrument sold in the foregoing offers that are convertible or exercisable for shares of Series B Preferred Stock will be convertible or exercisable for shares of Class A common stock.
|
|
Number of |
Volume- |
Number of |
|||||||||||
|
High |
Low |
|||||||||||||
|
Annual |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2024 |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
4.976 |
1,295,137 |
|
$ |
5.573 |
28,476,589 |
|||||
|
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2025 |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
4.976 |
1,416,469 |
(6)(7) |
$ |
5.409 |
29,947,911 |
|||||
|
Quarterly |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
First Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
121,293 |
|
$ |
6.22 |
24,552,584 |
|||||
|
Second Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
500,957 |
|
$ |
6.22 |
25,053,702 |
|||||
|
Third Quarter |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
27,803,702 |
|||||
|
Fourth Quarter |
$ |
4.976 |
$ |
4.976 |
672,887 |
|
$ |
4.976 |
28,476,589 |
|||||
95
|
|
Number of |
Volume- |
Number of |
|||||||||||
|
High |
Low |
|||||||||||||
|
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2025 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
First Quarter |
$ |
4.976 |
$ |
4.976 |
922,986 |
(2) |
$ |
4.976 |
29,399,575 |
|||||
|
Second Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
40,192 |
|
$ |
6.22 |
29,439,767 |
|||||
|
Third Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
351,259 |
(3)(6) |
$ |
6.22 |
29,825,117 |
|||||
|
Fourth Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
102,032 |
(4)(7) |
$ |
6.22 |
29,947,911 |
|||||
|
Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2026 |
|
|
|
|
||||||||||
|
First Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
327,849 |
(5)(8) |
$ |
6.22 |
30,333,814 |
|||||
|
Second Quarter |
$ |
6.22 |
$ |
6.22 |
76,482 |
(9)(10)(11)(12) |
$ |
6.22 |
30,772,021 |
|||||
|
Third Quarter(13)(14) |
|
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
30,852,457 |
|||||
____________
(1) Reflects the total number of shares of capital stock outstanding at period end.
(2) Represents the conversion of SAFE Notes at a conversion of 80% of the Series B Preferred Stock Price of $6.22 per share.
(3) Excludes the issuance of warrants to purchase up to 222,647 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 issued in the third quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. The Company issued 8,841 shares of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises in the third quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.
(4) Excludes the issuance of warrants to purchase up to 16,076 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 issued in the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. The Company issued 803 shares of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises in the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2025.
(5) Excludes the issuance of warrants to purchase up to 74,430 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 issued in the first quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2026. The Company issued 8,038 shares of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises in the first quarter of fiscal year ended March 31, 2026.
(6) In the third quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, the Company also issued an additional 25,250 shares as bonus shares for no additional consideration in connection with our Reg CF campaign.
(7) In the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, the Company also issued an additional 19,959 shares as bonus shares for no additional consideration in connection with our Reg CF and Reg D campaigns.
(8) In the first quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Company also issued an additional 50,016 shares as bonus shares for no additional consideration in connection with our Reg CF and Reg D campaigns.
(9) In the second quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Company also issued an additional 10,577 shares as bonus shares for no additional consideration in connection with our Reg CF and Reg D campaigns.
(10) In the second quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Company issued 237,892 shares of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises.
(11) In the second quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Company issued 115,169 shares of common stock as compensation for services to Maxim Group.
(12) In the second quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, to reconcile with StartEngine’s transfer agent records, the Company reduced outstanding shares of common stock by 1,888 shares.
(13) In the third quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Company issued 57,579 shares of common stock pursuant to warrant exercises.
(14) In the third quarter of the fiscal year ended March 31, 2026, the Company issued 22,857 shares of common stock as compensation for services to MZHCI, LLC.
While Maxim Group LLC, in its capacity as our financial advisor, is expected to consider this information in connection with setting the opening public price of our Class A common stock, this information may have little or no relation to broader market demand for our Class A common stock and thus the opening public price and subsequent public price of our common stock on Nasdaq. As a result, you should not place undue reliance on these historical private sale prices as it may differ materially from the opening public price and subsequent public price of our Class A common stock on Nasdaq. See the section entitled “Risk Factors — Risks Related to This Offering and Ownership of our Class A common stock — The public price of our shares of Class A common stock, upon listing on Nasdaq, may have little or no relationship to the historical sales prices of our capital stock in private transactions.”
96
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK
The following discussion is a summary of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders (as defined below) of the acquisition, ownership, and disposition of our common stock. This discussion is not a complete analysis of all potential U.S. federal income tax consequences relating thereto, does not address the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax on net investment income or the alternative minimum tax, and does not address any estate or gift tax consequences or any tax consequences arising under any state, local, or foreign tax laws, or any other U.S. federal tax laws. This discussion is based on the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial decisions, and published rulings and administrative pronouncements of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to differing interpretations and may change, possibly retroactively, resulting in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not requested a ruling from the IRS with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will agree with such statements and conclusions.
This discussion is limited to non-U.S. holders who purchase our common stock pursuant to this prospectus and who hold our common stock as a “capital asset” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, property held for investment). This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular holder in light of such holder’s particular circumstances. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may be relevant to holders subject to special rules under the U.S. federal income tax laws, including:
• certain former citizens or long-term residents of the U.S.;
• partnerships or other pass-through entities (and investors therein);
• “controlled foreign corporations;”
• “passive foreign investment companies;”
• corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;
• banks, financial institutions, investment funds, insurance companies, brokers, dealers, or traders in securities;
• tax-exempt organizations and governmental organizations;
• tax-qualified retirement plans;
• persons subject to special tax accounting rules under Section 451(b) of the Code;
• persons who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise as compensation;
• “qualified foreign pension funds” as defined in Section 897(l)(2) of the Code and entities all of the interests of which are held by qualified foreign pension funds;
• persons that own, or have owned, actually or constructively, more than 5% of our common stock;
• persons who have elected to mark securities to market; and
• persons holding our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or straddle, or a constructive sale, or other risk reduction strategy or integrated investment.
If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our common stock and the partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their own tax advisors about the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences to them of holding and disposing of our common stock.
97
THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE PARTICULAR U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF ACQUIRING, OWNING, AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS ANY TAX CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER ANY STATE, LOCAL, OR FOREIGN TAX LAWS AND ANY OTHER U.S. FEDERAL TAX LAWS.
Definition of Non-U.S. Holder
For purposes of this discussion, a non-U.S. holder is any beneficial owner of our common stock that is not a “U.S. person” or a partnership (including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes. A U.S. person is any person that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is or is treated as any of the following:
• an individual who is a citizen or resident of the U.S.;
• a corporation (or any entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized under the laws of the U.S., any state thereof or the District of Columbia;
• an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source; or
• a trust (i) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (ii) that has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
Distributions on Our Common Stock
As described under the section titled “Dividend Policy,” we have never declared or paid dividends on our common stock and do not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future. However, if we make cash or other property distributions on our common stock, such distributions will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. Amounts that exceed such current and accumulated earnings and profits and, therefore, are not treated as dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and will first be applied against and reduce a holder’s tax basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any excess amount distributed will be treated as gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock and will be treated as described under the section titled “— Gain On Disposition of Our Common Stock” below.
Subject to the discussion below regarding effectively connected income, backup withholding and FATCA (as defined under the section titled “— Withholding on Foreign Entities” below), dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder of our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividends or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty. To receive the benefit of a reduced treaty rate, a non-U.S. holder must furnish us or our withholding agent a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or applicable successor form) certifying such holder’s qualification for the reduced rate. This certification must be provided to us or our withholding agent before the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. If the non-U.S. holder holds the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on the non-U.S. holder’s behalf, the non-U.S. holder will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent, which then will be required to provide certification to us or our withholding agent, either directly or through other intermediaries.
If a non-U.S. holder holds our common stock in connection with the conduct of a trade or business in the U.S., and dividends paid on our common stock are effectively connected with such holder’s U.S. trade or business (and are attributable to such holder’s permanent establishment or fixed base in the U.S. if required by an applicable tax treaty), the non-U.S. holder will be exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax. To claim the exemption, the non-U.S. holder must furnish a valid IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form) to the applicable withholding agent.
However, any such effectively connected dividends paid on our common stock generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S.. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items.
98
Non-U.S. holders that do not provide the required certification on a timely basis, but that qualify for a reduced treaty rate, may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Gain on Disposition of Our Common Stock
Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and FATCA, a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized on the sale or other disposition of our common stock, unless:
• the gain is effectively connected with the non-U.S. holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the U.S. and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder in the U.S.;
• the non-U.S. holder is a nonresident alien individual present in the U.S. for 183 days or more during the taxable year of the disposition, and certain other requirements are met; or
• our common stock constitutes a “United States real property interest” by reason of our status as a United States real property holding corporation (“USRPHC”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or the non-U.S. holder’s holding period for our common stock, and our common stock is not regularly traded on an established securities market during the calendar year in which the sale or other disposition occurs.
Determining whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property interests relative to the fair market value of our other trade or business assets and our foreign real property interests. We believe that we are not currently and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC for U.S. federal income tax purposes, although there can be no assurance we will not in the future become a USRPHC.
Gain described in the first bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis at the regular U.S. federal income tax rates in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S. A non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax equal to 30% (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty) of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, as adjusted for certain items. Gain described in the second bullet point above will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a flat 30% rate (or such lower rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty), but may be offset by certain U.S.-source capital losses (even though the individual is not considered a resident of the U.S.), provided that the non-U.S. holder has timely filed U.S. federal income tax returns with respect to such losses. Gain described in the third bullet point above generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business (subject to any provisions under an applicable income tax treaty), except that the branch profits tax generally will not apply. Non-U.S. holders should consult their tax advisors regarding any applicable income tax treaties that may provide for different rules.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Annual reports are required to be filed with the IRS and provided to each non-U.S. holder indicating the amount of dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the amount of any tax withheld with respect to those dividends. These information reporting requirements apply even if no withholding was required because the dividends were effectively connected with the holder’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business, or withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable income tax treaty. This information also may be made available under a specific treaty or agreement with the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established. Backup withholding, currently at a 24% rate, generally will not apply to payments to a non-U.S. holder of dividends on or the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock provided the non-U.S. holder furnishes the required certification for its non-U.S. status, such as by providing a valid IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E, or IRS Form W-8ECI (or applicable successor form), or certain other requirements are met. Backup withholding may apply if the payor has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that the holder is a U.S. person who is not an exempt recipient.
99
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. If any amount is withheld under the backup withholding rules, the non-U.S. holder should consult with a U.S. tax advisor regarding the possibility of and procedure for obtaining a refund or a credit against the non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any.
Withholding on Foreign Entities
Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, “FATCA”) impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (as specially defined under these rules) unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding certain U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners) or an exemption applies. FATCA also generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on certain payments made to a non-financial foreign entity unless such entity either certifies that it does not have any “substantial United States owners” as defined in the Code or provides the withholding agent a certification identifying certain direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity or an exemption applies. An intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and an applicable foreign country may modify these requirements. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. The withholding provisions described above currently apply to payments of dividends on our common stock. Prior to the issuance of proposed Treasury regulations described below, withholding taxes under FATCA were scheduled to apply to gross proceeds from sales or other disposition of our common stock. However, the U.S. Treasury Department’s proposed regulations that, if finalized in their present form, would eliminate the federal withholding tax of 30% applicable to the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock. In its preamble to such proposed regulations, the U.S. Treasury Department stated that taxpayers (including withholding agents) generally may rely on the proposed regulations until they are revoked or final regulations are issued.
Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors should consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of FATCA on an investment in our common stock.
100
The Registered Stockholders, and their pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, or other successors in interest, may sell their shares of Class A common stock covered hereby pursuant to brokerage transactions on Nasdaq, or other public exchanges or registered alternative trading venues, at prevailing market prices, at any time after the Class A common stock is listed for trading. We are not party to any arrangement with any Registered Stockholder or any broker-dealer with respect to sales of shares of Class A common stock by the Registered Stockholders, except we have engaged the Advisor with respect to certain other matters relating to the registration of our common stock and listing of our Class A common stock, as further described below. As such, we do not anticipate receiving notice as to if and when any Registered Stockholder may, or may not, elect to sell their shares of Class A common stock or the prices at which any such sales may occur, and there can be no assurance that any Registered Stockholders will sell any or all of their shares of Class A common stock covered by this prospectus.
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the Registered Stockholders. We will recognize costs related to this direct listing and our transition to a publicly traded company consisting of professional fees and other expenses. We will expense these amounts in the period incurred and not deduct these costs from net proceeds to the issuer as they would be in an initial public offering.
We have engaged Maxim Group LLC (the “Advisor”), as our financial advisor to advise and assist us with respect to certain matters relating to our Direct Listing. The services expected to be performed by the Advisor will include providing advice and assistance with respect to defining objectives, analyzing, structuring and planning the Direct Listing, developing and assisting with our investor communication strategy in relation to the Direct Listing, and being available to consult with Nasdaq, including on the day that our shares of Class A common stock are initially listed on the Nasdaq Global Market.
In addition, the Advisor will determine when our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade and to approve proceeding with the opening of trading at the Current Reference Price (as defined below). However, the Advisor has not been engaged to participate in investor meetings or to otherwise facilitate or coordinate price discovery activities or sales of our Class A common stock in consultation with us, except as described herein.
On the day that our shares of Class A common stock are initially listed on Nasdaq, Nasdaq will begin accepting, but not executing, pre-opening buy and sell orders and will begin to continuously generate the indicative Current Reference Price on the basis of such accepted orders. The Current Reference Price is calculated each second and, during a 10-minute “Display Only” period, is disseminated, along with other indicative imbalance information, to market participants by Nasdaq on its NOII and BookViewer tools. Following the “Display Only” period, a “Pre-Launch” period begins, during which the Advisor, in its capacity as our financial advisor to perform the functions under Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8), must notify Nasdaq that our shares are “ready to trade.” Once the Advisor has notified Nasdaq that our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade, Nasdaq will calculate the Current Reference Price for our shares of Class A common stock, in accordance with Nasdaq rules. If the Advisor then approves proceeding at the Current Reference Price, Nasdaq will conduct a price validation test in accordance with Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8). As part of conducting such price validation test, Nasdaq may consult with the Advisor, if the price bands need to be modified, to select the new price bands for purposes of applying such test iteratively until the validation tests yield a price within such bands. Upon completion of such price validation checks, the applicable orders that have been entered will then be executed at such price and regular trading of our shares of Class A common stock on Nasdaq will commence.
Under Nasdaq rules, the “Current Reference Price” means: (i) the single price at which the maximum number of orders to buy or sell can be matched; (ii) if there is more than one price at which the maximum number of orders to buy or sell can be matched, then it is the price that minimizes the imbalance between orders to buy or sell (i.e. minimizes the number of shares that would remain unmatched at such price); (iii) if more than one price exists under (ii), then it is the entered price (i.e. the specified price entered in an order by a customer to buy or sell) at which our shares of Class A common stock will remain unmatched (i.e. will not be bought or sold); and (iv) if more than one price exists under (iii), a price determined by Nasdaq in consultation with the Advisor in its capacity as our financial advisor. In the event that more than one price exists under (iii), the Advisor will exercise any consultation rights only to the extent that it can do so consistent with the anti-manipulation provisions of the federal securities laws, including Regulation M, or applicable relief granted thereunder.
101
In determining the Current Reference Price, Nasdaq’s cross algorithms will match orders that have been entered into and accepted by Nasdaq’s system. This occurs with respect to a potential Current Reference Price when orders to buy shares of Class A common stock at an entered bid price that is greater than or equal to such potential Current Reference Price are matched with orders to sell a like number of shares of Class A common stock at an entered asking price that is less than or equal to such potential Current Reference Price. To illustrate, as a hypothetical example of the calculation of the Current Reference Price, if Nasdaq’s cross algorithms matched all accepted orders as described above, and two limit orders remained — a limit order to buy 500 shares of Class A common stock at an entered bid price of $10.01 per share and a limit order to sell 200 shares of Class A common stock at an entered asking price of $10.00 per share — the Current Reference Price would be selected as follows:
• Under clause (i), if the Current Reference Price is $10.00, then the maximum number of additional shares that can be matched is 200. If the Current Reference Price is $10.01, then the maximum number of additional shares that can be matched is also 200, which means that the same maximum number of additional shares would be matched at the price of either $10.00 or $10.01.
• Because more than one price under clause (i) exists, under clause (ii), the Current Reference Price would be the price that minimizes the imbalance between orders to buy or sell (i.e., minimizes the number of shares that would remain unmatched at such price). Selecting either $10.00 or $10.01 as the Current Reference Price would create the same imbalance in the limit orders that cannot be matched, because at either price 300 shares would not be matched.
• Because more than one price under clause (ii) exists, under clause (iii), the Current Reference Price would be the entered price at which orders for shares of Class A common stock at such entered price will remain unmatched. In such case, choosing $10.01 would cause 300 shares of the 500-share limit order with the entered price of $10.01 to remain unmatched, compared to choosing $10.00, where all 200 shares of the limit order with the entered price of $10.00 would be matched, and no shares at such entered price remain unmatched. Thus, Nasdaq would select $10.01 as the Current Reference Price, because orders for shares at such entered price will remain unmatched. The above example (including the prices) is provided solely by way of illustration.
The Advisor, as the designated financial advisor under Nasdaq Rule 4120(c)(8), will determine when our shares of Class A common stock are ready to trade and approve proceeding at the Current Reference Price primarily based on considerations of volume, timing and price. In particular, the Advisor will determine, based primarily on pre-opening buy and sell orders, when a reasonable amount of volume will cross on the opening trade such that sufficient price discovery has been made to open trading at the Current Reference Price. If the Advisor does not approve proceeding at the Current Reference Price (for example, due to the absence of adequate pre-opening buy and sell interest), the Advisor will request that Nasdaq delay the opening until such a time that sufficient price discovery has been made to ensure that a reasonable amount of volume crosses on the opening trade.
Further, in the highly unlikely event that Nasdaq consults with the Advisor as described in clause (iv) of the definition of Current Reference Price, the Advisor would request that Nasdaq delay the opening to ensure a single opening price within clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) of the definition of the Current Reference Price. Under Nasdaq rules, in the event of such delay, prior to terminating such delay, there will be a 10-minute “Display Only” period during which market participants may enter quotes and orders in shares of our common stock in Nasdaq systems. In addition, beginning at 4:00 a.m., market participants may enter orders in shares of our common stock on Nasdaq. Such orders will be accepted and entered into the system. After the conclusion of the 10-minute “Display Only” period, our common stock will enter a “Pre-Launch” period of indeterminate duration. The “Pre-Launch” period will end and shares of our common stock will be released for trading by Nasdaq when certain conditions are met, including Nasdaq’s receipt of notice from the Advisor that our shares of common stock are ready to trade, after which the Nasdaq system will calculate the Current Reference Price at that time and display it to the Advisor. If the Advisor then approves proceeding, the Nasdaq system will conduct certain validation checks. The Advisor, with concurrence of Nasdaq, may determine at any point during the delay process up through the conclusion of the “Pre-Launch” period to postpone and reschedule the Direct Listing. Neither we nor the Registered Stockholders will be involved in Nasdaq’s price-setting mechanism nor will we or they coordinate or be in communication with the Advisor including with respect to any decision by the Advisor to delay or proceed with trading.
102
Similar to a Nasdaq-listed firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering, in connection with the listing of our shares of Class A common stock, buyers and sellers who have subscribed will have access to Nasdaq’s Order Imbalance Indicator (the “Net Order Imbalance Indicator”), a widely available, subscription-based data feed, prior to submitting buy or sell orders. Nasdaq’s electronic trading platform simulates auctions every second to calculate a Current Reference Price, the number of shares of Class A common stock that can be paired off the Current Reference Price, the number of shares of Class A common stock that would remain unexecuted at the Current Reference Price and whether a buy-side or sell-side imbalance exists, or whether there is no imbalance, to disseminate that information continuously to buyers and sellers via the Net Order Imbalance Indicator data feed.
However, because this is not an initial public offering being conducted on a firm-commitment underwritten basis, there will be no traditional book-building process (that is, an organized process pursuant to which buy and sell interest is coordinated in advance to some prescribed level — the “book”). Moreover, prior to the opening trade, there will not be a price at which underwriters initially sold shares of Class A common stock to the public, as there would be in a firm-commitment underwritten initial public offering. The lack of an initial public offering price could impact the range of buy and sell orders collected by Nasdaq from various broker-dealers. Consequently, the public price of our shares of Class A common stock may be more volatile than in an initial public offering underwritten on a firm-commitment basis and could, upon being listed on Nasdaq, decline significantly and rapidly.
In addition, to list on Nasdaq, we are also required to have at least three registered and active market makers. We expect that the Advisor will act as a registered and active market maker and will engage other market makers.
In addition to sales made pursuant to this prospectus, the shares of Class A common stock covered by this prospectus may be sold by the Registered Stockholders in private transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. Under the securities laws of some states, shares of Class A common stock may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers.
A Registered Stockholder may from time to time transfer, distribute (including distributions in kind by Registered Stockholders that are investment funds), pledge, assign, or grant a security interest in some or all the shares of Class A common stock owned by it and, if it defaults in the performance of its secured obligations, the transferees, distributees, pledgees, assignees, or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of Class A common stock from time to time under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under applicable provisions of the Securities Act amending the list of the Registered Stockholders to include the transferee, distributee, pledgee, assignee, or other successors in interest as Registered Stockholders under this prospectus. The Registered Stockholders also may transfer the shares in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, distributes, pledgees, or other successors in interest will be the registered beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.
A Registered Stockholder that is an entity may elect to make an in-kind distribution of Class A common stock to its members, partners, or stockholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part by delivering a prospectus.
If any of the Registered Stockholders utilize a broker-dealer in the sale of the shares of Class A common stock being offered by this prospectus, such broker-dealer may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from such Registered Stockholder or commissions from purchasers of the shares of Class A common stock for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal.
In connection with its engagement as our financial advisor, the Advisor received 115,169 shares of our Class A common stock, which are being registered under this registration statement, as of the date of our engagement letter (the “Engagement Letter”) with the Advisor. The Advisor will be entitled to an additional number of shares of Class A common stock upon the successful consummation of the Direct Listing. The Advisor will also be entitled to an expense reimbursement for all reasonable, documented expenses incurred by the Advisor in connection with its engagement, provided that (i) such expenses, other than legal fees, may not exceed $10,000 without our prior authorization and (ii) such expenses that constitute legal fees may not exceed $50,000 per transaction.
In addition, pursuant to our agreement with the Advisor, for a period of 12 months from the date of the Engagement Letter, if we propose to (i) effect a public offering of our securities on a major U.S. exchange, (ii) effect a private placement of our securities, (iii) enter into certain financing transactions with third parties introduced to us by the Advisor or (iv) propose to enter into certain other transactions with third parties introduced to us by the Advisor, including, without limitation, a merger, acquisition or sale of stock or assets, or other similar transaction, we are
103
obligated to pay to the Advisor fees in accordance with the fee schedule contained in the Engagement Letter, including (i) a cash fee of 7.0% of the amount of capital raised, invested or committed and (ii) a warrant to purchase shares of our common stock equal to 3.0% of the number of common stock underlying the securities issued in such financing.
The Advisor will not be engaged to otherwise facilitate or coordinate price discovery activities or the solicitation or sales of shares of our common stock in consultation with us, and will not be permitted to, and will not be instructed by us to, plan or actively participate in any investor education activities, except as described herein.
Prior to the financial advisory services provided by the Advisor to us in connection with the listing of our securities, neither the Advisor nor any affiliates of the Advisor have provided services of any kind to us.
104
Winston & Strawn LLP, Houston, Texas, is our legal advisor.
The financial statements for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 included in this prospectus have been audited by M&K CPAS, PLLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report appearing herein, and included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.
105
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware, and all of our officers and directors reside in the U.S., except for David Allan, our Chief Operating Officer, President and a member of our Board of Directors, and Ugo de Charrette, a member of our Board of Directors. Mr. Allan resides in Taiwan and divides his time between Virtuix’s subsidiaries in Taipei, Taiwan, Hong Kong, and Zhuhai, China. Mr. Charrette resides in Dubai, United Arab Emirates (“UAE”). Consequently, any judgment obtained in the U.S. against Mr. Allan or Mr. Charrette may not be collectible within the U.S.
Taiwan
Although the “Agreement on Mutual Legal Assistance in Criminal Matters between the Taipei Economic and Cultural Representative Office and the American Institute in Taiwan” was entered into on March 26, 2002, the mutual legal assistance between the relevant authorities of the U.S. and Taiwan is limited to the investigation, prosecution, and prevention of offenses, service of process, and proceedings related to criminal matters. As a result, with respect to civil proceedings, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon such persons or to enforce against them judgments obtained in U.S. courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state thereof.
Article 402 of the Taiwan Code of Civil Procedure governs the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. It states that a final and binding judgment from a foreign court will be recognized in Taiwan, provided certain conditions are met:
• the U.S. court rendering the judgment has jurisdiction over the subject matter according to the laws of Taiwan;
• if the judgment is a default judgment against the debtor as rendered by the U.S. court, (a) the debtor has been duly served in the jurisdiction of the U.S. court within a reasonable period of time in accordance with the laws and regulations of such jurisdiction, or (b) process has been served on the debtor with judicial assistance of the government of Taiwan;
• the judgment and the U.S. court procedure resulting in the judgment do not contradict public policy as expressed in Taiwan’s generally held ethical concepts or violate due process of law as defined in Taiwan’s fundamental legal principles; and
• the courts in the jurisdiction where the U.S. judgment is rendered do not violate the principle of reciprocity by expressly refusing to recognize the validity of judgments rendered by the courts of Taiwan.
For the enforcement of a foreign arbitral award in Taiwan, the foreign arbitral award, after an application for recognition has been granted by a court of Taiwan, shall be binding on the parties involved and is enforceable. For the enforcement of a U.S. arbitral award in Taiwan, such award shall not contain any of the following elements:
• the recognition or enforcement of the arbitral award contradicts public policy as expressed in Taiwan’s generally held ethical concepts or violates due process of law as defined in Taiwan’s fundamental legal principles;
• the dispute is not arbitrable under Taiwan laws;
• the arbitration agreement is invalid as a result of the incapacity of a party according to the law chosen by the parties to govern the arbitration agreement;
• the arbitration agreement is null and void according to the law chosen to govern said agreement or, in the absence of choice of law, the law of the country where the arbitral award was made;
• a party is not given proper notice, whether of the appointment of an arbitrator or of any other matter required in the arbitral proceedings, or any other situations which give rise to lack of due process;
• the arbitral award is not relevant to the subject matter of the dispute covered by the arbitral agreement or exceeds the scope of the arbitration agreement, unless the offending portion can be severed from and not affect the remainder of the arbitral award;
106
• the composition of the arbitral tribunal or the arbitration procedure contravenes the arbitration agreement or, in the absence of an arbitration agreement, the law of the place of the arbitration;
• the arbitral award is not yet binding upon the parties or has been suspended or revoked by a competent court; or
• the U.S. jurisdiction or authority that granted the arbitral award does not recognize arbitral awards of Taiwan.
China
It may be difficult to assert U.S. securities law claims in original actions instituted in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”). The recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the PRC Civil Procedure Law. PRC courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the PRC Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or on reciprocity between different jurisdictions, and PRC courts will not recognize or enforce these foreign judgments if PRC courts believe the foreign judgments violate the basic principles of PRC laws or national sovereignty, security or public interest after review. However, currently, China does not have treaties or reciprocity arrangements providing for recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments ruled by courts in the U.S. Thus, it is uncertain whether a PRC court would enforce a judgment ruled by a court in the U.S.
Subject to specified time limitations and legal procedures, Chinese courts may enforce a U.S. judgment in a civil matter which, subject to certain exceptions, is non-appealable, including judgments based upon the civil liability provisions of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and including a monetary or compensatory judgment in a non-civil matter, provided that:
• the judgments are obtained after due process before a court of competent jurisdiction, according to the laws of the state in which the judgment is given and the rules of private international law currently prevailing in the PRC;
• the prevailing law of the foreign state in which the judgments were rendered allows the enforcement of judgments of Chinese courts (however, the Chinese courts may waive this requirement following a request by the attorney general);
• adequate service of process has been effected and the defendant has had a reasonable opportunity to be heard and to present his or her evidence;
• the judgments are not contrary to public interest of the PRC, and the enforcement of the civil liabilities set forth in the judgments does not violate the basic legal principles of PRC laws or impair the security or sovereignty of the PRC;
• the judgments were not obtained by fraud and do not conflict with any other valid judgment in the same matter between the same parties;
• an action between the same parties in the same matter is not pending in any Chinese court at the time the lawsuit is instituted in the foreign court; and
• the obligations under the judgment are enforceable according to the laws of the PRC and according to the law of the foreign state in which the relief was granted.
If a foreign judgment is enforced by a Chinese court, it generally will be payable in Chinese currency, which can then be converted into foreign currency and transferred out of the PRC. Under existing Chinese law, a foreign judgment payable in foreign currency may be paid in Chinese currency at the rate of exchange in force on the date of the payment. Current Chinese exchange control regulations also permit a judgment debtor to make payment in foreign currency. The conversion of Chinese currency into foreign currencies, including U.S. dollars, is based on rates set by the People’s Bank of China. The Chinese currency has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and
107
unpredictably. The value of Chinese currency against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by changes in China’s political and economic conditions and by China’s foreign exchange policies, among other things. Judgment creditors may bear the risk of unfavorable exchange rates.
Hong Kong
There is currently no arrangement providing for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments between Hong Kong and the U.S., as such judgments of U.S. courts will not be directly enforced in Hong Kong. However, under common law, a foreign judgment (including one from federal or state court in the U.S.) obtained against the Company may generally be treated by the courts of Hong Kong as a cause of action in itself and sued upon as a debt between the parties. In a common law action for enforcement of a foreign judgment, the judgment creditor has to prove that (i) the judgment is in personam; (ii) the judgment is in the nature of a monetary award; (iii) the judgment is final and conclusive on the merits and has not been stayed or satisfied in full; and (iv) the judgment is from a court of competent jurisdiction. The defenses available to the defendant in a common law action for enforcement of a foreign judgment include breach of natural justice, fraud and contrary to public policy of Hong Kong. In order to enforce the foreign judgment at common law, fresh proceedings must be initiated in Hong Kong, which involves issuing a Writ of Summons and Statement of Claim attaching the foreign judgment as proof of the debt.
As a result of the foregoing, there is uncertainty as to the enforceability in Hong Kong, in original actions or in actions for enforcement, of judgments of U.S. courts of civil liabilities predicated solely upon the federal securities laws of the U.S. or the securities laws of any state or territory within the U.S.
It may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. upon Mr. Allan, or to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts against him, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the U.S. or any state in the U.S. It will also be costly and time-consuming for the investors to effect service of process outside the U.S, or to enforce judgments obtained from the U.S. courts in the courts of the jurisdictions where Mr. Allan resides. For example, to enforce a foreign judgment in Hong Kong, you will be required to apply to the Hong Kong High Court to enforce a foreign judgment (the “Application”) for which you will be required to engage a local counsel to facilitate or prepare the Application alongside the various supporting documentations for the Application. After which, you will be required to go through the standard litigation process to sue on the judgment as a debt. In addition, a judgment of a U.S. court for civil liabilities predicated upon the federal securities laws of the U.S. may also not be enforceable in or recognized by the courts of the jurisdictions where Mr. Allan resides. As such, it may be difficult for you to enforce judgments obtained in U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against Mr. Allan.
United Arab Emirates
UAE has no arrangement for the reciprocal enforcement of judgments with the U.S. As a result, there is uncertainty as to the enforceability in the UAE.
The enforcement of foreign judgments in the UAE is now governed by Chapter IV (Articles 222 to 225) of the UAE’s New Civil Procedure Law (Federal Decree-Law No. 42 of 2022, or NCPL). Under Article 222, a party may apply to the execution judge in the court of competent jurisdiction for enforcement of a foreign judgment. The judge must issue a decision within five working days of receiving the application. The judge’s role is limited to determining whether the conditions for enforcement have been satisfied; the judge does not have the authority to re-examine the merits of the foreign judgment.
A UAE court may enforce a foreign judgment if: (a) the UAE courts did not have exclusive jurisdiction over the original dispute; (b) the foreign court had jurisdiction under its own law; (c) the parties were properly summoned and represented; (d) the judgment is final and binding in the issuing jurisdiction; and (e) the judgment does not contradict a UAE court judgment and does not violate public morals or public order.
However, the enforcement of civil liabilities under U.S. securities laws remains uncertain in onshore UAE. Investors should be aware that judgments obtained in the United States may not be readily enforceable in the UAE’s local court system, and any recovery would likely require initiation of new legal proceedings in the UAE.
108
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock covered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy, and information statements, and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.
Immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements, and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the website of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.virtuix.com. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only. The information contained in or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and investors should not rely on such information in making a decision to purchase shares of our common stock.
109
|
Audited Financial Statements |
Page |
|
|
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 2738) |
F-2 |
|
|
F-4 |
||
|
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 |
F-6 |
|
|
F-7 |
||
|
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 |
F-8 |
|
|
F-10 |
F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and
Stockholders of Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Virtuix Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of March 31, 2025, and 2024, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity (deficit), and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2025, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2025, and 2024 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended March 31, 2025, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Going Concern
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the Company suffered a net loss from operations and has a net capital deficiency, which raises substantial doubt about its ability to continue as a going concern.
Management’s plans regarding those matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging,
F-2
subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
Intangibles, Software and game design
As discussed in Note 2 and 7 to the financial statements, the Company has capitalized software development costs in accordance with ASC 985-20.
Auditing management’s evaluation of annual impairment of the intangibles, software and game design, to be sold can be a significant judgment given the fact that the Company uses management’s estimates on various inputs to determine whether these assets are impaired, such as the assigned useful lives of the assets and revenue projections.
To evaluate the appropriateness of management’s judgment and estimates, we examined and evaluated the inputs management used in their annual consideration of impairment of these assets. These procedures also included, among others, (i) evaluating the capitalized value of the software; (ii) evaluating the useful lives assigned to the assets; (iii) evaluating the revenue projections of the software based on historical trends.
/s/ M&K CPAS, PLLC
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2025.
The Woodlands, TX
August 11, 2025
F-3
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
ASSETS
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
477,908 |
|
$ |
270,029 |
|
||
|
Receivables, net of allowance for credit losses |
|
125,672 |
|
|
29,667 |
|
||
|
Inventory |
|
1,456,249 |
|
|
970,490 |
|
||
|
Prepaids and other current assets |
|
306,153 |
|
|
678,642 |
|
||
|
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS |
|
2,365,982 |
|
|
1,948,828 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
NONCURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Property and equipment |
|
1,321,931 |
|
|
1,335,112 |
|
||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(857,028 |
) |
|
(812,989 |
) |
||
|
Net property and equipment |
|
464,903 |
|
|
522,123 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Intangibles |
|
2,792,059 |
|
|
2,443,018 |
|
||
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(810,356 |
) |
|
(503,335 |
) |
||
|
Net intangibles |
|
1,981,703 |
|
|
1,939,683 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Investment in joint venture |
|
40,689 |
|
|
55,637 |
|
||
|
Other assets |
|
86,258 |
|
|
79,604 |
|
||
|
Right-of-use asset – operating |
|
835,488 |
|
|
296,437 |
|
||
|
TOTAL NONCURRENT ASSETS |
|
3,409,041 |
|
|
2,893,484 |
|
||
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ |
5,775,023 |
|
$ |
4,842,312 |
|
||
F-4
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts payable |
$ |
807,401 |
|
$ |
396,778 |
|
||
|
Accrued expenses |
|
502,001 |
|
|
229,128 |
|
||
|
Deferred revenue |
|
1,769,556 |
|
|
1,850,342 |
|
||
|
Due to related party |
|
40,000 |
|
|
25,770 |
|
||
|
Current portion of notes payable, net of discount and unamortized deferred loan costs |
|
2,589,976 |
|
|
397,412 |
|
||
|
Current portion of EIDL loan |
|
549 |
|
|
363 |
|
||
|
Lease liability – operating |
|
204,051 |
|
|
222,717 |
|
||
|
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
5,913,534 |
|
|
3,122,510 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Notes payable, net of discount and unamortized deferred loan costs |
|
— |
|
|
222,584 |
|
||
|
EIDL loan |
|
24,087 |
|
|
24,637 |
|
||
|
Lease liability, net of current portion – operating |
|
631,437 |
|
|
73,720 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES |
|
655,524 |
|
|
320,941 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
6,569,058 |
|
|
3,443,451 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 29,300,000 shares authorized at both March 31, 2025 and 2024, and 21,688,242 and 20,226,564 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively, with liquidation preferences respectively of $55,536,941 and $46,445,304, at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024 |
|
21,688 |
|
|
20,226 |
|
||
|
Common stock, $.001 par value, 37,000,000 shares authorized at both March 31, 2025 and 2024, and 8,259,644 and 8,250,000 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2025 and March 31, 2024, respectively |
|
8,259 |
|
|
8,250 |
|
||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
61,668,608 |
|
|
48,218,665 |
|
||
|
SAFE notes |
|
— |
|
|
995,518 |
|
||
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
(62,492,590 |
) |
|
(47,843,798 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY |
|
(794,035 |
) |
|
1,398,861 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) EQUITY |
$ |
5,775,023 |
|
$ |
4,842,312 |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
NET SALES |
$ |
3,590,438 |
|
$ |
2,408,920 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
COST OF GOODS SOLD |
|
3,817,815 |
|
|
1,527,553 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
GROSS PROFIT |
|
(227,377 |
) |
|
881,367 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Selling expenses |
|
1,645,147 |
|
|
2,033,620 |
|
||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
10,129,112 |
|
|
8,420,984 |
|
||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
2,185,133 |
|
|
2,621,650 |
|
||
|
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
13,959,392 |
|
|
13,076,254 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS |
|
(14,186,769 |
) |
|
(12,194,887 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Interest income |
|
1,372 |
|
|
2,093 |
|
||
|
Other expense |
|
(72 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Interest expense – debt |
|
(369,420 |
) |
|
(126,047 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
(368,120 |
) |
|
(123,954 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Enterprise income tax expense |
|
2,353 |
|
|
10,676 |
|
||
|
Delaware franchise tax |
|
76,602 |
|
|
51,715 |
|
||
|
TOTAL PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX |
|
78,955 |
|
|
62,391 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
SHARE OF LOSS IN JOINT VENTURE |
|
(14,948 |
) |
|
(20,161 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
NET LOSS |
$ |
(14,648,792 |
) |
$ |
(12,401,393 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
|
8,224,645 |
|
|
6,424,180 |
|
||
|
Net loss per share: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
$ |
(1.78 |
) |
$ |
(1.93 |
) |
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
|
|
Common Stock |
Treasury |
Treasury |
Additional |
SAFE |
Accumulated |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2023 |
18,931,266 |
$ |
18,931 |
5,500,000 |
$ |
5,500 |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
36,626,321 |
$ |
1,701,692 |
|
$ |
(35,419,922 |
) |
$ |
2,932,522 |
|
||||||||||
|
Cummulative-effect adjustment ASC 326 adoption |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(22,483 |
) |
|
(22,483 |
) |
||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
40,798 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
40,798 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of common stock for services |
— |
|
— |
2,750,000 |
|
2,750 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,644,750 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,647,500 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
622,411 |
|
622 |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,559,113 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,559,735 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of SAFE Notes |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
2,642,182 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,642,182 |
|
||||||||||
|
Conversion of SAFE notes |
672,887 |
|
673 |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,347,683 |
|
(3,348,356 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||||||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(12,401,393 |
) |
|
(12,401,393 |
) |
||||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2024 |
20,226,564 |
$ |
20,226 |
8,250,000 |
$ |
8,250 |
|
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
48,218,665 |
$ |
995,518 |
|
$ |
(47,843,798 |
) |
$ |
1,398,861 |
|
||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,213,195 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,213,195 |
|
||||||||||
|
Exercise of common stock warrants |
— |
|
— |
9,644 |
|
9 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
86 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
95 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
538,692 |
|
539 |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,998,512 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,999,051 |
|
||||||||||
|
Repurchase of common stock |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
(2,750,000 |
) |
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
||||||||||
|
Issuance of common stock for services |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
2,750,000 |
|
|
2,750 |
|
|
4,644,750 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,647,500 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of SAFE Notes |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
3,598,805 |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,598,805 |
|
||||||||||
|
Conversion of SAFE notes |
922,986 |
|
923 |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,593,400 |
|
(4,594,323 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||||||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(14,648,792 |
) |
|
(14,648,792 |
) |
||||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2025 |
21,688,242 |
$ |
21,688 |
8,259,644 |
$ |
8,259 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
61,668,608 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(62,492,590 |
) |
$ |
(794,035 |
) |
||||||||||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-7
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(14,648,792 |
) |
$ |
(12,401,393 |
) |
||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
482,389 |
|
|
147,938 |
|
||
|
Amortization of discount on notes payable |
|
13,727 |
|
|
21,685 |
|
||
|
Credit (recovery) loss expense |
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
43,461 |
|
||
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
5,860,695 |
|
|
4,688,298 |
|
||
|
Share of loss in joint venture |
|
14,948 |
|
|
20,161 |
|
||
|
(Increase) decrease in assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
372,489 |
|
|
(521,237 |
) |
||
|
Accounts receivable |
|
(78,093 |
) |
|
96,553 |
|
||
|
Other assets |
|
(6,654 |
) |
|
(32,890 |
) |
||
|
Inventory |
|
(485,759 |
) |
|
147,759 |
|
||
|
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
|
282,593 |
|
|
219,519 |
|
||
|
Increase (decrease) in liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts payable |
|
410,623 |
|
|
235,765 |
|
||
|
Accrued expenses |
|
272,873 |
|
|
20,251 |
|
||
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
(282,593 |
) |
|
(219,519 |
) |
||
|
Deferred revenue |
|
(80,786 |
) |
|
806,093 |
|
||
|
CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
(7,890,252 |
) |
|
(6,727,556 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash paid for purchases of property and equipment |
|
(113,149 |
) |
|
(470,520 |
) |
||
|
Cash paid for purchases of intangibles |
|
(354,040 |
) |
|
(640,494 |
) |
||
|
CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
(467,189 |
) |
|
(1,111,014 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
|
2,999,051 |
|
|
3,559,735 |
|
||
|
Proceeds from SAFE notes |
|
3,598,805 |
|
|
2,642,182 |
|
||
|
Payments on short-term notes payable |
|
(411,247 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Payments on long-term notes payable |
|
(364 |
) |
|
(363,245 |
) |
||
|
Proceeds from short-term notes payable |
|
2,367,500 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Payment for equity repurchase |
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Warrants exercised |
|
95 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Due to related parties |
|
14,230 |
|
|
682 |
|
||
|
CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
8,565,320 |
|
|
5,839,354 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH |
|
207,879 |
|
|
(1,999,216 |
) |
||
|
CASH AT BEGINNING OF YEAR |
|
270,029 |
|
|
2,269,245 |
|
||
|
CASH AT END OF YEAR |
$ |
477,908 |
|
$ |
270,029 |
|
||
F-8
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
FOR THE YEARS ENDED MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
||||
|
Interest paid |
$ |
56,824 |
$ |
104,361 |
||
|
Enterprise income taxes paid to People’s Republic of China |
$ |
2,353 |
$ |
10,676 |
||
|
Delaware franchise tax paid |
$ |
55,258 |
$ |
26,439 |
||
|
|
|
|||||
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
||||
|
SAFE notes converted to preferred stock |
$ |
4,594,323 |
$ |
3,348,356 |
||
|
|
|
|||||
|
Recognition of right-of-use assets – operating |
$ |
821,644 |
$ |
443,112 |
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-9
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 1. Nature of Operations
Virtuix Holdings Inc. (“Virtuix Holdings” or the “Company” or “VHI”) was formed on December 20, 2013 as a Delaware Corporation. The Company has a wholly owned subsidiary, Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation formed on April 15, 2013. Virtuix Inc. develops virtual reality hardware and software, originally the Omni Pro, the first omni-directional treadmill that lets players walk and run freely in 360 degrees inside video games and other virtual worlds. In February 2019, the Company began to offer Omni Arena, a four-player esports attraction that includes four Omni Pro motion platforms. In January 2023, the Company began to offer Omni One, the first Omni entertainment system designed for the home. On June 24, 2015, the Company acquired Virtuix Manufacturing, Limited (“VML”), a wholly owned subsidiary. VML is a Hong Kong corporation that was formed to conduct manufacturing operations and transact USD-denominated business with suppliers. Virtuix Manufacturing (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd. (“VML_ZH”) was formed on July 28, 2016, and is a wholly owned subsidiary of VML. VML_ZH is a Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise (“WFOE”) registered in Zhuhai, Guangdong, China that was formed to sell products to Chinese customers and transact CNY-denominated business with Chinese suppliers. Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd. (“VMT”) was formed on January 17, 2023, and is a wholly owned foreign subsidiary of VHI. VMT is a Taiwan corporation that was formed to employ staff in Taiwan and conduct manufacturing operations. Virtuix Arabia LLC (“VA”) was formed in June 2024, and is a 57.5% owned foreign subsidiary of VHI. VA has not yet begun operations.
In July 2016, the Company formed a joint venture with Hero Entertainment, a Chinese game publisher and esports operator, to develop active virtual reality content and product bundles for the Chinese and U.S. markets. The joint venture, named Heroix VR (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (the “Joint Venture” or “Heroix”), is a Sino-foreign equity joint venture company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China and registered in Shanghai. VML has 49% ownership and does not have control over the Joint Venture, therefore, the investment is accounted for using the equity method. In October 2016, the Joint Venture began operations.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Virtuix Holdings Inc. as well as its subsidiaries required to be consolidated under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”). Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are presented using the accrual basis of accounting, in U.S. dollars which is the Company’s functional currency. Therefore, revenues are recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.
The Company has adopted a fiscal year ending March 31st of each year.
Management’s Estimates
Preparing the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
Going Concern
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
F-10
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
The Company has not generated profits since inception, has negative cash flows from operations, has sustained net losses of $14,648,792 and $12,401,393 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and has an accumulated deficit of $62,492,590 and $47,843,798 as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Company has limited working capital and liquid assets as of March 31, 2025 relative to its operating cash flow needs. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the ability of the Company to continue as a going concern within one year after the date that the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued.
Management has taken several actions to ensure that the Company will continue as a going concern for the next twelve months from the date the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued:
1. The Company will continue to ramp up production of Omni One and anticipates significant revenues from the Omni One product line going forward.
2. The Company continues to raise capital from existing and new shareholders as necessary to fund its operating needs.
No assurance can be given that the Company will be successful in these efforts. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts and classification of liabilities that might be necessary should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides a five-step model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. Under this model, revenue is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration the Company expects to be entitled to in exchange for transferring control of goods or services to a customer.
The Company applies the following five steps to all revenue-generating arrangements:
1. Identify the contract with a customer;
2. Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
3. Determine the transaction price;
4. Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and
5. Recognize revenue when or as each performance obligation is satisfied.
The Company’s contracts typically consist of product sales, installation services, support programs, or the sale of digital playtime credits. Each of these is evaluated to determine whether it represents a separate performance obligation.
The majority of revenue arrangements involve a single performance obligation to transfer or install physical goods. Revenue is recognized when control is transferred to the customer, which occurs as follows:
• Omni Pro units and related accessories — Revenue is recognized upon shipment to the customer, which is when control transfers and title passes.
• Omni One units — Revenue is recognized upon shipment, consistent with the Company’s shipping terms.
• Omni Arena systems — Revenue is recognized upon installation at the customer’s location, which is when control transfers.
F-11
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
• Omniverse Credits — These credits grant access to virtual content or gameplay tied to Omni Pro and Omni Arena units. Revenue is recognized over the period during which access is expected to be consumed, typically two months from purchase based on usage patterns.
• Omni Online — Revenue is recognized over time, ratably over the subscription period.
• Omni Care service program — This is a separate performance obligation included with the sale of each Omni Arena contract, and the program includes access to routine maintenance support, supplies, and software service features. The Company allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation in the contract, including the Omni Care program, on a relative standalone selling price basis. The standalone selling price for Omni Care is based on observable prices for the service when sold separately ($2,000 per quarter) after the initial bundled period. Revenue for the Omni Care service program is recognized ratably over the 12-month period as the services are delivered evenly over time.
Contracts may include multiple performance obligations. In such cases, the Company allocates the transaction price to each obligation based on relative standalone selling prices. Payment terms are generally fixed and do not include significant financing components.
Amounts received in advance of satisfying performance obligations are recorded as contract liabilities and recognized as revenue when the related obligation is fulfilled. The Company’s contracts do not typically include variable consideration, material rights, or warranties that give rise to separate performance obligations. Additionally, the Company has evaluated its role in the sale of digital content and has concluded that it acts as the principal, as it controls the content prior to transfer to the customer.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers deposits that can be redeemed on demand and investments that have original maturities of less than three months, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited primarily in five financial institutions, which did not exceed federally insured limits as of March 31, 2025 or 2024.
All of a depositor’s accounts at an insured depository institution, including all non-interest bearing accounts, are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) up to $250,000 in total. Balances in excess of this coverage are uninsured and subject to loss should the institution fail, with a possible offset against outstanding loans. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to any significant credit risk related to cash. Cash and cash equivalents in the amount of $196,962 and $148,432, representing foreign deposits at financial institutions, are not insured by the FDIC at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Accounts Receivable
Terms of payment are generally thirty days from the invoice date. Receivables are recorded net of an allowance for credit losses, which is established based on management’s best estimate of probable credit losses after considering factors such as previous loss history, customers’ ability to pay their obligations, and the condition of the general economy and industry as a whole.
Inventory Valuation
Inventory is stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out) or net realizable value in accordance with Topic 330, Inventory. Cost is computed using weighted average cost at one subsidiary and specific identification cost at the remaining subsidiaries. There is no material impact on the comparability of the financial results as a result of these differing methods. The Company applies net realizable value and obsolescence to the gross value of the inventory.
F-12
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
The Company estimates net realizable value based on estimated selling price less further costs to completion and disposal. The Company impairs slow-moving products by comparing inventories on hand to projected demand. When impairments are established, a new cost basis of the inventory is created.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for major additions and improvements are capitalized and minor replacements, maintenance, and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the term of the respective operating lease or the estimated economic life of the asset. When property and equipment are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in the results of operations for the respective period. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the related assets using the straight-line method for financial statement purposes. The Company uses other depreciation methods (generally accelerated) for tax purposes where appropriate.
The estimated useful lives for significant property and equipment categories are as follows:
|
Computer Equipment |
5 years |
|
|
Furniture and Fixtures |
7 years |
|
|
Machinery and Equipment |
3 – 7 years |
|
|
Office Equipment |
5 – 7 years |
|
|
Leasehold Improvements |
3 – 5 years |
Fair Value Measurements
The Company’s financial instruments consist primarily of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, notes payable, and lease liability. The carrying amounts of such financial instruments approximate their respective estimated fair value due to the short-term maturities and approximate market interest rates of these instruments.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) guidance specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect market assumptions. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurement). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:
• Level 1 — Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date. Level 1 primarily consists of financial instruments whose value is based on quoted market prices such as exchange-traded instruments and listed equities.
• Level 2 — Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly (e.g., quoted prices of similar assets or liabilities in active markets, or quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active).
• Level 3 — Unobservable inputs for the asset or liability. Financial instruments are considered Level 3 when their fair values are determined using pricing models, discounted cash flows or similar techniques and at least one significant model assumption or input is unobservable.
The carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value.
F-13
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
Intangibles
The Company’s intangible assets include software, trademarks, customer lists, and a website, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The costs of developing intangible assets for internal use are expensed as incurred.
The estimated useful lives for significant intangible asset categories are as follows:
|
Software |
3 – 5 years |
|
|
Trademarks |
Indefinite |
|
|
Customer Lists |
3 years |
|
|
Website |
3 years |
Software and Website Development Costs
The Company accounts for software development costs in accordance with several accounting pronouncements, including Topic 730, Research and Development, Topic 985-20, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed and Topic 330-10, Inventory.
Costs incurred during the period of planning and design, prior to the period determining technological feasibility, for all software developed for internal and external use, has been charged to operations in the period incurred as research and development costs. Additionally, costs incurred after determination of readiness for market have been expensed as research and development. The Company capitalizes certain costs in the development of its proprietary software (computer software to be sold, leased or licensed) for the period after technological feasibility was determined and prior to marketing and initial sales. Once technological feasibility is reached, and the software has been released for sale, such costs are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the estimated lives of the products.
These capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with Topic 330 when indicators of impairment exist.
Website development costs are accounted for separately under Topic 350-50, Website Development Costs.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents cash received from customers for which the related revenue has not yet been earned as of March 31, 2025 and 2024. This primarily includes pre-orders of Omni One units and Omni Pro units that have not yet been delivered or refunded by the end of the reporting period. Deferred revenue also includes pre-orders of Omni Arenas not yet installed, as well as deferred revenue related to Omniverse Credits and Omni Care subscriptions associated with installed Omni Arena units as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, for which revenue recognition criteria have not been met.
For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, changes in deferred revenue were due to the following:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Beginning deferred revenue |
$ |
1,850,342 |
|
$ |
1,044,249 |
|
||
|
Amounts deferred during the year |
|
3,109,944 |
|
|
2,445,020 |
|
||
|
Less refunds |
|
(90,103 |
) |
|
(29,796 |
) |
||
|
Less revenue recognized |
|
(3,100,627 |
) |
|
(1,609,131 |
) |
||
|
Ending deferred revenue |
$ |
1,769,556 |
|
$ |
1,850,342 |
|
||
F-14
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
Deferred revenue as of March 31, 2025 and 2024 consists of the following:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Omni One |
$ |
936,821 |
$ |
1,113,649 |
||
|
Omni Pro units and accessories |
|
451,545 |
|
455,974 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
|
290,169 |
|
206,619 |
||
|
Omni Online |
|
44,104 |
|
— |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
|
37,584 |
|
18,767 |
||
|
Omni Care program |
|
9,333 |
|
55,333 |
||
|
Total |
$ |
1,769,556 |
$ |
1,850,342 |
||
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred, and are included in selling expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising expense for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $347,429 and $1,186,550, respectively.
Federal Income Taxes
Topic 740, Income Taxes, clarifies the accounting for income taxes by prescribing the minimum recognition threshold a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in the financial statements. Topic 740 also provides guidance on derecognition, measurement, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosure, and transition. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, no uncertain tax positions were identified. The Company recognizes tax related interest and penalties, if any, as a component of income tax expense.
The U.S. federal tax returns are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, generally for three years after they are filed. State tax returns are subject to examination generally for five years after they are filed.
Net Loss Per Share
Basic and diluted net loss per share is calculated by dividing net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company presents both basic and diluted net loss per share. Basic net loss per share includes only the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per share is the same as basic net loss per share for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, because the inclusion of potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive.
Potentially dilutive securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive include stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock. The total number of potentially dilutive shares excluded from the computation was 24,336,201 for 2025 and 22,814,973 for 2024.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Financial Instruments — Credit Losses (Topic 326), which significantly changed the allowance for credit losses model by requiring recognition of expected credit losses over the life of the financial asset. The FASB subsequently issued ASU 2019-10, delaying the effective date of Topic 326. For smaller reporting companies subject to SEC regulations, the effective date was delayed from fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. For nonpublic companies, the effective date was similarly delayed to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted Topic 326 using a modified retrospective approach effective April 1, 2023, resulting in a decrease to receivables and a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings of $22,483 as of that date.
F-15
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, Intangibles — Goodwill and Other (Topic 350), which simplified the goodwill impairment test by eliminating Step 2 (hypothetical purchase price allocation) and requiring an impairment loss be measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value, not exceeding the carrying amount of goodwill. The ASU also addressed accounting for internally generated intangible assets and improved related financial statement presentation and disclosures. ASU 2017-04 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, and for all other entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company adopted ASU 2017-04 effective April 1, 2023 and concluded that the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05, Business Combinations — Joint Venture Formations (Subtopic 805-60): Recognition and Initial Measurement. This ASU provides guidance requiring a joint venture (or corporate joint venture) to recognize and initially measure its assets and liabilities at fair value upon formation. ASU 2023-05 is effective for joint venture formations with a formation date on or after January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are to be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, requiring public entities to disclose information about their reportable segments’ significant expenses and other segment items on an interim and annual basis. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to apply the disclosure requirements in ASU 2023-07, as well as all existing segment disclosures and reconciliation requirements in ASC 280 on an interim and annual basis. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on April 1, 2024. See Note 17 for further detail.
On December 14, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances transparency regarding reconciling items and income taxes paid by jurisdiction. Key new disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about reconciling items, disaggregated income (loss) and income tax expense by jurisdiction, and income taxes paid disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions where taxes paid exceed 5% of total. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. For the Company, the earliest fiscal year affected will begin April 1, 2026. The amendments require a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-09.
In March 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income (Subtopic 220-40): Expense Disaggregation Disclosures. The ASU requires public business entities to disclose in a tabular format significant expense categories that are included in each relevant income statement line item. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this standard will have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Management has reviewed other recently issued but not yet effective accounting standards and believes they will not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. The Company will adopt applicable standards as required.
Foreign Currency Remeasurements
The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, VML and its wholly-owned subsidiary VML_ZH, along with VMT, operate using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. The effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on consolidated balance sheet accounts were not material for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
F-16
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 3. Receivables
Receivables consist of the following at March 31:
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
Accounts receivable, trade |
$ |
35,197 |
|
$ |
57,190 |
|
||
|
Other receivables |
|
91,302 |
|
|
7,048 |
|
||
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
(827 |
) |
|
(34,571 |
) |
||
|
Receivables, net |
$ |
125,672 |
|
$ |
29,667 |
|
||
Changes in the allowance for credit losses account is as follows:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Beginning balance |
$ |
34,571 |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
|
Adoption of accounting standard |
|
— |
|
|
22,483 |
|
||
|
Credit loss (recovery) expense |
|
(17,912 |
) |
|
43,471 |
|
||
|
Write-offs charged against the allowance |
|
(13,500 |
) |
|
(31,383 |
) |
||
|
Recoveries of amounts written off |
|
(2,332 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Ending balance |
$ |
827 |
|
$ |
34,571 |
|
||
The Company recognizes an allowance for credit losses for accounts receivable and other receivables to present the net amount expected to be collected as of the balance sheet date. Such allowance is based on the credit losses expected to arise over the life of the asset (contractual term) which includes consideration of prepayments and based on the Company’s expectations as of the balance sheet date.
The Company generally does not carry accounts receivable beyond thirty to sixty days for its U.S. operations, and beyond one year for its foreign subsidiaries, which mostly consist of customer-supplier relationships. Receivables are written off when the Company determines that such receivables are deemed uncollectible, in accordance with its policy.
Write-offs are recognized as a deduction from the allowance for credit losses. Expected recoveries of amounts previously written off, not to exceed the aggregate of the amount previously written off, are included in determining the necessary reserve at the balance sheet date. The Company’s policy for recording the allowance for credit losses for trade receivables involves pooling its receivables based on similar risk characteristics in estimating expected credit losses. In situations where a receivable does not share the same risk characteristics with other receivables, the Company measures those individually. The Company also continuously evaluates such pooling decisions and adjusts as needed from period to period as risk characteristics change. In estimating expected credit losses, the Company considers historical loss experience, current market conditions, and forward-looking macroeconomic trends relevant to its customers’ ability to pay.
Note 4. Prepaids and Other Current Assets
Prepaids and other current assets consisted of the following as of:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Security deposits |
$ |
205,666 |
$ |
353,737 |
||
|
Prepaid materials |
|
— |
|
39,458 |
||
|
Recoverable VAT |
|
58,873 |
|
156,281 |
||
|
Other prepaid expenses |
|
41,614 |
|
129,166 |
||
|
$ |
306,153 |
$ |
678,642 |
|||
F-17
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 5. Inventory
Inventory consisted of the following as of:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Raw materials |
$ |
1,321,224 |
$ |
792,640 |
||
|
Work in process |
|
11,111 |
|
20,297 |
||
|
Finished goods |
|
123,914 |
|
157,553 |
||
|
$ |
1,456,249 |
$ |
970,490 |
|||
Note 6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment consist of the following as of:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Computer equipment |
$ |
46,946 |
|
$ |
47,033 |
|
||
|
Furniture and equipment |
|
46,146 |
|
|
29,926 |
|
||
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
1,136,733 |
|
|
1,185,182 |
|
||
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
92,106 |
|
|
72,971 |
|
||
|
|
1,321,931 |
|
|
1,335,112 |
|
|||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(857,028 |
) |
|
(812,989 |
) |
||
|
$ |
464,903 |
|
$ |
522,123 |
|
|||
For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company has recorded depreciation expense in the consolidated statements of operations of $170,369 and $65,135, respectively.
Note 7. Intangibles
Intangible assets consist of the following as of:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Assets in progress |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
1,817,436 |
|
||
|
Software and game design |
|
2,578,050 |
|
|
515,328 |
|
||
|
Trademarks |
|
76,939 |
|
|
69,734 |
|
||
|
Website |
|
137,070 |
|
|
35,520 |
|
||
|
Customer list |
|
— |
|
|
5,000 |
|
||
|
|
2,792,059 |
|
|
2,443,018 |
|
|||
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(810,356 |
) |
|
(503,335 |
) |
||
|
$ |
1,981,703 |
|
$ |
1,939,683 |
|
|||
Intangible assets in progress at March 31, 2024, represent website costs incurred by the Company, for which amortization began upon the website launch in September 2024, and capitalized Omni One software costs, which were released for sale and placed in service in September 2024. For the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company recorded amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations of $312,020 and $82,803, respectively.
The carrying value of capitalized software costs is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognized when the unamortized capitalized costs exceed the net realizable value of the software, which is defined as the estimated future gross revenue from the product less the estimated future costs of completing and disposing of that product.
F-18
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 7. Intangibles (cont.)
Based on management’s evaluation, certain indicators of impairment were identified; however, the Company performed the required impairment tests and concluded that no impairment charges were necessary. Accordingly, no impairment charges were recorded during the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
Note 8. Notes Payable
Subordinated Promissory Notes
On July 10, 2024, the Company received Board approval to raise $1,500,000 of subordinated promissory notes (the “2024 Notes”). This authorization was later increased to $2,500,000 on August 8, 2024. Between July and December 2024, the Company raised $2,485,000 through various investors, with an interest rate of 18%.
The 2024 Notes provided for payment of principal and accrued interest at maturity, originally set for December 31, 2024. The Company exercised its option to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2025, and later further extended it to December 31, 2025.
In connection with the investors’ purchases of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants (the “Securities”) in December 2024, the Company and certain noteholders entered into Instruments of Cancellation, under which $117,500 of the principal amount and all accrued but unpaid interest of $7,991 was applied toward the purchase of the Securities. As a result, the Company derecognized the extinguished principal and accrued interest and recorded the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants as a capital transaction. No gain or loss on extinguishment was recognized.
Simultaneously, the Company issued a new subordinated promissory note dated December 10, 2024, for the remaining $17,500 principal balance of one investor’s note, with terms consistent with the original 2024 Notes. This new note remains outstanding as of March 31, 2025, and is classified as a current liability.
As of March 31, 2025, the 2024 Notes, excluding the principal tendered and converted, are reflected in current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as $2,367,500 ($0 as of March 31, 2024).
Interest expense related to the subordinated promissory notes was $298,927 and $0 for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Western Technology Investment Note
Effective April 27, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement to obtain financing with Western Technology Investment. The initial commitment of $1,000,000 was received on April 29, 2022. The terms of the note provide for interest-only payments through February 28, 2023, followed by thirty months of principal and interest payments, which began on March 1, 2023 in monthly installments in the amount of $38,967, with a maturity date of September 1, 2025. The note had a fixed rate of interest of 12.25% and was secured by all assets of the Company.
The Company has granted warrants associated with this note to acquire shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, which according to Topic 470-20, Debt, are recorded in equity as additional paid-in capital — preferred stock warrants, at fair value as of the date of issuance, and in liabilities, as a contra account, called discount on note payable, which was amortized over the life of the note.
The discount is being amortized over the life of the note using the effective interest method starting in June 2022. The carrying value of the note at March 31, 2025 was $222,476 ($225,508 principal, less unamortized deferred loan costs of $1,500 and discount of $1,532). The carrying value of the note at March 31, 2024 was $619,996 ($636,755 principal, less unamortized deferred loan costs of $6,000 and discount of $10,759). Discount amortization and amortization of loan costs included in interest expense was $13,727 and $21,685 for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Interest expense on the note was $56,359 and $104,362 for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
F-19
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 8. Notes Payable (cont.)
EIDL Loan
On August 29, 2020, the Company received a loan from the U.S. Small Business Administration under its Economic Injury Disaster Loan assistance program (the “EIDL Loan”) in light of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the Company’s business. The principal amount of the EIDL Loan was $25,000, with proceeds to be used for working capital purposes.
The EIDL Loan is expected to mature in August 2050, bears interest at a rate of 3.75% per year, and accrued interest was payable monthly beginning in March 2023 with principal payments due beginning in September 2024. Interest expense on the EIDL Loan was $804 and $0 for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Future maturities of notes payable are as follows as of:
|
March 31 |
||||
|
2026 |
$ |
2,593,557 |
|
|
|
2027 |
|
570 |
|
|
|
2028 |
|
592 |
|
|
|
2029 |
|
615 |
|
|
|
2030 |
|
638 |
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
21,672 |
|
|
|
Total |
|
2,617,644 |
|
|
|
Less: unamortized discount |
|
(3,032 |
) |
|
|
$ |
2,614,612 |
|
||
Note 9. Leases
The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. The Company has elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within ASC 842, which allows the Company to (i) not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases, (ii) not reassess the lease classification of any expired or existing leases, and (iii) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company has also elected the short-term lease exemption for certain leases with a term of 12 months or less.
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets are presented in non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets, while the corresponding lease liabilities are split between current and non-current liabilities. Because the Company does not have access to the rate implicit in its leases, it applies an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement to determine the present value of future lease payments.
Nature of Leases
The Company leases office and warehouse space in both the United States and China under various operating lease agreements.
• On June 25, 2015, the Company entered into a 39-month lease for its U.S. headquarters. The lease was extended on February 19, 2018, for 60 months, expiring September 30, 2023. On June 28, 2023, the lease was extended an additional 12 months through September 30, 2024, at a monthly base rent of $12,600. On October 1, 2024, the lease was further extended through November 30, 2029, with monthly rent increasing to $14,960 and escalating annually up to $18,204.
• The Company also has several operating leases for an office, warehouse space, and a storage shed in China with lease terms ranging from June 2023 to September 2025. Monthly rent payments range from approximately $800 to $11,000. The Company also maintains a month-to-month apartment lease in China with rent of approximately $1,000 per month.
F-20
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 9. Leases (cont.)
The total amount recorded as ROU as of March 31, 2025, was $835,488, and lease liabilities as of March 31, 2025, was $204,051, which was classified as current liabilities, and $631,437 which was classified as non-current liabilities.
The total amount recorded as right-of-use assets as of March 31, 2024, was $296,437, and lease liabilities as of March 31, 2024, was $222,717, which was classified as current liabilities, and $73,720 which was classified as non-current liabilities.
The total lease expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 for building leases was $334,767 and $283,325, respectively.
The following future payments due under operating leases for the fiscal period ending March 31:
|
2026 |
$ |
256,812 |
|
|
|
2027 |
|
190,454 |
|
|
|
2028 |
|
198,084 |
|
|
|
2029 |
|
205,999 |
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
141,427 |
|
|
|
Total lease payments |
|
992,776 |
|
|
|
Imputed Interest |
|
(157,288 |
) |
|
|
$ |
835,488 |
|
As of March 31, 2025, the weighted-average remaining lease term for the operating leases is 4.22 years. The weighted-average discount rate for the operating leases is 7.26% as of March 31, 2025. As of March 31, 2024, the weighted-average remaining lease term for the operating leases is 1.18 years. The weighted-average discount rate for the operating leases is 4.37% as of March 31, 2024.
Note 10. Research and Development
Expenses relating to research and development are expensed as incurred. Research and development includes costs such as design expenses, game and software development expenses, salaries, prototypes, and various other research and development expenses.
Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company has certain royalty commitments associated with the shipment of its products for the use of licensed software and modifications together with the Company’s hardware and other software. Royalty expense is generally based on a dollar amount per unit shipped and can range from $1 per unit to $8 per unit. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, management has recorded royalty expense in the consolidated statements of operations of $68 and $907, respectively.
In February 2024, the Company was named a co-defendant and served a citation by a customer related to alleged injuries obtained when attempting to use the Omni Arena attraction at an entertainment venue. The case remains in the discovery phase, and no settlement range has been determined at this time. The Company’s attorneys, retained by the Company’s insurance provider, have filed a general denial and alleged contributory negligence against the plaintiff. Based on current information, the Company believes this matter will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. All legal costs and any potential settlement are expected to be covered by the Company’s insurance provider.
F-21
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 12. Capital Stock
Effective February 8, 2023, under the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the number of shares of Common Stock authorized increased from 30,000,000 shares to 37,000,000 shares, and the Company also increased its authorized Preferred Stock to 29,300,000 shares. The Preferred Stock is designated as 4,000,000 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, 4,300,000 shares of Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, 7,000,000 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, 7,000,000 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and 7,000,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
Dividend Rights
Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends, as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors out of legally available funds. Those dividends are paid ratably to the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock based on the number of shares of Common Stock which would be held by each stockholder if all of the Preferred Stock was converted to Common Stock under the terms of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Certificate of Incorporation. The Company has never declared or paid cash dividends on any of its capital stock and currently does not anticipate paying any cash dividends after this offering or in the foreseeable future.
Voting Rights
Each holder of Preferred Stock is entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock which would be held by each stockholder if all of the Preferred Stock was converted into Common Stock. Fractional votes are not permitted and if the conversion results in a fractional share, it will be rounded to the closest whole number. Holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to vote on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors, as a single class with the holders of Common Stock. Specific matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders require the approval of a majority of the holders of Preferred Stock voting as a separate class.
The Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation includes protective provisions that prohibit the Company from taking certain actions without the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted basis. These include: (i) amending the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws in a way that adversely affects the Preferred Stock, (ii) authorizing or issuing equity securities with rights senior to or on par with the Preferred Stock, (iii) redeeming or repurchasing shares outside of specific permitted cases, (iv) declaring dividends on Common Stock, and (v) entering into a liquidation, merger, or similar transaction (Deemed Liquidation Event).
Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions
In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution, or winding up, holders of its Preferred Stock are entitled to a liquidation preference superior to the Common Stock. Holders of Preferred Stock will receive an amount for each share equal to the original price paid for the shares plus any declared but unpaid dividends thereon. If, upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the assets and funds that are distributable to the holders of Preferred Stock are insufficient to permit the payment to such holders of the full amount of their respective liquidation preference, then all of such assets and funds will be distributed ratably among the holders of the Preferred Stock in proportion to the full preferential amounts to which they would otherwise be entitled to receive. Certain change-in-control transactions, including mergers or asset sales, may also constitute “Deemed Liquidation Events” under the Certificate of Incorporation. In such cases, holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to the same liquidation preference as in a traditional dissolution, unless waived by a majority of the affected series. Upon a Deemed Liquidation Event, all equity holders (Preferred and Common) participate in the distribution of proceeds in accordance with their priority rights. While Preferred Stockholders are entitled to receive their liquidation preference before any distribution to Common Stockholders, there is no contractual right requiring Preferred holders to receive cash or a different form of consideration than Common. All shareholders receive the same form of consideration in such events, and there are no side agreements providing otherwise.
F-22
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 12. Capital Stock (cont.)
The Preferred Stock has liquidation preferences of $0.80 per share, $1.05 per share, $2.332 per share, $2.996 per share, and $6.22 per share for the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock, Series A-2 Preferred Stock, and Series B Preferred Stock, respectively. The total liquidation preference on all Preferred Stock as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $55,536,941 and $46,445,304, respectively.
Terms of Conversion
The Preferred Stock is convertible into the Common Stock of the Company as provided by Section 4.3 of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Each share of Preferred Stock is convertible at the option of the holder of the share at any time after issuance and prior to the closing of any transaction that constitutes liquidation event of the Company. The conversion price of the Preferred Stock is equal to the issue price subject to adjustment as discussed under Anti-Dilution Rights below.
Additionally, each share of the Preferred Stock will automatically convert into the Common Stock of the Company immediately prior to the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering, registered under the Securities Act of 1933, in which the aggregate gross proceeds raised are at least $40 million. The shares will convert in the same manner as the voluntary conversion.
Anti-Dilution Rights
Holders of Preferred Stock will receive certain antidilution protective provisions that will be applied to adjust the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the shares of the respective series of Preferred Stock.
If equity securities are subsequently issued by the Company at a price per share less than the conversion price of the Preferred Stock then in effect, the conversion price of the Preferred Stock will be adjusted using a broad-based, weighted-average adjustment formula as provided in the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. These protections apply to all series of Preferred Stock and are intended to preserve proportional ownership in the event of dilutive issuances.
SAFE Notes
On January 20, 2023, the Company’s board of directors (“Board” or “Board of Directors”) approved the issuance of simple agreements for future equity (“SAFE Notes”). Portions of the capital raised from the sale of SAFE Notes were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”) under Regulation CF and Rule 506(c) of Regulation D of the Securities and Exchange Commission.
The SAFE Notes entitle holders to convert their investment amounts into shares of the Company’s Series B preferred stock (see Note 12) upon a qualified equity financing event, generally defined as an issuance of Series B preferred stock for gross proceeds of at least $5,000,000. The conversion price is determined by applying the lesser of (i) a 20% discount to the Series B preferred stock pricing in the triggering round or (ii) a $180,000,000 post-money valuation of the Company.
In a Liquidity Event or dissolution event (as defined in the SAFE Notes), holders are entitled to receive shares of Conversion Stock on an as-converted basis or treatment equal to common stock holders. No such events occurred prior to conversion. Upon maturity, any unconverted SAFE Notes convert automatically into Series B preferred stock at a conversion rate based on the post-money valuation and fully diluted capitalization at that time.
The SAFE Notes do not have voting rights or privileges prior to conversion. Upon conversion, holders receive all rights and privileges of the Series B preferred stock issued in the triggering financing.
F-23
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 12. Capital Stock (cont.)
The Company accounts for its SAFE Notes in accordance with ASC Topic 480, Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity, ASC Topic 815, Derivatives and Hedging, and ASC Topic 470, Debt. Based on management’s evaluation of the terms and conditions of the SAFE Notes, including the conversion features and settlement provisions, the Company determined that the SAFE Notes meet the criteria for equity classification under GAAP.
Specifically, the SAFE Notes are settled in a fixed number of shares upon a liquidity event or upon maturity, and do not include features that would require cash settlement or provide the holder with rights akin to those of a creditor. The conversion feature is indexed to the Company’s own stock and does not meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815. As such, the SAFE Notes do not meet the criteria for liability classification under ASC 480 or derivative accounting under ASC 815.
Accordingly, the SAFE Notes are recorded as a component of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets.
During the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the Company issued SAFE Notes for cash proceeds totaling $3,598,805 and $2,642,182, respectively.
Outstanding Stock
At March 31, 2025 and 2024, total outstanding Common Stock was 8,259,644 and 8,250,000, respectively. At both March 31, 2025 and 2024, total outstanding Series Seed Preferred Stock was 3,750,000; total outstanding Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock was 3,601,709; total outstanding Series A-1 Preferred Stock was 4,646,982; total outstanding Series A-2 Preferred Stock was 6,932,575; and total outstanding Series B Preferred Stock was 2,756,976.
On November 29, 2023, the Company awarded 2,750,000 shares of Common Stock to an advisor. In April 2024, the Company repurchased these shares at par value in the amount of $2,750 in accordance with the award agreement and recorded them as Treasury Stock. On April 5, 2024, the Company reissued the 2,750,000 shares from Treasury Stock to a different advisor and Board member. See Note 13 for additional discussion of the related stock compensation expense.
At March 31, 2024, SAFE Notes totaling $3,348,356 were converted to 672,887 shares of Series B preferred stock. All converted within the original terms so no gain or loss noted on the conversions. Additionally, the Company issued 622,411 shares of Series B preferred stock for an investment of $3,871,396, net of issuance costs of $311,661. At March 31, 2024, total outstanding Series B Preferred Stock was 1,295,298.
In April 2024, SAFE Notes totaling $995,518 were converted to 199,758 shares of Series B preferred stock. All converted within the original terms so no gain or loss noted on the conversions. Also in April 2024, the Company issued additional SAFE Notes in exchange for a cash investment totaling $3,598,805, which were converted to 723,228 shares of Series B preferred stock on April 30, 2024.
From September 2024 through March 2025, the Company issued 333,580 shares of Series B preferred stock to accredited investors under Regulation D in exchange for cash investments totaling $1,934,496 and the tender of unsecured subordinated notes with a principal and accrued interest amount totaling $124,492. The Company also issued warrants to purchase 238,723 shares of Common Stock of the Company. The warrants expire on December 31, 2031.
From December 2024 through March 2025, the Company issued 205,112 shares of Series B preferred stock to investors participating in a StartEngine investment campaign under Regulation CF, in exchange for cash investments totaling $1,009,593 (net of investor fees). At March 31, 2025, total outstanding Series B Preferred Stock was 2,756,976.
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of each class of the Company’s equity, including share issuances, repurchases, conversions, and warrant exercises, is presented in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ deficit.
F-24
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 12. Capital Stock (cont.)
As of March 31, 2025, the Company has reserved 24,551,226 shares of its authorized but unissued Common Stock for possible future issuance in connection with the following:
|
Shares |
||
|
Long Term Incentive Plan |
2,433,728 |
|
|
Conversion of Preferred Stock |
21,688,267 |
|
|
Exercise of stock warrants |
429,231 |
Warrants
Warrants are issued in connection with debt (see Note 8) and equity from time to time at the Company’s discretion.
As of March 31, 2024, the Company had warrants exercisable into 156,250 shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock, 150,085 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock, and 50,066 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock, for a total of 356,401 shares of Preferred Stock.
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, 156,250 warrants for Series Seed Preferred Stock expired and 238,723 warrants for Common Stock were issued.
The fair value of the 238,723 Common Stock warrants associated with the Series B equity as of their issuance date was determined to be $394,132 using the Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions.
|
Stock Price |
$ |
1.66 |
|
|
|
Exercise Price |
$ |
.01 |
|
|
|
Dividend Yield |
|
0.00 |
% |
|
|
Volatility |
|
80.00 |
% |
|
|
Risk-free Rate |
|
3.89 – 4.30 |
% |
|
|
Expected Years |
|
3.5 |
|
|
|
Initial Terms |
|
6 – 7 years |
|
During the year ended March 31, 2025, Common Stock warrants were exercised for 9,644 shares of Common Stock.
As of March 31, 2025, the Company had warrants exercisable into 150,085 shares of Series A-1 Preferred Stock and 50,066 shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock for a total of 200,151 shares of Preferred Stock, and 229,079 shares of Common Stock. The warrants are all exercisable as of both March 31, 2025 and 2024. The warrants have a weighted average exercise price of $1.26 per share, with a weighted average remaining term to expiration of 5.93 years (see Note 8 for more discussion on warrants).
The following is a rollforward of warrants for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024:
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||
|
Shares |
Price |
Shares |
Price |
|||||||||
|
Beginning balance |
356,401 |
|
$ |
1.570 |
398,403 |
|
$ |
1.810 |
||||
|
Issued |
238,723 |
|
|
0.010 |
— |
|
|
— |
||||
|
Exercised |
(9,644 |
) |
|
0.010 |
— |
|
|
— |
||||
|
Expired |
(156,250 |
) |
|
0.800 |
(42,002 |
) |
|
2.332 |
||||
|
Ending balance |
429,230 |
|
$ |
1.260 |
356,401 |
|
$ |
1.570 |
||||
According to guidance of Topic 470-20, these warrants are recorded in equity as additional paid-in capital — preferred stock warrants or additional paid-in capital — common stock warrants, at fair value as of the date of issuance, and as a reduction of additional paid in capital — preferred stock or additional paid in capital — common stock for the related stock purchased.
F-25
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 13. Stock Compensation Expense
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the provisions of Topic 718, Compensation — Stock Compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and non-employee officers based on estimated fair values as of the date of grant. Compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
As mentioned in Note 11, the Company has a stock-based employee compensation plan, the Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), for which 2,500,000 shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under the Plan. Awards granted under the Plan typically expire ten years after the grant date. The Plan expired on April 6, 2024; however, 583,728 issued awards remained outstanding as of March 31, 2025.
On January 22, 2025, the Company adopted a new Long Term Incentive Plan (the “2025 Plan”), providing for the issuance of up to 1,850,000 shares of Common Stock of the Company upon the exercise of options or the issuance of restricted stock awards under the 2025 Plan. The Company approved the issuance of option grants to employees of the Company under the 2025 Plan totaling 1,635,000 optioned shares as of March 31, 2025.
Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) are granted to certain employees of the Company from time to time. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, 1,590,823 and 1,515,823 ISO options were granted since inception, respectively.
As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, 159,258 and 430,508 ISO options were vested. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, 1,255,940 and 885,315 ISO options were forfeited. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, 95,625 and no ISO options were expired.
The Board of Directors of the Company granted three non-qualified stock options (“NQSOs”) for a total of 1,182,030 shares, with an exercise price of $0.11 per share, to certain independent contractors and advisors of the Company in a previous year. These NQSOs expired during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, the Board of Directors of the Company granted two NQSOs for a total of 1,540,000 shares, with an exercise price of $1.66 per share, to certain independent contractors and advisors of the Company.
From time to time, the Company grants NQSOs to various other non-employees with exercise prices based on current stock valuations. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, 3,254,000 and 1,714,000 total NQSO options had been granted since inception, respectively, and 1,910,303 and 1,501,500, respectively, NQSO options were vested. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, 112,500 NQSO options were forfeited. As of March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, 1,182,030 and no NQSO options were expired.
Compensation expense pertaining to ISOs of $24,545 and $29,800, and compensation expense pertaining to NQSOs of $1,188,650 and $10,998 was recorded for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, in general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Total compensation cost related to non-vested awards not yet recognized as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $65,902 and $32,560, respectively, and will be recognized over a weighted-average period of approximately 20 months.
The amount of future stock option compensation expense could be affected by any future option grants or by option holders leaving the Company before their grants are fully vested or exercised.
Determining the appropriate fair value of stock-based awards requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the fair value of the Company’s common stock, and for stock options, the expected life of the option, and expected stock price volatility. The Company used the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value its stock option awards. The assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock-based awards represent management’s best estimates and involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment. As a result, if factors change and management uses different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense could be materially different for future awards.
F-26
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 13. Stock Compensation Expense (cont.)
The expected life of stock options was estimated using the “simplified method,” which is the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term, as the Company has limited historical information to develop reasonable expectations about future exercise patterns and employment duration for its stock options grants. The simplified method is based on the average of the vesting tranches and the contractual life of each grant. For stock price volatility, the Company uses comparable public companies as a basis for its expected volatility to calculate the fair value of options grants. The risk-free interest rate is based on U.S. Treasury notes with a term approximating the expected life of the option. The estimation of the number of stock awards that will ultimately vest requires judgment, and to the extent actual results or updated estimates differ from the Company’s current estimates, such amounts are recognized as an adjustment in the period in which estimates are revised.
The assumptions utilized in determining the fair value of option grants during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, are as follows:
|
2025 |
2024 |
||||
|
Exercise Price – ISOs |
1.66 |
|
N/A |
||
|
Exercise Price – NQSOs |
1.66 |
|
N/A |
||
|
Dividend Yield |
0.00 |
% |
N/A |
||
|
Volatility |
80.00 |
% |
N/A |
||
|
Risk-free Rate – ISOs |
4.36 |
% |
N/A |
||
|
Risk-free Rate – NQSOs |
4.36 |
% |
N/A |
||
|
Years to Expiration – ISOs |
5 |
|
N/A |
||
|
Years to Expiration – NQSOs |
5 |
|
N/A |
||
Vesting generally occurs over a period of three to four years for employees and two to three years for non-employee consultants. A summary of information related to stock options for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, is as follows:
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||||||||
|
Shares |
Price |
Shares |
Price |
|||||||||||
|
Outstanding – Beginning of Period |
|
2,232,008 |
|
$ |
0.33 |
|
2,267,008 |
|
$ |
0.31 |
||||
|
Granted |
|
1,635,000 |
|
|
1.66 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
||||
|
Exercised |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
||||
|
Forfeited |
|
(370,625 |
) |
|
0.55 |
|
(35,000 |
) |
|
0.65 |
||||
|
Expired |
|
(1,277,655 |
) |
|
0.11 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
||||
|
Outstanding – End of Period |
|
2,218,728 |
|
$ |
1.40 |
|
2,232,008 |
|
$ |
0.33 |
||||
|
Exercisable at End of Period |
|
2,069,561 |
|
$ |
1.42 |
|
1,932,008 |
|
$ |
0.28 |
||||
|
Weighted average duration to expiration of outstanding options at period-end (years) |
|
8.3 |
|
|
|
2.3 |
|
|
||||||
|
Weighted average grant date fair value |
$ |
0.76 |
|
|
$ |
0.30 |
|
|
||||||
The total intrinsic value of the stock options at March 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, is $580,843 and $2,974,353.
As mentioned in Note 11, the Company awarded 2,750,000 shares of Common Stock to an advisor on November 29, 2023. The shares were legally transferred on the grant date, and the award agreement included a repurchase right allowing the Company to repurchase the shares at par value if the award recipient failed to fulfill its obligations following the Company’s achievement of certain presale order targets by March 31, 2024. Although the Company met the presale targets, the recipient did not fulfill its obligations as set forth in a Memorandum of Understanding between the parties, including the execution of a strategic partnership with regards to the operation of Virtuix in India. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company recorded stock compensation expense of $4,647,500, based on the grant-date fair value of $1.69 per share, in the year ended March 31, 2024.
F-27
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 13. Stock Compensation Expense (cont.)
The Company exercised its repurchase right by providing notice and paying the par value on April 1, 2024. As a result, 2,750,000 shares were returned and recorded as Treasury Stock in the amount of $2,750.
On April 5, 2024, the Company reissued the repurchased shares held in Treasury Stock to a different advisor, in exchange for strategic advisory services, under a new award agreement with no repurchase contingencies. Stock compensation expense related to this new award was $4,647,500 for the year ended March 31, 2025, based on the same fair value per share. The Company relieved Treasury Stock of $2,750, recording the remaining $4,644,750 to additional paid-in capital. The advisor receiving the award was appointed to the Company’s Board of Directors on the same date.
Note 14. Income Taxes
Deferred taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. The differences relate primarily to depreciable assets using accelerated depreciation methods for income tax purposes, share-based compensation expense, and for net operating loss carryforwards.
Deferred tax assets consisted of the following at March 31, 2025 and 2024:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Share-based compensation expense |
$ |
2,277,559 |
|
$ |
1,051,968 |
|
||
|
Net operating loss carryforward |
|
8,493,999 |
|
|
6,969,218 |
|
||
|
Long-term deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Property and equipment |
|
(637,405 |
) |
|
(353,148 |
) |
||
|
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities |
|
10,134,153 |
|
|
7,668,038 |
|
||
|
Valuation allowance |
|
(10,134,153 |
) |
|
(7,668,038 |
) |
||
|
Net deferred tax asset |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making this determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and recent operating results. The federal tax rate in effect affecting future tax benefits at March 31, 2025 and 2024 was 21%. The Company assessed the need for a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets and determined that a full valuation allowance is required due to cumulative losses through March 31, 2025 and continued net operating losses for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024. Accordingly, no provision for deferred income taxes has been recognized for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024.
The Company’s ability to utilize net operating loss carryforwards will depend on its ability to generate adequate future taxable income. As of March 31, 2025, NOL carryforwards available to offset future taxable income totaled $40,447,615. Of this amount, $12,561,963 relates to tax years prior to 2018 and will expire between 2034 and 2038. The remaining $27,885,652 relates to tax years beginning after December 31, 2017, and may be carried forward indefinitely but is limited to offsetting 80% of taxable income in future years under current federal tax law.
Although the CARES Act (enacted in March 2020) temporarily permitted NOL carrybacks for certain tax years and suspended the 80% limitation, the Company did not generate taxable income in prior years and therefore has not benefited from carryback provisions. The entire balance has been fully reserved in the valuation allowance discussed above.
The Company’s effective tax rate for the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024 was 0% due to the full valuation allowance on the net deferred tax assets.
F-28
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 14. Income Taxes (cont.)
Topic 718 provides that income tax effects of share-based payments are recognized in the financial statements for those awards that will normally result in tax deductions under existing tax law. Under current U.S. federal tax law, the Company receives a compensation expense deduction related to NQSOs only when those options are exercised. Accordingly, the consolidated financial statement recognition of compensation cost for NQSOs creates a deductible temporary difference, which results in a deferred tax asset and a corresponding deferred tax benefit in the consolidated statement of operations. The Company does not recognize a tax benefit for compensation expense related to ISOs unless the underlying shares are disposed of in a disqualifying disposition.
Accordingly, compensation expense related to ISOs is treated as a permanent difference for income tax purposes.
Under the People’s Republic of China Enterprise Income Tax Law, enterprise income tax is collected from companies on a quarterly basis, and is based on the net income companies obtain while exercising their business activity, normally during one business year. The standard tax rate is 25%. For VML_ZH, taxes attributable to the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, was $2,353 and $10,676, respectively.
Note 15. Investment in Joint Venture
As mentioned in Note 1, the Company has an investment in a Joint Venture. VML has 49% ownership and does not have control over the Joint Venture, therefore, the investment has been accounted for using the equity method.
As of March 31, 2025, the Joint Venture had total assets of $287,330, total liabilities of $344,488, and total deficit of $(57,158).
As of March 31, 2024, the Joint Venture had total assets of $380,208, total liabilities of $406,860, and total deficit of $(26,652).
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2025, the Joint Venture had operating revenue of $54,027, cost of goods sold of $36,801, operating costs of $47,732, and net loss of $30,506. Under the equity method, net loss attributable to the Company was $14,948, resulting in a share of loss in joint venture of $14,948 in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2025.
For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2024, the Joint Venture had operating revenue of $277,215, cost of goods sold of $200,332, operating costs of $118,028, and net loss of $41,145. Under the equity method, net loss attributable to the Company was $20,161, resulting in a share of loss in joint venture of $20,161 in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended March 31, 2024.
During the years ended March 31, 2025 and 2024, the following related-party transactions occurred: the Company’s China subsidiary had sales to Heroix of $42,754 and $111,218, respectively. As of March 31, 2025, the Company’s China subsidiary had zero accounts receivable from Heroix, had zero accounts payable to Heroix, and held prepayments from Heroix for unshipped orders of $7,293. As of March 31, 2024, the Company’s China subsidiary had zero accounts receivable from Heroix, had zero accounts payable to Heroix, and held prepayments from Heroix for unshipped orders of $45,379.
F-29
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 16. Revenue Disaggregation
Revenue streams from performance obligations included in net sales as of March 31, 2025 and 2024, in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:
|
March 31, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
SALES |
|
|
||||
|
Omni Pro units and accessories, net of discounts |
$ |
60,041 |
$ |
205,846 |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
|
214,257 |
|
296,703 |
||
|
Omni Care program |
|
130,990 |
|
256,667 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
|
429,927 |
|
1,637,283 |
||
|
Omni One |
|
2,755,223 |
|
12,421 |
||
|
NET SALES |
$ |
3,590,438 |
$ |
2,408,920 |
||
In January 2023, the Company began shipping beta units of the Omni One, with a full public release following in September 2024.
Note 17. Segment Reporting
The Company operates in a single operating segment: the design, development, marketing, and sale of omni-directional treadmills, accessories, and related services to consumer and commercial customers. This single operating segment has been identified based on internal management structure and reporting to the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
The Company’s CODM evaluates segment performance based on the revenues, gross profit and operating loss of the segment and uses internal financial statements to make decisions regarding resource allocation. Revenues, gross profit and operating loss used by the CODM are presented on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The measure of segment assets is represented as total assets presented on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. While there are intercompany transactions between consolidated entities, these are eliminated in consolidation and do not impact the Company’s single segment presentation.
The Company has not identified any reportable segments other than the single operating segment discussed.
Note 18. Patents
As of March 31, 2025, the Company owns fifteen issued utility patents and nine issued design patents, and eight additional applications are still pending.
Note 19. Subsequent Events
Subsequent events are evaluated through the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
From April to July 2025, the Company issued 23,060 shares of Series B preferred stock to accredited investors under Regulation D in exchange for cash investments totaling $112,990.
From April to August 2025, the Company issued 367,434 shares of Series B preferred stock to investors participating in a StartEngine investment campaign under Regulation CF, in exchange for cash investments totaling $1,939,004 (net of investor fees).
F-30
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
MARCH 31, 2025 AND 2024
Note 19. Subsequent Events (cont.)
Effective June 2025, the Company amended the 2024 Notes to allow for cancellation of 2024 Notes for current investors and subsequent issuance of Series B preferred stock through the 2025 Subscription Agreement. As a result, 2024 Notes principal and accrued interest of $462,975 were cancelled and 74,430 shares of Series B preferred stock and warrants to purchase 74,430 shares of Common Stock of the Company were issued under the 2025 Subscription Agreements, resulting in remaining 2024 Notes principal amount of $1,967,500 as of July 31, 2025. Also effective June 2025, the Company reserved 500,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and 500,000 shares of Common Stock for issuance under the 2025 Subscription Agreements.
The Company issued two unsecured promissory notes to related parties, totaling $217,678, due September 30, 2025.
On August 6, 2025, stockholders approved, and on August 7, 2025, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”). Pursuant to the Certificate, the Company reclassified and converted each share of its previously outstanding capital stock into shares of Class A common stock, effective immediately upon the acceptance of the Certificate for filing by the Secretary of State of Delaware. As a result of the reclassification and conversion, all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all series of preferred stock and any previously outstanding common stock, were automatically reclassified and converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. Following the effectiveness of the Certificate, only Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and undesignated preferred stock are authorized.
No additional material events were identified which require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.
F-31
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND MARCH 31, 2025
ASSETS
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
CURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
564,567 |
|
$ |
477,908 |
|
||
|
Receivables, net of allowance for credit losses |
|
233,907 |
|
|
125,672 |
|
||
|
Inventory |
|
1,132,783 |
|
|
1,456,249 |
|
||
|
Prepaids and other current assets |
|
611,186 |
|
|
306,153 |
|
||
|
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS |
|
2,542,443 |
|
|
2,365,982 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
NONCURRENT ASSETS |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Property and equipment |
|
1,342,319 |
|
|
1,321,931 |
|
||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(943,162 |
) |
|
(857,028 |
) |
||
|
Net property and equipment |
|
399,157 |
|
|
464,903 |
|
||
|
Intangibles |
|
2,794,251 |
|
|
2,792,059 |
|
||
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(1,040,004 |
) |
|
(810,356 |
) |
||
|
Net intangibles |
|
1,754,247 |
|
|
1,981,703 |
|
||
|
Investment in joint venture |
|
40,619 |
|
|
40,689 |
|
||
|
Other assets |
|
185,148 |
|
|
86,258 |
|
||
|
Right-of-use asset – operating |
|
757,471 |
|
|
835,488 |
|
||
|
TOTAL NONCURRENT ASSETS |
|
3,136,642 |
|
|
3,409,041 |
|
||
|
TOTAL ASSETS |
$ |
5,679,085 |
|
$ |
5,775,023 |
|
||
F-32
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS — (Continued)
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND MARCH 31, 2025
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT)
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts payable |
$ |
1,137,466 |
|
$ |
807,401 |
|
||
|
Accrued expenses |
|
734,114 |
|
|
502,001 |
|
||
|
Deferred revenue |
|
738,198 |
|
|
1,769,556 |
|
||
|
Gift card liability |
|
456,552 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Due to related party |
|
63,896 |
|
|
40,000 |
|
||
|
Current portion of notes payable, net of discount and unamortized deferred loan costs |
|
2,759,535 |
|
|
2,589,976 |
|
||
|
Current portion of EIDL loan |
|
560 |
|
|
549 |
|
||
|
Lease liability – operating |
|
170,792 |
|
|
204,051 |
|
||
|
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES |
|
6,061,113 |
|
|
5,913,534 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
LONG-TERM LIABILITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
EIDL loan |
|
23,805 |
|
|
24,087 |
|
||
|
Lease liability, net of current portion – operating |
|
586,679 |
|
|
631,437 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LONG-TERM LIABILITIES |
|
610,484 |
|
|
655,524 |
|
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES |
|
6,671,597 |
|
|
6,569,058 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Preferred stock, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 and 29,300,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, and 0 and 21,688,242 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively, with liquidation preferences respectively of $0 and $55,536,941 at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025 |
|
— |
|
|
21,688 |
|
||
|
Class A common stock, $.001 par value, 300,000,000 and 37,000,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025 and 25,272,021 and 8,259,644 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively |
|
25,272 |
|
|
8,259 |
|
||
|
Class B common stock, $.001 par value, 50,000,000 and 0 shares authorized at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025 and 5,500,000 and 0 shares issued and outstanding at September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively |
|
5,500 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
65,630,664 |
|
|
61,668,608 |
|
||
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
(66,653,948 |
) |
|
(62,492,590 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) |
|
(992,512 |
) |
|
(794,035 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIT) |
$ |
5,679,085 |
|
$ |
5,775,023 |
|
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-33
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
|
Six Months Ended |
||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
NET SALES |
$ |
2,016,948 |
|
$ |
846,767 |
|
||
|
COST OF GOODS SOLD |
|
1,433,322 |
|
|
1,182,952 |
|
||
|
GROSS PROFIT (LOSS) |
|
583,626 |
|
|
(336,185 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Selling expenses |
|
1,395,449 |
|
|
906,237 |
|
||
|
General and administrative expenses |
|
2,366,449 |
|
|
6,935,916 |
|
||
|
Research and development expenses |
|
398,185 |
|
|
1,700,084 |
|
||
|
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES |
|
4,160,083 |
|
|
9,542,237 |
|
||
|
LOSS FROM OPERATIONS |
|
(3,576,457 |
) |
|
(9,878,422 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Interest income |
|
299 |
|
|
456 |
|
||
|
Other income |
|
170 |
|
|
3,243 |
|
||
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
|
(122,864 |
) |
|
— |
|
||
|
Interest expense |
|
(438,265 |
) |
|
(115,622 |
) |
||
|
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE) |
|
(560,660 |
) |
|
(111,923 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Enterprise income tax expense |
|
1,429 |
|
|
1,012 |
|
||
|
Delaware franchise tax |
|
22,742 |
|
|
41,291 |
|
||
|
TOTAL PROVISION FOR INCOME TAX |
|
24,171 |
|
|
42,303 |
|
||
|
SHARE OF LOSS IN JOINT VENTURE |
|
(70 |
) |
|
(20,807 |
) |
||
|
NET LOSS |
$ |
(4,161,358 |
) |
$ |
(10,053,455 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
Weighted average common shares outstanding: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
|
14,964,525 |
|
|
8,189,891 |
|
||
|
Net loss per share: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Basic and Diluted |
$ |
(0.28 |
) |
$ |
(1.23 |
) |
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-34
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
|
|
Common Stock |
Treasury |
Treasury |
Additional |
SAFE |
Accumulated |
Total |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2024 |
20,226,564 |
$ |
20,226 |
8,250,000 |
$ |
8,250 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
48,218,665 |
$ |
995,518 |
|
$ |
(47,843,798 |
) |
$ |
1,398,861 |
|
||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
16,117 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
16,117 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of common stock for services |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
2,750,000 |
|
|
2,750 |
|
|
4,644,750 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,647,500 |
|
||||||||||
|
Repurchase of common stock |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
(2,750,000 |
) |
|
(2,750 |
) |
|
|
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
||||||||||||
|
Issuance of SAFE Notes |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
3,598,805 |
|
|
— |
|
|
3,598,805 |
|
|||||||||||
|
Conversion of SAFE notes |
922,986 |
|
923 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
4,593,400 |
|
(4,594,323 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||||||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
|
|
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(7,201,064 |
) |
|
(7,201,064 |
) |
||||||||||
|
Balance at June 30, 2024 |
21,149,550 |
$ |
21,149 |
8,250,000 |
$ |
8,250 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
57,472,932 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(55,044,862 |
) |
$ |
2,457,469 |
|
||||||||||
|
Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,638 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,638 |
|
||||||||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
40,192 |
|
40 |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
249,960 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
250,000 |
|
||||||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
— |
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
(2,852,391 |
) |
|
(2,852,391 |
) |
||||||||||
|
Balance at September 30, 2024 |
21,189,742 |
$ |
21,189 |
8,250,000 |
$ |
8,250 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
$ |
57,733,530 |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
(57,897,253 |
) |
$ |
(134,284 |
) |
||||||||||
|
|
Common Stock(1) |
Additional |
Accumulated |
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Shares |
Amount |
Shares |
Amount |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Balance at March 31, 2025 |
21,688,242 |
|
$ |
21,688 |
|
8,259,644 |
|
$ |
8,259 |
|
$ |
61,668,608 |
|
$ |
(62,492,590 |
) |
$ |
(794,035 |
) |
|||||||
|
Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,897 |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,897 |
|
|||||||
|
Exercise of common stock warrants |
— |
|
|
— |
|
8,038 |
|
|
7 |
|
|
72 |
|
|
— |
|
|
79 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
303,435 |
|
|
304 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,493,569 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,493,873 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock for debt extinguishment |
74,430 |
|
|
74 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
462,901 |
|
|
— |
|
|
462,975 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of warrants for debt extinguishment |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
122,864 |
|
|
— |
|
|
122,864 |
|
|||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(2,307,155 |
) |
|
(2,307,155 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at June 30, 2025 |
22,066,107 |
|
$ |
22,066 |
|
8,267,682 |
|
$ |
8,266 |
|
$ |
63,758,911 |
|
$ |
(64,799,745 |
) |
$ |
(1,010,502 |
) |
|||||||
|
Stock-based compensation |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,953 |
|
|
— |
|
|
10,953 |
|
|||||||
|
Exercise of common stock warrants |
— |
|
|
— |
|
237,892 |
|
|
239 |
|
|
2,141 |
|
|
— |
|
|
2,380 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
87,059 |
|
|
87 |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
451,392 |
|
|
— |
|
|
451,479 |
|
|||||||
|
Preferred stock reclass |
(22,153,166 |
) |
|
(22,153 |
) |
22,153,166 |
|
|
22,153 |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|||||||
|
Investor incentive |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(214,906 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
(214,906 |
) |
|||||||
|
Fair value of common stock |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,427,653 |
|
|
— |
|
|
1,427,653 |
|
|||||||
|
Issuance of common stock for services |
— |
|
|
— |
|
115,169 |
|
|
115 |
|
|
194,520 |
|
|
— |
|
|
194,635 |
|
|||||||
|
Fractional share rounding |
— |
|
|
— |
|
(1,888 |
) |
|
(1 |
) |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1 |
) |
|||||||
|
Net loss |
— |
|
|
— |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
|
(1,854,203 |
) |
|
(1,854,203 |
) |
|||||||
|
Balance at September 30, 2025 |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
30,772,021 |
|
$ |
30,772 |
|
$ |
65,630,664 |
|
$ |
(66,653,948 |
) |
$ |
(992,512 |
) |
|||||||
____________
(1) Amounts combine the Company’s Class A common stock and Class B common stock.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-35
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
|
Six Months Ended |
||||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Net loss |
$ |
(4,161,358 |
) |
$ |
(10,053,455 |
) |
||
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Depreciation and amortization expense |
|
315,782 |
|
|
174,788 |
|
||
|
Amortization of discount on notes payable |
|
218,553 |
|
|
5,663 |
|
||
|
Amortization of loan cost |
|
4,167 |
|
|
2,250 |
|
||
|
Credit loss expense |
|
27,622 |
|
|
25,309 |
|
||
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
21,850 |
|
|
26,755 |
|
||
|
Loss on extinguishment of debt |
|
122,864 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Share of loss in joint venture |
|
70 |
|
|
20,807 |
|
||
|
Stock issuance in exchange for services |
|
194,635 |
|
|
4,647,500 |
|
||
|
(Increase) decrease in assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
(305,033 |
) |
|
229,082 |
|
||
|
Accounts receivable |
|
(135,857 |
) |
|
(117,537 |
) |
||
|
Other assets |
|
(98,890 |
) |
|
(559,722 |
) |
||
|
Inventory |
|
323,466 |
|
|
(1,319,531 |
) |
||
|
Operating lease right-of-use assets |
|
142,120 |
|
|
148,550 |
|
||
|
Increase (decrease) in liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Accounts payable |
|
330,065 |
|
|
480,754 |
|
||
|
Accrued expenses |
|
80,181 |
|
|
96,557 |
|
||
|
Operating lease liabilities |
|
(142,120 |
) |
|
(148,550 |
) |
||
|
Gift card liability |
|
456,552 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Deferred revenue |
|
(1,031,358 |
) |
|
1,132,660 |
|
||
|
CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES |
|
(3,636,689 |
) |
|
(5,208,120 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Cash paid for purchases of property and equipment |
|
(20,388 |
) |
|
(110,202 |
) |
||
|
Cash paid for purchases of intangibles |
|
(2,192 |
) |
|
(351,216 |
) |
||
|
CASH USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES |
|
(22,580 |
) |
|
(461,418 |
) |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Issuance of preferred stock |
|
1,945,352 |
|
|
250,000 |
|
||
|
Proceeds from SAFE notes |
|
— |
|
|
3,598,805 |
|
||
|
Payments on short-term notes payable |
|
(443,186 |
) |
|
(199,079 |
) |
||
|
Payments on long-term notes payable |
|
(271 |
) |
|
(96 |
) |
||
|
Proceeds from short-term notes payable |
|
217,678 |
|
|
2,485,000 |
|
||
|
Payment for equity repurchase |
|
— |
|
|
(2,750 |
) |
||
|
Proceeds from convertible note |
|
2,000,000 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Warrants exercised |
|
2,459 |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Listing fees |
|
— |
|
|
— |
|
||
|
Due from (to) related parties |
|
23,896 |
|
|
(23,898 |
) |
||
|
CASH PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES |
|
3,745,928 |
|
|
6,107,982 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
NET INCREASE IN CASH |
|
86,659 |
|
|
438,444 |
|
||
|
CASH AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD |
|
477,908 |
|
|
270,029 |
|
||
|
CASH AT END OF PERIOD |
$ |
564,567 |
|
$ |
708,473 |
|
||
F-36
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS — (Continued)
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
|
Six Months Ended |
||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION: |
|
|
||||
|
Interest paid |
$ |
8,755 |
$ |
34,724 |
||
|
Enterprise income taxes paid to People’s Republic of China |
$ |
1,429 |
$ |
1,012 |
||
|
Delaware franchise tax paid |
$ |
44,845 |
$ |
45,840 |
||
|
|
|
|||||
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NON-CASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES: |
|
|
||||
|
Debt extinguished for issuance of preferred stock |
$ |
462,975 |
$ |
— |
||
|
SAFE notes converted to preferred stock |
$ |
— |
$ |
4,594,323 |
||
|
Conversion of preferred stock to common stock |
$ |
22,153 |
$ |
— |
||
|
Investor incentive |
$ |
214,906 |
$ |
— |
||
|
Fair value of warrants issued with convertible note |
$ |
1,427,653 |
$ |
— |
||
|
Recognition of right-of-use assets – operating |
$ |
64,103 |
$ |
— |
||
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-37
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 1. Nature of Operations
Virtuix Holdings Inc. (“Virtuix Holdings” or “VHI” or the “Company”) was formed on December 20, 2013 as a Delaware Corporation. The Company has a wholly-owned subsidiary, Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation formed on April 15, 2013. Virtuix Inc. develops virtual reality hardware and software, originally the Omni Pro, the first omni-directional treadmill that lets players walk and run freely in 360 degrees inside video games and other virtual worlds. In February 2019, the Company began to offer Omni Arena, a four-player esports attraction that includes four Omni Pro motion platforms. In January 2023, the Company started shipping beta units of Omni One, the first Omni entertainment system designed for the home. Virtuix Manufacturing, Limited (“VML”), a wholly-owned subsidiary, is a Hong Kong corporation that was formed to conduct manufacturing operations and transact USD-denominated business with suppliers. Virtuix Manufacturing (Zhuhai) Co., Ltd. (“VML_ZH”) was formed on July 28, 2016, and is a wholly-owned subsidiary of VML. VML_ZH is a Wholly Foreign-Owned Enterprise (“WFOE”) registered in Zhuhai, Guangdong, China that was formed to sell products to Chinese customers and transact CNY-denominated business with Chinese suppliers. Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd. (“VMT”) was formed on January 17, 2023, and is a wholly-owned foreign subsidiary of VHI. VMT is a Taiwan corporation that was formed to employ staff in Taiwan and conduct manufacturing operations. Virtuix Arabia LLC (“VA”) was formed in June 2024, and is a 57.5% owned foreign subsidiary of VHI. VA has not yet begun operations.
In July 2016, the Company formed a joint venture with Hero Entertainment, a Chinese game publisher and esports operator, to develop active virtual reality content and product bundles for the Chinese and U.S. markets. The joint venture, named Heroix VR (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. (the “Joint Venture” or “Heroix”), is a Sino-foreign equity joint venture company established under the laws of the People’s Republic of China and registered in Shanghai. VML has 49% ownership and does not have control over the Joint Venture, therefore, the investment is accounted for using the equity method. In October 2016, the Joint Venture began operations.
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Principles of Consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Virtuix Holdings Inc. and its subsidiaries required to be consolidated under U.S. GAAP. Significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated upon consolidation.
Basis of Presentation
The consolidated financial statements are presented using the accrual basis of accounting in U.S. dollars, which is the Company’s functional currency. Revenues are recognized when earned and expenses are recognized when incurred.
The Company’s fiscal year ends March 31.
Management’s Estimates
Preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses, as well as disclosures of contingent items. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Going Concern
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and the satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business.
F-38
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
The Company has not generated profits since inception and has incurred net losses of $4,161,358 and $10,053,455 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and has accumulated deficits of $66,653,948 and $62,492,590 as of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively. These factors, together with limited working capital and liquid assets relative to anticipated operating cash flow needs, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern within one year after the date these financial statements are available to be issued.
Management has taken several actions to support the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, including:
1. Continuing to ramp up marketing and sales of Omni One, with anticipated significant revenues from this product line; and
2. Raising capital from existing and new shareholders as necessary to fund operations.
No assurance can be given that these efforts will be successful. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might be necessary if the Company is unable to continue as a going concern.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which provides a five-step model for recognizing revenue in an amount that reflects the consideration expected in exchange for transferring control of goods or services.
The Company applies the following five steps to all revenue-generating arrangements:
1. Identify the contract with a customer;
2. Identify the performance obligations in the contract;
3. Determine the transaction price;
4. Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations; and
5. Recognize revenue when or as each performance obligation is satisfied.
The Company’s contracts typically include product sales, installation services, support programs, or the sale of digital playtime credits. Each arrangement is evaluated to determine whether it contains one or more performance obligations. The majority of contracts involve a single performance obligation to transfer or install physical goods. Revenue is recognized when control transfers to the customer, which occurs as follows:
• Omni Pro units and related accessories — revenue recognized upon shipment, when control and title pass.
• Omni One units — revenue recognized upon shipment, consistent with the Company’s shipping terms.
• Omni Arena systems — revenue recognized upon installation at the customer’s location, when control transfers.
• Omniverse Credits — revenue recognized over the estimated consumption period, typically two months from purchase based on usage patterns.
• Omni Online — revenue recognized ratably over the subscription period.
F-39
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
• Omni Care service program — treated as a separate performance obligation included with the sale of each Omni Arena contract. The transaction price is allocated on a relative standalone selling price basis, with observable standalone pricing of $2,000 per quarter. Revenue is recognized ratably over 12 months, as services are delivered evenly over time.
Contracts with multiple performance obligations are allocated based on relative standalone selling prices. Payment terms are generally fixed and do not include significant financing components. Amounts received in advance of satisfying performance obligations are recorded as contract liabilities and recognized when the related obligation is fulfilled.
The Company’s contracts generally do not include variable consideration, material rights, or warranties that give rise to separate performance obligations. The Company has also concluded it acts as the principal in the sale of digital content, as it controls the content before transfer to the customer.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company considers deposits that can be redeemed on demand and investments with original maturities of three months or less, when purchased, to be cash equivalents. As of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, the Company’s cash and cash equivalents were deposited primarily in five financial institutions, which did not exceed federally insured limits as of September 30, 2025 or March 31, 2025.
Accounts Receivable
Trade receivables are generally due within thirty days. Receivables are presented net of an allowance for credit losses, which is estimated based on historical loss experience, current economic conditions, and customers’ ability to pay.
Inventory
Inventory is stated at lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is computed using weighted average cost at one subsidiary and specific identification cost at the remaining subsidiaries.
Net realizable value is estimated based on projected demand; slow-moving products are impaired accordingly.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are recorded at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is straight-line over the following estimated useful lives:
|
Computer Equipment |
5 years |
|
|
Furniture and Fixtures |
7 years |
|
|
Machinery and Equipment |
3 – 7 years |
|
|
Office Equipment |
5 – 7 years |
|
|
Leasehold Improvements |
3 – 5 years |
Fair Value Measurements
Financial instruments primarily include cash, receivables, payables, accrued expenses, notes payable, and lease liabilities. Carrying amounts approximate fair value.
F-40
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
Intangibles
Intangible assets include software, trademarks, customer lists, and a website. Amortization is straight-line over the following estimated useful lives:
|
Software |
3 – 5 years |
|
|
Trademarks |
Indefinite |
|
|
Customer Lists |
3 years |
|
|
Website |
3 years |
Software and Website Development Costs
The Company accounts for software development costs in accordance with several accounting pronouncements, including Topic 730, Research and Development, Topic 985-20, Costs of Computer Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, and Topic 330-10, Inventory. Costs incurred during the period of planning and design, prior to the period determining technological feasibility, for all software developed for internal and external use, are charged to operations in the period incurred as research and development costs. Additionally, costs incurred after determination of readiness for market are expensed as research and development.
The Company capitalizes certain costs in the development of its proprietary software (computer software to be sold, leased, or licensed) for the period after technological feasibility has been determined and prior to marketing and initial sales. Once technological feasibility is reached, and the software has been released for sale, such costs are capitalized and amortized to cost of revenue over the estimated lives of the products. These capitalized costs are amortized over their estimated useful lives and reviewed for impairment in accordance with Topic 330 when indicators of impairment exist.
Website development costs are accounted for separately under Topic 350-50, Website Development Costs.
Deferred Revenue
Deferred revenue represents cash received from customers for which the related revenue has not yet been earned. Deferred revenue primarily consists of (i) pre-orders of Omni One units, (ii) pre-orders of Omni Pro systems, (iii) amounts billed but not yet recognized for Omni Arena installations, (iv) unredeemed Omniverse game credits, and (v) unearned subscription revenue related to Omni Care.
The following table summarizes deferred revenue balances:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Omni One |
$ |
38,783 |
$ |
936,821 |
||
|
Omni Pro |
|
449,635 |
|
451,545 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
|
166,193 |
|
290,169 |
||
|
Omni Online |
|
40,269 |
|
44,104 |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
|
30,651 |
|
37,584 |
||
|
Omni Care subscriptions |
|
12,667 |
|
9,333 |
||
|
Total deferred revenue |
$ |
738,198 |
$ |
1,769,556 |
||
Revenue recognized during the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, that was included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the respective periods, was $1,695,562 and $612,697, respectively. During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company reclassed $241,646 of deferred revenue related to Omni One preorders to a separate liability account.
F-41
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
Payments received from customers during the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, that increased deferred revenue were $910,651 and $1,781,606, respectively.
Gift Card Liability
During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company converted outstanding customer Omni One preorder deposits to gift cards and reclassed them from deferred revenue. The total amount reclassed from deferred revenue was $241,646. Additionally, the Company issued store credits (subsequently converted to gift cards) to certain investors as an incentive for purchasing shares. The total amount issued in connection with equity transactions was $214,906. These gift cards are redeemable for Company products and represent an obligation to deliver goods in the future. They have been recorded as a gift card liability, included in current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2025. Total gift card liabilities at September 30, 2025 were $456,552.
Consistent with ASC 606, the gift card liability will be recognized as revenue when the cards are redeemed or expire.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred, and are included in selling expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Total advertising expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $892,984 and $106,326, respectively.
Federal Income Taxes
No uncertain tax positions were identified. Tax-related interest and penalties, if any, are included in income tax expense. The U.S. federal tax returns are subject to examination by the Internal Revenue Service, generally for three years after they are filed. State tax returns are subject to examination generally for five years after they are filed.
Net Loss Per Share
Basic and diluted net loss per share is computed by dividing net loss by weighted-average shares outstanding. Potentially dilutive securities that were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive include stock options, warrants, and convertible preferred stock. The total number of potentially dilutive shares excluded from the computation was 2,849,410 and 22,592,552 at September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In August 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-05, Business Combinations — Joint Venture Formations (Subtopic 805-60): Recognition and Initial Measurement. This ASU provides guidance requiring a joint venture (or corporate joint venture) to recognize and initially measure its assets and liabilities at fair value upon formation. ASU 2023-05 is effective for joint venture formations with a formation date on or after January 1, 2025, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are to be applied prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-07, Segment Reporting (Topic 280): Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures, requiring public entities to disclose information about their reportable segments’ significant expenses and other segment items on an interim and annual basis. Public entities with a single reportable segment are required to apply the disclosure requirements in ASU 2023-07, as well as all existing segment disclosures and reconciliation requirements in ASC 280 on an interim and annual basis. The Company adopted ASU 2023-07 on April 1, 2024. See Note 17 for further detail.
F-42
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)
On December 14, 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740) — Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which enhances transparency regarding reconciling items and income taxes paid by jurisdiction. Key new disclosure requirements include qualitative disclosures about reconciling items, disaggregated income (loss) and income tax expense by jurisdiction, and income taxes paid disaggregated by federal, state, and foreign jurisdictions where taxes paid exceed 5% of total. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025, and interim periods therein, with early adoption permitted. For the Company, the earliest fiscal year affected will begin April 1, 2026. The amendments require a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings at the adoption date. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of ASU 2023-09.
In March 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, Income Statement — Reporting Comprehensive Income (Subtopic 220-40): Expense Disaggregation Disclosures. The ASU requires public business entities to disclose in a tabular format significant expense categories that are included in each relevant income statement line item. The standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, including interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact that this standard may have on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
Foreign Currency Remeasurements
The Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries, VML and its wholly-owned subsidiary VML_ZH, along with VMT, operate using the U.S. dollar as the functional currency. The effect of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on consolidated balance sheet accounts were not material for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024.
Note 3. Receivables
Receivables, net consisted of the following at:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Accounts receivable, trade |
$ |
64,642 |
|
$ |
35,197 |
|
||
|
Other receivables |
|
179,265 |
|
|
91,302 |
|
||
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
(10,000 |
) |
|
(827 |
) |
||
|
Receivables, net |
$ |
233,907 |
|
$ |
125,672 |
|
||
Changes in the allowance for credit losses account for the six months ended September 30, 2025, and the year ended March 31, 2025, is as follows:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Beginning balance |
$ |
827 |
|
$ |
34,571 |
|
||
|
Credit loss (recovery) expense |
|
49,755 |
|
|
(17,912 |
) |
||
|
Write-offs charged against the allowance |
|
(38,133 |
) |
|
(13,500 |
) |
||
|
Recoveries of amounts written off |
|
(2,449 |
) |
|
(2,332 |
) |
||
|
Ending balance |
$ |
10,000 |
|
$ |
827 |
|
||
F-43
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 4. Prepaids and Other Current Assets
Prepaids and other current assets consisted of the following at:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Security deposits |
$ |
279,304 |
$ |
205,666 |
||
|
Deferred offering costs |
|
247,233 |
|
— |
||
|
Recoverable VAT |
|
57,198 |
|
58,873 |
||
|
Other prepaid expenses |
|
27,451 |
|
41,614 |
||
|
Total prepaids and other current assets |
$ |
611,186 |
$ |
306,153 |
||
Note 5. Inventory
Inventory consisted of the following at:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||
|
Raw materials |
$ |
868,162 |
$ |
1,321,224 |
||
|
Work in process |
|
11,111 |
|
11,111 |
||
|
Finished goods |
|
253,510 |
|
123,914 |
||
|
Total inventory |
$ |
1,132,783 |
$ |
1,456,249 |
||
Note 6. Property and Equipment
Property and equipment, net include the following at:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Computer equipment |
$ |
49,469 |
|
$ |
46,946 |
|
||
|
Furniture and equipment |
|
48,360 |
|
|
46,146 |
|
||
|
Machinery and equipment |
|
1,152,384 |
|
|
1,136,733 |
|
||
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
92,106 |
|
|
92,106 |
|
||
|
|
1,342,319 |
|
|
1,321,931 |
|
|||
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
(943,162 |
) |
|
(857,028 |
) |
||
|
Property and equipment, net |
$ |
399,157 |
|
$ |
464,903 |
|
||
Depreciation expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $86,134 and $103,164, respectively.
Note 7. Intangibles
Intangibles, net include the following at:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Software and game design |
$ |
2,578,050 |
|
$ |
2,578,050 |
|
||
|
Trademarks |
|
79,131 |
|
|
76,939 |
|
||
|
Website |
|
137,070 |
|
|
137,070 |
|
||
|
|
2,794,251 |
|
|
2,792,059 |
|
|||
|
Less: accumulated amortization |
|
(1,040,004 |
) |
|
(810,356 |
) |
||
|
Intangibles, net |
$ |
1,754,247 |
|
$ |
1,981,703 |
|
||
Amortization expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $229,648 and $71,624, respectively.
F-44
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 8. Notes Payable
Convertible Note
Effective August 25, 2025, the Company issued a secured convertible promissory note to Streeterville Capital, LLC in the amount of $2,220,000. The note is convertible into shares of Class A common stock calculated as the converting balance divided by 85% of the NASDAQ valuation price. The note provides for payment of principal and accrued interest at maturity, nine months after the purchase price date. The note has a fixed rate of interest of 6% and is secured by all assets of the Company. The note includes an original issue discount of $200,000 plus additional closing costs of $20,000, which are amortized over the life of the note.
The Company granted warrants associated with this note to acquire shares of Class A common stock. In accordance with ASC 470-20, the warrants are recorded at fair value of $1,427,653 in equity as additional paid-in capital (“APIC”) — warrants, and as a contra-liability (discount on note payable) that is amortized over the life of the note.
The carrying value of the note at September 30, 2025 was $792,035 (principal of $2,220,000, less unamortized deferred loan costs of $17,333 and discount of $1,410,632). Discount amortization and amortization of loan costs included in interest expense was $219,687 for the six months ended September 30, 2025. Interest expense on the note was $13,320 for the six months ended September 30, 2025.
The shares underlying the note and warrants will be registered for resale in connection with the Company’s direct listing. Ten days following the date on which the resale registration statement is declared effective, the note will automatically be exchanged for and applied to the purchase price of a pre-paid purchase under an Equity Purchase Agreement between the Company and Streeterville Capital, LLC in aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding balance then due under the note.
Subordinated Promissory Notes
On July 10, 2024, the Company received Board approval to borrow $1,500,000 through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes (the “2024 Notes”). This authorization was later increased to $2,500,000 on August 8, 2024. Between July and December 2024, the Company raised $2,485,000 through various investors, with an interest rate of 18%.
The 2024 Notes provided for payment of principal and accrued interest at maturity, originally set for December 31, 2024. The Company exercised its option to extend the maturity date to June 30, 2025, and subsequently further extended it to December 31, 2025, per its terms.
In December 2024, in connection with investors’ purchases of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants (the “Securities”), the Company and certain noteholders entered into Instruments of Cancellation, under which $117,500 of the principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest of $7,991 were applied toward the purchase of Securities. The Company derecognized the extinguished principal and accrued interest and recorded the issuance of Series B Preferred Stock and Warrants as a capital transaction. No gain or loss on extinguishment was recognized. Simultaneously, the Company issued a new subordinated promissory note dated December 10, 2024, for the remaining $17,500 principal balance of one investor’s note, with terms consistent with the original 2024 Notes. This note remains outstanding as of September 30, 2025.
Extinguishment of 2024 Notes
In June 2025, the Company and certain investors amended the terms of the 2024 Notes to allow cancellation in exchange for Series B Preferred Stock and warrants. Under ASC 470, this amendment represented a debt extinguishment. At that time, the Company extinguished $400,000 of principal and $62,975 of accrued interest. In connection with the extinguishment, the Company issued 74,430 shares of Series B Preferred Stock, valued at $462,955 based on the Series B subscription price, and warrants to purchase common stock valued at $122,884 using a Black-Scholes model. As the total fair value of the equity instruments issued exceeded the carrying amount of the debt, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $122,864.
F-45
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 8. Notes Payable (cont.)
Cancellation of 2024 Notes
On June 30, 2025, the amended notes were cancelled in exchange for the issuance of 74,430 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and 74,430 warrants. This exchange was treated as a conversion within the amended terms of the notes, and therefore no additional gain or loss was recognized.
Related Parties
On May 7, 2025, the Company received Board approval to borrow $500,000 through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes (the “2025 Notes”). In May 2025, the Company raised $217,678 through two related-party investors, with an interest rate of 18%. The 2025 Notes provide for payment of principal and accrued interest at maturity of September 30, 2025. On September 15, 2025, the Company repaid the 2025 Notes including $217,678 of outstanding principal and $12,873 of accrued interest.
Interest expense related to the subordinated promissory notes was $193,138 and $75,289 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
Western Technology Investment Note
Effective April 27, 2022, the Company entered into an agreement to obtain financing with Western Technology Investment. The initial commitment of $1,000,000 was received on April 29, 2022. The terms of the note provided for interest-only payments through February 28, 2023, followed by thirty months of principal and interest payments, which began on March 1, 2023 in monthly installments of $38,967, with a maturity date of September 1, 2025. The note had a fixed rate of interest of 12.25% and was secured by all assets of the Company.
The Company granted warrants associated with this note to acquire shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock. In accordance with ASC 470-20, the warrants were recorded in equity as APIC — preferred stock warrants, and as a contra-liability (discount on note payable) that was amortized over the life of the note.
The carrying value of the note at September 30, 2025 was $0. The carrying value of the note at March 31, 2025 was $222,476 (principal of $225,508, less unamortized deferred loan costs of $1,500 and discount of $1,532). Discount amortization and amortization of loan costs included in interest expense was $3,032 and $7,913 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Interest expense on the note was $8,295 and $34,724 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
EIDL Loan
On August 29, 2020, the Company received a loan from the U.S. Small Business Administration under its Economic Injury Disaster Loan assistance program (the “EIDL Loan”). The principal amount was $25,000, with proceeds used for working capital.
The EIDL Loan matures in August 2050, bears interest at 3.75% per year, with accrued interest payable monthly beginning in March 2023, and principal payments were due beginning in September 2024.
The carrying amount of the EIDL Loan was $24,365 and $24,636 as of September 30, 2025 and March 31, 2025, respectively. Interest expense was $460 and $636 for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively.
F-46
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 8. Notes Payable (cont.)
Future Maturities of Notes Payable
Future maturities of notes payable are as follows for the twelve months ended:
|
September 30, |
||||
|
2026 |
$ |
4,188,060 |
|
|
|
2027 |
|
581 |
|
|
|
2028 |
|
603 |
|
|
|
2029 |
|
626 |
|
|
|
2030 |
|
650 |
|
|
|
Thereafter |
|
21,345 |
|
|
|
Total |
|
4,211,865 |
|
|
|
Less: unamortized discount |
|
(1,427,965 |
) |
|
|
$ |
2,783,900 |
|
||
Note 9. Leases
The Company accounts for leases in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. The Company has elected the package of practical expedients permitted under the transition guidance within ASC 842, which allows the Company to (i) not reassess whether any expired or existing contracts contain leases, (ii) not reassess the lease classification of any expired or existing leases, and (iii) not reassess initial direct costs for any existing leases. The Company has also elected the short-term lease exemption for certain leases with a term of 12 months or less.
Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets are presented in non-current assets on the consolidated balance sheets, while the corresponding lease liabilities are split between current and non-current liabilities. Because the Company does not have access to the rate implicit in its leases, it applies an incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at lease commencement to determine the present value of future lease payments.
The Company leases office, warehouse, and apartment space in the United States, China, and Hong Kong under various operating lease agreements. The U.S. headquarters lease, originally entered into in 2015, has been extended multiple times and currently expires November 30, 2029, with monthly base rent of $14,960, escalating annually to $18,204. The Company leases office, warehouse, and storage space in China which expired as of September 2025, and continues as a month-to-month lease. The Company maintains a month-to-month apartment lease in China. In July 2025, the Company entered into office and apartment space leases in Hong Kong with monthly base rent of $897 and $1,987, respectively, that expire in June 2027 and July 2027.
As of September 30, 2025, ROU assets totaled $757,471, with current lease liabilities of $170,792 and non-current lease liabilities of $586,679. As of March 31, 2025, ROU assets totaled $835,488, with current lease liabilities of $204,051 and non-current lease liabilities of $631,437.
Lease expense recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $206,542 and $163,127, respectively.
As of September 30, 2025, the weighted-average remaining lease term for the operating leases is 3.85 years, and the weighted-average discount rate is 6.98%. As of March 31, 2025, the weighted-average remaining lease term was 4.30 years, and the weighted-average discount rate was 7.26%.
F-47
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 10. Research and Development
Research and Development expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $398,185 and $1,700,084, respectively.
Note 11. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company has certain royalty commitments associated with the shipment of its products for the use of licensed software and modifications together with the Company’s hardware and other software. Royalty expense is generally based on a dollar amount per unit shipped and can range from $1 per unit to $8 per unit. There was no royalty expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025, and 2024.
In February 2024, the Company was named a co-defendant and served a citation by a customer related to alleged injuries obtained when attempting to use the Omni Arena attraction at an entertainment venue. The case remains in the discovery phase, and no settlement range has been determined at this time. The Company’s attorneys, retained by the Company’s insurance provider, have filed a general denial and alleged contributory negligence against the plaintiff. Based on current information, the Company believes this matter will not have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. Except for a deductible of $2,500, all legal costs and any potential settlement are expected to be covered by the Company’s insurance provider.
Note 12. Capital Stock
Authorized Capital Stock
On August 6, 2025, stockholders approved, and on August 7, 2025, the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”). Pursuant to the Certificate, the Company reclassified and converted each share of its previously outstanding capital stock into shares of Class A common stock, effective immediately upon the acceptance of the Certificate for filing by the Secretary of State of Delaware.
As a result of the reclassification and conversion, all outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock, including all series of preferred stock and any previously outstanding common stock, were automatically reclassified and converted on a one-for-one basis into shares of Class A common stock. Following the effectiveness of the Certificate, only Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and undesignated and unissued Preferred Stock are authorized.
As of September 30, 2025, the Company is authorized to issue 300,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, 50,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, and 50,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock.
Capital Stock Rights
Holders of Class A common stock, Class B common stock, and future holders of Preferred Stock are entitled to dividends, voting rights, liquidation preferences, conversion rights, and anti-dilution protections as described in the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock generally vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders, except as otherwise required by Delaware law or our Certificate. Each share of Class A common stock is entitled to one vote per share. Each share of Class B common stock is entitled to twenty votes per share. The holders of our Class B common stock will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and the approval of any change in control transaction, for so long as they hold a majority of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock.
F-48
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 12. Capital Stock (cont.)
Under our Certificate, the number of authorized shares of either class of common stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote, without a separate class vote, except as otherwise required by law or our Certificate of Incorporation.
Dividend Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to receive dividends and other distributions as may be declared from time to time by our board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Dividends and distributions must be paid equally, identically, and ratably on a per-share basis to holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, unless different treatment is approved by a majority of each class, voting separately as a class. In the event a dividend is paid in the form of shares of common stock, holders of Class A common stock will receive Class A common stock and holders of Class B common stock will receive Class B common stock.
Subdivisions and Combinations
If we subdivide or combine the outstanding shares of either class of common stock, the outstanding shares of the other class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment is approved by a majority of each class, voting separately as a class.
Conversion Rights
Each share of Class B common stock is convertible at any time at the option of the holder into one (1) share of Class A common stock. Shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into an equal number of shares of Class A common stock upon (i) any transfer of such shares, except for certain permitted transfers to affiliates or family members as described in the Certificate, or (ii) the date specified by written notice and certification request from the Company if the holder fails to provide satisfactory certification of continued ownership, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, all outstanding shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into Class A common stock upon the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock, voting as a single class. Once converted, shares of Class B Common Stock may not be reissued.
Other Rights
Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock have no preemptive or subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to either class. Upon liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company, holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities and any preferential rights of any outstanding preferred stock.
Outstanding Stock and Equity Transactions
As mentioned in Note 8, from April to June 2025, the Company issued 74,430 shares of Series B preferred stock to accredited investors under Regulation D (“Accredited Investors”) in exchange for $462,975 of extinguished principal and accrued interest on the 2024 Notes as part of the 2025 Subscription Agreement. Also from April to July 2025, the Company issued 23,060 shares of Series B preferred stock to Accredited Investors in exchange for cash investments totaling $112,990.
From April to August 2025, the Company issued 367,434 shares of Series B preferred stock to investors participating in a StartEngine investment campaign under Regulation CF, in exchange for cash investments totaling $1,832,362 ($1,939,004 net of issuer fees of $106,642).
F-49
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 12. Capital Stock (cont.)
Effective June 2025, the Company reserved 500,000 shares of Series B preferred stock and 500,000 shares of Common Stock for any future 2024 Note extinguishments and Series B preferred stock and Common Stock warrant issuances under the 2025 Subscription Agreements (see Note 8).
On August 6, 2025, the Company adopted the 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan and authorized 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock under the plan.
On August 8, 2025, the Company entered into an exchange agreement with Jan Goetgeluk, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”), Chairman and founder. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Goetgeluk exchanged 5,500,000 shares of his Class A common stock of the Company for 5,500,000 shares of Class B common stock (with 20-to-1 voting rights) on a one-for-one basis.
On September 1, 2025, the Company issued 115,169 shares of Class A common stock totaling $194,635 to Maxim Partners LLC as part of their compensation as an advisor to the Company.
During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company incurred direct costs related to its upcoming exchange listing totaling $247,233. These costs primarily consisted of exchange listing and placement agent fees and were directly attributable to the listing. In accordance with ASC 505-10, these costs were recorded as a deferred asset until which time the listing is complete.
During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company issued store credits totaling $214,906 (subsequently converted to gift cards) to certain investors as an incentive for purchasing shares (see Note 2). In accordance with ASC 505-10, the issuance of store credit is treated as non-cash consideration provided as part of the equity transaction and is recorded as a reduction to equity.
Warrants
Warrants are issued in connection with debt (see Note 8) and equity from time to time at the Company’s discretion.
During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company issued warrants with a seven-year term in connection with the extinguishment of debt (see Note 8). The warrants had a fair value of $122,864, determined using a Black-Scholes model with the following assumptions: stock price of $1.65, exercise price of $0.01, volatility rate of 80%, risk-free rate of 3.71%, and an expected maturity of 3.5 years.
The Company also issued warrants with a term of six months from listing date in connection with the convertible note (see Note 8). The warrants had a fair value of $1,427,653, determined by allocating the proceeds of the note based on the relative fair values of the convertible note and the warrants, in accordance with ASC 470-20.
The following is a rollforward of warrants for the six months ended September 30, 2025:
|
Shares |
Price |
||||||
|
Beginning balance |
429,230 |
|
$ |
1.260 |
|
||
|
Issued |
488,080 |
|
|
8.197 |
|
||
|
Exercised |
(245,930 |
) |
|
(0.010 |
) |
||
|
Expired |
(21,440 |
) |
|
(2.332 |
) |
||
|
Ending balance |
649,940 |
|
$ |
6.848 |
|
||
Warrants are recorded in equity at fair value at the date of issuance.
F-50
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 13. Stock Compensation Expense
The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under ASC 718. Stock-based compensation expense for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, was $21,851 and $26,755, respectively, related to stock options and other awards.
During the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Company did not grant any options under the 2025 Long Term Incentive Plan. No other material grants, exercises, or forfeitures occurred in this period.
As of September 30, 2025, total unrecognized compensation cost for non-vested awards was $44,052, expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 16 months.
Note 14. Income Taxes
Deferred taxes are recognized for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. The differences relate primarily to depreciable assets using accelerated depreciation methods for income tax purposes, share-based compensation expense, and for net operating loss carryforwards.
Deferred tax assets consisted of the following at September 30, 2025, and March 31, 2025:
|
September 30, |
March 31, |
|||||||
|
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
||||
|
Share-based compensation expense |
$ |
2,279,290 |
|
$ |
2,277,559 |
|
||
|
Net operating loss carryforward |
|
8,677,015 |
|
|
8,493,999 |
|
||
|
Long-term deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|||||||
|
Property and equipment |
|
(588,603 |
) |
|
(637,405 |
) |
||
|
Net deferred tax assets and liabilities |
|
10,367,702 |
|
|
10,134,153 |
|
||
|
Valuation allowance |
|
(10,367,702 |
) |
|
(10,134,153 |
) |
||
|
Net deferred tax asset |
$ |
— |
|
$ |
— |
|
||
The Company recognizes deferred tax assets to the extent that it believes these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In making this determination, the Company considers all available positive and negative evidence, including future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, projected future taxable income, tax-planning strategies, and recent operating results. The federal tax rate in effect affecting future tax benefits at September 30, 2025 and 2024 was 21%. The Company assessed the need for a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax assets and determined that a full valuation allowance is required due to cumulative losses through September 30, 2025. Accordingly, no provision for deferred income taxes has been recognized.
As of September 30, 2025, NOL carryforwards available to offset future taxable income totaled $41,319,119. Of this amount, $12,561,963 relates to tax years prior to 2018 and will expire between 2034 and 2038. The remaining $28,757,156 relates to tax years beginning after 2018, and may be carried forward indefinitely but is limited to offsetting 80% of taxable income in future years under current federal tax law.
Note 15. Investment in Joint Venture
As mentioned in Note 1, the Company has an investment in a Joint Venture. VML has 49% ownership and does not have control over the Joint Venture, therefore, the investment has been accounted for using the equity method.
For the six months ended September 30, 2025, the Joint Venture had operating revenue of $0, cost of goods sold of $0, operating costs of $143, and net loss of $143. Under the equity method, net loss attributable to the Company was $70, resulting in a share of loss in joint venture of $70 in the consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended September 30, 2025.
F-51
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 15. Investment in Joint Venture (cont.)
For the six months ended September 30, 2024, the Joint Venture had operating revenue of $6,163, cost of goods sold of $11,422, operating costs of $37,204, and net loss of $42,463. Under the equity method, net loss attributable to the Company was $20,807, resulting in a share of loss in joint venture of $20,807 in the consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended September 30, 2024.
Note 16. Revenue Disaggregation
Revenue streams from performance obligations included in net sales for the six months ended September 30, 2025 and 2024, in the consolidated statements of operations are as follows:
|
Six Months Ended |
||||||
|
2025 |
2024 |
|||||
|
Omni Pro units and accessories, net of discounts |
$ |
36,571 |
$ |
62,821 |
||
|
Omniverse Credits |
$ |
84,453 |
$ |
123,967 |
||
|
Omni Care program |
$ |
94,667 |
$ |
94,990 |
||
|
Omni Arena |
$ |
436,821 |
$ |
140,807 |
||
|
Omni One |
$ |
1,364,436 |
$ |
424,182 |
||
|
Net Sales |
$ |
2,016,948 |
$ |
846,767 |
||
Note 17. Segment Reporting
The Company operates in a single operating segment: the design, development, marketing, and sale of omni-directional treadmills, accessories, and related services to consumer and commercial customers. This single operating segment has been identified based on internal management structure and reporting to the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.
The Company’s CODM evaluates segment performance based on the revenues, gross profit and operating loss of the segment and uses internal financial statements to make decisions regarding resource allocation. Revenues, gross profit and operating loss used by the CODM are presented on the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The measure of segment assets is represented as total assets presented on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. While there are intercompany transactions between consolidated entities, these are eliminated in consolidation and do not impact the Company’s single segment presentation.
The Company has not identified any reportable segments other than the single operating segment discussed.
Note 18. Patents
As of September 30, 2025, the Company owns fifteen issued utility patents and nine issued design patents, and six additional applications are still pending. Four of our patents are also issued internationally in one or more countries, including Australia, Brazil, China, South Korea, Russia, Europe, and India.
Note 19. Subsequent Events
Subsequent events are evaluated through the date the consolidated financial statements were issued.
On October 9, 2025, the Company received Board approval to borrow $1,500,000 through the issuance of subordinated promissory notes (the “Second 2025 Notes”). The Second 2025 Notes have an interest rate of 6% and provide for payment of 110% of investment amount and accrued interest at maturity of March 31, 2026 (as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion, from December 31, 2025). The note is convertible into Common Stock of the Company at a 15% discount to the Company’s Nasdaq listing price, at the option of either the noteholder or the Company. Of these promissory notes, a total of $225,000 was borrowed from two separate related parties, Jan Goetgeluk, who serves as our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, and Mieke Criel, the mother of Jan Goetgeluk.
F-52
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 19. Subsequent Events (cont.)
Between October 9, 2025 and December 15, 2025, the Company issued 2,146,250 restricted stock units to employees, executives, and directors under the 2025 Omnibus Inventive Plan. Of these restricted stock units, 400,000 will vest on the 6-month anniversary of the first date that the Company’s Common Stock is listed for trading on a national securities exchange (the “Listing Date”), 20,000 will vest on the 1-year anniversary of the Listing Date, 33,000 will vest over a three-year period with varying vesting commencement dates and schedules, and the remaining 1,693,250 will vest over a four-year period following the Listing Date. At the grant date of October 9th, 2025, the restricted stock units had a fair value of $3,562,775. We expect this expense to be included in the Consolidated Statement of Operations over the four years following the Listing Date, with approximately $1,418,159 to be expensed in year one, $720,959 to be expensed in year two, $720,959 to be expensed in year three, and $702,697 to be expensed in year four.
Effective October 9, 2025, the Board approved an increase to the size of the Board to seven (7) directors and created two additional Board of Director positions. On the same day, Mr. Giri Devanur was appointed as a Class III director of the Company and Audit Committee member and Mr. John Cunningham was appointed as a Class I director of the Company. Additionally, Mr. Parth Jani was appointed as a member of the Audit Committee. Mr. Giri Devanur resigned from the Board and Audit Committee, effective immediately, on December 26, 2025. Accordingly, the Board currently has one vacancy.
Also effective October 9, 2025, the Board accepted the resignation of Jan Goetgeluk from the position of Chief Financial Officer. On the same day, the Board appointed Mr. Thomas McGinnis as Chief Financial Officer of the company, effective immediately.
Effective October 30, 2025, the Company issued a secured convertible promissory note to Streeterville Capital, LLC in the amount of $560,000. The note is convertible into shares of Class A common stock calculated as the converting balance divided by 85% of the NASDAQ valuation price. The note provides for payment of principal and accrued interest at maturity, nine months after the purchase price date. The note has a fixed rate of interest of 6% and is secured by all assets of the Company. The note includes the original issue discount of $50,000 plus additional closing costs of $10,000, which are amortized over the life of the note. The Company granted warrants associated with this note. The shares underlying the note and warrants will be registered for resale registration statement is declared effective, the note will automatically be exchanged for and applied to the purchase price of a pre-paid purchase under an Equity Purchase Agreement between the Company and Streeterville Capital, LLC, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding balance then due under the note.
During October 2025, 57,579 warrants were exercised for 57,579 shares of Class A common stock.
On November 3, 2025, we entered into an investor relations consulting agreement with MZHCI, LLC. On November 6, 2025, we issued 22,857 shares of Class A common stock to MZHCI, LLC, as part of their compensation. The transaction is exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder.
On November 6, 2025, 1,000,000 shares of Class B common stock automatically converted into 1,000,000 shares of Class A common stock upon transfer of such shares by Jan Goetgeluk, who serves as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, to a family member.
On December 11, 2025, a majority of the holders of 2024 Notes approved an amendment to the 2024 Notes to extend the maturity date of the 2024 Notes from December 31, 2025 to March 31, 2026. On the same day, the Company also extended, at its sole discretion, the maturity date of the Second 2025 Notes from December 31, 2025 to March 31, 2026.
Effective December 19, 2025, the Company issued a secured convertible promissory note to Streeterville Capital, LLC in the amount of $560,000. The note is convertible into shares of Class A common stock calculated as the converting balance divided by 85% of the NASDAQ valuation price. The note provides for payment of principal
F-53
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
SEPTEMBER 30, 2025 AND 2024 (UNAUDITED)
Note 19. Subsequent Events (cont.)
and accrued interest at maturity, nine months after the purchase price date. The note has a fixed rate of interest of 6% and is secured by all assets of the Company. The note includes the original issue discount of $50,000 plus additional closing costs of $10,000, which are amortized over the life of the note. The Company granted warrants associated with this note. The shares underlying the note and warrants will be registered for resale registration statement is declared effective, the note will automatically be exchanged for and applied to the purchase price of a pre-paid purchase under an Equity Purchase Agreement between the Company and Streeterville Capital, LLC, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding balance then due under the note.
No additional material events were identified which require adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.
F-54
The date of this Prospectus is [•], 2025
Through and including [•], 2025 (the 25th day after the listing date of our common stock), all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus.
PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses payable by us in connection with this registration statement and the listing of our common stock. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Nasdaq listing fee.
|
SEC registration fee |
$ |
* |
|
|
Nasdaq listing fee |
|
* |
|
|
Legal fees and expenses |
|
* |
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses |
|
* |
|
|
Advisory fee |
|
* |
|
|
Printing and engraving expenses |
|
* |
|
|
Transfer agent fees and expenses |
|
* |
|
|
Miscellaneous expenses |
|
* |
|
|
Total |
$ |
* |
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the DGCL provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of such corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 145 of the DGCL also provides that Delaware corporation may indemnify any person who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending, or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, except that no indemnification of any claim, issue or matter is permitted without judicial approval if such person is adjudged to be liable to the corporation.
Under the DGCL, where a present or former officer or director is successful on the merits or otherwise in the defense of any action referred to above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the corporation must indemnify such present or former officer or director against the expenses (including attorney’s fees) which such present or former officer or director actually and reasonably incurred in connection with such action (or claim, issue or matter therein).
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a corporation to provide in its certificate of incorporation that a director of the corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except for liability for any:
• breach of a director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;
• act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
• unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchase or redemption; or
• transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
II-1
Our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains a provision that precludes any director of ours from being personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for the aforementioned liabilities which we are not permitted to eliminate or limit under Section 107(b)(7) of the DGCL.
In addition, our sixth amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws requires us to indemnify, and advance expenses to, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who was or is, or is threatened to be made, a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative by reason of the fact that the person is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.
Our second amended and restated bylaws further authorizes us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was our director, officer, employee or agent, or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, enterprise or nonprofit entity against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not we would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of the DGCL.
We plan to purchase an insurance policy covering our officers and directors with respect to certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. In addition, in connection with the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we intend to enter into separate indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
The following sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities we have issued since September 22, 2022:
Regulation Crowdfunding Offerings
Between February 2023 and April 2023, we issued Simple Agreements for Future Equity in the form of notes (the “SAFE Notes”) to investors in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering for a total of $995,518 in proceeds. The SAFE Notes were convertible into shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at a conversion price of 80% of the Series B Preferred Stock price per-share price of $6.22. As of March 31, 2025, all such SAFE Notes had been converted to 199,758 shares of Series B Preferred Stock. The sales of the foregoing securities were issued pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act.
Between April 2023 and August 2023, we issued an aggregate of 622,250 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to investors in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering, at a price of $6.22. The sales of the foregoing securities were issued pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act.
Between November 2024 and July 2025, we issued an aggregate of 474,051 shares of our Series B Preferred Stock to investors in a Regulation Crowdfunding offering, at a price of $6.22, with an additional 98,495 shares issued as bonus shares. The sales of the foregoing securities were issued pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 4(a)(6) of the Securities Act.
Private Placements
Between February 2023 and April 2024, we issued SAFE Notes to investors in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(c) promulgated thereunder for total proceeds of $6,947,161. The SAFE Notes were convertible into shares of our Series B Preferred Stock at a conversion price of 80% of the Series B Preferred Stock price per-share price of $6.22. As of March 31, 2025, all such SAFE Notes had been converted to 1,396,115 shares of Series B Preferred Stock.
Between July 2024 and September 2024, we issued unsecured promissory notes (the “Promissory Notes”) to investors in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder for total proceeds of $2,485,000. As of the date hereof, a principal amount of $517,500 of such promissory notes had been converted into 94,604 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and a principal amount of $1,967,500 remained outstanding.
II-2
In May 2025, we issued unsecured promissory notes to Jan Goetgeluk and Mieke Criel in principal amounts of $50,000 and $167,678, respectively, in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder. As of the date hereof, such unsecured promissory notes have been repaid in full and no amounts remain due or outstanding.
Between September 2024 and July 2025, we issued an aggregate 431,071 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase up to 313,153 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.01 to investors, including 94,604 shares of Series B Preferred Stock and warrants to purchase up to 94,604 shares of common stock pursuant to the conversion of $517,500 in principal amount of the Promissory Notes, in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder for total proceeds of $2,635,956.
On August 25, 2025, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Streeterville Capital, LLC, pursuant to which we issued (i) a secured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $2,220,000, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets, and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $4,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. The First Note is convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at a price equal to 85% of the reference price. We did not pay underwriting discounts or commissions in connection with the Debt Financing; the First Note included an original issue discount and we paid certain transaction expenses. In addition, pursuant to our placement agent agreement with Maxim Group LLC, we paid a cash success fee equal to 7.0% of the gross proceeds received in a transaction and to reimburse certain expenses. The issuance of the First Note and the related warrant was made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as a transaction not involving a public offering to an accredited investor.
Also on August 25, 2025, we entered into an equity purchase agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which Streeterville committed to purchase, in one or more pre-paid advances over a 24-month period, up to an aggregate of $50,000,000 of our Class A common stock. In connection with the Equity Financing, (i) at the closing of our Direct Listing, we will issue to Streeterville a pre-paid advance in the original principal amount of $8,640,000 for net proceeds of $8,000,000 after an 8% original issue discount, and (ii) we agreed to issue to Streeterville a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $16,000,000 divided by the reference price, exercisable at the reference price and expiring six months after the closing of the Direct Listing. The pre-paid advances accrue interest at 6% per annum and are, at Streeterville’s discretion, convertible into shares of our Class A common stock as described in the Equity Purchase Agreement. The issuances in the Equity Financing were made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as transactions not involving a public offering to an accredited investor. We did not pay underwriting discounts or commissions in connection with the Equity Financing; the pre-paid advances included an original issue discount. In addition, pursuant to our placement agent agreement with Maxim Group LLC, we will be obligated to pay a cash success fee equal to 7.0% of the gross proceeds received in a transaction (and 7.0% of any warrant exercise proceeds) and to reimburse certain expenses. For additional details regarding the Debt Financing and the Equity Financing, including convertibility, security, covenants, floor prices, limitations, conditions to future advances and related warrants, as well as our engagement of Maxim Group LLC, see “Business — Recent Developments.”
On September 1, 2025, we issued 115,169 shares of Class A common stock to Maxim Partners LLC as part of their compensation as an advisor to the Company. The transaction is exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder.
In October and November 2025, we issued unsecured promissory notes (the “October Promissory Notes”) to investors in a transaction exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder for total proceeds of $1,500,000. The October Promissory Notes bear principal equal to 110% of each investor’s cash investment, accrue simple interest at 6.0% per annum, and mature on March 31, 2026 (as extended by the Company, in its sole discretion, from December 31, 2025). At or before maturity, the Company may repay the full outstanding principal and interest in cash or convert that amount into Common Stock at a price equal to 85% of the Nasdaq listing price; beginning on the Initial Listing Date and continuing until full repayment, the noteholder may likewise elect to convert all outstanding indebtedness at the same conversion price. As of the date hereof, a principal amount of $1,650,000 remained outstanding. An aggregate of $225,000 of these notes were issued to related parties. For additional information, see “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions — Related-Party Promissory Notes.”
II-3
On October 30, 2025, we entered into a securities purchase agreement with Streeterville Capital, LLC, pursuant to which we issued (i) a secured convertible promissory note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets, and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. On December 19, 2025, we entered into a Securities Purchase Agreement with Streeterville, pursuant to which we issued (i) the Third Note in the principal amount of $560,000.00, bearing interest at 6% per annum and secured by substantially all of our assets and (ii) a common stock purchase warrant to purchase a number of shares of our Class A common stock equal to $1,000,000 divided by the reference price established in connection with our Direct Listing. The Third Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000 and additional closing costs of $10,000. The Company received $500,000 in gross proceeds at closing of the Third Note. The Second Note and Third Note are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock at a price equal to 85% of the reference price. We did not pay underwriting discounts or commissions in connection with the Debt Financing; the Second Note and the Third Note included an original issue discount and we paid certain transaction expenses. In addition, pursuant to our placement agent agreement with Maxim Group LLC, we paid a cash success fee equal to 7.0% of the gross proceeds received in a transaction and to reimburse certain expenses. The issuance of the Second Note, the Third Note and the related warrants was made in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder, as a transaction not involving a public offering to an accredited investor.
On November 3, 2025, we entered into an investor relations consulting agreement with MZHCI, LLC. On November 6, 2025, we issued 22,857 shares of Class A common stock to MZHCI, LLC as part of their compensation. The transaction is exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, and Regulation D, Rule 506(b) promulgated thereunder.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Exhibits
See the Exhibit Index immediately preceding the signature page hereto for a list of exhibits filed as part of this registration statement, which Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.
Financial Statement Schedules
All financial statement schedules are omitted because the information called for is not required or is shown either in the financial statements or in the accompanying notes.
Item 17. Undertakings
(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement.
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;
II-4
Provided, however, that paragraphs (a)(1)(i), (ii), and (iii) of this section do not apply if the information required to be included in a post-effective amendment by those paragraphs is contained in reports filed with or furnished to the SEC by the registrant pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, that are incorporated by reference in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(c) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(d) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-5
EXHIBIT INDEX
II-6
|
Exhibit No. |
Exhibit Title |
|
|
23.1* |
||
|
23.2* |
Consent of M&K CPAS, PLLC, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm |
|
|
24.1* |
||
|
99.1* |
||
|
99.2* |
||
|
107* |
____________
* Filed or furnished herewith.
** Filed previously.
^ To be filed by amendment.
+ Portions of this exhibit have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10). The omitted information is not material and would likely cause competitive harm to the Company if publicly disclosed. The Company agrees to furnish an unredacted copy to the SEC upon its request.
# Certain schedules and exhibits have been omitted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(a)(5). The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon its request.
II-7
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Austin, Texas, on December 30, 2025.
|
VIRTUIX HOLDING INC. |
||||
|
By: |
/s/ Jan Goetgeluk |
|||
|
Jan Goetgeluk |
||||
|
Chief Executive Officer |
||||
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Jan Goetgeluk as true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities to sign any and all amendments including post-effective amendments to this registration statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute, each acting alone, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
Signature |
Title |
Date |
||
|
/s/ Jan Goetgeluk |
Chief Executive Officer, Director |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
Jan Goetgeluk |
(Principal Executive Officer) |
|||
|
/s/ Thomas McGinnis |
Chief Financial Officer |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
Thomas McGinnis |
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|||
|
/s/ David Allan |
President, Director |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
David Allan |
||||
|
/s/ Ugo de Charrette |
Director |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
Ugo de Charrette |
||||
|
/s/ John Cunnigham |
Director |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
John Cunnigham |
||||
|
/s/ Parthkumar Jani |
Director |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
Parthkumar Jani |
||||
|
/s/ Randolph Read |
Director |
December 30, 2025 |
||
|
Randolph Read |
II-8
Exhibit 3.1
SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
OF
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
Virtuix Holdings Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies as follows:
1. The name of the Corporation is Virtuix Holdings Inc. The date of the filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was December 20, 2013 (the “Original Certificate”). The name under which the Corporation filed the Original Certificate was Virtuix Holdings Inc. The Corporation amended and restated its Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation with the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation as filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 8, 2023.
2. This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate”) amends, restates and integrates the provisions of the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 8, 2023 (the “Amended and Restated Certificate”), and was duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”).
3. The text of the Amended and Restated Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to provide as herein set forth in full.
ARTICLE
I
The name of the Corporation is Virtuix Holdings Inc.
ARTICLE
II
The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington DE 19801, which office is in the City of Wilmington and County of New Castle. The name of its registered agent at such address is the Corporation Trust Company.
ARTICLE
III
The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the DGCL.
1
ARTICLE
IV
CAPITAL STOCK
A. Classes of Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is 400,000,000, consisting of the following: 300,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”), 50,000,000 shares of Class B Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Class B Common Stock”), and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Preferred Stock”).
Except as otherwise provided in any certificate of designations of any series of Preferred Stock, the number of authorized shares of the class of Common Stock or Preferred Stock may from time to time be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority in voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the DGCL.
Immediately upon the acceptance of this Certificate for filing by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware (the “Effective Time”), each share of the Corporation’s capital stock issued and outstanding or held as treasury stock immediately prior to the Effective Time, shall, automatically and without further action by any stockholder, be reclassified as, and shall become, one share of Class A Common Stock.
B. Rights of Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) is authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law but to the fullest extent permitted by law, to provide by resolution for the designation and issuance of shares of Preferred Stock in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the designation, powers (which may include, without limitation, full, limited or no voting powers), preferences, and relative, participating, optional or other rights of the shares of each such series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, and to file a certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware (such certificate being hereinafter referred to as a “Preferred Stock Designation”), setting forth such resolution or resolutions.
C. Vote to Increase or Decrease Authorized Shares of Preferred Stock. The number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote thereon, without a separate class vote of the holders of Preferred Stock, or any separate series votes of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required pursuant to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation.
2
D. Rights of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock. The relative powers, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions granted to or imposed on the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are as follows:
1. Voting Rights.
(a) General Right to Vote Together; Exception. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, the holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders; provided, however, subject to the terms of any Preferred Stock Designation, the number of authorized shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote.
(b) Votes Per Share. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, on any matter that is submitted to a vote of the stockholders, each holder of Class A Common Stock shall be entitled to one (1) vote for each such share, and each holder of Class B Common Stock shall be entitled to 20 votes for each such share.
2. Identical Rights. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or required by applicable law, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall have the same rights and privileges and rank equally, share ratably and be identical in all respects as to all matters, including, without limitation:
(a) Dividends and Distributions. Shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any Distribution paid or distributed by the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class; provided, however, that in the event a Distribution is paid in the form of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock), then holders of Class A Common Stock shall receive Class A Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be) and holders of Class B Common Stock shall receive Class B Common Stock (or Rights to acquire such stock, as the case may be).
(b) Subdivision or Combination. If the Corporation in any manner subdivides or combines the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, the outstanding shares of the other such class will be subdivided or combined in the same proportion and manner, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.
(c) Equal Treatment in a Change of Control or any Merger Transaction. In connection with any Change of Control Transaction, shares of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock shall be treated equally, identically and ratably, on a per share basis, with respect to any consideration into which such shares are converted or any consideration paid or otherwise distributed to stockholders of the Corporation, unless different treatment of the shares of each such class is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class A Common Stock and by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, each voting separately as a class.
3
3. Conversion of Class B Common Stock.
(a) Voluntary Conversion. Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall be convertible into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock at the option of the holder thereof at any time upon written notice to the transfer agent of the Corporation.
(b) Automatic Conversion. Shares of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into an equal number of shares of Class A Common Stock upon the earlier of:
(i) Any share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon the Transfer of such share by the holder of such Class B Common Stock (any such holder, the “Operative Holder”) or by any of such Operative Holder’s Permitted Transferees (as defined below) to a natural person or entity other than (A) the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock on the date of initial issuance of such share by the Corporation (any such holder, the “Initial Holder”), (B) an Affiliate of such Initial Holder (each of (A) and (B), a “Permitted Transferee” of such Operative Holder), or (C) from any Permitted Transferee back to the Operative Holder and/or any other Permitted Transferee established by or for the benefit of such Operative Holder.
As used in this Section D.3 “Transfer” shall mean (i) the direct or indirect sale, transfer, pledge, assignment, gift, contribution, grant of a lien, or other disposal of any share of Class B Common Stock or any beneficial interest in such share or (ii) the deposit of any share of Class B Common Stock into a voting trust or entry into a voting agreement or arrangement with respect to any share of Class B Common Stock or the granting of any proxy or power of attorney with respect thereto. A “Transfer” will also be deemed to have occurred with respect to any share of Class B Common Stock beneficially held by an Operative Holder (or by any of such Operative Holder’s Permitted Transferees) if there is a transaction or other event such that the Operative Holder (or such Operative Holder’s Permitted Transferees, as the case may be) no longer retains sole dispositive power (as among the Operative Holder of such share of Class B Common Stock and such Operative Holder’s Permitted Transferees) and exclusive power to vote or direct the voting of such security, including by proxy, voting agreement or otherwise, in each case with respect to such share of Class B Common Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing none of the following shall be considered a Transfer:
(A) the granting of a revocable proxy to an officer or director of the Corporation at the request of the Board of Directors in connection with actions to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders or any other action of the stockholders permitted by this Certificate;
(B) the pledge of shares of Class B Common Stock or granting a lien with respect thereto by a stockholder that creates a mere security interest in such shares pursuant to a bona fide loan or indebtedness transaction with a financial institution for so long as such stockholder continues to exercise voting control over such shares; provided, however, that a foreclosure on such shares or other similar action by the pledgee shall constitute a Transfer;
4
(C) the entering into, or reaching an agreement, arrangement or understanding regarding, a support, voting, tender or similar agreement or arrangement (with or without a proxy) in connection with a merger, asset transfer, asset acquisition or similar transaction approved by the Board of Directors;
(D) the entering into a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act, with a broker or other nominee where the holder entering into the plan retains all voting control over the shares; provided, however, that a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock by such broker or other nominee shall constitute a “Transfer” at the time of such Transfer;
(E) the entering into or amending a voting trust, agreement or arrangement (with or without granting a proxy) solely with holders of Class B Common Stock that (i) is disclosed either in a Schedule 13D filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) either has a term not exceeding one year or is terminable by the holder of the shares subject thereto at any time and (iii) does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to the holder of the shares subject thereto other than the mutual promise to vote shares in a designated manner;
(F) the fact that the spouse of any holder of Class B Common Stock possesses or obtains an interest in such holder’s shares of Class B Common Stock arising solely by reason of the application of the community property laws of any jurisdiction, so long as no other event or circumstance shall exist or have occurred that constitutes a Transfer of such shares of Class B Common Stock; provided that, any transfer of shares by any holder of shares of Class B Common Stock to such holder’s spouse, including a transfer in connection with a divorce proceeding, domestic relations order or similar legal requirement, shall constitute a “Transfer” of such shares of Class B Common Stock, unless otherwise exempt from the definition of Transfer; and
(ii) the deposit of Class B Common Stock into an Individual Retirement Account, as defined in Section 408(a) of the Internal Revenue Code (or successor provision), or a pension, profit sharing, stock bonus or other type of plan or trust of which such holder of Class B Common Stock is a participant or beneficiary and which satisfies the requirements for qualification under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (or successor provision).the date specified by a written notice and certification request of the Corporation to the holder of such share of Class B Common Stock requesting a certification, in a form satisfactory to the Corporation, verifying such holder’s ownership of Class B Common Stock and confirming that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred, which date shall not be less than sixty (60) calendar days after the date of such notice and certification request; provided that no such automatic conversion pursuant to this subsection (ii) shall occur in the case of a Class B Stockholder or its Permitted Transferees that furnishes a certification satisfactory to the Corporation prior to the specified date.
(c) Automatic Conversion of all Outstanding Class B Common Stock. Each one (1) share of Class B Common Stock shall automatically, without any further action, convert into one (1) share of Class A Common Stock upon the date specified by affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock, voting as a single class.
5
(d) Procedures. The Corporation may, from time to time, establish such policies and procedures relating to the conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock and the general administration of this dual class stock structure, including the issuance of stock certificates (or the establishment of book-entry positions) with respect thereto, as it may deem reasonably necessary or advisable, and may from time to time request that holders of shares of Class B Common Stock furnish certifications, affidavits or other proof to the Corporation as it deems necessary to verify the ownership of Class B Common Stock and to confirm that a conversion to Class A Common Stock has not occurred. A determination by the Secretary of the Corporation that a Transfer results in a conversion to Class A Common Stock shall be conclusive and binding.
(e) Immediate Effect. In the event of a conversion of shares of Class B Common Stock to shares of Class A Common Stock pursuant to this Section D.3, such conversion(s) shall be deemed to have been made immediately upon such event. Upon any conversion of Class B Common Stock to Class A Common Stock, all rights of the holder of shares of Class B Common Stock shall cease and the person or persons in whose names or names the certificate or certificates (or book-entry position(s)) representing the shares of Class A Common Stock are to be issued shall be treated for all purposes as having become the record holder or holders of such shares of Class A Common Stock. Shares of Class B Common Stock that are converted into shares of Class A Common Stock as provided in this Section D.3 shall be retired and may not be reissued.
(f) Reservation of Stock. The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Class A Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Class B Common Stock, such number of its shares of Class A Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Class B Common Stock into shares of Class A Common Stock.
ARTICLE
V
DEFINITIONS
The following terms, where capitalized in this Certificate, shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Article V:
“Affiliate” shall mean, (i) in the case of a holder who is a natural person or an entity held solely by a natural person or a trust created by a natural person, (A) (I) such natural person and (II) any spouse, registered domestic partner, descendant (including any adopted descendant), sibling, parent, grandparent, parent of the spouse or domestic partner of such natural person or any lineal descendants of any of the foregoing (including any adopted descendant), and any of the foregoing relations by virtue of marriage or registered domestic partnership relationship (including step-relations) (each a “Family Member” and, more than one such Family Member, “Family Members”), (B) any custodian, trustee (including a trustee of a voting trust), executor or other fiduciary for the account of (I) such natural person or any one or more Family Members of such natural person or (II) any trust contemplated by clause (C), (C) any trust of which such natural person and/or any one or more Family Members of such natural person and/or any organization that is tax-exempt under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code are current beneficiaries, (D) an entity in which all of the beneficial and economic interests are held, directly or indirectly, by any one or more of such natural person, any one or more Family Members of such natural person, or any natural person, entity, or trust referred to in clause (B) or (C), or (E) an organization that is tax-exempt under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code so long as the transfer, assignment, sale or other disposition to such organization does not involve any payment of cash, securities, property or other consideration to such natural person; provided that, in the case of each of clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E), such natural person holds exclusive voting control with respect to such shares of Class B Common Stock; (ii) in the case of an institutional, private equity, hedge, venture capital or other private investment fund, any partner, limited partner, retired partner, member or retired member of such holder, any affiliated fund, any fund which is controlled by or under common control with one or more general partners of such holder, any fund that is managed and governed by the same management company as such holder, any fund that controls such holder or any fund that is controlled by, under common control with, managed or advised by the same management company or registered investment advisor that controls, is under common control with, manages or advises the fund that controls such holder; and (iii) in the case of a mutual fund, pension fund, other pooled investment vehicle or an institutional client, to another mutual fund, pension fund, other pooled investment vehicle or an institutional client in connection with a merger, fund reorganization or otherwise for regulatory or fund management purposes
6
“Change of Control Transaction” means (i) the sale, lease, exclusive license, exchange, or other disposition (other than liens and encumbrances created in the ordinary course of business, including liens or encumbrances to secure indebtedness for borrowed money that are approved by the Corporation’s Board of Directors, so long as no foreclosure occurs in respect of any such lien or encumbrance) of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets (which shall for such purpose include the property and assets of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Corporation), provided that any sale, lease, exclusive license, exchange or other disposition of property or assets exclusively between or among the Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or subsidiaries of the Corporation shall not be deemed a “Change of Control Transaction”; (ii) the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction of the Corporation with any other entity, other than a merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the merger, consolidation, business combination, or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction; and (iii) a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction involving the Corporation, other than a recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution, or other similar transaction that would result in the voting securities of the Corporation outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or its parent) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Corporation and more than fifty percent (50%) of the total number of outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock, in each case as outstanding immediately after such recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction, and the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction own voting securities of the Corporation, the surviving entity or its parent immediately following the recapitalization, liquidation, dissolution or other similar transaction in substantially the same proportions (vis a vis each other) as such stockholders owned the voting securities of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction.
“Class B Stockholder” means the registered holder of a share of Class B Common Stock.
“Distribution” means (i) any dividend or distribution of cash, property or shares of the Corporation’s capital stock; and (ii) any distribution following or in connection with any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary.
“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“Rights” means any option, warrant, restricted stock unit, conversion right or contractual right of any kind to acquire shares of the Corporation’s authorized but unissued capital stock.
“Securities Exchange” means, at any time, an exchange registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act or any successor thereto and any other securities exchange (whether or not registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 6(a) of the Exchange Act) that the Board of Directors shall designate as a Securities Exchange for purposes of this Certificate.
“Trading Day” means any day on which the Securities Exchange is open for trading.
“Voting Control” with respect to a share of Class B Common Stock means the exclusive power (whether directly or indirectly) to vote or direct the voting of such share of Class B Common Stock by proxy, voting agreement, or otherwise.
7
ARTICLE
VI
STOCKHOLDER ACTION
1. Action without Meeting. Any action required to, or that may, be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holder or holders of shares having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to take such action at a meeting at which the holders of all shares entitled to vote on the action were present and voted.
2. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by (i) the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office; (ii) the chairman of the Board of Directors; or (iii) the chief executive officer of the Corporation, and special meetings of stockholders may not be called by any other person or persons. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation.
3. No Cumulative Voting. No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.
ARTICLE
VII
DIRECTORS
1. General. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.
2. Election of Directors. Election of Directors need not be by written ballot unless the Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Corporation (the “Bylaws”) shall so provide.
3. Number of Directors; Term of Office. The number of Directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be classified, with respect to the term for which they severally hold office, into three classes. The initial Class I Directors of the Corporation shall be Ugo de Charette and Parthkumar Jani; the initial Class II Director of the Corporation shall be David Allan; and the initial Class III Director of the Corporation shall be Jan Goetgeluk. The initial Class I Directors shall serve for a term expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders held following the Effective Time, the initial Class II Director shall serve for a term expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders held following the Effective Time, and the initial Class III Director shall serve for a term expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders held following the Effective Time. At each annual meeting of stockholders, Directors elected to succeed those Directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Directors elected to each class shall hold office until their successors are duly elected and qualified or until their earlier resignation, death or removal.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, whenever, pursuant to the provisions of Article IV of this Certificate, the holders of any one or more series of Preferred Stock shall have the right, voting separately as a series or together with holders of other such series, to elect Directors at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, the election, term of office, filling of vacancies and other features of such directorships shall be governed by the terms of this Certificate and any certificate of designations applicable to such series.
8
4. Vacancies. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors relating thereto, any and all vacancies in the Board of Directors, however occurring, including, without limitation, by reason of an increase in the size of the Board of Directors, or the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of a Director, shall be filled solely and exclusively by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining Directors then in office, even if less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, and not by the stockholders. Any Director appointed in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of Directors in which the new directorship was created or the vacancy occurred and until such Director’s successor shall have been duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation, death or removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors, when the number of Directors is increased or decreased, the Board of Directors shall, subject to Article VII.3 hereof, determine the class or classes to which the increased or decreased number of Directors shall be apportioned; provided, however, that no decrease in the number of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent Director. In the event of a vacancy in the Board of Directors, the remaining Directors, except as otherwise provided by law, shall exercise the powers of the full Board of Directors until the vacancy is filled.
5. Removal. Subject to the rights, if any, of any series of Preferred Stock to elect Directors and to remove any Director whom the holders of any such series have the right to elect, any Director (including persons elected by Directors to fill vacancies in the Board of Directors) may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the outstanding shares of the Corporation’s capital stock entitled to elect such director at a duly organized meeting of stockholders or by written consent..
ARTICLE
VIII
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, a Director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of his or her fiduciary duty as a Director, except for liability (a) for any breach of the Director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (b) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (c) under Section 174 of the DGCL or (d) for any transaction from which the Director derived an improper personal benefit. If the DGCL is amended after the effective date of this Certificate to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of Directors, then the liability of a Director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, as so amended.
Any amendment, repeal or modification of this Article VIII by either of (i) the stockholders of the Corporation or (ii) an amendment to the DGCL, shall not adversely affect any right or protection existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification with respect to any acts or omissions occurring before such amendment, repeal or modification of a person serving as a Director at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.
ARTICLE
IX
1. Amendment by Directors. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office.
2. Amendment by Stockholders. Except as otherwise provided therein, the Bylaws of the Corporation may be amended or repealed at any annual meeting of stockholders, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose or by written consent, by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class.
9
ARTICLE
X
AMENDMENT OF CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION
The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal this Certificate in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by statute and this Certificate, and all rights conferred upon stockholders herein are granted subject to this reservation. Whenever any vote of the holders of capital stock of the Corporation is required to amend or repeal any provision of this Certificate, and in addition to any other vote of holders of capital stock that is required by this Certificate or by law, such amendment or repeal shall require the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, at a duly constituted meeting of stockholders called expressly for such purpose or by written consent.
ARTICLE
XI
SEVERABILITY
If any provision of this Certificate becomes or is declared on any ground by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, unenforceable or void, portions of such provision, or such provision in its entirety, to the extent necessary, shall be severed from this Certificate, and the court will replace such illegal, void or unenforceable provision of this Certificate with a valid and enforceable provision that most accurately reflects the Corporation’s intent, in order to achieve, to the maximum extent possible, the same economic, business and other purposes of the illegal, void or unenforceable provision. The balance of this Certificate shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
10
THIS SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION is executed as of this 7th day of August, 2025.
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Name: | Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
11
Exhibit 3.2
SECOND
AMENDED AND RESTATED
OF
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
(the “Corporation”)
Article
I
Stockholders
Section 1. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of stockholders (any such meeting being referred to in these Bylaws as an “Annual Meeting”) shall be held at the hour, date and place within or without the United States which is fixed by the Board of Directors, which time, date and place may subsequently be changed at any time by vote of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that any meeting of stockholders shall not be held at any geographic place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as authorized by Section 211(a)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) and subject to such procedures and guidelines as the Board of Directors may adopt. If no Annual Meeting has been held for a period of thirteen (13) months after the Corporation’s last Annual Meeting, a special meeting in lieu thereof may be held, and such special meeting shall have, for the purposes of these Bylaws or otherwise, all the force and effect of an Annual Meeting. Any and all references hereafter in these Bylaws to an Annual Meeting or Annual Meetings also shall be deemed to refer to any special meeting(s) in lieu thereof.
Section 2. Notice of Stockholder Business and Nominations.
(a) Annual Meetings of Stockholders.
(1) Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) and the proposal of other business to be considered by the stockholders may be brought before an Annual Meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving of notice of the Annual Meeting provided for in this Bylaw, who is entitled to vote at the meeting, who is present (in person or by proxy) at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bylaw as to such nomination or business. For the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing clause (ii) shall be the exclusive means for a stockholder to bring nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting (other than matters properly brought under Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), and such stockholder must comply with the notice and other procedures set forth in Article I, Section 2(a)(2), (3), and (4) of this Bylaw to bring such nominations or business properly before an Annual Meeting. In addition to the other requirements set forth in this Bylaw, for any proposal of business to be considered at an Annual Meeting, it must be a proper subject for action by stockholders of the Corporation under Delaware law.
(2) For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an Annual Meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (ii) of Article I, Section 2(a)(1) of this Bylaw, the stockholder must (i) have given Timely Notice (as defined below) thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, (ii) have provided any updates or supplements to such notice at the times and in the forms required by this Bylaw and (iii) together with the beneficial owner(s), if any, on whose behalf the nomination or business proposal is made, have acted in accordance with the representations set forth in the Solicitation Statement (as defined below) required by this Bylaw. To be timely, a stockholder’s written notice shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the one-year anniversary of the preceding year’s Annual Meeting; provided, however, that in the event the Annual Meeting is first convened more than thirty (30) days before or more than sixty (60) days after such anniversary date, or if no Annual Meeting were held in the preceding year, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to the scheduled date of such Annual Meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made (such notice within such time periods shall be referred to as “Timely Notice”). Such stockholder’s Timely Notice shall set forth or include:
(A) As to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director, (i) the name, age, business address and residence address of the nominee, (ii) the principal occupation or employment of the nominee, (iii) the class and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation that are held of record or are beneficially owned by the nominee or their affiliates or associates and any Synthetic Equity Interest (as defined below) held or beneficially owned by the nominee or their affiliates or associates, (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between or among the stockholder and each nominee and any other person or persons (naming such person or persons) pursuant to which the nominations are to be made by the stockholder or concerning the nominee’s potential service on the Board of Directors, (v) a questionnaire with respect to the background and qualifications of the nominee completed by the nominee in the form provided by the Corporation (which questionnaire shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request), (vi) a representation and agreement in the form provided by the Corporation (which form shall be provided by the Secretary upon written request) that: (a) such proposed nominee is not and will not become party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity as to how such proposed nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been disclosed to the Corporation; (b) such proposed nominee is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement, or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement, or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director that has not been disclosed to the Corporation; (c) such proposed nominee would, if elected as a director, comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the exchanges upon which shares of the Corporation’s capital stock trade, each of the Corporation’s corporate governance, ethics, conflict of interest, confidentiality, stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines applicable generally to the Corporation’s directors and, if elected as a director of the Corporation, such person currently would be in compliance with any such policies and guidelines that have been publicly disclosed; (d) such proposed nominee intends to serve as a director for the full term for which he or she is to stand for election; (e) such proposed nominee acknowledges that as a director of the Corporation, the nominee will owe fiduciary duties under Delaware law with respect to the Corporation and its stockholders; and (f) such proposed nominee will promptly provide to the Corporation such other information as it may reasonably request; (vii) a description of any position of such proposed nominee as an officer or director of a competitor, as defined in Section 8 of the Clayton Antitrust Act of 1914, within the three years preceding the submission of the notice; and (viii) any other information relating to such proposed nominee that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including without limitation such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected);
(B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting, the text, if any, of any resolutions or Bylaw amendment proposed for adoption, and any material interest in such business of each Proposing Person (as defined below);
2
(C) (C)(i) the name and address of the stockholder giving the notice, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and the names and addresses of the other Proposing Persons (if any) and (ii) as to each Proposing Person, the following information: (a) the class or series and number of all shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially or of record by such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates (as such terms are defined in Rule 12b-2 promulgated under the Exchange Act), including any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation as to which such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates has a right to acquire beneficial ownership at any time in the future (whether or not such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time or upon the satisfaction of any conditions or both) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (whether or not in writing), (b) all Synthetic Equity Interests (as defined below) in which such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, holds an interest including a description of the material terms of each such Synthetic Equity Interest, including without limitation, identification of the counterparty to each such Synthetic Equity Interest and disclosure, for each such Synthetic Equity Interest, as to (1) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest conveys any voting rights, directly or indirectly, in such shares to such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates, (2) whether or not such Synthetic Equity Interest is required to be, or is capable of being, settled through delivery of such shares and (3) whether or not such Proposing Person, any of their affiliates or associates and/or, to the extent known, the counterparty to such Synthetic Equity Interest has entered into other transactions that hedge or mitigate the economic effect of such Synthetic Equity Interest, (c) any proxy (other than a revocable proxy given in response to a public proxy solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the Exchange Act), agreement, arrangement, understanding or relationship pursuant to which such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates has or shares a right to, directly or indirectly, vote any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (d) any rights to dividends or other distributions on the shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, directly or indirectly, owned beneficially by such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates that are separated or separable from the underlying shares of the Corporation, (e) any performance-related fees (other than an asset based fee) to which such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates, directly or indirectly, is entitled to receive based on any increase or decrease in the value of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation or any Synthetic Equity Interests, (f)(1) if such Proposing Person is not a natural person, the identity of the natural person or persons associated with such Proposing Person responsible for (i) the formulation of and decision to propose the director nomination or business to be brought before the meeting and (ii) making voting and investment decisions on behalf of the Proposing Person (irrespective of whether such person or persons have “beneficial ownership” for purposes of Rule 13d-3 of the Exchange Act of any securities owned of record or beneficially by the Proposing Person) (such person or persons, the “Responsible Person”), the manner in which such Responsible Person was selected, any fiduciary duties owed by such Responsible Person to the equity holders or other beneficiaries of such Proposing Person and, the qualifications and background of such Responsible Person or (2) if such Proposing Person is a natural person, the qualifications and background of such natural person, (g) any equity interests or any Synthetic Equity Interests in any principal competitor of the Corporation beneficially owned by such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates, (h) any direct or indirect interest of such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates in any contract with the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation (including, without limitation, in any such case, any employment agreement, collective bargaining agreement or consulting agreement), (i) any pending or threatened litigation in which such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates is a party or material participant involving the Corporation or any of its officers or directors, or any affiliate of the Corporation, (j) any material transaction occurring during the prior twelve months between such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates, on the one hand, and the Corporation, any affiliate of the Corporation or any principal competitor of the Corporation, on the other hand, and (k) any other information relating to such Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies or consents by such Proposing Person in support of the business or nomination proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act (the disclosures to be made pursuant to the foregoing clauses (a) through (k) are referred to, collectively, as “Material Ownership Interests”); provided, however, that the Material Ownership Interests shall not include any such disclosures with respect to the ordinary course business activities of any broker, dealer, commercial bank, trust company or other nominee who is a Proposing Person solely as a result of being the stockholder of record directed to prepare and submit the notice required by these Bylaws on behalf of a beneficial owner;
3
(D) (i) a description of all agreements, arrangements or understandings to which any Proposing Person or any of their affiliates or associates is a party (whether the counterparty or counterparties are a Proposing Person or any affiliate or associate thereof, on the one hand, or one or more other third parties, on the other hand, (including any proposed nominee(s))) (a) pertaining to the nomination(s) or other business proposed to be brought before the meeting of stockholders or (b) entered into for the purpose of acquiring, holding, disposing or voting of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation (which description shall identify the name of each other person who is party to such an agreement, arrangement or understanding), and (ii) identification of the names and addresses of other stockholders (including beneficial owners) known by any of the Proposing Persons to support such nominations or other business proposal(s), and to the extent known the class and number of all shares of the Corporation’s capital stock owned beneficially or of record by such other stockholder(s) or other beneficial owner(s); and
(E) a statement (i) that the stockholder is a holder of record of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at such meeting, a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business or nominees and an acknowledgement that, if such stockholder (or a qualified representative of such stockholder) does not appear to present such business or proposed nominees, as applicable, at such meeting, the Corporation need not present such business or proposed nominees for a vote at such meeting, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation, (ii) whether or not the stockholder giving the notice and/or the other Proposing Person(s), if any, (a) will deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of a business proposal, at least the percentage of voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation required under applicable law to approve the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, at least 67 percent of the voting power of all of the shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the election of directors or (b) otherwise solicit proxies or votes from stockholders in support of such proposal or nomination, as applicable, (iii) providing a representation as to whether or not such Proposing Person intends to solicit proxies in support of director nominees other than the Corporation’s director nominees in accordance with Rule 14a-19 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and (iv) that the stockholder will provide any other information relating to such item of business that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filing required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies in support of the business proposed to be brought before the meeting pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Exchange Act(such statement, the “Solicitation Statement”).
4
For purposes of this Article I, the term “Proposing Person” shall mean the following persons: (i) the stockholder of record providing the notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting, and (ii) the beneficial owner(s), if different, on whose behalf the nominations or business proposed to be brought before a stockholders’ meeting is made. For purposes of this Section 2, the term “Synthetic Equity Interest” shall mean any transaction, agreement or arrangement (or series of transactions, agreements or arrangements), including, without limitation, any derivative, swap, hedge, repurchase or so-called “stock borrowing” or securities lending agreement or arrangement, the purpose or effect of which is to, directly or indirectly: (a) give a person or entity economic benefit and/or risk similar to ownership of shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, in whole or in part, including due to the fact that such transaction, agreement or arrangement provides, directly or indirectly, the opportunity to profit, or share in any profit, or avoid a loss from any increase or decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (b) mitigate loss to, reduce the economic risk of or manage the risk of share price changes for, any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, (c) otherwise provide in any manner the opportunity to profit, or share in any profit, or avoid a loss from any decrease in the value of any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation, or (d) increase or decrease the voting power of any person or entity with respect to any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation.
(3) A stockholder providing Timely Notice of nominations or business proposed to be brought before an Annual Meeting shall further update and supplement such notice, if necessary, so that the information (including, without limitation, the Material Ownership Interests information) provided or required to be provided in such notice pursuant to this Bylaw shall be true and correct as of the record date for the meeting and as of the date that is ten (10) business days prior to such Annual Meeting, and such update and supplement shall be received by the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the fifth (5th) business day after the record date for the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of the record date), and not later than the close of business on the eighth (8th) business day prior to the date of the Annual Meeting (in the case of the update and supplement required to be made as of ten (10) business days prior to the meeting). For the avoidance of doubt, the obligation to update as set forth in this Section 2(a)(3) shall not limit the Corporation’s rights with respect to any deficiencies in any notice provided by a stockholder, extend any applicable deadlines hereunder, or enable or be deemed to permit a stockholder who has previously submitted notice hereunder to amend or update any proposal or nomination or to submit any new proposal, including by changing or adding nominees, matters, business and/or resolutions proposed to be brought before a meeting of the stockholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Proposing Person no longer plans to solicit proxies in accordance with its representation pursuant to Article I, Section 2(a)(2)(E), such Proposing Person shall inform the Corporation of this change by delivering a written notice to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation no later than two (2) business days after making the determination not to proceed with a solicitation of proxies. A Proposing Person shall also update its notice so that the information required by Article I, Section 2(a)(2)(C) is current through the date of the meeting or any adjournment, postponement, or rescheduling thereof, and such update shall be delivered in writing to the secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation no later than two (2) business days after the occurrence of any material change to the information previously disclosed pursuant to Article I, Section 2(a)(2)(C).
5
(4) Notwithstanding anything in the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2) of this Bylaw to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the Corporation at least ten (10) days before the last day a stockholder may deliver a notice of nomination in accordance with the second sentence of Article I, Section 2(a)(2), a stockholder’s notice required by this Bylaw shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the Corporation.
(b) General.
(1) Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw shall be eligible for election and to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at an Annual Meeting as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw or in accordance with Rule 14a-8 under the Exchange Act. The Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof shall have the power to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If neither the Board of Directors nor such designated committee makes a determination as to whether any stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, the presiding officer of the Annual Meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether the stockholder proposal or nomination was made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw. If the Board of Directors or a designated committee thereof or the presiding officer, as applicable, determines that any stockholder proposal or nomination was not made in accordance with the provisions of this Bylaw, such proposal or nomination shall be disregarded and shall not be presented for action at the Annual Meeting.
(2) Except as otherwise required by law, nothing in this Article I, Section 2 shall obligate the Corporation or the Board of Directors to include in any proxy statement or other stockholder communication distributed on behalf of the Corporation or the Board of Directors information with respect to any nominee for director or any other matter of business submitted by a stockholder.
6
(3) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Article I, Section 2, if the nominating or proposing stockholder (or a qualified representative of the stockholder) does not appear at the Annual Meeting to present a nomination or any business, such nomination or business shall be disregarded, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Corporation. For purposes of this Article I, Section 2, to be considered a qualified representative of the proposing stockholder, a person must be authorized by a written instrument executed by such stockholder or an electronic transmission delivered by such stockholder to act for such stockholder as proxy at the meeting of stockholders, and such person must produce such written instrument or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the written instrument or electronic transmission, to the presiding officer at the meeting of stockholders.
(4) For purposes of this Bylaw, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the Corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(5) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, a stockholder shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, but not limited to, Rule 14a-19 of the Exchange Act, with respect to the matters set forth in this Bylaw. If a stockholder fails to comply with any applicable requirements of the Exchange Act, including, but not limited to, Rule 14a-19 promulgated thereunder, such stockholder’s proposed nomination or proposed business shall be deemed to have not been made in compliance with this Bylaw and shall be disregarded. Nothing in this Bylaw shall be deemed to affect any rights of (i) stockholders to have proposals included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 (or any successor rule), as applicable, under the Exchange Act and, to the extent required by such rule, have such proposals considered and voted on at an Annual Meeting, or (ii) the holders of any series of Preferred Stock to elect directors under specified circumstances.
(6) Further notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bylaw, unless otherwise required by law, if any Proposing Person (A) provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act, (B) subsequently fails to comply with the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(2) or Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act, including the provision to the Corporation of notices required thereunder with timely notice, and (C) no other Proposing Person has provided notice pursuant to, and in compliance with, Rule 14a-19 under the Exchange Act that it intends to solicit proxies in support of the election of such proposed nominee in accordance with Rule 14a-19(b) under the Exchange Act, then such proposed nominee shall be disqualified from nomination, the Corporation shall disregard the nomination of such proposed nominee and no vote on the election of such proposed nominee shall occur. Upon request by the Corporation, if any Proposing Person provides notice pursuant to Rule 14a-19(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act, such Proposing Person shall deliver to the Corporation, no later than five (5) business days prior to the applicable meeting date, reasonable evidence that it has met the requirements of Rule 14a-19(a)(3) promulgated under the Exchange Act.
7
(7) The number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the Annual Meeting (or in the case of a stockholder giving the notice on behalf of a beneficial owner, the number of nominees a stockholder may nominate for election at the Annual Meeting on behalf of such beneficial owner) shall not exceed the number of directors to be elected at such Annual Meeting.
Section 3. Special Meetings. Except as otherwise required by statute and subject to the rights, if any, of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation may be called only by the Board of Directors acting pursuant to a resolution approved by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Directors then in office or the Chairperson or Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation. The Board of Directors may postpone or reschedule any previously scheduled special meeting of stockholders. Only those matters set forth in the notice of the special meeting may be considered or acted upon at a special meeting of stockholders of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors and stockholder proposals of other business shall not be brought before a special meeting of stockholders to be considered by the stockholders unless such special meeting is held in lieu of an annual meeting of stockholders in accordance with Article I, Section 1 of these Bylaws, in which case such special meeting in lieu thereof shall be deemed an Annual Meeting for purposes of these Bylaws and the provisions of Article I, Section 2 of these Bylaws shall govern such special meeting.
Section 4. Notice of Meetings; Adjournments.
(a) A notice of each Annual Meeting stating the hour, date and place (which need not be a geographic place but may be solely a means of remote communication), if any, of such Annual Meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given not less than ten (10) days nor more than sixty (60) days before the Annual Meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote thereat by delivering such notice to such stockholder or by mailing it, postage prepaid, addressed to such stockholder at the address of such stockholder as it appears on the Corporation’s stock transfer books. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.
(b) Unless otherwise required by the DGCL, notice of all special meetings of stockholders shall be given in the same manner as provided for Annual Meetings, except that the notice of all special meetings shall state the purpose or purposes for which the meeting has been called.
(c) Notice of an Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders need not be given to a stockholder if a waiver of notice is executed, or waiver of notice by electronic transmission is provided, before or after such meeting by such stockholder or if such stockholder attends such meeting, unless such attendance is for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because the meeting was not lawfully called or convened.
8
(d) The Board of Directors may postpone and reschedule or cancel any previously scheduled Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders and any record date with respect thereto, regardless of whether any notice or public disclosure with respect to any such meeting has been sent or made pursuant to Section 2 of this Article I of these Bylaws or otherwise. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment, postponement or rescheduling of any previously scheduled meeting of stockholders commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice under this Article I of these Bylaws.
(e) When any meeting is convened, the presiding officer or the stockholders present or represented by proxy at such meeting may adjourn the meeting from time to time for any reason, regardless of whether a quorum is present, to reconvene at any other time and at any place at which a meeting of stockholders may be held under these Bylaws. When any Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders is adjourned to another hour, date or place (including an adjournment taken to address a technical failure to convene or continue a meeting using remote communication), notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are (i) announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, (ii) displayed, during the time scheduled for the meeting, on the same electronic network used to enable stockholders and proxy holders to participate in the meeting by means of remote communication or (iii) set forth in the notice of meeting given in accordance with this Section 4; provided, however, that if the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days from the meeting date, or if after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, notice of the adjourned meeting and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote thereat and each stockholder who, by law or under the Corporation’s certificate of incorporation as then in effect (the “Certificate”) or these Bylaws, is entitled to such notice.
Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the voting power of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at any meeting of stockholders. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, a majority of the voting power of the issued and outstanding shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or by remote communication, if applicable or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter, except as otherwise required by law, the certificate of incorporation, these bylaws or the rules of any applicable stock exchange. If less than a quorum is present at a meeting, the holders of voting stock representing a majority of the voting power present at the meeting or the presiding officer may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice, except as provided in Section 4 of this Article I. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed. The stockholders present at a duly constituted meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.
9
Section 6. Voting and Proxies.
(a) Stockholders shall have one vote for each share of stock entitled to vote owned by them of record according to the stock ledger of the Corporation as of the record date, unless otherwise provided by law or by the Certificate. Stockholders may vote either (i) in person, (ii) by written proxy or (iii) by a transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL. Any copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reliable reproduction of the writing or transmission permitted by Section 212(c) of the DGCL may be substituted for or used in lieu of the original writing or transmission for any and all purposes for which the original writing or transmission could be used, provided that such copy, facsimile telecommunication or other reproduction shall be a complete reproduction of the entire original writing or transmission. Proxies shall be filed in accordance with the procedures established for the meeting of stockholders. Except as otherwise limited therein or as otherwise provided by law, proxies authorizing a person to vote at a specific meeting shall entitle the persons authorized thereby to vote at any adjournment of such meeting, but they shall not be valid after final adjournment of such meeting. A proxy with respect to stock held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by or on behalf of any one of them unless at or prior to the exercise of the proxy the Corporation receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. In the event the Corporation receives proxies for disqualified or withdrawn nominees for the Board of Directors, such votes for such disqualified or withdrawn nominees in the proxies will be treated as present for quorum purposes.
(b) Any stockholder directly or indirectly soliciting proxies from other stockholders must use a proxy card color other than white, which shall be reserved for the exclusive use by the Board of Directors.
Section 7. Action at Meeting. When a quorum is present at any meeting of stockholders, any matter before any such meeting (other than an election of a director or directors) shall be decided by a majority of the votes properly cast for and against such matter, except where a larger vote is required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws. Any election of directors by stockholders shall be determined by a plurality of the votes properly cast on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or series or classes or series is required, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of the voting power of shares of such class or series or classes or series, present in person or by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy, at the meeting shall be the act of such class or series or classes or series.
Section 8. Stockholder Lists. The Corporation shall prepare, no later than the tenth (10th) day before each Annual Meeting or special meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of ten (10) days ending on the day before the meeting date in the manner provided by law.
10
Section 9. Conduct of Meeting. The Board of Directors may adopt by resolution such rules, regulations, and procedures for the conduct of any meeting of stockholders as it shall deem appropriate. Except to the extent inconsistent with rules, regulations, and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, the chair of the meeting shall have the right and authority to convene and (for any or no reason) to recess and/or adjourn the meeting, to prescribe such rules, regulations, and procedures and to do all such acts, as, in the judgment of such chair, are necessary, appropriate, or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting. Such rules, regulations, or procedures, whether adopted by the Board of Directors or proscribed by the chair of the meeting, may include, without limitation, the following: (a) the establishment of an agenda for the meeting; (b) rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present at the meeting; (c) limitations on attendance at or participation in the meeting to stockholders of record of the Corporation, their duly authorized and constituted proxies, or such other persons as the chair of the meeting shall determine; (d) restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof; (e) the determination of the circumstances in which any person may make a statement or ask questions and limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments; (f) the determination of when the polls shall open and close for any given matter to be voted on at the meeting; (g) the exclusion or removal of any stockholders or any other individual who refuses to comply with meeting rules, regulations, or procedures; (h) restrictions on the use of audio and video recording devices, cell phones, and other electronic devices; (i) rules, regulations, and procedures for compliance with any federal, state, or local laws or regulations (including those concerning safety, health, or security); (j) procedures (if any) requiring attendees to provide the Corporation advance notice of their intent to attend the meeting; and (k) rules, regulations, or procedures regarding the participation by means of remote communication of stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting, whether such meeting is to be held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chair of the meeting, the chair of the meeting shall not be obligated to adopt or follow any technical, formal, or parliamentary rules or principles of procedure.
Section 10. Inspectors of Elections. The Corporation shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting and make a written report thereof. The Corporation may designate one or more persons as alternate inspectors to replace any inspector who fails to act. If no inspector or alternate is able to act at a meeting of stockholders, the presiding officer shall appoint one or more inspectors to act at the meeting. Any inspector may, but need not, be an officer, employee or agent of the Corporation. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his or her duties, shall take and sign an oath faithfully to execute the duties of inspector with strict impartiality and according to the best of his or her ability. The inspectors shall perform such duties as are required by the DGCL, including the counting of all votes and ballots. The inspectors may appoint or retain other persons or entities to assist the inspectors in the performance of the duties of the inspectors. The presiding officer may review all determinations made by the inspectors, and in so doing the presiding officer shall be entitled to exercise his or her sole judgment and discretion and he or she shall not be bound by any determinations made by the inspectors. All determinations by the inspectors and, if applicable, the presiding officer, shall be subject to further review by any court of competent jurisdiction.
Section 11. Use of Remote Communications. Subject to any guidelines and procedures adopted by the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may authorize stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at an annual meeting or special meeting of the stockholders to participate in such annual or special meeting by means of remote communication. In addition, the Board of Directors may determine that a stockholder meeting not be held at any place, but instead may be held solely by means of remote communication. If the Board of Directors authorizes remote communication or the holding of a stockholder meeting solely by means of remote communication, such stockholders and proxy holders shall be considered present in person and permitted to vote at the meeting of the stockholders, provided that (i) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to verify that each person considered present and authorized to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder; (ii) the Corporation implements reasonable measures to provide such stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with the proceedings; and (iii) in the event any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action is maintained by the Corporation.
11
Article
II
Directors
Section 1. Powers. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or required by law.
Section 2. Number and Terms. The number of directors of the Corporation shall be fixed solely and exclusively by resolution duly adopted from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall hold office in the manner provided in the Certificate.
Section 3. Qualification. No director need be a stockholder of the Corporation.
Section 4. Vacancies. Vacancies in the Board of Directors shall be filled in the manner provided in the Certificate.
Section 5. Removal. Directors may be removed from office only in the manner provided in the Certificate.
Section 6. Resignation. A director may resign at any time by electronic transmission or by giving written notice to the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the President or the Secretary. A resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless the resignation otherwise provides.
Section 7. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at such hour, date and place as the Board of Directors may by resolution from time to time determine and publicize by means of reasonable notice given to any director who is not present at the meeting at which such resolution is adopted.
Section 8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called, orally or in writing, by or at the request of a majority of the directors, the Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, or the Chief Executive Officer. The person calling any such special meeting of the Board of Directors may fix the hour, date and place thereof.
12
Section 9. Notice of Meetings. Notice of the hour, date and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or in case of the death, absence, incapacity or refusal of such persons, by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President or such other officer designated by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, or the President. Notice of any special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given to each director in person, by telephone, or by facsimile, electronic mail or other form of electronic communication at least twenty-four (24) hours in advance of the meeting, or by written notice mailed to his or her business or home address, at least forty-eight (48) hours in advance of the meeting, provided, however, that if the Chairperson of the Board or the President determines that it is otherwise necessary or advisable to hold the meeting sooner, then the Chairperson of the Board or the President, as the case may be, may prescribe a shorter time period for notice to be given personally or by telephone, facsimile, electronic mail or other similar means of communication. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when hand-delivered to such address, read to such director by telephone, deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage thereon prepaid if mailed, dispatched or transmitted if sent by facsimile transmission or by electronic mail or other form of electronic communications. A written waiver of notice signed or electronically transmitted before or after a meeting by a director and filed with the records of the meeting shall be deemed to be equivalent to notice of the meeting. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting at the beginning of the meeting to the transaction of any business because such meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Except as otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.
Section 10. Quorum. At any meeting of the Board of Directors, one-third (1/3) of the total number of directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, but if less than a quorum is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice. Any business which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally noticed may be transacted at such adjourned meeting at which a quorum is present. For purposes of this section, the total number of directors includes any unfilled vacancies on the Board of Directors.
Section 11. Action at Meeting. At any meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, the vote of a majority of the directors present shall constitute action by the Board of Directors, unless otherwise required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws.
Section 12. Action by Consent. Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the records of the meetings of the Board of Directors. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form. Such consent shall be treated as a resolution of the Board of Directors for all purposes.
13
Section 13. Manner of Participation. Directors may participate in meetings of the Board of Directors by means of video conference, conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all directors participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting in accordance herewith shall constitute presence in person at such meeting for purposes of these Bylaws.
Section 14. Presiding Director. The Board of Directors shall designate a representative to preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors, provided that if the Board of Directors does not so designate such a presiding director or such designated presiding director is unable to so preside or is absent, then the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside over all meetings of the Board of Directors. If both the designated presiding director, if one is so designated, and the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, are unable to preside or are absent, the Board of Directors shall designate an alternate representative to preside over a meeting of the Board of Directors.
Section 15. Committees. The Board of Directors, by vote of a majority of the directors then in office, may elect one or more committees, including, without limitation, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating & Corporate Governance Committee and an Audit Committee, and may delegate thereto some or all of its powers except those which by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws may not be delegated. Except as the Board of Directors may otherwise determine, any such committee may make rules for the conduct of its business, but unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors or in such rules, its business shall be conducted so far as possible in the same manner as is provided by these Bylaws for the Board of Directors. All members of such committees shall hold such offices at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may abolish any such committee at any time. Any committee to which the Board of Directors delegates any of its powers or duties shall keep records of its meetings and shall report its action to the Board of Directors.
Section 16. Compensation of Directors. Directors shall receive such compensation for their services as shall be determined by a majority of the Board of Directors, or a designated committee thereof.
Article
III
Officers
Section 1. Enumeration. The officers of the Corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary and such other officers, including, without limitation, a Chairperson of the Board of Directors, a Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and one or more Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or Senior Vice Presidents), Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Treasurers and Assistant Secretaries, as the Board of Directors may determine. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.
Section 2. Election. The Board of Directors shall elect the President, the Treasurer, the Secretary and any other officers at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.
Section 3. Qualification. No officer need be a stockholder or a director. Any person may occupy more than one office of the Corporation at any time.
14
Section 4. Tenure. Except as otherwise provided by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, each of the officers of the Corporation shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal.
Section 5. Resignation. Any officer may resign by delivering his or her written or electronically transmitted resignation to the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary, and such resignation shall be effective upon receipt, unless the resignation otherwise provides.
Section 6. Removal. Except as otherwise provided by law or by resolution of the Board of Directors, the Board of Directors may remove any officer with or without cause by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
Section 7. Absence or Disability. In the event of the absence or disability of any officer, the Board of Directors may designate another officer to act temporarily in place of such absent or disabled officer.
Section 8. Vacancies. Any vacancy in any office may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term by the Board of Directors.
Section 9. President. The President shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors, have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 10. Chairperson of the Board. The Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 11. Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer, if one is elected, shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.
Section 12. Vice Presidents and Assistant Vice Presidents. Any Vice President (including any Executive Vice President or Senior Vice President) and any Assistant Vice President shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
Section 13. Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers. The Treasurer, if one is elected, shall, subject to the direction of the Board of Directors and except as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may otherwise provide, have general charge of the financial affairs of the Corporation and shall cause to be kept accurate books of account. The Treasurer shall have custody of all funds, securities, and valuable documents of the Corporation. He or she shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
15
Section 14. Secretary and Assistant Secretaries. The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors (including committees of the Board of Directors) in books kept for that purpose. In his or her absence from any such meeting, a temporary secretary chosen at the meeting shall record the proceedings thereof. The Secretary shall have charge of the stock ledger (which may, however, be kept by any transfer or other agent of the Corporation). The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and the Secretary, or an Assistant Secretary shall have authority to affix it to any instrument requiring it, and, when so affixed, the seal may be attested by his or her signature or that of an Assistant Secretary. The Secretary shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer. In the absence of the Secretary, any Assistant Secretary may perform his or her duties and responsibilities. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such powers and perform such duties as the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer may from time to time designate.
Section 15. Other Powers and Duties. Subject to these Bylaws and to such limitations as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe, the officers of the Corporation shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, as well as such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 16. Representation of Shares of Other Corporations. The Chairperson of the Board, the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer, the Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Corporation, or any other person authorized by the Board of Directors or the President or a Vice President, is authorized to vote, represent and exercise on behalf of the Corporation all rights incident to any and all securities of any other entity or entities standing in the name of the Corporation. The authority granted herein may be exercised either by such person directly or by any other person authorized to do so by proxy or power of attorney duly executed by such person having the authority.
Article
IV
Capital Stock
Section 1. Certificates of Stock. Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate of the capital stock of the Corporation in such form as may from time to time be prescribed by the Board of Directors. Such certificate shall be signed by any two authorized officers of the Corporation. The Corporation seal and the signatures by the Corporation’s officers, the transfer agent or the registrar may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he or she were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the time of its issue. Every certificate for shares of stock which are subject to any restriction on transfer and every certificate issued when the Corporation is authorized to issue more than one class or series of stock shall contain such legend with respect thereto as is required by law. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary provided in these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares (except that the foregoing shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation), and by the approval and adoption of these Bylaws the Board of Directors has determined that all classes or series of the Corporation’s stock may be uncertificated, whether upon original issuance, re-issuance, or subsequent transfer.
16
Section 2. Transfers. Subject to any restrictions on transfer and unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors, shares of stock that are represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by the surrender to the Corporation or its transfer agent of the certificate theretofore properly endorsed or accompanied by a written assignment or power of attorney properly executed, with transfer stamps (if necessary) affixed, and with such proof of the authenticity of signature as the Corporation or its transfer agent may reasonably require. Shares of stock that are not represented by a certificate may be transferred on the books of the Corporation by submitting to the Corporation or its transfer agent such evidence of transfer and following such other procedures as the Corporation or its transfer agent may require.
Section 3. Record Holders. Except as may otherwise be required by law, by the Certificate or by these Bylaws, the Corporation shall be entitled to treat the record holder of stock as shown on its books as the owner of such stock for all purposes, including the payment of dividends and the right to vote with respect thereto, regardless of any transfer, pledge or other disposition of such stock, until the shares have been transferred on the books of the Corporation in accordance with the requirements of these Bylaws.
Section 4. Record Date. In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date: (a) in the case of determination of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, shall, unless otherwise required by law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting and (b) in the case of any other action, shall not be more than sixty (60) days prior to such other action. If no record date is fixed: (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held; and (ii) the record date for determining stockholders for any other purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.
Section 5. Replacement of Certificates. In case of the alleged loss, destruction or mutilation of a certificate of stock of the Corporation, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Board of Directors may prescribe.
17
Article
V
Indemnification
Section 1. Definitions. For purposes of this Article:
(a) “Corporate Status” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a Director of the Corporation, (ii) as an Officer of the Corporation, (iii) as a Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity which such person is or was serving at the request of the Corporation. For purposes of this Section 1(a), a Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee of the Corporation who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Corporate Status” shall not include the status of a person who is serving or has served as a director, officer, employee or agent of a constituent corporation absorbed in a merger or consolidation transaction with the Corporation with respect to such person’s activities prior to said transaction, unless specifically authorized by the Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Corporation;
(b) “Director” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as a director on the Board of Directors;
(c) “Disinterested Director” means, with respect to each Proceeding in respect of which indemnification is sought hereunder, a Director of the Corporation who is not and was not a party to such Proceeding;
(d) “Expenses” means all attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, costs of preparation of demonstrative evidence and other courtroom presentation aids and devices, costs incurred in connection with document review, organization, imaging and computerization, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements, costs or expenses of the type customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settling or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding;
(e) “Liabilities” means judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement;
(f) “Non-Officer Employee” means any person who serves or has served as an employee or agent of the Corporation, but who is not or was not a Director or Officer;
(g) “Officer” means any person who serves or has served the Corporation as an officer of the Corporation appointed by the Board of Directors;
(h) “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, inquiry, investigation, administrative hearing or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative; and
18
(i) “Subsidiary” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other entity of which the Corporation owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Corporation) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity, or (B) fifty percent (50%) or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other entity.
Section 2. Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
(a) Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these Bylaws, each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than such law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), and to the extent authorized in this Section 2.
(1) Actions, Suits and Proceedings Other than By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred or paid by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation), which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
(2) Actions, Suits and Proceedings By or In the Right of the Corporation. Each Director and Officer shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation against any and all Expenses that are incurred by such Director or Officer or on such Director’s or Officer’s behalf in connection with any Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein by or in the right of the Corporation, which such Director or Officer is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Director’s or Officer’s Corporate Status, if such Director or Officer acted in good faith and in a manner such Director or Officer reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made under this Section 2(a)(2) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such Director or Officer shall have been finally adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Corporation, unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such Director or Officer is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnification for such Expenses that such court deems proper.
(3) Survival of Rights. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 2 shall continue as to a Director or Officer after he or she has ceased to be a Director or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors, administrators and personal representatives.
19
(4) Actions by Directors or Officers. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall indemnify any Director or Officer seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director or Officer only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director or Officer) was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors, unless such Proceeding was brought to enforce such Officer’s or Director’s rights to indemnification or, in the case of Directors, advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws in accordance with the provisions set forth herein.
Section 3. Indemnification of Non-Officer Employees. Subject to the operation of Section 4 of this Article V of these Bylaws, each Non-Officer Employee may, in the discretion of the Board of Directors, be indemnified by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, against any or all Expenses and Liabilities that are incurred by such Non-Officer Employee or on such Non-Officer Employee’s behalf in connection with any threatened, pending or completed Proceeding, or any claim, issue or matter therein, which such Non-Officer Employee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or participant in by reason of such Non-Officer Employee’s Corporate Status, if such Non-Officer Employee acted in good faith and in a manner such Non-Officer Employee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. The rights of indemnification provided by this Section 3 shall exist as to a Non-Officer Employee after he or she has ceased to be a Non-Officer Employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation may indemnify any Non-Officer Employee seeking indemnification in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Non-Officer Employee only if such Proceeding was authorized in advance by the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Determination. Unless ordered by a court, no indemnification shall be provided pursuant to this Article V to a Director, to an Officer or to a Non-Officer Employee unless a determination shall have been made that such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful. Such determination shall be made by (a) a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors, (b) a committee comprised of Disinterested Directors, such committee having been designated by a majority vote of the Disinterested Directors (even though less than a quorum), (c) if there are no such Disinterested Directors, or if a majority of Disinterested Directors so directs, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (d) by the stockholders of the Corporation.
Section 5. Advancement of Expenses to Directors Prior to Final Disposition.
(a) The Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director in connection with any Proceeding in which such Director is involved by reason of such Director’s Corporate Status within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written statement from such Director requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Director and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such Director to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Corporation shall advance all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Director seeking advancement of expenses hereunder in connection with a Proceeding initiated by such Director only if such Proceeding (including any parts of such Proceeding not initiated by such Director) was (i) authorized by the Board of Directors, or (ii) brought to enforce such Director’s rights to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under these Bylaws.
20
(b) If a claim for advancement of Expenses hereunder by a Director is not paid in full by the Corporation within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Corporation of documentation of Expenses and the required undertaking, such Director may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, such Director shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such advancement of Expenses under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director for recovery of the unpaid amount of an advancement claim and shall not create a presumption that such advancement is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director is not entitled to an advancement of expenses shall be on the Corporation.
(c) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Director has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
Section 6. Advancement of Expenses to Officers and Non-Officer Employees Prior to Final Disposition.
(a) The Corporation may, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, advance any or all Expenses incurred by or on behalf of any Officer or any Non-Officer Employee in connection with any Proceeding in which such person is involved by reason of his or her Corporate Status as an Officer or Non-Officer Employee upon the receipt by the Corporation of a statement or statements from such Officer or Non-Officer Employee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by such Officer or Non-Officer Employee and shall be preceded or accompanied by an undertaking by or on behalf of such person to repay any Expenses so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such Officer or Non-Officer Employee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses.
(b) In any suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that the Officer or Non-Officer Employee has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
21
Section 7. Contractual Nature of Rights.
(a) The provisions of this Article V shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each Director and Officer entitled to the benefits hereof at any time while this Article V is in effect, in consideration of such person’s past or current and any future performance of services for the Corporation. Neither amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article V nor the adoption of any provision of the Certificate inconsistent with this Article V shall eliminate or reduce any right conferred by this Article V in respect of any act or omission occurring, or any cause of action or claim that accrues or arises or any state of facts existing, at the time of or before such amendment, repeal, modification or adoption of an inconsistent provision (even in the case of a proceeding based on such a state of facts that is commenced after such time), and all rights to indemnification and advancement of Expenses granted herein or arising out of any act or omission shall vest at the time of the act or omission in question, regardless of when or if any proceeding with respect to such act or omission is commenced. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Article V shall continue notwithstanding that the person has ceased to be a director or officer of the Corporation and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors, administrators, legatees and distributes of such person.
(b) If a claim for indemnification hereunder by a Director or Officer is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Corporation of a written claim for indemnification, such Director or Officer may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim, and if successful in whole or in part, such Director or Officer shall also be entitled to be paid the expenses of prosecuting such claim. The failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel, or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of such indemnification under this Article V shall not be a defense to an action brought by a Director or Officer for recovery of the unpaid amount of an indemnification claim and shall not create a presumption that such indemnification is not permissible. The burden of proving that a Director or Officer is not entitled to indemnification shall be on the Corporation.
(c) In any suit brought by a Director or Officer to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder, it shall be a defense that such Director or Officer has not met any applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the DGCL.
Section 8. Non-Exclusivity of Rights. The rights to indemnification and to advancement of Expenses set forth in this Article V shall not be exclusive of any other right which any Director, Officer, or Non-Officer Employee may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate or these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or Disinterested Directors or otherwise.
Section 9. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to protect itself and any Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee against any liability of any character asserted against or incurred by the Corporation or any such Director, Officer or Non-Officer Employee, or arising out of any such person’s Corporate Status, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the DGCL or the provisions of this Article V.
22
Section 10. Other Indemnification. The Corporation’s obligation, if any, to indemnify or provide advancement of Expenses to any person under this Article V as a result of such person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall be reduced by any amount such person may collect as indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or enterprise (the “Primary Indemnitor”). Any indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Article V owed by the Corporation as a result of a person serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall only be in excess of, and shall be secondary to, the indemnification or advancement of Expenses available from the applicable Primary Indemnitor(s) and any applicable insurance policies.
Article
VI
Miscellaneous Provisions
Section 1. Fiscal Year. The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be determined by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Seal. The Board of Directors shall have power to adopt and alter the seal of the Corporation.
Section 3. Execution of Instruments. All deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes and other obligations to be entered into by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business without director action may be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Treasurer or any other officer, employee or agent of the Corporation as the Board of Directors or the executive committee of the Board of Directors may authorize.
Section 4. Voting of Securities. Unless the Board of Directors otherwise provides, the Chairperson of the Board, if one is elected, the Chief Executive Officer, President or the Treasurer may waive notice of and act on behalf of the Corporation, or appoint another person or persons to act as proxy or attorney in fact for the Corporation with or without discretionary power and/or power of substitution, at any meeting of stockholders or stockholders of any other corporation or organization, any of whose securities are held by the Corporation.
Section 5. Resident Agent. The Board of Directors may appoint a resident agent upon whom legal process may be served in any action or proceeding against the Corporation.
Section 6. Corporate Records. The original or attested copies of the Certificate, Bylaws and records of all meetings of the incorporators, stockholders and the Board of Directors and the stock transfer books, which shall contain the names of all stockholders, their record addresses and the amount of stock held by each, may be kept outside the State of Delaware and shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation, at an office of its counsel, at an office of its transfer agent or at such other place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
23
Section 7. Certificate. All references in these Bylaws to the Certificate shall be deemed to refer to the Certificate, as amended and/or restated and in effect from time to time.
Section 8. Exclusive Jurisdiction of Delaware Courts or the United States District Courts. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of the Corporation, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of or based on a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer or other employee of the Corporation to the Corporation or the Corporation’s stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate or Bylaws (including the interpretation, validity or enforceability thereof), or (iv) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided, however, that this provision will not apply to any causes of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Unless the Corporation consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of capital stock of the Corporation shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the provisions of this Section 8.
Section 9. Amendment of Bylaws.
(a) Amendment by Directors. Except as provided otherwise by law, these Bylaws may be amended or repealed by the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office.
(b) Amendment by Stockholders. These Bylaws may be amended or repealed at any Annual Meeting, or special meeting of stockholders called for such purpose in accordance with these Bylaws, by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares entitled to vote on such amendment or repeal, voting together as a single class. Notwithstanding the foregoing, stockholder approval shall not be required unless mandated by the Certificate, these Bylaws, or other applicable law.
Section 10. Notices. If mailed, notice to stockholders shall be deemed given when deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation. Without limiting the manner by which notice otherwise may be given to stockholders, any notice to stockholders may be given by electronic transmission in the manner provided in Section 232 of the DGCL.
Section 11. Waivers. A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder or director, or waiver by electronic transmission by such person, whether given before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such person. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting need be specified in such a waiver.
Adopted and effective as of August 6, 2025.
24
Exhibit 5.1
![]() |
NORTH AMERICA SOUTH AMERICA EUROPE ASIA | 800 Capitol St., Suite 2400 Houston, TX 77002-2925 T +1(713) 651-2600 F +1 (713) 651-2700 |
December 30, 2025
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
| Re: | Virtuix Holdings Inc. Registration Statement on Form S-1 |
We have acted as special counsel to Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on December 30, 2025 (the “Registration Statement”), under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). The Registration Statement relates to the resales of up to 34,213,618 shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “Shares”) by the selling securityholders named in the Registration Statement.
This opinion letter is being furnished in accordance with the requirements of Item 601(b)(5) of Regulation S-K promulgated under the Securities Act.
In rendering the opinion set forth below, we examined and relied upon such certificates, corporate records, agreements, instruments and other documents, and examined such matters of law, that we considered necessary or appropriate as a basis for the opinion, including the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Registration Statement. In our examination, we have assumed the legal capacity of all natural persons, the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies and the authenticity of the originals of such latter documents. As to any facts material to the opinions expressed herein that we did not independently establish or verify, we have relied upon oral or written statements and representations of officers and other representatives of the Company and others.
Based upon the foregoing and subject to the assumptions, qualifications and limitations set forth herein, we are of the opinion that the Shares are validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
The opinions expressed herein are based upon and limited to the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, including the statutory provisions, the applicable provisions of the Delaware Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the foregoing. We express no opinion herein as to any other laws, statutes, regulations or ordinances.
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion letter as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the reference to our firm under the caption “Legal Matters” in the prospectus included in the Registration Statement. In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are experts within the meaning of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission or that this consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.
| Very truly yours, | |
| /s/ Winston & Strawn LLP | |
| Winston & Strawn LLP |
Exhibit 10.1
2024 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This 2024 Note Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 15th day of July, 2024, by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors set forth on Schedule I attached to this Agreement (each an “Investor,” and collectively, the “Investors”).
R E C I T A L:
The Company desires to sell to the Investors, and the Investors desire to purchase from the Company, 2024 Subordinated Promissory Notes of the Company (each, a “Note”; and collectively, the “Notes”), in the aggregate principal amount of up to $1,000,000.00, which amount may be increased at the election of the Company to $1,500,000.00 as provided for in Section 2.2(a) hereof (the “Maximum Principal Amount”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
Section 1. AUTHORIZATION AND SALE.
1.1 Authorization. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company has duly authorized the issuance and sale of the Notes, each in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, against payment of the purchase price therefor.
1.2 Subscription. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Investor hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase at the Initial Closing (as defined below) a Note with the original principal amount indicated opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto under the column titled “Principal Amount of Note.”
Section 2. CLOSING; POST-CLOSING COVENANT.
2.1 The Initial Closing. The initial purchase and sale of the Notes shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signature pages simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement on the date set forth above by the Company and the Investors (which time is referred to in this Agreement as the “Initial Closing”). At the Initial Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a Note with an original principal amount of such Investor’s payment in the amount set forth on Schedule I and registered in the name of such Investor, against payment to the Company of the purchase price therefor, such amount to be paid, at the Company’s direction, by (a) a cashier’s check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing.
2.2 Additional Closings.
(a) After the Initial Closing, the Company may, in its discretion, sell up to the balance of the remaining Notes pursuant to this Agreement at one or more additional closings occurring on or prior to September 30, 2024 (each, an “Additional Closing”) to any potential Investor that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, and becomes a party to this Agreement; provided, that the Company may not, in any event, issue and sell Notes under this Agreement with a total principal amount in excess of $1,000,000.00 unless the Company, by decision of its Chief Executive Officer in his sole discretion, increases the Maximum Principal Amount to $1,500,000.00 prior to September 30, 2024, in which case the Company may issue and sell Notes hereunder until such time as the total principal amount of all Notes issued and sold hereunder equals $1,500,000.00.
(b) At each Additional Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a Note with an original principal amount equal to such Investor’s investment amount therein registered in the name of such Investor, against the Investor’s payment to the Company of such amount to be paid, at the Company’s direction, by (a) a cashier’s check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. Prior to each Additional Closing, each Investor shall become a party to, if he, she or it has not already done so, to this Agreement.
2.3 Separate Sales. The Company’s agreement with each of the Investors is a separate agreement, and the sale of the Notes to each of the Investors is a separate sale.
Section 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor as of the date of the Initial Closing as follows:
3.1 Organization; Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company, collectively with its subsidiaries Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation, Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, a Hong Kong company, Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd., a Taiwan corporation, and Virtuix Arabia LLC, a KSA LLC (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes (collectively, the “Transaction Agreements”), and to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company and the Subsidiaries are duly qualified to transact business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, properties, prospects or financial condition (as considered on a consolidated basis).
3.2 Licenses, Registrations and Permits. The Company and the Subsidiaries hold all franchises, licenses, registrations, permits and any similar authority necessary to conduct their respective business in all material respects as currently conducted free and clear of any and all encumbrances. All such licenses, registrations and permits are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any term or provision or requirement of any such licences, registrations and permits, and no individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity (each, a “Person”) has threatened to revoke, amend or impose any condition in respect of, or commenced proceedings to revoke, amend or impose conditions in respect of, any such licence, registration or permit.
2
3.3 Due Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors, and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements, and the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of all of the Notes being sold under this Agreement has been taken or shall be taken prior to the Initial Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered, shall constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) as may be limited by the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.
3.4 Valid Issuance of Securities.
(a) The Notes, when issued and paid for as provided in this Agreement, shall be duly authorized and validly issued.
(b) Based in part on the representations made by the Investors in Section 4 of this Agreement, the offer, issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes are exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
3.5 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order, or authorization of or registration, qualification, designation, declaration, or filing with, any federal, state, or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings shall, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Initial Closing and shall, in the case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.
3.6 Other Consents. No notice, consent or approval of any Person is required on the part of the Company in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
3.7 Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation (“Action”) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened that (i) if decided adversely to the Company, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or (ii) questions the validity of this Agreement or any Note, or the right of the Company to enter into such Transaction Agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. There is no Action pending, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any officer, director or employee of the Company in connection with such officer’s, director’s or employee’s relationship with, or actions taken on behalf of, the Company. The Company is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no Action by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate.
3
3.8 Compliance with Law and Documents. The Company is not in violation of or default of any provisions of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”) or the Company’s bylaws (the “Bylaws”), or of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company is in compliance with all applicable statutes, laws, regulations, and executive orders of the United States of America and all states, foreign countries, or other governmental bodies and agencies having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or properties. The Company has not received any notice of any violation of any such statute, law, regulation, or order prior to the date of this Agreement. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall not result in any such violation or default or be in material conflict with or result in a material violation or breach of, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, any judgment, order, or decree of any court or arbitrator to which the Company is a party or is subject, any agreement or contract of the Company, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, a violation of any statute, law, regulation, or order, or an event which results in the creation of any material lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any asset of the Company, or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization, or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of their assets or properties. The Company has not previously entered into any agreement which is currently in effect or to which the Company is currently bound, granting any rights to any Person which are inconsistent with the rights to be granted by the Company in the Transaction Agreements.
3.9 Financial Statements. The Company has made available to each Investor its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet and statement of operations) as of its fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 (the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the Financial Statements do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP and are subject to normal year-end adjustments.
3.10 Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and no expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.
3.11 Title to Property and Assets. The Company owns its property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except for the lien held by its senior secured lenders Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI Fund X, Inc., and such other encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets leased by the Company, the Company is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances except such encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business.
3.12 Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect casualty insurance policies, with coverage in amounts (subject to reasonable deductibles) customary for companies similarly situated.
4
Section 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE INVESTORS. Each Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, severally and not jointly and only with respect to itself, that:
4.1 Authorization. The Investor has the full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements to which such Investor is a party, and each such Transaction Agreement constitutes the Investor’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (a) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) as may be limited by the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.
4.2 Purchase for Own Account. The Investor’s Note is being acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. If other than an individual, the Investor also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Note.
4.3 Exempt Offering. The Investor acknowledges that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon the representations of the Investors contained in this Agreement.
4.4 Disclosure of Information. The Investor believes that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Investor’s Note. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense), which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The foregoing, however, does not in any way limit or modify the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 hereof.
4.5 Investment Experience. The Investor understands that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. The Investor has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Investor’s Note, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Note.
4.6 Accredited Investor Status. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.
4.7 Restricted Securities. The Investor understands that the Notes are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being (or shall be) acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under the Securities Act and applicable regulations under the Securities Act the Notes may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Investor represents that it is familiar with SEC Rule 144, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed by SEC Rule 144 and by the Securities Act. The Investor understands that the Company is under no obligation to register any of the Notes sold under this Agreement. The Investor understands that no market now exists for any securities of the Company, including the Notes, and that it is uncertain whether a market, public or otherwise, shall ever exist for the Notes.
5
4.8 Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above or the restrictions set forth in the Investor’s Note, the Investor further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Investor’s Note unless and until:
(a) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
(b) the Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, the Investor shall furnish the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition shall not require registration of the Investor’s Note under the Securities Act.
4.9 Legends. It is understood that the Notes shall bear the legend set forth below:
(a) THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED FOR VALUE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, NOR MAY THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, SUCH COMPLIANCE, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, TO BE EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF STOCKHOLDER’S COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS WOULD RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT.
(b) Any other legends required by state securities laws applicable to any individual Investor.
4.10 Independent Review. The Investor has reviewed with the Investor’s own tax and legal advisors the consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Investor is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company, the Company’s counsel, or any of the Company’s agents regarding the consequences of this investment. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
6
4.11 Brokers or Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and neither the Company nor any other Investor has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Agreements.
Section 5. CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING.
The obligations of each Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver, on or before the Initial Closing and any Additional Closing (each, a “Closing”), of each of the following conditions, the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Investor who does not give written consent thereto, except that Sections 5.1 and 5.5 need not be fulfilled for subsequent sales of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof:
5.1 Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 shall be true and complete on and as of the Initial Closing.
5.2 Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations, and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.
5.3 Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals, or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements), permits, and waivers (including without limitation, a waiver of rights of first offer or preemptive rights under the Equity Agreements) necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, and the same shall be effective as of the date of the Closing.
5.4 Securities Exemptions. The offer and sale of the Notes to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.
5.5 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Initial Closing and all documents incident to such proceedings shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Investors, and they shall each have received all such counterpart originals and certified or other copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.
5.6 Legal Investment. At the time of the Initial Closing, the purchase of the Notes by the Investors under this Agreement shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.
Section 6. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS.
The obligations of the Company to each Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions with respect to such Investor:
6.1 Representations and Warranties.
The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in Section 4 shall be true and complete on the date of the applicable Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such Closing.
7
6.2 Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals, or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements), permits, and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated or required by the Transaction Agreements, and the same shall be effective as of the date of the applicable Closing.
6.3 Legal Investment. At the time of the applicable Closing, the purchase of the Notes by the Investors under this Agreement shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.
6.4 Securities Exemption. The offer and sale of the Notes to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.
6.5 Legal Matters. At the time of the applicable Closing, all approvals of the Company’s Board of Directors necessary for performance of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall have been obtained, and all material matters of a legal nature which pertain to the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall have been reasonably approved by counsel to the Company.
6.6 Subordination Agreement. Each Investor shall have executed and delivered to the Company a Subordination Agreement with Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI Fund X, Inc. in the form provided to such Investor by the Company.
6.7 Payment of Purchase Price. The Investors shall have delivered the purchase price specified in Section 2.1 or 2.2, as applicable.
Section 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations, warranties, and covenants of the Company and the Investors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Initial Closing for a period of two years and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter of such representations, warranties, and covenants made by or on behalf of the Investors, their respective counsel, or the Company, as the case may be.
7.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement (including permitted transferees of any Notes).
8
7.3 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
7.4 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding brought by either party which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
7.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including, without limitation, facsimile and email counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
7.6 Headings. The headings and captions used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs, exhibits, and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs of this Agreement and exhibits and schedules attached to this Agreement, all of which exhibits and schedules are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference.
9
7.7 Notices. All notices, consents, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or, with respect to the Stockholders, by other means of electronic transmission, including electronic mail:
If to the Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
1826 Kramer Lane, Suite H
Austin, Texas 78758
Attention: Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer
Email: jan@virtuix.com
or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by giving five days advance written notice to the Investors;
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to
Michael Dunn, Esq.
Reiter, Brunel & Dunn, PLlc
6805 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 318
Austin, Texas 78731
Email: mdunn@outsourcegc.com
If to an Investor, at such Investor’s address set forth on Schedule I, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.
Notices provided in accordance with this Section 7.7 shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery or three business days after deposit in the mail.
7.8 Finder’s Fees. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Investor, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which such Investor or any of its officers, partners, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.
7.9 Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses. Each party hereto shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement. If any action, suit, or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes, or any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or the Notes, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit, or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions from such action, suit, or other proceeding.
7.10 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as issued under this Agreement. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.10 shall be binding upon each holder of a Note purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding, each future holder of such Note, and the Company.
10
7.11 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
7.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all exhibits and schedules to this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties, or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
7.13 Further Assurances. From and after the date of this Agreement, upon the request of the Investors or the Company, the Company and the Investors shall execute and deliver such instruments, documents, or other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
7.14 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Investor, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such Investor nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence in such breach or default, or of or in any similar breach or default occurring after such breach or default; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after such breach or default. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Investor of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Investor of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Investor, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
7.15 Exculpation Among Investors. Each Investor acknowledges to the other Investors that such Investor is not relying upon any Person, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its decision to invest in the Company. Each Investor agrees that no other Investor, nor any of the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents or employees of any other Investor, shall be liable to such Investor for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Notes.
[Signature pages follow]
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this 2024 Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.
| The Company: | |
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. |
| By: | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer |
| Investors: | |
| For Individual Investors | |
| Print Name of Individual |
| By: | ||
| Signature of Individual |
| Amount Invested: | $_______________________ |
| For Entity Investors | |
| Print Name of Entity |
| By: | ||
| Signature |
| Printed Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Amount Invested: | $_______________________ |
Signature
Page to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
2024 Note Purchase Agreement
Schedule I
SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS
Initial Closing – July 15, 2024
| Name* | Principal Amount of Note |
| TOTAL | $__________ |
| * | Addresses for Investors are on file at the Company. |
SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS
(continued)
Additional Closings
|
Name* |
Date of |
Principal |
| TOTAL | $______________ |
| * | Addresses for Investors are on file at the Company. |
EXHIBIT “A”
Form of 2024 SUBORDINATED Promissory Note
Exhibit 10.2
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED FOR VALUE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, NOR MAY THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY WITHOUT REGISTRATION OF SUCH NOTE UNDER ALL APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, SUCH COMPLIANCE, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, TO BE EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF THE NOTE HOLDER’S COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS WOULD RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT.
THIS NOTE IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THAT CERTAIN SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT, DATED AS OF JULY 15, 2024, BY AND AMONG Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI FUND X, Inc., THE COMPANY, the holder AND THE HOLDERS OF SIMILAR INSTRUMENTS, WHICH CONTAINS PROVISIONS RESTRICTING, AMONG OTHER THINGS, PAYMENT TO THE HOLDER BY THE COMPANY OF THE INDEBTEDNESS EVIDENCED HEREBY AND THE EXERCISE OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES BY THE HOLDER.
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2024 SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE
| $[●] | Austin, Texas | [●], 2024 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of [●] and its permitted successors and assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of [●] and 00/100 Dollars ($[●]), together with interest from the date of advancement on the balance of this Note from time to time remaining unpaid at the simple, non-compounding rate of eighteen percent (18.0%) per annum based on a year of 365 days until maturity, both principal and interest being payable at the address designated in Section 14, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate in writing.
Section 1. Maturity. The principal of this 2024 Subordinated Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall mature and be due and payable at the earlier of (i) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation (as that term is defined in the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 8, 2023, as the same may be amended and/or restated) or (ii) December 31, 2024; provided, that the Company may, at its option and in its sole discretion, extend such date for an additional six-month period, such that the extension, if elected, would run the maturity date through and until June 30, 2025 (such earlier date referred to herein as the “Maturity Date”).
Section 2. Subordination. This Note, the indebtedness evidenced by this Note and all payments or rights under this Note are expressly subordinate to all senior indebtedness of the Company, whether such senior indebtedness is outstanding as of the date of this Note or incurred after the date of this Note, and all such senior indebtedness shall be senior in right of payment to this Note. As used in this Note, “senior indebtedness” means all indebtedness or other monetary obligations of the Company that are secured by assets of the Company or for which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such indebtedness or obligation shall be senior in right of payment to this Note or the Company’s subordinated indebtedness, including, without limitation, all indebtedness owed to Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI Fund X, Inc. (or their successors or assigns) under the Loan and Security Agreements between the Company and said lenders, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Section 3. Series of 2024 Notes. This Note is one of a series of subordinated promissory notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of up to $2,500,000 (the “2024 Notes”) issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain 2024 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of July 15, 2024, as amended (as so amended, the “Note Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) evidencing indebtedness incurred by the Company for subordinated debt financing. The Holder agrees that any payments or prepayments to the holder of this Note and the holders of the other 2024 Notes, whether principal, interest or otherwise, shall be made pro rata among the holder of this Note and the holders of the other 2024 Notes based upon the aggregate unpaid principal amount of this Note and the other 2024 Notes.
Section 4. Prepayments. The principal and/or interest on this Note may be prepaid, either in whole or in part at any time or from time to time by the Company, without prior notice to or approval of the Holder or the holders of the 2024 Notes. Any prepayment on this Note made by the Company shall be made on a pro rata basis according to the amount of the outstanding principal and interest on this Note bears to all of the 2024 Notes (including this Note) then issued and outstanding. Any prepayment shall be applied first against any accrued interest, with the balance applied to reduce principal.
Section 5. Default; Remedies.
(a) The Company shall be in default under this Note upon the happening of any condition or event set forth below (each, an “Event of Default”):
(i) (x) the Company fails to pay all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest under this Note on the Maturity Date and (y) the holders of a majority of the principal amount of indebtedness evidenced by all of the outstanding 2024 Notes, including this Note (the “Majority Note Holders”) declare, by notice to the Company, that the 2024 Notes are in default; or
(ii) the Company’s dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of the Company; an assignment for the benefit of creditors by the Company; or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against the Company or any guarantor, surety or endorser for the Company which results in the entry of an order for relief or which remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days or more.
(b) The entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be immediately due and payable at the option of the holder of this Note upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default.
2
Section 6. Cumulative Rights. No delay on the part of the holder of this Note in the exercise of any power or right under this Note or under any other instrument executed pursuant to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any such power or right, nor shall a single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude other or further exercise of such power or right or the exercise of any other power or right.
Section 7. Waiver of Notices. The Company and all endorsers, sureties and guarantors of this Note waive demand, presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of nonpayment, notice of intention to accelerate or notice of acceleration, notice of protest and any and all lack of diligence or delay in collection or the filing of suit on this Note which may occur, and agree to all extensions and partial payments, before or after maturity, without prejudice to the holder of this Note.
Section 8. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. In the event that this Note is collected in whole or in part through suit, arbitration, mediation, or other legal proceeding of any nature, then and in any such case there shall be added to the unpaid principal amount of this Note all reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees.
Section 9. Headings. The headings and captions used in this Note are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Note.
Section 10. Usury. All agreements between the Company and the holder of this Note, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed to be paid, to the holder of this Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the money to be loaned under this Agreement or otherwise, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If from any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision of this Note at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstances the holder of this Note shall ever receive anything of value as interest or deemed interest by applicable law under this Note or otherwise an amount that would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount that would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing under this Note or on account of any other indebtedness of the Company to the holder of this Note relating to this Note, and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal of this Note and such other indebtedness, such excess shall be refunded to the Company. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable with respect to any indebtedness of the Company to the holder of this Note, under any specific contingency, exceeds the highest lawful rate, the Company and the holder of this Note shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any nonprincipal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, (ii) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread the total amount of interest throughout the full term of such indebtedness so that the actual rate of interest on account of such indebtedness is uniform throughout the term of such indebtedness, and/or (iii) allocate interest between portions of such indebtedness, to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by law. The terms and provisions of this Section 10 shall control and supersede every other conflicting provision of all agreements between the Company and the holder of this Note. The Holder has been advised by the Company to seek the advice of an attorney and an accountant in connection with the issuance of this Note. The Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of any attorney and accountant of the Company’s choice in connection with issuance of this Note.
3
Section 11. Amendments and Waivers. This Note may be amended or waived in any respect by written agreement of the Company and the Holder. In addition, any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Note Holders. The Holder acknowledges that because this Note may be amended with the consent of the Majority Note Holders, the Holder’s rights hereunder (including, without limitation, Holder’s right to receive principal and interest as due) may be amended or waived without the Holder’s consent. Upon the effectuation of such waiver or amendment in conformance with this Section 11, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the 2024 Notes who have not previously consented thereto in writing.
Section 12. Transfers; Successors and Assigns. This Note, and any rights to payments hereunder, may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld at the Company’s sole discretion and will be withheld if the proposed transferee or assignee does not qualify as an “accredited investor” under Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. All of the stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note made by or on behalf of the Company shall bind the successors and assigns of the Company, whether so expressed or not, and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Holder.
Section 13. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Note and the balance of this Note shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 14. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications under this Note shall be given in accordance with Section 7.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 15. Jury Trial Waiver. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7.4 OF THE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. Except as prohibited by law, the Company waives any right which it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. The Company certifies that the neither the Holder nor any representative, agent or attorney of the Holder has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Holder would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers or other waivers contained in this Note and understands that the Holder is relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein and the Note Purchase Agreement in making the loan evidenced by this Note.
Section 16. Governing Law; Venue. This Note is intended to take effect as a sealed instrument. This Note and the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding brought by either party which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this 2024 Subordinated Promissory Note on and as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
Signature
Page to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
2024 Subordinated Promissory Note
Exhibit 10.3
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
(Virtuix Holdings Inc.)
This Subordination Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of July 15, 2024, is among each of the undersigned persons and entities (each a “Junior Lender” and collectively, the “Junior Lenders”), on the one hand, and Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. (“VLL9”) and WTI Fund X, Inc. (“Fund X” together with VLL9, the “Senior Lenders” and each a “Senior Lender”), on the other hand.
Recitals
A. Each Junior Lender is interested in the financial success of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Debtor”), and acknowledges that each Senior Lender has entered into certain financing arrangements with Debtor and Debtor’s subsidiaries, Virtuix Inc., Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd., and Virtuix Arabia LLC (each, a “Subsidiary” and together, the “Subsidiaries”), including the Loan Agreement (as defined below). Each Junior Lender has advanced or desires to advance certain funds to Debtor to purchase a Subordinated Note (as defined below).
B. Each Junior Lender agrees that the financing arrangements between the Senior Lenders and Debtor and Subsidiaries are in Debtor’s and such Junior Lender’s best interests and, in order to enable Debtor to issue the Subordinated Notes to the Junior Lenders in compliance with Debtor’s and Subsidiaries’ covenants to the Senior Lenders under the Loan Agreement, each Junior Lender agrees as follows:
1. The term “Obligations” is used in this Agreement in its broadest and most comprehensive sense and shall mean all present and future indebtedness of Debtor and Subsidiaries which may be, from time to time, incurred by Debtor and Subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, any negotiable instruments evidencing the same, all guaranties, debts, demands, monies, indebtedness, liabilities and obligations owed or to become owing, including interest, principal, costs, and other charges, and all claims, rights, causes of action, judgments, decrees, remedies, or other obligations of any kind whatsoever and howsoever arising, whether voluntary, involuntary, absolute, contingent, direct, indirect, or by operation of law.
2. The term “Junior Lender Obligations” shall mean all Obligations owing at any time by Debtor to the Junior Lenders, including, without limitation, Obligations pursuant to those certain Subordinated Promissory Notes (as the same may be amended, supplemented, extended, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time, each individually, a “Subordinated Note” and collectively, the “Subordinated Notes”) issued from time to time pursuant to the NPA (as defined below), and any agreement or instrument made in connection therewith (other than any warrant or shares in the capital stock of Debtor issued to any Junior Lender), including, without limitation, that certain Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 15, 2024, among Debtor and the Junior Lenders (as the same may be amended, supplemented, extended, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time, the “NPA”). Notwithstanding anything provided for herein, the definition of Junior Lender Obligations shall not include or apply, in any respect, to (i) the conversion of any Subordinated Note into shares in the capital stock of Debtor or any term of such conversion, or the exercise or conversion of any warrant issued to a Junior Lender pursuant to the aforesaid NPA, (ii) any rights or remedies of any Junior Lender as a stockholder of Debtor or any exercise thereof, or (iii) any dividends or payments made by Debtor and received by any Junior Lender, in its capacity as a stockholder of Debtor, to the extent that such dividend or payment is permitted under that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2022, among Debtor and Subsidiaries, as borrowers, and Senior Lenders, as lenders, or any of the Loan Documents (as defined therein) executed and delivered in connection therewith, or any amendment, supplement, modification, extension or restatement thereof (as the same has been and may be amended, supplemented, modified, extended, renewed or otherwise modified from time to time, collectively, the “Loan Agreement”).
1
3. The Junior Lender Obligations are hereby subordinated in right of payment and lien priority and subject, in the manner and to the extent described below, to any and all Obligations owed by Debtor and Subsidiaries to the Senior Lenders pursuant to the Loan Agreement and the Obligations thereunder (collectively, “Senior Lender Obligations”), so long as any Senior Lender Obligations shall remain unpaid, in whole or in part, or any Senior Lender is committed or otherwise obligated to extend credit to Debtor under the Loan Agreement. Notwithstanding anything provided for herein, the definition of Senior Lender Obligations shall not include or apply, in any respect, to (i) the exercise or conversion of any warrant issued by Debtor pursuant to the Loan Agreement, (ii) any rights or remedies of any Senior Lender (or the parent company thereof) as a stockholder, warrant holder or security holder of Debtor or any exercise thereof, or (iii) any dividends or payments made by Debtor and received by a Senior Lender (or the parent company thereof), in its capacity as a stockholder of Debtor.
4. So long as any of the Senior Lender Obligations remain unpaid, in whole or in part, or so long as any Senior Lender is committed or otherwise obligated to extend credit to Debtor and Subsidiaries under the Loan Agreement, each Junior Lender agrees that such Junior Lender shall not: (i) collect, or receive payment upon, by setoff or in any other manner, all or any portion of the Junior Lender Obligations now or hereafter existing; (ii) sell, assign, transfer, pledge, or give a security interest in the Junior Lender Obligations (except subject expressly to this Agreement); (iii) enforce or apply any security, now or hereafter existing for the Junior Lender Obligations; (iv) commence, prosecute or participate in any administrative, legal, or equitable action against Debtor concerning the Junior Lender Obligations; (v) join in any petition for bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, or creditors’ agreement; (vi) take, maintain or enforce any lien or security, which is senior to the Senior Lenders’ interest, in any property, real or personal, to secure the Junior Lender Obligations; or (vii) incur any obligation to, or receive any loans, advances, dividends, payments of any kind or gifts from, Debtor with respect to the Junior Lender Obligations; provided, however, that this Section 4 shall not apply to (A) any filing by any Junior Lender of any proof of claim or any other similar filing or action to protect such Junior Lender’s rights in bankruptcy, or (B) any action by Debtor or any Junior Lender that results solely in the issuance and/or receipt of shares in the capital or other equity security of Debtor.
5. All Liens (as hereinafter defined) now or hereafter existing of the Junior Lenders in respect of the Junior Lender Obligations or in respect of any future Obligations of Debtor to the Junior Lenders shall be subject, subordinate and junior in all respects and at all times to the Liens now or hereafter existing of the Senior Lenders, regardless of the time or order of attachment or perfection of such Liens, the time or order of filing of financing statements or other instruments. “Liens” means any mortgage, deed of trust, pledge, hypothecation, assignment for security, security interest, encumbrance, levy, lien or charge of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or arising by operation of law or otherwise, against any property, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature of a security interest, and the filing of any financing statement (other than a precautionary financing statement with respect to a lease that is not in the nature of a security interest) under the Uniform Commercial Code (“UCC”) or comparable law of any jurisdiction or country. Each Junior Lender hereby further covenants and agrees to execute and deliver to the Senior Lenders, promptly following a request therefor, appropriate UCC termination statements or partial releases, control agreement termination notices or other documents and instruments necessary to terminate or release any Lien with respect to any assets of Debtor and Subsidiaries being sold or otherwise disposed of by the Senior Lenders in connection with the liquidation of Debtor’s and Subsidiaries’ assets in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Loan Agreement.
2
6. All of the Senior Lender Obligations now or hereafter existing shall be first paid by Debtor and Subsidiaries before any payment shall be made by Debtor on the Junior Lender Obligations. This priority of payment shall apply at all times until all of the Senior Lender Obligations have been repaid in full. In the event of any assignment by Debtor or Subsidiaries for the benefit of Debtor’s or Subsidiaries’ creditors, any bankruptcy proceedings instituted by or against Debtor or Subsidiaries, the appointment of any receiver for Debtor or Debtor’s business or assets, or for Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries’ business, or its assets, or any dissolution or other winding up of the affairs of Debtor or of Debtor’s business, or for Subsidiaries or Subsidiaries’ business, and in all such cases, the officers of Debtor or Subsidiaries and any assignee, trustee in bankruptcy, receiver or other person or persons in charge, respectively, are hereby directed to pay to the Senior Lenders the full amount of the Senior Lender Obligations before making any payments to the Junior Lenders.
7. Each Junior Lender agrees that if part or all of the Junior Lender Obligations are evidenced, now or in the future, by any promissory notes, including the Subordinated Notes, or other debt instrument, such Junior Lender shall place or cause to be placed on its face a legend stating that the payment thereof is subject to the terms of this Agreement. Each Junior Lender agrees to mark all books of account in such manner as to indicate that payment thereof is subordinated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Each Junior Lender agrees to execute any recordable subordination agreements, financing statement amendments or other documents reasonably required by any Senior Lender to provide notice to others of this Agreement, and agrees to the recording of any such documents as such Senior Lender may reasonably require.
8. Each Junior Lender agrees that each Senior Lender shall have absolute power and discretion, without notice to such Junior Lender, to deal in any manner with the Senior Lender Obligations, including interest, costs and expenses payable by Debtor and Subsidiaries to such Senior Lender, and any security and guaranties therefor including, but not limited to, release, surrender, extension, renewal, acceleration, compromise, or substitution. Each Junior Lender hereby waives and agrees not to assert against any Senior Lender any rights which a guarantor or surety could exercise, but nothing in this Agreement shall constitute any Junior Lender a guarantor or surety. Each Junior Lender hereby waives the right, if any, to require that any Senior Lender marshal, or otherwise proceed to dispose of or foreclose upon, collateral that such Senior Lender may have in any manner or order.
9. If, at any time hereafter, a Senior Lender shall, in its own judgment, determine to discontinue the extension of credit to or on behalf of Debtor and Subsidiaries, such Senior Lender may do so (in accordance with the terms of the Loan Agreement). This Agreement, the obligations of the Junior Lenders owing to the Senior Lenders, and the Senior Lenders’ rights and privileges hereunder shall continue until payment in full of all of the Senior Lender Obligations notwithstanding any action or non-action by any Senior Lender with respect to the Senior Lender Obligations or with respect to any collateral therefor or any guaranties thereof.
10. Except as otherwise expressly agreed to herein, if any Junior Lender shall receive any payments, security interests, or other rights in any property of Debtor or Subsidiaries in violation of this Agreement, such payment or property shall be received by such Junior Lender in trust for the Senior Lenders and shall forthwith be delivered and transferred to the Senior Lenders.
11. Each Junior Lender represents and warrants that such Junior Lender has not previously subordinated the Junior Lender Obligations for the benefit of any other party, and agrees that any such subordinations hereafter executed shall be expressly made subject and subordinate to the terms of this Agreement. Each Junior Lender further warrants having established with Debtor adequate means of obtaining, on an ongoing basis, such information as such Junior Lender may require which may affect the ultimate satisfaction by Debtor of the Junior Lender Obligations. The Senior Lenders shall have no duty to provide any such information to such Junior Lender.
3
12. For so long as any of the Senior Lender Obligations remain unpaid, each Junior Lender irrevocably appoints each Senior Lender as such Junior Lender’s attorney-in-fact, and grants to each Senior Lender a power of attorney with full power of substitution, in the name of such Junior Lender or in the name of such Senior Lender, for the use and benefit of such Senior Lender, without notice to the Junior Lenders, to perform at such Senior Lender’s option the following acts in any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceeding involving Debtor or Subsidiaries: (a) to file the appropriate claim or claims in respect of the Junior Lender Obligations on behalf of any Junior Lender if such Junior Lender does not do so prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file claims in such proceeding and if such Senior Lender elects, in its sole discretion, to file such claim or claims; and (b) to accept or reject any plan of reorganization or arrangement for such Junior Lender and vote such Junior Lender’s claims in respect of the Junior Lender Obligations in any way such Senior Lender deems appropriate for the enforcement of such Senior Lender’s rights under this Agreement; provided, however, that such rights shall automatically terminate in the event that the Senior Lender Obligations are discharged in whole.
13. This Agreement shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of the Junior Lenders, and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the Senior Lenders. THE SENIOR LENDERS AND THE JUNIOR LENDERS ACKNOWLEDGE AND AGREE THAT IN THE EVENT OF ANY INCONSISTENCY BETWEEN THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT, ON THE ONE HAND, AND THE TERMS OF THE NPA, THE SUBORDINATED NOTES OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT EXECUTED OR DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH THE JUNIOR LENDER OBLIGATIONS, ON THE OTHER HAND, THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT SHALL CONTROL.
14. This Agreement and all rights and liabilities of the parties hereto shall be governed as to validity, interpretation, enforcement and effect by the laws of the State of California without regard to its conflicts of laws principles. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. This Agreement may be executed by electronic signatures. The Junior Lenders and the Senior Lenders expressly agree to conduct the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by electronic means (including, without limitation, with respect to the execution, delivery, storage and transfer of this Agreement by electronic means and to the enforceability of electronic documents). Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic mail transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import herein shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
15. In the event of any dispute under this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs whether or not suit is brought.
16. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Senior Lenders and the Junior Lenders who hold at least fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding aggregate indebtedness under the Subordinated Notes. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 16 shall be binding upon each Senior Lender, each Junior Lender and Debtor. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if additional parties purchase Subordinated Notes pursuant to the NPA, as amended from time to time, then each such additional party shall become a party to this Agreement as a “Junior Lender” hereunder, without the need for any consent, approval or signature of any Junior Lender hereunder when such additional party has executed a counterpart signature page to this Agreement as a “Junior Lender.”
17. Subject to the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Senior Lenders, the Junior Lenders and Debtor, each Senior Lender hereby (i) authorizes, consents to, ratifies and approves Debtor’s execution and delivery of all documents pursuant to the Junior Lender Obligations, including the Subordinated Notes and NPA, any warrants issued to the Junior Lenders in connection with the issuance of the Subordinated Notes, any Liens granted to or in favor of the Junior Lenders, and all actions of Debtor in connection with the Junior Lender Obligations and Debtor’s entering into the transactions contemplated by the Junior Lender Obligations and (ii) agrees that the Junior Lender Obligations shall be Subordinated Debt (as such term is defined in the Loan Agreement) permitted under Section 6.1 of Loan Agreement.
[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank; signature pages follow]
4
[Signature page to Subordination Agreement – Virtuix Holdings Inc.]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Subordination Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
| SENIOR LENDERS: | ||
| VENTURE LENDING & LEASING IX, INC. | ||
| By | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| WTI FUND X, INC. | ||
| By | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
[Signature pages of Junior Lenders follow]
OMNIBUS SIGNATURE PAGE TO
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
SUBORDINATION AGREEMENT
The undersigned hereby executes and delivers the Subordination Agreement (the “Agreement”) to which this signature page is attached, which, together with all counterparts of the Agreement and signature pages of the other parties named in such Agreement, shall constitute one and the same document in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.
Legal Name of Junior Lender: _______________________
Signature of Individual Signing on behalf of Junior Lender: _______________________
Print Name: ___________________
Title: ________________________
| Address of Junior Lender: | |
| ___________________________________ | |
| ___________________________________ |
Phone: _____________________________________________
Email: ______________________________________________
Acknowledgment and Consent of Debtor
The undersigned, being the Debtor named in the foregoing Agreement, hereby accepts and consents to such Agreement, and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions thereof and to recognize all priorities and other rights granted thereby to the Senior Lenders and to pay its Obligations only in accordance therewith. Debtor hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Loan Agreement.
| Dated: July 15, 2024 | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name | Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Title: | CEO | |
Acknowledgment and Consent of Subsidiaries
The undersigned, being the Subsidiary named in the foregoing Agreement, hereby accepts and consents to such Agreement, and agrees to be bound by all of the provisions thereof and to recognize all priorities and other rights granted thereby to the Senior Lenders and to pay its Obligations only in accordance therewith. Subsidiary hereby ratifies, confirms and reaffirms all representations, warranties and covenants contained in the Loan Agreement.
Exhibit 10.4
2025 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This 2025 Note Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the 15th day of May, 2025, by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors set forth on Schedule I attached to this Agreement (each an “Investor,” and collectively, the “Investors”).
R E C I T A L:
The Company desires to sell to the Investors, and the Investors desire to purchase from the Company, 2025 Subordinated Promissory Notes of the Company (each, a “Note”; and collectively, the “Notes”), in the aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000.00 (the “Maximum Principal Amount”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
Section 1. AUTHORIZATION AND SALE.
1.1 Authorization. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company has duly authorized the issuance and sale of the Notes, each in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, against payment of the purchase price therefor.
1.2 Subscription. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Investor hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase at the Initial Closing (as defined below) a Note with the original principal amount indicated opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto under the column titled “Principal Amount of Note.”
Section 2. CLOSING; POST-CLOSING COVENANT.
2.1 The Initial Closing. The initial purchase and sale of the Notes shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signature pages simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement on the date set forth above by the Company and the Investors (which time is referred to in this Agreement as the “Initial Closing”). At the Initial Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a Note with an original principal amount of such Investor’s payment in the amount set forth on Schedule I and registered in the name of such Investor, against payment to the Company of the purchase price therefor, such amount to be paid, at the Company’s direction, by (a) a cashier’s check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing.
2.2 Additional Closings.
(a) After the Initial Closing, the Company may, in its discretion, sell up to the balance of the remaining Notes pursuant to this Agreement at one or more additional closings occurring on or prior to June 30, 2025 (each, an “Additional Closing”) to any potential Investor that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, and becomes a party to this Agreement; provided, that the Company may not, in any event, issue and sell Notes under this Agreement with a total principal amount in excess of the Maximum Principal Amount.
(b) At each Additional Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a Note with an original principal amount equal to such Investor’s investment amount therein registered in the name of such Investor, against the Investor’s payment to the Company of such amount to be paid, at the Company’s direction, by (a) a cashier’s check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. Prior to each Additional Closing, each Investor shall become a party to, if he, she or it has not already done so, to this Agreement.
2.3 Separate Sales. The Company’s agreement with each of the Investors is a separate agreement, and the sale of the Notes to each of the Investors is a separate sale.
Section 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor as of the date of the Initial Closing as follows:
3.1 Organization; Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company, collectively with its subsidiaries Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation, Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, a Hong Kong company, Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd., a Taiwan corporation, and Virtuix Arabia LLC, a KSA LLC (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes (collectively, the “Transaction Agreements”), and to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company and the Subsidiaries are duly qualified to transact business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, properties, prospects or financial condition (as considered on a consolidated basis).
3.2 Licenses, Registrations and Permits. The Company and the Subsidiaries hold all franchises, licenses, registrations, permits and any similar authority necessary to conduct their respective business in all material respects as currently conducted free and clear of any and all encumbrances. All such licenses, registrations and permits are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any term or provision or requirement of any such licences, registrations and permits, and no individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity (each, a “Person”) has threatened to revoke, amend or impose any condition in respect of, or commenced proceedings to revoke, amend or impose conditions in respect of, any such licence, registration or permit.
3.3 Due Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors, and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements, and the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of all of the Notes being sold under this Agreement has been taken or shall be taken prior to the Initial Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered, shall constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) as may be limited by the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.
2
3.4 Valid Issuance of Securities.
(a) The Notes, when issued and paid for as provided in this Agreement, shall be duly authorized and validly issued.
(b) Based in part on the representations made by the Investors in Section 4 of this Agreement, the offer, issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes are exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
3.5 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order, or authorization of or registration, qualification, designation, declaration, or filing with, any federal, state, or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings shall, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Initial Closing and shall, in the case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.
3.6 Other Consents. No notice, consent or approval of any Person is required on the part of the Company in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
3.7 Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation (“Action”) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened that (i) if decided adversely to the Company, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or (ii) questions the validity of this Agreement or any Note, or the right of the Company to enter into such Transaction Agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. There is no Action pending, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any officer, director or employee of the Company in connection with such officer’s, director’s or employee’s relationship with, or actions taken on behalf of, the Company. The Company is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no Action by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate.
3.8 Compliance with Law and Documents. The Company is not in violation of or default of any provisions of the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”) or the Company’s bylaws (the “Bylaws”), or of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company is in compliance with all applicable statutes, laws, regulations, and executive orders of the United States of America and all states, foreign countries, or other governmental bodies and agencies having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or properties. The Company has not received any notice of any violation of any such statute, law, regulation, or order prior to the date of this Agreement. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall not result in any such violation or default or be in material conflict with or result in a material violation or breach of, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, any judgment, order, or decree of any court or arbitrator to which the Company is a party or is subject, any agreement or contract of the Company, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, a violation of any statute, law, regulation, or order, or an event which results in the creation of any material lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any asset of the Company, or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization, or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of their assets or properties. The Company has not previously entered into any agreement which is currently in effect or to which the Company is currently bound, granting any rights to any Person which are inconsistent with the rights to be granted by the Company in the Transaction Agreements.
3
3.9 Financial Statements. The Company has made available to each Investor its unaudited financial statements (balance sheet and statement of operations) as of its fiscal year ended March 31, 2024 (the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the Financial Statements do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP and are subject to normal year-end adjustments.
3.10 Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and no expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.
3.11 Title to Property and Assets. The Company owns its property and assets free and clear of all mortgages, liens, loans and encumbrances, except for the lien held by its senior secured lenders Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI Fund X, Inc., and such other encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business and do not materially impair the Company’s ownership or use of such property or assets. With respect to the property and assets leased by the Company, the Company is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free of any liens, claims or encumbrances except such encumbrances and liens that arise in the ordinary course of business.
3.12 Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect casualty insurance policies, with coverage in amounts (subject to reasonable deductibles) customary for companies similarly situated.
Section 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE INVESTORS. Each Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, severally and not jointly and only with respect to itself, that:
4.1 Authorization. The Investor has the full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements to which such Investor is a party, and each such Transaction Agreement constitutes the Investor’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (a) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) as may be limited by the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.
4.2 Purchase for Own Account. The Investor’s Note is being acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. If other than an individual, the Investor also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Note.
4.3 Exempt Offering. The Investor acknowledges that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon the representations of the Investors contained in this Agreement.
4.4 Disclosure of Information. The Investor believes that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Investor’s Note. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense), which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The foregoing, however, does not in any way limit or modify the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 hereof.
4
4.5 Investment Experience. The Investor understands that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. The Investor has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Investor’s Note, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Note.
4.6 Accredited Investor Status. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.
4.7 Restricted Securities. The Investor understands that the Notes are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being (or shall be) acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under the Securities Act and applicable regulations under the Securities Act the Notes may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Investor represents that it is familiar with SEC Rule 144, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed by SEC Rule 144 and by the Securities Act. The Investor understands that the Company is under no obligation to register any of the Notes sold under this Agreement. The Investor understands that no market now exists for any securities of the Company, including the Notes, and that it is uncertain whether a market, public or otherwise, shall ever exist for the Notes.
4.8 Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above or the restrictions set forth in the Investor’s Note, the Investor further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Investor’s Note unless and until:
(a) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
(b) the Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, the Investor shall furnish the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition shall not require registration of the Investor’s Note under the Securities Act.
4.9 Legends. It is understood that the Notes shall bear the legend set forth below:
(a) THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED FOR VALUE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, NOR MAY THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, SUCH COMPLIANCE, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, TO BE EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF STOCKHOLDER’S COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS WOULD RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT.
(b) Any other legends required by state securities laws applicable to any individual Investor.
4.10 Independent Review. The Investor has reviewed with the Investor’s own tax and legal advisors the consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Investor is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company, the Company’s counsel, or any of the Company’s agents regarding the consequences of this investment. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.11 Brokers or Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and neither the Company nor any other Investor has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Agreements.
5
Section 5. CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING. The obligations of each Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver, on or before the Initial Closing and any Additional Closing (each, a “Closing”), of each of the following conditions, the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Investor who does not give written consent thereto, except that Sections 5.1 and 5.5 need not be fulfilled for subsequent sales of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof:
5.1 Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 shall be true and complete on and as of the Initial Closing.
5.2 Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations, and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.
5.3 Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals, or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements), permits, and waivers (including without limitation, a waiver of rights of first offer or preemptive rights under the Equity Agreements) necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, and the same shall be effective as of the date of the Closing.
5.4 Securities Exemptions. The offer and sale of the Notes to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.
5.5 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Initial Closing and all documents incident to such proceedings shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Investors, and they shall each have received all such counterpart originals and certified or other copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.
5.6 Legal Investment. At the time of the Initial Closing, the purchase of the Notes by the Investors under this Agreement shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.
Section 6. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the Company to each Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions with respect to such Investor:
6.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in Section 4 shall be true and complete on the date of the applicable Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such Closing.
6.2 Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals, or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements), permits, and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated or required by the Transaction Agreements, and the same shall be effective as of the date of the applicable Closing.
6
6.3 Legal Investment. At the time of the applicable Closing, the purchase of the Notes by the Investors under this Agreement shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.
6.4 Securities Exemption. The offer and sale of the Notes to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.
6.5 Legal Matters. At the time of the applicable Closing, all approvals of the Company’s Board of Directors necessary for performance of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall have been obtained, and all material matters of a legal nature which pertain to the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall have been reasonably approved by counsel to the Company.
6.6 Subordination Agreement. Each Investor shall have executed and delivered to the Company a Subordination Agreement with Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI Fund X, Inc. in the form provided to such Investor by the Company.
6.7 Payment of Purchase Price. The Investors shall have delivered the purchase price specified in Section 2.1 or 2.2, as applicable.
Section 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties. The representations, warranties, and covenants of the Company and the Investors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Initial Closing for a period of two years and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter of such representations, warranties, and covenants made by or on behalf of the Investors, their respective counsel, or the Company, as the case may be.
7.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement (including permitted transferees of any Notes).
7.3 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
7.4 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial Section 8.. This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding brought by either party which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
7
EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
7.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including, without limitation, facsimile and email counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
7.6 Headings. The headings and captions used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs, exhibits, and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs of this Agreement and exhibits and schedules attached to this Agreement, all of which exhibits and schedules are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference.
7.7 Notices. All notices, consents, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or, with respect to the Stockholders, by other means of electronic transmission, including electronic mail:
If to the Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430
Austin, Texas 78758
Attention: Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer
Email: jan@virtuix.com
or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by giving five days advance written notice to the Investors;
8
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to
Michael Dunn, Esq.
Reiter, Brunel & Dunn, PLLC
6805 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 318
Austin, Texas 78731
Email: mdunn@outsourcegc.com
If to an Investor, at such Investor’s address set forth on Schedule I, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.
Notices provided in accordance with this Section 7.7 shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery or three business days after deposit in the mail.
7.8 Finder’s Fees. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Investor, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which such Investor or any of its officers, partners, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.
7.9 Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses. Each party hereto shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement. If any action, suit, or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes, or any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or the Notes, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit, or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions from such action, suit, or other proceeding.
7.10 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as issued under this Agreement. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.10 shall be binding upon each holder of a Note purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding, each future holder of such Note, and the Company.
7.11 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
9
7.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all exhibits and schedules to this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties, or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
7.13 Further Assurances. From and after the date of this Agreement, upon the request of the Investors or the Company, the Company and the Investors shall execute and deliver such instruments, documents, or other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
7.14 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Investor, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such Investor nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence in such breach or default, or of or in any similar breach or default occurring after such breach or default; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after such breach or default. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Investor of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Investor of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Investor, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
7.15 Exculpation Among Investors. Each Investor acknowledges to the other Investors that such Investor is not relying upon any Person, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its decision to invest in the Company. Each Investor agrees that no other Investor, nor any of the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents or employees of any other Investor, shall be liable to such Investor for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Notes.
[Signature pages follow]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this 2025 Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.
| The Company: | |
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. |
| By: | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer |
| Investors: | |
| For Individual Investors | |
| Print Name of Individual |
| By: | ||
| Signature of Individual |
| Amount Invested: | $_______________________ |
| For Entity Investors | |
| Print Name of Entity |
| By: | ||
| Signature |
| Printed Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Amount Invested: |
Signature
Page to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
2025 Note Purchase Agreement
Schedule I
SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS
Initial Closing – May __, 2025
| Name* | Principal Amount of Note |
| TOTAL | $__________ |
| * | Addresses for Investors are on file at the Company. |
SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS
(continued)
Additional Closings
|
Name* |
Date of |
Principal |
| TOTAL | $______________ |
| * | Addresses for Investors are on file at the Company. |
EXHIBIT “A”
Form of 2025 SUBORDINATED Promissory Note
Exhibit 10.5
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED FOR VALUE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, NOR MAY THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY WITHOUT REGISTRATION OF SUCH NOTE UNDER ALL APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, SUCH COMPLIANCE, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, TO BE EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF THE NOTE HOLDER’S COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS WOULD RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT.
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 SUBORDINATED PROMISSORY NOTE
| $[●] | Austin, Texas | May 15, 2025 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of [●] and its permitted successors and assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of [●] and 0/100 Dollars ($[●]), together with interest from the date of advancement on the balance of this Note from time to time remaining unpaid at the simple, non-compounding rate of eighteen percent (18.0%) per annum based on a year of 365 days until maturity, both principal and interest being payable at the address designated in Section 14, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate in writing.
Section 1. Maturity. The principal of this 2025 Subordinated Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall mature and be due and payable at the earlier of (i) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation (as that term is defined in the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 8, 2023, as the same may be amended and/or restated) or (ii) September 30, 2025 (such earlier date referred to herein as the “Maturity Date”).
Section 2. Subordination. This Note, the indebtedness evidenced by this Note and all payments or rights under this Note are expressly subordinate to all senior indebtedness of the Company, whether such senior indebtedness is outstanding as of the date of this Note or incurred after the date of this Note, and all such senior indebtedness shall be senior in right of payment to this Note. As used in this Note, “senior indebtedness” means all indebtedness or other monetary obligations of the Company that are secured by assets of the Company or for which the instrument creating or evidencing the same or pursuant to which the same is outstanding expressly provides that such indebtedness or obligation shall be senior in right of payment to this Note or the Company’s subordinated indebtedness, including, without limitation, all indebtedness owed to Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc. and WTI Fund X, Inc. (or their successors or assigns) under the Loan and Security Agreements between the Company and said lenders, as the same may be amended from time to time.
Section 3. Series of 2025 Notes. This Note is one of a series of subordinated promissory notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of up to $500,000 (the “2025 Notes”) issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain 2025 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of May 15, 2025 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) evidencing indebtedness incurred by the Company for subordinated debt financing. The Holder agrees that any payments or prepayments to the holder of this Note and the holders of the other 2025 Notes, whether principal, interest or otherwise, shall be made pro rata among the holder of this Note and the holders of the other 2025 Notes based upon the aggregate unpaid principal amount of this Note and the other 2025 Notes.
Section 4. Prepayments. The principal and/or interest on this Note may be prepaid, either in whole or in part at any time or from time to time by the Company, without prior notice to or approval of the Holder or the holders of the 2025 Notes. Any prepayment on this Note made by the Company shall be made on a pro rata basis according to the amount of the outstanding principal and interest on this Note bears to all of the 2025 Notes (including this Note) then issued and outstanding. Any prepayment shall be applied first against any accrued interest, with the balance applied to reduce principal.
Section 5. Default; Remedies.
(a) The Company shall be in default under this Note upon the happening of any condition or event set forth below (each, an “Event of Default”):
(i) (x) the Company fails to pay all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest under this Note on the Maturity Date and (y) the holders of a majority of the principal amount of indebtedness evidenced by all of the outstanding 2025 Notes, including this Note (the “Majority Note Holders”) declare, by notice to the Company, that the 2025 Notes are in default; or
(ii) the Company’s dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of the Company; an assignment for the benefit of creditors by the Company; or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against the Company or any guarantor, surety or endorser for the Company which results in the entry of an order for relief or which remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days or more.
(b) The entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be immediately due and payable at the option of the holder of this Note upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default.
Section 6. Cumulative Rights. No delay on the part of the holder of this Note in the exercise of any power or right under this Note or under any other instrument executed pursuant to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any such power or right, nor shall a single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude other or further exercise of such power or right or the exercise of any other power or right.
Section 7. Waiver of Notices. The Company and all endorsers, sureties and guarantors of this Note waive demand, presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of nonpayment, notice of intention to accelerate or notice of acceleration, notice of protest and any and all lack of diligence or delay in collection or the filing of suit on this Note which may occur, and agree to all extensions and partial payments, before or after maturity, without prejudice to the holder of this Note.
2
Section 8. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. In the event that this Note is collected in whole or in part through suit, arbitration, mediation, or other legal proceeding of any nature, then and in any such case there shall be added to the unpaid principal amount of this Note all reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees.
Section 9. Headings. The headings and captions used in this Note are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Note.
Section 10. Usury. All agreements between the Company and the holder of this Note, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed to be paid, to the holder of this Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the money to be loaned under this Agreement or otherwise, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If from any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision of this Note at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstances the holder of this Note shall ever receive anything of value as interest or deemed interest by applicable law under this Note or otherwise an amount that would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount that would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing under this Note or on account of any other indebtedness of the Company to the holder of this Note relating to this Note, and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal of this Note and such other indebtedness, such excess shall be refunded to the Company. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable with respect to any indebtedness of the Company to the holder of this Note, under any specific contingency, exceeds the highest lawful rate, the Company and the holder of this Note shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any nonprincipal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, (ii) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread the total amount of interest throughout the full term of such indebtedness so that the actual rate of interest on account of such indebtedness is uniform throughout the term of such indebtedness, and/or (iii) allocate interest between portions of such indebtedness, to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by law. The terms and provisions of this Section 10 shall control and supersede every other conflicting provision of all agreements between the Company and the holder of this Note. The Holder has been advised by the Company to seek the advice of an attorney and an accountant in connection with the issuance of this Note. The Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of any attorney and accountant of the Company’s choice in connection with issuance of this Note.
Section 11. Amendments and Waivers. This Note may be amended or waived in any respect by written agreement of the Company and the Holder. In addition, any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Note Holders. The Holder acknowledges that because this Note may be amended with the consent of the Majority Note Holders, the Holder’s rights hereunder (including, without limitation, Holder’s right to receive principal and interest as due) may be amended or waived without the Holder’s consent. Upon the effectuation of such waiver or amendment in conformance with this Section 11, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the 2025 Notes who have not previously consented thereto in writing.
3
Section 12. Transfers; Successors and Assigns. This Note, and any rights to payments hereunder, may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld at the Company’s sole discretion and will be withheld if the proposed transferee or assignee does not qualify as an “accredited investor” under Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. All of the stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note made by or on behalf of the Company shall bind the successors and assigns of the Company, whether so expressed or not, and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Holder.
Section 13. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Note and the balance of this Note shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 14. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications under this Note shall be given in accordance with Section 7.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 15. Jury Trial Waiver. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7.4 OF THE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. Except as prohibited by law, the Company waives any right which it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. The Company certifies that the neither the Holder nor any representative, agent or attorney of the Holder has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Holder would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers or other waivers contained in this Note and understands that the Holder is relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein and the Note Purchase Agreement in making the loan evidenced by this Note.
Section 16. Governing Law; Venue. This Note is intended to take effect as a sealed instrument. This Note and the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding brought by either party which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this 2025 Subordinated Promissory Note on and as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
Signature
Page to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
2025 Subordinated Promissory Note
Exhibit 10.6
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
LOAN AUTHORIZATION AND AGREEMENT (LA&A)
A PROPERLY SIGNED DOCUMENT IS
REQUIRED PRIOR TO ANY
DISBURSEMENT
This document describes the terms and conditions of your loan. It is your responsibility to comply with ALL the terms and conditions of your loan.
SIGNING THE LA&A:
All borrowers must sign the LA&A.
| ● | Sign your name exactly as it appears on the LA&A. If typed incorrectly, you should sign with the correct spelling. |
| ● | If your middle initial appears on the signature line, sign with your middle initial. |
| ● | If a suffix appears on the signature line, such as Sr. or Jr., sign with your suffix. |
| ● | Corporate Signatories: Authorized representatives should sign the signature page. |
Your signature represents your agreement
to comply
with the terms and conditions of the loan.
Ref 50 30a
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
U.S. Small Business Administration
Economic Injury Disaster Loan
LOAN AUTHORIZATION AND AGREEMENT
Date: 08.29.2020 (Effective Date)
On the above date, this Administration (SBA) authorized (under Section 7(b) of the Small Business Act, as amended) a Loan (SBA Loan #7504058207) to Virtuix Holdings Inc. (Borrower) of 1826 Kramer Lane, Suite H Austin Texas 78758 in the amount of twenty-five thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000.00), upon the following conditions:
PAYMENT
| ● | Installment payments, including principal and interest, of $122.00 Monthly, will begin Twelve (12) months from the date of the promissory Note. The balance of principal and interest will be payable Thirty (30) years from the date of the promissory Note. |
INTEREST
| ● | Interest will accrue at the rate of 3.75% per annum and will accrue only on funds actually advanced from the date(s) of each advance. |
PAYMENT TERMS
| ● | Each payment will be applied first to interest accrued to the date of receipt of each payment, and the balance, if any, will be applied to principal. |
| ● | Each payment will be made when due even if at that time the full amount of the Loan has not yet been advanced or the authorized amount of the Loan has been reduced. |
COLLATERAL
| ● | For loan amounts of greater than $25,000, Borrower hereby grants to SBA, the secured party hereunder, a continuing security interest in and to any and all “Collateral” as described herein to secure payment and performance of all debts, liabilities and obligations of Borrower to SBA hereunder without limitation, including but not limited to all interest, other fees and expenses (all hereinafter called “Obligations”). The Collateral includes the following property that Borrower now owns or shall acquire or create immediately upon the acquisition or creation thereof: all tangible and intangible personal property, including, but not limited to: (a) inventory, (b) equipment, (c) instruments, including promissory notes (d) chattel paper, including tangible chattel paper and electronic chattel paper, (e) documents, (f) letter of credit rights, (g) accounts, including health-care insurance receivables and credit card receivables, (h) deposit accounts, (i) commercial tort claims, (j) general intangibles, including payment intangibles and software and (k) as-extracted collateral as such terms may from time to time be defined in the Uniform Commercial Code. The security interest Borrower grants includes all accessions, attachments, accessories, parts, supplies and replacements for the Collateral, all products, proceeds and collections thereof and all records and data relating thereto. |
| ● | For loan amounts of $25,000 or less, SBA is not taking a security interest in any collateral. |
Page 2 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | Ref 50 30 |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
REQUIREMENTS RELATIVE TO COLLATERAL
| ● | Borrower will not sell or transfer any collateral (except normal inventory turnover in the ordinary course of business) described in the "Collateral" paragraph hereof without the prior written consent of SBA. |
USE OF LOAN PROCEEDS
| ● | Borrower will use all the proceeds of this Loan solely as working capital to alleviate economic injury caused by disaster occurring in the month of January 31, 2020 and continuing thereafter and for loans of more than $25,000 to pay Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) lien filing fees and a third-party UCC handling charge of $100 which will be deducted from the Loan amount stated above. |
REQUIREMENTS FOR USE OF LOAN PROCEEDS AND RECEIPTS
| ● | Borrower will obtain and itemize receipts (paid receipts, paid invoices or cancelled checks) and contracts for all Loan funds spent and retain these receipts for 3 years from the date of the final disbursement. Prior to each subsequent disbursement (if any) and whenever requested by SBA, Borrower will submit to SBA such itemization together with copies of the receipts. |
| ● | Borrower will not use, directly or indirectly, any portion of the proceeds of this Loan to relocate without the prior written permission of SBA. The law prohibits the use of any portion of the proceeds of this Loan for voluntary relocation from the business area in which the disaster occurred. To request SBA's prior written permission to relocate, Borrower will present to SBA the reasons therefore and a description or address of the relocation site. Determinations of (1) whether a relocation is voluntary or otherwise, and (2) whether any site other than the disaster-affected location is within the business area in which the disaster occurred, will be made solely by SBA. |
| ● | Borrower will, to the extent feasible, purchase only American-made equipment and products with the proceeds of this Loan. |
| ● | Borrower will make any request for a loan increase for additional disaster-related damages as soon as possible after the need for a loan increase is discovered. The SBA will not consider a request for a loan increase received more than two (2) years from the date of loan approval unless, in the sole discretion of the SBA, there are extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances beyond the control of the borrower. |
DEADLINE FOR RETURN OF LOAN CLOSING DOCUMENTS
| ● | Borrower will sign and return the loan closing documents to SBA within 2 months of the date of this Loan Authorization and Agreement. By notifying the Borrower in writing, SBA may cancel this Loan if the Borrower fails to meet this requirement. The Borrower may submit and the SBA may, in its sole discretion, accept documents after 2 months of the date of this Loan Authorization and Agreement. |
COMPENSATION FROM OTHER SOURCES
| ● | Eligibility for this disaster Loan is limited to disaster losses that are not compensated by other sources. Other sources include but are not limited to: (1) proceeds of policies of insurance or other indemnifications, (2) grants or other reimbursement (including loans) from government agencies or private organizations, (3) claims for civil liability against other individuals, organizations or governmental entities, and (4) salvage (including any sale or re-use) of items of damaged property. |
Page 3 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | Ref 50 30 |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
| ● | Borrower will promptly notify SBA of the existence and status of any claim or application for such other compensation, and of the receipt of any such compensation, and Borrower will promptly submit the proceeds of same (not exceeding the outstanding balance of this Loan) to SBA. |
| ● | Borrower hereby assigns to SBA the proceeds of any such compensation from other sources and authorizes the payor of same to deliver said proceeds to SBA at such time and place as SBA shall designate. |
| ● | SBA will in its sole discretion determine whether any such compensation from other sources is a duplication of benefits. SBA will use the proceeds of any such duplication to reduce the outstanding balance of this Loan, and Borrower agrees that such proceeds will not be applied in lieu of scheduled payments. |
DUTY TO MAINTAIN HAZARD INSURANCE
| ● | For loan amounts greater than $25,000, within 12 months from the date of this Loan Authorization and Agreement the Borrower will provide proof of an active and in effect hazard insurance policy including fire, lightning, and extended coverage on all items used to secure this loan to at least 80% of the insurable value. Borrower will not cancel such coverage and will maintain such coverage throughout the entire term of this Loan. BORROWER MAY NOT BE ELIGIBLE FOR EITHER ANY FUTURE DISASTER ASSISTANCE OR SBA FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE IF THIS INSURANCE IS NOT MAINTAINED AS STIPULATED HEREIN THROUGHOUT THE ENTIRE TERM OF THIS LOAN. Please submit proof of insurance to: U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Disaster Assistance, 14925 Kingsport Rd, Fort Worth, TX.76155. |
BOOKS AND RECORDS
| ● | Borrower will maintain current and proper books of account in a manner satisfactory to SBA for the most recent 5 years until 3 years after the date of maturity, including extensions, or the date this Loan is paid in full, whichever occurs first. Such books will include Borrower's financial and operating statements, insurance policies, tax returns and related filings, records of earnings distributed and dividends paid and records of compensation to officers, directors, holders of 10% or more of Borrower's capital stock, members, partners and proprietors. |
| ● | Borrower authorizes SBA to make or cause to be made, at Borrower's expense and in such a manner and at such times as SBA may require: (1) inspections and audits of any books, records and paper in the custody or control of Borrower or others relating to Borrower's financial or business conditions, including the making of copies thereof and extracts therefrom, and (2) inspections and appraisals of any of Borrower's assets. |
| ● | Borrower will furnish to SBA, not later than 3 months following the expiration of Borrower's fiscal year and in such form as SBA may require, Borrower's financial statements. |
| ● | Upon written request of SBA, Borrower will accompany such statements with an 'Accountant's Review Report' prepared by an independent public accountant at Borrower's expense. |
| ● | Borrower authorizes all Federal, State and municipal authorities to furnish reports of examination, records and other information relating to the conditions and affairs of Borrower and any desired information from such reports, returns, files, and records of such authorities upon request of SBA. |
Page 4 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | Ref 50 30 |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
LIMITS ON DISTRIBUTION OF ASSETS
| ● | Borrower will not, without the prior written consent of SBA, make any distribution of Borrower’s assets, or give any preferential treatment, make any advance, directly or indirectly, by way of loan, gift, bonus, or otherwise, to any owner or partner or any of its employees, or to any company directly or indirectly controlling or affiliated with or controlled by Borrower, or any other company. |
EQUAL OPPORTUNITY REQUIREMENT
| ● | If Borrower has or intends to have employees, Borrower will post SBA Form 722, Equal Opportunity Poster (copy attached), in Borrower's place of business where it will be clearly visible to employees, applicants for employment, and the general public. |
DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
| ● | Borrower agrees to the attached Certification Regarding Lobbying Activities |
BORROWER’S CERTIFICATIONS
Borrower certifies that:
| ● | There has been no substantial adverse change in Borrower's financial condition (and organization, in case of a business borrower) since the date of the application for this Loan. (Adverse changes include, but are not limited to: judgment liens, tax liens, mechanic's liens, bankruptcy, financial reverses, arrest or conviction of felony, etc.) |
| ● | No fees have been paid, directly or indirectly, to any representative (attorney, accountant, etc.) for services provided or to be provided in connection with applying for or closing this Loan, other than those reported on SBA Form 5 Business Disaster Loan Application'; SBA Form 3501 COVID-19 Economic Injury Disaster Loan Application; or SBA Form 159, 'Compensation Agreement'. All fees not approved by SBA are prohibited. |
| ● | All representations in the Borrower's Loan application (including all supplementary submissions) are true, correct and complete and are offered to induce SBA to make this Loan. |
| ● | No claim or application for any other compensation for disaster losses has been submitted to or requested of any source, and no such other compensation has been received, other than that which Borrower has fully disclosed to SBA. |
| ● | Neither the Borrower nor, if the Borrower is a business, any principal who owns at least 50% of the Borrower, is delinquent more than 60 days under the terms of any: (a) administrative order; (b) court order; or (c) repayment agreement that requires payment of child support. |
| ● | Borrower certifies that no fees have been paid, directly or indirectly, to any representative (attorney, accountant, etc.) for services provided or to be provided in connection with applying for or closing this Loan, other than those reported on the Loan Application. All fees not approved by SBA are prohibited. If an Applicant chooses to employ an Agent, the compensation an Agent charges to and that is paid by the Applicant must bear a necessary and reasonable relationship to the services actually performed and must be comparable to those charged by other Agents in the geographical area. Compensation cannot be contingent on loan approval. In addition, compensation must not include any expenses which are deemed by SBA to be unreasonable for services actually performed or expenses actually incurred. Compensation must not include charges prohibited in 13 CFR 103 or SOP 50-30, Appendix 1. If the compensation exceeds $500 for a disaster home loan or $2,500 for a disaster business loan, Borrower must fill out the Compensation Agreement Form 159D which will be provided for Borrower upon request or can be found on the SBA website. |
| ● | Borrower certifies, to the best of its, his or her knowledge and belief, that the certifications and representations in the attached Certification Regarding Lobbying are true, correct and complete and are offered to induce SBA to make this Loan. |
Page 5 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | Ref 50 30 |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
CIVIL AND CRIMINAL PENALTIES
| ● | Whoever wrongfully misapplies the proceeds of an SBA disaster loan shall be civilly liable to the Administrator in an amount equal to one-and-one half times the original principal amount of the loan under 15 U.S.C. 636(b). In addition, any false statement or misrepresentation to SBA may result in criminal, civil or administrative sanctions including, but not limited to: 1) fines, imprisonment or both, under 15 U.S.C. 645, 18 U.S.C. 1001, 18 U.S.C. 1014, 18 U.S.C. 1040, 18 U.S.C. 3571, and any other applicable laws; 2) treble damages and civil penalties under the False Claims Act, 31 U.S.C. 3729; 3) double damages and civil penalties under the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act, 31 U.S.C. 3802; and 4) suspension and/or debarment from all Federal procurement and non-procurement transactions. Statutory fines may increase if amended by the Federal Civil Penalties Inflation Adjustment Act Improvements Act of 2015. |
RESULT OF VIOLATION OF THIS LOAN AUTHORIZATION AND AGREEMENT
| ● | If Borrower violates any of the terms or conditions of this Loan Authorization and Agreement, the Loan will be in default and SBA may declare all or any part of the indebtedness immediately due and payable. SBA's failure to exercise its rights under this paragraph will not constitute a waiver. |
| ● | A default (or any violation of any of the terms and conditions) of any SBA Loan(s) to Borrower and/or its affiliates will be considered a default of all such Loan(s). |
DISBURSEMENT OF THE LOAN
| ● | Disbursements will be made by and at the discretion of SBA Counsel, in accordance with this Loan Authorization and Agreement and the general requirements of SBA. |
| ● | Disbursements may be made in increments as needed. |
| ● | Other conditions may be imposed by SBA pursuant to general requirements of SBA. |
| ● | Disbursement may be withheld if, in SBA's sole discretion, there has been an adverse change in Borrower's financial condition or in any other material fact represented in the Loan application, or if Borrower fails to meet any of the terms or conditions of this Loan Authorization and Agreement. |
| ● | NO DISBURSEMENT WILL BE MADE LATER THAN 6 MONTHS FROM THE DATE OF THIS LOAN AUTHORIZATION AND AGREEMENT UNLESS SBA, IN ITS SOLE DISCRETION, EXTENDS THIS DISBURSEMENT PERIOD. |
Page 6 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | Ref 50 30 |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
PARTIES AFFECTED
| ● | This Loan Authorization and Agreement will be binding upon Borrower and Borrower's successors and assigns and will inure to the benefit of SBA and its successors and assigns. |
RESOLUTION OF BOARD OF DIRECTORS
| ● | Borrower shall, within 180 days of receiving any disbursement of this Loan, submit the appropriate SBA Certificate and/or Resolution to the U.S. Small Business Administration, Office of Disaster Assistance, 14925 Kingsport Rd, Fort Worth, TX. 76155. |
ENFORCEABILITY
| ● | This Loan Authorization and Agreement is legally binding, enforceable and approved upon Borrower’s signature, the SBA’s approval and the Loan Proceeds being issued to Borrower by a government issued check or by electronic debit of the Loan Proceeds to Borrower’ banking account provided by Borrower in application for this Loan. |
| /s/ James E. Rivera | |
| James E. Rivera | |
| Associate Administrator | |
| U.S. Small Business Administration |
The undersigned agree(s) to be bound by the terms and conditions herein during the term of this Loan, and further agree(s) that no provision stated herein will be waived without prior written consent of SBA. Under penalty of perjury of the United States of America, I hereby certify that I am authorized to apply for and obtain a disaster loan on behalf of Borrower, in connection with the effects of the COVID-19 emergency.
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | ||||
| Date: | 08.29.2020 | |||
| Jan Goetgeluk, Owner/Officer |
Note: Corporate Borrowers must execute Loan Authorization and Agreement in corporate name, by a duly authorized officer. Partnership Borrowers must execute in firm name, together with signature of a general partner. Limited Liability entities must execute in the entity name by the signature of the authorized managing person.
Page 7 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | Ref 50 30 |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
For loans over $150,000, Congress requires recipients to agree to the following:
| 1. | Appropriated funds may NOT be used for lobbying. |
| 2. | Payment of non-federal funds for lobbying must be reported on Form SF-LLL. |
| 3. | Language of this certification must be incorporated into all contracts and subcontracts exceeding $100,000. |
| 4. | All contractors and subcontractors with contracts exceeding $100,000 are required to certify and disclose accordingly. |
Page 8 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING
Certification for Contracts, Grants, Loans, and Cooperative Agreements
Borrower and all Guarantors (if any) certify, to the best of its, his or her knowledge and belief, that:
(1) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with awarding of any Federal contract, the making of any Federal grant, the making of any Federal loan, the entering into of any cooperative agreement, and the extension, continuation, renewal, or modification of any Federal contract, grant, loan, or cooperative agreement.
(2) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with this Federal loan, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form LLL, "Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying," in accordance with its instructions.
(3) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all sub-awards at all tiers (including subcontracts, sub-grants, and contracts under grants, loans, and co-operative agreements) and that all sub-recipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.
This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by Section 1352, Title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000.00 and not more than $100,000.00 for each such failure.
Page 9 of 11
| SBA Form 1391 (5-00) | |
![]() |
This Statement of Policy is Posted
In Accordance with Regulations of the
Small Business Administration
This Organization Practices
Equal Employment Opportunity |
We do not discriminate on the ground of race, color, religion, sex, age, disability or national origin in the hiring, retention, or promotion of employees; nor in determining their rank, or the compensation or fringe benefits paid them.
This Organization Practices
Equal Treatment of Clients
We do not discriminate on the basis of race, color, religion, sex, marital status, disability, age or national origin in services or accommodations offered or provided to our employees, clients or guests.
These policies and this notice comply with
regulations of the
United States Government.
Please report violations of this policy to:
| Administrator | |
| Small Business Administration | |
| Washington, D.C. 20416 |
In order for the public and your employees to know their rights under 13 C.F.R Parts 112, 113, and 117, Small Business Administration Regulations, and to conform with the directions of the Administrator of SBA, this poster must be displayed where it is clearly visible to employees, applicants for employment, and the public.
Failure to display the poster as required in accordance with SBA Regulations may be considered evidence of noncompliance and subject you to the penalties contained in those Regulations.
Page 10 of 11
| SBA FORM 722 (10-02) REF: SOP 9030 | PREVIOUS EDITIONS ARE OBSOLETE | U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1994 0- 153-346 |
This form was electronically produced by Elite Federal Inc.
![]() |
Esta Declaración De Principios Se Publica
De Acuerdo Con Los Reglamentos De La
Agencia Federal Para el Desarrollo de la Pequeña Empresa
Esta Organización Practica |
Igual Oportunidad De Empleo
No discriminamos por razón de raza, color, religión, sexo, edad, discapacidad o nacionalidad en el empleo, retención o ascenso de personal ni en la determinación de sus posiciones, salarios o beneficios marginales.
Esta Organización Practica
Igualdad En El Trato A Su Clientela
No discriminamos por razón de raza, color, religión, sexo, estado civil, edad, discapacidad o nacionalidad en los servicios o facilidades provistos para nuestros empleados, clientes o visitantes.
Estos principios y este aviso cumplen con los reglamentos del Gobierno
de los Estados Unidos de América.
Favor de informar violaciones a lo aquí indicado a:
| Administrador | |
| Agencia Federal Para el Desarrollo de la Pequeña Empresa | |
| Washington, D.C. 20416 |
A fin de que el público y sus empleados conozcan sus derechos según lo expresado en las Secciones 112, 113 y 117 del Código de Regulaciaones Federales No. 13, de los Reglamentos de la Agencja Federal Para el Desarrollo de la Pequeña Empresa y de acuerdo con las instrucciones del Administrador de dicha agencia,
esta notificación debe fijarse en un lugar claramente visible para los empleados, solicitantes de empleo y público en general. No fijar esta notificación según lo requerido por los reglamentos de la Agencia Federal Para el Desarrollo de la Pequeña Empresa, puede ser interpretado como evidencia de falta de cumplimiento de los mismos y conllevará la ejecución de los castigos impuestos en estos reglamentos.
Page 11 of 11
| SBA FORM 722 (10-02) REF: SOP 9030 | PREVIOUS EDITIONS ARE OBSOLETE | U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1994 0- 153-346 |
This form was electronically produced by Elite Federal Inc.
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
NOTE
A PROPERLY SIGNED NOTE IS
REQUIRED
PRIOR TO ANY
DISBURSEMENT
CAREFULLY READ THE NOTE: It is your promise to repay the loan.
| ● | The Note is pre-dated. DO NOT CHANGE THE DATE OF THE NOTE. |
| ● | LOAN PAYMENTS will be due as stated in the Note. |
| ● | ANY CORRECTIONS OR UNAUTHORIZED MARKS MAY VOID THIS DOCUMENT. |
SIGNING THE NOTE: All borrowers must sign the Note.
| ● | Sign your name exactly as it appears on the Note. If typed incorrectly, you should sign with the correct spelling. |
| ● | If your middle initial appears on the signature line, sign with your middle initial. |
| ● | If a suffix appears on the signature line, such as Sr. or Jr., sign with your suffix. |
| ● | Corporate Signatories: Authorized representatives should sign the signature page. |
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
![]() |
U.S. Small Business Administration
Note
(Secured Disaster Loans) |
Date: 08.29.2020
Loan Amount: $25,000.00
Annual Interest Rate: 3.75% |
| SBA Loan # 7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
| 1. | PROMISE TO PAY: In return for a loan, Borrower promises to pay to the order of SBA the amount of twenty-five thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($25,000.00), interest on the unpaid principal balance, and all other amounts required by this Note. |
| 2. | DEFINITIONS: A) “Collateral” means any property taken as security for payment of this Note or any guarantee of this Note. B) “Guarantor” means each person or entity that signs a guarantee of payment of this Note. C) “Loan Documents” means the documents related to this loan signed by Borrower, any Guarantor, or anyone who pledges collateral. |
| 3. | PAYMENT TERMS: Borrower must make all payments at the place SBA designates. Borrower may prepay this Note in part or in full at any time, without notice or penalty. Borrower must pay principal and interest payments of $122.00 every month beginning Twelve (12) months from the date of the Note. SBA will apply each installment payment first to pay interest accrued to the day SBA receives the payment and will then apply any remaining balance to reduce principal. All remaining principal and accrued interest is due and payable Thirty (30) years from the date of the Note. |
| 4. | DEFAULT: Borrower is in default under this Note if Borrower does not make a payment when due under this Note, or if Borrower: A) Fails to comply with any provision of this Note, the Loan Authorization and Agreement, or other Loan Documents; B) Defaults on any other SBA loan; C) Sells or otherwise transfers, or does not preserve or account to SBA’s satisfaction for, any of the Collateral or its proceeds; D) Does not disclose, or anyone acting on their behalf does not disclose, any material fact to SBA; E) Makes, or anyone acting on their behalf makes, a materially false or misleading representation to SBA; F) Defaults on any loan or agreement with another creditor, if SBA believes the default may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note; G) Fails to pay any taxes when due; H) Becomes the subject of a proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law; I) Has a receiver or liquidator appointed for any part of their business or property; J) Makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; K) Has any adverse change in financial condition or business operation that SBA believes may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note; L) Dies; M) Reorganizes, merges, consolidates, or otherwise changes ownership or business structure without SBA’s prior written consent; or, N) Becomes the subject of a civil or criminal action that SBA believes may materially affect Borrower’s ability to pay this Note. |
| 5. | SBA’S RIGHTS IF THERE IS A DEFAULT: Without notice or demand and without giving up any of its rights, SBA may: A) Require immediate payment of all amounts owing under this Note; B) Have recourse to collect all amounts owing from any Borrower or Guarantor (if any); C) File suit and obtain judgment; D) Take possession of any Collateral; or E) Sell, lease, or otherwise dispose of, any Collateral at public or private sale, with or without advertisement. |
| 6. | SBA’S GENERAL POWERS: Without notice and without Borrower’s consent, SBA may: A) Bid on or buy the Collateral at its sale or the sale of another lienholder, at any price it chooses; B) Collect amounts due under this Note, enforce the terms of this Note or any other Loan Document, and preserve or dispose of the Collateral. Among other things, the expenses may include payments for property taxes, prior liens, insurance, appraisals, environmental remediation costs, and reasonable attorney’s fees and costs. If SBA incurs such expenses, it may demand immediate reimbursement from Borrower or add the expenses to the principal balance; C) Release anyone obligated to pay this Note; D) Compromise, release, renew, extend or substitute any of the Collateral; and E) Take any action necessary to protect the Collateral or collect amounts owing on this Note. |
SBA FORM 147 B (5-00)
Page 2 of 3
| SBA Loan #7504058207 | Application #3313914712 |
| 7. | FEDERAL LAW APPLIES: When SBA is the holder, this Note will be interpreted and enforced under federal law, including SBA regulations. SBA may use state or local procedures for filing papers, recording documents, giving notice, foreclosing liens, and other purposes. By using such procedures, SBA does not waive any federal immunity from state or local control, penalty, tax, or liability. As to this Note, Borrower may not claim or assert against SBA any local or state law to deny any obligation, defeat any claim of SBA, or preempt federal law. |
| 8. | GENERAL PROVISIONS: A) All individuals and entities signing this Note are jointly and severally liable. B) Borrower waives all suretyship defenses. C) Borrower must sign all documents required at any time to comply with the Loan Documents and to enable SBA to acquire, perfect, or maintain SBA’s liens on Collateral. D) SBA may exercise any of its rights separately or together, as many times and in any order it chooses. SBA may delay or forgo enforcing any of its rights without giving up any of them. E) Borrower may not use an oral statement of SBA to contradict or alter the written terms of this Note. F) If any part of this Note is unenforceable, all other parts remain in effect. G) To the extent allowed by law, Borrower waives all demands and notices in connection with this Note, including presentment, demand, protest, and notice of dishonor. Borrower also waives any defenses based upon any claim that SBA did not obtain any guarantee; did not obtain, perfect, or maintain a lien upon Collateral; impaired Collateral; or did not obtain the fair market value of Collateral at a sale. H) SBA may sell or otherwise transfer this Note. |
| 9. | MISUSE OF LOAN FUNDS: Anyone who wrongfully misapplies any proceeds of the loan will be civilly liable to SBA for one and one- half times the proceeds disbursed, in addition to other remedies allowed by law. |
| 10. | BORROWER’S NAME(S) AND SIGNATURE(S): By signing below, each individual or entity acknowledges and accepts personal obligation and full liability under the Note as Borrower. |
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Owner/Office |
SBA FORM 147 B (5-00)
Page 3 of 3
Exhibit 10.7
Securities Purchase Agreement
This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of August 25, 2025, is entered into by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, its successors and/or assigns (“Investor”).
A. Company and Investor are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon an exemption from securities registration afforded by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
B. Investor desires to purchase and Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement: (a) a Secured Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $2,220,000.00 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”), convertible into shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001, of Company (the “Common Shares”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note; and (b) a Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Warrant”).
C. This Agreement, the Note, the Warrant, the Guaranty (as defined below), the Security Agreement (as defined below), the IP Security Agreement (as defined below), and all other certificates, documents, agreements, resolutions and instruments delivered to any party under or in connection with this Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”.
D. For purposes of this Agreement: “Conversion Shares” means all Common Shares issuable upon conversion of all or any portion of the Note; “Warrant Shares” means all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of all or any portion of the Warrant; and “Securities” means the Note, the Conversion Shares, the Warrant and the Warrant Shares.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.
1.1. Purchase of Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Company shall issue and sell to Investor and Investor shall purchase from Company the Securities. In consideration thereof, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price (as defined below) to Company.
1.2. Form of Payment. On the Closing Date, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price to Company via wire transfer of immediately available funds against delivery of the Note and the Warrant in accordance with a Funds Flow Memorandum executed by Company.
1.3. Closing Date. Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 5 and Section 6 below, the date of the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing Date”) shall be August 25, 2025 or a mutually agreed upon date. The closing of the issuance of the Note (the “Closing”) shall occur on the Closing Date by means of the exchange of electronic signatures, but shall be deemed for all purposes to have occurred at the offices of Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC in Lehi, Utah.
1.4. Purchase Price. The Note includes an original issue discount of $200,000.00 (the “OID”). In addition, Company agrees to pay $20,000.00 to Investor to cover Investor’s legal fees, accounting costs, due diligence, monitoring and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement and the purchase and sale of securities pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated August 25, 2025, by and between Company and the Investor (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The OID and the Transaction Expense Amount will be included in the initial principal balance of the Note. The “Purchase Price”, therefore, shall be $2,000,000.00, computed as follows: $2,220,000.00 initial principal balance, less the OID, less the Transaction Expense Amount.
1.5. Guaranty. Virtuix Inc., Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, will guarantee Company’s obligations under the Transaction Documents pursuant to the Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Guaranty”).
1.6. Collateral for the Note. The Note will be secured by the following:
(a) The Collateral as defined in the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Security Agreement”).
(b) The IP Collateral as defined in the Intellectual Property Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “IP Security Agreement”).
2. Investor’s Representations and Warranties. Investor represents and warrants to Company that as of the Closing Date: (i) the Investor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Utah; (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by Investor; (iii) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iv) the Investor understands that the Securities have not been and, except as contemplated in Section 4(vii), will not be, registered under the 1933 Act and that the Securities are being offered and issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the 1933 Act based in part upon the Investor’s representations contained in this Agreement; (v) the Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of development as Company so that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests; (vi) the Investor is acquiring the Securities for its own account for investment only, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view towards their resale or distribution; (vii) the Investor represents that by reason of its, or of its management’s, business or financial experience, the Investor has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; (viii) the Investor (a) has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to participate in this transaction; (b) has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of Company and has had the opportunity to review Company’s operations and facilities; and (c) has also had the opportunity to ask questions of, receive answers from and obtain additional information from (to the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment; and (ix) Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the 1933 Act.
2
3. Company’s Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Investor that as of the Closing Date: (i) Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted; (ii) Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where, to Company’s knowledge, the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary; (iii) following the first date that Company’s Common Shares are listed for trading on Nasdaq or NYSE (the “Initial Listing Date”), Company will have registered its Common Shares under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and will be obligated to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act; (iv) each of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by Company and all necessary actions have been taken; (v) this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Company and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; (vi) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by Company, the issuance of the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and the consummation by Company of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not, to Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach by Company of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (a) Company’s formation documents, as currently in effect, or other applicable organizational documents, (b) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material agreement or instrument to which Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound, including, without limitation, any listing agreement for the Common Shares, except for Company’s existing secured debt as disclosed to Investor, or (c) any existing applicable law, rule, or regulation or any applicable decree, judgment, or order of any court, United States federal, state or foreign regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental body having jurisdiction over Company or any of Company’s properties or assets, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (vii) except as have been obtained prior to the Closing, to Company’s knowledge, no further authorization, approval or consent of any court, governmental body, regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization, or stock exchange or market or the stockholders or any lender of Company is required to be obtained by Company for the issuance of the Securities to Investor or the entering into of the Transaction Documents; (viii) there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board or body pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened against or affecting Company before or by any governmental authority or non-governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any other person, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (ix) Company is not, nor has it been at any time in the previous twelve (12) months, a “Shell Company,” as such type of “issuer” is described in Rule 144(i)(1) under the 1933 Act; (x) with respect to any commissions, placement agent or finder’s fees or similar payments that will or would become due and owing by Company to any person or entity as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Broker Fees”), any such Broker Fees will be made in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and only to a person or entity that is a registered investment adviser or registered broker-dealer; (xi) Investor shall have no obligation with respect to any Broker Fees or with respect to any claims made by or on behalf of other persons for fees of a type contemplated in this subsection that may be due in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of Investor, Investor’s employees, officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, agents, and partners, and their respective affiliates, from and against all claims, losses, damages, costs (including the costs of preparation and attorneys’ fees) and expenses suffered in respect of any such claimed Broker Fees; (xii) neither Investor nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives has made any representations or warranties to Company or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents and, in making its decision to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, Company is not relying on any representation, warranty, covenant or promise of Investor or its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives other than as set forth in the Transaction Documents; (xiii) Company acknowledges that the State of Utah has a reasonable relationship and sufficient contacts to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and any dispute that may arise related thereto such that the laws and venue of the State of Utah, as set forth more specifically in Section 8.2 below, shall be applicable to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated therein; (xiv) Company acknowledges that Investor is not registered as a ‘dealer’ under the 1934 Act; and (xv) Company has performed due diligence and background research on Investor and its affiliates and has received and reviewed the due diligence packet provided by Investor. Company, being aware of the matters and legal issues described in subsections (xiv) and (xv) above, acknowledges and agrees that such matters, or any similar matters, have no bearing on the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and covenants and agrees it will not use any such information or legal theory as a defense to performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or in any attempt to avoid, modify, reduce, rescind or void such obligations.
3
4. Company Covenants. Until all of Company’s obligations under all of the Transaction Documents are paid and performed in full, or within the timeframes otherwise specifically set forth below, Company will at all times comply with the following covenants: (i) after the Initial Listing Date, so long as Investor beneficially owns any of the Securities and for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (as defined in the Note) thereafter, Company will timely file on the applicable deadline all reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, and will take all reasonable action under its control to ensure that adequate current public information with respect to Company, as required in accordance with Rule 144 of the 1933 Act, is publicly available, and will not terminate its status as an issuer required to file reports under the 1934 Act even if the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination; (ii) when issued, the Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances; (iii) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will maintain the listing for trading of the Common Shares on Nasdaq or NYSE; (iv) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will prevent trading in the Common Shares from being suspended, halted, chilled, frozen, reach zero bid or otherwise cease trading on Nasdaq; (v) Company will not make any Restricted Issuance (as defined below) without Investor’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Investor’s sole and absolute discretion; (vi) Company will not enter into any agreement or otherwise agree to any covenant, condition, or obligation that locks up, restricts in any way or otherwise prohibits Company: (a) from entering into a variable rate transaction with Investor or any affiliate of Investor, or (b) from issuing Common Shares, preferred stock, warrants, convertible notes, other debt securities, or any other Company securities to Investor or any affiliate of Investor; (vii) the next time Company files an amendment to its Form S-1 Registration Statement with the SEC, it will include on such amendment up to 842,000 Common Shares for Investor’s resale of the Conversion Shares and the Warrant Shares, and in no event less than the maximum number of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Note and Warrant. For purposes hereof, the term “Restricted Issuance” means the issuance, incurrence or guaranty of any debt obligations (including any merchant cash advance, account receivable factoring or other similar agreement), other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business, or the issuance of any securities that (1) have or may have conversion rights of any kind, contingent, conditional or otherwise, in which the number of shares that may be issued pursuant to such conversion right varies with the market price of the Common Shares; (2) are or may become convertible into Common Shares (including without limitation convertible debt, warrants or convertible preferred shares), with a conversion price that varies with the market price of the Common Shares, even if such security only becomes convertible following an event of default, the passage of time, or another trigger event or condition; (3) have a fixed conversion price, exercise price or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security (A) due to a change in the market price of Company’s Common Shares since the date of the initial issuance or (B) upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of Company or future issuances of Common Shares (including, without limitation, any “full ratchet” or “weighted average” anti-dilution provisions, but not including any standard anti-dilution protection for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split or other similar transaction); or (4) are issued or will be issued in connection with a Section 3(a)(9) exchange, a Section 3(a)(10) settlement, or any other similar settlement or exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, Common Shares issued pursuant to any of the following will not be considered Restricted Issuances: (i) ATM facilities; (ii) primary equity or debt offerings without variable price mechanics; and (iii) refinancing, extending or restructuring existing indebtedness, including but not limited to, by issuing new securities convertible into Class A Common Stock or allowing existing indebtedness to convert to Class A Common Stock at a fixed price (including at a discount).
4
5. Conditions to Company’s Obligation to Sell. The obligation of Company hereunder to issue and sell the Securities to Investor at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before each Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
5.1. Investor shall have executed all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Company.
5.2. Investor shall have delivered the Purchase Price to Company.
6. Conditions to Investor’s Obligation to Purchase. The obligation of Investor hereunder to purchase the Note is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for Investor’s sole benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion:
6.1. Company shall have executed all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Investor.
6.2. Virtuix Inc. shall have executed and delivered the Guaranty to Investor.
6.3. Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) shall have executed an Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instruction Letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
6.4. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G evidencing Company’s approval of the Transaction Documents.
6.5. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Share Issuance Resolution substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H to be delivered to the Transfer Agent.
7. Reservation of Shares. On the date hereof, Company will reserve 1,183,334 Common Shares of Company from its authorized and unissued Common Shares to provide for all issuances of Conversion Shares under the Note (the “Share Reserve”). Company further agrees to add additional Common Shares to the Share Reserve in increments of 100,000 shares as and when requested by Investor if as of the date of any such request the number of Common Shares being held in the Share Reserve is less than two (2) times the number of Common Shares obtained by dividing the outstanding balance of the Note as of the date of the request by the Conversion Price (as defined in the Note) plus the number of shares necessary to exercise the Warrant in full. Company shall further require its Transfer Agent to hold the Common Shares reserved pursuant to the Share Reserve exclusively for the benefit of Investor and to issue such shares to Investor promptly upon Investor’s delivery of a Conversion Notice (as defined in the Note) under the Note.
5
8. Miscellaneous. The provisions set forth in this Section 8 shall apply to this Agreement, as well as all other Transaction Documents as if these terms were fully set forth therein; provided, however, that in the event there is a conflict between any provision set forth in this Section 8 and any provision in any other Transaction Document, the provision in such other Transaction Document shall govern.
8.1. Arbitration of Claims. The parties shall submit all Claims (as defined in Exhibit I) arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other agreement between the parties and their affiliates or any Claim relating to the relationship of the parties to binding arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto (the “Arbitration Provisions”). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the injunction described in Section 8.3 below may be pursued in an arbitration that is separate and apart from any other arbitration regarding all other Claims arising under the Transaction Documents. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Arbitration Provisions are unconditionally binding on the parties hereto and are severable from all other provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Company represents, warrants and covenants that Company has reviewed the Arbitration Provisions carefully, consulted with legal counsel about such provisions (or waived its right to do so), understands that the Arbitration Provisions are intended to allow for the expeditious and efficient resolution of any dispute hereunder, agrees to the terms and limitations set forth in the Arbitration Provisions, and that Company will not take a position contrary to the foregoing representations. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may rely upon the foregoing representations and covenants of Company regarding the Arbitration Provisions.
8.2. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. Each party consents to and expressly agrees that the exclusive venue for arbitration of any dispute arising out of or relating to any Transaction Document or the relationship of the parties or their affiliates shall be in Salt Lake County, Utah. Without modifying the parties’ obligations to resolve disputes hereunder pursuant to the Arbitration Provisions, for any litigation arising in connection with any of the Transaction Documents (and notwithstanding the terms (specifically including any governing law and venue terms) of any transfer agent services agreement or other agreement between the Transfer Agent and Company, such litigation specifically includes, without limitation any action between or involving Company and the Transfer Agent or otherwise related to Investor in any way (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason)), each party hereto hereby (i) consents to and expressly submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, (ii) expressly submits to the exclusive venue of any such court for the purposes hereof, (iii) agrees to not bring any such action (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason) outside of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, and (iv) waives any claim of improper venue and any claim or objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or any other claim, defense or objection to the bringing of any such proceeding in such jurisdiction or to any claim that such venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper. Finally, Company covenants and agrees to name Investor as a party in interest in, and provide written notice to Investor in accordance with Section 8.10 below prior to bringing or filing, any action (including without limitation any filing or action against any person or entity that is not a party to this Agreement, including without limitation the Transfer Agent) that is related in any way to the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein, including without limitation any action brought by Company to enjoin or prevent the issuance of any Common Shares to Investor by the Transfer Agent, and further agrees to timely name Investor as a party to any such action. Company acknowledges that the governing law and venue provisions set forth in this Section 8.2 are material terms to induce Investor to enter into the Transaction Documents and that but for Company’s agreements set forth in this Section 8.2 Investor would not have entered into the Transaction Documents.
6
8.3. Specific Performance. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may suffer irreparable harm in the event that Company fails to perform any material provision of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in accordance with its specific terms. It is accordingly agreed that Investor shall be entitled to seek one or more injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Investor may be entitled under the Transaction Documents, at law or in equity. Company specifically agrees that: (i) following an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) under the Note, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or an arbitrator prohibiting Company from issuing any of its Common Shares or preferred stock to any party unless fifty percent (50%) of the gross proceeds received by Company in connection with such issuance are simultaneously used by Company to make a payment under the Note; (ii) following a breach of Section 4(vi) above, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator invalidating such lock-up; and (iii) if Company enters into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction (as defined in the Note), unless such agreement contains a closing condition that the Note is repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction or Investor has provided its written consent in writing to such Fundamental Transaction, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator preventing the consummation of such transaction. Company specifically acknowledges that Investor’s right to obtain specific performance constitutes bargained for leverage and that the loss of such leverage would result in irreparable harm to Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Investor seeks to obtain an injunction from a court or an arbitrator against Company or specific performance of any provision of any Transaction Document, such action shall not be a waiver of any right of Investor under any Transaction Document, at law, or in equity, including without limitation its rights to arbitrate any Claim pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents, nor shall Investor’s pursuit of an injunction prevent Investor, under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issues preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines, from pursuing other Claims in the future in a separate arbitration.
8.4. Calculation Disputes. Notwithstanding the Arbitration Provisions, in the case of a dispute as to any determination or arithmetic calculation under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, calculating the outstanding balance, Conversion Price, Conversion Shares, or VWAP (as defined in the Note) (each, a “Calculation”), Company or Investor (as the case may be) shall submit any disputed Calculation via email or facsimile with confirmation of receipt (i) within two (2) Trading Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to Company or Investor (as the case may be) or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after Investor learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If Investor and Company are unable to agree upon such Calculation within two (2) Trading Days of such disputed Calculation being submitted to Company or Investor (as the case may be), then Investor will promptly submit via email or facsimile the disputed Calculation to Unkar Systems Inc. (“Unkar Systems”). Investor shall cause Unkar Systems to perform the Calculation and notify Company and Investor of the results no later than ten (10) Trading Days from the time it receives such disputed Calculation. Unkar Systems’ determination of the disputed Calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. Unkar Systems’ fee for performing such Calculation shall be paid by the incorrect party, or if both parties are incorrect, by the party whose Calculation is furthest from the correct Calculation as determined by Unkar Systems. In the event Company is the losing party, no extension of the Delivery Date (as defined in the Note) shall be granted and Company shall incur all effects for failing to deliver the applicable shares in a timely manner as set forth in the Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor may, in its sole discretion, designate an independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm other than Unkar Systems to resolve any such dispute and in such event, all references to “Unkar Systems” herein will be replaced with references to such independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm so designated by Investor.
7
8.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
8.6. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.
8.7. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform to such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
8.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither Company nor Investor makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. For the avoidance of doubt, all prior term sheets or other documents between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, related to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (collectively, “Prior Agreements”), that may have been entered into between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, are hereby null and void and deemed to be replaced in their entirety by the Transaction Documents. To the extent there is a conflict between any term set forth in any Prior Agreement and the term(s) of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Documents shall govern.
8.9. Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
8.10. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing (unless otherwise specified herein) and shall be deemed effectively given on the earliest of: (i) the date delivered, if delivered by personal delivery as against written receipt therefor or by email to an executive officer named below or such officer’s successor, or by facsimile (with successful transmission confirmation which is kept by sending party), (ii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after deposit, postage prepaid, in the United States Postal Service by certified mail or with an international courier, or (iii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after mailing by express courier, with delivery costs and fees prepaid, in each case, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as such party may designate by five (5) calendar days’ advance written notice similarly given to each of the other parties hereto):
If to Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Attn: Jan Goetgeluk
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
If to Investor:
Streeterville Capital, LLC
Attn: John M. Fife
297 Auto Mall Drive, Suite #4
St. George, Utah 84770
With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):
Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC
Attn: Jonathan K. Hansen
3051 West Maple Loop Drive, Suite 325
Lehi, Utah 84048
8
8.11. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement or any of the severable rights and obligations inuring to the benefit of or to be performed by Investor hereunder may be assigned by Investor to a third party, including its affiliates, in whole or in part, without the need to obtain Company’s consent thereto. Company may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or delegate its duties hereunder, whether directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Investor, and any such attempted assignment or delegation shall be null and void.
8.12. Survival. The representations and warranties of Company and the agreements and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing hereunder notwithstanding any due diligence investigation conducted by or on behalf of Investor. Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Investor and all its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents for loss or damage arising as a result of or related to any breach or alleged breach by Company of any of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement or any of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are incurred.
8.13. Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
8.14. Investor’s Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All rights, remedies, and powers conferred in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies, and shall be in addition to every other right, power, and remedy that Investor may have, whether specifically granted in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or existing at law, in equity, or by statute, and any and all such rights and remedies may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as Investor may deem expedient.
8.15. Attorneys’ Fees and Cost of Collection. In the event any suit, action or arbitration is filed by either party against the other to interpret or enforce any of the Transaction Documents, the unsuccessful party to such action agrees to pay to the prevailing party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred therein, including the same with respect to an appeal. The “prevailing party” shall be the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, regardless of whether judgment is entered on all claims asserted by such party and regardless of the amount of the judgment; or where, due to the assertion of counterclaims, judgments are entered in favor of and against both parties, then the arbitrator shall determine the “prevailing party” by taking into account the relative dollar amounts of the judgments or, if the judgments involve nonmonetary relief, the relative importance and value of such relief. Nothing herein shall restrict or impair an arbitrator’s or a court’s power to award fees and expenses for frivolous or bad faith pleading. If (i) the Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement prior to commencing arbitration or legal proceedings, or is collected or enforced through any arbitration or legal proceeding, or Investor otherwise takes any action to collect amounts due under the Note or to enforce the provisions of the Note or any other Transaction Document, or (ii) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of Company or other proceedings affecting Company’s creditors’ rights and involving a claim under the Note; then Company shall pay the costs incurred by Investor for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, deposition costs, and disbursements.
9
8.16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
8.17. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO DEMAND THAT ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PARTIES HERETO BE TRIED BY JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO DEMAND A TRIAL BY JURY ARISING UNDER COMMON LAW OR ANY APPLICABLE STATUTE, LAW, RULE OR REGULATION. FURTHER, EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PARTY IS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVING SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO DEMAND TRIAL BY JURY.
8.18. Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.
8.19. Voluntary Agreement. Company has carefully read this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and has asked any questions needed for Company to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and fully understand them. Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Company’s choosing, or has waived the right to do so, and is executing this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by Investor or anyone else.
8.20. Document Imaging. Investor shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to image or make copies of all or any selection of the agreements, instruments, documents, and items and records governing, arising from or relating to any of Company’s loans, including, without limitation, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and Investor may destroy or archive the paper originals. The parties hereto (i) waive any right to insist or require that Investor produce paper originals, (ii) agree that such images shall be accorded the same force and effect as the paper originals, (iii) agree that Investor is entitled to use such images in lieu of destroyed or archived originals for any purpose, including as admissible evidence in any demand, presentment or other proceedings, and (iv) further agree that any executed facsimile (faxed), scanned, emailed, or other imaged copy of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be deemed to be of the same force and effect as the original manually executed document.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Investor and Company have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
| INVESTOR: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
| COMPANY: | ||
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]
11
ATTACHED EXHIBITS:
| Exhibit A | Note | |
| Exhibit B | Warrant | |
| Exhibit C | Guaranty | |
| Exhibit D | Security Agreement | |
| Exhibit E | IP Security Agreement | |
| Exhibit F | TA Letter | |
| Exhibit G | Officer’s Certificate | |
| Exhibit H | Share Issuance Resolution | |
| Exhibit I | Arbitration Provisions |
12
Exhibit I
ARBITRATION PROVISIONS
1. Dispute Resolution. For purposes of these arbitration provisions (the “Arbitration Provisions”), the term “Claims” means any disputes, claims, demands, causes of action, requests for injunctive relief, requests for specific performance, liabilities, damages, losses, or controversies whatsoever arising from, related to, or connected with the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and any communications between the parties related thereto, including without limitation any claims of mutual mistake, mistake, fraud, misrepresentation, failure of formation, failure of consideration, promissory estoppel, unconscionability, failure of condition precedent, rescission, and any statutory claims, tort claims, contract claims, or claims to void, invalidate or terminate the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions (defined below)) or any of the other Transaction Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, Investor’s pursuit of an injunction or other Claim pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions or with a court will not later prevent Investor under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issue preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines from pursuing other Claims in a separate arbitration in the future. The parties to the Agreement (the “parties”) hereby agree that the Claims may be arbitrated in one or more arbitrations pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions (one for an injunction or injunctions and a separate one for all other Claims). The term “Claims” specifically excludes a dispute over Calculations, enforcement of Investor’s rights and remedies against the personal property described in the Security Agreement and the IP Security Agreement under the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and other relevant laws. The parties to the Agreement hereby agree that these Arbitration Provisions are binding on each of them. As a result, any attempt to rescind the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document or declare the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document invalid or unenforceable pursuant to Section 29 of the 1934 Act or for any other reason is subject to these Arbitration Provisions. Any capitalized term not defined in these Arbitration Provisions shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.
2. Arbitration. Except as otherwise provided herein, all Claims must be submitted to arbitration (“Arbitration”) to be conducted exclusively in Salt Lake County, Utah and pursuant to the terms set forth in these Arbitration Provisions. Subject to the arbitration appeal right provided for in Paragraph 5 below (the “Appeal Right”), the parties agree that the award of the arbitrator rendered pursuant to Paragraph 4 below (the “Arbitration Award”) shall be (a) final and binding upon the parties, (b) the sole and exclusive remedy between them regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded to the arbitrator, and (c) promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Subject to the Appeal Right, any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Arbitration Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Arbitration Award shall include default interest (as defined or otherwise provided for in the Note, “Default Interest”) (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Note for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Arbitration Award will be entered and enforced by any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
3. The Arbitration Act. The parties hereby incorporate herein the provisions and procedures set forth in the Utah Uniform Arbitration Act, U.C.A. § 78B-11-101 et seq. (as amended or superseded from time to time, the “Arbitration Act”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to, and to the maximum extent permitted by, Section 105 of the Arbitration Act, in the event of conflict or variation between the terms of these Arbitration Provisions and the provisions of the Arbitration Act, the terms of these Arbitration Provisions shall control and the parties hereby waive or otherwise agree to vary the effect of all requirements of the Arbitration Act that may conflict with or vary from these Arbitration Provisions.
4. Arbitration Proceedings. Arbitration between the parties will be subject to the following:
4.1 Initiation of Arbitration. Pursuant to Section 110 of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that a party may initiate Arbitration by giving written notice to the other party (“Arbitration Notice”) in the same manner that notice is permitted under Section 8.10 of the Agreement (the “Notice Provision”); provided, however, that the Arbitration Notice may not be given by email or fax. Arbitration will be deemed initiated as of the date that the Arbitration Notice is deemed delivered to such other party under the Notice Provision (the “Service Date”). After the Service Date, information may be delivered, and notices may be given, by email or fax pursuant to the Notice Provision or any other method permitted thereunder. The Arbitration Notice must describe the nature of the controversy, the remedies sought, and the election to commence Arbitration proceedings. All Claims in the Arbitration Notice must be pleaded consistent with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
13
4.2 Selection and Payment of Arbitrator.
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date, Investor shall select and submit to Company the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such three (3) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services. Within five (5) calendar days after Investor has submitted to Company the names of the Proposed Arbitrators, Company must select, by written notice to Investor, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Company fails to select one of the Proposed Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then Investor may select the arbitrator from the Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Company.
(b) If Investor fails to submit to Company the Proposed Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then Company may at any time prior to Investor so designating the Proposed Arbitrators, identify the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service by written notice to Investor. Investor may then, within five (5) calendar days after Company has submitted notice of its Proposed Arbitrators to Investor, select, by written notice to Company, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Investor fails to select in writing and within such 5-day period one (1) of the three (3) Proposed Arbitrators selected by Company, then Company may select the arbitrator from its three (3) previously selected Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Investor.
(c) If a Proposed Arbitrator chosen to serve as arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the party that selected such Proposed Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other three (3) Proposed Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date the chosen Proposed Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as arbitrator. If all three (3) Proposed Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2.
(d) The date that the Proposed Arbitrator selected pursuant to this Paragraph 4.2 agrees in writing (including via email) delivered to both parties to serve as the arbitrator hereunder is referred to herein as the “Arbitration Commencement Date”. If an arbitrator resigns or is unable to act during the Arbitration, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 to continue the Arbitration. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals and there is no successor thereto, then the arbitrator shall be selected under then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, the cost of the arbitrator must be paid equally by both parties. Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, if one party refuses or fails to pay its portion of the arbitrator fee, then the other party can advance such unpaid amount (subject to the accrual of Default Interest thereupon), with such amount being added to or subtracted from, as applicable, the Arbitration Award.
4.3 Applicability of Certain Utah Rules. The parties agree that the Arbitration shall be conducted generally in accordance with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure and the Utah Rules of Evidence. More specifically, the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure shall apply, without limitation, to the filing of any pleadings, motions or memoranda, the conducting of discovery, and the taking of any depositions. The Utah Rules of Evidence shall apply to any hearings, whether telephonic or in person, held by the arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the parties’ intent that the incorporation of such rules will in no event supersede these Arbitration Provisions. In the event of any conflict between the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure or the Utah Rules of Evidence and these Arbitration Provisions, these Arbitration Provisions shall control.
4.4 Answer and Default. An answer and any counterclaims to the Arbitration Notice shall be required to be delivered to the party initiating the Arbitration within twenty (20) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. If an answer is not delivered by the required deadline, the arbitrator must provide written notice to the defaulting party stating that the arbitrator will enter a default award against such party if such party does not file an answer within five (5) calendar days of receipt of such notice. If an answer is not filed within the five (5) day extension period, the arbitrator must render a default award, consistent with the relief requested in the Arbitration Notice, against a party that fails to submit an answer within such time period.
14
4.5 Related Litigation. The party that delivers the Arbitration Notice to the other party shall have the option to also commence concurrent legal proceedings with any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah (“Litigation Proceedings”), subject to the following: (a) the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings is to be substantially similar to the claims set forth in the Arbitration Notice, provided that an additional cause of action to compel arbitration will also be included therein, (b) so long as the other party files an answer to the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings and an answer to the Arbitration Notice, the Litigation Proceedings will be stayed pending an Arbitration Award (or Appeal Panel Award (defined below), as applicable) hereunder, (c) if the other party fails to file an answer in the Litigation Proceedings or an answer in the Arbitration proceedings, then the party initiating Arbitration shall be entitled to a default judgment consistent with the relief requested, to be entered in the Litigation Proceedings, and (d) any legal or procedural issue arising under the Arbitration Act that requires a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction may be determined in the Litigation Proceedings. Any award of the arbitrator (or of the Appeal Panel (defined below)) may be entered in such Litigation Proceedings pursuant to the Arbitration Act. In the event either party successfully petitions a court to compel arbitration, the losing party in such action shall be required to pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action.
4.6 Discovery. Pursuant to Section 118(8) of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that discovery shall be conducted as follows:
(a) Written discovery will only be allowed if the likely benefits of the proposed written discovery outweigh the burden or expense thereof, and the written discovery sought is likely to reveal information that will satisfy a specific element of a claim or defense already pleaded in the Arbitration. The party seeking written discovery shall always have the burden of showing that all of the standards and limitations set forth in these Arbitration Provisions are satisfied. The scope of discovery in the Arbitration proceedings shall also be limited as follows:
(i) To facts directly connected with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
(ii) To facts and information that cannot be obtained from another source or in another manner that is more convenient, less burdensome or less expensive than in the manner requested.
(b) No party shall be allowed (i) more than fifteen (15) interrogatories (including discrete subparts), (ii) more than fifteen (15) requests for admission (including discrete subparts), (iii) more than ten (10) document requests (including discrete subparts), or (iv) more than three (3) depositions (excluding expert depositions) for a maximum of seven (7) hours per deposition. The costs associated with depositions will be borne by the party taking the deposition. The party defending the deposition will submit a notice to the party taking the deposition of the estimated attorneys’ fees that such party expects to incur in connection with defending the deposition. If the party defending the deposition fails to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of a deposition notice, then such party shall be deemed to have waived its right to the estimated attorneys’ fees. The party taking the deposition must pay the party defending the deposition the estimated attorneys’ fees prior to taking the deposition, unless such obligation is deemed to be waived as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. If the party taking the deposition believes that the estimated attorneys’ fees are unreasonable, such party may submit the issue to the arbitrator for a decision. All depositions will be taken in Utah.
(c) All discovery requests (including document production requests included in deposition notices) must be submitted in writing to the arbitrator and the other party. The party submitting the written discovery requests must include with such discovery requests a detailed explanation of how the proposed discovery requests satisfy the requirements of these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The receiving party will then be allowed, within five (5) calendar days of receiving the proposed discovery requests, to submit to the arbitrator an estimate of the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to such written discovery requests and a written challenge to each applicable discovery request. After receipt of an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or challenge(s) to one or more discovery requests, consistent with subparagraph (c) above, the arbitrator will within three (3) calendar days make a finding as to the likely attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests and issue an order that (i) requires the requesting party to prepay the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests, and (ii) requires the responding party to respond to the discovery requests as limited by the arbitrator within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. If a party entitled to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or a challenge to discovery requests fails to do so within such 5-day period, the arbitrator will make a finding that (A) there are no attorneys’ fees or costs associated with responding to such discovery requests, and (B) the responding party must respond to such discovery requests (as may be limited by the arbitrator) within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. Any party submitting any written discovery requests, including without limitation interrogatories, requests for production subpoenas to a party or a third party, or requests for admissions, must prepay the estimated attorneys’ fees and costs, before the responding party has any obligation to produce or respond to the same, unless such obligation is deemed waived as set forth above.
15
(d) In order to allow a written discovery request, the arbitrator must find that the discovery request satisfies the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator must strictly enforce these standards. If a discovery request does not satisfy any of the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions or the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator may modify such discovery request to satisfy the applicable standards, or strike such discovery request in whole or in part.
(e) Each party may submit expert reports (and rebuttals thereto), provided that such reports must be submitted within sixty (60) days of the Arbitration Commencement Date. Each party will be allowed a maximum of two (2) experts. Expert reports must contain the following: (i) a complete statement of all opinions the expert will offer at trial and the basis and reasons for them; (ii) the expert’s name and qualifications, including a list of all the expert’s publications within the preceding ten (10) years, and a list of any other cases in which the expert has testified at trial or in a deposition or prepared a report within the preceding ten (10) years; and (iii) the compensation to be paid for the expert’s report and testimony. The parties are entitled to depose any other party’s expert witness one (1) time for no more than four (4) hours. An expert may not testify in a party’s case-in-chief concerning any matter not fairly disclosed in the expert report.
4.7 Dispositive Motions. Each party shall have the right to submit dispositive motions pursuant Rule 12 or Rule 56 of the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure (a “Dispositive Motion”). The party submitting the Dispositive Motion may, but is not required to, deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in support (the “Memorandum in Support”) of the Dispositive Motion. Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Support, the other party shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in opposition to the Memorandum in Support (the “Memorandum in Opposition”). Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the party that submitted the Memorandum in Support shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a reply memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition (“Reply Memorandum”). If the applicable party shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the other party fails to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the applicable party shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Dispositive Motion shall proceed regardless.
4.8 Confidentiality. All information disclosed by either party (or such party’s agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation information disclosed during the discovery process or any Appeal (defined below)) shall be considered confidential in nature. Each party agrees not to disclose any confidential information received from the other party (or its agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation during the discovery process or any Appeal) unless (a) prior to or after the time of disclosure such information becomes public knowledge or part of the public domain, not as a result of any inaction or action of the receiving party or its agents, (b) such information is required by a court order, subpoena or similar legal duress to be disclosed if such receiving party has notified the other party thereof in writing and given it a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order from a court of competent jurisdiction prior to disclosure, or (c) such information is disclosed to the receiving party’s agents, representatives and legal counsel on a need to know basis who each agree in writing not to disclose such information to any third party. Pursuant to Section 118(5) of the Arbitration Act, the arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to issue a protective order to prevent the disclosure of privileged information and confidential information upon the written request of either party.
4.9 Authorization; Timing; Scheduling Order. Subject to all other sections of these Arbitration Provisions, the parties hereby authorize and direct the arbitrator to take such actions and make such rulings as may be necessary to carry out the parties’ intent for the Arbitration proceedings to be efficient and expeditious. Pursuant to Section 120 of the Arbitration Act, the parties hereby agree that an Arbitration Award must be made within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. The arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to hold a scheduling conference within ten (10) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date in order to establish a scheduling order with various binding deadlines for discovery, expert testimony, and the submission of documents by the parties to enable the arbitrator to render a decision prior to the end of such 120-day period.
16
4.10 Relief. The arbitrator shall have the right to award or include in the Arbitration Award (or in a preliminary ruling) any relief which the arbitrator deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the arbitrator may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
4.11 Fees and Costs. As part of the Arbitration Award, the arbitrator is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party for all reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration.
4.12 Motion to Vacate. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, if either party desires to file a Motion to Vacate the Arbitration Award with a court in Salt Lake County, Utah, it must do so within the earlier of: (a) thirty (30) days of entry of the Arbitration Award; and (b) in response to the prevailing party’s Motion to Confirm the Arbitration Award.
5. Arbitration Appeal.
5.1 Initiation of Appeal. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, either party (the “Appellant”) shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar days in which to notify the other party (the “Appellee”), in writing, that the Appellant elects to appeal (the “Appeal”) the Arbitration Award (such notice, an “Appeal Notice”) to a panel of arbitrators as provided in Paragraph 5.2 below. The date the Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee is referred to herein as the “Appeal Date”. The Appeal Notice must be delivered to the Appellee in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.1 above with respect to delivery of an Arbitration Notice. In addition, together with delivery of the Appeal Notice to the Appellee, the Appellant must also pay for (and provide proof of such payment to the Appellee together with delivery of the Appeal Notice) a bond in the amount of 110% of the sum the Appellant owes to the Appellee as a result of the Arbitration Award the Appellant is appealing. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5.1, the Appeal will occur as a matter of right and, except as specifically set forth herein, will not be further conditioned. In the event a party does not deliver an Appeal Notice (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond) to the other party within the deadline prescribed in this Paragraph 5.1, such party shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award. The Arbitration Award will be considered final until the Appeal Notice has been properly delivered and the applicable appeal bond has been posted (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond). The parties acknowledge and agree that any Appeal shall be deemed part of the parties’ agreement to arbitrate for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act.
5.2 Selection and Payment of Appeal Panel. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of Paragraph 5.1 above, the Appeal will be heard by a three (3) person arbitration panel (the “Appeal Panel”).
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date, the Appellee shall select and submit to the Appellant the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such five (5) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Appeal Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Appeal Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services, and shall not be the arbitrator who rendered the Arbitration Award being appealed (the “Original Arbitrator”). Within five (5) calendar days after the Appellee has submitted to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, the Appellant must select, by written notice to the Appellee, three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators to act as the members of the Appeal Panel. If the Appellant fails to select three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then the Appellee may select such three (3) arbitrators from the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellant.
17
(b) If the Appellee fails to submit to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then the Appellant may at any time prior to the Appellee so designating the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, identify the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service (none of whom may be the Original Arbitrator) by written notice to the Appellee. The Appellee may then, within five (5) calendar days after the Appellant has submitted notice of its selected arbitrators to the Appellee, select, by written notice to the Appellant, three (3) of such selected arbitrators to serve on the Appeal Panel. If the Appellee fails to select in writing within such 5-day period three (3) of the arbitrators selected by the Appellant to serve as the members of the Appeal Panel, then the Appellant may select the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel from the Appellant’s list of five (5) arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellee.
(c) If a selected Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve, then the party that selected such Proposed Appeal Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date a chosen Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as an arbitrator. If at least three (3) of the five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve, then the Proposed Appeal Arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2; provided, however, that any Proposed Appeal Arbitrators who have already agreed to serve shall remain on the Appeal Panel.
(d) The date that all three (3) Proposed Appeal Arbitrators selected pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2 agree in writing (including via email) delivered to both the Appellant and the Appellee to serve as members of the Appeal Panel hereunder is referred to herein as the “Appeal Commencement Date”. No later than five (5) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellee shall designate in writing (including via email) to the Appellant and the Appeal Panel the name of one (1) of the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel to serve as the lead arbitrator in the Appeal proceedings. Each member of the Appeal Panel shall be deemed an arbitrator for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act, provided that, in conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel may only act or make determinations upon the approval or vote of no less than the majority vote of its members, as announced or communicated by the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. If an arbitrator on the Appeal Panel ceases or is unable to act during the Appeal proceedings, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with Paragraph 5.2 above to continue the Appeal as a member of the Appeal Panel. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals, then the arbitrators for the Appeal Panel shall be selected under then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 5.7 below, the cost of the Appeal Panel must be paid entirely by the Appellant.
5.3 Appeal Procedure. The Appeal will be deemed an appeal of the entire Arbitration Award. In conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall conduct a de novo review of all Claims described or otherwise set forth in the Arbitration Notice. Subject to the foregoing and all other provisions of this Paragraph 5, the Appeal Panel shall conduct the Appeal in a manner the Appeal Panel considers appropriate for a fair and expeditious disposition of the Appeal, may hold one or more hearings and permit oral argument, and may review all previous evidence and discovery, together with all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (as well as any documents filed with the Appeal Panel pursuant to Paragraph 5.4(a) below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall not permit the parties to conduct any additional discovery or raise any new Claims to be arbitrated, shall not permit new witnesses or affidavits, and shall not base any of its findings or determinations on the Original Arbitrator’s findings or the Arbitration Award.
5.4 Timing.
(a) Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellant (i) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Appeal Panel copies of the Appeal Notice, all discovery conducted in connection with the Arbitration, and all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (which material Appellee shall have the right to review and supplement if necessary), and (ii) may, but is not required to, deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Memorandum in Support of the Appellant’s arguments concerning or position with respect to all Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellant’s delivery of the Memorandum in Support, as applicable, the Appellee shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellant a Memorandum in Opposition to the Memorandum in Support. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellee’s delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the Appellant shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Reply Memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition. If the Appellant shall fail to substantially comply with the requirements of clause (i) of this subparagraph (a), the Appellant shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award, and the Arbitration Award shall be final. If the Appellee shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the Appellant shall fail to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the Appellee or the Appellant, as the case may be, shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Appeal shall proceed regardless.
18
(b) Subject to subparagraph (a) above, the parties hereby agree that the Appeal must be heard by the Appeal Panel within thirty (30) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, and that the Appeal Panel must render its decision within thirty (30) calendar days after the Appeal is heard (and in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date).
5.5 Appeal Panel Award. The Appeal Panel shall issue its decision (the “Appeal Panel Award”) through the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the Appeal Panel Award shall (a) supersede in its entirety and make of no further force or effect the Arbitration Award (provided that any protective orders issued by the Original Arbitrator shall remain in full force and effect), (b) be final and binding upon the parties, with no further rights of appeal, (c) be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration, and (d) be promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Appeal Panel Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Appeal Panel Award shall include Default Interest (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Note for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Appeal Panel Award will be entered and enforced by a state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
5.6 Relief. The Appeal Panel shall have the right to award or include in the Appeal Panel Award any relief which the Appeal Panel deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the Appeal Panel may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
5.7 Fees and Costs. As part of the Appeal Panel Award, the Appeal Panel is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration and the Appeal Panel, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party (the party being awarded the most amount of money by the Appeal Panel, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any part) the reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator and Appeal Panel costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration (including without limitation in connection with the Appeal).
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Severability. If any part of these Arbitration Provisions is found to violate or be illegal under applicable law, then such provision shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision enforceable under applicable law, and the remainder of the Arbitration Provisions shall remain unaffected and in full force and effect.
6.2 Governing Law. These Arbitration Provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without regard to the conflict of laws principles therein.
6.3 Interpretation. The headings of these Arbitration Provisions are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, these Arbitration Provisions.
6.4 Waiver. No waiver of any provision of these Arbitration Provisions shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver.
6.5 Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of these Arbitration Provisions.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
19
Exhibit 10.8
Securities Purchase Agreement
This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of August 25, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), is entered into by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, its successors and/or assigns (“Investor”). Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in Section 12.
A. Company and Investor are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon an exemption from securities registration afforded by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
B. Investor desires to purchase and Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement: (i) one or more Pre-Paid Purchases, in form substantially similar to that attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Pre-Paid Purchase”), in the aggregate purchase amount of up to $50,000,000.00 (the “Commitment Amount”), for the purchase of shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001 per share, of Company (the “Common Shares”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Pre-Paid Purchase; and (ii) a Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Warrant”).
C. This Agreement, the Pre-Paid Purchases, the Warrant and all other certificates, documents, agreements, resolutions and instruments delivered to any party under or in connection with this Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”.
D. For purposes of this Agreement: “Purchase Shares” means all Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Pre-Paid Purchases; “Warrant Shares” means all Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Warrant; and “Securities” means the Pre-Paid Purchases, the Purchase Shares, the Warrant and the Warrant Shares.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.
1.1. Closing. Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 8 and Section 9 below, the date of the issuance and sale of Pre-Paid Purchase #1 in the original principal amount of $8,640,000.00 (the “Initial Pre-Paid Purchase”) and the Warrant pursuant to this Agreement shall be the date that Company’s Common Shares are listed for trading on the Principal Market (the “Initial Listing Date”), or another mutually agreed upon date (the “Closing Date”). On the Closing Date, Investor shall pay to Company via wire transfer of immediately available funds the Closing Purchase Price (as defined below) against delivery of the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase and the Warrant.
1.2. Purchase Price. The Initial Pre-Paid Purchase carries an original issue discount of $640,000.00 (“OID”). The OID for the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase will be included in the initial principal balance of the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase. The “Purchase Price”, therefore, shall be $8,000,000.00, computed as follows: $8,640,000.00 initial principal balance, less the OID.
1.3. Collateral for Pre-Paid Purchases. The Pre-Paid Purchases shall be unsecured.
1.4. Request for Additional Pre-Paid Purchases. The parties hereby agree that Company may, at its sole and absolute discretion, at any time and from time to time during the Commitment Period, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto, request a Pre-Paid Purchase in an amount no more than the Maximum Purchase Amount and no less than the Minimum Purchase Amount from Investor by providing a written notice of such request to Investor (each, a “Request”). The closing of each Pre-Paid Purchase shall take place on or before the third (3rd) Trading Day following the date of such Request (the date of the closing of each Pre-Paid Purchase shall be referred to as the “Pre-Paid Purchase Date”). Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Annex I attached hereto as of such Pre-Paid Purchase Date, Investor shall pay to Company the amount set forth in such Request (which amount shall serve as the purchase price of such Pre-Paid Purchase) in immediately available funds to an account designated by Company in writing on each Pre-Paid Purchase Date immediately following delivery of the applicable fully executed Pre-Paid Purchase in a form substantially similar to the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase except as noted in this Section 1.4. Each Pre-Paid Purchase will be considered a separate instrument with a separate outstanding balance and holding period. The OID for each subsequent Pre-Paid Purchase after the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase will be eight percent (8%) of the amount set forth in the applicable Request and each subsequent Pre-Paid Purchase will accrue interest at the rate of six percent (6%) per annum. Except as provided in Section 5.8 hereto, the floor price of each subsequent Pre-Paid Purchase will be the lower of twenty percent (20%) of the Nasdaq Minimum Price on the Pre-Paid Purchase Date and $2.00. A Trigger Event (as defined in the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase) under any Pre-Paid Purchase will be deemed a Trigger Event under all other outstanding and future-issued Pre-Paid Purchases.
2. Investor’s Representations and Warranties. Investor represents and warrants to Company that as of the Closing Date: (i) the Investor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Utah; (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized; (iii) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iv) the Investor understands that the Securities have not been and, except as contemplated herein, will not be, registered under the 1933 Act and that the Securities are being offered and issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the 1933 Act based in part upon the Investor’s representations contained in this Agreement; (v) the Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of development as Company so that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests; (vi) the Investor is acquiring the Securities for its own account for investment only, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view towards their resale or distribution; (vii) the Investor represents that by reason of its, or of its management’s, business or financial experience, the Investor has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; (viii) the Investor (a) has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to participate in this transaction; (b) has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of Company and has had the opportunity to review Company’s operations and facilities; and (c) has also had the opportunity to ask questions of, receive answers from and obtain additional information from (to the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment; and (ix) Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the 1933 Act.
2
3. Company’s Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Investor that as of the Effective Date: (i) Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted; (ii) Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where, to Company’s knowledge, the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary; (iii) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will have registered its Common Shares under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and will be obligated to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act; (iv) each of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by Company and all necessary actions have been taken; (v) this Agreement and all the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Company and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; (vi) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by Company, the issuance of the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and the consummation by Company of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not, to Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach by Company of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (a) Company’s formation documents or bylaws, each as currently in effect, (b) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material agreement or instrument to which Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound, including, without limitation, any listing agreement for the Common Shares, except for Company’s existing secured debt as disclosed to Investor, or (c) any existing applicable law, rule, or regulation or any applicable decree, judgment, or order of any court, United States federal, state or foreign regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental body having jurisdiction over Company or any of Company’s properties or assets, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (vii) except as have been obtained prior to the Closing, to Company’s knowledge, no further authorization, approval or consent of any court, governmental body, regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization, or stock exchange or market or the stockholders or any investor or lender of Company is required to be obtained by Company for the issuance of the Securities to Investor or the entering into of the Transaction Documents; (viii) there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board or body pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened against or affecting Company before or by any governmental authority or non-governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any other person, wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would have a material adverse effect on Company or which would adversely affect the validity or enforceability of, or the authority or ability of Company to perform its obligations under, any of the Transaction Documents; (ix) Company is not, nor has it been at any time in the previous twelve (12) months, a “Shell Company,” as such type of “issuer” is described in Rule 144(i)(1) under the 1933 Act; (x) with respect to any commissions, placement agent or finder’s fees or similar payments that will or would become due and owing by Company to any person or entity as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Broker Fees”), any such Broker Fees will be made in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and only to a person or entity that is a registered investment adviser or registered broker-dealer; (xi) Investor shall have no obligation with respect to any Broker Fees or with respect to any claims made by or on behalf of other persons for fees of a type contemplated in this subsection that may be due in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of Investor, Investor’s employees, officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, agents, and partners, and their respective affiliates, from and against all claims, losses, damages, costs (including the costs of preparation and attorneys’ fees) and expenses suffered in respect of any such claimed Broker Fees; (xii) neither Investor nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives has made any representations or warranties to Company or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents and, in making its decision to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, Company is not relying on any representation, warranty, covenant or promise of Investor or its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives other than as set forth in the Transaction Documents; (xiii) Company acknowledges that the State of Utah has a reasonable relationship and sufficient contacts to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and any dispute that may arise related thereto such that the laws and venue of the State of Utah, as set forth more specifically in Section 13.2 below, shall be applicable to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated therein; (xiv) Company acknowledges that Investor is not registered as a “dealer” under the 1934 Act; (xv) Company has performed due diligence and background research on Investor and its affiliates and has received and reviewed the due diligence packet provided by Investor; and (xvi) Company agrees that each Pre-Paid Purchase issued hereunder will be deemed to be a security under the 1933 Act for all purposes and agrees not to take a contrary position in any document, statement, setting, or situation. Company, being aware of the matters and legal issues described in subsections (xiv) and (xv) above, acknowledges and agrees that such matters, or any similar matters, have no bearing on the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and covenants and agrees it will not use any such information or legal theory as a defense to performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or in any attempt to avoid, modify, reduce, rescind or void such obligations.
3
4. Company Covenants. Until all of Company’s obligations under all of the Transaction Documents are paid and performed in full, or within the timeframes otherwise specifically set forth below, Company will at all times comply with the following covenants: (i) after the Initial Listing Date, so long as Investor beneficially owns any of the Securities and for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (as defined in the Note) thereafter, Company will timely file on the applicable deadline all reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, and will take all reasonable action under its control to ensure that adequate current public information with respect to Company, as required in accordance with Rule 144 of the 1933 Act, is publicly available, and will not terminate its status as an issuer required to file reports under the 1934 Act even if the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination; (ii) when issued, the Warrant Shares and the Purchase Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances; (iii) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will maintain the listing or quotation for trading of the Common Shares on the Principal Market; (iv) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will prevent trading in the Common Shares from being suspended, halted, chilled, frozen, reach zero bid or otherwise cease trading on the Principal Market; (v) Company will not make any Restricted Issuance (as defined below) without Investor’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Investor’s sole and absolute discretion; (vi) Company will not enter into any agreement or otherwise agree to any covenant, condition, or obligation that locks up, restricts in any way or otherwise prohibits Company: (a) from entering into a variable rate transaction with Investor or any affiliate of Investor, or (b) from issuing Common Shares, preferred stock, warrants, convertible notes, other debt securities, or any other Company securities to Investor or any affiliate of Investor; and (vii) the next time Company files an amendment to its Form S-1 Registration Statement (the “Direct Listing Registration Statement”) with the SEC, it will include on such amendment to include up to 2,000,000 Common Shares for Investor’s resale of the Warrant Shares, and in no event less than the maximum number of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Warrant. For purposes hereof, the term “Restricted Issuance” means the issuance, incurrence or guaranty of any debt obligations (including any merchant cash advance, account receivable factoring or other similar agreement), other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business, or the issuance of any securities that (1) have or may have conversion rights of any kind, contingent, conditional or otherwise, in which the number of shares that may be issued pursuant to such conversion right varies with the market price of the Common Shares; (2) are or may become convertible into Common Shares (including without limitation convertible debt, warrants or convertible preferred shares), with a conversion price that varies with the market price of the Common Shares, even if such security only becomes convertible following an event of default, the passage of time, or another trigger event or condition; (3) have a fixed conversion price, exercise price or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security (A) due to a change in the market price of Company’s Common Shares since the date of the initial issuance or (B) upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of Company or future issuances of Common Shares (including, without limitation, any “full ratchet” or “weighted average” anti-dilution provisions, but not including any standard anti-dilution protection for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split or other similar transaction); or (4) are issued or will be issued in connection with a Section 3(a)(9) exchange, a Section 3(a)(10) settlement, or any other similar settlement or exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, Common Shares issued pursuant to any of the following will not be considered Restricted Issuances: (i) ATM facilities; (ii) primary equity offerings without variable price mechanics; or (iii) refinancing, extending or restructuring existing indebtedness, including but not limited to, by issuing new securities convertible into Class A Common Stock or allowing existing indebtedness to convert to Class A Common Stock at a fixed price (including at a discount).
5. Additional Covenants. Company covenants with Investor as follows, which covenants are for the benefit of Investor during the Commitment Period:
5.1. Registration Statement.
(a) The Registration Statement. Within twenty (20) days of the Initial Listing Date, Company will file a registration statement on Form S-1 (the “Second Registration Statement”) registering at least 25,000,000 Common Shares for the resale of the Purchase Shares, and any other Common Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement or the Pre-Paid Purchases, including a base prospectus, with respect to the issuance and sale of securities by Company, including Common Shares, which contains, among other things a Plan of Distribution section disclosing the methods by which Company may sell the Common Shares. Except where the context otherwise requires, the Second Registration Statement, as amended when it becomes effective, including all documents filed as part thereof or incorporated by reference therein, and including any information contained in a Prospectus subsequently filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) (a “Prospectus”) under the 1933 Act or deemed to be a part of the Second Registration Statement pursuant to Rule 430B of the 1933 Act, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Company covenants to file one or more Registration Statements as necessary to have sufficient Common Shares registered at all times to accommodate the full Commitment Amount. Following effectiveness of the Second Registration Statement, Company will use reasonable best efforts to maintain the effectiveness of the Second Registration Statement, or any subsequent Registration Statements, at all times Investor owns any of the Securities. For the avoidance of doubt, if the SEC prevents Company from including any or all of the Common Shares for the resale of the Purchase Shares, and any other Common Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement or the Pre-Paid Purchases for registration pursuant to a Registration Statement due to limitations on the use of Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, then Company will not be deemed to be in breach of this Agreement or any other Transaction Documents, and as promptly as practicable after being permitted to register additional Securities under Rule 415 under the 1933 Act, Company shall amend the Registration Statement or file a new Registration Statement to register such additional Securities and cause such amendment or Registration Statement to become effective as promptly as practicable.
(b) Amendments and Other Filings. Company shall (i) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to a Registration Statement and the related prospectus used in connection with such Registration Statement, and (ii) all Periodic Reports as may be necessary to keep such Registration Statement effective at all times during the Commitment Period.
4
(c) Blue-Sky. To the extent legally required, Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to, if required by Applicable Laws, (i) register and qualify the Common Shares covered by a Registration Statement under such other securities or “blue sky” laws of such jurisdictions in the United States as Investor reasonably requests, (ii) prepare and file in those jurisdictions, such amendments (including post-effective amendments) and supplements to such registrations and qualifications as may be necessary to maintain the effectiveness thereof during the Commitment Period, (iii) take such other actions as may be necessary to maintain such registrations and qualifications in effect at all times during the Commitment Period, and (iv) take all other actions reasonably necessary or advisable to qualify the Common Shares for sale in such jurisdictions. Company shall promptly notify Investor of the receipt by Company of any notification with respect to the suspension of the registration or qualification of any of the Common Shares for sale under the securities or “blue sky” laws of any jurisdiction in the United States or its receipt of actual notice of the initiation or threat of any proceeding for such purpose.
5.2. Listing of Common Shares. As of each Purchase Notice Date, Company will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Purchase Shares to be listed on the Principal Market.
5.3. Notice of Certain Events Affecting Registration; Suspension of Right to Request a Pre-Paid Purchase. Company will promptly notify Investor, and confirm in writing, upon its becoming aware of the occurrence of any of the following events in respect of a Registration Statement or related Prospectus (in each of which cases the information provided to Investor will be kept strictly confidential): (i) except for requests made in connection with SEC investigations, receipt of any request for additional information by the SEC or any other federal or state governmental authority during the period of effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any request for amendments or supplements to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus; (ii) the issuance by the SEC or any other federal governmental authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the initiation of any proceedings for that purpose; (iii) receipt of any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification or exemption from qualification of any of the Common Shares for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or written threat of any proceeding for such purpose; (iv) the happening of any event that makes any statement made in the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated or deemed to be incorporated therein by reference untrue in any material respect or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement, related Prospectus or documents so that, in the case of the Registration Statement, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and that in the case of the related Prospectus, it will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or of the necessity to amend the Registration Statement or supplement a related Prospectus to comply with the 1933 Act or any other law; or (v) Company’s reasonable determination that a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement would be appropriate and Company will promptly make available to Investor any such supplement or amendment to the related Prospectus. Investor shall not deliver to Company any Purchase Notice, and Company shall not sell any Purchase Shares pursuant to any pending Purchase Notice, during the continuation of any of the foregoing events (each of the events described in the immediately preceding clauses (i) through (v), inclusive, a “Material Outside Event”). Company shall be obligated to cure any Material Outside Event within ten (10) Trading Days. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this paragraph, consistent with Section 5.6, Company may not disclose to the Investor any material information not yet publicly available or disclosed to other shareholders.
5.4. Market Activities. Company will not, directly or indirectly, take any action designed to cause or result in, or that constitutes or might reasonably be expected to constitute, the manipulation of the price of any security of Company under Regulation M of the 1934 Act.
5.5. No Frustration. Company shall not enter into, announce or recommend to its stockholders any agreement, plan, arrangement or transaction in or of which the terms thereof would restrict, materially delay, conflict with or impair the ability or right of Company to perform its obligations under the Transaction Documents to which it is a party, including, without limitation, the obligation of Company to deliver the Purchase Shares to Investor pursuant to a Purchase Notice.
5
5.6. Material Non-Public Information. From and after the Initial Listing Date, Company shall have publicly disclosed all material, non-public information delivered to Investor (or Investor’s representatives or agents) by Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives (if any) in connection with Company and any of its subsidiaries. Company understands and confirms that Investor will rely on the foregoing representations in effecting resales of Purchase Shares under the Registration Statement. Company covenants and agrees that, other than with Investor’s prior consent, it shall refrain from disclosing, and shall cause its officers, directors, employees and agents to refrain from disclosing, any material non-public information (as determined under the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, or the rules and regulations of the SEC) to Investor without also disseminating such information to the public within a reasonable time period thereafter, unless prior to disclosure of such information Company identifies such information as being material non-public information and provides Investor with the opportunity to accept or refuse to accept such material non-public information for review.
5.7. Exchange Cap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, Company and Investor agree that the total cumulative number of Common Shares issued to Investor under all Pre-Paid Purchases together with all other Transaction Documents may not exceed the requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rule 5635(d) (the “Exchange Cap”), except that such limitation will not apply following Approval (defined below) or if its deemed that the Exchange Cap does not apply. Prior to the Closing, Company will seek stockholder approval of all Pre-Paid Purchases that have been or may be issued hereunder covering the full Commitment Amount, the issuance of Purchase Shares under all Pre-Paid Purchases, the issuance of shares pursuant to the Note, the issuance of shares pursuant to the Warrant, and the issuance of shares pursuant to the Debt Warrant in excess of the Exchange Cap (the “Approval”).
5.8. Note Exchange Pre-Paid Purchase. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, including but not limited to Annex I hereto, or any other Transaction Document, ten (10) Trading Days following the effectiveness of the Second Registration Statement, Company’s obligations under the Note shall automatically and without any further action by either party be exchanged for an additional Pre-Paid Purchase in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, in an aggregate principal amount equal to the outstanding balance of the Note (the “Automatic Exchange”). The Automatic Exchange shall occur automatically and shall not require any notice, consent, or election by either Company or Investor. The Automatic Exchange shall take place in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a)(9) of the 1933 Act. The floor price of such Pre-Paid Purchase issued pursuant to the Automatic Exchange will be $2.00.
6. Indemnification.
6.1. Indemnification by Company. In consideration of Investor’s execution and delivery of this Agreement and acquiring the Pre-Paid Purchases hereunder, and in addition to all of Company’s other obligations under this Agreement, Company shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Investor and its officers, directors, managers, members, partners, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) and each person who controls Investor within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (collectively, the “Investor Indemnitees”) from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, losses, costs, penalties, fees, liabilities and damages, and reasonable and documented expenses in connection therewith (irrespective of whether any such Investor Indemnitee is a party to the action for which indemnification hereunder is sought), and including reasonable attorneys’ fees and disbursements (the “Indemnified Liabilities”), incurred by Investor Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement for the registration of the Purchase Shares as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any related prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Company by or on behalf of Investor specifically for inclusion therein; (b) any material misrepresentation or breach of any material representation or material warranty made by Company in this Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby; or (c) any material breach of any material covenant, material agreement or material obligation of Company contained in this Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by Company may be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, Company shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities, which is permissible under Applicable Laws.
6
6.2. Indemnification by Investor. In consideration of Company’s execution and delivery of this Agreement, and in addition to all of Investor’s other obligations under this Agreement, Investor shall defend, protect, indemnify and hold harmless Company and all of its officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents (including, without limitation, those retained in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) and each person who controls Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act (collectively, the “Company Indemnitees”) from and against any and all Indemnified Liabilities incurred by Company Indemnitees or any of them as a result of, or arising out of, or relating to (a) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement for the registration of the Purchase Shares as originally filed or in any amendment thereof, or in any related prospectus, or in any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; provided, however, that Investor will only be liable for written information relating to Investor furnished to Company by or on behalf of Investor specifically for inclusion in the documents referred to in the foregoing indemnity, and will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to Investor by or on behalf of Company specifically for inclusion therein; (b) any misrepresentation or breach of any representation or warranty made by Investor in this Agreement or any instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby executed by Investor; or (c) any breach of any covenant, agreement or obligation of Investor contained in this Agreement or any other certificate, instrument or document contemplated hereby or thereby executed by Investor. To the extent that the foregoing undertaking by Investor may be unenforceable under Applicable Laws, Investor shall make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities, which is permissible under Applicable Laws.
6.3. Notice of Claims. Promptly after receipt by an Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of any action or proceeding (including any governmental action or proceeding) involving an Indemnified Liability, such Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee, as applicable, shall, if a claim for an Indemnified Liability in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 6, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof; but the failure to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve it of liability under this Section 6 except to the extent the indemnifying party is prejudiced by such failure. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume control of the defense thereof with counsel mutually reasonably satisfactory to the indemnifying party and Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee, as the case may be; provided, however, that an Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee shall have the right to retain its own counsel with the actual and reasonable third party fees and expenses of not more than one counsel for such Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee to be paid by the indemnifying party, if, in the reasonable opinion of counsel retained by the indemnifying party, the representation by such counsel of Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee and the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee shall cooperate fully with the indemnifying party in connection with any negotiation or defense of any such action or claim by the indemnifying party and shall furnish to the indemnifying party all information reasonably available to Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee which relates to such action or claim. The indemnifying party shall keep Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee reasonably apprised as to the status of the defense or any settlement negotiations with respect thereto. No indemnifying party shall be liable for any settlement of any action, claim or proceeding effected without its prior written consent, provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or condition its consent. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement or other compromise which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation. Following indemnification as provided for hereunder, the indemnifying party shall be subrogated to all rights of Investor Indemnitee or Company Indemnitee with respect to all third parties, firms or corporations relating to the matter for which indemnification has been made. The indemnification required by this Section 6 shall be made by periodic payments of the amount thereof during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received and payment therefor is due.
7
7. Termination. So long as no Pre-Paid Purchases are outstanding Company will have the right to terminate this Agreement upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to Investor; provided, however, that Section 4(i)-(iv) and Section 5 of this Agreement shall survive such termination for so long as Investor beneficially owns any Purchase Shares.
8. Conditions to Company’s Obligation to Sell. The obligation of Company hereunder to issue and sell the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase and the Warrant to Investor at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
8.1. Investor shall have executed and delivered all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Company.
8.2. Investor shall have delivered the Purchase Price to Company.
9. Conditions to Investor’s Obligation to Purchase. The obligation of Investor hereunder to purchase the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase and the Warrant at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for Investor’s sole benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion:
9.1. Company shall have executed this Agreement, the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase and the Warrant and delivered the same to Investor.
9.2. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Irrevocable Letter of Instructions to Transfer Agent (the “TA Letter”) substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C acknowledged and agreed to in writing by Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”).
9.3. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D evidencing Company’s approval of the Transaction Documents.
8
9.4. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Share Issuance Resolution substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E to be delivered to the Transfer Agent.
9.5. The Initial Listing Date shall have occurred.
9.6. The Direct Listing Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the SEC (including the resale registration of the Warrant Shares).
9.7. Company shall have received the Approval.
9.8. Company shall have delivered to Investor fully executed copies of all other Transaction Documents required to be executed by Company herein or therein.
10. Reservation of Shares. On the date hereof, Company will reserve 54,000,000 Common Shares from its authorized and unissued Common Shares to provide for all issuances of Common Shares under this Agreement and all Pre-Paid Purchases (the “Share Reserve”). Company further agrees to add additional Common Shares to the Share Reserve in increments of 100,000 shares as and when requested by Investor if as of the date of any such request the number of shares being held in the Share Reserve is less than two (2) times the number of Common Shares equal to the Pre-Paid Purchase Outstanding Balance divided by the Purchase Share Purchase Price (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchases) plus the number of Common Shares necessary to exercise the Warrant in full. Company shall further require the Transfer Agent to hold the Common Shares reserved pursuant to the Share Reserve exclusively for the benefit of Investor and to issue such shares to Investor promptly upon Investor’s delivery of a Purchase Notice under the Pre-Paid Purchase. Finally, Company shall require the Transfer Agent to issue Common Shares pursuant to the Pre-Paid Purchase to Investor out of its authorized and unissued shares, and not the Share Reserve, to the extent Common Shares have been authorized, but not issued, and are not included in the Share Reserve. The Transfer Agent shall only issue Common Shares out of the Share Reserve to the extent there are no other authorized shares available for issuance and then only with Investor’s written consent.
11. Most Favored Nation. So long as any Pre-Paid Purchase is outstanding, upon any issuance by Company of any security convertible into Common Shares (including Pre-Paid Purchases issued after the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase) with a floor price lower than that of any outstanding Pre-Paid Purchase, then the floor price for all outstanding Pre-Paid Purchases will automatically be reduced to such lower floor price.
12. Selling Limitations.
12.1. No Shorting. During the Commitment Period, neither Investor nor any of its subsidiaries, directors, officers, employees or other affiliates has or will directly or indirectly engage in any open market Short Sales (as defined below) of Common Shares; provided, however, that unless and until Company has affirmatively demonstrated by the use of specific evidence that Investor is engaging in open market Short Sales, Investor shall be assumed to be in compliance with the provisions of this Section 11 and Company shall remain fully obligated to fulfill all of its obligations under the Transaction Documents; and provided, further, that (A) Company shall under no circumstances be entitled to request or demand that Investor either (1) provide trading or other records of Investor or of any party or (2) affirmatively demonstrate that Investor or any other party has not engaged in any such Short Sales in breach of these provisions as a condition to Company’s fulfillment of its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents, (B) Company shall not assert Investor’s or any other party’s failure to demonstrate such absence of such Short Sales or provide any trading or other records of Investor or any other party as all or part of a defense to any breach of Company’s obligations under any of the Transaction Documents, and (C) Company shall have no setoff right with respect to any such Short Sales. “Short Sale” has the meaning provided in Rule 200 promulgated under Regulation SHO under the 1934 Act. For the purposes hereof, and in accordance with Regulation SHO, the sale by Investor of Common Shares after delivery of a Purchase Notice under a Pre-Paid Purchase, a Conversion Notice under the Note, or a Notice of Exercise under the Warrant or the Debt Warrant (collectively, a ”Notice”) of such number of Common Shares reasonably expected to be purchased under such Notice shall not be deemed a Short Sale.
9
12.2. Sales Limitation. Investor agrees not to sell, during any calendar week, Common Shares in an amount exceeding twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%) of the total weekly trading volume of the Common Shares on all trading markets (including regular and extended trading) for such week (the “Weekly Sales Cap”). In the event Investor breaches such covenant, Company’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be the reduction of the Pre-Paid Purchase Outstanding Balance by the amount that Investor’s sales of Common Shares exceeded the Weekly Sales Cap. For the avoidance of doubt, both the Weekly Sales Cap and Company’s remedy related to such limitation shall expire thirty (30) days after the termination of the Commitment Period.
13. Certain Definitions.
13.1. “Applicable Laws” means all applicable laws, statutes, rules, regulations, orders, executive orders, directives, policies, guidelines and codes having the force of law, whether local, national, or international, as amended from time to time, including without limitation (i) all applicable laws that relate to money laundering, terrorist financing, financial record keeping and reporting, (ii) all applicable laws that relate to anti-bribery, anti-corruption, books and records and internal controls, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, and (iii) any sanctions laws.
13.2. “Change of Control” means the transfer (whether by tender offer, merger, stock purchase, consolidation or other similar transaction), in one transaction or a series of related transactions, to a person or group of affiliated persons of Company’s securities if, after such transfer, such person or group of affiliated persons would hold more than 50% of outstanding voting securities of Company, or would otherwise have the power to control Company or to direct the operations of Company.
13.3. “Commitment Period” means the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the earlier of: (i) the date that is two (2) years from the Closing Date, (ii) the date Company has sold $50,000,000.00 in Pre-Paid Purchases hereunder; and (iii) termination of this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that a definitive agreement that contemplates a Change of Control is entered into after the Closing, the Commitment Period for any Pre-Paid Purchases shall automatically terminate immediately prior to the consummation of such Change of Control. Company may waive this condition subsequent, at its sole discretion. For the avoidance of doubt, the termination of the Commitment Period will not affect Company’s obligations with respect to Pre-Paid Purchases issued prior to the termination of the Commitment Period.
13.4. “Debt Warrant” means that certain Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock issued by Company in favor Investor in connection with the Note.
13.5. “Maximum Percentage” means beneficial ownership of Common Shares by Investor (together with its Affiliates) in excess of 9.99% of the Common Shares outstanding on the applicable calculation date.
13.6. “Maximum Purchase Amount” means $7,000,000.00 less the Pre-Paid Purchase Outstanding Balance, rounded down to the nearest $1,000.00.
13.7. “Minimum Purchase Amount” means $250,000.00.
10
13.8. “Nasdaq Minimum Price” means the Minimum Price as defined under Nasdaq Rule 5635(d).
13.9. “Note” means that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note dated August 25, 2025 in the original principal amount of $2,220,000.00 issued by Company in favor Investor.
13.10. “Periodic Reports” shall mean Company’s (i) annual reports on Form 10-K, (ii) quarterly report to be filed on Form 10-Q, (iii) current reports to be filed on Form 8-K, and (iv) all other reports required to be filed by Company with the SEC under applicable laws and regulations (including, without limitation, Regulation S-K); provided that all such Periodic Reports shall include, when filed, all information, financial statements, audit reports (when applicable) and other information required to be included in such Periodic Reports in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations.
13.11. “Pre-Paid Purchase Outstanding Balance” means the aggregate outstanding balance of all outstanding Pre-Paid Purchases.
13.12. “Principal Market” means Nasdaq; provided however, that in the event Company’s Common Shares are ever listed or traded on the New York Stock Exchange, or the NYSE American, then the “Principal Market” shall mean such other market or exchange on which Company’s Common Shares are then listed or traded.
13.13. “Purchase Notice” means a written notice in the form of Exhibit A to the Pre-Paid Purchase delivered by Investor to Company requiring Company to sell Purchase Shares to Investor.
13.14. “Purchase Notice Date” means each date Investor delivers to Company a Purchase Notice.
14. Miscellaneous. The provisions set forth in this Section 13 shall apply to this Agreement, as well as all other Transaction Documents as if these terms were fully set forth therein; provided, however, that in the event there is a conflict between any provision set forth in this Section 14 and any provision in any other Transaction Document, the provision in such other Transaction Document shall govern.
14.1. Arbitration of Claims. The parties shall submit all Claims (as defined in Exhibit F) arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other agreement between the parties and their affiliates or any Claim relating to the relationship of the parties to binding arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Exhibit F attached hereto (the “Arbitration Provisions”). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the injunction described in Section 13.3 below may be pursued in an arbitration that is separate and apart from any other arbitration regarding all other Claims arising under the Transaction Documents. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Arbitration Provisions are unconditionally binding on the parties hereto and are severable from all other provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Company represents, warrants and covenants that Company has reviewed the Arbitration Provisions carefully, consulted with legal counsel about such provisions (or waived its right to do so), understands that the Arbitration Provisions are intended to allow for the expeditious and efficient resolution of any dispute hereunder, agrees to the terms and limitations set forth in the Arbitration Provisions, and that Company will not take a position contrary to the foregoing representations. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may rely upon the foregoing representations and covenants of Company regarding the Arbitration Provisions.
11
14.2. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. The parties expressly waive any right to a jury trial in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement. Each party consents to and expressly agrees that the exclusive venue for arbitration of any dispute arising out of or relating to any Transaction Document or the relationship of the parties or their affiliates shall be in Salt Lake County, Utah. Without modifying the parties’ obligations to resolve disputes hereunder pursuant to the Arbitration Provisions, for any litigation arising in connection with any of the Transaction Documents (and notwithstanding the terms (specifically including any governing law and venue terms) of any transfer agent services agreement or other agreement between the Transfer Agent and Company, such litigation specifically includes, without limitation any action between or involving Company and the Transfer Agent under the TA Letter or otherwise related to Investor in any way (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason)), each party hereto hereby (i) consents to and expressly submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, (ii) expressly submits to the exclusive venue of any such court for the purposes hereof, (iii) agrees to not bring any such action (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason) outside of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, and (iv) waives any claim of improper venue and any claim or objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or any other claim, defense or objection to the bringing of any such proceeding in such jurisdiction or to any claim that such venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper. Finally, Company covenants and agrees to name Investor as a party in interest in, and provide written notice to Investor in accordance with Section 14.10 below prior to bringing or filing, any action (including without limitation any filing or action against any person or entity that is not a party to this Agreement, including without limitation the Transfer Agent) that is related in any way to the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein, including without limitation any action brought by Company to enjoin or prevent the issuance of any Common Shares to Investor by the Transfer Agent, and further agrees to timely name Investor as a party to any such action. Company acknowledges that the governing law and venue provisions set forth in this Section 13.2 are material terms to induce Investor to enter into the Transaction Documents and that but for Company’s agreements set forth in this Section 13.2 Investor would not have entered into the Transaction Documents.
14.3. Specific Performance. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may suffer irreparable harm in the event that Company fails to perform any material provision of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in accordance with its specific terms. It is accordingly agreed that Investor shall be entitled to one or more injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Investor may be entitled under the Transaction Documents, at law or in equity. Company specifically agrees that: (i) following an Event of Default under any Pre-Paid Purchase, Investor shall have the right to seek and receive injunctive relief from a court or an arbitrator prohibiting Company from issuing any of its Common Shares or preferred stock to any party unless the Pre-Paid Purchase Outstanding Balance is being paid in full simultaneously with such issuance; (ii) following a breach of Section 4(vi) above, Investor shall have the right to seek and receive injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator invalidating such lock-up; and (iii) if Company enters into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction (as defined in the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase), unless such agreement contains a closing condition that all outstanding Pre-Paid Purchases are repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction or Investor has provided its written consent in writing to such Fundamental Transaction, Investor shall have the right to seek and receive injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator preventing the consummation of such transaction. Company specifically acknowledges and agrees that Investor’s right to obtain specific performance constitutes bargained for leverage and that the loss of such leverage would result in irreparable harm to Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Investor seeks to obtain an injunction from a court or an arbitrator against Company or specific performance of any provision of any Transaction Document, such action shall not be a waiver of any right of Investor under any Transaction Document, at law, or in equity, including without limitation its rights to arbitrate any Claim pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents, nor shall Investor’s pursuit of an injunction prevent Investor, under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issues preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines, from pursuing other Claims in the future in a separate arbitration.
12
14.4. Calculation Disputes. Notwithstanding the Arbitration Provisions, in the case of a dispute as to any determination or arithmetic calculation under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, calculating the Outstanding Balance, Purchase Share Purchase Price, VWAP (each, as defined in the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase) or the number of Purchase Shares (each, a “Calculation”), Company or Investor (as the case may be) shall submit any disputed Calculation via email or facsimile with confirmation of receipt (i) within two (2) Trading Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to Company or Investor (as the case may be) or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after Investor learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If Investor and Company are unable to agree upon such Calculation within two (2) Trading Days of such disputed Calculation being submitted to Company or Investor (as the case may be), then Investor will promptly submit via email or facsimile the disputed Calculation to Unkar Systems Inc. (“Unkar Systems”). Investor shall cause Unkar Systems to perform the Calculation and notify Company and Investor of the results no later than ten (10) Trading Days from the time it receives such disputed Calculation. Unkar Systems’ determination of the disputed Calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. Unkar Systems’ fee for performing such Calculation shall be paid by the incorrect party, or if both parties are incorrect, by the party whose Calculation is furthest from the correct Calculation as determined by Unkar Systems. In the event Company is the losing party, no extension of the Delivery Date (as defined in the Initial Pre-Paid Purchase) shall be granted and Company shall incur all effects for failing to deliver the applicable shares in a timely manner as set forth in the Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor may, in its sole discretion, designate an independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm other than Unkar Systems to resolve any such dispute and in such event, all references to “Unkar Systems” herein will be replaced with references to such independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm so designated by Investor.
14.5. Counterparts. This Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be signed electronically (including any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
14.6. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.
14.7. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform to such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
14.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither Company nor Investor makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. For the avoidance of doubt, all prior term sheets or other documents between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, related to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (collectively, “Prior Agreements”), that may have been entered into between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, are hereby null and void and deemed to be replaced in their entirety by the Transaction Documents. To the extent there is a conflict between any term set forth in any Prior Agreement and the term(s) of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Documents shall govern.
13
14.9. Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
14.10. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing (unless otherwise specified herein) and shall be deemed effectively given on the earliest of: (i) the date delivered, if delivered by personal delivery as against written receipt therefor or by email to an executive officer named below or such officer’s successor, or by facsimile (with successful transmission confirmation which is kept by sending party), (ii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after deposit, postage Pre-Paid, in the United States Postal Service by certified mail, or (iii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after mailing by express courier, with delivery costs and fees Pre-Paid, in each case, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as such party may designate by five (5) calendar days’ advance written notice similarly given to each of the other parties hereto):
If to Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Attn: Jan Goetgeluk
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
If to Investor:
Streeterville Capital, LLC
Attn: John Fife
297 Auto Mall Drive #4
St. George, Utah 84770
With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):
Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC
Attn: Jonathan Hansen
3051 West Maple Loop Drive, Suite 325
Lehi, Utah 84048
14.11. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement or any of the severable rights and obligations inuring to the benefit of or to be performed by Investor hereunder may be assigned by Investor to a third party, including its affiliates, in whole or in part, without the need to obtain Company’s consent thereto. Company may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or delegate its duties hereunder, whether directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Investor, and any such attempted assignment or delegation shall be null and void.
14
14.12. Survival. The representations and warranties of Company and the agreements and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing hereunder notwithstanding any due diligence investigation conducted by or on behalf of Investor. Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Investor and all its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents for loss or damage arising as a result of or related to any breach or alleged breach by Company of any of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement or any of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are incurred.
14.13. Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
14.14. Investor’s Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All rights, remedies, and powers conferred in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies, and shall be in addition to every other right, power, and remedy that Investor may have, whether specifically granted in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or existing at law, in equity, or by statute, and any and all such rights and remedies may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as Investor may deem expedient.
14.15. Attorneys’ Fees and Cost of Collection. In the event any suit, action or arbitration is filed by either party against the other to interpret or enforce any of the Transaction Documents, the unsuccessful party to such action agrees to pay to the prevailing party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred therein, including the same with respect to an appeal. The “prevailing party” shall be the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, regardless of whether judgment is entered on all claims asserted by such party and regardless of the amount of the judgment; or where, due to the assertion of counterclaims, judgments are entered in favor of and against both parties, then the arbitrator shall determine the “prevailing party” by taking into account the relative dollar amounts of the judgments or, if the judgments involve nonmonetary relief, the relative importance and value of such relief. Nothing herein shall restrict or impair an arbitrator’s or a court’s power to award fees and expenses for frivolous or bad faith pleading. If (i) any Pre-Paid Purchase is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement prior to commencing arbitration or legal proceedings, or is collected or enforced through any arbitration or legal proceeding, or Investor otherwise takes action to collect amounts due under the Pre-Paid Purchases or to enforce the provisions of the Pre-Paid Purchases, or (ii) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of Company or other proceedings affecting Company’s creditors’ rights and involving a claim under the Pre-Paid Purchases; then Company shall pay the costs incurred by Investor for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, deposition costs, and disbursements.
14.16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
15
14.17. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO DEMAND THAT ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PARTIES HERETO BE TRIED BY JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO DEMAND A TRIAL BY JURY ARISING UNDER COMMON LAW OR ANY APPLICABLE STATUTE, LAW, RULE OR REGULATION. FURTHER, EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PARTY IS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVING SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO DEMAND TRIAL BY JURY.
14.18. Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.
14.19. Voluntary Agreement. Company has carefully read this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and has asked any questions needed for Company to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and fully understand them. Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Company’s choosing, or has waived the right to do so, and is executing this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by Investor or anyone else.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Investor and Company have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
| INVESTOR: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
| COMPANY: | ||
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]
17
ATTACHED EXHIBITS:
| Exhibit A | Initial Pre-Paid Purchase | |
| Exhibit B | Warrant | |
| Exhibit C | Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instructions | |
| Exhibit D | Officer’s Certificate | |
| Exhibit E | Share Issuance Resolution | |
| Exhibit F | Arbitration Provisions |
18
annex I
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO INVESTOR’S OBLIGATION TO PURCHASE A PRE-PAID PURCHASE
The obligation of Investor to purchase from Company a Pre-Paid Purchase hereunder on each Pre-Paid Purchase Date is subject to the satisfaction, as of the date of each Request for a Pre-Paid Purchase and each Pre-Paid Purchase Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for Investor’s sole benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion by providing Company with prior written notice thereof:
| (a) | Company shall have duly executed and delivered to Investor each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party. |
| (b) | There is an effective Registration Statement pursuant to which Investor is permitted to utilize the prospectus thereunder to sell all of the Purchase Shares issuable pursuant to such Pre-Paid Purchase. The Current Report shall have been filed with the SEC and Company shall have filed with the SEC in a timely manner all reports, notices and other documents required under the 1934 Act and applicable SEC regulations during the twelve-month period immediately preceding the applicable Pre-Paid Purchase Date. Upon request, Investor shall have received an opinion of counsel to Company, in the form reasonably acceptable to Investor, with respect to the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. |
| (c) | No Material Outside Event shall have occurred and be continuing. |
| (d) | The 20-day and 60-day median and average daily trading volume must be greater than or equal to $350,000.00, as reported by Bloomberg, L.P. |
| (e) | Company shall be in full compliance with the Share Reserve requirements in Section 10 of the Agreement. | |
| (f) | The number of Common Shares that remain available for issuance under the Registration Statement shall be at least 200% of the maximum number of Common Shares issuable pursuant to all outstanding Pre-Paid Purchases (taking into account all Pre-Paid Purchases that will be outstanding upon the closing of the Pre-Paid Purchase requested and calculated based on the lower of the Floor Price (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchases) and the Market Price (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchases) as of the date of determination without taking into account any of the limitations set forth herein). |
| (g) | All of the Purchase Shares issuable pursuant to the applicable Pre-Paid Purchase shall have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action of Company. All Purchase Shares relating to all prior Pre-Paid Purchases required to have been received by Investor under each Pre-Paid Purchase shall have been delivered to Investor in accordance with such Pre-Paid Purchase. |
| (h) | Upon request, Company shall have delivered to Investor a certificate evidencing the incorporation and good standing of Company as of a date within ten (10) days of the Pre-Paid Purchase Date. |
| (i) | The board of directors of Company has approved the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and the applicable Pre-Paid Purchase; said approval has not been amended, rescinded or modified and remains in full force and effect as of the date hereof, and a true, correct and complete copy of such resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of Company shall have been provided to Investor. |
| (j) | Each and every representation and warranty of Company shall be true and correct in all material respects (other than representations and warranties qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) as of the date when made and as of the date of the Pre-Paid Purchase Date as though originally made at that time (except for representations and warranties that speak as of a specific date, which shall be true and correct as of such specific date) and Company shall have performed, satisfied and complied in all respects with the covenants, agreements and conditions set forth in each Transaction Document required to be performed, satisfied or complied with by Company at or prior to the applicable Pre-Paid Purchase Date. |
19
| (k) | Trading in the Common Shares shall not have been suspended by the SEC, the Principal Market or FINRA, Company shall not have received any final and non-appealable notice that the listing or quotation of the Common Shares on the Principal Market shall be terminated on a date certain (unless, prior to such date certain, the Common Shares is listed or quoted on any subsequent Principal Market), nor shall there have been imposed any suspension of, or restriction on, accepting additional deposits of the Common Shares, electronic trading or book-entry services by DTC with respect to the Common Shares that is continuing, Company shall not have received any notice from DTC to the effect that a suspension of, or restriction on, accepting additional deposits of the Common Shares, electronic trading or book-entry services by DTC with respect to the Common Shares is being imposed or is contemplated (unless, prior to such suspension or restriction, DTC shall have notified Company in writing that DTC has determined not to impose any such suspension or restriction). |
| (l) | Company shall have obtained all governmental, regulatory or third-party consents and approvals, if any, necessary for the sale of the Purchase Shares. |
| (m) | To Company’s knowledge, no statute, rule, regulation, executive order, decree, ruling or injunction shall have been enacted, entered, promulgated or endorsed by any court or governmental entity of competent jurisdiction that prohibits the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. |
| (n) | Since the date of execution of this Agreement, no event or series of events shall have occurred that has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, or an Event of Default. |
| (o) | The Pre-Paid Purchase Outstanding Balance shall be less than $3,500,000.00. |
| (p) | The market capitalization of Company must be greater than or equal to $95,000,000.00. |
| (q) | Company shall have notified the Principal Market of the issuance of all of the Purchase Shares hereunder, in accordance with the Principal Market’s customary process for the listing of additional shares. |
| (r) | Upon request, Company shall have delivered to Investor a compliance certificate executed by the Chief Executive Officer of Company certifying that Company has complied with all of the conditions precedent to the applicable Pre-Paid Purchase set forth herein and which may be relied upon by Investor as evidence of satisfaction of such conditions without any obligation to independently verify. |
| (s) | Company and its subsidiaries shall have delivered to Investor such other documents, instruments or certificates relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pre-Paid Purchases as Investor or its counsel may reasonably request. | |
(t) |
The Purchase Shares would be available for immediate resale by Investor in Investor’s brokerage account. | |
| (u) | If Company is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, Company’s book value as reported in its most recent Periodic Report is at least $3,000,000.00. | |
| (v) | [Reserved]. | |
| (w) | Company is in full compliance with all the Principal Market continued listing requirements. | |
| (x) | Company shall have obtained the Approval, and such Approval shall remain in full force and effect. |
20
Exhibit F
ARBITRATION PROVISIONS
1. Dispute Resolution. For purposes of these arbitration provisions (the “Arbitration Provisions”), the term “Claims” means any disputes, claims, demands, causes of action, requests for injunctive relief, requests for specific performance, liabilities, damages, losses, or controversies whatsoever arising from, related to, or connected with the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and any communications between the parties related thereto, including without limitation any claims of mutual mistake, mistake, fraud, misrepresentation, failure of formation, failure of consideration, promissory estoppel, unconscionability, failure of condition precedent, rescission, and any statutory claims, tort claims, contract claims, or claims to void, invalidate or terminate the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions (defined below)) or any of the other Transaction Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, Investor’s pursuit of an injunction or other Claim pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions or with a court will not later prevent Investor under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issue preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines from pursuing other Claims in a separate arbitration in the future. The parties to the Agreement (the “parties”) hereby agree that the Claims may be arbitrated in one or more arbitrations pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions (one for an injunction or injunctions and a separate one for all other Claims). The term “Claims” specifically excludes a dispute over Calculations. The parties to the Agreement hereby agree that these Arbitration Provisions are binding on each of them. As a result, any attempt to rescind the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or declare the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document invalid or unenforceable for any reason is subject to these Arbitration Provisions. As a result, any attempt to rescind the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document or declare the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document invalid or unenforceable pursuant to Section 29 of the 1934 Act or for any other reason is subject to these Arbitration Provisions. Any capitalized term not defined in these Arbitration Provisions shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.
2. Arbitration. Except as otherwise provided herein, all Claims must be submitted to arbitration (“Arbitration”) to be conducted exclusively in Salt Lake County, Utah and pursuant to the terms set forth in these Arbitration Provisions. Subject to the arbitration appeal right provided for in Paragraph 5 below (the “Appeal Right”), the parties agree that the award of the arbitrator rendered pursuant to Paragraph 4 below (the “Arbitration Award”) shall be (a) final and binding upon the parties, (b) the sole and exclusive remedy between them regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded to the arbitrator, and (c) promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Subject to the Appeal Right, any costs or fees, including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Arbitration Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Arbitration Award shall include default interest (as defined or otherwise provided for in the Pre-Paid Purchase, “Default Interest”) (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Pre-Paid Purchase for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Arbitration Award will be entered and enforced by any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
3. The Arbitration Act. The parties hereby incorporate herein the provisions and procedures set forth in the Utah Uniform Arbitration Act, U.C.A. § 78B-11-101 et seq. (as amended or superseded from time to time, the “Arbitration Act”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to, and to the maximum extent permitted by, Section 105 of the Arbitration Act, in the event of conflict or variation between the terms of these Arbitration Provisions and the provisions of the Arbitration Act, the terms of these Arbitration Provisions shall control and the parties hereby waive or otherwise agree to vary the effect of all requirements of the Arbitration Act that may conflict with or vary from these Arbitration Provisions.
4. Arbitration Proceedings. Arbitration between the parties will be subject to the following:
4.1 Initiation of Arbitration. Pursuant to Section 110 of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that a party may initiate Arbitration by giving written notice to the other party (“Arbitration Notice”) in the same manner that notice is permitted under Section 14.10 of the Agreement (the “Notice Provision”); provided, however, that the Arbitration Notice may not be given by email or fax. Arbitration will be deemed initiated as of the date that the Arbitration Notice is deemed delivered to such other party under the Notice Provision (the “Service Date”). After the Service Date, information may be delivered, and notices may be given, by email or fax pursuant to the Notice Provision or any other method permitted thereunder. The Arbitration Notice must describe the nature of the controversy, the remedies sought, and the election to commence Arbitration proceedings. All Claims in the Arbitration Notice must be pleaded consistent with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
21
4.2 Selection and Payment of Arbitrator.
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date, Investor shall select and submit to Company the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such three (3) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services. Within five (5) calendar days after Investor has submitted to Company the names of the Proposed Arbitrators, Company must select, by written notice to Investor, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Company fails to select one of the Proposed Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then Investor may select the arbitrator from the Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Company.
(b) If Investor fails to submit to Company the Proposed Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then Company may at any time prior to Investor so designating the Proposed Arbitrators, identify the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service by written notice to Investor. Investor may then, within five (5) calendar days after Company has submitted notice of its Proposed Arbitrators to Investor, select, by written notice to Company, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Investor fails to select in writing and within such 5-day period one (1) of the three (3) Proposed Arbitrators selected by Company, then Company may select the arbitrator from its three (3) previously selected Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Investor.
(c) If a Proposed Arbitrator chosen to serve as arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the party that selected such Proposed Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other three (3) Proposed Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date the chosen Proposed Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as arbitrator. If all three (3) Proposed Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2.
(d) The date that the Proposed Arbitrator selected pursuant to this Paragraph 4.2 agrees in writing (including via email) delivered to both parties to serve as the arbitrator hereunder is referred to herein as the “Arbitration Commencement Date”. If an arbitrator resigns or is unable to act during the Arbitration, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 to continue the Arbitration. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals and there is no successor thereto, then the arbitrator shall be selected under the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, the cost of the arbitrator must be paid equally by both parties. Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, if one party refuses or fails to pay its portion of the arbitrator fee, then the other party can advance such unpaid amount (subject to the accrual of Default Interest thereupon), with such amount being added to or subtracted from, as applicable, the Arbitration Award.
4.3 Applicability of Certain Utah Rules. The parties agree that the Arbitration shall be conducted generally in accordance with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure and the Utah Rules of Evidence. More specifically, the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure shall apply, without limitation, to the filing of any pleadings, motions or memoranda, the conducting of discovery, and the taking of any depositions. The Utah Rules of Evidence shall apply to any hearings, whether telephonic or in person, held by the arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the parties’ intent that the incorporation of such rules will in no event supersede these Arbitration Provisions. In the event of any conflict between the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure or the Utah Rules of Evidence and these Arbitration Provisions, these Arbitration Provisions shall control.
4.4 Answer and Default. An answer and any counterclaims to the Arbitration Notice shall be required to be delivered to the party initiating the Arbitration within twenty (20) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. If an answer is not delivered by the required deadline, the arbitrator must provide written notice to the defaulting party stating that the arbitrator will enter a default award against such party if such party does not file an answer within five (5) calendar days of receipt of such notice. If an answer is not filed within the five (5) day extension period, the arbitrator must render a default award, consistent with the relief requested in the Arbitration Notice, against a party that fails to submit an answer within such time period.
22
4.5 Related Litigation. The party that delivers the Arbitration Notice to the other party shall have the option to also commence concurrent legal proceedings with any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah (“Litigation Proceedings”), subject to the following: (a) the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings is to be substantially similar to the claims set forth in the Arbitration Notice, provided that an additional cause of action to compel arbitration will also be included therein, (b) so long as the other party files an answer to the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings and an answer to the Arbitration Notice, the Litigation Proceedings will be stayed pending an Arbitration Award (or Appeal Panel Award (defined below), as applicable) hereunder, (c) if the other party fails to file an answer in the Litigation Proceedings or an answer in the Arbitration proceedings, then the party initiating Arbitration shall be entitled to a default judgment consistent with the relief requested, to be entered in the Litigation Proceedings, and (d) any legal or procedural issue arising under the Arbitration Act that requires a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction may be determined in the Litigation Proceedings. Any award of the arbitrator (or of the Appeal Panel (defined below)) may be entered in such Litigation Proceedings pursuant to the Arbitration Act. In the event either party successfully petitions a court to compel arbitration, the losing party in such action shall be required to pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action.
4.6 Discovery. Pursuant to Section 118(8) of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that discovery shall be conducted as follows:
(a) Written discovery will only be allowed if the likely benefits of the proposed written discovery outweigh the burden or expense thereof, and the written discovery sought is likely to reveal information that will satisfy a specific element of a claim or defense already pleaded in the Arbitration. The party seeking written discovery shall always have the burden of showing that all of the standards and limitations set forth in these Arbitration Provisions are satisfied. The scope of discovery in the Arbitration proceedings shall also be limited as follows:
(i) To facts directly connected with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
(ii) To facts and information that cannot be obtained from another source or in another manner that is more convenient, less burdensome or less expensive than in the manner requested.
(b) No party shall be allowed (i) more than fifteen (15) interrogatories (including discrete subparts), (ii) more than fifteen (15) requests for admission (including discrete subparts), (iii) more than ten (10) document requests (including discrete subparts), or (iv) more than three (3) depositions (excluding expert depositions) for a maximum of seven (7) hours per deposition. The costs associated with depositions will be borne by the party taking the deposition. The party defending the deposition will submit a notice to the party taking the deposition of the estimated attorneys’ fees that such party expects to incur in connection with defending the deposition. If the party defending the deposition fails to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of a deposition notice, then such party shall be deemed to have waived its right to the estimated attorneys’ fees. The party taking the deposition must pay the party defending the deposition the estimated attorneys’ fees prior to taking the deposition, unless such obligation is deemed to be waived as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. If the party taking the deposition believes that the estimated attorneys’ fees are unreasonable, such party may submit the issue to the arbitrator for a decision. All depositions will be taken in Utah.
(c) All discovery requests (including document production requests included in deposition notices) must be submitted in writing to the arbitrator and the other party. The party submitting the written discovery requests must include with such discovery requests a detailed explanation of how the proposed discovery requests satisfy the requirements of these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The receiving party will then be allowed, within five (5) calendar days of receiving the proposed discovery requests, to submit to the arbitrator an estimate of the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to such written discovery requests and a written challenge to each applicable discovery request. After receipt of an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or challenge(s) to one or more discovery requests, consistent with subparagraph (c) above, the arbitrator will within three (3) calendar days make a finding as to the likely attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests and issue an order that (i) requires the requesting party to prepay the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests, and (ii) requires the responding party to respond to the discovery requests as limited by the arbitrator within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. If a party entitled to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or a challenge to discovery requests fails to do so within such 5-day period, the arbitrator will make a finding that (A) there are no attorneys’ fees or costs associated with responding to such discovery requests, and (B) the responding party must respond to such discovery requests (as may be limited by the arbitrator) within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. Any party submitting any written discovery requests, including without limitation interrogatories, requests for production subpoenas to a party or a third party, or requests for admissions, must prepay the estimated attorneys’ fees and costs, before the responding party has any obligation to produce or respond to the same, unless such obligation is deemed waived as set forth above.
23
(d) In order to allow a written discovery request, the arbitrator must find that the discovery request satisfies the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator must strictly enforce these standards. If a discovery request does not satisfy any of the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions or the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator may modify such discovery request to satisfy the applicable standards, or strike such discovery request in whole or in part.
(e) Each party may submit expert reports (and rebuttals thereto), provided that such reports must be submitted within sixty (60) days of the Arbitration Commencement Date. Each party will be allowed a maximum of two (2) experts. Expert reports must contain the following: (i) a complete statement of all opinions the expert will offer at trial and the basis and reasons for them; (ii) the expert’s name and qualifications, including a list of all the expert’s publications within the preceding ten (10) years, and a list of any other cases in which the expert has testified at trial or in a deposition or prepared a report within the preceding ten (10) years; and (iii) the compensation to be paid for the expert’s report and testimony. The parties are entitled to depose any other party’s expert witness one (1) time for no more than four (4) hours. An expert may not testify in a party’s case-in-chief concerning any matter not fairly disclosed in the expert report.
4.7 Dispositive Motions. Each party shall have the right to submit dispositive motions pursuant Rule 12 or Rule 56 of the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure (a “Dispositive Motion”). The party submitting the Dispositive Motion may, but is not required to, deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in support (the “Memorandum in Support”) of the Dispositive Motion. Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Support, the other party shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in opposition to the Memorandum in Support (the “Memorandum in Opposition”). Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the party that submitted the Memorandum in Support shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a reply memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition (“Reply Memorandum”). If the applicable party shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the other party fails to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the applicable party shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Dispositive Motion shall proceed regardless.
4.8 Confidentiality. All information disclosed by either party (or such party’s agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation information disclosed during the discovery process or any Appeal (defined below)) shall be considered confidential in nature. Each party agrees not to disclose any confidential information received from the other party (or its agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation during the discovery process or any Appeal) unless (a) prior to or after the time of disclosure such information becomes public knowledge or part of the public domain, not as a result of any inaction or action of the receiving party or its agents, (b) such information is required by a court order, subpoena or similar legal duress to be disclosed if such receiving party has notified the other party thereof in writing and given it a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order from a court of competent jurisdiction prior to disclosure, or (c) such information is disclosed to the receiving party’s agents, representatives and legal counsel on a need to know basis who each agree in writing not to disclose such information to any third party. Pursuant to Section 118(5) of the Arbitration Act, the arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to issue a protective order to prevent the disclosure of privileged information and confidential information upon the written request of either party.
4.9 Authorization; Timing; Scheduling Order. Subject to all other sections of these Arbitration Provisions, the parties hereby authorize and direct the arbitrator to take such actions and make such rulings as may be necessary to carry out the parties’ intent for the Arbitration proceedings to be efficient and expeditious. Pursuant to Section 120 of the Arbitration Act, the parties hereby agree that an Arbitration Award must be made within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. The arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to hold a scheduling conference within ten (10) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date in order to establish a scheduling order with various binding deadlines for discovery, expert testimony, and the submission of documents by the parties to enable the arbitrator to render a decision prior to the end of such 120-day period.
24
4.10 Relief. The arbitrator shall have the right to award or include in the Arbitration Award (or in a preliminary ruling) any relief which the arbitrator deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the arbitrator may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
4.11 Fees and Costs. As part of the Arbitration Award, the arbitrator is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party for all reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration.
4.12 Motion to Vacate. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, if either party desires to file a Motion to Vacate the Arbitration Award with a court in Salt Lake County, Utah, it must do so within the earlier of: (a) thirty (30) days of entry of the Arbitration Award; and (b) in response to the prevailing party’s Motion of Confirm the Arbitration Award.
5. Arbitration Appeal.
5.1 Initiation of Appeal. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, either party (the “Appellant”) shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar days in which to notify the other party (the “Appellee”), in writing, that the Appellant elects to appeal (the “Appeal”) the Arbitration Award (such notice, an “Appeal Notice”) to a panel of arbitrators as provided in Paragraph 5.2 below. The date the Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee is referred to herein as the “Appeal Date”. The Appeal Notice must be delivered to the Appellee in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.1 above with respect to delivery of an Arbitration Notice. In addition, together with delivery of the Appeal Notice to the Appellee, the Appellant must also pay for (and provide proof of such payment to the Appellee together with delivery of the Appeal Notice) a bond in the amount of 110% of the sum the Appellant owes to the Appellee as a result of the Arbitration Award the Appellant is appealing. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5.1, the Appeal will occur as a matter of right and, except as specifically set forth herein, will not be further conditioned. In the event a party does not deliver an Appeal Notice (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond) to the other party within the deadline prescribed in this Paragraph 5.1, such party shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award. The Arbitration Award will be considered final until the Appeal Notice has been properly delivered and the applicable appeal bond has been posted (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond). The parties acknowledge and agree that any Appeal shall be deemed part of the parties’ agreement to arbitrate for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act.
5.2 Selection and Payment of Appeal Panel. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of Paragraph 5.1 above, the Appeal will be heard by a three (3) person arbitration panel (the “Appeal Panel”).
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date, the Appellee shall select and submit to the Appellant the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such five (5) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Appeal Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Appeal Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services, and shall not be the arbitrator who rendered the Arbitration Award being appealed (the “Original Arbitrator”). Within five (5) calendar days after the Appellee has submitted to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, the Appellant must select, by written notice to the Appellee, three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators to act as the members of the Appeal Panel. If the Appellant fails to select three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then the Appellee may select such three (3) arbitrators from the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellant.
(b) If the Appellee fails to submit to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then the Appellant may at any time prior to the Appellee so designating the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, identify the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service (none of whom may be the Original Arbitrator) by written notice to the Appellee. The Appellee may then, within five (5) calendar days after the Appellant has submitted notice of its selected arbitrators to the Appellee, select, by written notice to the Appellant, three (3) of such selected arbitrators to serve on the Appeal Panel. If the Appellee fails to select in writing within such 5-day period three (3) of the arbitrators selected by the Appellant to serve as the members of the Appeal Panel, then the Appellant may select the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel from the Appellant’s list of five (5) arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellee.
25
(c) If a selected Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve, then the party that selected such Proposed Appeal Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date a chosen Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as an arbitrator. If at least three (3) of the five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve, then the Proposed Appeal Arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2; provided, however, that any Proposed Appeal Arbitrators who have already agreed to serve shall remain on the Appeal Panel.
(d) The date that all three (3) Proposed Appeal Arbitrators selected pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2 agree in writing (including via email) delivered to both the Appellant and the Appellee to serve as members of the Appeal Panel hereunder is referred to herein as the “Appeal Commencement Date”. No later than five (5) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellee shall designate in writing (including via email) to the Appellant and the Appeal Panel the name of one (1) of the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel to serve as the lead arbitrator in the Appeal proceedings. Each member of the Appeal Panel shall be deemed an arbitrator for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act, provided that, in conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel may only act or make determinations upon the approval or vote of no less than the majority vote of its members, as announced or communicated by the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. If an arbitrator on the Appeal Panel ceases or is unable to act during the Appeal proceedings, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with Paragraph 5.2 above to continue the Appeal as a member of the Appeal Panel. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals, then the arbitrators for the Appeal Panel shall be selected under the then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 5.7 below, the cost of the Appeal Panel must be paid entirely by the Appellant.
5.3 Appeal Procedure. The Appeal will be deemed an appeal of the entire Arbitration Award. In conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall conduct a de novo review of all Claims described or otherwise set forth in the Arbitration Notice. Subject to the foregoing and all other provisions of this Paragraph 5, the Appeal Panel shall conduct the Appeal in a manner the Appeal Panel considers appropriate for a fair and expeditious disposition of the Appeal, may hold one or more hearings and permit oral argument, and may review all previous evidence and discovery, together with all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (as well as any documents filed with the Appeal Panel pursuant to Paragraph 5.4(a) below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall not permit the parties to conduct any additional discovery or raise any new Claims to be arbitrated, shall not permit new witnesses or affidavits, and shall not base any of its findings or determinations on the Original Arbitrator’s findings or the Arbitration Award.
5.4 Timing.
(a) Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellant (i) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Appeal Panel copies of the Appeal Notice, all discovery conducted in connection with the Arbitration, and all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (which material Appellee shall have the right to review and supplement if necessary), and (ii) may, but is not required to, deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Memorandum in Support of the Appellant’s arguments concerning or position with respect to all Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellant’s delivery of the Memorandum in Support, as applicable, the Appellee shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellant a Memorandum in Opposition to the Memorandum in Support. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellee’s delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the Appellant shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Reply Memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition. If the Appellant shall fail to substantially comply with the requirements of clause (i) of this subparagraph (a), the Appellant shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award, and the Arbitration Award shall be final. If the Appellee shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the Appellant shall fail to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the Appellee or the Appellant, as the case may be, shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Appeal shall proceed regardless.
26
(b) Subject to subparagraph (a) above, the parties hereby agree that the Appeal must be heard by the Appeal Panel within thirty (30) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, and that the Appeal Panel must render its decision within thirty (30) calendar days after the Appeal is heard (and in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date).
5.5 Appeal Panel Award. The Appeal Panel shall issue its decision (the “Appeal Panel Award”) through the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the Appeal Panel Award shall (a) supersede in its entirety and make of no further force or effect the Arbitration Award (provided that any protective orders issued by the Original Arbitrator shall remain in full force and effect), (b) be final and binding upon the parties, with no further rights of appeal, (c) be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration, and (d) be promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Appeal Panel Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Appeal Panel Award shall include Default Interest (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Pre-Paid Purchase for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Appeal Panel Award will be entered and enforced by a state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
5.6 Relief. The Appeal Panel shall have the right to award or include in the Appeal Panel Award any relief which the Appeal Panel deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the Appeal Panel may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
5.7 Fees and Costs. As part of the Appeal Panel Award, the Appeal Panel is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration and the Appeal Panel, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party (the party being awarded the most amount of money by the Appeal Panel, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any part) the reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator and Appeal Panel costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration (including without limitation in connection with the Appeal).
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Severability. If any part of these Arbitration Provisions is found to violate or be illegal under applicable law, then such provision shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision enforceable under applicable law, and the remainder of the Arbitration Provisions shall remain unaffected and in full force and effect.
6.2 Governing Law. These Arbitration Provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without regard to the conflict of laws principles therein.
6.3 Interpretation. The headings of these Arbitration Provisions are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, these Arbitration Provisions.
6.4 Waiver. No waiver of any provision of these Arbitration Provisions shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver.
6.5 Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of these Arbitration Provisions.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
27
Exhibit 10.9
SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
| Effective Date: August 25, 2025 | Principal Amount: U.S. $2,220,000.00 |
| Purchase Price: U.S. $2,000,000.00 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, or its permitted successors or assigns (“Lender”), the principal amount of Two Million Two Hundred and Twenty Thousand and 00/100 U.S. Dollars ($2,220,000.00) and any accrued but unpaid interest, fees, charges, and late fees accrued pursuant to the terms hereunder on the date (the “Maturity Date”) that is nine (9) months after the Purchase Price Date. The Outstanding Balance of this Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall bear interest at a fixed rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the Purchase Price Date until the same is paid in full. All interest calculations hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months, shall compound daily and shall be payable in accordance with the terms of this Note. This Note is issued and made effective as of August 25, 2025 (the “Effective Date”). This Note is issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 25, 2025, as the same may be amended from time to time, by and between Borrower and Lender (the “Purchase Agreement”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Attachment 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
This Note carries an original issue discount of $200,000.00 (the “OID”). In addition, Borrower agrees to pay $20,000.00 to Lender to cover Lender’s legal fees, accounting costs, due diligence, monitoring and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of this Note (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The OID and Transaction Expense Amount are both included in the initial principal balance of this Note and are deemed to be fully earned and non-refundable as of the Purchase Price Date. The purchase price for this Note shall be $2,000,000.00 (the “Purchase Price”), computed as follows: $2,220,000.00 original principal balance, less the OID, less the Transaction Expense Amount. The Purchase Price shall be due and payable by Lender by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Purchase Price Date.
1. Payments; Effectiveness of Registration Statement
1.1. Payment. All payments (including any prepayments) owing or to be made hereunder shall be in lawful money of the United States of America and delivered to the bank account as Lender may designate in writing to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the notice provisions hereof. All payments shall be applied first to (a) costs of collection, if any, then to (b) fees and charges, if any, then to (c) accrued and unpaid interest, and thereafter, to (d) principal. Whenever any payment to be made under this Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a business day, such payment shall be due and payable on the next following business day.
1.2. Prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with ten (10) Trading Days’ prior written notice, Borrower may prepay all or any portion of the Outstanding Balance (less such portion of the Outstanding Balance for which Borrower has received a Conversion Notice (as defined below) from Lender where the applicable Conversion Shares have not yet been delivered). For the avoidance of doubt, during the ten (10) Trading Day prepayment notice period Lender shall retain the right to submit Conversion Notices, if applicable. If Borrower exercises its right to prepay this Note, Borrower shall make payment to Lender of an amount in cash equal to 110% multiplied by the portion of the then Outstanding Balance Borrower elects to prepay. Borrower will lose the right to prepay this Note if Borrower elects to prepay this Note and fails to do so on the date set forth in the prepayment notice sent to Lender.
2. Automatic Exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Transaction Document (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement, ten (10) Trading Days following the date on which the Second Registration Statement (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement) is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission this Note shall automatically, and without any further action by Borrower or Lender, be exchanged for, and applied to the purchase price of, a Pre-Paid Purchase (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Outstanding Balance (the “Automatic Exchange”). The Automatic Exchange will take place in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a)(9) of the 1933 Act (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
Upon the occurrence of the Automatic Exchange:
(a) Borrower and Lender shall be deemed to have entered into a Pre-Paid Purchase in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement, with a principal amount equal to the Outstanding Balance, effective as of the date of the Automatic Exchange;
(b) This Note will be cancelled and the remaining amount owed will be evidenced solely by the Pre-Paid Purchase; and
(c) Borrower and Lender shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to evidence and effectuate the Automatic Exchange, provided, however, that the failure to do so by either party shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the Automatic Exchange as provided herein.
3. Security. This Note is secured by the following: (a) the Security Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and (b) the IP Security Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). This Note is also guaranteed by the Guaranty (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the foregoing documents being the “Collateral and Guarantee Documents”).
4. Conversions. Lender has the right at any time beginning on the Initial Listing Date, until the Outstanding Balance has been paid in full, at its election, to convert (each instance of conversion is referred to herein as a “Conversion”) all or any portion of the Outstanding Balance into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares (“Conversion Shares”) as per the following conversion formula: the number of Conversion Shares equals the amount of the Outstanding Balance being converted (the “Conversion Amount”) divided by the Conversion Price. Conversion notices in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Conversion Notice”) may be effectively delivered to Borrower by any method set forth in the “Notices” section of the Purchase Agreement, and all Conversions shall be cashless and not require further payment from Lender. Borrower shall deliver the Conversion Shares from any Conversion to Lender in accordance with Section 8 below.
2
5. Trigger Events; Defaults; and Remedies.
5.1. Trigger Events. The following are trigger events under this Note (each, a “Trigger Event”): (a) Borrower fails to pay any principal, interest, fees, charges, or any other amount when due and payable hereunder; (b) a receiver, trustee or other similar official shall be appointed over Borrower or a material part of its assets and such appointment shall remain uncontested for twenty (20) days or shall not be dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days; (c) Borrower becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due; (d) Borrower makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) Borrower files a petition for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (domestic or foreign); (f) an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding is commenced or filed against Borrower; (g) Borrower fails to timely establish and maintain the Share Reserve (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (h) Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant set forth in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement; (i) the occurrence of a Fundamental Transaction without Lender’s prior written consent; (j) Borrower fails to deliver any Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms hereof; (k) Borrower or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note defaults or otherwise fails to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement of Borrower or such pledgor, trustor, or guarantor contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, other than those specifically set forth in this Section 5.1 and Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement; (l) any representation, warranty or other statement made or furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note to Lender herein, in any Transaction Document, or otherwise in connection with the issuance of this Note is false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; (m) Borrower effectuates a reverse split, ratio change or other similar event with respect to its Common Shares without ten (10) Trading Days prior written notice to Lender; (n) any money judgment, writ or similar process is entered or filed against Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower or any of its property or other assets for more than $500,000.00, and shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of twenty (20) calendar days unless otherwise consented to by Lender; (o) Borrower fails to be DWAC Eligible; (p) at any time during the period beginning on the effective date of the Registration Statement and ending on the six (6) month anniversary of the Purchase Price Date, the Registration Statement is suspended, halted, declared ineffective or otherwise unavailable for Lender to sell Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares; (q) a non-management support preliminary proxy is filed against Borrower; or (r) Borrower, any subsidiary of Borrower, or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note breaches any material covenant or other material term or condition contained in any Other Agreements.
5.2. Trigger Event Remedies. Beginning five (5) Trading Days following the occurrence of any Trigger Event, Lender may, at its option, increase the Outstanding Balance by applying the Trigger Effect (subject to the limitation set forth below).
5.3. Defaults. At any time following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Lender may, at its option, send written notice to Borrower pursuant to the notice provisions of the Purchase Agreement demanding that Borrower cure the Trigger Event within seven (7) Trading Days. If Borrower fails to cure the Trigger Event within the required seven (7) Trading Day cure period, the Trigger Event will automatically become an event of default hereunder (each, an “Event of Default”).
5.4. Default Remedies. At any time and from time to time following the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender may accelerate this Note by prior written notice to Borrower, with the Outstanding Balance becoming immediately due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of any Trigger Event described in clauses (b) – (f) of Section 5.1, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred and the Outstanding Balance as of the date of the occurrence of such Trigger Event shall become immediately and automatically due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default Amount, without any written notice required by Lender for the Trigger Event to become an Event of Default. At any time following the occurrence of any Event of Default, upon prior written notice given by Lender to Borrower, interest shall accrue on the Outstanding Balance beginning on the date the applicable Event of Default occurred at an interest rate equal to the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) per annum simple interest or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law (“Default Interest”). For the avoidance of doubt, Lender may continue making Conversions at any time following a Trigger Event or Event of Default until such time as the Outstanding Balance is paid in full. In connection with acceleration described herein, Lender need not provide, and Borrower hereby waives, any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and Lender may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such acceleration may be rescinded and annulled by Lender at any time prior to payment hereunder and Lender shall have all rights as a holder of the Note until such time, if any, as Lender receives full payment of this Note. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Trigger Event or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Nothing herein shall limit Lender’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to Borrower’s failure to timely deliver Conversion Shares upon Conversion of the Note as required pursuant to the terms hereof.
3
6. Unconditional Obligation; No Offset. Borrower acknowledges that this Note is an unconditional, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower not subject to offset, deduction or counterclaim of any kind. Borrower hereby waives any rights of offset it now has or may have hereafter against Lender, its successors and assigns, and agrees to make the payments or Conversions called for herein in accordance with the terms of this Note.
7. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Note shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
8. Method of Conversion Share Delivery. On or before the close of business on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date of delivery of a Conversion Notice (the “Delivery Date”), Borrower shall, provided it is DWAC Eligible at such time and such Conversion Shares are eligible for delivery via DWAC, deliver or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver the applicable Conversion Shares electronically via DWAC to the account designated by Lender in the applicable Conversion Notice. If Borrower is not DWAC Eligible or such Conversion Shares are not eligible for delivery via DWAC, it shall deliver to Lender or its broker (as designated in the Conversion Notice), via reputable overnight courier, a certificate representing the number of Common Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares to which Lender shall be entitled, registered in the name of Lender or its designee. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower has not met its obligation to deliver Conversion Shares by the Delivery Date unless Lender or its broker, as applicable, has actually received the certificate representing the applicable Conversion Shares no later than the close of business on the relevant Delivery Date pursuant to the terms set forth above. Moreover, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, in the event Borrower or its transfer agent refuses to deliver any Conversion Shares without a restrictive securities legend to Lender on grounds that such issuance is in violation of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), Borrower shall deliver or cause its transfer agent to deliver the applicable Conversion Shares to Lender with a restricted securities legend, but otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8. In conjunction therewith, Borrower will also deliver to Lender a written explanation from its counsel or its transfer agent’s counsel opining as to why the issuance of the applicable Conversion Shares violates Rule 144.
9. Conversion Delays. If Borrower fails to deliver Conversion Shares by the applicable Delivery Date, Lender may at any time prior to receiving the applicable Conversion Shares rescind in whole or in part such Conversion, with a corresponding increase to the Outstanding Balance (any returned amount will tack back to the Purchase Price Date for purposes of determining the holding period under Rule 144).
10. Sales Limitation. Lender will limit its sales of Common Shares on the open market in any given calendar week to twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%) of the weekly trading volume of the Common Shares on all trading markets (including regular and extended trading) for such week (the “Weekly Sales Cap”). In the event Lender breaches such covenant, Borrower’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be the reduction of the Outstanding Balance by the amount that Lender’s sales of Common Shares in any such week exceeded the Weekly Sales Cap. For the avoidance of doubt, both the Weekly Sales Cap and Borrower’s remedy related to such limitation shall expire thirty (30) days after satisfaction in full of the Note.
11. Exchange Cap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall not issue any Common Shares pursuant to this Note if such issuance (together with any other issuances of Common Shares pursuant to the Note or any other Transaction Document) would result in the aggregate issuance by Borrower of more than 19.99% of Borrower’s outstanding Common Shares as of the Effective Date (the “Exchange Cap”), unless Borrower obtains the prior approval of its stockholders in accordance with applicable law and the rules of the principal securities exchange or market on which the Common Shares then listed or traded for issuances in excess of the Exchange Cap or if the Exchange Cap does not apply to issuances hereunder as result of Borrower electing to be subject to home country rules. In the event the Exchange Cap is reached, Borrower would be required to honor any Conversion Notices in cash.
4
12. Ownership Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note or the other Transaction Documents, Borrower shall not effect any Conversion of this Note to the extent that after giving effect to such Conversion would cause Lender (together with its affiliates) to beneficially own a number of shares exceeding 9.99% of the number of Common Shares outstanding on such date (including for such purpose the Common Shares issuable upon such issuance) (the “Maximum Percentage”). For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership of Common Shares will be determined pursuant to Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act. The foregoing Maximum Percentage is enforceable, unconditional and non-waivable and shall apply to all affiliates and assigns of Lender.
13. Opinion of Counsel. In the event that an opinion of counsel is needed for any Conversion under this Note, Lender has the right to have any such opinion provided by its counsel.
14. Governing Law; Venue. This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. The provisions set forth in the Purchase Agreement to determine the proper venue for any disputes are incorporated herein by this reference.
15. Arbitration of Disputes. By its issuance or acceptance of this Note, each party agrees to be bound by the Arbitration Provisions (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) set forth as an exhibit to the Purchase Agreement.
16. Cancellation. After repayment (including, without limitation, prepayment pursuant to Section 1.2 or Automatic Exchange pursuant to Section 2 of this Note) or conversion of the entire Outstanding Balance, (a) this Note shall be deemed paid in full, shall automatically be deemed canceled, and shall not be reissued and (b) the security interests granted pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Documents shall automatically terminate with respect to all Collateral (as defined therein) and the Collateral and Guarantee Documents shall be of no further force and effect.
17. Amendments. The prior written consent of both parties hereto shall be required for any change or amendment to this Note.
18. Assignments. Borrower may not assign this Note without the prior written consent of Lender. This Note and any Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of this Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by Lender without the consent of Borrower, so long as such transfer is in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws and Borrower receives written notice in connection therewith. The Lender and any permitted assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of this Note represented by this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.
19. Notices. Whenever notice is required to be given under this Note, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with the subsection of the Purchase Agreement titled “Notices.”
20. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of this Note shall be used by Borrower (a) to pay-off and terminate the Existing Credit Facility, (b) to pay-off certain unsecured promissory notes in an amount not to exceed $250,000 in the aggregate, and (c) for working capital in the ordinary course of business and for other general corporate purposes.
21. Severability. If any part of this Note is construed to be in violation of any law, such part shall be modified to achieve the objective of Borrower and Lender to the fullest extent permitted by law and the balance of this Note shall remain in full force and effect.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.
| BORROWER: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
| ACKNOWLEDGED, ACCEPTED AND AGREED: | ||
| LENDER: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
[Signature Page to Secured Convertible Promissory Note]
ATTACHMENT 1
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
A1. “Common Shares” means Borrower’s shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001.
A2. “Conversion Price” means 85% of the Nasdaq Valuation Price.
A3. “Conversion Share Value” means the product of the number of Conversion Shares deliverable pursuant to any Conversion Notice multiplied by the daily VWAP of the Common Shares on the Delivery Date for such Conversion.
A4. “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.
A5. “DTC/FAST Program” means the DTC’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer program.
A6. “DWAC” means the DTC’s Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian system.
A7. “DWAC Eligible” means that (a) Borrower’s Common Shares are eligible at DTC for full services pursuant to DTC’s operational arrangements, including without limitation transfer through DTC’s DWAC system; (b) Borrower has been approved (without revocation) by DTC’s underwriting department; (c) Borrower’s transfer agent is approved as an agent in the DTC/FAST Program; (d) the Conversion Shares are otherwise eligible for delivery via DWAC; and (e) Borrower’s transfer agent does not have a policy prohibiting or limiting delivery of the Conversion Shares via DWAC.
A8. “Existing Credit Facility” means (a) that certain Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2022 (the “Existing Loan Agreement”), by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, a limited company incorporated in Hong Kong, as borrowers, and Venture Lending & Leasing IX, Inc., a Maryland corporation, and WTI Fund X, Inc., a Maryland corporation, as lenders, and (b) each supplement thereto, each note, the intellectual property security agreement, and any other security, mortgage, debenture, charge or pledge agreement(s) executed in connection with the Existing Loan Agreement, each warrant issued by Virtuix Holdings Inc., in connection with the Existing Loan Agreement, and all other contracts, instruments, addenda and documents executed or delivered in connection with the Existing Loan Agreement or the extensions of credit which are the subject of the Existing Loan Agreement.
A9. “Fundamental Transaction” means that (a) (i) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is the surviving corporation) any other person or entity, (ii) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its respective properties or assets to any other person or entity, (iii) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, allow any other person or entity to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower (not including any shares of voting stock of Borrower held by the person or persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the persons or entities making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), (iv) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with any other person or entity whereby such other person or entity acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower (not including any shares of voting stock of Borrower held by the other persons or entities making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other persons or entities making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), (v) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, reorganize, recapitalize or reclassify the Common Shares, other than an increase in the number of authorized shares of Borrower’s Common Shares or Common Shares, (vi) Borrower transfers any material asset to any Subsidiary, affiliate, person or entity under common ownership or control with Borrower, or (vii) Borrower pays or makes any monetary or non-monetary dividend or distribution to its shareholders; or (b) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding voting stock of Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower or any of the subsidiaries entering into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction will be deemed to be a Fundamental Transaction unless such agreement contains a closing condition that this Note is repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction.
Attachment 1 to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, Page 1
A10. “Initial Listing Date” means the first Trading Day that the Common Shares trade on Nasdaq.
A11. “Major Trigger Event” means any Trigger Event occurring under Sections 4.1(a) - 4.1(i).
A12. “Mandatory Default Amount” means the Outstanding Balance following the application of the Trigger Effect.
A13. “Minor Trigger Event” means any Trigger Event that is not a Major Trigger Event.
A14. “Nasdaq Valuation Price” means either (a) the Valuation based Bid Price or (b) the Compelling Evidence-based Bid Price, as accepted by Nasdaq in Borrower’s direct listing application with Nasdaq.
A15. “Other Agreements” means, collectively, (a) all existing and future agreements and instruments between, among or by Borrower (or a subsidiary), on the one hand, and Lender (or an affiliate), on the other hand, and (b) any financing agreement or a material agreement that affects Borrower’s ongoing business operations.
A16. “Outstanding Balance” means as of any date of determination, the Purchase Price, as reduced or increased, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms hereof for payment, Conversion, offset, or otherwise, plus the Transaction Expense Amount, plus the OID, plus accrued but unpaid interest.
A17. “Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 25, 2025, by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc. and Streeterville Capital, LLC in connection with the issuance of purchase of Common Shares pursuant to pre-paid purchases.
A18. “Purchase Price Date” means the date the Purchase Price is delivered by Lender to Borrower.
A19. “Trading Day” means any day on which Nasdaq (or such other principal market for the Common Shares) is open for trading.
A20. “Trigger Effect” means multiplying the Outstanding Balance as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred by (a) seven-and-a-half percent (7.5%) for each occurrence of any Major Trigger Event, or (b) two-and-a-half percent (2.5%) for each occurrence of any Minor Trigger Event, and then adding the resulting product to the Outstanding Balance as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred, with the sum of the foregoing then becoming the Outstanding Balance under this Note as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred; provided, however, that the Trigger Effect may only be applied three (3) times for Major Trigger Events and three (3) times for Minor Trigger Events.
A21. “VWAP” means the volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the principal market for a particular Trading Day or set of Trading Days, as the case may be, as reported by Bloomberg.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
Attachment 1 to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, Page 2
EXHIBIT A
CONVERSION NOTICE
Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Lender”) hereby gives notice to Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), pursuant to that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note made by Borrower in favor of Lender on August 25, 2025 (the “Note”), that Lender elects to convert the portion of the Note balance set forth below into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares of Borrower as of the date of conversion specified below. Said conversion shall be based on the Conversion Price set forth below. In the event of a conflict between this Conversion Notice and the Note, the Note shall govern, or, in the alternative, at the election of Lender in its sole discretion, Lender may provide a new form of Conversion Notice to conform to the Note. Capitalized terms used in this notice without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Note.
| A. | Date of Conversion: ____________ |
| B. | Conversion #: ____________ |
| C. | Conversion Amount: ____________ |
| D. | Conversion Price: _______________ |
| E. | Conversion Shares: _______________ (C divided by D) |
| F. | Remaining Outstanding Balance of Note: ____________* |
| * | Subject to adjustments for corrections, defaults, interest, fees, and other adjustments permitted by the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the terms of which shall control in the event of any dispute between the terms of this Conversion Notice and such Transaction Documents. |
Please transfer the Conversion Shares electronically (via DWAC) to the following account:
| Broker: | Address: | |||
| DTC#: | ||||
| Account #: | ||||
| Account Name: |
| Lender: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | ||
| John M. Fife, President | ||
Exhibit 10.10
LEASE AGREEMENT
Braker A
1826 Kramer Lane
Austin, Texas 78758
THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (this “Lease”) is made as of this 25th day of June, 2015, by and between BRAKER FLEX LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, having an office at 700 N. Pearl Street, Suite N1650, Dallas, Texas 75201 (“Landlord”), and VIRTUIX INC., a Delaware corporation, currently having a principal place of business at 2221 W. Dallas Street, Suite 430, Houston, TX 77019 (“Tenant”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
Landlord desires to lease the Premises (as hereinafter defined) to Tenant, and Tenant desires to lease the Premises from Landlord, all on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth. Therefore, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein set forth and other good and valuable consideration, the sufficiency and receipt of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions.
The following terms shall have the following meanings:
“Base Rent” shall mean the base rent payable by Tenant during the Term, as follows:
PAYMENTS
| DATES | ANNUAL | MONTHLY | ANNUAL PSF | |||||||||
| Commencement Date through September 30, 2016 | $ | 81,000.00 | $ | 6,750.00 | $ | 15.00 | ||||||
| October 1, 2016 - September 30, 2017 | $ | 83,700.00 | $ | 6,975.00 | $ | 15.50 | ||||||
| October 1, 2017 – September 30, 2018 | $ | 86,400.00 | $ | 7,200.00 | $ | 16.00 | ||||||
“Building” shall mean that certain building along with the other improvements at the Land, having a street address of 1826 Kramer Lane, Austin, Texas 78758, and containing approximately 45,092 rentable square feet (which shall be deemed to be the rentable square footage of the Building for all purposes hereunder).
“Commencement Date” shall mean the earlier of (i) July 1, 2015 and (ii) the date Tenant occupies the Premises.
“Common Areas” shall mean that portion of the Property which is designated by Landlord from time to time (and which designation may be modified by Landlord from time to time) for the general, non-exclusive use by Landlord, Tenant and other tenants at the Property, along with their respective employees, contractors and invitees, including, without limitation, non-exclusive parking areas (but excluding parking spaces designated for the exclusive use of other tenants at the Property), and access and egress roads and ways.
“Existing Lease” shall mean that certain Lease Agreement between Landlord and Tenant dated as of May 22, 2015 with respect to the Premises, which Existing Lease the parties are terminating simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Lease, as provided in Section 25(N) below.
“Expiration Date” shall mean September 30, 2018.
“Land” shall mean that certain real property on which the Building is situated.
“Landlord’s Notice Address” shall mean 700 N. Pearl Street, Suite N 1650, Dallas, Texas 75201, Attention: Mr. Stephen H. Kanoff (e-mail: skanoff@westmountrc.com), with a copy to Reynolds Law, PC, 1025 Westchester Avenue, Suite 301, White Plains, New York 10604; Attention: Stephen B. Reynolds, Esq. (e-mail: sreynolds@rl-pc.com).
“Laws” shall mean all applicable federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, orders and regulations, and all rules, orders, regulations, directives or requirements of any governmental or quasi-governmental body with respect to the Premises or Property or the use or occupancy thereof or the operations carried on thereat.
“Permitted Uses” shall mean warehouse and general office use.
“Premises” shall mean that portion of the Building known as Suite H, shown on Exhibit A attached hereto, and comprising approximately 5,400 rentable square feet (which shall be deemed to be the rentable square footage of the Premises for all purposes hereunder).
“Property” shall mean, collectively, the Land, the Building, and any other buildings or improvements now or hereafter constructed at the Land.
“Rent Payment Account” shall mean:
Bank of America
901 Main Street
DALLAS, TX 75202
ABA NO. 0260-0959-3
ACCOUNT NO. 488000028138
CONTACT
SANDY DENMAN
AT 214-944-5454, Ext. 206
“Rent Year” shall mean each calendar year (or portion thereof) during the Term, provided that Landlord may, upon reasonable prior notice to Tenant, change the Rent Year from time to time to any other consecutive twelve (12) month period.
“Security Deposit” shall mean Forty-Eight Thousand and 00/100 Dollars ($48,000.00), subject to reduction in accordance with Section 6 hereof.
“Tenant’s Notice Address” shall mean the Premises, Attention: Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer (e-mail: jan@virtuix.com), with a copy to Brent R. Somers, Phillips & Reiter, PLLC, 2701 West Berry Street, Suite 402, Fort Worth, Texas 76109 (email: bsomers@outsourcegc.com).
“Tenant’s Share” shall mean 11.98% (determined by dividing 5,400 rentable square feet of space in the Premises by 45,092 rentable square feet of total space in the Building).
2
“Term” shall mean the period commencing on the Commencement Date and ending on the Expiration Date, being approximately three (3) years, three (3) months.
2. Premises and Term.
(A) Premises and Term. Subject to the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease, Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby hires from Landlord the Premises for the Term. The Premises shall be used and occupied by Tenant solely for the Permitted Uses and for no other purpose. Tenant shall be solely responsible for obtaining all permits and approvals required by Laws in connection with Tenant’s operations at the Premises, and shall provide copies of same to Landlord upon request. If Tenant takes possession or enters into occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, such possession or occupancy shall be pursuant to all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease (other than the payment of Base Rent). Landlord has not made, does not make, and has not authorized anyone else to make any representation as to the present or future physical condition, operation, or any other matter or thing pertaining to the Premises except as expressly set forth herein. Tenant and its agents, employees, guests and invitees shall have the non-exclusive right to use the Common Areas in common with other tenants at the Property, subject at all times to Landlord’s exclusive control, but Tenant shall not have the right to store any of Tenant’s property at the Common Areas. Tenant’s use of the Premises and Common Areas shall be subject to such reasonable rules and regulations as may be promulgated and modified, added to or deleted by Landlord from time to time, provided that such rules and regulations and any modifications thereof or additions thereto or deletions therefrom (i) are not inconsistent with any provision of this Lease, and (ii) shall be applicable to all tenants in the Building. Landlord shall enforce such rules and regulations in a non-discriminatory manner but will not be liable to Tenant for failure of any tenant or person to comply therewith.
(B) Extension Term. Provided the Lease shall be in full force and effect and no Event of Default shall then be continuing, Tenant shall have the right to extend the Lease Term for one (1) period of three (3) years (the “Renewal Term”). The Renewal Term shall commence on the day after the Expiration Date and shall expire on the day prior to the three (3) year anniversary of such commencement, unless the Renewal Term shall sooner end pursuant to any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Lease or pursuant to any applicable laws, rules or regulations. If Tenant desires to exercise such renewal option, Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of such election no earlier than twelve (12) and no later than six (6) months prior to the scheduled Expiration Date, and upon the giving of such notice the Lease and the Term shall be extended without execution or delivery of any other or further documents, with the same force and effect as if the Renewal Term had originally been included in the Lease Term and the expiration date of the Lease Term shall thereupon be deemed to be the last day of the Renewal Term. The Premises will be accepted ‘as-is’ by Tenant at the commencement of the Renewal Term, and Landlord shall not be obligated to perform any work or provide any allowance, credit or payment with respect to any Tenant work with respect thereto or to provide any rent abatement in connection with the Renewal Term. All of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect during the Renewal Term (with Base Rent continuing to escalate by $0.50 per rentable square foot per annum during the Renewal Term), except that Base Rent for the first year of the Renewal Term shall be equal to the then annual market rental rate per square foot for comparable premises in the Austin, Texas market multiplied by the square footage of the Premises (provided that in no event shall Base Rent payable for the first year of the Renewal Term be less than the Base Rent payable for the last year of the initial Term, escalated by $0.50 per rentable square foot). Such annual market rental rate shall be determined as follows. Within twenty (20) days after Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend, Landlord will propose to Tenant the market rental rate. Within twenty (20) days thereafter, Tenant will either accept such determination (with no response on Tenant’s part during such period being deemed acceptance) or, if Tenant disagrees with such determination, Tenant will provide in writing to Landlord Tenant’s determination of the market rental rate. If, within twenty (20) days thereafter, the parties are not able to agree on the market rental rate, within twenty (20) days after such failure to agree, Landlord and Tenant shall together appoint a MAI appraiser having at least five (5) years’ experience in industrial and warehouse leasing in the vicinity of Austin, Texas. If Landlord and Tenant are not able to agree upon the designation of the appraiser, then the appraiser will be appointed by the American Arbitration Association (or its successor) from its qualified panel of arbitrators, which appraiser shall, to the extent practicable, have the qualifications set forth above. Within thirty (30) days after his or her appointment, the appraiser will determine the fair market rental value of the Premises applicable to the Renewal Tenn and shall choose whichever of the fair market rental values set forth in Landlord’s initial proposal or Tenant’s response is closer to such determination, which shall, for all purposes hereunder, be deemed the fair market rental rate. The determination of the appraiser shall be binding, final and conclusive on the parties. The fees and expenses of the appraiser and the costs incurred in connection with the appointment of the appraiser will be shared equally by Landlord and Tenant.
3
3. Base Rent; Abatement of Base Rent.
Tenant shall pay to Landlord Base Rent and all other monetary obligations of Tenant in favor of Landlord under this Lease, including, without limitation, Operating Payments under Section 4 and utility payments under Section 8 below (all such monetary obligations of Tenant hereunder other than Base Rent, collectively, “Additional Rent”). All Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid by Tenant directly into the Rent Payment Account (or at such other place designated by Landlord in writing) by wire transfer or intra- or inter- bank transfer of funds, without notice or demand and without any setoff, abatement or counterclaim. Tenant shall deposit installments of Base Rent into the Rent Payment Account, monthly, in advance, on the first day of each calendar month during the Term. For purposes of this Lease, the term “rent” will be deemed to include all Base Rent, Additional Rent, reimbursements, late charges and interest, and all other amounts payable to Landlord for any reason whatsoever hereunder. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any applicable state, county and local sales or similar taxes which may be imposed on this Lease or on the Rent, Additional Rent and/or on any other items of rent or other amounts payable by Tenant hereunder. If the Commencement Date does not occur on the first day of a calendar month or if the Term does not expire or terminate on the last day of a calendar month, rent payable hereunder shall be prorated for such partial month on the basis of a thirty (30) day month. In addition to all other rights and remedies provided Landlord, all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other amounts payable hereunder which remain unpaid for five (5) days after their respective due dates shall be subject to an immediate penalty of ten percent (10%) of the unpaid amount, and in addition, shall bear interest from the date that the same became due and payable to and including the date of payment, whether or not demand is made therefor, at the rate of twelve percent (12%) per annum.
Provided no Event of Default occurs during the period commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing for the three (3) month period thereafter (the “Abatement Period”), Base Rent shall be fully abated during the Abatement Period. Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default during the Abatement Period, Base Rent shall be payable from and after the occurrence of the Event of Default. Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses and all other Additional Rent and other amounts (other than Base Rent) payable hereunder.
4. Additional Rent
(A) Operating Payment. For each Rent Year (or portion thereof) during the Term, Tenant shall pay Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses (the “Operating Payment”) in the manner set forth in Section 4(B). “Operating Expenses” shall include (i) Impositions, (ii) Property Expenses, and (iii) Insurance Expenses. For purposes hereof, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(i) “Impositions” shall mean all taxes, assessments and other similar governmental charges which relate to the Property and which are applicable during the Term, including, without limitation, expenses incurred in contesting the validity or amount thereof or in obtaining a refund thereof. Impositions shall not include income taxes; gift, excise or transfer taxes; capital levies or capital stock or excess profits taxes; rollback taxes attributable to any tax years prior to the year in which the Lease is executed due to a sale or a change in use of the Property by Landlord in such prior years; franchise, inheritance or similar taxes measured against income, except to the extent hereafter assessed against owners or lessors of real property in their capacity as such; any taxes and/or assessment for which Tenant or other tenants are liable pursuant to their lease (other than as an Operating Expense pass-through item); or penalties or any interest incurred as a result of Landlord’s negligence, inability or unwillingness to make payments of, and/or to file any tax or information returns with respect to, any real property taxes or assessments, when due.
4
(ii) “Property Expense” shall mean the costs and expenses paid or incurred by Landlord in connection with the operation, repair and maintenance of portions of the Common Areas, the Building and/or the Property, including, without limitation, such costs and expenses for electricity, gas, water, sewer and other utilities; trash removal; security; snow plowing, sanding, salting and shoveling snow; landscaping, mowing and weed removal; sweeping and janitorial services; costs of on-site employees (plus related employment taxes and expenses) and managerial fees not to exceed 4% of Property gross revenues per Rent Year; electrical, plumbing, sprinkler and HVAC repair and maintenance; alarm and sprinkler system testing, maintenance and repair; maintenance, repair, resurfacing and restriping of all parking areas, loading and unloading areas, trash areas, roadways, driveways and walkways; maintenance and repair of common signage; painting of the Buildings and Property; fence and gate repair and maintenance; maintenance and repair of roof and roof membrane, lighting facilities and systems, foundations, floors and floor slabs, walls and facades; and any and all other repairs and maintenance to the extent relating to the Common Areas, the Building and/or the Property. Also included shall be the cost of additions and alterations at the Property required to comply with Laws and/or those that are necessary to the continued use of the Property as currently used. If the costs of any repairs, alterations, additions, changes or other items includable in Property Expenses are required to be capitalized under generally accepted accounting principles, then such costs shall not be included in full as Property Expenses in the Rent Year incurred, but rather, Landlord shall include for each Rent Year the annual portion of such costs resulting from amortizing the same over the useful life thereof, together with interest on such amortized amount at the prime rate of interest published from time to time in The Wall Street Journal or any successor publication plus two percent (2%) per annum. Property Expenses shall specifically exclude (a) Impositions; (b) Insurance Expenses; (c) the cost of tenant improvements made for specific tenant(s) at the Property; (d) any costs which are the obligation of a specific tenant at the Property under such tenant’s lease; (e) the cost of improvements for unleased space at the Property to make such space more attractive to prospective tenants; (f) expenses covered by proceeds of insurance or condemnation awards; (g) the cost (including legal, accounting and other professional fees) incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes by Landlord with tenants at the Property; (h) brokerage costs with respect to the leasing of space at the Property; (i) advertising and promotional expenditures; (j) any loan costs for interest, amortization, or other payments on loans to Landlord; (k) expenses incurred in leasing or procuring tenants, including without limitation attorneys’ fees and other expenses related to leasing tenant space and constructing improvements for the benefit of an individual tenant, expenses for preparation of leases or renovating space for new tenants, rent allowances, lease takeover costs, payment of moving costs or similar costs and expenses for an individual tenant; (1) legal expenses other than those incurred for the general benefit of the Building’s tenants, specifically excluding legal, auditing, consulting and professional fees paid or incurred in connection with negotiations for financings, re-financings or sales of the Property; (m) allowances, concessions, and other costs of renovating or otherwise improving space for individual tenants of the Property or vacant space in the Property; (n) federal income taxes imposed on or measured by the income of Landlord from the operation of the Property; (o) rents due under ground leases; (p) costs incurred in selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging, or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interests in the Property; (q) the costs described in clauses (i) and (iv) of Section 9(A) (not caused by Tenant); (r) expenses paid or reimbursed by Tenant individually pursuant to this Lease; (s) except as provided above, capital expenditures of any kind, including depreciation, amortization, interest payments on encumbrances on the Property and the cost of any capital improvements or additions; (t) repairs, replacements and general maintenance paid by insurance proceeds (or, if Landlord fails to maintain insurance as required hereunder, which would have been paid from insurance proceeds had Landlord maintained the insurance required to be maintained by Landlord hereunder), from condemnation proceeds or by another tenant or responsible third party; (u) costs of installing, operating or removing any specialty service, such as an observatory, broadcasting facility, luncheon club, or athletic or recreational club; (v) costs (other than maintenance costs) of any art work (such as sculptures or paintings) used to decorate the Building; (w) rental, gross receipts, sales and use or other taxes, if any, imposed upon or measured by rents, receipts or income attributable to ownership, use, occupancy, rental, leasing, operation or possession of the Building which have been paid by tenants; (x) salaries of officers and executives of Landlord (above the level of Landlord’s designated property manager); (y) interest and penalties due to late payment of any amounts owed by Landlord, except such as may be incurred as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely pay its portion of such amounts or as a result of Landlord’s contesting such amounts in good faith; (z) costs related to the existence and maintenance of Landlord as a legal entity; (aa) costs incurred in removing the personal property of former tenants or other occupants of the Building; (bb) the cost (including legal fees) of any disputes (other than tax disputes and those which generally benefit the tenants of the Building) between Landlord or any employee or agent of Landlord, and any Landlord’s mortgagee(s); (cc) costs incurred as a result of an intentional tort or willful misconduct by Landlord or its agents; (dd) Landlord’s general overhead and general administrative expenses except as expressly provided in this Lease; (ee) the cost of any work or service performed for any tenant (including Tenant) at such tenant’s cost; (ff) overtime and other costs of curing defaults by Landlord or performing work which is required to be performed by Landlord at Landlord’s sole cost and expense; (gg) promotional gifts; (hh) events, parties or celebrations to the extent invitations to such events, parties or celebrations are not extended to all of the tenants of the Building; (ii) costs of signage which is not intended to generally benefit all tenants of the Property; (jj) compensation paid to clerks, attendants or other persons in commercial concessions other than the parking facilities (such as a snack bar, restaurant or newsstand); (kk) penalties and fines incurred due to the violation by Landlord or any other tenant of the Building of applicable Laws or the terms and conditions of any lease pertaining to the Property, except such as may be incurred by Landlord in contesting in good faith the alleged violation; (11) costs of correcting latent defects in this Premises; (mm) costs in any calendar year relating to the remediation of unlawful contamination by Hazardous Materials in or about the Premises or the Building, including without limitation Hazardous Materials in the ground water or soil, which were not caused by Tenant; (nn) rental loss, bad debt or capital expenditure reserve accounts (other than escrow accounts for the payment of property taxes and insurance premiums); (oo) costs for which Landlord has been compensated by a management fee; (pp) entertainment expenses and travel expenses of Landlord, its employees above the level of the manager of the Property, agents, partners and affiliates; (qq) “in-house” legal and/or accounting fees; (rr) consulting costs and expenses incurred by Landlord; (ss) any “validated” parking for any entity; and (tt) Landlord’s charitable or political contributions.
5
(iii) “Insurance Expenses” shall mean premiums for the insurance maintained by Landlord pursuant to Section 12 as well as any deductible with respect to any insured loss at the Property covered by such insurance.
Tenant shall be entitled to a credit for Tenant’s Share of any and all reductions, offsets and abatements of previously paid Impositions, Property Expense or Insurance Expenses.
(B) Payment of Operating Payment Tenant shall pay monthly during the Term, as Additional Rent, one-twelfth (1/12th) of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Operating Payment for the then-current Rent Year. Landlord shall give Tenant written notice of such estimated payment, and Tenant shall pay such Additional Rent monthly to Landlord at the same time and in the same manner as Base Rent. Following the end of each Rent Year, Landlord will submit to Tenant a statement showing Operating Expenses for the preceding Rent Year along with a reconciliation of Tenant’s estimated Operating Payment as compared to Tenant’s actual Operating Payment for such Rent Year (each, an “Operating Statement”). If Tenant’s actual Operating Payment for such Rent Year exceeds Tenant’s estimated Operating Payment for such Rent Year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord such difference within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Operating Statement. If Tenant’s actual Operating Payment for such Rent Year is less than Tenant’s estimated Operating Payment for such Rent Year, such difference shall be credited against the next installments of the Operating Payment due from Tenant hereunder. Any payments under this Section 4 shall be prorated for any partial Rent Year. Tenant’s obligation to pay any amounts due under this Section 4 shall survive the Expiration Date or earlier termination of this Lease. Tenant shall also pay, before delinquency, any taxes levied or assessed upon any of Tenant’s leasehold improvements, equipment, furniture, fixtures and other personal property within the Premises. In no event shall Tenant’s Share of Controllable Property Expenses (as hereinafter defined) increase by more than five percent (5%) per annum, calculated on a cumulative basis over the Term then to date, over Tenant’s Share of Controllable Property Expenses for the prior Rent Year (or applicable portion thereof). For purposes hereof, “Uncontrollable Property Expenses” shall mean Property Expenses for water, sewer, electricity, utilities, charges by governmental authority, and charges for capital items made or installed pursuant to any Laws hereafter promulgated, and “Controllable Property Expenses” shall mean Property Expenses other than Uncontrollable Expenses. Impositions and Insurance Expenses are not Controllable Property Expenses, and Tenant’s Share of Impositions and Insurance Expenses shall not be subject to limitations on year-to-year increases.
(C) Audit Rights Landlord shall maintain its books and records with regard to Property Expenses in accordance with recognized accounting practices. No books and records shall be required to be kept beyond a two (2) year period after the submittal of an Operating Statement for an applicable period. Provided Tenant shall give Landlord notice not later than sixty (60) days after delivery of an Operating Statement, Tenant, at its sole cost, shall have the right upon not less than five (5) business days’ notice, to examine Landlord’s books and records in respect of Property Expenses for the Rent Year covered in the Operating Statement at Landlord’s principal accounting office during normal business hours, but Tenant may not examine such books and records more than once annually or more than once with respect to any given Rent Year. Unless Tenant disputes in writing any item contained in an Operating Statement within thirty (30) days after receipt of an Operating Statement, such Operating Statement shall be deemed final and accepted by Tenant. If Tenant disputes an Operating Statement, Tenant shall pay the monies set forth therein and any other monies then owed by Tenant under this Lease as a condition to any further review of the content of the Operating Statement. Landlord and Tenant shall attempt in good faith to resolve any such dispute. If the parties are unable to do so within thirty (30) days, within the ensuing thirty (30) day period each party will submit to the other its determination of the Operating Payment with respect to the applicable Rent Year. Landlord and Tenant shall thereupon promptly together designate a mutually approved certified public accountant (the “Arbiter”), and each party shall submit to the Arbiter its determination of the Operating Payment previously provided to the other party as set forth above. Within thirty (30) days after its appointment, the Arbiter will determine the amount of the Operating Payment in question and will choose whichever of the determinations of the Operating Payment set forth in Landlord’s or Tenant’s determination of the Operating Payment is closer to the Arbiter’s determination, which shall, for all purposes hereunder, be deemed the amount of the Operating Payment and shall be binding upon the parties. The costs of the Arbiter shall be paid by the non-prevailing party.
6
5. Premises As-Is; Initial Work.
(A) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord is not obligated to complete or perform any improvements, alterations or other construction or preparation with respect to the Premises or Property (including, without limitation, any building systems) in connection with Tenant’s occupancy thereof. Tenant acknowledges, represents and warrants that, upon taking possession of the Premises, Tenant will have fully examined and inspected the Premises and Property and will have accepted and will be fully satisfied in all respects with the foregoing and that the Premises and Property and state of title thereto will be accepted by Tenant “as is, where is”, except for latent defects and contamination by Hazardous Materials contrary to Laws. Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to the provisions of this Section 5 as to Landlord’s Contribution), will have the right to perform certain tenant improvement work to prepare the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy thereof (the “Work”), subject to and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.
(B) Attached hereto as Exhibit B is a schematic of the Work, which has been approved by Landlord and Tenant (the “Work Schematic”). Based on the Work Schematic, the City of Austin has issued building permit number 2015-073307-BP (a copy of which has previously been provided to Landlord) sufficient for the performance of the Work (the “Work Permit”). In the event that the scope of the Work changes and more detailed plans and specifications for the Work are required with respect thereto, such plans and specifications shall be provided to Landlord for Landlord’s approval (not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). Any changes to the Work Schematic or to any such additional required plans and specifications shall be subject to Landlord’s approval (not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
(C) All contractors and subcontractors performing the Work and any contracts between Tenant and such contractors or subcontractors shall be subject to Landlord’s prior written approval, not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.
(D) The Work shall be constructed in accordance with (i) the Work Schematic and any required additional plans and specifications, (ii) Section 10 of the Lease, (iii) the Work Permit, and (iv) all Laws, and the performance thereof shall be subject to Landlord’s reasonable inspection rights. In the event that the performance of the Work requires any upgrade, alteration or improvement to the Building, Common Areas or the Property in order to comply with Laws, ordinances, rules, regulations or requirements of applicable authorities, such upgrades, alterations or improvements shall be performed as part of the Work.
(E) Upon completion of the Work, and provided no Event of Default shall then be continuing hereunder, Tenant shall provide a written statement to Landlord stating that the Work has been completed in accordance with the Work Schematic and Work Permit and all Laws and stating the cost thereof accompanied by all of the items described in Section (F) below.
7
(F) Landlord will reimburse Tenant for hard costs incurred in construction of the Work in an amount up to $27,000.00 (“Landlord’s Contribution”). Landlord will provide such reimbursement within thirty (30) days after receipt of all of the following: (v) final certificates of occupancy or other required governmental certificates demonstrating completion of the Work, (w) ‘as-built’ drawings showing the Work, (x) a detailed breakdown of the final and total construction costs for the Work, together with receipted invoices (or such other proof of payment as Landlord shall reasonably require) showing payment thereof, (y) lien waivers and/or releases from all contractors and vendors performing the Work and, at Landlord’s election, other commercially reasonable evidence confirming that no liens have been filed against the Property (such as a title search), and (z) any other items required under any applicable Mortgage loan or otherwise required by Landlord’s lender thereunder. In the event that the cost of the Work is less than the amount of Landlord’s Contribution, any unapplied portion of Landlord’s Contribution shall remain Landlord’s property and shall not be disbursed to Tenant. Any request for a disbursement of Landlord’s Contribution shall be made by Tenant on or prior to the date which is nine (9) months after the date hereof
(G) The parties hereby agree that: (i) Landlord shall be responsible (subject to reimbursement as Property Expense), for compliance with the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990 (42 U.S.C. 12101 et seq.), and applicable state and local laws complementary thereto, together with all regulations and guidelines promulgated thereunder (as all of the same may be amended and supplemented from time to time, collectively referred to herein as the “ADA”) with respect to the Common Areas; and (ii) Tenant shall be responsible for ADA compliance in connection with the Premises and access thereto (except that Landlord shall be responsible for the Work complying with the ADA). Tenant shall be solely responsible for requirements under Title I of the ADA relating to Tenant’s employees.
6. Security Deposit.
Upon signing this Lease, Tenant shall deposit the Security Deposit with Landlord by wire or intra- or inter-bank transfer of the Security Deposit into the Rent Payment Account or into such other account as Landlord shall direct, and this Lease shall not be deemed executed and delivered until the Security Deposit shall be so deposited. Landlord shall not be required to segregate the Security Deposit from Landlord’s other funds or pay interest thereon, unless and to the extent required by Laws. If Tenant does not fulfill any of its obligations under the Lease, Landlord may apply the Security Deposit or any portion thereof on account of such obligation or to reimburse Landlord for any sum which Landlord may expend due to Tenant’s default. If Landlord applies any part of the Security Deposit, Tenant, immediately after notice from Landlord, shall deposit with Landlord the amount so applied so that Landlord shall have the full Security Deposit available at all times during the Term. If Tenant complies with all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, the Security Deposit (or any balance thereof) shall be returned to Tenant not later than forty-five (45) days after the Expiration Date and delivery of possession of the entire Premises to Landlord. The amount of the Security Deposit shall be subject to reduction as follows. Provided no Event of Default shall then have occurred hereunder, (i) on or after September 30, 2016, Tenant may request in writing that Landlord reduce the aggregate amount of the Security Deposit to $32,000.00, and (ii) on or after February 28, 2017, Tenant may request in writing that Landlord reduce the aggregate amount of the Security Deposit to $12,000.00. Provided that there shall not have previously occurred an Event of Default as aforesaid, Landlord shall return to Tenant the applicable portion of the Security Deposit within thirty (30) days after receipt of the applicable notice from Tenant.
7. Parking; Security
Tenant shall have the non-exclusive use of up to twenty-two (22) parking spaces located within the parking facilities at the Common Areas which are not designated for the exclusive use of any other tenant at the Property. Landlord may change, relocate or reconfigure the parking facilities and the parking spaces at the Property and do such other acts within such areas as Landlord deems necessary provided that the number of parking spaces for Tenant’s use is not materially decreased. Landlord shall have no obligation to provide security or security measures at the Premises, all of which shall be Tenant’s responsibility, and Tenant waives any claims against Landlord with respect thereto.
8
8. Utilities.
Except as otherwise provided herein, Tenant shall arrange for the provision of and shall pay all service charges, fees and deposits with respect to electricity, janitorial, trash removal, gas, telephone, pest control and any other utilities and other services required at or furnished to the Premises during the Term (“Utilities”). Prior to Tenant occupying all or any portion of the Premises and as a condition precedent to Tenant’s occupancy thereof, Tenant shall provide written evidence to Landlord that Tenant has coordinated with each applicable utility provider to directly bill Tenant for such provider’s Utility service to the Premises as of the Commencement Date, and Tenant shall promptly reimburse Landlord for any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with Tenant’s failure to do so. Tenant shall be responsible for the maintenance and repair of any meters serving solely the Premises, and the costs thereof along with any Utility costs paid by Tenant shall be separate and apart from rent (except that any payments on account of Utilities made directly to Landlord shall be deemed Additional Rent). Landlord shall not be liable for any reason for any loss or damage resulting from an interruption of any of the Utility services, except to the extent such interruptions are caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Landlord may elect to separately meter Utilities at Landlord’s expense. If any Utilities are not separately metered or billed to Tenant for the Premises but rather are billed to and paid by Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, its pro rata share of the cost of such services, as reasonably determined by Landlord by sub-metering, survey or other methods designed to measure consumption with reasonable accuracy.
9. Repairs and Maintenance.
(A) Landlord’s Obligations. Landlord, at its expense (subject to reimbursement to the extent set forth in Section 4), shall maintain and repair in good working order, condition and repair and, where necessary, replace the following: (i) the footings, foundation, floor slab, sub-grade below floor slab and structural components (defined as the steel, floor slab, foundations, load-bearing interior and exterior walls, joists, steel frames and columnar supports) of the Building, including the Premises; (ii) all utility lines outside stub locations within the Premises but serving the Premises, including plumbing mains and electrical panels, conduits and connections serving the Premises; (iii) the roof membrane, flashing, gutters, and downspouts of the Building; and (iv) the roof structure of the Building; provided that Tenant shall reimburse Landlord in full for the cost of any repairs performed by Landlord if caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, invitees and licensees (subject to Section 12(D)). In addition, Landlord, at its expense (subject to reimbursement as provided under Section 4), will maintain the Common Areas and landscaping in good repair and condition and in accordance with all Laws. Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to minimize interference with Tenant’s conduct of business in connection with Landlord’s performance of any work described in this Section 9(A). Tenant will notify Landlord promptly of any defective condition known to Tenant which Landlord is obligated to repair. Landlord shall undertake such necessary repairs and shall complete same as soon as reasonably practicable, unless such repair cannot be completed within thirty (30) days, in which event Landlord shall not be in breach provided it commences such repair within this thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes same to completion. If Landlord shall fail to perform the required maintenance or fail to make repairs required of it pursuant to this paragraph within the foregoing cure, Tenant may, at its election and without waiving any other remedy it may otherwise have under this Lease or at law or in equity, perform such maintenance or make such repairs on Landlord’s behalf and charge Landlord the costs so incurred by Tenant for same. Except as provided in this Lease, Landlord shall not be obligated to provide any maintenance, repairs, replacements or services to Tenant or the Premises.
9
(B) Tenant’s Obligations. Except for Landlord’s obligations set forth above, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall keep, repair and maintain the Premises and all fixtures and equipment thereat, including, without limitation, floor (other than structural repair and maintenance, which is a Landlord obligation), epoxy seals, plumbing, heating, air-conditioning, electrical, gas, water, sewerage, lighting and similar systems, fixtures and equipment as well as the interior of the Premises (including interior walls, ceiling and floor coverings), window glass, loading docks, exterior steps, and doors and permitted signs of Tenant on the outside of the Building in good repair, order and condition (including making replacements as necessary) and in accordance with all Laws. Tenant shall not access or enter upon the roof of the Building and shall not place or maintain any equipment or other items thereon. Tenant shall keep the Premises clean and in good order and shall arrange and pay for all garbage and refuse removal. All repairs, maintenance and replacements to be made or performed by Tenant shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with Laws and the provisions of this Lease and shall be at least the same quality and design as the original work or item. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s expense, enter into a maintenance contract with respect to the HVAC system serving the Premises and, at Landlord’s request, shall enter into maintenance contracts with respect to other systems serving the Premises, in each case with a contractor reasonably approved by Landlord. Provided Tenant is complying with Tenant’s maintenance obligations relating to the HVAC system serving the Premises as aforesaid, Landlord and Tenant shall each pay fifty percent (50%) of any required repair costs with respect thereto. In the event that any of the HVAC system serving the Premises as of the date hereof is required to be replaced during the Term (as reasonably determined by Tenant’s HVAC contractor and agreed by Landlord’s HVAC contractor), Landlord, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, shall cause such HVAC unit to be replaced. Thereafter during the Term, Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for all maintenance, repairs and replacement of any such HVAC unit replaced by Landlord. In the event that Tenant fails to comply with its obligations as aforesaid, in addition to its other rights and remedies hereunder, Landlord shall have the right to enter the Premises and cure such failure at any time without any notice, in which event Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost thereof, as Additional Rent, upon demand.
10. Alterations; Signs.
(A) Alterations. Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises or any penetrations to the roof or structural walls of the Building (collectively, “Alterations”) without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably denied, conditioned or delayed, except that no consent shall be required for minor, cosmetic modifications to the interior of the Premises, provided any such modification is non-structural and neither affects the Building’s mechanical, electrical, security or other systems or services nor penetrates the Building’s roof, roof membrane or structural walls. Any proposed Alteration which is structural or which affects the Building’s mechanical, electrical, security or other systems or services or penetrates the Building’s roof, roof membrane or structural walls shall be subject to Landlord’s consent, which Landlord may give or not in Landlord’s sole discretion. Any separate security system and any cabling within the walls or above the ceilings at the Premises which Tenant desires to install at the Premises shall be deemed an Alteration requiring Landlord’s consent. Tenant shall provide to Landlord for its approval plans and specifications with respect to any Alteration which requires Landlord’s consent and shall provide to Landlord ‘as-built’ plans therefor upon completion. If Landlord consents to any Alterations to the Premises, such Alterations shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner at Tenant’s expense by a reputable contractor or contractors reasonably approved by Landlord, and such Alterations shall be performed in accordance with Laws (and shall include any code compliance work at the Property required on account of the performance of such Alterations) and the terms of this Lease and shall be completed lien-free. Upon the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term, any Alterations and other Tenant property left at the Premises, shall become Landlord’s property and shall be deemed surrendered with the Premises, unless Landlord directs Tenant to remove such Alterations or property (excluding the Work or any Alterations which Tenant requests, as part of the Landlord approval process, may remain at the Premises upon the expiration of the Term and which Landlord agrees may so remain), whereupon Tenant shall remove same at its expense and otherwise restore the Premises in accordance with Section 18. Tenant shall keep the Premises free from claims arising out of any work performed on Tenant’s behalf and shall not affect any interest of Landlord in the Premises or Property.
10
(B) Signage. Tenant shall not, without Landlord’s prior written consent as to content, fabrication and location, install any exterior signage at the Premises, except that Tenant shall have the right to install an exterior sign above the Premises entrance, subject to Landlord’s reasonable approval as to location, design, color and font. With respect to any approved exterior signage, Tenant shall be required to obtain any required approvals from applicable governmental authorities and, if applicable, the industrial park in which the Property is located, with Landlord agreeing to reasonably cooperate, at Tenant’s cost, in connection with any such approvals. The installation of any approved signage shall be performed in a good and workmanlike manner and in accordance with Laws and any requirements at the industrial park in which the Property is located. All signs and placards shall comply with Laws. Tenant shall pay all costs of fabrication, installation and maintenance of all permitted signs or placards. Prior to vacating the Premises, Tenant shall, at its expense, remove its sign(s) and placards and restore the surface beneath such signs or placards damaged or discolored by such removal.
11. Asignment and Subletting
(A) Tenant shall not assign or otherwise transfer this Lease or mortgage, pledge or otherwise encumber this Lease or Tenant’s interest in the Premises without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent may be given or withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. For the purposes of this Section 11, the transfer or issuance of stock or other interests in Tenant ultimately resulting in a change of control in Tenant shall be an assignment of this Lease, and “control” shall mean (i) ownership of at least fifty-one percent (51%) of the legal or equitable interest in Tenant and/or (ii) the ability to direct the decisions and management thereof. If Landlord does not respond to Tenant’s request for consent hereunder within fifteen (15) days after receipt thereof, Landlord will be deemed to have approved the contemplated transfer.
(B) Tenant shall not sublet the Premises or any portion thereof or permit the Premises or any part thereof to be used by anyone other than Tenant, in each instance without obtaining Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably denied, conditioned or delayed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 11, Tenant may sublet the Premises to any entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with Tenant (each, a “related entity”) for the Permitted Uses provided that (a) Tenant shall not then be in default under this Lease, (b) prior to such subletting, Tenant furnishes Landlord with the name of such related entity, together with Tenant’s written certification that such entity is a related entity, (c) Tenant shall deliver Landlord a certified copy of the executed sublease, and (d) in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, the proposed subtenant is in keeping with the reasonable standards of Landlord for the Premises.
11
(C) Unless expressly consented to by Landlord in writing, Tenant shall not be released from its obligations hereunder as a result of any subletting, assignment, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer of substantially all of Tenant’s assets or of substantially all of the ownership interests in Tenant or other transaction permitted hereunder; provided however, that in the case of a permitted assignment of this Lease or merger or consolidation or sale of all of Tenant’s assets where the successor entity is not an Affiliate of Tenant, such liability of the named Tenant shall continue only through the expiration or earlier termination of the then-current period of the Term (whether the initial Term or any Renewal Term), and Tenant shall automatically be released from liability for all obligations under this Lease thereafter accruing upon the expiration or earlier termination of such then-current period, such that Tenant shall not be liable hereunder for any liabilities thereafter arising hereunder. Any proposed sublease or instrument of assignment with respect to a transaction approved (or deemed approved) by Landlord shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord, and certified copies of all approved (or deemed approved) subleases or instruments of assignment shall be promptly delivered to Landlord. In the event that Landlord consents to a proposed assignment or sublease and Tenant fails to execute the assignment or sublease to which Landlord consented within (90) days after the giving of such consent, then Tenant shall again be required to request Landlord’s consent before assigning this Lease or subletting all or part of the Premises. Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord as and when received fifty percent (50%) of any rent and other sums paid by an assignee or sublessee in connection with a permitted assignment or sublease which exceeds the rent provided for in this Lease (allocated on a per square foot basis), after deducting therefrom any concessions, improvement allowances, rental abatements, brokerage commissions, design costs, legal, engineering and architectural fees and other fees and costs paid by Tenant in connection with any such assignment or transfer. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, as Additional Rent, for all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with any assignment or sublease.
(D) Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may assign its entire interest under this Lease to its Affiliate (defined below) or to a successor to Tenant by purchase, merger, consolidation or reorganization without the consent of Landlord, provided that all of the following conditions are satisfied in Landlord’s reasonable discretion (a “Permitted Transfer”): (i) no Event of Default is then continuing hereunder; (ii) Tenant’s successor shall own all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant; (iii) such Affiliate or Tenant’s successor shall have a net worth which is at least equal to the higher of Tenant’s net worth at the date of this Lease and Tenant’s net worth immediately prior to the consummation of the applicable transaction; (iv) such Affiliate’s or Tenant’s successor’s use of the Premises shall not conflict with the Permitted Use; and (v) Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of the Permitted Transfer no later than ten (10) business days prior to the closing of the transaction, along with all applicable documentation and other information necessary for Landlord to determine that the requirements of this Section have been satisfied, including if applicable, the qualification of such proposed transferee as an Affiliate of Tenant. The term “Affiliate” means any person or entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with Tenant or Landlord, as applicable. If requested by Landlord, Tenant’s Affiliate or successor shall sign a commercially reasonable form of assumption agreement.
12. Insurance.
(A) Landlord’s Insurance. Landlord shall maintain throughout the Term, at its expense but subject to reimbursement as hereinafter provided, (i) fire and extended coverage insurance covering the full replacement value of the Property including pollution and environmental, vandalism and special form or such other or broader coverage as may from time to time be deemed appropriate by Landlord or required by Landlord’s lender, and (ii) commercial general liability insurance with respect to the Common Areas in commercially reasonable amounts or as otherwise required by Landlord’s lender. Tenant shall be obligated to pay Tenant’s Share of the premiums with respect to such Landlord insurance in accordance with Section 4.
(B) Tenant’s Insurance. Tenant shall procure and maintain during the Term or cause to be procured and maintained during the Term, without expense to Landlord and with an insurance company with a then current Best’s rating of no less than A-VIII, the policies of insurance as set forth below. All such insurance policies shall be on an occurrence basis and shall name Landlord and its designated property manager and lender as additional insureds on a primary, non-contributory basis.
12
(i) Fire and extended coverage insurance covering any Alterations as well as Tenant’s personal property, fixtures, equipment and other improvements at the Premises against loss or damage by fire and other risks as are from time to time covered under “extended coverage” endorsements and special extended coverage endorsements commonly known as “all risks” endorsements, in an amount equal to the greater of the full replacement value or that amount required by the holder of any Mortgage and containing the waiver of subrogation required under this Lease;
(ii) Commercial General Liability Insurance providing coverage for bodily injury (including death), property damage, and products liability insurance (where such exposure exists) and containing a broad form contractual liability endorsement covering Tenant’s contractual liability obligations under this Lease. Such insurance shall have a combined single limit of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) in the aggregate for all occurrences within each policy year, or such greater amounts as Landlord may from time to time require based upon Landlord’s determination as to the amounts of such insurance generally required at such time for comparable premises and buildings in the general geographical area of the Premises;
(iii) Workers compensation insurance as required by state law and employer liability insurance with limits of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00);
(iv) Comprehensive automobile liability insurance with limits of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) combined bodily injury and property damage per occurrence; and
(v) Throughout the performance of the Work or any other Alterations, all risk “Builders Risk” insurance and general liability insurance, with completed operation endorsement, for any occurrence in or about the Property, in such commercially reasonable limits as Landlord may reasonably require. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with reasonably satisfactory evidence that such insurance is in effect at or before the commencement of any such work and, on request, at reasonable intervals thereafter during the continuance thereof.
(C) Insurance Certificates. All policies of insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall provide that copies of certificates thereof and showing the premium therefor has been paid, shall be delivered to Landlord and to Landlord’s designated property manager upon execution of this Lease with such insurance being effective as of the commencement of the Term (and this Lease shall not be deemed executed and delivered until evidence of effective required insurance shall be so delivered), and thereafter at least thirty (30) days prior to each renewal date. To the extent available, all such policies shall provide that same may not be canceled nor coverage reduced by the insurer except upon not less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord. If Tenant fails to procure and keep in force such insurance after notice and a reasonable cure period, Landlord may procure same, and the cost thereof shall be payable immediately upon demand by Tenant to Landlord as Additional Rent.
(D) Waiver of Subrogation. Landlord and Tenant hereby waive on behalf of their respective insurance carriers any right of subrogation that may exist or arise as against the other party with respect to insurance maintained or required to be maintained by it under this Lease. Landlord and Tenant shall cause the insurance companies issuing their insurance policies required hereunder to waive any subrogation rights that the companies may have against Tenant and Landlord, respectively, which waivers shall be specifically stated in the respective policies.
13
13. Eminent Domain and Casualty.
(A) Eminent Domain. If all or substantially all of the Premises, the Building or the parking areas is taken by a public authority pursuant to the exercise of the power of eminent domain, this Lease shall terminate on the date on which the condemning authority takes possession of the Premises (“Date of Such Taking”). If part of the Premises is taken such that, in Landlord’s reasonable opinion, the Premises cannot be restored to an economically viable condition, or if the holder of any Mortgage (as hereinafter defined) requires application of the condemnation proceeds to the reduction of the mortgage indebtedness, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease and the condemnation renders all or a substantial portion of the Premises untenantable or inaccessible or results in a reduction of accessible on-site parking spaces to the extent it is not viable for Tenant to continue to operate its business at the Premises in the manner operated immediately prior to such taking, Tenant may terminate this Lease effective on the Date of Such Taking by written notice given no later than sixty (60) days after the Date of Such Taking. Upon a partial taking which does not result in a termination of this Lease: (i) rent shall be adjusted to reflect the reduced amount of rentable area in the Building; and (ii) Landlord shall restore the Premises, including the Work, but only to the extent of funds available to Landlord from the consideration paid for such taking. Landlord shall not otherwise be obligated to replace or restore any improvements or alterations to the Premises made by or on behalf of Tenant, or any of Tenant’s leasehold improvements, personal property, furniture, fixtures or equipment. Upon any taking, Landlord shall be entitled to any resulting damages, awards or any interest therein, and Tenant shall have no claim for the value of any unexpired term of the Lease or otherwise. Tenant may independently claim for the value of its furniture, fixtures and equipment or moving expenses, provided that such claim shall not diminish Landlord’s claim.
(B) Casualty. If the Premises or a substantial portion thereof is rendered untenantable by fire or other casualty and Landlord reasonably determines (based on the determination of a third-party architect or engineer) that the damage cannot be repaired within one hundred eighty (180) days after Landlord is notified of the casualty, then either Landlord or Tenant may, within thirty (30) days after such determination (which shall be provided to Tenant), give the other notice of termination of this Lease, and the Term shall expire thirty (30) days after such notice is given, with rent being apportioned as of the date of the damage, pro rata based on that portion of the Premises Tenant is not able to access. Landlord shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to give Tenant written notice of its determination of the estimated repair date within sixty (60) days of the date of damage. In addition, if any holder of a mortgage encumbering the Property requires that insurance proceeds be applied to reduce the mortgage indebtedness, Landlord may terminate this Lease upon thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Tenant. If either Landlord or Tenant has not elected to terminate as herein provided, Landlord shall repair the Premises to the extent of insurance proceeds received by Landlord. During any period it is not possible to occupy the Premises or a portion thereof on account of any repair or restoration, Tenant will have no obligation to pay rent or other amounts due hereunder allocable to the portion of the Premises which cannot be occupied. Tenant shall give Landlord prompt written notice of any damage to the Premises by fire or other casualty. Landlord’s obligations to restore are strictly limited to the replacement of the basic Building area, the Premises and the Work, and shall not apply to Alterations, personal property, furniture, fixtures or equipment.
14
14. Indemnification and Compliance with Laws.
(A) Indemnity.
(i) Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord and Landlord’s shareholders, members, partners, managers, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and lenders harmless from and against any and all demands, causes of action, judgments, costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, or liability suffered by Landlord and (a) occurring in the Premises at any time during the Term (or any time prior to or after the Term Tenant is occupying all or a portion of the Premises) from any cause whatsoever other than the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord; (b) arising out of or in any way related to claims for labor performed or materials furnished to Tenant or the performance of any work done by or for the account of Tenant, whether or not Tenant obtained Landlord’s permission to have such work done, labor performed or materials furnished; or (c) arising out of or in any way related to any breach of a representation by Tenant or of a covenant or condition in this Lease to be performed by Tenant or the failure by Tenant to comply with any provisions of this Lease, including, without limitation, the provisions of Section 14(D). The provisions of this Subsection shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
(ii) Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant and Tenant’s shareholders, members, partners, managers, officers, directors, employees, attorneys, agents and lenders harmless from and against any and all demands, causes of action, judgments, costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, or liability suffered by Tenant and (a) occurring in the Building, the Property or the Premises at any time during the Term to the extent caused by Landlord’s negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant; (b) arising out of or in any way related to claims for labor performed or materials furnished to Landlord or the performance of any work done by or for the account of Landlord, including the Work; or (c) arising out of or in any way related to any breach of a representation by Landlord or of a covenant or condition in this Lease to be performed by Landlord or the failure by Landlord to comply with any provisions of this Lease. The provisions of this Subsection shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
(B) Compliance with Laws. Tenant, at its expense, shall comply with all Laws (including, without limitation all Laws relating to Hazardous Materials) relating to the use and occupancy Premises and/or the conduct by Tenant of its business at the Premises and/or the use by Tenant of the Common Areas or other portions of the Property as may be permitted hereunder. Tenant shall cause to be issued all permits and licenses required under Laws in connection with the conduct by Tenant of its business at the Premises and shall provide copies of same to Landlord upon request.
(C) Liens.
(i) Tenant shall not do or permit any act which could encumber the right, title and interest of Landlord in and to the Premises, Building or Property, and any claim or lien arising out of Tenant’s acts or omissions shall relate only to Tenant’s leasehold interest. The parties agree that no interest of Landlord in the Premises, Building or Property shall be subject to any liens for (a) any improvements or Alterations made by Tenant at the Premises, or (b) any materials furnished therefor or in connection therewith, and Tenant shall defend, protect and indemnify Landlord from the filing of any such liens or claims.
(ii) Contemporaneously with execution of, and as a condition precedent to, this Lease, Landlord shall execute and deliver the subordination agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C pursuant to which any statutory or contractual lien of Landlord in and to all or any portion of Tenant’s furnishings, fixtures, equipment and personal property in the Premises shall be subject, subordinate and inferior to the first-priority lien rights granted by Tenant to Venture Lending & Leasing VII, Inc. pursuant to the loan agreement between Tenant and such entity, subject to the terms and conditions set forth more fully therein.
15
(D) Environmental Compliance.
(i) Tenant shall not, and shall not direct, suffer or permit any of its agents, representatives, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees to at any time handle, use, manufacture, transport, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Building any of the following substances (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”): flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives or any substance subject to regulation by or under any Laws relating to the protection of the environment or the keeping, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant to any of such laws or ordinances. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as aerosol cans containing insecticides, toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent used for Tenant’s normal business operations; provided that Tenant shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of any such Hazardous Materials in a safe manner in strict accordance with all Laws and never allow such Hazardous Materials to contaminate the Premises, Building and appurtenant land or the environment. Landlord may, in its sole discretion, place such conditions as Landlord deems reasonably appropriate with respect to such Hazardous Materials, including without limitation, rules, regulations and safeguards as may be required by any insurance carrier, any lender of Landlord, or any environmental consultant of Landlord or any such lender. Tenant shall at its own expense procure, maintain in effect and comply with all conditions of any and all permits, licenses and other governmental and regulatory approvals required for the storage or use by Tenant or any of Tenant’s Representatives of Hazardous Materials on the Premises or the Property.
(ii) Landlord represents to Tenant that no written notice of any violation of any laws regulating Hazardous Materials has been received by Landlord, which violation has not been cured.
(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall Tenant be responsible for, nor shall Tenant be deemed to have indemnified Landlord or Landlord for, any claims arising out of any release of Hazardous Materials or contamination on, under or in the Premises in violation of Laws that (a) existed prior to the date of this Lease and was not exacerbated by any acts of Tenant or its agents or contractors or employees, or (b) is caused by any party other than Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees.
(iv) If Hazardous Materials are discovered in the Premises or the Property during the Term hereof which are in violation of Laws, and such Hazardous Materials were not caused or introduced by Tenant, its agents, contractors or employees, but were caused by Landlord, Landlord will cause such Hazardous Materials to be remediated, encapsulated, or otherwise handled, at Landlord’s expense (said costs to not be included in Landlord’s operating expenses), if and within the time frames and parameters required by Laws.
(v) All covenants, representations, warranties, obligations and indemnities made or given under this Section 14(E) shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
16
15. Quiet Enjoyment and Subordination.
(A) Landlord covenants and agrees that, upon Tenant’s performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions hereof on Tenant’s part to be performed, Tenant shall have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the Term without interference by any persons lawfully claiming by or through Landlord, subject to the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.
(B) This Lease is subject and subordinate to any easement agreements; all ground and underlying leases; any mortgage, deed of trust or deed to secure debt (each, a “Mortgage”); and to any renewals, modifications, extensions, replacements, and substitutions of any of the foregoing, now or hereafter affecting the Premises and/or the Property. This provision shall be self-operative and no further instrument of subordination shall be required. Furthermore, Landlord may assign the rents and its interest in this Lease to the holder of any Mortgage. In such event, Tenant shall give such holder a reasonable period to cure such default, commencing on the last day on which Landlord could cure such default.
16. Events of Default.
(A) In addition to any other event specified in this Lease as an event of default, the occurrence of any one or more of the following events during the Term (each, an “Event of Default”) shall constitute a breach of this Lease by Tenant and Landlord may exercise the rights set forth in Section 17 or as otherwise provided at law or in equity: (i) Tenant fails to pay any sum payable hereunder within five (5) days after written notice that same is due; or (ii) Tenant fails to perform any of the other covenants, terms or conditions of this Lease to be performed by Tenant (other than any monetary default), and, unless expressly provided elsewhere in this Lease, such default shall continue for thirty (30) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant, or, in the case of a default which cannot with due diligence be cured within thirty (30) days, Tenant fails to commence such cure promptly within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion, but in no event shall such cure period exceed sixty (60) days; or (iii) Tenant files a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or becomes insolvent within the meaning of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or a petition is filed against Tenant thereunder and is not dismissed with prejudice within sixty (60) days after filing, or Tenant files any petition or answer seeking reorganization or similar relief under any bankruptcy or other Law, or seeks or consents to the appointment of a receiver or other custodian for any substantial part of Tenant’s properties or any right in the Premises; or (iv) Tenant fails to deliver an estoppel certificate within the time period set forth in and otherwise complying with the provisions of Section 24, and such failure continues for a period of five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord; or (v) the Premises shall be effectively abandoned by Tenant for a period of thirty (30) days; or (vi) an unauthorized mechanic’s or any other lien is filed against the Premises or the Property arising out of any work performed by or on behalf of Tenant and Tenant fails to discharge such lien within thirty (30) days after the filing thereof.
(B) If Landlord fails to perform any of the covenants or conditions required on its part to be performed pursuant to this Lease, where such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice specifying the nature and extent of such default in detail (provided, however, that if such default is of a nature that it cannot be reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall have such additional time as may be required to effect such cure provided Landlord commences the cure within such thirty (30) day period), Landlord shall be in default under this Lease for so long as such condition continues thereafter. In such event, Tenant shall have the right to exercise and prosecute any remedies that Tenant may have, at law or in equity, including without limitation an action for damages, specific performance, injunctions and other equitable relief; except that in no event shall Landlord be liable for damages other than actual damages (that is, excluding consequential, special, indirect, punitive or other measures of damages other than actual damages), subject to the limitations on Landlord’s liability as set forth elsewhere in this Lease.
17
17. Landlord’s Remedies.
(A) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, Landlord may pursue any one or more of the following remedies as and to the extent permitted by Laws, without notice or demand whatsoever, in addition to, or in lieu of, any other remedies available to Landlord under Laws: (i) Landlord may give Tenant written notice of its election to terminate this Lease, whereupon Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises shall cease on the day specified therein, and this Lease, except as to Tenant’s liability determined in accordance with this Section 17, shall be terminated, (ii) Landlord and its agents may immediately re-enter and take possession of the Premises, or any part thereof, either by summary proceedings, or by any other applicable action or proceeding, or by force or otherwise and may repossess same as Landlord’s former estate and expel Tenant and remove its effects without being deemed guilty in any manner of trespass, and without prejudice to any remedies for arrears of rent or Tenant’s breach of covenants or conditions; or (iii) if Landlord elects to re-enter as provided hereinabove, or if Landlord takes possession pursuant to legal proceedings or otherwise, Landlord may (but shall not be obligated to), without terminating this Lease, relet the Premises or any part thereof in Landlord’s or Tenant’s name, but for Tenant’s account (subject to Section 17(B)), for such terms and on such conditions as Landlord, in its sole discretion, may determine, and, whether or not Landlord elects to terminate this Lease, Landlord may collect and receive the rents therefor without affecting Tenant’s liability hereunder. Tenant shall not be entitled to any rents collected or payable under any reletting, whether or not such rents shall exceed the rent reserved in this Lease.
(B) Tenant waives the service of any notice of intention to re-enter or to institute legal proceedings to that end which may otherwise be required under law. Tenant, on its own behalf and on behalf of all persons claiming through Tenant, including all creditors, further waives any rights which Tenant and all such persons might otherwise have under any law to redeem the Premises, or to re-enter or repossess the Premises, or to restore the operation of this Lease, after (i) Tenant shall have been dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge, or (ii) any re-entry by Landlord, or (iii) any expiration or termination of this Lease and the Term, whether such dispossess, re-entry, expiration or termination shall be by operation of law or pursuant to the provisions of this Lease.
(C) In the event that an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, this Lease shall continue in effect so long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord may enforce its rights and remedies hereunder, including the right to recover rent as it becomes due hereunder. If Tenant fails to perform any act or make any payment required of Tenant hereunder, Landlord may, without waiving Tenant’s performance of its obligations hereunder, make such payment or perform such act on Tenant’s behalf. All costs incurred by Landlord in taking such action shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be paid to Landlord on demand. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for all expenses incurred by Landlord (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements), by reason of any breach by Tenant, or its agents, servants or employees, of any covenant or provision of this Lease.
(D) Measure of Damages. If the Lease is terminated pursuant to Section 17(A)(i) or summary proceeding or other action or if Landlord re-enters the Premises pursuant to Sections 17(A)(ii) or (iii), or any summary proceeding or other action, then, in any of said events: (i) Tenant shall pay Landlord Base Rent and any Additional Rent payable under this Lease to the Expiration Date or to the date of Landlord’s re-entry upon the Premises, as the case may be; (ii) Tenant also shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, as damages, any deficiency (the “Deficiency”) between the rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term and the net amount, if any, of rents collected in respect of any reletting effected pursuant to the provisions of Section 17(A)(iii) for such period, together with all of Landlord’s expenses in connection with the termination of this Lease, with Landlord’s re-entry upon the Premises and with such reletting as and when such expenses are incurred. Tenant shall pay such Deficiency in monthly installments on the days specified in this Lease for payment of monthly Base Rent. Landlord may recover from Tenant each monthly Deficiency as the same shall arise, and no suit to collect the amount of the Deficiency for any month shall prejudice Landlord’s right to collect the Deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding; and (iii) whether or not Landlord shall have collected any monthly Deficiencies, Landlord may recover from Tenant, in lieu of any further Deficiencies, as and for liquidated final damages, a sum equal to the amount by which the rent for the period which otherwise would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term exceeds the then fair rental value of the Premises for the same period, less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to use reasonable efforts to relet the Premises so as to mitigate the Tenant’s damages, but in no event shall Landlord be obligated to make any commercially unreasonable efforts to relet the Premises or to relet same to an unsatisfactory tenant or for any use other than the Permitted Use, or prefer the reletting of the Premises over another suitable space in the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord waives all claims against Tenant for consequential, special or punitive damages incurred by Landlord (except in the case of Tenant’s holdover).
18
18. End of Term; Holding Over.
On the Expiration Date or any earlier termination of this Lease or upon any reentry by Landlord upon the Premises, Tenant shall quit and surrender the Premises to Landlord “broom-clean” and in good order, condition and repair, except for ordinary wear and tear, latent defects, casualty or condemnation loss and repairs that are not Tenant’s obligation hereunder, and Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s property therefrom, including Tenant’s unattached moveable trade fixtures, furnishings, equipment, business records, proprietary information and other personal property, and shall remove any Alterations, improvements and appurtenances required to be removed pursuant to Section 10(A), and, in such event, repair and restore the Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 10(A). If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or other termination of the Term, then, at Landlord’s option, Tenant shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a month-to-month tenant only, at a monthly rental equal to 150% of the Base Rent payable hereunder during the last month of the Term. Tenant shall also pay all Additional Rent payable under this Lease, prorated for each month during which Tenant remains in possession. Tenant shall defend, indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, losses and liabilities for damages resulting from failure to surrender possession upon the Expiration Date or sooner termination of the Term, and such obligations shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
19. Notices.
All notices given hereunder shall be (i) in writing and delivered to Landlord’s Notice Address or Tenant’s Notice Address, as applicable, (ii) given by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by a nationally recognized overnight courier, along with a copy, in either case, given by e-mail or electronic transmission to the e-mail address included in Landlord’s Notice Address or Tenant’s Notice Address, as applicable, and (iii) deemed to be given on the third (3rd) business day after the date of posting in a United States Post Office or one (1) business day after delivery to the overnight courier. Either party may designate a different notice address at any time and any notice given hereunder shall be effective if delivered by counsel for either party in accordance with this Section.
20. Brokers.
Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with the negotiation and/or execution of this Lease other than Stream Realty and Endeavor Real Estate, the commission of which shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement. Each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expense, claim, action, demand, suit or obligation arising out of or relating to a breach by such party of the foregoing representation and such obligations shall survive the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease.
19
21. Force Majeure.
Any obligation of Landlord or Tenant (other than the payment of monies) which is delayed or not performed due to acts of God, strike, riot, shortages of labor or materials, war, acts of terrorism, governmental laws or action, or lack thereof, inaction by any governmental authority with respect to the issuance of any licenses or permits necessary to perform an act required hereunder or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond such party’s reasonable control (each, a “Force Majeure”), shall not constitute a default hereunder and shall be performed within a reasonable time after the end of such cause for delay or nonperformance.
22. No Setoff.
All agreements, covenants and activities to be performed by Tenant hereunder shall be at Tenant’s expense and without any abatement of rent. Tenant shall not be entitled to any setoff, offset or abatement of any rent due Landlord hereunder if Landlord fails to perform its obligations hereunder.
23. Limitation of Landlord Liability.
(A) The term “Landlord” as used herein shall mean only the owner of the Property. Upon a transfer of title to or lease of the Property, the transferor shall be relieved of all covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder and Tenant shall look solely to the successor in interest of the transferor as Landlord hereunder provided such assignee assumes or is legally deemed to have assumed all of Landlord’s obligations hereunder. Tenant agrees to attom to the transferee or assignee, such attornment to be self-operative.
(B) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, no member or general or limited partner in or of Landlord, whether direct or indirect, nor any direct or indirect partners or members in such partners, nor any disclosed or undisclosed officers, shareholders, principals, directors, employees, partners, servants or agents of Landlord, nor any of the foregoing, nor any investment adviser or other holder of any equity interest in Landlord, their successors, assigns, agents, or any mortgagee in possession shall have any personal liability with respect to any provisions of this Lease and, if Landlord is in breach with respect to its obligations, Tenant shall look solely to Landlord’s interest in the Property for satisfaction of Tenant’s remedies hereunder, including without limitation (i) the unencumbered proceeds of sale received upon execution of a judgment in favor of Tenant and levy thereon against the right, title, and interest of Landlord in the Building or the Property, (ii) the unencumbered rents or other income from the Building receivable by Landlord, and (iii) the unencumbered consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title, and interest in the Building or the Property.
24. Estoppel Certificate; Financial Statements.
Tenant shall deliver, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, a certificate to the party designated in such request, in the form supplied, certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect (or stating any modifications then in effect), that there are no defenses or offsets thereto (or stating those claimed by Tenant), the dates to which Base Rent and Additional Rent have been paid, and as to any other information reasonably requested. Tenant further agrees that, within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written request therefor, it shall deliver to Landlord unaudited financial statements prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for Tenant’s most recent fiscal year for which such financial statements have been prepared.
20
25. Miscellaneous.
(A) Landlord’s failure to exercise its rights with respect to a breach of any term, covenant or condition contained herein shall not be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition contained herein.
(B) The voluntary or other surrender of possession of the Premises by Tenant, or a mutual cancellation of this Lease, shall not result in a merger of Landlord’s and Tenant’s estates, and shall, at Landlord’s option, either terminate any existing subleases or subtenancies, or operate as an assignment to Landlord of any such subleases or subtenancies.
(C) If either party brings an action against the other, the prevailing party may recover court costs and attorneys’ fees and disbursements (whether at the administrative, trial or appellate levels) in such amount as the court or administrative body deems reasonable. Landlord shall also be entitled to recover attorneys’ fees and disbursements incurred in connection with a Tenant default hereunder which does not result in the commencement of any action or proceeding.
(D) Each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that such individual is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant and that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms. If this Lease is executed by more than one tenant, Tenant’s obligations hereunder shall be the joint and several obligations of each tenant executing this Lease. Nothing contained herein shall create any relationship between the parties hereto other than that of Landlord and Tenant.
(E) Tenant acknowledges that it has not relied on any representations or agreements except those expressed herein, and that this Lease contains the entire agreement of the parties. No modification of this Lease shall be binding or valid unless in writing and executed and delivered by both parties and Tenant shall not record this Lease or a memorandum hereof without Landlord’s prior written consent. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, the terms, covenants and conditions contained in this Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective heirs, successors, executors, administrators and permitted assigns of each of the parties hereto.
(F) Upon not less than sixty (60) days’ notice, Landlord shall have the right to move Tenant to other space in the Property comparable in size, visibility and finishes to the Premises, and all terms hereof shall apply to the new space with equal force. In such event Landlord shall provide Tenant, at Landlord’s sole cost and expense, with tenant improvements at least equal in quality to those in the Premises and shall move Tenant’s property to the new space at Landlord’s sole cost and expense at such time and in such manner as to inconvenience Tenant as little as reasonably practicable. In addition, Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Tenant in connection with such relocation (including, but not limited to, the costs of reasonable supplies of replacement stationery and telephone installations), within thirty (30) days of Landlord’s receipt of an invoice therefor. Simultaneously with such relocation of the Premises, the parties shall execute an amendment to this Lease evidencing such relocation of the Premises.
21
(G) Landlord and Landlord’s agents and representatives shall have the right to enter the Premises at any time in case of an emergency, and at all reasonable times upon at least four (4) hours’ notice (except in the case of emergency) for the purpose of confirming compliance by Tenant with the provisions of this Lease and for any other purpose permitted or required pursuant to the terms of this Lease, including, without limitation, inspecting the physical or environmental condition of the Premises or showing the Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers or lenders. All entries by Landlord upon the Premises under this Section shall be coordinated with Tenant in writing in advance and conducted in a commercially reasonable manner that minimizes interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises. An agent of Tenant may, if available, accompany Landlord and its agents during any entry into the Premises.
(H) The submission of this Lease for review does not constitute an option, offer or agreement to lease space. This Lease shall be effective only upon Landlord’s and Tenant’s execution and Landlord’s delivery of same to Tenant.
(I) Any remedy or election given pursuant to any provision in this Lease shall be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity unless otherwise specifically provided herein.
(J) This Lease shall be construed in accordance with the Laws of the State in which the Property is located. Unless herein waived, Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that all of the applicable statutes of such state are superimposed on the rights, duties and obligations of Landlord and Tenant hereunder. Venue for any action hereunder shall lie in Travis County, Texas.
(K) Where Tenant is required by this Lease to pay any sum of money or to do any act within an indicated period or by a particular date, it is understood that time is of the essence.
(L) If any term or provision of this Lease shall, to any extent, be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby, and all other terms and provisions of this Lease shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(M) Landlord and Tenant hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties hereto against the other or their successors in respect of any matter arising in connection with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenant’s use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or any claim for injury or damage, or any emergency or statutory remedy.
(N) Effective upon the execution and delivery of this Lease, the Existing Lease shall be deemed terminated and of no further force or effect without the necessity of any further action by either party.
[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
22
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant have executed this Lease as of the date first set forth above.
| BRAKER FLEX LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Landlord | VIRTUIX INC., a Delaware corporation, Tenant | |||||
| By: Braker Office Venture LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, managing member | ||||||
| By: | /s/ Stephen H. Kanoff | By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |||
| Name: | Stephen H. Kanoff | Name: | Jan Goetgeluk | |||
| Title: | Manager | Title: | CEO | |||
| Federal Tax I.D. No.: 46-4369097 | ||||||
EXHIBITS
| A | Description of the Premises |
| B | Work Schematic |
| C | Subordination Agreement |
Signature Page
EXHIBIT A
Description of the Premises

Exhibit A
EXHIBIT B
Work Schematic
Exhibit B
EXHIBIT C
Form of Landlord Waiver
AGREEMENT
In order to induce VENTURE LENDING & LEASING VII, INC. (“Lender”) to, among other things, provide financing, which is secured by certain equipment and other personal property assets owned by Tenant (collectively, “Equipment”), to VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC., VIRTUIX INTERACTIVE I, LLC, and VIRTUIX INC. (as applicable, “Tenant”), pursuant to one or more Loan and Security Agreements, between Lender and Tenant, and any supplements, extensions, renewals and replacements thereof (the “Loan Agreement”), some or all of which Equipment may be located at the Premises (as hereinafter defined) located at that certain real property having a street address of 1826 Kramer Lane, Austin, Texas 78758 (the “Real Property”), the undersigned declares and agrees as follows:
1. The undersigned (“Landlord”) has an interest in the Real Property as owner, operator and/or landlord and intends to enter into a lease agreement (the “Lease”) with Tenant for the letting of certain space (the “Premises”) to Tenant at the Real Property.
2. The undersigned agrees that the Equipment shall at all times be deemed personal property, even though it may be placed on or affixed to the Real Property. Lender shall have the right, at all reasonable times during the term of the Lease, to access and enter upon the Premises to take possession and dispose of the Equipment pursuant to the terms of the Loan Agreement or otherwise, free of any claim to, interest in, or lien on the Equipment in favor of the undersigned; provided that if Lender in removing the Equipment damages any improvements of the undersigned on the Real Property, Lender will, at its own expense, cause the same to be repaired. Any such entry by Lender shall be upon all applicable terms and conditions of the Lease, except the obligation to pay rent or other amounts required to be paid by Tenant thereunder.
3. Any right or interest in the Equipment that the undersigned now has or may hereafter acquire because of the location or installation of the Equipment on the Real Property or otherwise is hereby made subject, subordinate and inferior to the rights of Lender to the Equipment under the terms of the Loan Agreement; provided, that the undersigned shall continue to retain all rights to bring an action in unlawful detainer and trespass against Tenant for nonpayment of the Lease or any other breaches thereof, subject to Lender’s rights with respect to the Equipment.
4. Each reference herein to Lender and the undersigned shall be deemed to include their respective successors and assigns, all of whom shall be bound by and entitled to the benefits of the provisions hereof.
Executed this ____ day of __________ , 2015.
Exhibit C
Exhibit 10.11
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
This Third Amendment to Lease Agreement (this “Third Amendment”) is made and entered into by and between BRAKER METRIC BUSINESS PARKS, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Landlord”), as successor-in-interest to WC Braker Portfolio, LLC, as successor-in-interest to Braker Flex LLC (“Original Landlord”), and VIRTUIX INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), and shall be effective for all purposes as of the date that Landlord executes this Third Amendment as set forth on the signature page attached hereto (the “Effective Date”).
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant are now parties to that certain Lease Agreement as originally entered into by and between Original Landlord and Tenant (the “Original Lease”), as amended by (i) that certain First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated February 19, 2018 (the “First Amendment”) and (ii) that certain Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated June 29, 2023 (the “Second Amendment;” the Original Lease, as so amended, being the “Lease”), pursuant to which Tenant leases from Landlord certain premises designated as Suite H, containing 5,400 rentable square feet of space (the “Existing Premises”) in that certain building located at 1826 Kramer Lane, Austin, Texas 78758 and known as Braker A (the “Building A”); and
WHEREAS, the Term of the Lease is scheduled to expire on September 30, 2024 (the “Original Expiration Date”);
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to further amend the Lease as more particularly described hereinbelow;
NOW, THEREFORE, pursuant to the foregoing, and in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein and in the Lease, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Lease is hereby amended as follows:
| 1. | Defined Terms/Ratification. All capitalized terms used herein shall have the same meaning as defined in the Lease, unless otherwise defined in this Third Amendment. |
| 2. | Relocation. Effective on and as of the earliest to occur of (i) the date that the Tenant Improvements are Substantially Completed, (ii) the date that the Tenant Improvements would have been Substantially Completed but for Tenant Delays or (iii) the date that Tenant commences business operations from the Relocation Premises (such earliest date being the “Relocation Date”), the “Premises” (as such term is used in the Lease) shall be relocated from the Existing Premises to that certain space consisting of approximately 8,160 rentable square feet of space designated as Suite 430 (the “Relocation Premises”) in the building located at 11500 Metric Blvd, Building M4, Austin Texas 78758 (“Building M4”), upon and subject to all of the existing terms and provisions of the Lease, except as otherwise amended herein. The Terms “Tenant Improvements,” “Substantially Completed” and “Tenant Delays” are defined in the Work Letter attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein for all purposes. The Relocation Premises is more particularly described and depicted on the floor plan attached as Exhibit A hereto. Tenant shall be permitted to access the Relocation Premises, at no additional cost, thirty (30) days prior to the date that Landlord estimates that the Tenant Improvements will be Substantially Completed in order to set up its furniture, fixtures and equipment; provided, however, if Tenant commences business operations from the Relocation Premises during this period, then the Relocation Date shall commence on the date that Tenant commences business operations. |
| 3. | Surrender of Existing Premises. Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord that Tenant shall surrender the Existing Premises to Landlord, as of 11:59 PM, CST, on the date that is ten (10) business days following the Relocation Date (the earlier of (i) the expiration of such ten (10) business day period or (ii) the date that Tenant actually surrenders the Existing Premises, shall be deemed the “Surrender Date”, however, in no event shall the Surrender Date be earlier than the Relocation Date), subject to the following: |
| (a) | Effective as of the Surrender Date, Tenant shall deliver the Existing Premises in a broom clean condition, and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Lease, with Tenant’s trade fixtures and personal property removed therefrom and otherwise in compliance with the terms of the first sentence of Section 18 of the Original Lease. Tenant hereby releases, effective as of the Surrender Date, all of its right, title and interest in, and in respect of, the Existing Premises. From and after the Surrender Date Tenant hereby covenants, agrees and represents that Tenant shall have no further right to use, occupy or have possession of the Existing Premises or any portion thereof. |
| (b) | With respect to the Existing Premises, Tenant covenants and agrees that it has full right, power and authority to terminate and surrender the Existing Premises in the manner aforesaid, and that, without limiting the foregoing, there is no subtenant which currently has rights to, or occupies, any portion of the Existing Premises. |
| (c) | Subject to Section 3(a) above and Sections 3(e) and 3(f) below, with respect to the Existing Premises only, Landlord agrees (i) to forever release and discharge Tenant from all obligations, covenants and agreements of Tenant applicable to the Existing Premises only arising under the Lease after the Surrender Date, and (ii) not to sue Tenant for obligations, covenants and agreements of Tenant applicable to the Existing Premises only arising under or in connection with the Lease after the Surrender Date. |
| (d) | Subject to Section 3(e) below, with respect to the Existing Premises only, Tenant agrees (i) to forever release and discharge Landlord from all obligations, covenants and agreements of Landlord applicable to the Existing Premises only arising under the Lease after the Surrender Date and (ii) not to sue Landlord for obligations, covenants and agreements of Landlord applicable to the Existing Premises only arising under or in connection with the Lease after the Surrender Date. |
| (e) | Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein contained, with respect to the Existing Premises, the parties acknowledge and agree that each shall continue to be fully liable to the other to the extent set forth in the Lease for any claim for personal injury or property damage arising on or prior to the Surrender Date. Tenant shall also be responsible for any reimbursable amounts owed to Landlord, including without limitation, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, with respect to the Existing Premises that may be due for periods on or prior to the Surrender Date, when the actual amounts of such costs are calculated. In addition, if Tenant holds over in the Existing Premises following the Surrender Date then Tenant shall be deemed to be a holdover tenant in the Existing Premises and during this period Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Exiting Premises in an amount equal to $9,900.00 per month plus Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses allocable to the Existing Premises. During any holdover in the Exiting Premises beyond the Surrender Date, such holdover shall be subject to immediate termination upon written notice from Landlord. If the Relocation Premises has been delivered to Tenant pursuant to the terms of this Third Amendment and Tenant holds over in the Existing Premises beyond the Original Expiration Date, then for the time period after the Original Expiration Date and until such hold over ceases, the terms of Section 18 of the Original Lease shall control. |
2
| (f) | Tenant also covenants and agrees with Landlord that Tenant shall make or cause to be made such commercially reasonable further assurances of the termination of the Lease as to the Existing Premises as Landlord may reasonably require from time to time. |
| 4. | Confirmation of the Premises. Landlord and Tenant hereby confirm, stipulate and agree that, effective on and as of the Surrender Date, (i) the “Premises”, as such term is used in the Lease, shall be amended and deemed to consist of only the Relocation Premises, (ii) the “Building” shall mean and refer only to Building M4 and (iii) the “Property” shall mean and refer only to the property described in Exhibit C attached hereto, and any other buildings or improvements now or hereafter constructed on the Land. |
| 5. | Extension of Term. The Term of the Lease is hereby extended for an additional sixty-two (62) month period (the “Extension Term”), commencing on October 1, 2024 (the “Extension Term Commencement Date”) and continuing through November 30, 2029, upon and subject to all of the existing terms of the Lease, except as otherwise hereinafter provided. For the avoidance of doubt, the Term of the Lease shall not expire on the Original Expiration Date. |
| 6. | Base Rent. Commencing on the first day of the first full calendar month next occurring after the Effective Date, the Base Rent payable by Tenant for the Existing Premises will be revised to be $9,450.00 per month (which is equal to $21.00 per rentable square foot in the Existing Premises per year) and Tenant shall continue to pay such Base Rent with respect to the Existing Premises through the Surrender Date; provided, however, if Tenant retains possession of the Existing Premises following the Surrender Date, then Tenant shall continue to pay Base Rent for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of Section 3(e) above. In addition, commencing on the Relocation Date and continuing through the Extension Term, Tenant shall pay Base Rent for the Relocation Premises as follows: |
3
| 7. | Additional Rent. Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses with respect to the Existing Premises through the Surrender Date; provided, however, if Tenant retains possession of the Existing Premises following the Surrender Date, then Tenant shall continue to pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Existing Premises in accordance with the terms of Section 3(e) above. In addition, commencing on the Relocation Date and continuing through the Extension Term, Tenant shall also pay Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses for the Relocation Premises and for purposes of calculating the same (i) the “Premises” shall be deemed to be the Relocation Premises and (ii) Tenant’s Share with respect to the Building shall be deemed to be 30.2536% (8,160 rsf / 26,972 rsf) and Tenant’s Share with respect to the Property shall be deemed to be 8.4296% (8,160 rsf / 96,802 rsf). In addition, as of the Relocation Date, the third to last sentence of Section 4(B) of the Original Lease is amended and restated in its entirety as follows: |
“Tenant shall not be obligated to pay for Controllable Property Expenses (as hereinafter defined) in any year after the 2024 calendar year to the extent they have increased by more than eight percent (8%) per annum, compounded annually on a cumulative basis from the 2024 calendar year during the Term.”
For the avoidance of doubt, Impositions (as defined in the Lease) shall include the Texas margin tax and/or any other business tax imposed under Texas Tax Code Chapter 171 and/or any successor statutory provision. With respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates to the entire Property, Tenant’s Share of such Operating Expenses shall be adjusted by Landlord in the future for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Property; and, with respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates only to the Building, Tenant’s Share of such Operating Expenses shall be adjusted by Landlord in the future for changes in the physical size of the Premises or the Building. In addition, with respect to Operating Expenses which Landlord allocates to multiple (but not all of) buildings in the Property, then Tenant’s Share of such costs shall be calculated by a fraction the numerator of which is the rentable square feet in the Premises and the denominator is the rentable area of the buildings that such Operating Expense is allocated. Landlord may equitably increase Tenant’s Share for any item of expense or cost reimbursable by Tenant that relates to a repair, replacement, or service that benefits only the Premises or only a portion of the Property or Building that includes the Premises or that varies with occupancy or use. Landlord reserves the right from time to time to redefine the “Property” to include additional buildings not previously included or to exclude certain buildings that were previously included.
| 8. | Condition of Premises. Notwithstanding anything herein or in the Lease to the contrary, Landlord has heretofore delivered the Existing Premises to Tenant and Tenant has accepted the Existing Premises from Landlord, and, except as otherwise expressly provided herein (including, but not limited to, Landlord’s completion of the Tenant Improvements (as defined in Exhibit B)) Tenant hereby agrees to accept the Relocation Premises in its existing “AS-IS”, “WHERE-IS” and “WITH ALL FAULTS” condition, and Landlord shall have no obligation whatsoever to refurbish or otherwise improve the Existing Premises and/or Relocation Premises at any time through the expiration of the Extension Term; provided, however, Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with a tenant improvement allowance of up to $122,400 (which is equal to $15.00 per rentable square foot in the Relocation Premises) (the “Landlord’s Construction Allowance”) to be used towards the construction of Tenant Improvements pursuant to the work letter attached hereto as Exhibit B and incorporated herein for all purposes. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any obligations of Landlord originally existing in the Lease to complete leasehold improvements and/or furnish allowance with respect to the Existing Premises, if any, have been completed and/or satisfied in their entirety, and any provisions in the Lease providing for such obligations are hereby null and void and of no further force or effect. |
4
| 9. | Utilities. As set forth in Section 8 of the Original Lease, Tenant shall be responsible for arranging and paying for all utilities with respect to the Relocation Premises, including, but not limited to, water, electricity, telephone, internet and trash. |
| 10. | HVAC. Effective as of the Surrender Date, the last four sentences of Section 9(B) of the Original Lease shall hereby be amended and restated as follows (for the avoidance of doubt, the existing last four sentences of Section 9(B) in the Original Lease shall remain effective until the Surrender Date): |
“Tenant, at its sole expense, shall repair and maintain in good condition, and, if required hereunder, replace, the heating, ventilation and air conditioning systems serving the Premises. Within the fifteen (15) day period prior to the expiration or termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord a certificate from an engineer or HVAC contractor reasonably acceptable to Landlord certifying that the HVAC system servicing the Premises is then in good repair and working order. If Tenant fails to perform any repair or replacement for which it is responsible, Landlord may perform such work and be reimbursed by Tenant within ten (10) days after demand therefor. Provided that Tenant maintains the required maintenance service contract for the heating and air conditioning systems serving the Premises as required herein, and except for any replacements necessitated by any negligence, misuse of or willful misconduct of Tenant or its agents, employees, invitees, licensees, or visitors, Landlord and Tenant agree that if a heating and air conditioning unit serving the Premises as of the date of this Lease requires replacement during the Term (as may be extended), as reasonably determined by Landlord's HVAC contractor in writing, Landlord shall perform such replacement; provided, however, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s invoice therefor for Tenant’s Portion (as hereinafter defined) of such replacement costs (the “Replacement Costs”). “Tenant’s Portion” shall be calculated by multiplying the Replacement Cost by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of months left in the Term at the time such heating and air conditioning unit is replaced, and the denominator of which shall be one hundred twenty (120) (i.e. if Landlord replaces an existing heating and air conditioning unit and there are 36 months left in the Lease Term, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for 30% of the cost of the new unit). If Tenant fails to maintain the required maintenance service contract in effect at any time during the Term, Landlord’s obligation to pay for any repair or replacement of any heating and air conditioning unit shall terminate and be of no force or effect. If the Term is subsequently extended after the initial calculation of Tenant’s Portion, a separate calculation of Tenant’s Portion shall be made with respect to the Replacement Cost payable by Tenant during such extended term, and Tenant shall pay such amount in equal monthly installments over the course of such extended term.”
5
For the avoidance of doubt, Tenant shall not be required to replace or reimburse Landlord for the cost of replacing, the HVAC system servicing the Existing Premises unless such replacement is required due to Tenant’s failure to comply with the terms of the Lease regarding repairs and maintenance of such HVAC system or otherwise arises due to Tenant’s negligence or misuse of such HVAC system.
Landlord shall deliver the Relocation Premises with the HVAC units and the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system serving the Relocation Premises in good working order. If during the initial thirty (30) days following the Relocation Date Tenant determines that one or more of such HVAC units, or any part of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system are not in good working order and require repairs, Tenant shall provide written notice of the same to Landlord. Thereafter, at Landlord’s expense, Landlord shall cause a third party HVAC contractor, mutually chosen by Landlord and Tenant, to inspect to the HVAC units or the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system. If such third party HVAC contractor determines that one or more of the HVAC units, or any part of the heating, ventilation and air conditioning system are not in good working order and require repairs (and such repairs are not as a result of the negligence, willful misconduct or misuse by Tenant or it contactors or employees), Landlord shall perform such repairs at its sole cost and expense.
| 11. | Access. Tenant shall be granted access to the Premises twenty-four (24) hours per day, every day of the year, provided that such access shall: (i) be in accordance with all reasonable security measures as may be imposed by Landlord from time to time and as are generally applicable to tenants of the Building and their invitees; and, (ii) be subject to restrictions on access recommended or imposed as a result of an emergency or preventative maintenance. |
| 12. | Holdover. The third to last sentence of Section 18 of the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated as follows: |
“If Tenant remains in possession of the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the Term then Tenant shall, at Landlord’s election, become a tenant at sufferance (and not a tenant at will), such possession shall be subject to immediate termination by Landlord at any time, and all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease (excluding any expansion or renewal option or other similar right or option) shall be applicable during such holdover period, except that Tenant shall pay Landlord from time to time, upon demand, (i) 150% of the Base Rent and 150% of the Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in effect on the termination date, computed on a monthly basis for each month or part thereof during the initial ninety (90) days of such holding over and (ii) from and after the initial ninety (90) days of such holdover, 200% of the Base Rent and 200% of the Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses in effect on the termination date, computed on a monthly basis for each month or part thereof. All other payments shall continue under the terms of this Lease.”
| 13. | Parking. The first sentence of Section 7 of the Original Lease shall be deleted and replaced with the following: “Tenant shall have, at no cost to Tenant (other than with respect to reimbursement of Operating Expenses), the non-exclusive right, in common with other tenants of the Property, to use, on a non-reserved, first come, first served basis, its pro rata share of the parking spaces allocated by Landlord with respect to the Building as designated by Landlord.” As of the Effective Date, Tenant’s pro rata share of the parking spaces shall be equal to two and one-half (2.5) unreserved parking spaces per 1,000 square feet of rentable area in the Premises. |
6
| 14. | Assignment and Subletting. The second to last sentence of Section 11(C) of the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated as follows: |
“Tenant shall promptly pay to Landlord as and when received fifty percent (50%) of any rent and other sums paid by an assignee or sublessee in connection with a permitted assignment or sublease which exceeds the rent provided for in this Lease (allocated on a per square foot basis), after deducting therefrom any concessions, improvement allowances, rental abatements, brokerage commissions, design costs, legal, engineering and architectural fees and other fees and costs paid by Tenant in connection with any such assignment or transfer; provided, however, that in the event of a Permitted Transfer, Tenant shall not be obligated to pay to Landlord any portion of the consideration received by Tenant or its affiliates from such transaction.”
| 15. | Landlord’s Lien. Section 14(C)(ii) of the Original Lease is hereby amended and restated as follows: |
“After receipt by Landlord of written request from Tenant, provided Tenant is not in default hereunder beyond any applicable notice and cure periods at the time of such request, Landlord agrees to execute an agreement subordinating the landlord’s lien security interests granted in this Lease or by statute to Landlord to those of a lender or lessor of Tenant with respect to Tenant’s equipment and other personal property in the retail space, such subordination form to be on Landlord’s standard form thereof provided by Landlord.”
| 16. | Redevelopment of the Property. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Landlord, in its sole and absolute discretion, shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon three hundred sixty (360) days prior written notice at any time during the Term in the event Landlord (or Landlord’s successor-in-interest) intends to redevelop the Property by demolishing the Building. |
| 17. | Broker. Each party represents and warrants to the other that it has not dealt with any broker in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Third Amendment other than Stream Realty and CBRE, Inc., the commission of which shall be paid by Landlord pursuant to a separate written agreement between Landlord and each such broker. Each party shall defend, indemnify and hold the other harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, expense, claim, action, demand, suit or obligation arising out of or relating to a breach by such party of the foregoing representation and such obligations shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. |
| 18. | Miscellaneous. With the exception of those terms and conditions specifically modified and amended herein, the herein referenced Lease shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with all its terms and conditions. In the event of any conflict between the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment and the terms and provisions of the Lease, the terms and provisions of this Third Amendment shall supersede and control. |
| 19. | Counterparts/Facsimiles. This Third Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, and all of such counterparts shall constitute one agreement. To facilitate execution of this Third Amendment, the parties may execute and exchange telefaxed or e-mailed counterparts of the signature pages and such counterparts shall serve as originals. |
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
7
SIGNATURE PAGE TO THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
BY AND BETWEEN BRAKER METRIC
BUSINESS PARKS, LLC, AS LANDLORD,
AND VIRTUIX INC., AS TENANT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Landlord and Tenant, acting herein by duly authorized individuals, have caused these presents to be executed as of the dates set forth below, to be effective for all purposes, however, as of the Effective Date set forth herein.
| LANDLORD: | |
| BRAKER METRIC BUSINESS PARKS, LLC, | |
| a Delaware limited liability company |
| By: | MIG Real Estate, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its Manager | |
| By: | illegible | |
| By: | /s/ Robbie Dodd | |
| Name: | Robbie Dodd | |
| Title: | Authorized Officer | |
| Date: | 4/30/2024 | 5:27 PM PDT | |
| TENANT: | ||
| VIRTUIX INC. | ||
| a Delaware corporation | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Name: | Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Title: | CEO | |
| Date: | 4/29/2024 | |
[END OF SIGNATURE PAGE]
8
EXHIBIT A
Relocation Premises

9
EXHIBIT B
Work Letter
(a) Tenant Improvements. Landlord, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, agrees to furnish or perform those items of construction and those improvements (the “Tenant Improvements”) to the Relocation Premises specified in the Final Plans to be agreed to by Landlord and Tenant as set forth in Paragraph (b) below; provided, however, Landlord shall pay for the cost of such Tenant Improvements up to the extent of the Landlord’s Construction Allowance, as set forth in Paragraph (e) below.
(b) Space Planner. Landlord has retained a space planner (the “Space Planner”) to prepare certain plans, drawings and specifications (the “Temporary Plans”) for the construction of the Tenant Improvements pursuant to this Work Letter to be installed in the Premises by a general contractor selected by Landlord pursuant to this Work Letter. Tenant shall deliver to Space Planner within fifteen (15) days after the execution of this Third Amendment, all necessary information required by the Space Planner to complete the Temporary Plans. Tenant shall have five (5) business days after its receipt of the proposed Temporary Plans to review the same and notify Landlord in writing of any comments or required changes, or to otherwise give its approval or disapproval of such proposed Temporary Plans. If Tenant fails to give written comments to or approve the Temporary Plans within such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the Temporary Plans as submitted. Landlord shall have five (5) business days following its receipt of Tenant’s comments and objections to redraw the proposed Temporary Plans in compliance with Tenant’s request and to resubmit the same for Tenant’s review and approval or comment, which shall be provided by Tenant in writing within five (5) business days of Tenant’s receipt of such revised plans. Such process shall be repeated twice and if at such time final approval by Tenant of the proposed Temporary Plans has not been obtained, then Landlord shall complete such Temporary Plans, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense (subject to the use of the Landlord’s Construction Allowance), and it shall be deemed that Tenant has approved the Temporary Plans. Once Tenant has approved or has been deemed to have approved the Temporary Plans, then the approved (or deemed approved) Temporary Plans shall be thereafter known as the “Final Plans”. The Final Plans shall include the complete and final layout, plans and specifications for the Premises showing all doors, light fixtures, electrical outlets, telephone outlets, wall coverings, plumbing improvements (if any), data systems wiring, floor coverings, wall coverings, painting, any other improvements to the Premises beyond the shell and core improvements provided by Landlord and any demolition of existing improvements in the Premises. The improvements shown in the Final Plans shall (i) utilize Landlord’s building standard materials and methods of construction, (ii) be compatible with the shell and core improvements and the design, construction and equipment of the Premises, and (iii) comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, codes and ordinances.
(c) Bids. As soon as practicable following the approval of the Final Plans, Landlord shall (i) obtain a written non-binding itemized estimate of the costs of all Tenant Improvements shown in the Final Plans as prepared by a general contractor selected by Landlord, and (ii) if required by applicable law, codes or ordinances, submit the Final Plans to the appropriate governmental agency for the issuance of a building permit or other required governmental approvals prerequisite to commencement of construction of such Tenant Improvements (“Permits”). Tenant acknowledges that any cost estimates are prepared by the general contractor and Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any inaccuracy in any such estimate. Within five (5) business days after receipt of the written non-binding cost estimate prepared by the general contractor, Tenant shall either (A) give its written approval thereof and authorization to proceed with construction or (B) request the Space Planner to modify or revise the Final Plans in any manner desired by Tenant to decrease the cost of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord shall direct the Space Planner to work with Tenant in order to implement such requests. If Tenant is silent during such five (5) business day period, then Tenant shall be deemed to have approved such non-binding cost estimate as set forth in Clause (A) above. If the Final Plans are revised pursuant to Clause (B) above, then Landlord shall request that the general contractor provide a revised cost estimate to Tenant based upon the revisions to the Final Plans. Such modifications and revisions to the Final Plans and the general contractor’s cost estimate shall be subject to Landlord’s and Tenant’s reasonable approval and shall be in accordance with the standards set forth in Paragraph (b) of this Work Letter. Within ten (10) business days after receipt of the general contractor’s revised written cost estimate (if applicable), Tenant shall give its final approval of the Final Plans to Landlord which shall constitute authorization to commence the construction of the Tenant Improvements in accordance with the Final Plans, as modified or revised. Tenant shall signify its final approval by signing a copy of each sheet or page of the Final Plans and delivering such signed copy to Landlord.
10
(d) Construction. Landlord shall commence construction of the Tenant Improvements within ten (10) days following the later of (i) the approval of the Final Plans, or (ii) Landlord’s receipt of any necessary Permits. Landlord shall diligently pursue completion of construction of the Tenant Improvements and use its commercially reasonable efforts to complete construction of the Tenant Improvements as soon as reasonably practicable. Notwithstanding anything in this Third Amendment to the contrary, the Landlord’s Construction Allowance shall be used only for the construction of the Tenant Improvements, and if construction of the Tenant Improvements is not completed by December 31, 2024 (the “Construction Termination Date”) due to an aggregate of more than ninety (90) days or more of Tenant Delays, then Landlord’s obligation to provide the Landlord’s Construction Allowance shall terminate and become null and void, and Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its rights in and to said Landlord’s Construction Allowance.
(e) Landlord’s Construction Allowance. Subject to the terms and provisions of this Work Letter, Landlord shall pay the cost of the Tenant Improvements (the “Work”) up to the amount of the Landlord’s Construction Allowance. If the total estimated costs of the Tenant Improvements exceed the Landlord’s Construction Allowance, Tenant shall bear the cost of such excess and shall pay the estimated cost of such excess to Landlord prior to commencement of construction of such Tenant Improvements and a final adjusting payment based upon the actual costs of the Tenant Improvements shall be made when the Tenant Improvements are completed. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Exhibit B, prior to incurring any additional costs in excess of the approved cost estimate that would cause the aggregate of all costs incurred in connection with the Work to be greater than the Landlord’s Construction Allowance, Landlord shall obtain Tenant’s written approval to incur such additional cost, and such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and if Tenant does not consent to such additional cost, then Tenant shall be required to revise the Work in accordance with the process in Paragraph (c) above to reduce the costs). Tenant’s failure to either approve the additional costs or revise the Work to reduce the costs within ten (10) business days after receipt of Landlord’s written notice to Tenant alerting it to the additional costs shall be a Tenant Delay. If the cost of the Work is less than the Landlord’s Construction Allowance, then Tenant shall not receive any credit whatsoever for the difference between the actual cost of the Work and the Landlord’s Construction Allowance. All remaining amounts due to Landlord shall be paid upon the earlier of Substantial Completion of the Tenant Improvements or presentation of a written statement of the actual sums due. The cost of the permits, working drawings, hard construction costs, upgraded lighting, power, HVAC modifications, mechanical and electrical planning, fees, permits, general contract overhead, and a coordination fee payable to Landlord equal to five percent (5%) of the actual costs of construction and such costs or permits, fees, planning and contractor overhead shall be payable out of the Landlord’s Construction Allowance and shall be included in the cost of the Work; provided, however, in the event that Tenant requests revisions to the Final Plans more than once, the cost of any drawings and fees in connection with revisions to the Final Plans after the first requested revision shall be borne and paid solely by Tenant. The cost of the Work shall not include any other fees payable to Landlord.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Work Letter, Tenant shall not be responsible, and shall not be required to reimburse Landlord, for any costs incurred by the Landlord in connection with the Work or Landlord’s contract with the general contractor arising due to Landlord’s gross negligence, intentional acts or omissions, or any breach by Landlord of the terms of Landlord’s contract with the general contractor.
11
(f) Change Order. If Tenant shall desire any changes to the Final Plans after final approval pursuant to Paragraph (g) above has been given, Tenant shall so advise Landlord in writing and Landlord shall determine whether such changes can be made in a reasonable and feasible manner. Any and all costs of reviewing any requested changes, and any and all costs of making any changes to the Tenant Improvements which Tenant may request and which Landlord may agree to shall be at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and shall be paid to Landlord upon demand and before execution of the change order. In no event shall Landlord be obligated to perform any Tenant Improvements which would extend the construction period past the Construction Termination Date, unless such extension was mutually agreed to in writing by Landlord and Tenant prior to the commencement of said construction. If Landlord approves Tenant’s requested change, addition, or alteration, the Space Planner, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, shall complete all working drawings necessary to show the change, addition or alteration being requested by Tenant.
(g) Substantial Completion. “Substantial Completion” (or any grammatical variant thereof) of construction of the Tenant Improvements shall be defined as the date upon which the Space Planner or other consultant engaged by Landlord determines that the Tenant Improvements have been substantially completed in accordance with the Final Plans, except for Punch List items (defined below), unless the completion of such improvements was delayed due to any Tenant Delay (defined below), in which case the date of Substantial Completion shall be the date such improvements would have been completed, but for Tenant Delays. Tenant may inquire with Landlord from time to time regarding the status of the construction of the Tenant Improvements and Landlord shall promptly respond to Tenant with the then current construction schedule. The term “Punch List” items shall mean such items that constitute minor defects or adjustments which can be completed after occupancy without causing any material interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises. After the completion of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall, upon demand, execute and deliver to Landlord a letter of acceptance of improvements performed on the Premises. The term “Tenant Delay” shall include, without limitation, any delay in the completion of construction of Tenant Improvements resulting from (i) Tenant’s failure to comply with the provisions of this Work Letter, (ii) delay in work caused by submission by Tenant of a request for any change order following Tenant’s approval of the Final Plans, or for the implementation of any change order, or (iii) any delay by Tenant beyond the time permitted in this Work Letter in submitting comments or approvals to the Temporary Plans or Final Plans. The failure of Tenant to take possession of or to occupy the Premises shall not serve to relieve Tenant of obligations arising on the Relocation Date or delay the payment of rent by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event there are any materials or finishes of the Tenant Improvements that are delayed and there are reasonable substitutes for such materials or finishes that are more readily available, then Tenant shall select a more readily available substitute material or finish in order to mitigate any delays.
12
EXHIBIT C
Property
| Braker Metric Business Parks | Braker M1 | 11500 Metric Blvd | Austin | Texas |
| Braker Metric Business Parks | Braker M2 | 11500 Metric Blvd | Austin | Texas |
| Braker Metric Business Parks | Braker M3 | 11500 Metric Blvd | Austin | Texas |
| Braker Metric Business Parks | Braker M4 | 11500 Metric Blvd | Austin | Texas |
13
Exhibit 10.12
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
| Page | |||
| 1. | Definitions | 1 | |
| 2. | Registration Rights | 4 | |
| 2.1 | Demand Registration | 4 | |
| 2.2 | Company Registration | 6 | |
| 2.3 | Underwriting Requirements | 6 | |
| 2.4 | Obligations of the Company | 7 | |
| 2.5 | Furnish Information | 9 | |
| 2.6 | Expenses of Registration | 9 | |
| 2.7 | Delay of Registration | 9 | |
| 2.8 | Indemnification | 10 | |
| 2.9 | Reports Under Exchange Act | 12 | |
| 2.10 | Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights | 12 | |
| 2.11 | “Market Stand-off” Agreement | 13 | |
| 2.12 | Restrictions on Transfer | 13 | |
| 2.13 | Termination of Registration Rights | 14 | |
| 3. | Information Rights | 15 | |
| 3.1 | Delivery of Financial Statements | 15 | |
| 3.2 | Termination of Information Rights | 15 | |
| 3.3 | Confidentiality | 15 | |
| 4. | Rights to Future Stock Issuances | 16 | |
| 4.1 | Right of First Offer | 16 | |
| 4.2 | Termination | 17 | |
| 5. | Miscellaneous | 17 | |
| 5.1 | Successors and Assigns | 17 | |
| 5.2 | Governing Law | 18 | |
| 5.3 | Counterparts | 18 | |
| 5.4 | Titles and Subtitles | 18 | |
| 5.5 | Notices | 18 | |
| 5.6 | Amendments and Waivers | 18 | |
| 5.7 | Severability | 19 | |
| 5.8 | Aggregation of Stock | 19 | |
| 5.9 | Additional Investors | 19 | |
| 5.10 | Entire Agreement | 19 | |
| 5.11 | Dispute Resolution | 19 | |
| 5.12 | Delays or Omissions | 19 | |
Schedule A - Schedule of Investors
i
AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), is made as of the 10th day of March, 2016, by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and each of the investors listed on Schedule A hereto, each of which is referred to in this Agreement as an “Investor”, including Investors purchasing shares of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company after the date hereof that become a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.9 hereof.
R E C I T A L S:
A. The Company and the Investors in the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock are parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of April 7, 2014, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of December 3, 2014 (as so amended, the “Prior IRA Agreement”).
B. The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides that it may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by the Company and Investors holding at least a majority of the Registrable Securities (as such term is defined in the Prior IRA Agreement).
C. The Investors executing this Agreement hold more than a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof.
D. On and after the date hereof, the Company intends to sell shares of its Series A Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) to new and current investors in the Company (collectively, the “Series A Investors”).
E. As a condition to each Series A Investor’s purchase of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, the Company and those Investors holding shares of Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock of the Company that are executing this Agreement have agreed to enter into this Agreement with each of the Series A Investors.
F. The parties hereto desire to amend and restate the Prior IRA Agreement in its entirety by this Agreement so as to afford the Series A Investors with registration rights, preemptive rights and information rights on a parity with those that have been provided to the Investors in the Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock of the Company under the Prior IRA Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement:
1.1 “Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person, including without limitation any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Person or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing that is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Person.
1
1.2 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as in effect on the date hereof and as the same may be amended hereafter from time to time.
1.3 “Common Stock” means shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share.
1.4 “Damages” means any loss, damage, claim or liability (joint or several) to which a party hereto may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or other federal or state law, insofar as such loss, damage, claim or liability (or any action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon: (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any registration statement of the Company, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto; (ii) an omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the indemnifying party (or any of its agents or Affiliates) of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law, or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or any state securities law.
1.5 “Derivative Securities” means any securities or rights convertible into, or exercisable or exchangeable for (in each case, directly or indirectly), Common Stock, including options and warrants.
1.6 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.7 “Excluded Registration” means (i) a registration relating to the sale of securities to employees of the Company or a subsidiary pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase, or similar plan; (ii) a registration relating to an SEC Rule 145 transaction; (iii) a registration on any form that does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities; or (iv) a registration in which the only Common Stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered.
1.8 “Form S-1” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC.
1.9 “Form S-3” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any registration form under the Securities Act subsequently adopted by the SEC that permits incorporation of substantial information by reference to other documents filed by the Company with the SEC.
2
1.10 “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States.
1.11 “Holder” means any holder of Registrable Securities who is a party to this Agreement.
1.12 “Immediate Family Member” means a child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including, adoptive relationships, of a natural person referred to herein.
1.13 “Initiating Holders” means, collectively, Holders who properly initiate a registration request under this Agreement.
1.14 “IPO” means the Company’s first underwritten public offering of its Common Stock under the Securities Act.
1.15 “Major Investor” means any Investor that, individually or together with such Investor’s Affiliates, holds at least 85,000 shares of Registrable Securities (as adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, combination, or other recapitalization or reclassification effected after the date hereof).
1.16 “New Securities” means, collectively, equity securities of the Company, whether or not currently authorized, as well as rights, options, or warrants to purchase such equity securities, or securities of any type whatsoever that are, or may become, convertible or exchangeable into or exercisable for such equity securities.
1.17 “Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, trust, limited liability company, association or other entity.
1.18 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock and Series A Preferred Stock.
1.19 “Registrable Securities” means (i) the Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; (ii) any Common Stock, or any Common Stock issued or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise of any other securities of the Company, acquired by the Investors after the date hereof; and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares referenced in clauses (i) and (ii) above; excluding in all cases, however, any Registrable Securities sold by a Person in a transaction in which the applicable rights under this Agreement are not assigned pursuant to Section 5.1, and excluding for purposes of Section 2 any shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 2.13 of this Agreement.
1.20 “Registrable Securities then outstanding” means the number of shares determined by adding the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock that are Registrable Securities and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable (directly or indirectly) pursuant to then exercisable and/or convertible securities that are Registrable Securities.
3
1.21 “Restricted Securities” means the securities of the Company required to be notated with the legend set forth in Section 2.12(b) hereof.
1.22 “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.
1.23 “SEC Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
1.24 “SEC Rule 145” means Rule 145 promulgated by the SEC under the Securities Act.
1.25 “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.
1.26 “Selling Expenses” means all underwriting discounts, selling commissions, and stock transfer taxes applicable to the sale of Registrable Securities, and fees and disbursements of counsel for any Holder, except for the fees and disbursements of the Selling Holder Counsel borne and paid by the Company as provided in Section 2.6.
1.27 “Series Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
1.28 “Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock” means shares of the Company’s Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.
2. Registration Rights. The Company covenants and agrees as follows:
2.1 Demand Registration.
(a) Form S-1 Demand. If at any time after the earlier of (i) five (5) years after the date of this Agreement or (ii) one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the registration statement for the IPO, the Company receives a request from Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a Form S-1 registration statement with respect to a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (or a lesser percent if the anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, would exceed $10,000,000), then the Company shall (x) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give notice thereof (the “Demand Notice”) to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (y) as soon as practicable, and in any event within sixty (60) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-1 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities that the Initiating Holders requested to be registered and any additional Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3.
4
(b) Form S-3 Demand. If at any time when it is eligible to use a Form S-3 registration statement, the Company receives a request from Holders of Registrable Securities that the Company file a Form S-3 registration statement with respect to outstanding Registrable Securities of such Holders having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of Selling Expenses, of at least $1,000,000, then the Company shall (i) within ten (10) days after the date such request is given, give a Demand Notice to all Holders other than the Initiating Holders; and (ii) as soon as practicable, and in any event within forty-five (45) days after the date such request is given by the Initiating Holders, file a Form S-3 registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities requested to be included in such registration by any other Holders, as specified by notice given by each such Holder to the Company within twenty (20) days of the date the Demand Notice is given, and in each case, subject to the limitations of Sections 2.1(c) and 2.3.
(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing obligations, if the Company furnishes to Holders requesting a registration pursuant to this Section 2.1 a certificate signed by the Company’s chief executive officer stating that in the good faith judgment of the Company’s Board of Directors it would be materially detrimental to the Company and its stockholders for such registration statement to either become effective or remain effective for as long as such registration statement otherwise would be required to remain effective, because such action would (i) materially interfere with a significant acquisition, corporate reorganization, or other similar transaction involving the Company; (ii) require premature disclosure of material information that the Company has a bona fide business purpose for preserving as confidential; or (iii) render the Company unable to comply with requirements under the Securities Act or Exchange Act, then the Company shall have the right to defer taking action with respect to such filing, and any time periods with respect to filing or effectiveness thereof shall be tolled correspondingly, for a period of not more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the request of the Initiating Holders is given; provided, however, that the Company may not invoke this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and provided further that the Company shall not register any securities for its own account or that of any other stockholder during such one hundred twenty (120) day period other than an Excluded Registration.
(d) The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(a): (i) during the period that is sixty (60) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) after the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(a); or (iii) if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 2.1(b). The Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to Section 2.1(b): (i) during the period that is thirty (30) days before the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date that is ninety (90) days after the effective date of, a Company-initiated registration, provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; (ii) if the Company has effected two registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b) within the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding the date of such request, or (iii) if the Company has effected four registrations pursuant to Section 2.1(b). A registration shall not be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d) until such time as the applicable registration statement has been declared effective by the SEC, unless the Initiating Holders withdraw their request for such registration, elect not to pay the registration expenses therefor, and forfeit their right to one demand registration statement pursuant to Section 2.6, in which case such withdrawn registration statement shall be counted as “effected” for purposes of this Section 2.1(d).
5
2.2 Company Registration. If the Company proposes to register (including, for this purpose, a registration effected by the Company for stockholders other than the Holders) any of the Common Stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than in an Excluded Registration), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder notice of such registration. Upon the request of each Holder given within twenty (20) days after such notice is given by the Company, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, cause to be registered all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be included in such registration. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 2.2 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration. The expenses (other than Selling Expenses) of such withdrawn registration shall be borne by the Company in accordance with Section 2.6.
2.3 Underwriting Requirements.
(a) If, pursuant to Section 2.1, the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 2.1, and the Company shall include such information in the Demand Notice. The underwriter(s) will be selected by the Company and shall be reasonably acceptable to a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders. In such event, the right of any Holder to include such Holder’s Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in Section 2.4(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter(s) selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.3, if the managing underwriter(s) advise(s) the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that otherwise would be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among such Holders of Registrable Securities, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of Registrable Securities owned by each Holder or in such other proportion as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders; provided, however, that the number of Registrable Securities held by the Holders to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares.
6
(b) In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock pursuant to Section 2.2, the Company shall not be required to include any of the Holders’ Registrable Securities in such underwriting unless the Holders accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and its underwriters, and then only in such quantity as the underwriters in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total number of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by stockholders to be included in such offering exceeds the number of securities to be sold (other than by the Company) that the underwriters in their reasonable discretion determine is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters and the Company in their sole discretion determine will not jeopardize the success of the offering. If the underwriters determine that less than all of the Registrable Securities requested to be registered can be included in such offering, then the Registrable Securities that are included in such offering shall be allocated among the selling Holders in proportion (as nearly as practicable to) the number of Registrable Securities owned by each selling Holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by all such selling Holders. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest one hundred (100) shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event shall (i) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced unless all other securities (other than securities to be sold by the Company) are first entirely excluded from the offering, or (ii) the number of Registrable Securities included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total number of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the IPO, in which case the selling Holders may be excluded further if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other stockholder’s securities are included in such offering. For purposes of the provision in this Section 2.3(b) concerning apportionment, for any selling Holder that is a partnership, limited liability company, or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members, stockholders, and Affiliates of such Holder, or the estates and Immediate Family Members of any such partners, retired partners, members, and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing Persons, shall be deemed to be a single “selling Holder,” and any pro rata reduction with respect to such “selling Holder” shall be based upon the aggregate number of Registrable Securities owned by all Persons included in such “selling Holder,” as defined in this sentence.
2.4 Obligations of the Company. Whenever required under this Section 2 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:
(a) prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for a period of up to one hundred twenty (120) days or, if earlier, until the distribution contemplated in the registration statement has been completed; provided, however, that such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall be extended for a period of time equal to the period the Holder refrains, at the request of an underwriter of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, from selling any securities included in such registration;
7
(b) prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement, and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement, as may be necessary to comply with the Securities Act in order to enable the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;
(c) furnish to the selling Holders such numbers of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, as required by the Securities Act, and such other documents as the Holders may reasonably request in order to facilitate their disposition of their Registrable Securities;
(d) use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or blue-sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the selling Holders; provided that the Company shall not be required to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions, unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;
(e) in the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the underwriter(s) of such offering;
(f) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement to be listed on a national securities exchange or trading system and each securities exchange and trading system (if any) on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed;
(g) provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement and provide a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration;
(h) promptly make available for inspection by the selling Holders, any managing underwriter(s) participating in any disposition pursuant to such registration statement, and any attorney or accountant or other agent retained by any such underwriter or selected by the selling Holders, all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents, and properties of the Company, and cause the Company’s officers, directors, employees, and independent accountants to supply all information reasonably requested by any such seller, underwriter, attorney, accountant, or agent, in each case, as necessary or advisable to verify the accuracy of the information in such registration statement and to conduct appropriate due diligence in connection therewith;
(i) notify each selling Holder, promptly after the Company receives notice thereof, of the time when such registration statement has been declared effective or a supplement to any prospectus forming a part of such registration statement has been filed; and
(j) after such registration statement becomes effective, notify each selling Holder of any request by the SEC that the Company amend or supplement such registration statement or prospectus.
8
In addition, the Company shall ensure that, at all times after any registration statement covering a public offering of securities of the Company under the Securities Act shall have become effective, its insider trading policy shall provide that the Company’s directors may implement a trading program under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act.
2.5 Furnish Information. It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 2 with respect to the Registrable Securities of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as is reasonably required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities.
2.6 Expenses of Registration. All expenses (other than Selling Expenses) incurred in connection with registrations, filings, or qualifications pursuant to Section 2, including all registration, filing, and qualification fees; printers’ and accounting fees; fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company; and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $50,000, of one counsel for the selling Holders (“Selling Holder Counsel”), shall be borne and paid by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 2.1 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all selling Holders shall bear such expenses pro rata based upon the number of Registrable Securities that were to be included in the withdrawn registration), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b), as the case may be; provided further that if, at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders shall have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company from that known to the Holders at the time of their request and have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness after learning of such information then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their right to one registration pursuant to Sections 2.1(a) or 2.1(b). All Selling Expenses relating to Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Section 2 shall be borne and paid by the Holders pro rata on the basis of the number of Registrable Securities registered on their behalf.
2.7 Delay of Registration. No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any registration pursuant to this Agreement as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 2.
9
2.8 Indemnification. If any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 2:
(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each selling Holder, and the partners, members, officers, directors, and stockholders of each such Holder; legal counsel and accountants for each such Holder; any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for each such Holder; and each Person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any Damages, and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, nor shall the Company be liable for any Damages to the extent that they arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of any such Holder, underwriter, controlling Person, or other aforementioned Person expressly for use in connection with such registration.
(b) To the extent permitted by law, each selling Holder, severally and not jointly, will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, and each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each Person (if any), who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, legal counsel and accountants for the Company, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act), any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, and any controlling Person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any Damages, in each case only to the extent that such Damages arise out of or are based upon actions or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by or on behalf of such selling Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such selling Holder will pay to the Company and each other aforementioned Person any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred thereby in connection with investigating or defending any claim or proceeding from which Damages may result, as such expenses are incurred; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 2.8(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claim or proceeding if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; and provided further that in no event shall the aggregate amounts payable by any Holder by way of indemnity or contribution under Sections 2.8(b) and 2.8(d) exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of fraud or willful misconduct by such Holder.
(c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 2.8 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action) for which a party may be entitled to indemnification hereunder, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 2.8, give the indemnifying party notice of the commencement thereof. The indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in such action and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, participate jointly with any other indemnifying party to which notice has been given, and to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties that may be represented without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 2.8, to the extent that such failure materially prejudices the indemnifying party’s ability to defend such action. The failure to give notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 2.8.
10
(d) To provide for just and equitable contribution to joint liability under the Securities Act in any case in which either: (i) any party otherwise entitled to indemnification hereunder makes a claim for indemnification pursuant to this Section 2.8 but it is judicially determined (by the entry of a final judgment or decree by a court of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of time to appeal or the denial of the last right of appeal) that such indemnification may not be enforced in such case, notwithstanding the fact that this Section 2.8 provides for indemnification in such case, or (ii) contribution under the Securities Act may be required on the part of any party hereto for which indemnification is provided under this Section 2.8, then, and in each such case, such parties will contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages, liabilities, or expenses to which they may be subject (after contribution from others) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of each of the indemnifying party and the indemnified party in connection with the statements, omissions, or other actions that resulted in such loss, claim, damage, liability, or expense, as well as to reflect any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or allegedly untrue statement of a material fact, or the omission or alleged omission of a material fact, relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission; provided, however, that, in any such case (x) no Holder will be required to contribute any amount in excess of the public offering price of all such Registrable Securities offered and sold by such Holder pursuant to such registration statement, and (y) no Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) will be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation; and provided further that in no event shall a Holder’s liability pursuant to this Section 2.8(d), when combined with the amounts paid or payable by such Holder pursuant to Section 2.8(b), exceed the proceeds from the offering received by such Holder (net of any Selling Expenses paid by such Holder), except in the case of willful misconduct or fraud by such Holder.
(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.
(f) Unless otherwise superseded by an underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering, the obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 2.8 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration under this Section 2, and otherwise shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
11
2.9 Reports Under Exchange Act. With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of SEC Rule 144 and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company shall:
(a) make and keep available adequate current public information, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO;
(b) use commercially reasonable efforts to file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements); and
(c) furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) to the extent accurate, a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement filed by the Company for the IPO), the Securities Act, and the Exchange Act (at any time after the Company has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies); and (ii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC that permits the selling of any such securities without registration (at any time after the Company has become subject to the reporting requirements under the Exchange Act) or pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after the Company so qualifies to use such form).
2.10 Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights. From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding (excluding any of such shares held by any Holders whose rights to request registration or inclusion in any registration pursuant to this Section 2 have terminated in accordance with Section 2.13), enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company (i) to include such securities in any registration filed under this Section 2, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only on a pro rata basis with respect the Registrable Securities, (ii) to make a demand registration that could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the dates set forth in this Section 2.1(a) or within one-hundred-eighty (180) days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to this Section 2 or (iii) to grant registration rights that are senior to the rights granted to the Investors under this Agreement; provided that this limitation shall not apply to any additional Investor who becomes a party to this Agreement in accordance with Section 5.9.
12
2.11 “Market Stand-off” Agreement. Each Holder hereby agrees that it will not, without the prior written consent of the managing underwriter, during the period commencing on the date of the final prospectus relating to the registration by the Company of shares of its Common Stock or any other equity securities under the Securities Act on a registration statement on Form S-1 or Form S-3, and ending on the date specified by the Company and the managing underwriter (such period not to exceed one hundred eighty (180) days in the case of the IPO, or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports, and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (1) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (2) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto), (i) lend; offer; pledge; sell; contract to sell; sell any option or contract to purchase; purchase any option or contract to sell; grant any option, right, or warrant to purchase; or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable (directly or indirectly) for Common Stock (whether such shares or any such securities are then owned by the Holder or are thereafter acquired) or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of such securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or other securities, in cash, or otherwise. The foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall not apply to the sale of any shares to an underwriter pursuant to an underwriting agreement, or the transfer of any shares to any trust for the direct or indirect benefit of the Holder or the immediate family of the Holder, provided that the trustee of the trust agrees to be bound in writing by the restrictions set forth herein, and provided further that any such transfer shall not involve a disposition for value, and shall be applicable to the Holders only if all officers, directors and stockholders individually owning more than one percent (1%) of the Company’s outstanding Common Stock (after giving effect to conversion into Common Stock of all outstanding Preferred Stock) are bound by and subject to the same restrictions. The underwriters in connection with such registration are intended third-party beneficiaries of this Section 2.11 and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto. Each Holder further agrees to execute such agreements as may be reasonably requested by the underwriters in connection with such registration that are consistent with this Section 2.11 or that are necessary to give further effect thereto. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all of such agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.
2.12 Restrictions on Transfer.
(a) No shares of Preferred Stock or any Registrable Securities shall be sold, pledged, or otherwise transferred, and the Company shall not recognize and shall issue stop-transfer instructions to its transfer agent with respect to any such sale, pledge, or transfer, except upon the conditions specified in this Agreement, which conditions are intended to ensure compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act. A transferring Holder will cause any proposed purchaser, pledgee, or transferee of shares of Preferred Stock or Registrable Securities held by such Holder to agree to take and hold such securities subject to the provisions and upon the conditions specified in this Agreement.
13
(b) Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing (i) shares of Preferred Stock, (ii) the Registrable Securities, and (iii) any other securities issued in respect of the securities referenced in clauses (i) and (ii), upon any stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, or similar event, shall (unless otherwise permitted by the provisions of Section 2.12(c)) be notated with a legend substantially in the following form:
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY HAVE BEEN ACQUIRED FOR INVESTMENT AND HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. SUCH SHARES MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED, OR TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR A VALID EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SAID ACT.
THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED HEREBY MAY BE TRANSFERRED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE COMPANY AND THE STOCKHOLDER, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE WITH THE SECRETARY OF THE COMPANY.
The Holders consent to the Company making a notation in its records and giving instructions to any transfer agent of the Restricted Securities in order to implement the restrictions on transfer set forth in this Section 2.12.
(c) The holder of such Restricted Securities, by acceptance of ownership thereof, agrees to comply in all respects with the provisions of this Section 2. Before any proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of any Restricted Securities, unless there is in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the proposed transaction, the Holder thereof shall give notice to the Company of such Holder’s intention to effect such sale, pledge, or transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner and circumstances of the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer in sufficient detail and, if reasonably requested by the Company, shall be accompanied at such Holder’s expense by either (i) a written opinion of legal counsel who shall, and whose legal opinion shall, be reasonably satisfactory to the Company, addressed to the Company, to the effect that the proposed transaction may be effected without registration under the Securities Act; (ii) a “no action” letter from the SEC to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of such Restricted Securities without registration will not result in a recommendation by the staff of the SEC that action be taken with respect thereto; or (iii) any other evidence reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Company to the effect that the proposed sale, pledge, or transfer of the Restricted Securities may be effected without registration under the Securities Act, whereupon the Holder of such Restricted Securities shall be entitled to sell, pledge, or transfer such Restricted Securities in accordance with the terms of the notice given by the Holder to the Company. The Company will not require such a legal opinion or “no action” letter (x) in any transaction in compliance with SEC Rule 144; or (y) in any transaction in which such Holder distributes Restricted Securities to an Affiliate of such Holder for no consideration; provided that each transferee agrees in writing to be subject to the terms of this Section 2.12. Each certificate, instrument, or book entry representing the Restricted Securities transferred as above provided shall be notated with, except if such transfer is made pursuant to SEC Rule 144, the appropriate restrictive legend set forth in Section 2.12(b), except that such certificate instrument, or book entry shall not be notated with such restrictive legend if, in the opinion of counsel for such Holder and the Company, such legend is not required in order to establish compliance with any provisions of the Securities Act.
14
2.13 Termination of Registration Rights. The right of any Holder to request registration or inclusion of Registrable Securities in any registration pursuant to Sections 2.1 or 2.2 shall terminate upon the earliest to occur of:
(a) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation;
(b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares without limitation during a three-month period without registration; and
(c) the five year anniversary of the IPO.
3. Information Rights.
3.1 Delivery of Financial Statements. The Company shall deliver or otherwise make available to each Investor, as soon as practicable, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Company, an unaudited conssolidated balance sheet as of the end of such quarter, and unaudited consonsolidated statements of income and of cash flows for such quarter.
3.2 Termination of Information Rights. The obligation to deliver or otherwise make available financial statements pursuant to Section 3.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation, as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.
3.3 Confidentiality. Each Investor agrees that such Investor will keep confidential and will not disclose, divulge, or use for any purpose (other than to monitor its investment in the Company) any confidential information obtained from the Company pursuant to the terms of this Agreement (including notice of the Company’s intention to file a registration statement), unless such confidential information (a) is known or becomes known to the public in general (other than as a result of a breach of this Section 3.3 by such Investor), (b) is or has been independently developed or conceived by the Investor without use of the Company’s confidential information, or (c) is or has been made known or disclosed to the Investor by a third party without a breach of any obligation of confidentiality such third party may have to the Company; provided, however, that an Investor may disclose confidential information (i) to such Investor’s attorneys, accountants, consultants, and other professionals to the extent necessary to obtain their services in connection with monitoring its investment in the Company; (ii) to any prospective purchaser of any Registrable Securities from such Investor, if such prospective purchaser agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 3.3; (iii) to any Affiliate, partner, member, stockholder, or wholly owned subsidiary of such Investor in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Investor informs such Person that such information is confidential and directs such Person to maintain the confidentiality of such information; or (iv) as may otherwise be required by law, provided that the Investor promptly notifies the Company of such disclosure and takes reasonable steps to minimize the extent of any such required disclosure.
15
4. Rights to Future Stock Issuances.
4.1 Right of First Offer. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1 and applicable securities laws, if the Company proposes to offer or sell any New Securities, the Company shall first offer such New Securities to each Major Investor. A Major Investor shall be entitled to apportion the right of first offer hereby granted to it. in such proportions as it deems appropriate, among (i) itself and (ii) its Affiliates.
(a) The Company shall give notice (the “Offer Notice”) to each Major Investor, stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such New Securities, (ii) the number of such New Securities to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such New Securities.
(b) By notification to the Company within fifteen (15) business days after the Offer Notice is given, each Major Investor may elect to purchase or otherwise acquire, at the price and on the terms specified in the Offer Notice, up to that portion of such New Securities which equals the proportion that the Common Stock then held by such Major Investor (including all shares of Common Stock then issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held by such Major Investor) bears to the total Common Stock of the Company then outstanding (assuming full conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of all Preferred Stock and other Derivative Securities). At the expiration of such fifteen (15) business day period, the Company shall promptly notify each Major Investor that elects to purchase or acquire all the shares available to it (each, a “Fully Exercising Investor”) of any other Major Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the ten (10) day period commencing after the Company has given such notice, each Fully Exercising Investor may, by giving notice to the Company, elect to purchase or acquire, in addition to the number of shares specified above, up to that portion of the New Securities for which Major Investors were entitled to subscribe but that were not subscribed for by the Major Investors which is equal to the proportion that the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by such Fully Exercising Investor bears to the Common Stock issued and held, or issuable (directly or indirectly) upon conversion and/or exercise, as applicable, of the Preferred Stock and any other Derivative Securities then held, by all Fully Exercising Investors who wish to purchase such unsubscribed shares. The closing of any sale pursuant to this Section 4.1(b) shall occur within the later of ninety (90) days of the date that the Offer Notice is given and the date of initial sale of New Securities pursuant to Section 4.1(c).
(c) If all New Securities referred to in the Offer Notice are not elected to be purchased or acquired as provided in Section 4.1(b), the Company may, during the ninety (90) day period following the expiration of the periods provided in Section 4.1(b), offer and sell the remaining unsubscribed portion of such New Securities to any Person or Persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than, those specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the New Securities within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within thirty (30) days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such New Securities shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Major Investors in accordance with this Section 4.1.
16
(d) The right of first offer in this Section 4.1 shall not be applicable to (i) Exempted Securities (as defined in the Certificate of Incorporation); (ii) shares of Common Stock issued in the IPO; and (iii) the issuance and sale of up to 7,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or of Warrants to acquire such shares of Series A Preferred Stock, afte the date of this Agreement.
(e) Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, in lieu of complying with the provisions of this Section 4.1, the Company may elect to give notice to the Major Investors within thirty (30) days after the issuance of New Securities. Such notice shall describe the type, price, and terms of the New Securities. Each Major Investor shall have twenty (20) days from the date notice is given to elect to purchase up to the number of New Securities that would, if purchased by such Major Investor, maintain such Major Investor’s percentage-ownership position, calculated as set forth in Section 4.1(b) before giving effect to the issuance of such New Securities. The closing of such sale shall occur within sixty (60) days of the date notice is given to the Major Investors.
4.2 Termination. The covenants set forth in Section 4.1 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately before the consummation of the IPO, (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or (iii) upon a Deemed Liquidation as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation, whichever event occurs first.
5. Miscellaneous.
5.1 Successors and Assigns. The rights under this Agreement may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee of Registrable Securities that (i) is an Affiliate of a Holder; (ii) is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member or trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or one or more of such Holder’s Immediate Family Members; or (iii) after such transfer, holds at least 1,000,000 shares of Registrable Securities (subject to appropriate adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and other recapitalizations occurring after the date hereof); provided, however, that (x) the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee and the Registrable Securities with respect to which such rights are being transferred; and (y) such transferee agrees in a written instrument delivered to the Company to be bound by and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including the provisions of Section 2.11. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee, the holdings of a transferee (1) that is an Affiliate or stockholder of a Holder; (2) who is a Holder’s Immediate Family Member; or (3) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member shall be aggregated together and with those of the transferring Holder; provided further that all transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of rights shall have a single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices, or taking any action under this Agreement. The terms and conditions of this Agreement inure to the benefit of and are binding upon the respective successors and permitted assignees of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors and permitted assignees any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided herein.
17
5.2 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the internal law of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law principles.
5.3 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
5.4 Titles and Subtitles. The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.
5.5 Notices. All notices and other communications given or made pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given upon the earlier of actual receipt or (i) personal delivery to the party to be notified; (ii) when sent, if sent by electronic mail or facsimile during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day; (iii) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) one (1) business day after the business day of deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, freight prepaid, specifying next-day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the respective parties at their addresses as set forth on Schedule A or Schedule B (as applicable) hereto, or to the principal office of the Company and to the attention of the Chief Executive Officer, in the case of the Company, or to such email address, facsimile number, or address as subsequently modified by written notice given in accordance with this Section 5.5. If notice is given to the Company, a copy shall also be sent to Michael Dunn, Esq., Phillips & Reiter, Pllc, 6805 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 318, Austin, Texas 78731.
5.6 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, and either retroactively or prospectively) only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding; provided that the Company may in its sole discretion waive compliance with Section 2.12(c) (and the Company’s failure to object promptly in writing after notification of a proposed assignment allegedly in violation of Section 2.12(c) shall be deemed to be a waiver); and provided further that any provision hereof may be waived by any waiving party on such party’s own behalf, without the consent of any other party. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be amended or terminated and the observance of any term hereof may not be waived with respect to any Investor without the written consent of such Investor, unless such amendment, termination, or waiver applies to all Investors in the same fashion (it being agreed that a waiver of the provisions of Section 4 with respect to a particular transaction shall be deemed to apply to all Investors in the same fashion if such waiver does so by its terms, notwithstanding the fact that certain Investors may nonetheless, by agreement with the Company, purchase securities in such transaction). The Company shall give prompt notice of any amendment or termination hereof or waiver hereunder to any party hereto that did not consent in writing to such amendment, termination, or waiver. Any amendment, termination, or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 5.6 shall be binding on all parties hereto, regardless of whether any such party has consented thereto. No waivers of or exceptions to any term, condition, or provision of this Agreement, in any one or more instances, shall be deemed to be or construed as a further or continuing waiver of any such term, condition, or provision.
18
5.7 Severability. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement, and such invalid, illegal, or unenforceable provision shall be reformed and construed so that it will be valid, legal, and enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.
5.8 Aggregation of Stock. All shares of Registrable Securities held or acquired by Affiliates shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate.
5.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or Warrants to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock, after the date hereof, the purchaser of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock or recipient of such Warrants, as the case may be, may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement or an Adoption Agreement agreeing to be bound by this Agreement as an “Investor” hereunder, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.
5.10 Entire Agreement. This Agreement (including any Schedules and Exhibits hereto) constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and any other written or oral agreement relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties, including, without limitation, the Prior IRA Agreement, is expressly canceled and of no further force or effect.
5.11 Dispute Resolution. The parties (a) hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submit to the jurisdiction of the state courts of Delaware and to the jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the District of Delaware for the purpose of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement, (b) agree not to commence any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement except in the state courts of Delaware or the United States District Court for the District of Delaware, and (c) hereby waive, and agree not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, in any such suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the suit, action or proceeding is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by such court.
Waiver of Jury Trial: EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENTS, THE SECURITIES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
5.12 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any party under this Agreement, upon any breach or default of any other party under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such nonbreaching or nondefaulting party, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of or acquiescence to any such breach or default, or to any similar breach or default thereafter occurring, nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. All remedies, whether under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any party, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
19
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the date first written above.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
| INVESTORS: | ||
| Signatures Incorporated by Reference from the Adoption Agreement Signed by the Holders of a Majority of the Series Seed Preferred Stock and Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock that are Parties to the Prior IRA Agreement. | ||
| Signatures of Holders of Series A Preferred Stock Are Incorporated by Reference from the Subscription Agreements Relating to Their Purchase of Series A Preferred Stock (Per Section 2 Thereof). | ||
Signature Page to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement
SCHEDULE A
Investors
Radical
Investments LP
c/o Radical Investments Management LLC
5424 Deloache Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75220
Attention: President
Fax: (214) 696-6310
with a copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
Robert S. Hart
5424 Deloache Avenue
Dallas, Texas 75220
Fax: (214) 696-3380
Maveron
Equity Partners V, LP
411 1st Avenue South, Suite 600
Seattle, Washington 98104
Maveron
V Entrepreneur’s Fund, LP
411 1st Avenue South, Suite 600
Seattle, Washington 98104
MEP Associates
V, LP
411 1st Avenue South, Suite 600
Seattle, Washington 98104
SKM Partnership,
Ltd.
5621 Tuppor Lake Drive
Houston, Texas 77050
Keith A.
Kreuer
18701 East Cool Breeze Lane
Montgomery, Texas 77356
Douglas
J. Erwin
4 Briarwood Court
Houston, Texas 77019
Tekton
Ventures LLC
50 California Street, Suite 3200
San Francisco, California 94111
SCHEDULE A
Investors (continued)
Startcaps
SL
Calle General Arrando 9 BIS
Madrid, Spain 28010
Michael
McGovern
18 Berkley Highway
The Woodlands, Texas 77385
Antonie
Wobbe Ploegsma
One Waterway Court, 6E
The Woodlands, Texas 77380
Bernard
Goetgeluk
Bergstraat 42
Merelbeke
9820 Belgium
BHV Entrepreneurship
Fund II, LP
275 Greenwich Street, #5A
New York, New York 10007
Queensbridge
Fund I, L.P.
1801 Century Park East, Suite 1132
Los Angeles, California 90067
Ugo de
Charette
South Ridge 1, unit 2101
Downtown Burj Khalifa
Dubai
Dubai, 214967
United Arab Emirates
Vestcess,
LLC
Attention: Federico Gonzalez, President
9400 Bamboo Road
Houston, Texas 77041
David Rowe
42 arkwright road
London,
England, nw36bh
United Kingdom
SWAD 1608
Ltd.
Attention: Arthur Sharplin, Trustee of SWAD Management Trust
3205 Aztec Fall Cove
Austin, Texas 78746
SCHEDULE A
Investors (continued)
Gregory
Novak
1000 Louisiana Street, Fifty Third Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Fax: (210) 860-9252
Stephen
Cook
1503 Sheltons Bend Court
Houston, Texas 77077
Michael
Jones
313 Lakeside Lane
Houston, Texas 77058
Four Winds
Capital LP
Attention: Samuel Goodner, Manager
3400 Woodcutters Way
Austin, Texas 78746
Colton
Baker Jacobs Revocable Living Trust
Attention: Colton Jacobs, Trustee
5931 Darwin Court
Carlsbad, California 92008
S&H
Capital Investment Holdings, LP
Attention: Hayden Hill, Manager
P.O. Box 40792
Houston, Texas 77240
SeedInvest
Holdings I, LLC, Virtuix Series Only
P.O. Box 171305
Salt Lake City, Utah 84117
Scentan
Venture Partners Limited
1903 World Wide House
19 Des Voeux Road
Central HK
Yoshiaki
Murakami
6 Cuscaden Walk #94-02
The Boulevard Residences
Singapore
SSSS Investment
LLC
9036 Marlive Lane
Houston, Texas 77025
SCHEDULE A
Investors (continued)
John Bess
LLC
3 Wyndmere Lane
Mendham, New Jersey 07945
Robert
W. Mark
1100 Louisiana, Suite 4800
Houston, Texas 77002
2020 Ventures,
LP
121 Deer Hollow Road
San Anselmo, California 94960
Stephen Carpenter
6067 Post Oak Green Lane
Houston, Texas 77055
Jonathan
R. Harms
1837 Dart Street
Houston, Texas 77007
Gerald
Falls
P.O. Box 2202
Cypress, Texas 77410
Vika Gupta
5035 Yarwell Drive
Houston, Texas 77096
Daniel Jones
716 S. Overlook Drive
Alexandria, Virginia 22305
H. Albert Napier
193 W. Ledge Stone Drive
Fredericksburg, Texas 78624
Venture
Lending & Leasing VII, LLC
104 La Mesa Drive
Portola Valley, California 94028
SCHEDULE A
Investors (continued)
Wauter
Hellebuyck & Jasmien Declercq
Gansetek Straat
9686 Etikhove, Belgium
Third Coast
VR, LLC
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Virtuix Series 2 Seed Investment LLC
P.O. Box 171305
Salt Lake City, Utah 84117
Randy
B. Crath
15 Courtlandt Place
Houston, Texas 77006
451 WE
Virtuix LLC
_________________________
_________________________
_________________________
Walden
Woods Holdings LLC
889 Tanglewood Drive
Concord, Massachusetts 01742
Wefunds
LLC, Wefunds Virtuix I
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
Exhibit 10.13
AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Amendment”) is dated as of September 30, 2020, by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the holders of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock (formerly designated as Series A Preferred Stock) executing this Amendment (the “Amending Investors”).
R E C I T A L S:
A. The Company and the investors in the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock are parties to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2016 (the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”); and unless otherwise defined herein, all defined terms used in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
B. The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides that it may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.
C. The Amending Investors executing this Amendment hold more than a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof.
D. On and after the date hereof, the Company intends to sell shares of its Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Series A-2 Preferred Stock”) to new and current investors in the Company (collectively, the “Series A-2 Investors”).
E. The parties hereto desire to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement by this Amendment so as to afford the Series A-2 Investors with registration rights, preemptive rights and information rights on a parity with those that have been provided to the Investors in the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock of the Company under the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Amending Investors hereby consent and agree as follows:
1. Amendments to Definitions.
(a) The definition of “this Agreement”, as used throughout the Investors’ Rights Agreement, shall mean and refer to the Investors’ Rights Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
(b) Section 1.2 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
““Certificate of Incorporation” means the Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on September 30, 2020, as the same may be amended from time to time.”
(c) Section 1.27 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
““Series A Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and shares of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.”
(d) The definitions of “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and “Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock” are hereby re-numbered as Sections 1.28 and 1.29, respectively, of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
2. Amendment to Schedule A. Schedule A to the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be amended to include the purchasers of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock who were not parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement prior to the date of this Amendment. The names and addresses for notices of such purchasers will be as set forth in their respective Subscription Agreements as entered into in connection with their purchase of shares of Series A-2 Preferred Stock from the Company.
3. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
4. Entire Agreement; No Further Amendment. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. This Amendment, together with the Investors’ Rights Agreement, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
5. Severability. If any provision of this Amendment is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) the other provisions hereof and of the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and (b) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or unenforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
- 2 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
| COMPANY: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
AMENDING INVESTORS:
Signatures Incorporated by Reference from the Adoption Agreement Signed by the Holders of a Majority of the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock and Series A-1 Preferred Stock that are Parties to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement.
Signatures of Holders of Series A-2 Preferred Stock Are Incorporated by Reference from the Subscription Agreements Relating to Their Purchase of Series A-2 Preferred Stock (Per Section 2 Thereof). | ||
[Signature Page to Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]
Exhibit 10.14
AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT
This Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “Amendment”) is dated as of January 31, 2023, by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the holders of the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock executing this Amendment (the “Amending Investors”).
R E C I T A L S:
A. The Company and the investors in the Company’s Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock are parties to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of March 10, 2016, as amended by Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement dated as of September 25, 20202 (as so amended, the “Investors’ Rights Agreement”); and unless otherwise defined herein, all defined terms used in this Amendment shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
B. The Investors’ Rights Agreement provides that it may only be amended or modified by a written instrument executed by the Company and the holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding.
C. The Amending Investors executing this Amendment hold more than a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding as of the date hereof.
D. On and after the date hereof, the Company intends to sell Safes (Simple Agreements for Future Equity) that are convertible into shares of Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), and thereafter to sell shares of Series B Preferred Stock in a future equity financing, to new and current investors in the Company (collectively, the “Series B Investors”).
E. The parties hereto desire to amend the Investors’ Rights Agreement by this Amendment so as to afford the Series B Investors with registration rights, preemptive rights and information rights on a parity with those that have been provided to the Investors in the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock of the Company under the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
AGREEMENT
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Company and the Amending Investors hereby consent and agree as follows:
1. Amendments to Definitions.
(a) The definition of “this Agreement”, as used throughout the Investors’ Rights Agreement, shall mean and refer to the Investors’ Rights Agreement as amended by this Amendment.
(b) Section 1.2 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
“1.2 “Certificate of Incorporation” means the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on or about January 31, 2023, as the same may be amended from time to time.”
(c) Section 1.18 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to read as follows:
“1.18 “Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock.”
(d) Section 1.27 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
“1.27 “Series A Preferred Stock” means, collectively, shares of the Series A-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, and shares of the Series A-2 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.”
(e) A new Section 1.28 is hereby added to the Investors’ Rights Agreement immediately after Section 1.27 to read in its entirety as follows:
“1.28 “Series B Preferred Stock” means shares of the Series B Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.”
(f) The definitions of “Series Seed Preferred Stock” and “Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock” are hereby re-numbered as Sections 1.29 and 1.30, respectively, of the Investors’ Rights Agreement.
2. Amendment to Section 5.9. Section 5.9 of the Investors’ Rights Agreement is hereby amended to read in its entirety as follows:
“5.9 Additional Investors. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company issues (i) additional shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or Warrants to purchase shares of Series A Preferred Stock, after the date hereof, or (ii) shares of Series B Preferred Stock, or Warrants to purchase shares of Series B Preferred Stock or Safes that are convertible to shares of Series B Preferred Stock, after the date hereof, the purchaser of such shares of Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock or recipient of such Warrants or Safes, as the case may be, may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement or an Adoption Agreement agreeing to be bound by this Agreement as an “Investor” hereunder, and thereafter shall be deemed an “Investor” for all purposes hereunder. No action or consent by the Investors shall be required for such joinder to this Agreement by such additional Investor, so long as such additional Investor has agreed in writing to be bound by all of the obligations as an “Investor” hereunder.”
- 2 -
3. Amendment to Schedule A. Schedule A to the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall be amended to include the purchasers of the Series B Preferred Stock who were not parties to the Investors’ Rights Agreement prior to the date of this Amendment. The names and addresses for notices of such purchasers will be as set forth in their respective Subscription Agreements as entered into in connection with their purchase of shares of Series B Preferred Stock from the Company.
4. Counterparts. This Amendment may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
5. Entire Agreement; No Further Amendment. Except as expressly amended hereby, the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect in accordance with its terms. This Amendment, together with the Investors’ Rights Agreement, constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
6. Severability. If any provision of this Amendment is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent permitted by law, (a) the other provisions hereof and of the Investors’ Rights Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and (b) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or unenforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
[SIGNATURE PAGES FOLLOW]
- 3 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
| COMPANY: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
AMENDING INVESTORS:
Signatures Incorporated by Reference from the Adoption Agreement Signed by the Holders of a Majority of the Series Seed Preferred Stock, Series 2 Seed Preferred Stock, Series A-1 Preferred Stock and Series A-2 Preferred Stock that are Parties to the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement. | ||
[Signature Page to Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement]
Exhibit 10.15
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
Section 1. General.
The purposes of the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) are to: (a) encourage the profitability and growth of the Company through short-term and long-term incentives that are consistent with the Company’s objectives; (b) give Participants an incentive for excellence in individual performance; (c) promote teamwork among Participants; and (d) give the Company a significant advantage in attracting and retaining key Employees, Directors and Consultants. To accomplish such purposes, the Plan provides that the Company may grant (i) Options, (ii) Stock Appreciation Rights, (iii) Restricted Shares, (iv) Restricted Stock Units, (v) Performance-Based Awards (including performance-based Restricted Shares and Restricted Stock Units), (vi) Other Share-Based Awards, (vii) Other Cash-Based Awards or (viii) any combination of the foregoing.
Section 2. Definitions.
For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set forth below:
(a) “Administrator” means the Board, or, if and to the extent the Board does not administer the Plan, the Committee in accordance with Section 3 of the Plan.
(b) “Affiliate” means a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified. An entity shall be deemed an Affiliate for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by,” or “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities or by contract or otherwise.
(c) “Award” means any Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Restricted Share, Restricted Stock Unit, Performance-Based Award, Other Share-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award granted under the Plan.
(d) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement, contract or other instrument or document evidencing the terms and conditions of an individual Award granted under the Plan. Evidence of an Award may be in written or electronic form, may be limited to notation on the books and records of the Company and, with the approval of the Administrator, need not be signed by a representative of the Company or a Participant. Any Shares that become deliverable to the Participant pursuant to the Plan may be issued in certificate form in the name of the Participant or in book-entry form in the name of the Participant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(e) “Beneficial Owner” (or any variant thereof) has the meaning defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act.
(f) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(g) “Bylaws” means the bylaws of the Company, as may be amended and/or restated from time to time.
(h) “Cause” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in any Company, Subsidiary or Affiliate unexpired employment, severance, or similar agreement or Award Agreement with a Participant, or if no such agreement exists or if such agreement does not define “Cause” (or a word of like import), Cause means (i) the Participant’s breach of fiduciary duty or duty of loyalty to the Company, (ii) the Participant’s conviction of or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or a crime involving moral turpitude, (iii) the Participant’s failure, refusal or neglect to perform and discharge his or her duties and responsibilities on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company (other than by reason of Disability) or to comply with any lawful directive of the Board or its designee, (iv) the Participant’s breach of any written policy of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (including, without limitation, those relating to sexual harassment or the disclosure or misuse of confidential information), (v) the Participant’s breach of any agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (including, without limitation, any confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation or assignment of inventions agreement), (vi) the Participant’s commission of fraud, dishonesty, theft, embezzlement, self-dealing, misappropriation or other malfeasance against the business of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, or (vii) the Participant’s commission of acts or omissions constituting gross negligence or gross misconduct in the performance of any aspect of his or her lawful duties or responsibilities, which have or may be expected to have an adverse effect on the Company, its Subsidiaries or Affiliates. A Participant’s employment shall be deemed to have terminated for “Cause” if, on the date his or her employment terminates, facts and circumstances exist that would have justified a termination for Cause, to the extent that such facts and circumstances are discovered within three (3) months following such termination. The Administrator, in its absolute discretion, shall determine the effect of all matters and questions relating to whether a Participant has been discharged for Cause.
(i) “Change in Capitalization” means any (i) merger, consolidation, reclassification, recapitalization, spin-off, spin-out, repurchase or other reorganization or corporate transaction or event, (ii) extraordinary dividend (whether in the form of cash, Shares or other property), stock split or reverse stock split, (iii) combination or exchange of shares, (iv) other change in corporate structure or (v) payment of any other distribution, which, in any such case, the Administrator determines, in its sole discretion, affects the Common Stock such that an adjustment pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan is appropriate.
(j) “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following:
| (i) | any Person, other than the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding voting securities (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”), excluding (x) any Person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (A) of paragraph (iii) below or (y) any acquisition directly from the Company, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall include the acquisition of voting securities by the Chief Executive Officer following the Effective Date of the Plan; or |
| (ii) | the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of Directors then serving on the Board: individuals who, during any period of two (2) consecutive years, constitute the Board and any new Director (other than a Director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including, but not limited to, a consent solicitation, relating to the election of Directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved or recommended by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the Directors then still in office who either were Directors at the beginning of the two (2) year period or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or |
2
| (iii) | the consummation of a merger or consolidation of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation (A) that results in the Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Outstanding Company Voting Securities (or such surviving entity or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, and (B) immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the Board of the entity surviving such merger or consolidation or, if the Company or the entity surviving such merger is then a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof; or |
| (iv) | the consummation of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than (A) a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned directly or indirectly by stockholders of the Company following the completion of such transaction in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale or (B) a sale or disposition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets immediately following which the individuals who comprise the Board immediately prior thereto constitute at least a majority of the board of directors of the entity to which such assets are sold or disposed or, if such entity is a subsidiary, the ultimate parent thereof. |
For each Award that constitutes deferred compensation under Code Section 409A, a Change in Control (where applicable) shall be deemed to have occurred under the Plan with respect to such Award only if a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company or a change in ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company also constitutes a “change in control event” under Code Section 409A.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the holders of Class A Common Stock immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the assets of the Company immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.
(v) “Change in Control Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 12 of the Plan.
(vi) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto. Any reference to a section of the Code shall be deemed to include a reference to any regulations promulgated thereunder.
(vii) “Committee” means any committee or subcommittee the Board may appoint to administer the Plan. Subject to the discretion of the Board, if required by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or the applicable stock exchange on which the Shares are traded following an IPO, the Committee shall be composed entirely of individuals who meet the qualifications of a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and any other qualifications required by the applicable stock exchange on which the Shares are traded. If at any time or to any extent the Board shall not administer the Plan, then the functions of the Administrator specified in the Plan shall be exercised by the Committee. Except as otherwise provided in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws, any action of the Committee with respect to the administration of the Plan shall be taken by a majority vote at a meeting at which a quorum is duly constituted or unanimous written consent of the Committee’s members.
3
(viii) “Common Stock” means the common stock of the Company (and any stock or other securities into which such shares of common stock may be converted or into which they may be exchanged).
(ix) “Company” means Virtuix Holdings Inc. a Delaware corporation (or any successor corporation, except as the term “Company” is used in the definition of “Change in Control” above).
(x) “Consultant” means any current or prospective consultant or independent contractor of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, in each case, who is not an Employee, Executive Officer or Non-Employee Director.
(xi) “Director” means any individual who is a member of the Board on or after the Effective Date.
(xii) “Disability” means, with respect to any Participant who is an Employee, a permanent and total disability as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3).
(xiii) “Effective Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 22 of the Plan.
(xiv) “Eligible Recipient” means, with respect to an Award denominated in Common Stock issued under the Plan: (i) an Employee; (ii) a Non-Employee Director; or (iii) a Consultant, in each case, who has been selected as an eligible recipient under the Plan by the Administrator; provided, that any Awards granted prior to the date an Eligible Recipient first performs services for the Company or an Affiliate thereof will not become vested or exercisable, and no Shares shall be issued or other payment made to such Eligible Recipient with respect to such Awards, prior to the date on which such Eligible Recipient first performs services for the Company or an Affiliate thereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent required to avoid the imposition of additional taxes under Code Section 409A, “Eligible Recipient” means: an (1) Employee; (2) a Non-Employee Director; or (3) a Consultant, in each case, of the Company or a Subsidiary thereof, who has been selected as an eligible recipient under the Plan by the Administrator.
(xv) “Employee” shall mean any current or prospective employee of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, as described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.421-1(h), including an Executive Officer or Director who is also treated as an employee.
(xvi) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time.
(xvii) “Executive Officer” means each Participant who is an executive officer (within the meaning of Rule 3b-7 under the Exchange Act) of the Company.
(xviii) “Exercise Price” means, with respect to any Award under which the holder may purchase Shares, the price per share at which a holder of such Award granted hereunder may purchase Shares issuable upon exercise of such Award, as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Code Section 409A, as applicable.
(xix) “Fair Market Value” as of a particular date shall mean: (i) if the Shares are listed on any established stock exchange or a national market system, including, without limitation, the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, the Fair Market Value shall be the closing price of a Share (or if no sales were reported, the closing price on the date immediately preceding such date) as quoted on such exchange or system on the day of determination; (ii) if the Shares are not then listed on a national securities exchange, the average of the highest reported bid and lowest reported asked prices for a Share as reported by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Automated Quotations System for the last preceding date on which there was a sale of such stock in such market; or (iii) whether or not the Shares are then listed on a national securities exchange or traded in an over-the-counter market or the value of such Shares is not otherwise determinable, such value as determined by the Administrator in good faith and in a manner not inconsistent with the regulations under Code Section 409A.
4
(xx) “Free Standing Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 (a) of the Plan.
(xxi) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that is designated by the Committee as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and that meets the requirements set out in the Plan.
(xxii) “IPO” means an initial public offering of, or direct or indirect public listing of, the securities of the Company, its successors and assigns, or any of its related corporate entities.
(xxiii) “Non-Employee Director” means a Director who is not an Employee.
(xxiv) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that by its terms does not qualify or is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(xxv) “Outstanding Shares” means the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company, taking into account as outstanding for this purpose such Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Options or warrants, the conversion of convertible stock or debt, and the exercise of any similar right to acquire such Common Stock.
(xxvi) “Option” means an option to purchase Shares granted pursuant to Section 7 of the Plan.
(xxvii) “Other Cash-Based Award” means a cash Award granted to a Participant under Section 11 of the Plan, including cash awarded as a bonus or upon the attainment of Performance Goals or otherwise as permitted under the Plan.
(xxviii) “Other Share-Based Award” means a right or other interest granted to a Participant under the Plan that may be denominated or payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, Shares, including, but not limited to, unrestricted Shares or dividend equivalents, each of which may be subject to the attainment of Performance Goals or a period of continued employment or other terms or conditions as permitted under the Plan.
(xxix) “Participant” means any Eligible Recipient selected by the Administrator, pursuant to the Administrator’s authority provided for in Section 3 of the Plan, to receive an Award under the Plan, and, upon his or her death, his or her successors, heirs, executors and administrators, as the case may be, solely with respect to any Awards outstanding at the date of the Eligible Recipient’s death.
(xxx) “Performance-Based Award” means any Award granted under the Plan that is subject to one or more Performance Goals. Any dividends or dividend equivalents payable or credited to a Participant with respect to any unvested Performance-Based Award shall be subject to the same Performance Goals as the Shares or units underlying the Performance-Based Award.
5
(xxxi) “Performance Goals” means performance goals based on performance criteria selected by the Administrator, which may include, but are not limited to, any of the following: (i) earnings before interest and taxes; (ii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iii) net operating profit after tax; (iv) cash flow; (v) revenue; (vi) net revenues; (vii) sales; (viii) days sales outstanding; (ix) income; (x) net income; (xi) operating income; (xii) net operating income; (xiii) operating margin; (xiv) earnings; (xv) earnings per share; (xvi) return on equity; (xvii) return on investment; (xviii) return on capital; (xix) return on assets; (xx) return on net assets; (xxi) total shareholder return; (xxii) economic profit; (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) appreciation in the fair market value, book value or other measure of value of the Shares; (xxv) expense or cost control; (xxvi) working capital; (xxvii) customer satisfaction; (xxviii) employee retention or employee turnover; (xxix) employee satisfaction or engagement; (xxx) environmental, health or other safety goals; (xxxi) individual performance; (xxxii) strategic objective milestones; (xxxiii) any other criteria specified by the Administrator in its sole discretion; and (xxxiv) any combination of, or a specified increase or decrease in, as applicable, any of the foregoing. Where applicable, the Performance Goals may be expressed in terms of attaining a specified level of the particular criteria or the attainment of a percentage increase or decrease in the particular criteria, and may be applied to one or more of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, or a division or strategic business unit of the Company, or may be applied to the performance of the Company relative to a market index, a group of other companies or a combination thereof, all as determined by the Administrator. The Performance Goals may include a threshold level of performance below which no payment shall be made (or no vesting shall occur), levels of performance at which specified payments shall be made (or specified vesting shall occur), and a maximum level of performance above which no additional payment shall be made (or at which full vesting shall occur). At the time such an Award is granted, the Administrator may specify any reasonable definition of the Performance Goals it uses. Such definitions may provide for equitable adjustments to the Performance Goals in recognition of unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company or an Affiliate thereof or the financial statements of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, in response to changes in applicable laws or regulations, or to account for items of gain, loss or expense determined to be unusual in nature, infrequent in occurrence or unusual in nature and infrequent in occurrence or related to the disposal of a segment of a business or related to a change in accounting principles. If the Administrator determines that a change in the business, operations, corporate structure or capital structure of the Company or the manner in which the Company or an Affiliate conducts its business, or other events or circumstances render performance goals to be unsuitable, the Administrator may modify such Performance Goals in whole or in part, as the Committee deems appropriate. If a Participant is promoted, demoted or transferred to a different business unit or function during a performance period, the Administrator may determine that the Performance Goals or performance period are no longer appropriate and may (x) adjust, change or eliminate the Performance Goals or the applicable performance period as it deems appropriate to make such goals and period comparable to the initial goals and period, or (y) make a cash payment to the Participant in an amount determined by the Administrator.
(xxxii) “Person” shall have the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as modified and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, however, a Person shall not include (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (ii) a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; or (iv) a corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of stock of the Company.
(xxxiii) “Plan” means this Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended and/or amended and restated from time to time.
(xxxiv) “Related Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8 (a) of the Plan.
(xxxv) “Restricted Shares” means an Award of Shares granted pursuant to Section 9 of the Plan subject to certain restrictions that lapse at the end of a specified period or periods.
(xxxvi) “Restricted Stock Unit” means a notional account established pursuant to an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Section 10 of the Plan, that is (i) valued solely by reference to Shares, (ii) subject to restrictions specified in the Award Agreement, and (iii) payable in cash or in Shares (as specified in the Award Agreement). The Restricted Stock Units awarded to the Participant will vest according to the time-based criteria or Performance Goals, and vested Restricted Stock Units will be settled at the time(s), specified in the Award Agreement.
(xxxvii) “Restricted Period” means the period of time determined by the Administrator during which an Award or a portion thereof is subject to restrictions or, as applicable, the period of time within which performance is measured for purposes of determining whether an Award has been earned.
(xxxviii) “Rule 16b-3” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 (a) of the Plan.
(xxxix) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time.
(xl) “Share” means a share of Common Stock.
6
(xli) “Stock Appreciation Right” means the right pursuant to an Award granted under Section 8 of the Plan to receive an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the aggregate Fair Market Value, as of the date such Award or portion thereof is surrendered, of the Shares covered by such Award or such portion thereof, over (ii) the aggregate Exercise Price of such Award or such portion thereof.
(xlii) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, as of any date of determination, any other Person as to which such first Person owns or otherwise controls, directly or indirectly, more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting shares or other similar interests or a sole general partner interest or managing member or similar interest of such other Person. An entity shall be deemed a Subsidiary of the Company for purposes of this definition only for such periods as the requisite ownership or control relationship is maintained. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option or any determination relating to an Incentive Stock Option, “Subsidiary” means a corporation that is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of Code Section 424(f).
(xliii) “Substitute Award” shall mean an Award granted under the Plan upon the assumption of, or in substitution for, outstanding equity awards granted by a company or other entity in connection with a corporate transaction, such as a merger, combination, consolidation, or acquisition of property or stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the term “Substitute Award” be construed to refer to an award made in connection with the cancellation and repricing of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right.
Section 3. Administration.
(a) The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator in accordance with the requirements of Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act (“Rule 16b-3”), to the extent applicable.
(b) Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Administrator, subject, in the case of any Committee, to any restrictions on the authority delegated to it by the Board, shall have the power and authority, without limitation:
(i) to select those Eligible Recipients who shall be Participants;
(ii) to determine whether and to what extent Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units, Other Share-Based Awards, Other Cash-Based Awards or a combination of any of the foregoing, are to be granted hereunder to Participants;
(iii) to determine the number of Shares to be made subject to each Award;
(iv) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, of each Award granted hereunder, including, but not limited to, (A) the restrictions applicable to Awards and the conditions under which restrictions applicable to such Awards shall lapse, (B) the Performance Goals and performance periods applicable to Awards, if any, (C) the Exercise Price of each Award, (D) the vesting schedule applicable to each Award, (E) any confidentiality or restrictive covenant provisions applicable to the Award, and (F) subject to the requirements of Code Section 409A (to the extent applicable), any amendments to the terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, including, but not limited to, extending the exercise period of such Awards and accelerating the vesting schedule of such Awards;
(v) to determine the terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, which shall govern all Award Agreements evidencing Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards, Other Cash-Based Awards or any combination of the foregoing granted hereunder;
(vi) to determine Fair Market Value;
(vii) to determine the duration and purpose of leaves of absence which may be granted to a Participant without constituting termination of the Participant’s employment for purposes of Awards granted under the Plan;
7
(viii) to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall from time to time deem advisable;
(ix) to reconcile any inconsistency in, correct any defect in and/or supply any omission in the Plan, any Award Agreement or other instrument or agreement relating to the Plan or an Award granted under the Plan; and
(x) to construe and interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any Award issued under the Plan (and any Award Agreement relating thereto), and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan and to exercise all powers and authorities either specifically granted under the Plan or necessary and advisable in the administration of the Plan.
(c) Except to the extent prohibited by applicable law or the applicable rules and regulations of any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company may be listed or traded, the Administrator may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one (1) or more of its members and may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it. Any such allocation or delegation may be revoked by the Committee at any time. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee may delegate to one (1) or more officers of the Company, the authority to act on behalf of the Committee with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of, or which is allocated to, the Committee herein, and which may be so delegated as a matter of law, except for grants of Awards to Directors.
(d) All decisions made by the Administrator pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company and the Participants. No member of the Board or the Committee, or any officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary thereof acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, omission, determination, or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board or the Committee and each and any officer or employee of the Company and of any Subsidiary thereof acting on their behalf shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, omission, determination or interpretation.
Section 4. Shares Reserved for Issuance Under the Plan and Limitations on Awards.
(a) Subject to this Section 4 and to adjustment in accordance with Section 5 of the Plan, the Administrator is authorized to deliver with respect to Awards granted under the Plan an aggregate of 4,000,000 shares of Common Stock; provided, that the total number of shares of Common Stock that will be reserved, and that may be issued, under the Plan will automatically increase on the first trading day of each calendar year, beginning with calendar year 2026, by a number of Common Shares equal to three percent (3%) of the total number of Outstanding Shares on the last day of the prior calendar year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may act prior to January 1 of a given year to provide that there will be no such increase in the share reserve for that year or that the increase in the share reserve for such year will be a lesser number of Common Shares than provided herein.
(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the maximum number of Shares subject to Awards granted during any fiscal year to any Non-Employee Director, taken together with any cash fees paid to such Non-Employee Director during the fiscal year with respect to such Director’s service as a Non-Employee Director, shall not exceed $800,000 (calculating the value of any such Awards based on the grant date Fair Market Value of such Awards for financial reporting purposes).
8
(c) Shares issued under the Plan may, in whole or in part, be authorized but unissued Shares or Shares that shall have been or may be reacquired by the Company in the open market, in private transactions or otherwise. Any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award under the Plan that, after the Effective Date, are forfeited, canceled, settled or otherwise terminated without a distribution of Shares to a Participant will thereafter be deemed to be available for Awards with respect to shares of Common Stock. In applying the immediately preceding sentence, if (i) Shares otherwise issuable or issued in respect of, or as part of, any Award are withheld to cover taxes or any applicable Exercise Price, such Shares shall be treated as having been issued under the Plan and shall not be available for issuance under the Plan, and (ii) any Share-settled Stock Appreciation Rights or Options are exercised, the aggregate number of Shares subject to such Stock Appreciation Rights or Options shall be deemed issued under the Plan and shall not be available for issuance under the Plan. In addition, Shares (x) tendered to exercise outstanding Options or other Awards, (y) withheld to cover applicable taxes on any Awards or (z) repurchased on the open market using Exercise Price proceeds shall not be available for issuance under the Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, (A) Shares underlying Awards that are subject to the achievement of performance goals shall be counted against the Share reserve based on the target value of such Awards unless and until such time as such Awards become vested and settled in Shares, and (B) Awards that, pursuant to their terms, may be settled only in cash shall not count against the Share reserve set forth in Section 4(a).
(d) Substitute Awards shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan. In the event that a company acquired by the Company or any Affiliate or with which the Company or any Affiliate combines has shares available under a pre-existing plan approved by stockholders and not adopted in contemplation of such acquisition or combination, the shares available for grant pursuant to the terms of such pre-existing plan (as adjusted, to the extent appropriate, using the exchange ratio or other adjustment or valuation ratio or formula used in such acquisition or combination to determine the consideration payable to the holders of common stock of the entities party to such acquisition or combination) may be used for Awards under the Plan and shall not reduce the Shares authorized for grant under the Plan; provided, that Awards using such available Shares shall not be made after the date awards or grants could have been made under the terms of the pre-existing plan, absent the acquisition or combination, and shall only be made to individuals who were not employed by or providing services to the Company or its Affiliates immediately prior to such acquisition or combination.
(e) In the event that the Company or an Affiliate thereof consummates a transaction described in Code Section 424(a) (e.g., the acquisition of property or stock from an unrelated corporation), persons who become Employees or Directors in account of such transaction may be granted Substitute Awards in substitution for awards granted by their former employer, and any such substitute Options or Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted with an Exercise Price less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the grant date thereof; provided, however, the grant of such substitute Option or Stock Appreciation Right shall not constitute a “modification” as defined in Code Section 424(h)(3) and the applicable Treasury regulations.
Section 5. Equitable Adjustments.
In the event of any Change in Capitalization, including, without limitation, a Change in Control, an equitable substitution or proportionate adjustment shall be made, in each case, as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, in (a) the aggregate number of Shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, (b) the kind, number and Exercise Price subject to outstanding Options and Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan; provided, however, that any such substitution or adjustment with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall occur in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A, and (c) the kind, number and purchase price of Shares subject to outstanding Restricted Shares or Other Share-Based Awards granted under the Plan, in each case as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion; provided, however, that any fractional Shares resulting from the adjustment shall be eliminated. Such other equitable substitutions or adjustments shall be made as may be determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, in connection with a Change in Capitalization, the Administrator may provide, in its sole discretion, for the cancellation of any outstanding Award granted hereunder (i) in exchange for payment in cash or other property having an aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares covered by such Award, reduced by the aggregate Exercise Price or purchase price thereof, if any, and (ii) with respect to any Awards for which the Exercise Price or purchase price per share of Common Stock is greater than or equal to the then current Fair Market Value per share of Common Stock, for no consideration. Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, any adjustment with respect to an Incentive Stock Option due to an adjustment or substitution described in this Section 5 shall comply with the rules of Code Section 424(a), and in no event shall any adjustment be made which would render any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder to be disqualified as an incentive stock option for purposes of Code Section 422. The Administrator’s determinations pursuant to this Section 5 shall be final, binding and conclusive.
9
Section 6. Eligibility.
The Participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, from among Eligible Recipients.
Section 7. Options.
(a) General. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, grant Options to Participants. Solely with respect to Participants who are Employees, the Administrator may grant Incentive Stock Options, Nonqualified Stock Options or a combination of both. With respect to all other Participants, the Administrator may grant only Nonqualified Stock Options. Each Participant who is granted an Option shall enter into an Award Agreement with the Company, containing such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion, which Award Agreement shall specify whether the Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option and shall set forth, among other things, the Exercise Price of the Option, the term of the Option and provisions regarding exercisability of the Option granted thereunder. The provisions of each Option need not be the same with respect to each Participant. More than one Option may be granted to the same Participant and be outstanding concurrently hereunder. Options granted under the Plan shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 7 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable and set forth in the applicable Award Agreement. The prospective recipient of an Option shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date.
(b) Limits on Incentive Stock Options. If the Administrator grants Incentive Stock Options, then to the extent that the aggregate fair market value of Shares with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any individual during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such Options will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options to the extent required by Code Section 422. Subject to Section 5, the maximum number of shares that may be issued pursuant to Options intended to be Incentive Stock Options is 4,000,000 Shares and, for the avoidance of doubt, such share limit shall not be subject to the annual adjustment provided in Section 4(a).
(c) Exercise Price. The Exercise Price of Shares purchasable under an Option shall be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion at the time of grant; provided, however, that (i) in no event shall the Exercise Price of an Option be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, and (ii) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a ten percent (10%) stockholder of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 422(b)(6)) shall have an Exercise Price per Share less than one-hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a Share on such date.
(d) Option Term. The maximum term of each Option shall be fixed by the Administrator, but in no event shall (i) an Option be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such Option is granted, and (ii) an Incentive Stock Option granted to a ten percent (10%) stockholder of the Company (within the meaning of Code Section 422(b)(6)) be exercisable more than five (5) years after the date such Option is granted. Each Option’s term is subject to earlier expiration pursuant to the applicable provisions in the Plan and the Award Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the authority to accelerate the exercisability of any outstanding Option at such time and under such circumstances as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate. Notwithstanding any contrary provision in this Plan (including, without limitation, Section 7(h)), if, on the date an outstanding Option would expire, the exercise of the Option, including by a “net exercise” or “cashless” exercise, would violate applicable securities laws or any insider trading policy maintained by the Company from time to time, the expiration date applicable to the Option will be extended, except to the extent such extension would violate Code Section 409A, to a date that is thirty (30) calendar days after the date the exercise of the Option would no longer violate applicable securities laws or any such insider trading policy.
10
(e) Exercisability. Each Option shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions, including the attainment of pre-established Performance Goals, as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement. The Administrator may also provide that any Option shall be exercisable only in installments, and the Administrator may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time, in whole or in part, based on such factors as the Administrator may determine in its sole discretion. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, an Option may not be exercised for a fraction of a share.
(f) Method of Exercise. Options may be exercised in whole or in part by giving written notice of exercise to the Company specifying the number of Shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment in full of the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares so purchased in cash or its equivalent, as determined by the Administrator. As determined by the Administrator, in its sole discretion, with respect to any Option or category of Options, payment in whole or in part may also be made (i) by means of consideration received under any cashless exercise procedure approved by the Administrator (including the withholding of Shares otherwise issuable upon exercise), (ii) in the form of unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant which have a Fair Market Value on the date of surrender equal to the aggregate Exercise Price of the Shares as to which such Option shall be exercised, (iii) any other form of consideration approved by the Administrator and permitted by applicable law, or (iv) any combination of the foregoing. In determining which methods a Participant may utilize to pay the Exercise Price, the Administrator may consider such factors as it determines are appropriate; provided, however, that with respect to Incentive Stock Options, all such discretionary determinations shall be made by the Administrator at the time of grant and specified in the Award Agreement.
(g) Rights as Stockholder. A Participant shall have no rights to dividends or any other rights of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to an Option until the Participant has given written notice of the exercise thereof, has paid in full for such Shares and has satisfied the requirements of Section 16 of the Plan.
(h) Termination of Employment or Service. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, in the event that the employment or service of a Participant with the Company and all Affiliates thereof shall terminate, the following terms and conditions shall apply:
(i) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service by the Company without Cause or due to a resignation by the Participant for any reason, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they are exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is thirty (30) days after such termination (with such period being extended to six (6) months after the date of such termination in the event of the Participant’s death during such thirty (30) day period), on which date they shall expire, and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.
(ii) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service as a result of the Participant’s Disability or death, (A) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were exercisable at the time of such termination, shall remain exercisable until the date that is six (6) months after such termination, on which date they shall expire, and (B) Options granted to such Participant, to the extent that they were not exercisable at the time of such termination, shall expire at the close of business on the date of such termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of its term.
(iii) In the event of the termination of a Participant’s employment or service for Cause, all outstanding Options granted to such Participant shall expire at the commencement of business on the date of such termination.
11
(iv) For purposes of determining which Options are exercisable upon termination of employment or service for purposes of this Section 7 (h), Options that are not exercisable solely due to a blackout period shall be considered exercisable.
(v) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an Incentive Stock Option may not be exercised more than three (3) months following the date as of which a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability. In the event that an Option is exercisable following the date that is three (3) months following the date as of which a Participant ceases to be an Employee for any reason other than death or Disability, such Option shall be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option.
(i) Other Change in Employment Status. An Option may be affected, both with regard to vesting schedule and termination, by leaves of absence, changes from full-time to part-time employment, partial disability or other changes in the employment status or service of a Participant, as evidenced in a Participant’s Award Agreement.
(j) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Options shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.
Section 8. Stock Appreciation Rights.
(a) General. Stock Appreciation Rights may be granted either alone (“Free Standing Rights”) or in conjunction with all or part of any Option granted under the Plan (“Related Rights”). Any Related Right that relates to a Nonqualified Stock Option may be granted at the same time the Option is granted or at any time thereafter, but before the exercise or expiration of the Option. Any Related Right that relates to an Incentive Stock Option must be granted at the same time the Incentive Stock Option is granted. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Stock Appreciation Rights shall be made, the number of Shares to be awarded, the price per Share, and all other conditions of Stock Appreciation Rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Related Right may be granted for more Shares than are subject to the Option to which it relates and any Stock Appreciation Right must be granted with an Exercise Price not less than the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant. The provisions of Stock Appreciation Rights need not be the same with respect to each Participant. Stock Appreciation Rights granted under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms and conditions set forth in this Section 8 and shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as the Administrator shall deem desirable, as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.
(b) Awards; Rights as Stockholder. The prospective recipient of a Stock Appreciation Right shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date. Participants who are granted Stock Appreciation Rights shall have no rights as stockholders of the Company with respect to the grant or exercise of such rights.
(c) Exercisability.
(i) Stock Appreciation Rights that are Free Standing Rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.
(ii) Stock Appreciation Rights that are Related Rights shall be exercisable only at such time or times and to the extent that the Options to which they relate shall be exercisable in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 above and this Section 8 of the Plan.
12
(d) Payment Upon Exercise.
(i) Upon the exercise of a Free Standing Right, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares, determined using the Fair Market Value, equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the price per share specified in the Free Standing Right multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Free Standing Right is being exercised.
(ii) A Related Right may be exercised by a Participant by surrendering the applicable portion of the related Option. Upon such exercise and surrender, the Participant shall be entitled to receive up to, but not more than, that number of Shares, determined using the Fair Market Value, equal in value to the excess of the Fair Market Value as of the date of exercise over the Exercise Price specified in the related Option multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Related Right is being exercised. Options which have been so surrendered, in whole or in part, shall no longer be exercisable to the extent the Related Rights have been so exercised.
(iii) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Administrator may determine to settle the exercise of a Stock Appreciation Right in cash (or in any combination of Shares and cash).
(e) Termination of Employment or Service.
(i) Subject to Section 8(f), in the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Free Standing Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Administrator in the applicable Award Agreement.
(ii) Subject to Section 8(f), in the event of the termination of employment or service with the Company and all Affiliates thereof of a Participant who has been granted one or more Related Rights, such rights shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as set forth in the related Options.
(f) Term.
(i) The term of each Free Standing Right shall be fixed by the Administrator, but no Free Standing Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.
(ii) The term of each Related Right shall be the term of the Option to which it relates, but no Related Right shall be exercisable more than ten (10) years after the date such right is granted.
(g) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.
Section 9. Restricted Shares.
(a) General. Each Award of Restricted Shares granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement. Restricted Shares may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Shares shall be made; the number of Shares to be awarded; the price, if any, to be paid by the Participant for the acquisition of Restricted Shares; the Restricted Period, if any, applicable to Restricted Shares; the Performance Goals (if any) applicable to Restricted Shares; and all other conditions of the Restricted Shares. If the restrictions, Performance Goals and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Shares in accordance with the terms of the grant. The terms and conditions applicable to the Restricted Shares need not be the same with respect to each Participant.
13
(b) Awards and Certificates. The prospective recipient of Restricted Shares shall not have any rights with respect to any such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date. Except as otherwise provided in herein, (i) each Participant who is granted an Award of Restricted Shares may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued a stock certificate in respect of such Restricted Shares; and (ii) any such certificate so issued shall be registered in the name of the Participant, and shall bear an appropriate legend referring to the terms, conditions, and restrictions applicable to any such Award. The Company may require that the stock certificates, if any, evidencing Restricted Shares granted hereunder be held in the custody of the Company until the restrictions thereon shall have lapsed, and that, as a condition of any award of Restricted Shares, the Participant shall have delivered a stock power, endorsed in blank, relating to the Shares covered by such Award. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, any Restricted Shares (whether before or after any vesting conditions have been satisfied) may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be issued in uncertificated form pursuant to the customary arrangements for issuing shares in such form.
(c) Restrictions and Conditions. The Restricted Shares granted pursuant to this Section 9 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or thereafter:
(i) The Restricted Shares shall be subject to the restrictions on transferability set forth in the Award Agreement and in the Plan.
(ii) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain Performance Goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service as Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability.
(iii) Subject to this Section 9(c)(iii), the Participant shall generally have the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to Restricted Shares during the Restricted Period. In the Administrator’s discretion and as provided in the applicable Award Agreement, a Participant may be entitled to dividends or dividend equivalents on an Award of Restricted Shares, which will be payable in accordance with the terms of such grant as determined by the Administrator in accordance with Section 18 of the Plan. Certificates for unrestricted Shares may, in the Company’s sole discretion, be delivered to the Participant only after the Restricted Period has expired without forfeiture in respect of such Restricted Shares, except as the Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall otherwise determine.
(iv) The rights of Participants granted Restricted Shares upon termination of employment or service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.
(d) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Restricted Shares shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.
Section 10. Restricted Stock Units.
(a) General. Restricted Stock Units may be issued either alone or in addition to other Awards granted under the Plan. The Administrator shall determine the Eligible Recipients to whom, and the time or times at which, grants of Restricted Stock Units shall be made; the number of Restricted Stock Units to be awarded; the Restricted Period, if any, applicable to Restricted Stock Units; the Performance Goals (if any) applicable to Restricted Stock Units; and all other conditions of the Restricted Stock Units. If the restrictions, Performance Goals and/or conditions established by the Administrator are not attained, a Participant shall forfeit his or her Restricted Stock Units in accordance with the terms of the grant. The provisions of Restricted Stock Units need not be the same with respect to each Participant.
14
(b) Award Agreement. The prospective recipient of Restricted Stock Units shall not have any rights with respect to any such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date.
(c) Restrictions and Conditions. The Restricted Stock Units granted pursuant to this Section 10 shall be subject to the following restrictions and conditions and any additional restrictions or conditions as determined by the Administrator at the time of grant or, subject to Code Section 409A, thereafter:
(i) The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, provide for the lapse of restrictions in installments and may accelerate or waive such restrictions in whole or in part based on such factors and such circumstances as the Administrator may determine, in its sole discretion, including, but not limited to, the attainment of certain Performance Goals, the Participant’s termination of employment or service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof, or the Participant’s death or Disability.
(ii) Participants holding Restricted Stock Units shall have no voting rights. A Restricted Stock Unit may, at the Administrator’s discretion, carry with it a right to dividend equivalents, subject to Section 18 of the Plan. Such right would entitle the holder to be credited with an amount equal to all cash dividends paid on one Share while the Restricted Stock Unit is outstanding. The Administrator, in its discretion, may grant dividend equivalents from the date of grant or only after a Restricted Stock Unit is vested.
(iii) The rights of Participants granted Restricted Stock Units upon termination of employment or service as a Non-Employee Director or Consultant of the Company or an Affiliate thereof terminates for any reason during the Restricted Period shall be set forth in the Award Agreement.
(d) Settlement of Restricted Stock Units. Settlement of vested Restricted Stock Units shall be made to Participants in the form of Shares, unless the Administrator, in its sole discretion, provides for the payment of the Restricted Stock Units in cash (or partly in cash and partly in Shares) equal to the value of the Shares that would otherwise be distributed to the Participant.
(e) Change in Control. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.
Section 11. Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards.
(a) The Administrator is authorized to grant Awards to Participants in the form of Other Share-Based Awards or Other Cash-Based Awards, as deemed by the Administrator to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and as evidenced by an Award Agreement. The Administrator shall determine the terms and conditions of such Awards, consistent with the terms of the Plan, at the date of grant or thereafter, including any Performance Goals and performance periods. Shares or other securities or property delivered pursuant to an Award in the nature of a purchase right granted under this Section 11 shall be purchased for such consideration, paid for at such times, by such methods, and in such forms, including, without limitation, Shares, other Awards, notes or other property, as the Administrator shall determine, subject to any required corporate action.
(b) The prospective recipient of an Other Share-Based Award or Other Cash-Based Award shall not have any rights with respect to such Award, unless and until such recipient has received an Award Agreement and, if required by the Administrator in the Award Agreement, executed and delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Company, within a period of sixty (60) days (or such other period as the Administrator may specify) after the award date.
15
(c) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon a Change in Control, all outstanding Other Share-Based Awards and Other Cash-Based Awards shall be subject to Section 12 of the Plan.
Section 12. Change in Control.
The Administrator may provide in the applicable Award Agreement that an Award will vest on an accelerated basis upon the Participant’s termination of employment or service in connection with a Change in Control or upon the occurrence of any other event that the Administrator may set forth in the Award Agreement. If the Company is a party to an agreement that is reasonably likely to result in a Change in Control, such agreement may provide for: (i) the continuation of any Award by the Company, if the Company is the surviving corporation; (ii) the assumption of any Award by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary; (iii) the substitution by the surviving corporation or its parent or subsidiary of equivalent awards for any Award, provided, however, that any such substitution with respect to Options and Stock Appreciation Rights shall occur in accordance with the requirements of Code Section 409A; or (iv) settlement of any Award for the Change in Control Price (less, to the extent applicable, the per share exercise or grant price), or, if the per share exercise or grant price equals or exceeds the Change in Control Price or if the Administrator determines that Award cannot reasonably become vested pursuant to its terms, such Award shall terminate and be canceled without consideration. To the extent that Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or other Awards settle in Shares in accordance with their terms upon a Change in Control, such Shares shall be entitled to receive as a result of the Change in Control transaction the same consideration as the Shares held by stockholders of the Company as a result of the Change in Control transaction. For purposes of this Section 12, “Change in Control Price” shall mean (A) the price per Share paid to stockholders of the Company in the Change in Control transaction, or (B) the Fair Market Value of a Share upon a Change in Control, as determined by the Administrator. To the extent that the consideration paid in any such Change in Control transaction consists all or in part of securities or other non-cash consideration, the value of such securities or other non-cash consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Administrator.
Section 13. Amendment and Termination.
(a) The Board or the Committee may amend, alter or terminate the Plan, but no amendment, alteration, or termination shall be made that would adversely alter or impair the rights of a Participant under any Award theretofore granted without such Participant’s prior written consent.
(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) approval of the Company’s stockholders shall be obtained for any amendment that would require such approval in order to satisfy the requirements of Code Section 422, if applicable, any rules of the stock exchange on which the Shares are traded or other applicable law, and (ii) without stockholder approval to the extent required by the rules of any applicable national securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the Shares are listed or quoted, except as otherwise permitted under Section 5 of the Plan, (A) no amendment or modification may reduce the Exercise Price of any Option or Stock Appreciation Right, (B) the Administrator may not cancel any outstanding Option or Stock Appreciation Right and replace it with a new Option or Stock Appreciation Right, another Award or cash and (C) the Administrator may not take any other action that is considered a “repricing” for purposes of the stockholder approval rules of the applicable securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system.
(c) Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and Code Section 409A, the Administrator may modify, extend or renew outstanding Awards under the Plan, or accept the surrender of outstanding Awards (to the extent not already exercised) and grant new Awards in substitution of them (to the extent not already exercised).
(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, no alteration, modification or termination of an Award will, without the prior written consent of the Participant, adversely alter or impair any rights or obligations under any Award already granted under the Plan.
16
Section 14. Unfunded Status of Plan.
The Plan is intended to constitute an “unfunded” plan for incentive compensation. Neither the Company, the Board nor the Committee shall be required to establish any special or separate fund or to segregate any assets to assure the performance of its obligations under the Plan. With respect to any payments not yet made or Shares not yet transferred to a Participant by the Company, nothing contained herein shall give any such Participant any rights that are greater than those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.
Section 15. Deferrals of Payment.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Administrator, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Shares or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award, shall be deferred. The Administrator may also, in its sole discretion, establish one or more programs under the Plan to permit selected Participants the opportunity to elect to defer receipt of any such consideration, including any applicable election procedures, the timing of such elections, the mechanisms for payments of amounts, shares or other consideration so deferred, and such other terms, conditions, rules and procedures that the Administrator deems advisable for the administration of any such deferral program. Deferrals by Participants (or deferred settlement or payment required by the Administrator) shall be made in accordance with Code Section 409A, if applicable, and any other applicable law.
Section 16. Withholding Taxes.
Each Participant shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an Award first becomes includible in the gross income of such Participant for federal, state and/or local income tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Administrator regarding payment of, any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind, domestic or foreign, required by law or regulation to be withheld with respect to the Award. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on the making of such payments or arrangements, and the Company shall, to the extent permitted by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to such Participant. Whenever cash is to be paid pursuant to an Award granted hereunder, the Company shall have the right to deduct therefrom an amount sufficient to satisfy any federal, state and local withholding tax requirements related thereto. Whenever Shares are to be delivered pursuant to an Award, the Company shall have the right to require the Participant to remit to the Company in cash an amount sufficient to satisfy any related federal, state and local taxes, domestic or foreign, to be withheld and applied to the tax obligations. With the approval of the Administrator, a Participant may satisfy the foregoing requirement by electing to have the Company withhold from delivery of Shares or by delivering already owned unrestricted Shares, in each case, having a value equal to the amount required to be withheld or other greater amount not exceeding the maximum statutory rate required to be collected on the transaction under applicable law, as applicable to the Participant, if such other greater amount would not, as determined by the Administrator, result in adverse financial accounting treatment (including in connection with the effectiveness of FASB Accounting Standards Update 2016-09). Such Shares shall be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of which the amount of tax to be withheld is determined. Fractional share amounts shall be settled in cash. Such an election may be made with respect to all or any portion of the Shares to be delivered pursuant to an Award. The Company may also use any other method of obtaining the necessary payment or proceeds, as permitted by law, to satisfy its withholding obligation with respect to any Option or other Award.
Section 17. Certain Forfeitures.
The Administrator may specify in an Award Agreement that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain events, in addition to the applicable vesting conditions of an Award. Such events may include, without limitation, breach of any non-competition, non-solicitation, confidentiality, or other restrictive covenants that are contained in an Award Agreement or that are otherwise applicable to the Participant, a termination of the Participant’s employment for Cause, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company and its Subsidiaries and/or its Affiliates.
17
Section 18. Dividends; Dividend Equivalents.
Notwithstanding anything in this Plan to the contrary, to the extent that an Award contains a right to receive dividends or dividend equivalents while such Award remains unvested, such dividends or dividend equivalents will be accumulated and paid once and to the extent that the underlying Award vests.
Section 19. Non-United States Employees.
Without amending the Plan, the Administrator may grant Awards to eligible persons residing in non-United States jurisdictions on such terms and conditions different from those specified in the Plan, including the terms of any award agreement or plan, adopted by the Company or any Subsidiary thereof to comply with, or take advantage of favorable tax or other treatment available under, the laws of any non-United States jurisdiction, as may in the judgment of the Administrator be necessary or desirable to foster and promote achievement of the purposes of the Plan and, in furtherance of such purposes the Administrator may make such modifications, amendments, procedures, sub-plans and the like as may be necessary or advisable to comply with provisions of laws in other countries or jurisdictions in which the Company or its Subsidiaries operates or has employees.
Section 20. Transfer of Awards.
No purported sale, assignment, mortgage, hypothecation, transfer, charge, pledge, encumbrance, gift, transfer in trust (voting or other) or other disposition of, or creation of a security interest in or lien on, any Award or any agreement or commitment to do any of the foregoing (each, a “Transfer”) by any holder thereof in violation of the provisions of the Plan or an Award Agreement will be valid, except with the prior written consent of the Administrator, which consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of the Administrator, and other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Any purported Transfer of an Award or any economic benefit or interest therein in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be null and void ab initio, and shall not create any obligation or liability of the Company, and any person purportedly acquiring any Award or any economic benefit or interest therein transferred in violation of the Plan or an Award Agreement shall not be entitled to be recognized as a holder of such Shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the immediately preceding sentence, an Option may be exercised, during the lifetime of the Participant, only by the Participant or, during any period during which the Participant is under a legal disability, by the Participant’s guardian or legal representative. Under no circumstances will a Participant be permitted to transfer an Option or Stock Appreciation Right to a third-party financial institution without prior stockholder approval.
Section 21. Continued Employment.
The adoption of the Plan shall not confer upon any Eligible Recipient any right to continued employment or service with the Company or an Affiliate thereof, as the case may be, nor shall it interfere in any way with the right of the Company or an Affiliate thereof to terminate the employment or service of any of its Eligible Recipients at any time.
Section 22. Effective Date.
The Plan will be effective August 6, 2025 (the “Effective Date”), the date of Plan approval by the Company’s Board and stockholders. The Plan will be unlimited in duration and, in the event of Plan termination, will remain in effect as long as any Shares awarded under it are outstanding and not fully vested; provided, however, that no Awards will be made under the Plan on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date.
18
Section 23. Code Section 409A.
The intent of the parties is that payments and benefits under the Plan be either exempt from Code Section 409A or comply with Code Section 409A to the extent subject thereto, and, accordingly, to the maximum extent permitted, the Plan shall be interpreted and be administered consistent with such intent. Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the “short-term deferral period” as defined in Code Section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable law requires otherwise. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, to the extent required in order to avoid accelerated taxation and/or tax penalties under Code Section 409A, amounts that would otherwise be payable and benefits that would otherwise be provided upon a “separation from service” to a Participant who is a “specified employee” shall be paid on the first business day after the date that is six (6) months following the Participant’s separation from service (or upon the Participant’s death, if earlier). In addition, for purposes of the Plan, each amount to be paid or benefit to be provided to the Participant pursuant to the Plan, which constitute deferred compensation subject to Code Section 409A, shall be construed as a separate identified payment for purposes of Code Section 409A. Nothing contained in the Plan or an Award Agreement shall be construed as a guarantee of any particular tax effect with respect to an Award. The Company does not guarantee that any Awards provided under the Plan will be exempt from or in compliance with the provisions of Code Section 409A, and in no event will the Company be liable for any or all portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by a Participant on account of any Award being subject to, but not in compliance with, Code Section 409A.
Section 24. Compliance with Laws.
(a) The obligation of the Company to settle Awards in Shares or other consideration shall be subject to (i) all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, (ii) such approvals as may be required by governmental agencies or the applicable national securities exchange on which the Shares may be admitted, and (iii) policies maintained by the Company from time to time in order to comply with applicable laws, rules, regulations and corporate governance requirements, including, without limitation, with respect to insider trading restrictions. Notwithstanding any terms or conditions of any Award to the contrary, the Company shall be under no obligation to offer to sell or to sell, and shall be prohibited from offering to sell or selling, any Shares pursuant to an Award unless such shares have been properly registered for sale pursuant to the Securities Act with the Securities and Exchange Commission or unless the Company has received an opinion of counsel (if the Company has requested such an opinion), satisfactory to the Company, that such Shares may be offered or sold without such registration pursuant to an available exemption therefrom and the terms and conditions of such exemption have been fully complied with. The Company shall be under no obligation to register for sale under the Securities Act any of the Shares to be offered or sold under the Plan. The Administrator shall have the authority to provide that all Shares or other securities of the Company issued under the Plan shall be subject to such stop transfer orders and other restrictions as the Committee may deem advisable under the Plan, the applicable Award Agreement, the federal securities laws, or the rules, regulations and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any securities exchange or inter-dealer quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or quoted and any other applicable federal, state, local or non-U.S. laws, rules, regulations and other requirements, and the Administrator may cause a legend or legends to be put on certificates representing Shares or other securities of the Company issued under the Plan to make appropriate reference to such restrictions or may cause such Shares or other securities of the Company issued under the Plan in book-entry form to be held subject to the Company’s instructions or subject to appropriate stop-transfer orders. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right to add any additional terms or provisions to any Award granted under the Plan that it, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in order that such Award complies with the legal requirements of any governmental entity to whose jurisdiction the Award is subject.
19
(b) The Administrator may cancel an Award or any portion thereof if it determines, in its sole discretion, that legal or contractual restrictions and/or blockage and/or other market considerations would make the Company’s acquisition of Shares from the public markets, the Company’s issuance of Shares to the Participant, the Participant’s acquisition of Shares from the Company and/or the Participant’s sale of Shares to the public markets, illegal, impracticable or inadvisable. If the Administrator determines to cancel all or any portion of an Award in accordance with the foregoing, the Company shall, subject to any limitations or reductions as may be necessary to comply with Code Section 409A, (i) pay to the Participant an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to such Award or portion thereof canceled (determined as of the applicable exercise date, or the date that the Shares would have been vested or issued, as applicable), over (B) the aggregate Exercise Price (in the case of an Option or Stock Appreciation Right) or any amount payable as a condition of issuance of Shares (in the case of any other Award), and such amount shall be delivered to the Participant as soon as practicable following the cancellation of such Award or portion thereof, or (ii) in the case of Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards, provide the Participant with a cash payment or equity subject to deferred vesting and delivery consistent with the vesting restrictions applicable to such Restricted Shares, Restricted Stock Units or Other Share-Based Awards, or the underlying Shares in respect thereof.
Section 25. Erroneously Awarded Compensation.
The Plan and all Awards issued hereunder shall be subject to any compensation recovery and/or recoupment policy adopted by the Company to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or the Exchange Act, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, as such policies may be amended from time to time.
Section 26. Governing Law.
The Plan shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.
Section 27. Plan Document Controls.
The Plan and each Award Agreement together constitute the entire agreement with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof; provided, that in the event of any inconsistency between the Plan and such Award Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Plan shall control.
20
Exhibit 10.16
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AWARD AGREEMENT
THIS RESTRICTED STOCK UNIT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is made effective as of [●] (the “Grant Date”) by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and [●] (the “Participant”), pursuant to the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as in effect and as amended from time to time (the “Plan”). Capitalized terms that are not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Plan.
WHEREAS, the Company has adopted the Plan in order to grant Awards from time to time to certain key Employees, Non-Employee Directors and Consultants of the Company and its Subsidiaries or Affiliates; and
WHEREAS, the Participant is an Eligible Recipient as contemplated by the Plan, and the Administrator has determined that it is in the interest of the Company to make this grant to the Participant.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Plan, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Grant and Vesting of Restricted Stock Units.
(a) Shares Subject to Award. As of the Grant Date, the Participant will be credited with [●] Restricted Stock Units. Each Restricted Stock Unit is a notional amount that represents the right to receive one Share of Common Stock of the Company, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement, if and when the Restricted Stock Unit vests.
(b) Vesting. The Restricted Stock Units shall vest 50% on the second anniversary of the Vesting Start Date and 50% on the third anniversary of the Vesting Start Date, in each case, subject to the Participant’s continuous service with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof, as applicable, whether as an Employee, Director, or Consultant (“Service”), from the Vesting Start Date through each applicable vesting date. For purposes of this Agreement, the “Vesting Start Date” shall be [●]. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Restricted Stock Unit shall vest prior to the date on which a registration statement on Form S-8 with respect to the Shares has been filed. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Participant incurs a change in status from an Employee to a Director of the Company or an Affiliate before the Restricted Stock Units have vested, such change in status alone shall not constitute a termination of Service for purposes of this Award.
2. Rights as a Stockholder. Unless and until a Restricted Stock Unit has vested and the Share underlying it has been distributed to the Participant, the Participant will not be entitled to vote in respect of that Restricted Stock Unit or that Share.
3. Termination of Service; Breach of Restrictive Covenants. In the event that (i) the Participant’s Service terminates for Cause or (ii) the Participant breaches any written restrictive covenant agreement or employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (whether prior to or after the termination of the Participant’s Service), all Restricted Stock Units held by the Participant, whether vested or unvested, shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of Service. If the Participant’s Service is terminated for any reason other than Cause, any unvested Restricted Stock Units shall be cancelled upon such termination, but any vested Restricted Stock Units shall remain outstanding and be settled in accordance with their terms.
1
4. Settlement. Once a Restricted Stock Unit vests, the Participant will be entitled to receive a Share in its place, subject to the satisfaction of applicable tax obligations, including, without limitation, the Company’s right to effect a mandatory “sell to cover” transaction on the Participant’s behalf in accordance with Section 5 of this Agreement and Section 16 of the Plan. Delivery of the Share will be made as soon as administratively feasible following the vesting of the associated Restricted Stock Unit, but in no case later than two and a half (2.5) months following the year in which the applicable vesting date occurred. Shares will be credited to an account established for the benefit of the Participant with the Company’s administrative agent. The Participant will have full legal and beneficial ownership of the Shares at that time.
5. Tax Withholding; Authorization of Mandatory Sale to Satisfy Tax Obligation. The Company or any Affiliate thereof shall, in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, have the power to withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company or such Affiliate thereof, cash or Shares that are distributable to the Participant with respect to the Restricted Stock Units in an amount sufficient to satisfy the federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, both domestic and foreign, relating to such transaction, and the Company or such Affiliate thereof may defer payment of cash or issuance of Shares until such requirements are satisfied; provided, however, that such amount may not exceed the maximum statutory withholding rate. Without limiting the foregoing or the Company’s rights to satisfy withholding obligations as described under Section 16 of the Plan, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Participant hereby authorizes the Company to satisfy the applicable tax withholding or remittance requirements by arranging, on the Participant’s behalf, a mandatory sale (a “sell to cover” transaction) of a number of Shares issuable in respect of the Restricted Stock Units sufficient to satisfy such applicable tax obligation and collecting and retaining the proceeds of such mandatory sale for remittance to the appropriate tax or other governmental authority.
6. Nontransferability of Restricted Stock Units. The Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish, to a permitted transferee.
7. Beneficiary Designation. The Participant may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under the Plan and this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his or her death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Administrator, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Administrator during his or her lifetime.
8. Adjustments. The Shares subject to the Restricted Stock Units may be adjusted in any manner as contemplated by Section 5 of the Plan.
9. Requirements of Law. The issuance of Shares following vesting of the Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares shall be issued upon vesting of any portion of the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder, if such issuance would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.
2
10. No Guarantee of Service. Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate thereof to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time or confer upon the Participant any right to continued Service.
11. No Rights as a Stockholder. Except as provided in Section 2 above or as otherwise required by law, the Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Restricted Stock Units granted hereunder prior to the date on which he or she is recorded as the holder of those Shares on the records of the Company.
12. Interpretation; Construction. Any determination or interpretation by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.
13. Amendments. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions of any unvested Restricted Stock Unit, in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting set forth in Section 1 hereof or substituting alternative vesting criteria; provided that such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall not adversely alter or impair the rights of the Participant to the Restricted Stock Unit without the Participant’s consent. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such alteration or amendment of this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof. This Agreement may also be amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant.
14. Erroneously Awarded Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan or in this Agreement to the contrary and in consideration of receiving this Award, the Restricted Stock Units (including the gross amount of any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt of this Award, or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying this Award or any other amounts or benefits as required by applicable law) shall be forfeited and/or clawed back, as determined by the Board or a Committee, upon the breach by the Participant of any restrictive covenants, or obligations of nondisparagement or confidentiality owed by the Participant to the Company or any of its Affiliates; such Award or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying this Award, and any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit thereto shall also be subject to any compensation recovery and/or recoupment policy that may be adopted and amended from time to time by the Company to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 10D of the Exchange Act, any applicable rules or regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange or national securities association on which Stock may be traded, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, as such policies may be amended from time to time. Any such policy may subject a Participant’s Award and amounts paid or realized with respect to Awards granted hereunder to reduction, cancelation, forfeiture or recoupment if certain specified events or wrongful conduct occur, including an accounting restatement due to the Company’s material noncompliance with financial reporting regulations or other events or wrongful conduct specified in any such clawback policy, as may be amended from time to time.
15. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally, mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or sent by fax, as follows:
(i) If to the Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
Attention: Jan Goetgeluk
(ii) If to the Participant, to the Participant’s last known home address, or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company.
All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received (w) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, (x) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, (y) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or (z) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.
(b) Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
(c) No Guarantee of Future Awards. This Agreement does not guarantee the Participant the right to or expectation of future Awards under the Plan or any future plan adopted by the Company.
3
(d) Waiver. Either party hereto may by written notice to the other (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, (ii) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement and (iii) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire obligation of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes any prior written or oral expressions of intent or understanding with respect to such subject matter (provided, that this Agreement shall not supersede any written employment agreement or other written agreement between the Company and the Participant, including, but not limited to, any written restrictive covenant agreements).
(f) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(g) Code Section 409A Compliance. The Restricted Stock Units are intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Administrator determines that any portion of the Restricted Stock Units granted under this Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and fails to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or in this Agreement, the Committee reserves the right to amend, restructure, terminate or replace such portion of the Restricted Stock Units in order to cause such portion of the Restricted Stock Units to either not be subject to Code Section 409A or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.
(h) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.
(i) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
(j) Section and Other Headings. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(k) Counterparts; Electronic Signature. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. The facsimile, email or other electronically delivered signatures of the parties shall be deemed to constitute original signatures, and facsimile or electronic copies hereof shall be deemed to constitute duplicate originals.
(l) Electronic Acceptance and Delivery. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof and accepts the Restricted Stock Units subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator hereby reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate or cancel the Restricted Stock Units if the Participant fails to accept this Agreement on or prior to sixty (60) days from the Grant Date. By executing this Agreement, the Participant hereby consents to the delivery of information (including information required to be delivered to the Participant pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company, the Plan, the Restricted Stock Units and the Shares via Company web site or other electronic delivery.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| PARTICIPANT | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
5
Exhibit 10.17
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN
NOTICE OF STOCK OPTION GRANT
Virtuix Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) hereby grants the below-named Participant the following option to purchase shares of its Common Stock (the “Option”). The terms and conditions of this Option are set forth in the Stock Option Agreement and the Company’s 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), both of which are attached to and made a part of this document.
|
Date of Grant: |
[Date of Grant] |
| Name of Participant: | [Name of Participant] |
| Number of Options: | [Number of Options] |
| Exercise Price per Share: | $[Exercise Price] (The Exercise Price per share of an Option shall not be less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant.) |
| Vesting Start Date: | [Vesting Start Date] |
| Type of Option: | [Incentive Stock Option] / [Non-Statutory Option] |
| Vesting Schedule: | Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Section 2 of the Stock Option Agreement and Participant’s continued service with the Company through each applicable vesting date, the Option shall vest 50% on the second anniversary of the Vesting Start Date and 50% on the third anniversary of the Vesting Start Date. Treatment of unvested Option and the Participant’s right to exercise vested Option upon various termination events are set forth in Section 5 of the Stock Option Agreement. |
By signing this document, which may be accomplished by e-signature or other electronic indication of acceptance, Participant acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan, and agrees that (a) Participant has carefully read, fully understands and agrees to all of the terms and conditions described in the attached Stock Option Agreement, the Plan document and the “Option Exercise Form”; (b) Participant understands and agrees that the Stock Option Agreement, including its cover sheet and attachments, constitutes the entire understanding between Participant and the Company regarding this Option, and that any prior agreements, commitments or negotiations concerning this Option are replaced and superseded; and (c) Participant has been given an opportunity to consult Participant’s own legal and tax counsel with respect to all matters relating to this Option prior to signing this cover sheet and that Participant has either consulted such counsel or voluntarily declined to consult such counsel.
| PARTICIPANT: | VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | |||
| Name: | [Name] | Name: | [Name] | |
| Title: | [Title] | |||
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 OMNIBUS Incentive Plan
Stock Option Award Agreement
1. Kind of Option. This Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option (an “ISO”) or a Non-Statutory Option (an “NSO”), as provided in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Even if this Option is designated as an ISO in the Notice of Stock Option Grant, it shall be deemed to be an NSO to the extent (and only to the extent) required by the annual limitation under Code Section 422.
2. Vesting of the Option. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”), Participant’s Option will be exercisable with respect to the shares of Common Stock that have become vested in accordance with the schedule set forth in the Notice of Stock Option Grant. Treatment of unvested Option and the Participant’s right to exercise vested Option upon various termination events are set forth in Section 5 below.
3. Term. Participant’s Option will expire in any event at the close of business at Company headquarters on the date that is ten (10) years after the Date of Grant (the “Expiration Date”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participant’s Option will expire earlier if Participant’s service terminates, as described below.
4. Exercise of Option. In order to exercise the Option, the Participant shall submit to the Company an instrument in writing specifying the number of Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, accompanied by payment of the Exercise Price of the Shares in respect of which the Option is being exercised, in a manner acceptable to the Administrator (including, without limitation, (i) in cash or cash equivalents, (ii) in unrestricted Shares already owned by the Participant, valued at the Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, or (iii) by net exercise or broker’s cashless exercise procedure, or any other procedures approved by the Committee from time to time). Shares shall then be issued by the Company and a Share certificate delivered to the Participant (or, if the Shares are not certificated, the Participant’s name as record owner of the Shares shall be reflected in the books and records of the Company); provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to issue any Shares hereunder if the issuance of such Shares would violate the provisions of any applicable law.
5. Termination of Service; Breach of Restrictive Covenants. Upon termination of the Participant’s employment or service with the Company or its applicable Affiliate, the Participant’s right to exercise the Option will be subject to the following rules:
(a) Any Termination. In the event that the Participant’s Service terminates for any reason, any portion of the Option held by the Participant that is not then vested and exercisable shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of Service.
(b) Termination due to Death or Disability. In the event that the Participant’s employment or service is terminated by reason of the Participant’s death or Disability, any then-vested portion of the Option may be exercised by the Participant or the Participant’s beneficiary as designated in accordance with the Plan at any time during the six (6) month period following the Participant’s termination of employment or service or the Expiration Date of the Option, whichever period is shorter. In either case, the Option shall terminate immediately thereafter.
(c) Termination for Cause; Breach of Restrictive Covenants. In the event that (i) the Participant’s Service terminates for Cause (as defined in an applicable employment agreement, and if no such employment agreement exists, as defined in the Plan) or (ii) the Participant breaches any written restrictive covenant agreement or employment agreement with the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (whether prior to or after the termination of the Participant’s Service), the entire Option held by the Participant, whether or not then vested and exercisable, shall terminate and be cancelled immediately upon such termination of Service.
(d) Other Termination of Service. In the event that the Participant’s employment or service terminates for any reason other than for Cause or due to death or Disability, any then-vested portion of the Option may be exercised by the Participant at any time during the thirty (30) day period following the Participant’s termination of employment or service or the Expiration Date of the Option, whichever period is shorter. The Option shall terminate immediately thereafter.
6. Tax Withholding. Whenever Shares are to be issued pursuant to the exercise of any portion of the Option or any cash payment is to be made hereunder, the Company or any Affiliate thereof shall, in accordance with Section 16 of the Plan, have the power to withhold, or require the Participant to remit to the Company or such Affiliate thereof, an amount sufficient to satisfy the federal, state, and local withholding tax requirements, both domestic and foreign, relating to such transaction, and the Company or such Affiliate thereof may defer payment of cash or issuance of Shares until such requirements are satisfied.
7. Nontransferability of Awards. The Option granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, encumbered or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, on such terms and conditions as the Administrator shall establish, to a permitted transferee. All rights with respect to the Option granted to the Participant hereunder shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or a permitted transferee. Following the Participant’s death, all rights with respect to the Option that were exercisable at the time of the Participant’s death and have not terminated shall be exercised by his or her designated beneficiary, his or her estate or, if permitted by the Administrator, another permitted transferee.
2
8. Beneficiary Designation. The Participant may from time to time name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) by whom any right under the Plan and this Agreement is to be exercised in case of his or her death. Each designation will revoke all prior designations by the Participant, shall be in a form reasonably prescribed by the Administrator, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Administrator during his or her lifetime.
9. Adjustments. The Shares subject to the Option may be adjusted in any manner as contemplated by Section 5 of the Plan.
10. Requirements of Law. The issuance of Shares pursuant to the Option shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required. No Shares shall be issued upon exercise of any portion of the Option granted hereunder, if such exercise would result in a violation of applicable law, including the U.S. federal securities laws and any applicable state or foreign securities laws.
11. No Guarantee of Service. Nothing in the Plan or in this Agreement shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or an Affiliate thereof to terminate the Participant’s Service at any time or confer upon the Participant any right to continued Service.
12. No Rights as a Stockholder. The Participant shall not have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares unless and until the Company has issued or transferred such Shares to the Participant after the exercise of the Option. As a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue or transfer Shares to the Participant after the exercise of the Option, the Participant shall have paid in full for the Shares as to which he or she exercised the Option.
13. Interpretation; Construction. Any determination or interpretation by the Administrator under or pursuant to this Agreement shall be final and conclusive on all persons affected hereby. Except as otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, in the event of a conflict between any term of this Agreement and the terms of the Plan, the terms of the Plan shall control.
14. Amendments. The Administrator may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, alter or amend this Agreement and the terms and conditions of the unvested portion of any Option (but not any previously granted vested Options) in whole or in part, including without limitation, amending the criteria for vesting set forth in Section 2 hereof, substituting alternative vesting and exercisability criteria and imposing certain blackout periods on Options; provided that such alteration, amendment, suspension or termination shall not adversely alter or impair the rights of the Participant under the Option without the Participant’s consent. The Company shall give written notice to the Participant of any such alteration or amendment of this Agreement as promptly as practicable after the adoption thereof. This Agreement may also be amended by a writing signed by both the Company and the Participant.
15. Erroneously Awarded Compensation. Notwithstanding any provision of the plan or in this Agreement to the contrary and in consideration of receiving this Award, the Option (including the gross amount of any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit Participant actually or constructively receives upon receipt of this Award, or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying this Award or any other amounts or benefits as required by applicable law) shall be forfeited and/or clawed back, as determined by the Board or a Committee, upon the breach by the Participant of any restrictive covenants, or obligations of nondisparagement or confidentiality owed by the Participant to the Company or any of its Affiliates; such Award or the receipt or resale of any shares of Common Stock underlying this Award, and any proceeds, gains or other economic benefit thereto shall also be subject to any compensation recovery and/or recoupment policy that may be adopted and amended from time to time by the Company to comply with applicable law, including, without limitation, Section 10D of the Exchange Act, any applicable rules or regulations promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any national securities exchange or national securities association on which Stock may be traded, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, as such policies may be amended from time to time. Any such policy may subject a Participant’s Award and amounts paid or realized with respect to Awards granted hereunder to reduction, cancelation, forfeiture or recoupment if certain specified events or wrongful conduct occur, including an accounting restatement due to the Company’s material noncompliance with financial reporting regulations or other events or wrongful conduct specified in any such clawback policy, as may be amended from time to time.
3
16. Miscellaneous.
(a) Notices. All notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally, mailed, certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, sent by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, or sent by fax, as follows:
(i) If to the Company:
Virtuix Holdings, Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
Attention: Jan Goetgeluk
(ii) If to the Participant, to the Participant’s last known home address, or to such other person or address as any party shall specify by notice in writing to the Company.
All such notices, requests, demands, letters, waivers and other communications shall be deemed to have been received (w) if by personal delivery on the day after such delivery, (x) if by certified or registered mail, on the fifth business day after the mailing thereof, (y) if by next-day or overnight mail or delivery, on the day delivered, or (z) if by fax, on the day delivered, provided that such delivery is confirmed.
(b) Binding Effect; Benefits. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to give any person other than the parties to this Agreement or their respective successors or assigns any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of any agreement or any provision contained herein.
(c) No Guarantee of Future Awards. This Agreement does not guarantee the Participant the right to or expectation of future Awards under the Plan or any future plan adopted by the Company.
(d) Waiver. Either party hereto may by written notice to the other (i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other actions of the other under this Agreement, (ii) waive compliance with any of the conditions or covenants of the other contained in this Agreement and (iii) waive or modify performance of any of the obligations of the other under this Agreement. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, no action taken pursuant to this Agreement, including, without limitation, any investigation by or on behalf of either party, shall be deemed to constitute a waiver by the party taking such action of compliance with any representations, warranties, covenants or agreements contained herein. The waiver by either party hereto of a breach of any provision of this Agreement shall not operate or be construed as a waiver of any preceding or succeeding breach and no failure by either party to exercise any right or privilege hereunder shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights or privileges hereunder or shall be deemed a waiver of such party’s rights to exercise the same at any subsequent time or times hereunder.
4
(e) Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the Plan, constitutes the entire obligation of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes any prior written or oral expressions of intent or understanding with respect to such subject matter (provided, that this Agreement shall not supersede any written employment agreement or other written agreement between the Company and the Participant, including, but not limited to, any written restrictive covenant agreements).
(f) Severability. If any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to any party or circumstances shall be determined by any court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid and unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement or the application of such provision to such person or circumstances other than those to which it is so determined to be invalid and unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each provision hereof shall be validated and shall be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.
(g) Code Section 409A Compliance. This Option is intended to be exempt from or comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A and this Agreement shall be interpreted accordingly. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, to the extent that the Administrator determines that any portion of the Option granted under this Agreement is subject to Code Section 409A and fails to comply with the requirements of Code Section 409A, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Plan or in this Agreement, the Committee reserves the right to amend, restructure, terminate or replace such portion of the Option in order to cause such portion of the Option to either not be subject to Code Section 409A or to comply with the applicable provisions of such section.
(h) Applicable Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law of such state.
(i) Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
(j) Section and Other Headings. The section and other headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
(k) Counterparts; Electronic Signature. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. The facsimile, email or other electronically delivered signatures of the parties shall be deemed to constitute original signatures, and facsimile or electronic copies hereof shall be deemed to constitute duplicate originals.
(l) Electronic Acceptance and Delivery. The Participant hereby acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant has read and understands the terms and provisions thereof and accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Plan and this Agreement. The Participant acknowledges that there may be adverse tax consequences upon the vesting or exercise of the Option or disposition of the Shares received upon exercise of the Option and that the Participant has been advised to consult a tax advisor prior to such vesting, exercise or disposition. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or in the Plan to the contrary, the Administrator hereby reserves the right, in its sole discretion, to terminate or cancel this Option if the Participant fails to accept this Agreement on or prior to sixty (60) days from the Grant Date. By executing this Agreement, the Participant hereby consents to the delivery of information (including information required to be delivered to the Participant pursuant to applicable securities laws) regarding the Company, the Plan, the Option and the Shares via Company web site or other electronic delivery.
[Signature Page Follows]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
| Title: | ||
| PARTICIPANT | ||
| By: | ||
| Name: | ||
6
Exhibit A
Option Exercise Form
The undersigned holder of an option to purchase shares of common stock (the “Option”) of VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. (the “Company”) pursuant to a[n] [Incentive] / [Non-Statutory] Stock Option Agreement (“Award Agreement”) under the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), hereby exercises his or her Option as set forth below, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such Award Agreement and the Plan.
I, [Participant], hereby agree to be bound by all of the provisions of, and to execute, any applicable Stockholders’ Agreement or related document required by the Company.
| Date of Exercise: | ||
| Number of Shares Purchased: | ||
| Grant Date of Option: | ||
| Exercise Price per Share: | ||
| Signature of Person Exercising Option |
Please type or print legibly your name, as you want it to appear on your stock certificate, your address and your social security number in the space provided below.
| Name: | |||
| Address: | |||
| (Street) | |||
| (City) | (State) | (Zip Code) | |
A-1
Exhibit 10.18
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Adopted By The Board Of Directors: January 22, 2025
Approved by the Stockholders: August 6, 2025
1. General.
(a) Defined Terms. Unless otherwise defined in the provisions of the Plan, defined terms used in the Plan have the respective meanings set forth in Section 13 hereof
(b) Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(c) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonqualified Stock Options, and (iii) Restricted Stock Awards.
(d) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.
2. Administration.
(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).
(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to an Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which an Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award.
(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.
1
(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.
(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.
(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.
(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.
(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.
(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.
2
(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.
(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) Restricted Stock, (C) cash and/or (D) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, re-vest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.
(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(u) below.
(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
3. Shares Subject to the Plan.
(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed One Million Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand (1,850,000) shares. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).
3
(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Furthermore, if an Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.
(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be One Million Eight Hundred Fifty Thousand (1,850,000) shares of Common Stock.
(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.
4. Eligibility.
(a) Eligibility for Specific Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.
(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of an Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
4
5. Option Provisions.
Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.
(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).
(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:
(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;
(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;
(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;
(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;
5
(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or
(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.
(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:
(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.
(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option as a result of such transfer.
(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.
(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.
6
(f) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
(g) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.
(h) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
(i) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.
7
(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.
(k) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.
(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.
(m) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.
(n) Right of First Refusal. The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” set forth in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(n) or in the Option Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.
8
6. Provisions of Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(a) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.
(b) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
(c) Payment. A Restricted Stock Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
(d) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Award.
(e) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Award Agreement to which they relate.
(f) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.
(g) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.
9
7. Covenants of the Company.
(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Awards.
(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.
(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of an Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.
8. Miscellaneous.
(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.
(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.
(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.
10
(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.
(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).
(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.
(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.
11
(h) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.
(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.
(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.
12
(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f). If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 12h-1(f)”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “Permitted Transferees”); provided, however, the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further, that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.
(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.
9. Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events.
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
13
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.
(c) Change in Control Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Awards in the event of a Change in Control unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.
(i) No Effect on Company’s Authority. The existence of this Plan and Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure and its business, or any Change in Control, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or preference stocks ranking prior to or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof (or any rights, options, or warrants to purchase same), or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
(ii) Conversion of Awards Where Company Survives. Subject to any required action by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by paragraph (iv) of this Section 12.2(c) or as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, if the Company shall be the surviving or resulting corporation in a Change in Control, any Award granted hereunder shall pertain to and apply to the securities or rights (including cash, property, or assets) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award would have been entitled.
(iii) Exchange or Cancellation of Awards Where Company Does Not Survive. Except as otherwise provided by paragraph (iv) of this Section 9.2(c) or as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, in the event of any Change in Control pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting corporation, there shall be substituted for each share of Common Stock subject to the unexercised portions of outstanding Awards, that number of shares of each class of stock or other securities or that amount of cash, property, or assets of the surviving, resulting or consolidated company which were distributed or distributable to the stockholders of the Company in respect to each share of Common Stock held by them, such outstanding Awards to be thereafter exercisable for such stock, securities, cash, or property in accordance with their terms.
14
(iv) Cancellation of Awards. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of this Section 9.2(c), and except as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, all Awards granted hereunder may be canceled by the Company, in its sole discretion, as of the effective date of any Change in Control by either:
(x) giving notice to each Participant or his or her personal representative of its intention to cancel those Awards for which the issuance of shares of Common Stock involved payment by the Participant for such shares and, permitting the purchase during the thirty (30) day period next preceding such effective date of any or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Awards, including in the Board’s discretion some or all of the shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested and exercisable; or
(y) paying the holder thereof an amount equal to a reasonable estimate of the difference between the net amount per share payable in such transaction or as a result of such transaction, and the price per share of such Award to be paid by the Participant (hereinafter the “Spread”), multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Award. In estimating the Spread, appropriate adjustments to give effect to the existence of the Awards shall be made, such as deeming the Awards to have been exercised, with the Company receiving the exercise price payable thereunder, and treating the shares receivable upon exercise of the Awards as being outstanding in determining the net amount per share. In cases where the proposed Change in Control consists of the acquisition of assets of the Company, the net amount per share shall be calculated on the basis of the net amount receivable with respect to shares of Common Stock upon a distribution and liquidation by the Company after giving effect to expenses and charges, including but not limited to taxes, payable by the Company before such liquidation could be completed.
10. Termination or Suspension of the Plan.
(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.
(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.
11. Effective Date of Plan.
This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.
12. Choice of Law.
The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.
15
13. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:
(a) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.
(b) “Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonqualified Stock Option, or a Restricted Stock Award.
(c) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award grant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.
(f) “Cause” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.
16
(g) “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;
(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided that a Change in Control pursuant to this paragraph shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or
(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.
Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.
(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
17
(i) “Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).
(j) “Common Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
(k) “Company” means Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(l) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.
(m) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.
(n) “Director” means a member of the Board.
(o) “Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.
(p) “Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.
18
(q) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.
(r) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.
(s) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(t) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
(u) “Fair Market Value” means, as of a particular date,
(a) if shares of Common Stock are not Publicly Traded, such amount as may be determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code; or
(b) if the shares of Common Stock are Publicly Traded and (i) if the shares of Common Stock are listed on any established national securities exchange, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal securities exchange for the Common Stock on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (ii) if the shares of Common Stock are not so listed but are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, the mean between the closing bid and asked price on that date, or, if there are no quotations available for such date, on the last preceding date on which such quotations shall be available, as reported by Nasdaq, or, if not reported by Nasdaq, by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.
For purposes of this Plan, the Common Stock shall be “Publicly Traded” if the Common Stock subjects the Company to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
19
(v) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(w) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(x) “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.
(y) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.
(z) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(aa) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
(bb) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” - A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.
(cc) “Participant” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.
(dd) “Plan” means this Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(ee) “Restricted Stock Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6.
(ff) “Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(gg) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(hh) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .
(ii) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.
20
Exhibit 10.19
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Permitting Exercise Only as Shares Vest)
2025 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Grant of Option. Pursuant to the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for employees, consultants, advisors and directors of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company grants to
David Allan
(the “Optionholder”),
an option (the “Option” or “Stock Option”) to purchase One Million Five Hundred Thousand (1,500,000) full shares (the “Optioned Shares”) of Common Stock at a price per share (the “Option Price”) equal to $1.66 per share, which number of Optioned Shares and Option Price are subject to adjustment as provided herein and under the Plan. The “Date of Grant” of this Stock Option is January 25, 2025. The “Vesting Commencement Date” of this Option is August 12, 2013.
The “Option Period” shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire on the date immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant. The Stock Option is a Nonqualified Stock Option. This Stock Option is intended to comply with the provisions governing nonqualified stock options under Internal Revenue Service and Treasury Regulations in order to exempt this Stock Option from application of Section 409A of the Code.
2. Subject to Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan. The Stock Option and its exercise are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, and the terms of the Plan shall control to the extent not otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. The Stock Option is subject to any rules promulgated pursuant to the Plan by the Board or the Committee and communicated to the Optionholder in writing. In addition, if the Plan previously has not been approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Stock Option is granted subject to such stockholder approval.
3. Vesting; Time of Exercise. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement and subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Plan, the Optioned Shares shall vest, and the Stock Option shall be exercisable, as follows: Fifty percent (50%) of the Optioned Shares will vest and be exercisable on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, with the balance vesting and exercisable in a single installment on the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided, the Optionholder continues to remain in Continuous Service on the applicable anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.
4. Term; Forfeiture. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, to the extent the unexercised portion of the Stock Option relates to Optioned Shares which are not vested on the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service, the Stock Option will be terminated on that date. The unexercised portion of the Stock Option that relates to Optioned Shares which are vested will terminate at the first of the following to occur:
(i) 5 p.m. on the date the Option Period terminates;
(ii) 5 p.m. on the date which is six (6) months following the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service due to death or Disability;
(iii) 5 p.m. on the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service by the Company for Cause;
(iv) 5 p.m. on the date which is thirty (30) days following the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason not otherwise specified in this Section 4; or
(v) 5 p.m. on the date the Company causes any portion of the Option to be forfeited pursuant to Section 7 hereof.
5. Who May Exercise. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 3 and 4 above, during the lifetime of the Optionholder, the Stock Option may be exercised only by the Optionholder, or by the Optionholder’s guardian or personal or legal representative. If the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service is due to his or her death prior to the date specified in Section 4(i) hereof, or Optionholder dies prior to the termination dates specified in Sections 4(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) hereof, and the Optionholder has not exercised the Stock Option as to the maximum number of vested Optioned Shares as set forth in Section 3 hereof as of the date of death, the following persons may exercise the exercisable portion of the Stock Option on behalf of the Optionholder at any time prior to the earliest of the dates specified in Section 4 hereof: the personal representative of his or her estate, or the person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Optionholder; provided that the Stock Option shall remain subject to the other terms of this Agreement, the Plan, and applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
6. No Fractional Shares. The Stock Option may be exercised only with respect to full shares, and no fractional share of stock shall be issued.
7. Manner of Exercise. Subject to such administrative regulations as the Committee or the Board may from time to time adopt, the Stock Option may be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Committee or the Board, as applicable, or an officer of the Company designated by the Committee or the Board, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Option is to be exercised, the date of exercise thereof (the “Exercise Date”) which shall be at least three (3) days after giving such notice unless an earlier time shall have been mutually agreed upon. On the Exercise Date, the Optionholder shall deliver to the Company consideration with a value equal to the total Option Price of the Optioned Shares to be purchased, payable as follows: (a) cash, check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Company, (b) Common Stock (excluding Restricted Stock) owned by the Optionholder on the Exercise Date, valued at its Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, and which the Optionholder has not acquired from the Company within six (6) months prior to the Exercise Date, (c) if the Optioned Shares are Publicly Traded, by delivery (including by facsimile transmission) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions from the Optionholder to a broker or dealer, reasonably acceptable to the Company, to sell certain of the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Stock Option or to pledge such shares as collateral for a loan and promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay such purchase price, and/or (d) in any other form of valid consideration that is acceptable to the Committee or the Board, in its sole discretion.
2
Upon payment of all amounts due from the Optionholder, the Company shall cause certificates for the Optioned Shares then being purchased to be delivered to the Optionholder (or the person exercising the Optionholder’s Stock Option in the event of his or her death) at its principal business office within ten (10) business days after the Exercise Date. The obligation of the Company to deliver shares of Common Stock shall, however, be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the listing, registration, or qualification of the Stock Option or the Optioned Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the Stock Option or the issuance or purchase of shares of Common Stock thereunder, then the Stock Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not reasonably acceptable to the Committee or the Board.
If the Optionholder fails to pay for any of the Optioned Shares specified in such notice or fails to accept delivery thereof, then the Stock Option, and the right to purchase such Optioned Shares, may be forfeited by the Company.
8. Nonassignability. The Stock Option is not assignable or transferable by the Optionholder except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
9. Rights as Stockholder; Right of First Refusal.
a. The Optionholder will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Stock Option until the issuance of a certificate or certificates to the Optionholder for the Optioned Shares. The Optioned Shares shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 9.
b. Except as provided in Section 9.h below, in the event the Optionholder, the Optionholder’s legal representative, or other holder of shares of the Optioned Shares (the “Transferor”) acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any the Optioned Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
c. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Transferor shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Transferor proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Transferor shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Transferor and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Transferor and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.
d. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Transferor in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Transferor written notice of the Transferor’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 9, and the Transferor shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 9. The Transferor shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.
3
e. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Transfer Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Transferor of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Transferor or issued by a person other than the Transferor with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Transferor shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Transferor to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Transferor in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.
f. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Transferor otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 9.e above, the Transferor may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided, such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Transferor and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Transferor, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Transferor with the procedure described in this Section 9.
g. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Section 9 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 9 are met.
h. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control.
i. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
4
j. The other provisions of this Section 9 notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.
k. The Optionholder, by his or her execution of this Agreement, agrees to execute any documents requested by the Company in connection with the issuance of a certificate or certificates for the Optioned Shares. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11 hereof, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the issuance of such certificate or certificates.
10. Special Repurchase Right Upon Divorce. In the event that Optionholder or Optionholder’s spouse (“Spouse”) files a petition for divorce or institutes any other legal proceedings to terminate their marriage, the following procedures apply:
a. Optionholder will seek, and the Spouse will agree to accept, an order for the division of marital and separate property under which Optionholder receives all of the Optioned Shares in exchange for awarding to the Spouse other marital and separate assets in which Optionholder has an interest that have a value approximately equal to the Spouse’s interest in the Optioned Shares (as valued pursuant to Section 10.c).
b. If the marriage of Optionholder and Spouse is terminated by divorce or annulment and Optionholder does not obtain all of Spouse’s interest in the Optioned Shares incident to the divorce or annulment, Optionholder and Spouse will simultaneously give written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the final, non-appealable divorce decree or of the annulment. The written notice shall specify the effective date of termination of the marriage and the number of Optioned Shares in which the Optionholder’s former Spouse retains an interest. For a period of sixty (60) days after the effective date of termination of the marriage, the Company shall have an exclusive option, exercisable at the Company’s sole discretion, to repurchase all or any portion of the former Spouse’s remaining Optioned Shares at the repurchase price per Optioned Share determined pursuant to Section 10.c. Such option shall be exercisable by written notice to the former Spouse (the “Company Repurchase Notice”) informing the former Spouse of the number of Optioned Shares that the Company proposes to repurchase, the price to be paid therefor (determined in accordance with Section 10.c), and the date, time and location for the closing of the repurchase. If the Company’s option is exercised pursuant to Section 10.c, the former Spouse is obligated to sell the Optioned Shares retained incident to divorce or annulment with respect to which the option is exercised.
c. The per share repurchase price for any Optioned Shares elected to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to this Section 10 shall be equal to the fair value of one share of Common Stock as such fair value shall be determined in the then-most recent valuation of the Common Stock by an independent valuation firm; provided, that such most recent valuation shall have an effective date of determination which is less than 12-months prior to the date of the Company Repurchase Notice. For clarity, the Company may, at its discretion, elect to have an independent valuation firm conduct a valuation of the fair value of one share of Common Stock after receiving notice from the Optionholder or the former Spouse of the effective date of the divorce decree or annulment as referenced in the first sentence of Section 10.b. Absent gross negligence or intentional misconduct, the determination of the fair value of one share of Common Stock by such independent valuation firm shall be binding on all parties.
d. Optionholder and Spouse each agree that the Company may intervene in their divorce or annulment proceeding without their objection for the purpose of enforcing, or ensuring the enforcement of, the Company’s rights under this Section 10.
5
11. Adjustment of Number of Optioned Shares and Related Matters. The number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Option, and the Option Price thereof, shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan.
12. Nonqualified Stock Option. This Stock Option shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option.
13. Voting. The Optionholder, as record holder of some or all of the Optioned Shares following exercise of this Stock Option, has the exclusive right to vote, or consent with respect to, such Optioned Shares until such time as the Optioned Shares are transferred in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that this Section shall not create any voting right where the holders of such Optioned Shares otherwise have no such right.
14. Lock-Up. If requested by the Company and an underwriter of the public offering of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionholder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by him or her (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto); provided, that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 14 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the legend set forth in Section 19 hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionholder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 14.
15. Drag-Along Rights.
a. If the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company vote in favor of any (i) consolidation or merger involving the Company; (ii) sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (iii) sale or transfer of all of the capital stock of the Company; or (iv) any other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities of another corporation or business organization or other property, including any Change of Control (each of clauses (i) through (iv) referred to herein as an “Approved Sale”), the Optionholder shall consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale, and if the Approved Sale is structured as (A) a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Optionholder shall vote (in person by proxy or by written consent as applicable) all Optioned Shares and other securities of the Company over which he or she otherwise exercises voting power in favor of the Approved Sale and in opposition to any and all other proposals that could delay or impair the consummation of the Approved Sale and shall waive and refrain from exercising any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such Approved Sale, or (B) a sale of shares of the capital stock of the Company without the need for stockholder approval, the Optionholder agrees to sell all Optioned Shares on the same terms and conditions as the other holders of Common Stock. The Optionholder shall take all actions reasonably necessary in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale and that are taken by all other holders of Common Stock, including the execution and delivery of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (x) provide customary representations, warranties, indemnities and escrow arrangements relating to such Approved Sale and (y) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as then in effect.
6
b. If the Company and any of the holders of Common Stock or their authorized representatives enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), if the Optionholder is not an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) then the Optionholder will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company.
16. Community Property. Each spouse individually is bound by, and such spouse’s interest, if any, in any Optioned Shares is subject to, the terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall create a community property interest where none otherwise exists.
17. Specific Performance. The parties acknowledge that remedies at law will be inadequate remedies for breach of this Agreement and consequently agree that this Agreement shall be enforceable by specific performance. The remedy of specific performance shall be cumulative of all of the rights and remedies at law or in equity of the parties under this Agreement.
18. Optionholder’s Representations. Notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Optionholder hereby agrees that the Optionholder will not exercise the Stock Option granted hereby, and that the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to the Optionholder hereunder, if the exercise thereof or the issuance of such shares shall constitute a violation by the Optionholder or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority. Any determination in this connection by the Company shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The obligations of the Company and the rights of the Optionholder are subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
19. Investment Representation. Unless the Common Stock is issued to the Optionholder in a transaction registered under applicable federal and state securities laws, by the Optionholder’s execution hereof, the Optionholder represents and warrants to the Company that all Common Stock which may be purchased hereunder will be acquired by the Optionholder for investment purposes for the Optionholder’s own account and not with any intent for resale or distribution in violation of federal or state securities laws. Unless the Common Stock is issued to the Optionholder in a transaction registered under the applicable federal and state securities laws, all certificates issued with respect to the Common Stock shall bear an appropriate restrictive investment legend and shall be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the applicable federal and state securities laws or the Optionholder obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required.
7
20. Legend. The following legend shall be placed on all certificates representing Optioned Shares:
“The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a Stock Option Agreement containing certain rights and limitations on transfer, including a right of first refusal and a drag-along right in favor of the Corporation or its assignee(s), a special right of repurchase upon a divorce, and a restriction on transfer during a lock-up period in the event of a public offering of the Corporation’s securities. A copy of that agreement is on file at the principal place of business or the registered office of the Corporation, and a copy may be obtained without charge upon written request to the Corporation at its principal place of business or its registered office.”
To the extent that Optioned Shares are subject to any Voting Agreement or Right of First Refusal Agreement (“Other Restriction Agreements”), the certificate or certificates in respect of such shares shall bear the legends required by such Other Restriction Agreements.
All Optioned Shares, and shares into which Optioned Shares may be converted, that are owned by the Optionholder shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and, if applicable, the Other Restriction Agreements, and shall be represented by a certificate or certificates bearing the foregoing legends.
21. Optionholder’s Acknowledgments. The Optionholder acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, which is annexed hereto, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionholder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee or the Board, as appropriate, upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
22. Law Governing. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle of Delaware law that might refer the governance, construction, or interpretation of this agreement to the laws of another state).
23. No Right to Remain in Continuous Service or Employment. Nothing herein shall be construed to confer upon the Optionholder the right to remain in Continuous Service with the Company or any Subsidiary, whether as an Employee or as a Consultant or Director, or interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to discharge the Optionholder as an Employee, Consultant or Director at any time.
24. Legal Construction. In the event that any one or more of the terms, provisions, or agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall be held by a Court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement shall not affect any other term, provision, or agreement that is contained in this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement had never been contained herein.
25. Covenants and Agreements as Independent Agreements. Each of the covenants and agreements that is set forth in this Agreement shall be construed as a covenant and agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Optionholder against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants and agreements that are set forth in this Agreement.
8
26. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Plan and if applicable the Other Restriction Agreements supersede any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the sole and only agreements between the parties with respect to the said subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Other Restriction Agreements, the Other Restriction Agreements shall be controlling. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied in this Agreement or the Plan and that any agreement, statement or promise that is not contained in this Agreement or the Plan shall not be valid or binding or of any force or effect.
27. Parties Bound. The terms, provisions, and agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall apply to, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns, subject to the limitation on assignment expressly set forth herein.
28. Modification. No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and signed by the parties; provided, however, that the Company may change or modify this Agreement without Optionholder’s consent or signature if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder.
29. Headings. The headings that are used in this Agreement are used for reference and convenience purposes only and do not constitute substantive matters to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
30. Gender and Number. Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
31. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered only when actually received by the Company or by the Optionholder, as the case may be, at the addresses set forth below, or at such other addresses as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:
a. Notice to the Company shall be addressed and delivered as follows:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430
Austin, Texas 78758
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Email: jan@virtuix.com
b. Notice to the Optionholder shall be addressed and delivered as set forth on the signature page.
9
32. Tax Requirements.
a. The Optionholder is hereby advised to consult immediately with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any possible tax consequences of this Agreement in connection with Section 409A of the Code. The Company or, if applicable, any Subsidiary (for purposes of this Section 32, the term “Company” shall be deemed to include any applicable Subsidiary), shall have the right to deduct from all amounts hereunder paid in cash or other form, any federal, state, local, or other taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with this Award. The Company may, in its sole discretion, also require the Optionholder receiving shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan to pay the Company the amount of any taxes that the Company is required to withhold in connection with the Optionholder’s income arising with respect to this Award. Such payments shall be required to be made when requested by the Company and may be required to be made prior to the delivery of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock. Such payment may be made (i) by the delivery of cash to the Company in an amount that equals or exceeds (to avoid the issuance of fractional shares under (iii) below) the required tax withholding obligations of the Company; (ii) if the Company, in its sole discretion, so consents in writing, the actual delivery by the exercising Optionholder to the Company of shares of Common Stock other than (A) Restricted Stock, or (B) Common Stock that the Optionholder has not acquired from the Company within six (6) months prior to the date of exercise, which shares so delivered have an aggregate Fair Market Value that equals or exceeds (to avoid the issuance of fractional shares under (iii) below) the required tax withholding payment; (iii) if the Company, in its sole discretion, so consents in writing, the Company’s withholding of a number of shares to be delivered upon the exercise of the Stock Option other than shares that will constitute Restricted Stock, which shares so withheld have an aggregate fair market value that equals (but does not exceed) the required tax withholding payment; or (iv) any combination of (i), (ii), or (iii). The Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold any such taxes from any other cash remuneration otherwise paid by the Company to the Optionholder.
b. Under Code Section 409A, a stock option that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionholder prior to the exercise of the stock option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionholder. The Optionholder acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per share exercise price of this Stock Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant in a later examination. The Optionholder agrees that if the IRS determines that this Stock Option was granted with a per share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, the Optionholder shall be solely responsible for the Optionholder’s costs related to such a determination.
* * * * * * * *
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Optionholder, to evidence his or her consent and approval of all the terms hereof, has duly executed this Agreement, as of the date set forth below.
| COMPANY: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC., | ||
| a Delaware corporation | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
| Date: January 25, 2025 | ||
| OPTIONHOLDER: | ||
| /s/ David Allan | ||
| Name: | David Allan | |
11
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
I, _____________________________, spouse of the Optionholder named above, have read the foregoing Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 9 and 10 thereof, insofar as I may have any rights in the Agreement or any Optioned Shares issued pursuant thereto.
| Dated: ______________ __, 20__ | Signature: |
12
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
1. Exercise of Option. The undersigned (whose name is posted in Carta) (the “Optionholder”), was granted an incentive stock option (the “Option”) to purchase [Posted in Carta] shares of the common stock of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on the Date of Grant Posted in Carta, pursuant to the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement entered into on the date posted in Carta (the “Option Agreement”). Pursuant to such Option, the Optionholder hereby elects to exercise the Option for ______________ shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Shares”). The date of exercise (the “Exercise Date”) is the date set forth in the Optionholder’s signature line below.
2. Payment. Enclosed herewith is $___________, which is the full payment of the aggregate exercise price plus, $________ for all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements, in one or more of the following forms.
|
☐ |
Cash Payment: Enclosed is my check number __________ in the amount of $__________ payable to the order of the Company. | |
|
☐ |
Stock for Stock Exercise. I have read and complied with the Instructions for Stock for Stock Exercise set forth below. Enclosed is one or more certificates for ____________ shares of common stock of the Company which I have acquired either (i) from a third party or (ii) from the Company more than six months prior to the Exercise Date, and that have a fair market value on the Exercise Date equal to $___________. Because my stock for stock exercise will include a fractional share, I have enclosed a check made payable to the Company in the amount of $______ (not to exceed the current price of one share of the Company’s common stock). | |
| ☐ |
Cashless Exercise. (This option is available only if the Company’s common stock is Publicly Traded). I hereby direct the Company to issue the Shares for my benefit to the following brokerage firm, __________________________________________________________________________________, for deposit in my account with such firm, account number __________________. I hereby irrevocably authorize and direct said brokerage firm to sell _____________ of such Shares immediately upon receipt of the Shares issued for my benefit pursuant to the exercise of this Option, and to pay the proceeds arising from such sale to in payment of the aggregate exercise price (plus, if applicable, foreign, federal, state, and local tax withholding) of the Option. I hereby authorize the Company to obtain confirmation of such sale from said brokerage firm. I agree and understand that I remain personally liable for the aggregate exercise price (and any required tax withholding) until such proceeds are paid to the Company. I further agree and understand that I will pay to the Company, within ten (10) business days after the Exercise Date, an amount, if any, equal to the difference between (i) the aggregate exercise price (and any required tax withholding) and (ii) the proceeds paid to the Company as a result of such sale and assignment of proceeds to the Company. I understand that if the proceeds paid to the Company exceed the aggregate exercise price (and any required tax withholding), I will receive a refund of such excess amount, without interest, within five (5) business days after the date such proceeds are received by the Company. |
3. Stock Registration. The Shares are to be registered as follows:
Name(s): _________________________________________
If applicable, circle one: COM PROP; SEP PROP; Other __________________
| Address: | _________________________________________ | |
| _________________________________________ | ||
| _________________________________________ | ||
| SSN: | _________________________________________ |
4. Optionholder’s Representations. In connection with the exercise of my option, I hereby represent to the Company that:
| ● | I have received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agree to be bound by their terms and conditions. |
| ● | I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the federal securities laws on the grounds that the exercise of my option and the issuance of the Shares are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that the Company’s reliance on an exemption from the Securities Act depends, in part, upon the truth and accuracy of my representations set forth herein. |
| ● | I am acquiring the Shares for my own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition thereof. |
13
| ● | I recognize and understand that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement or an available exemption, I must hold such Shares indefinitely. I further acknowledge that I have been advised that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act is not applicable nor contemplated to become applicable to the Shares and understand that the Company will not be obligated to make the filings and reports, or make publicly available the information, which is a condition to the availability of Rule 144. I further recognize that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares or to comply with any exemption from such registration. I understand that the certificates representing the Shares may carry one or more legends incorporating such restrictions. |
| ● | I acknowledge that I am a sophisticated investor, having such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of making an informed investment decision with respect to the purchase of the Shares and that I have the financial wherewithal to absorb the loss of my entire investment in the Shares. |
| ● | I acknowledge receipt of all information I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to exercise my option and to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Shares. I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to ask questions and to receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the exercise of my option and the business properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to me or to which I had access. |
5. Binding Effects. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement and the Plan, both of which I have read carefully and understand. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
6. Taxation. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option.
| Very truly yours, | |
| Signature | |
| Printed Name | |
| Date |
Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
| By: | ||
| Title: | ||
| Dated: |
14
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
| Number of Shares: | Employment status verified by: | Certificate Number | |
| Exercise Date: | Broker’s confirmation: | ||
| Exercise Price: $ | Section 16 Optionholder: | ||
| Yes | No | ||
| Fair Market Value on Date of Exercise: $ | Rule 144 Optionholder: | ||
| Yes | No | ||
15
INSTRUCTIONS FOR STOCK-FOR-STOCK EXERCISES
Certain restrictions exist with respect to shares that may be used as payment for the exercise price, including the requirement that you have held the shares for at least six months. It is therefore recommended that you call the Corporate Secretary at Virtuix Holdings Inc. to obtain approval for the shares that you intend to surrender.
Any change in registration between the payment shares and the new shares will require a properly executed stock power that is guaranteed by an institution participating in a recognized medallion signature guarantee program.
Please complete the table set forth below and send it, along with your shares, to the Corporate Secretary at the address indicated above.
| Date Purchased |
From Whom Purchased (List the name of the transferor - if purchased on the open market, write “open market.”) |
Certificate Number |
Number of Shares |
Were the shares acquired under an Incentive Stock Option? | ||||
16
Exhibit 10.20
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
(Permitting Exercise Only as Shares Vest)
2025 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
1. Grant of Option. Pursuant to the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for employees, consultants, advisors and directors of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Company grants to
Lauren Premo
(the “Optionholder”),
an option (the “Option” or “Stock Option”) to purchase Thirty-Five Thousand (35,000) full shares (the “Optioned Shares”) of Common Stock at a price per share (the “Option Price”) equal to $1.66 per share, which number of Optioned Shares and Option Price are subject to adjustment as provided herein and under the Plan. The “Date of Grant” of this Stock Option is January 25, 2025. The “Vesting Commencement Date” of this Option is November 27, 2023.
The “Option Period” shall commence on the Date of Grant and shall expire on the date immediately preceding the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant. This Stock Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code. The Optionholder should consult with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Stock Option (and any requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements).
2. Subject to Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Incentive Stock Option Agreement (this “Agreement”) that are defined in the Plan shall have the same meanings assigned to them in the Plan. The Stock Option and its exercise are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, and the terms of the Plan shall control to the extent not otherwise inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement. The Stock Option is subject to any rules promulgated pursuant to the Plan by the Board or the Committee and communicated to the Optionholder in writing. In addition, if the Plan previously has not been approved by the Company’s stockholders, the Stock Option is granted subject to such stockholder approval.
3. Vesting; Time of Exercise. Except as specifically provided in this Agreement and subject to certain restrictions and conditions set forth in the Plan, the Optioned Shares shall vest, and the Stock Option shall be exercisable, as follows: Fifty percent (50%) of the Optioned Shares will vest and be exercisable on the second anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date, with the balance vesting and exercisable in a single installment on the third anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date; provided, the Optionholder continues to remain in Continuous Service on the applicable anniversary of the Vesting Commencement Date.
4. Term; Forfeiture. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, to the extent the unexercised portion of the Stock Option relates to Optioned Shares which are not vested on the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service, the Stock Option will be terminated on that date. The unexercised portion of the Stock Option that relates to Optioned Shares which are vested will terminate at the first of the following to occur:
(i) 5 p.m. on the date the Option Period terminates;
(ii) 5 p.m. on the date which is six (6) months following the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service due to death or Disability;
(iii) 5 p.m. on the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service by the Company for Cause;
(iv) 5 p.m. on the date which is thirty (30) days following the date of the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service for any reason not otherwise specified in this Section 4; or
(v) 5 p.m. on the date the Company causes any portion of the Option to be forfeited pursuant to Section 7 hereof.
5. Who May Exercise. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in Sections 3 and 4 above, during the lifetime of the Optionholder, the Stock Option may be exercised only by the Optionholder, or by the Optionholder’s guardian or personal or legal representative. If the Optionholder’s termination of Continuous Service is due to his or her death prior to the date specified in Section 4(i) hereof, or Optionholder dies prior to the termination dates specified in Sections 4(i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) hereof, and the Optionholder has not exercised the Stock Option as to the maximum number of vested Optioned Shares as set forth in Section 3 hereof as of the date of death, the following persons may exercise the exercisable portion of the Stock Option on behalf of the Optionholder at any time prior to the earliest of the dates specified in Section 4 hereof: the personal representative of his or her estate, or the person who acquired the right to exercise the Stock Option by bequest or inheritance or by reason of the death of the Optionholder; provided that the Stock Option shall remain subject to the other terms of this Agreement, the Plan, and applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
6. No Fractional Shares. The Stock Option may be exercised only with respect to full shares, and no fractional share of stock shall be issued.
7. Manner of Exercise. Subject to such administrative regulations as the Committee or the Board may from time to time adopt, the Stock Option may be exercised by the delivery of written notice to the Committee or the Board, as applicable, or an officer of the Company designated by the Committee or the Board, setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which the Stock Option is to be exercised, the date of exercise thereof (the “Exercise Date”) which shall be at least three (3) days after giving such notice unless an earlier time shall have been mutually agreed upon. On the Exercise Date, the Optionholder shall deliver to the Company consideration with a value equal to the total Option Price of the Optioned Shares to be purchased, payable as follows: (a) cash, check, bank draft, or money order payable to the order of the Company, (b) Common Stock (excluding Restricted Stock) owned by the Optionholder on the Exercise Date, valued at its Fair Market Value on the Exercise Date, and which the Optionholder has not acquired from the Company within six (6) months prior to the Exercise Date, (c) if the Optioned Shares are Publicly Traded, by delivery (including by facsimile transmission) to the Company or its designated agent of an executed irrevocable option exercise form together with irrevocable instructions from the Optionholder to a broker or dealer, reasonably acceptable to the Company, to sell certain of the shares of Common Stock purchased upon exercise of the Stock Option or to pledge such shares as collateral for a loan and promptly deliver to the Company the amount of sale or loan proceeds necessary to pay such purchase price, and/or (d) in any other form of valid consideration that is acceptable to the Committee or the Board, in its sole discretion.
2
Upon payment of all amounts due from the Optionholder, the Company shall cause certificates for the Optioned Shares then being purchased to be delivered to the Optionholder (or the person exercising the Optionholder’s Stock Option in the event of his or her death) at its principal business office within ten (10) business days after the Exercise Date. The obligation of the Company to deliver shares of Common Stock shall, however, be subject to the condition that if at any time the Company shall determine in its discretion that the listing, registration, or qualification of the Stock Option or the Optioned Shares upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the Stock Option or the issuance or purchase of shares of Common Stock thereunder, then the Stock Option may not be exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, or approval shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not reasonably acceptable to the Committee or the Board.
If the Optionholder fails to pay for any of the Optioned Shares specified in such notice or fails to accept delivery thereof, then the Stock Option, and the right to purchase such Optioned Shares, may be forfeited by the Company.
8. Nonassignability. The Stock Option is not assignable or transferable by the Optionholder except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.
9. Rights as Stockholder; Right of First Refusal.
a. The Optionholder will have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Stock Option until the issuance of a certificate or certificates to the Optionholder for the Optioned Shares. The Optioned Shares shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Section9.
b. Except as provided in Section 9.h below, in the event the Optionholder, the Optionholder’s legal representative, or other holder of shares of the Optioned Shares (the “Transferor”) acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any the Optioned Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 9 (the “Right of First Refusal”).
c. Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Transferor shall deliver written notice (the “Transfer Notice”) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “Proposed Transferee”) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the fair market value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Transferor proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Transferor shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Transferor and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Transferor and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.
d. If the Company determines that the information provided by the Transferor in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Transferor written notice of the Transferor’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 9, and the Transferor shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 9. The Transferor shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.
3
e. If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all or a portion of the Transfer Shares at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Transferor of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Transferor or issued by a person other than the Transferor with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Transferor shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Transferor to any Participating Company shall be treated as payment to the Transferor in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.
f. If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Transferor otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 9.e above, the Transferor may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided, such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Transferor and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Transferor, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Transferor with the procedure described in this Section 9.
g. All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Section 9 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 9 are met.
h. The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Stock Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with a Change in Control.
i. The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.
4
j. The other provisions of this Section 9 notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A “public market” shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.
k. The Optionholder, by his or her execution of this Agreement, agrees to execute any documents requested by the Company in connection with the issuance of a certificate or certificates for the Optioned Shares. Except as otherwise provided in Section 11 hereof, no adjustment shall be made for dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the issuance of such certificate or certificates.
10. Special Repurchase Right Upon Divorce. In the event that Optionholder or Optionholder’s spouse (“Spouse”) files a petition for divorce or institutes any other legal proceedings to terminate their marriage, the following procedures apply:
a. Optionholder will seek, and the Spouse will agree to accept, an order for the division of marital and separate property under which Optionholder receives all of the Optioned Shares in exchange for awarding to the Spouse other marital and separate assets in which Optionholder has an interest that have a value approximately equal to the Spouse’s interest in the Optioned Shares (as valued pursuant to Section 10.c).
b. If the marriage of Optionholder and Spouse is terminated by divorce or annulment and Optionholder does not obtain all of Spouse’s interest in the Optioned Shares incident to the divorce or annulment, Optionholder and Spouse will simultaneously give written notice to the Company within thirty (30) days after the effective date of the final, non-appealable divorce decree or of the annulment. The written notice shall specify the effective date of termination of the marriage and the number of Optioned Shares in which the Optionholder’s former Spouse retains an interest. For a period of sixty (60) days after the effective date of termination of the marriage, the Company shall have an exclusive option, exercisable at the Company’s sole discretion, to repurchase all or any portion of the former Spouse’s remaining Optioned Shares at the repurchase price per Optioned Share determined pursuant to Section 10.c. Such option shall be exercisable by written notice to the former Spouse (the “Company Repurchase Notice”) informing the former Spouse of the number of Optioned Shares that the Company proposes to repurchase, the price to be paid therefor (determined in accordance with Section 10.c), and the date, time and location for the closing of the repurchase. If the Company’s option is exercised pursuant to Section 10.c, the former Spouse is obligated to sell the Optioned Shares retained incident to divorce or annulment with respect to which the option is exercised.
c. The per share repurchase price for any Optioned Shares elected to be repurchased by the Company pursuant to this Section 10 shall be equal to the fair value of one share of Common Stock as such fair value shall be determined in the then-most recent valuation of the Common Stock by an independent valuation firm; provided, that such most recent valuation shall have an effective date of determination which is less than 12-months prior to the date of the Company Repurchase Notice. For clarity, the Company may, at its discretion, elect to have an independent valuation firm conduct a valuation of the fair value of one share of Common Stock after receiving notice from the Optionholder or the former Spouse of the effective date of the divorce decree or annulment as referenced in the first sentence of Section 10.b. Absent gross negligence or intentional misconduct, the determination of the fair value of one share of Common Stock by such independent valuation firm shall be binding on all parties.
5
d. Optionholder and Spouse each agree that the Company may intervene in their divorce or annulment proceeding without their objection for the purpose of enforcing, or ensuring the enforcement of, the Company’s rights under this Section 10.
11. Adjustment of Number of Optioned Shares and Related Matters. The number of shares of Common Stock covered by the Stock Option, and the Option Price thereof, shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 9 of the Plan.
12. Incentive Stock Option. This Stock Option shall be treated as an Incentive Stock Option.
13. Voting. The Optionholder, as record holder of some or all of the Optioned Shares following exercise of this Stock Option, has the exclusive right to vote, or consent with respect to, such Optioned Shares until such time as the Optioned Shares are transferred in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, that this Section shall not create any voting right where the holders of such Optioned Shares otherwise have no such right.
14. Lock-Up. If requested by the Company and an underwriter of the public offering of Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company, Optionholder shall not sell or otherwise transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, of any Common Stock (or other securities) of the Company held by him or her (other than those included in the registration) during the one hundred and eighty (180) day period following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (or such other period as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in FINRA Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto); provided, that all officers and directors of the Company and all holders of at least one percent (1%) of the Company’s voting securities are bound by and have entered into similar agreements. The obligations described in this Section 14 shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans on Form S-l or Form S-8 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future, or a registration relating solely to a transaction on Form S-4 or similar forms that may be promulgated in the future. The Company may impose stop-transfer instructions and may stamp each such certificate with the legend set forth in Section 19 hereof with respect to the shares of Common Stock (or other securities) subject to the foregoing restriction until the end of such one hundred and eighty (180) day (or other) period. Optionholder agrees to execute a market standoff agreement with said underwriters in customary form consistent with the provisions of this Section 14.
15. Drag-Along Rights.
a. If the Board of Directors and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Company vote in favor of any (i) consolidation or merger involving the Company; (ii) sale, lease or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (iii) sale or transfer of all of the capital stock of the Company; or (iv) any other form of corporate reorganization in which outstanding shares of the Company are exchanged for or converted into cash, securities of another corporation or business organization or other property, including any Change of Control (each of clauses (i) through (iv) referred to herein as an “Approved Sale”), the Optionholder shall consent to and raise no objections against the Approved Sale, and if the Approved Sale is structured as (A) a merger, share exchange or consolidation of the Company, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, the Optionholder shall vote (in person by proxy or by written consent as applicable) all Optioned Shares and other securities of the Company over which he or she otherwise exercises voting power in favor of the Approved Sale and in opposition to any and all other proposals that could delay or impair the consummation of the Approved Sale and shall waive and refrain from exercising any dissenters rights, appraisal rights or similar rights in connection with such Approved Sale, or (B) a sale of shares of the capital stock of the Company without the need for stockholder approval, the Optionholder agrees to sell all Optioned Shares on the same terms and conditions as the other holders of Common Stock. The Optionholder shall take all actions reasonably necessary in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale and that are taken by all other holders of Common Stock, including the execution and delivery of such agreements and such instruments and other actions reasonably necessary to (x) provide customary representations, warranties, indemnities and escrow arrangements relating to such Approved Sale and (y) effectuate the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration upon the Approved Sale in accordance with the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation as then in effect.
6
b. If the Company and any of the holders of Common Stock or their authorized representatives enter into any negotiation or transaction for which Rule 506 under the Securities Act (or any similar rule then in effect) may be available with respect to such negotiation or transaction (including a merger, consolidation or other reorganization), if the Optionholder is not an “accredited investor” (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) then the Optionholder will, at the request of the Company, appoint a purchaser representative (as such term is defined in Rule 501 under the Securities Act) reasonably acceptable to the Company.
16. Community Property. Each spouse individually is bound by, and such spouse’s interest, if any, in any Optioned Shares is subject to, the terms of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall create a community property interest where none otherwise exists.
17. Specific Performance. The parties acknowledge that remedies at law will be inadequate remedies for breach of this Agreement and consequently agree that this Agreement shall be enforceable by specific performance. The remedy of specific performance shall be cumulative of all of the rights and remedies at law or in equity of the parties under this Agreement.
18. Optionholder’s Representations. Notwithstanding any of the provisions hereof, the Optionholder hereby agrees that the Optionholder will not exercise the Stock Option granted hereby, and that the Company will not be obligated to issue any shares to the Optionholder hereunder, if the exercise thereof or the issuance of such shares shall constitute a violation by the Optionholder or the Company of any provision of any law or regulation of any governmental authority. Any determination in this connection by the Company shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The obligations of the Company and the rights of the Optionholder are subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations.
19. Investment Representation. Unless the Common Stock is issued to the Optionholder in a transaction registered under applicable federal and state securities laws, by the Optionholder’s execution hereof, the Optionholder represents and warrants to the Company that all Common Stock which may be purchased hereunder will be acquired by the Optionholder for investment purposes for the Optionholder’s own account and not with any intent for resale or distribution in violation of federal or state securities laws. Unless the Common Stock is issued to the Optionholder in a transaction registered under the applicable federal and state securities laws, all certificates issued with respect to the Common Stock shall bear an appropriate restrictive investment legend and shall be held indefinitely, unless they are subsequently registered under the applicable federal and state securities laws or the Optionholder obtains an opinion of counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Company and its counsel, that such registration is not required.
7
20. Legend. The following legend shall be placed on all certificates representing Optioned Shares:
“The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a Stock Option Agreement containing certain rights and limitations on transfer, including a right of first refusal and a drag-along right in favor of the Corporation or its assignee(s), a special right of repurchase upon a divorce, and a restriction on transfer during a lock-up period in the event of a public offering of the Corporation’s securities. A copy of that agreement is on file at the principal place of business or the registered office of the Corporation, and a copy may be obtained without charge upon written request to the Corporation at its principal place of business or its registered office.”
To the extent that Optioned Shares are subject to any Voting Agreement or Right of First Refusal Agreement (“Other Restriction Agreements”), the certificate or certificates in respect of such shares shall bear the legends required by such Other Restriction Agreements.
All Optioned Shares, and shares into which Optioned Shares may be converted, that are owned by the Optionholder shall be subject to the terms of this Agreement and, if applicable, the Other Restriction Agreements, and shall be represented by a certificate or certificates bearing the foregoing legends.
21. Optionholder’s Acknowledgments. The Optionholder acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Plan, which is annexed hereto, and represents that he or she is familiar with the terms and provisions thereof, and hereby accepts this Option subject to all the terms and provisions thereof. The Optionholder hereby agrees to accept as binding, conclusive, and final all decisions or interpretations of the Committee or the Board, as appropriate, upon any questions arising under the Plan or this Agreement.
22. Law Governing. This Agreement shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware (excluding any conflict of laws rule or principle of Delaware law that might refer the governance, construction, or interpretation of this agreement to the laws of another state).
23. No Right to Continue Employment. Nothing herein shall be construed to confer upon the Optionholder the right to continue in the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary, or interfere with or restrict in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to discharge the Optionholder as an Employee at any time.
24. Legal Construction. In the event that any one or more of the terms, provisions, or agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall be held by a Court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect for any reason, the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement shall not affect any other term, provision, or agreement that is contained in this Agreement and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if the invalid, illegal, or unenforceable term, provision, or agreement had never been contained herein.
25. Covenants and Agreements as Independent Agreements. Each of the covenants and agreements that is set forth in this Agreement shall be construed as a covenant and agreement independent of any other provision of this Agreement. The existence of any claim or cause of action of the Optionholder against the Company, whether predicated on this Agreement or otherwise, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company of the covenants and agreements that are set forth in this Agreement.
8
26. Entire Agreement. This Agreement together with the Plan and if applicable the Other Restriction Agreements supersede any and all other prior understandings and agreements, either oral or in writing, between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the sole and only agreements between the parties with respect to the said subject matter. In the event of any inconsistency between the terms of this Agreement and the Other Restriction Agreements, the Other Restriction Agreements shall be controlling. Each party to this Agreement acknowledges that no representations, inducements, promises, or agreements, orally or otherwise, have been made by any party or by anyone acting on behalf of any party, which are not embodied in this Agreement or the Plan and that any agreement, statement or promise that is not contained in this Agreement or the Plan shall not be valid or binding or of any force or effect.
27. Parties Bound. The terms, provisions, and agreements that are contained in this Agreement shall apply to, be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns, subject to the limitation on assignment expressly set forth herein.
28. Modification. No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or binding upon the parties unless the change or modification is in writing and signed by the parties; provided, however, that the Company may change or modify this Agreement without Optionholder’s consent or signature if the Company determines, in its sole discretion, that such change or modification is necessary for purposes of compliance with or exemption from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code or any regulations or other guidance issued thereunder.
29. Headings. The headings that are used in this Agreement are used for reference and convenience purposes only and do not constitute substantive matters to be considered in construing the terms and provisions of this Agreement.
30. Gender and Number. Words of any gender used in this Agreement shall be held and construed to include any other gender, and words in the singular number shall be held to include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context requires otherwise.
31. Notice. Any notice required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered only when actually received by the Company or by the Optionholder, as the case may be, at the addresses set forth below, or at such other addresses as they have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith:
a. Notice to the Company shall be addressed and delivered as follows:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430
Austin, Texas 78758
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
Email: jan@virtuix.com
b. Notice to the Optionholder shall be addressed and delivered as set forth on the signature page.
9
32. Tax Requirements.
a. The Optionholder is hereby advised to consult immediately with his or her own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any possible tax consequences of this Agreement in connection with Section 409A of the Code. The Company or, if applicable, any Subsidiary (for purposes of this Section 32, the term “Company” shall be deemed to include any applicable Subsidiary), shall have the right to deduct from all amounts hereunder paid in cash or other form, any federal, state, local, or other taxes required by law to be withheld in connection with this Award. The Company may, in its sole discretion, also require the Optionholder receiving shares of Common Stock issued under the Plan to pay the Company the amount of any taxes that the Company is required to withhold in connection with the Optionholder’s income arising with respect to this Award. Such payments shall be required to be made when requested by the Company and may be required to be made prior to the delivery of any certificate representing shares of Common Stock. Such payment may be made (i) by the delivery of cash to the Company in an amount that equals or exceeds (to avoid the issuance of fractional shares under (iii) below) the required tax withholding obligations of the Company; (ii) if the Company, in its sole discretion, so consents in writing, the actual delivery by the exercising Optionholder to the Company of shares of Common Stock other than (A) Restricted Stock, or (B) Common Stock that the Optionholder has not acquired from the Company within six (6) months prior to the date of exercise, which shares so delivered have an aggregate Fair Market Value that equals or exceeds (to avoid the issuance of fractional shares under (iii) below) the required tax withholding payment; (iii) if the Company, in its sole discretion, so consents in writing, the Company’s withholding of a number of shares to be delivered upon the exercise of the Stock Option other than shares that will constitute Restricted Stock, which shares so withheld have an aggregate fair market value that equals (but does not exceed) the required tax withholding payment; or (iv) any combination of (i), (ii), or (iii). The Company may, in its sole discretion, withhold any such taxes from any other cash remuneration otherwise paid by the Company to the Optionholder.
b. Under Code Section 409A, a stock option that was granted with a per share exercise price that is determined by the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) to be less than the Fair Market Value of a share on the date of grant (a “discount option”) may be considered “deferred compensation.” A stock option that is a “discount option” may result in (i) income recognition by the Optionholder prior to the exercise of the stock option, (ii) an additional twenty percent (20%) federal income tax, and (iii) potential penalty and interest charges. The “discount option” may also result in additional state income, penalty and interest tax to the Optionholder. The Optionholder acknowledges that the Company cannot and has not guaranteed that the IRS will agree that the per share exercise price of this Stock Option equals or exceeds the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant in a later examination. The Optionholder agrees that if the IRS determines that this Stock Option was granted with a per share exercise price that was less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant, the Optionholder shall be solely responsible for the Optionholder’s costs related to such a determination.
33. Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that this Stock Option (together with all Stock Options granted to the Optionholder under all stock option plans of the Company, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than $100,000, the portion of such options that exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 33, Stock Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of Common Stock is determined as of the time the Stock Option with respect to such Common Stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 33, such different limitation will be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Stock Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonqualified Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section, the Optionholder may designate which portion of such Stock Option the Optionholder is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionholder will be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Stock Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion will be issued upon the exercise of the Stock Option.
10
33. Notice of Sales Upon Disqualifying Disposition. The Optionholder must promptly notify the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in writing if the Optionholder transfers any of the shares acquired pursuant to this Stock Option within one (1) year after the date that the Optionholder exercises all or part of this Stock Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to this Stock Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionholder to notify the Company of any such Transfer will continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence to the Optionholder.
********
11
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Incentive Stock Option Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer, and the Optionholder, to evidence his or her consent and approval of all the terms hereof, has duly executed this Agreement, as of the date set forth below.
| COMPANY: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC., | ||
| a Delaware corporation | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
| Date: January 25, 2025 | ||
| OPTIONHOLDER: | ||
| /s/ Lauren Premo | ||
| Name: Lauren Premo | ||
12
CONSENT OF SPOUSE
I, _____________________________, spouse of the Optionholder named above, have read the foregoing Incentive Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) and agree to be bound by the provisions of the Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections 9 and 10 thereof, insofar as I may have any rights in the Agreement or any Optioned Shares issued pursuant thereto.
| Dated:______________ __, 20__ | Signature:_________________________________________ |
13
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
2025 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION
NOTICE OF EXERCISE
1. Exercise of Option.The undersigned (whose name is posted in Carta) (the “Optionholder”), was granted an incentive stock option (the “Option”) to purchase [Posted in Carta] shares of the common stock of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), on the Date of Grant Posted in Carta, pursuant to the Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2025 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) and pursuant to the Incentive Stock Option Agreement entered into on the date posted in Carta (the “Option Agreement”). Pursuant to such Option, the Optionholder hereby elects to exercise the Option for ______________ shares of the common stock of the Company (the “Shares”). The date of exercise (the “Exercise Date”) is the date set forth in the Optionholder’s signature line below.
2. Payment. Enclosed herewith is $___________, which is the full payment of the aggregate exercise price plus, $________ for all applicable federal, state and local income and employment tax withholding requirements, in one or more of the following forms.
| ☐ | Cash Payment: Enclosed is my check number __________ in the amount of $__________payable to the order of the Company. | |
| ☐ | Stock for Stock Exercise. I have read and complied with the Instructions for Stock for Stock Exercise set forth below. Enclosed is one or more certificates for ____________shares of common stock of the Company which I have acquired either (i) from a third party or (ii) from the Company more than six months prior to the Exercise Date, and that have a fair market value on the Exercise Date equal to $___________. Because my stock for stock exercise will include a fractional share, I have enclosed a check made payable to the Company in the amount of $______ (not to exceed the current price of one share of the Company’s common stock). | |
| ☐ | Cashless Exercise. (This option is available only if the Company’s common stock is Publicly Traded). I hereby direct the Company to issue the Shares for my benefit to the following brokerage firm, _______________________________________________________________________________, for deposit in my account with such firm, account number __________________. I hereby irrevocably authorize and direct said brokerage firm to sell _____________ of such Shares immediately upon receipt of the Shares issued for my benefit pursuant to the exercise of this Option, and to pay the proceeds arising from such sale to in payment of the aggregate exercise price (plus, if applicable, foreign, federal, state, and local tax withholding) of the Option. I hereby authorize the Company to obtain confirmation of such sale from said brokerage firm. I agree and understand that I remain personally liable for the aggregate exercise price (and any required tax withholding) until such proceeds are paid to the Company. I further agree and understand that I will pay to the Company, within ten (10) business days after the Exercise Date, an amount, if any, equal to the difference between (i) the aggregate exercise price (and any required tax withholding) and (ii) the proceeds paid to the Company as a result of such sale and assignment of proceeds to the Company. I understand that if the proceeds paid to the Company exceed the aggregate exercise price (and any required tax withholding), I will receive a refund of such excess amount, without interest, within five (5) business days after the date such proceeds are received by the Company. |
14
3. Stock Registration. The Shares are to be registered as follows:
Name(s):_________________________________________
If applicable, circle one: COM PROP; SEP PROP; Other __________________
Address:_________________________________________
_________________________________________
_________________________________________
SSN: _________________________________________
4. Optionholder’s Representations. In connection with the exercise of my option, I hereby represent to the Company that:
| ● | I have received, read and understood the Plan and the Option Agreement and agree to be bound by their terms and conditions. |
| ● | I acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the federal securities laws on the grounds that the exercise of my option and the issuance of the Shares are exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and that the Company’s reliance on an exemption from the Securities Act depends, in part, upon the truth and accuracy of my representations set forth herein. |
| ● | I am acquiring the Shares for my own account, for investment purposes only, and not with a view to the distribution, resale or other disposition thereof. |
| ● | I recognize and understand that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, or otherwise disposed of without registration under the Securities Act or an exemption therefrom, and that in the absence of an effective registration statement or an available exemption, I must hold such Shares indefinitely. I further acknowledge that I have been advised that Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act is not applicable nor contemplated to become applicable to the Shares and understand that the Company will not be obligated to make the filings and reports, or make publicly available the information, which is a condition to the availability of Rule 144. I further recognize that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares or to comply with any exemption from such registration. I understand that the certificates representing the Shares may carry one or more legends incorporating such restrictions. |
| ● | I acknowledge that I am a sophisticated investor, having such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of making an informed investment decision with respect to the purchase of the Shares and that I have the financial wherewithal to absorb the loss of my entire investment in the Shares. |
15
| ● | I acknowledge receipt of all information I consider necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to exercise my option and to evaluate the merits and risks of my investment in the Shares. I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to ask questions and to receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the exercise of my option and the business properties, prospects and financial condition of the Company and to obtain additional information necessary to verify the accuracy of any information furnished to me or to which I had access. |
| ● | I will promptly notify the Chief Executive Officer of the Company in writing if I transfer any of the Shares acquired pursuant to this Stock Option within one (1) year after the date I exercise all or part of this Stock Option or within two (2) years after the date of grant of this Stock Option. |
5. Binding Effects. I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement and the Plan, both of which I have read carefully and understand. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.
6. Taxation. I acknowledge that I have been advised to consult with a tax advisor prior to the exercise of the Option regarding the tax consequences to me of exercising the Option.
| Very truly yours, | |
| Signature | |
| Printed Name | |
| Date |
Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.,
a Delaware corporation
By: _________________________________
Title: _______________________________
Dated: ______________________________
16
FOR INTERNAL USE ONLY
| Number of Shares: | Employment status verified by: | Certificate Number | ||
| Exercise Date: | Broker’s confirmation: | |||
| Exercise Price: $ | Section 16 Optionholder:
Yes No |
|||
| Fair Market Value on Date of Exercise: $ | Rule 144 Optionholder:
Yes No |
17
INSTRUCTIONS FOR STOCK-FOR-STOCK EXERCISES
Certain restrictions exist with respect to shares that may be used as payment for the exercise price, including the requirement that you have held the shares for at least six months. It is therefore recommended that you call the Corporate Secretary at Virtuix Holdings Inc. to obtain approval for the shares that you intend to surrender.
Any change in registration between the payment shares and the new shares will require a properly executed stock power that is guaranteed by an institution participating in a recognized medallion signature guarantee program.
Please complete the table set forth below and send it, along with your shares, to the Corporate Secretary at the address indicated above.
| Date purchased | From
Whom Purchased |
Certificate
Number |
Number of Shares | Were
the shares acquired under an Incentive Stock Option? | ||||
18
Exhibit 10.21
EXECUTION VERSION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 17, 2025 (the “Effective Date”) by and between Jan Goetgeluk (“Employee”) and Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation or, as applicable, one of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or Affiliates (collectively, the “Company”).
WHEREAS, Employee is currently employed by the Company, and the Company and Employee desire to set forth the terms and conditions of Employee’s continued employment with the Company in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Employment Term. The Company and Employee acknowledge that Employee has been employed by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement. This Agreement shall govern the terms and conditions of Employee’s continued employment with the Company from and after that date and shall supersede and replace any prior offer letter or employment agreement between the Company and Employee as of the Effective Date. The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 7. Thereafter, the Term shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-current Term. The period during which Employee is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, including any renewal periods, is hereinafter referred to as the “Term.”
2. Employment Duties. During the Term, Employee shall have the title of Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall have such duties, authorities and responsibilities as are consistent with such position and as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may designate from time to time. Employee shall report to the Board. Employee’s primary office location shall be in Austin, Texas. Employee shall devote Employee’s full working time and attention and Employee’s best efforts to Employee’s employment and service with the Company and shall perform Employee’s services in a capacity and in a manner consistent with Employee’s position for the Company; provided that this Section 2 shall not be interpreted as prohibiting Employee from (i) managing Employee’s personal investments (so long as such investment activities are of a passive nature), (ii) engaging in charitable or civic activities, or (iii) participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of non-profit organizations, in each case of (i) – (iii), so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, (A) materially interfere with the performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, (B) create a fiduciary conflict, or (C) result in a violation of Section 12 of this Agreement. If requested, Employee shall also serve as an executive officer and/or member of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (an “Affiliate”) without any additional compensation. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee will comply with all Company policies.
3. Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay Employee a base salary at an annual rate of $350,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for employees as in effect from time to time. Employee’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board (or a duly authorized committee of the Board).
4. Annual Bonus/Long-Term Incentives.
(a) Annual Bonus. With respect to each fiscal year during the Term, Employee shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”), with a target Annual Bonus of forty percent (40%) of Base Salary, based upon the achievement of individual and Company performance metrics established by the Board at the beginning of each such fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, the Annual Bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A. The Annual Bonus, if any, for each fiscal year during the Term shall be paid to Employee following the approval of the Company’s audited financial statements (except with respect to the Direct Listing Bonus set forth in Exhibit A) for such fiscal year by the Board or a committee thereof, subject to Employee’s continued employment on the date of payment (except as otherwise provided herein).
(b) Equity Awards. During the Term, Employee will be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any applicable award agreements. Subject to review and potential modification by the Board at the beginning of each fiscal year, Employee will be entitled to equity compensation equal to 60% of Base Salary in the form of restricted stock units of the Company’s common stock (“RSUs”), to be issued in the first month of each fiscal year. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable award agreement, the RSUs will be subject to four-year vesting with a one-year cliff (i.e., 25% of the RSUs will vest after one year of continued service from the grant date), and the remainder shall vest in equal quarterly installments thereafter.
5. Benefits. During the Term, Employee shall be provided the opportunity to participate in all standard employee benefit programs made available by the Company to the Company’s senior executive employees generally, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans, including the eligibility and participation provisions of such plans and programs, as such plans or programs may be in effect from time to time. In addition, the Company shall pay 100% of the cost of Employee’s medical insurance premium payments under the Company’s medical insurance plan. The Company reserves the right to amend any employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement from time to time, or to terminate such plan, policy, program or arrangement, consistent with the terms thereof at any time and for any reason without providing Employee with notice.
6. Travel and Expense Reimbursement. The Employee may from time-to-time be required to travel in connection with the performance of the Employee’s services, as determined by the Board. Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder during the Term in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.
2
7. Termination of Employment. The Employee’s employment during the Term may be terminated as follows:
(a) Automatically in the event of the death of Employee;
(b) At the option of the Company, by written notice to Employee or Employee’s personal representative in the event of the Disability of Employee. As used herein, the term “Disability” shall mean Employee’s inability, with or without reasonable accommodation, to perform the essential duties, responsibilities, and functions of Employee’s position with the Company as a result of any mental or physical disability or incapacity for a length of time that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy such obligations as it may have to provide leave under applicable family and medical leave laws and/or “reasonable accommodation” under applicable federal, state or local disability laws. Family and medical leave or disability leave provided under federal, state or local law may be unpaid as per the requirements of such laws; provided, however, that Employee shall be entitled to such payments and benefits under the Company’s vacation, sick leave or disability leave programs as per the terms of such programs. The Company may terminate Employee’s active employment because of a Disability by giving written notice to Employee at any time effective at or within twenty (20) days after the end of the period of leave as may be required under the family and medical leave laws or under federal, state or local disability laws, but the Company shall retain Employee as an inactive employee if necessary to maintain Employee’s eligibility for any disability leave benefits. A reassignment, reduction or elimination of the duties defined in Section 2 because of Employee’s inability to perform such duties during any period of a disability leave or during the period Employee is designated as an inactive employee, or the appointment of a temporary or permanent replacement for Employee during any disability leave, shall not constitute Good Reason under Section 9(b) below.
(c) At the option of the Company for Cause, by delivering prior written notice to Employee;
(d) At the option of the Company at any time without Cause, by delivering written notice of its determination to terminate to Employee;
(e) At the option of Employee for Good Reason; or
(f) At the option of Employee without Good Reason, upon six (6) months prior written notice to the Company (which the Company may, in its sole discretion, make effective earlier than the termination date provided in such notice; provided, however, that in such event, the Company shall have no obligation to pay Employee any compensation or benefits for any portion of the notice period following the accelerated termination date).
For the avoidance of doubt, the expiration of the Term as a result of either party providing a timely notice of non-renewal in accordance with Section 1 shall not, in and of itself, constitute a termination by the Company without Cause or a resignation by Employee for Good Reason under this Agreement, and no severance or other termination-related benefits shall be payable solely as a result thereof.
3
8. Payments Upon Termination of Employment.
(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Employee For Good Reason. If Employee’s employment is terminated during the Term by the Company without Cause (excluding for death or Disability) or by Employee for Good Reason, subject to Section 8(c) of this Agreement and all applicable withholdings and deductions, Employee shall be entitled to:
(i) (A) within thirty (30) days following such termination, payment of Employee’s accrued and unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, (B) reimbursement of expenses in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement, and (C) all other vested employee benefits in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance) and as required under law;
(ii) an amount equal to Employee’s Base Salary, as in effect immediately prior to Employee’s date of termination, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time for six (6) months (the “Severance Period”) following such termination, with the first payment to be made on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the expiration of the applicable revocation period for the release of claims required in connection with such severance (as described in Section 8(c) herein), and such first payment shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior thereto. In the event of Employee’s death during the Severance Period, any payments to be made pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) shall be paid to the Employee’s estate or heirs;
(iii) an amount equal to Employee’s target Annual Bonus (if any) earned for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year in which termination occurs, to the extent such bonus has been earned but not already paid out. Such amount shall be paid in a lump sum at the same time annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally, and in no event later than two and one-half (2.5) months following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the termination occurs, subject to applicable withholding and deductions;
(iv) subject to Employee’s eligibility for and timely election of continuation coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended (“COBRA”), with respect to the Company’s group health plan in which Employee and Employee’s eligible dependents participated immediately prior to the termination date (“COBRA Continuation Coverage”), the Company will provide Employee and Employee’s eligible dependents with COBRA Continuation Coverage and will pay for the premium costs for Employee’s (and Employee’s dependents) COBRA Continuation Coverage until the earliest of (A) the end of the Severance Period, (B) Employee becoming eligible for medical benefits from a subsequent employer, or (C) Employee otherwise becoming ineligible for COBRA; provided, that Employee shall not be entitled to receive such payment toward the premiums of COBRA Continuation Coverage if such payment is then impermissible under applicable law or would result in a penalty or additional tax on the Company (aside from standard taxes applicable to the payment of wages). For the avoidance of doubt, Employee will be responsible for the full costs for COBRA Continuation Coverage for any period during which Employee continues to receive COBRA Continuation Coverage following the periods set forth in (A) and (B).
4
(b) Other Terminations. If Employee’s employment is terminated (i) by the Company for Cause (as defined herein) or (ii) by Employee due to a voluntary resignation (other than for Good Reason), then Employee shall be entitled solely to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 8(a)(i) of this Agreement. If Employee’s employment is terminated due to Employee’s death or Disability, Employee’s estate or legal representatives or heirs, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 8(a)(i)-(iv) of this Agreement.
(c) Conditions to Payment. All payments and benefits due to Employee under this Section 8 which are not otherwise required by applicable law shall be payable only if Employee executes and delivers to the Company a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form provided by the Company, and such release is no longer subject to revocation (to the extent applicable), in each case, within sixty (60) days following termination of employment. Failure to timely execute and return such release or the revocation of such release during the revocation period shall be a waiver by Employee of Employee’s right to severance (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any amounts required by law to be paid). In addition, severance shall be conditioned on Employee’s compliance with Sections 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement.
(d) No Other Severance. Employee hereby acknowledges and agrees that, other than the severance payments described in this Section 8, upon the effective date of the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not be entitled to any other severance payments or benefits of any kind under any Company benefit plan, severance policy generally available to the Company’s employees or otherwise and all other rights of Employee to compensation under this Agreement shall end as of such date.
9. Definitions.
(a) “Cause” shall mean (i) Employee’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, any indictable criminal offense or any other criminal offense involving fraud, misappropriation or moral turpitude, (ii) Employee’s continued failure to perform Employee’s duties hereunder or to follow the lawful direction of the Board (for any reason other than illness or physical or mental incapacity) or a material breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) Employee’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with Employee’s duties, (iv) Employee’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, including, without limitation, the Company’s sexual harassment policy, (v) Employee’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates which has, or is likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether economic or reputational, (vi) Employee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (vii) Employee’s acceptance of any bribe, kickback or other unlawful payment or benefit from any customers, supplier, vendor or business partner of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (viii) Employee’s engagement in any paid employment or consulting activity for, or the provision of services to, any other business, individual, or entity without the prior written consent of the Board, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement or approved in writing by the Board, or (ix) Employee’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement or of any written restrictive covenant, confidentiality, or other agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates, which, in each case, if curable (as determined by the Board in good faith), is not cured within ten (10) days following written notice from the Company.
5
(b) “Good Reason” shall mean, without Employee’s prior written consent, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in Employee’s duties or responsibilities that is inconsistent with Employee’s position as described herein or (ii) any material reduction in Employee’s Base Salary or target Annual Bonus opportunity (other than an across the board reduction that applies to all other senior executives of the Company); provided, that no event shall constitute Good Reason unless (A) Employee has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within sixty (60) days following the occurrence of such event, and (B) Employee has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a termination of employment by Employee for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.
10. Return of Company Property. Within ten (10) days following the effective date of Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, Employee or Employee’s personal representative shall return all property of the Company or any of its Affiliates in Employee’s possession, including, but not limited to, all Company-owned computer equipment (hardware and software), telephones, facsimile machines, tablet computers and other communication devices, credit cards, keys, security access cards or fobs, badges, identification cards and all copies (including drafts) of any documentation or information (however stored) relating to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s or any of its Affiliates’ customers and clients or their respective prospective customers or clients.
11. Resignation as Officer or Fiduciary. Upon the effective date of any termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall be deemed to have resigned from Employee’s position and, to the extent applicable, as an officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates and as a fiduciary of any Company benefit plan. On or immediately following the effective date of any such termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall confirm the foregoing by submitting to the Company in writing a confirmation of Employee’s resignation(s).
12. Confidentiality; Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition; Assignment of Inventions.
(a) Confidential and Proprietary Information. Employee agrees that all materials and items produced or developed by Employee for the Company Group (as defined below) or obtained by Employee from the Company Group either directly or indirectly pursuant to this Agreement, shall be and remains the property of the Company Group. Employee acknowledges that Employee will, during Employee’s association with the Company, acquire, or be exposed to, or have access to, materials, data and information that constitute valuable, Confidential and Proprietary Information of the Company Group, including, without limitation, any or all of the following: business plans, practices and procedures, pricing information, sales figures, profit or loss figures, this Agreement and its terms, information relating to customers, clients, intellectual property, suppliers, technology, sources of supply and customer lists, research, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances, policies, training manuals and similar materials used by the Company in conducting its business operations, personnel information of any Person employed by the Company, potential business combinations, and such other information or material as the Company may designate as confidential and/or proprietary from time to time (collectively hereinafter, the “Confidential and Proprietary Information”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential and Proprietary Information” does not include information that is or becomes publicly available, other than information made publicly available by Employee or another person in violation of Employee’s obligations in this Section 12(a).
During Employee’s employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use, misuse, misappropriate, disclose or make known, without the prior written approval of the Board, to any party, firm, corporation, association or other entity, any such Confidential and Proprietary Information for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except as may be required in the course of Employee’s performance of Employee’s duties hereunder. In consideration of the unique nature of the Confidential and Proprietary Information, all obligations pertaining to the confidentiality and nondisclosure thereof shall remain in effect until the Company Group have released such information; provided that the provisions of this Section 12(a) shall not apply to the disclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information to the Company’s Affiliates together with each of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, accountants, lawyers and other representatives or agents in furtherance of Employee’s duties hereunder, nor to a Protected Activity as defined in Section 12(b) below. In addition, it shall not be a breach of the confidentiality obligations hereof if Employee is required by applicable law to disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information; provided that in such case, Employee shall (i) give the Company the earliest notice possible that such disclosure is or may be required and (ii) cooperate with the Company, at the Company’s expense, in protecting to the maximum extent legally permitted, the confidential or proprietary nature of the Confidential and Proprietary Information which must be so disclosed. Upon termination of Employee’s employment, Employee agrees that all Confidential and Proprietary Information, directly or indirectly, in Employee’s possession that is in writing or other tangible form (together with all duplicates thereof) will promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days following such termination) be returned to the Company and will not be retained by Employee or furnished to any person, either by sample, facsimile, film, audio or video cassette, electronic data, verbal communication or any other means of communication.
6
(b) Protected Activities. This Agreement shall not be construed or applied in a manner that limits or interferes with Employee’s right to discuss or disclose information about unlawful acts in the workplace, such as harassment or discrimination or any other conduct that employees have reason to believe is unlawful, and, without notice to or authorization of the Company, (i) to communicate and cooperate in good faith with any self-regulatory organization or U.S. federal, state, or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency, commission, or entity (collectively, a “Government Entity”) for the purpose of (A) reporting a possible violation of any U.S. federal, state, or local law or regulation, (B) participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted or managed by any Government Entity, including by providing documents or other information, or (C) filing a charge or complaint with a Government Entity, provided that in each case, such communications, participation, and disclosures are consistent with applicable law, or (ii) to engage counsel to pursue enforcement and/or interpretation of this Agreement.
Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If Employee files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company Group for reporting a suspected violation of law, Employee may disclose the trade secret to the Employee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Employee files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. All disclosures and other conduct permitted under this Section 12(b) are herein referred to as “Protected Activities.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstance will Employee be authorized to disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information as to which the Company may assert protections from disclosure under the attorney-client privilege or the attorney work product doctrine, without prior written consent of the Company’s General Counsel or other authorized officer designated by the Company, except to the extent disclosure of such privileged information to a Government Entity is permitted under applicable law, regulation or state attorney conduct rules. Additionally, this Agreement does not interfere with Employee’s right to disclose information regarding Employee’s compensation and benefits to Employee’s spouse, accountants, counsel, financial advisors and lenders with a need to know such information, it being understood that Employee will advise such persons of their confidentiality obligations with respect thereto, and ensure that such persons are bound by obligations of confidentiality reasonably comparable to those imposed in this Agreement.
(c) Non-Solicitation. Employee agrees that (i) for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason (such period shall be referred to as the “Restricted Period”), the Employee will not, without written consent of the Company directly or indirectly Solicit, recruit, induce or encourage to leave employment or association with the Company or any of its Affiliates (the “Company Group”), or to become employed by, become associated with or consult for, any Person other than the Company Group, or hire, attempt to hire, employ or engage (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, independent contractor, director, equity holder, member, manager, general or limited partner or in any other capacity), any Person who or which is or was employed or engaged by the Company Group at the time of such Solicitation, recruitment, inducement, or encouragement or the one-year period preceding such activity (each such Person, a “Specified Individual”), or (ii) during the Restricted Period, directly or indirectly induce or encourage any customer, client or supplier of the Company Group to cease to engage the services of the Company Group; provided, however, that (A) the foregoing shall not apply with respect to Employee causing to be placed any general advertisements in newspapers and/or other media of general circulation (including advertisements posted on the Internet or social media) that are not targeted specifically at the Company Group or its respective employees or consultants, provided that in no event shall a Specified Individual be hired or otherwise retained as a result of such general advertisement, in each case, with actual knowledge of Employee and (B) during the Employee’s employment, the Employee may not engage in the foregoing activities with respect to any Person who was employed or engaged by the Company Group at any time during the Restricted Period. “Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof. “Solicit” shall mean making any direct or indirect communication of any kind, regardless of who initiates it, or engaging in any conduct that in any way invites, advises, encourages, or requests any Person to take or refrain from taking any action.
7
(d) Non-Competition.
(i) The Employee has had and/or will have access to and is familiar with the trade secrets related to the Restricted Business (as defined below) and the Company, and with other Confidential and Proprietary Information concerning the Restricted Business and the Company, including all (A) inventions, technology and research and development related to the Restricted Business and the Company, (B) suppliers, distributors, customers, third party payors, vendors, contractors, or other business relations, including, without limitation lists identifying such Persons, (C) products (including products under development) and services related to the Restricted Business and the Company and related costs and pricing structures, (D) accounting and business methods and practices related to the Restricted Business and the Company, and (E) similar and related Confidential and Proprietary Information and trade secrets related to the Restricted Business and the Company. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company would be irreparably damaged if the Employee were to directly or indirectly provide services to any Person competing with the Restricted Business or the Company or engaging in a similar business and that such direct or indirect competition by the Employee would result in a significant loss of goodwill by the Company.
(ii) In order to protect the Confidential and Proprietary Information and goodwill of the Company and to maintain the value of the Restricted Business and for such other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, the Employee hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any Person, whether for compensation or otherwise, (A) engage in or assist others in engaging in the Restricted Business anywhere in the world (the “Restricted Area”); (B) have an interest in any Person that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, lender, employee, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or (C) interfere with the business relationships (whether formed prior to or after the date of this Agreement) between the Company Group and any client, customer, vendor or supplier of the Company Group. However, the acquisition of up to 1% for passive investment purposes of any class of the outstanding equity, debt securities, or other equity interests of any person, corporation, partnership, or other business entity or enterprise shall not, in and of itself, be construed as a breach of this Section 12(d). “Restricted Business” means any business that develops and manufactures virtual reality (“VR”) treadmills.
(e) Nondisparagement. Employee agrees that Employee shall refrain from making, directly or indirectly, any disparaging or defamatory comments concerning the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ respective businesses, products or services, or their respective current or former directors, officers, agents, partners, shareholders or employees, either publicly or privately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any truthful statement made to comply with law or regulation or in any response to questions or other requests for information by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body with apparent jurisdiction over the applicable parties shall be deemed not to violate the obligations of Employee under this provision. Nothing in this Section 12(e) shall interfere with Employee’s ability to engage in Protected Activities as defined in Section 12(b) above.
8
(f) Inventions.
(i) Employee acknowledges and agrees that all patentable inventions that are made or conceived by Employee, solely or jointly with others, during the Term, either while performing Employee’s duties with the Company or on Employee’s own time, but only insofar as such inventions are related to Employee’s work as an employee or other service provider to the Company (the “Inventions”), shall belong exclusively to the Company (or its designee), whether or not patent applications are filed thereon. Employee will keep full and complete written records (the “Records”), in the manner prescribed by the Company of all Inventions and will promptly disclose all Inventions completely and in writing to the Company. The Records shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and Employee will surrender them upon the termination of the Term, or upon the Company’s request. Employee hereby assigns to the Company the Inventions and all patents that may be issued thereon in any and all countries, whether prior to, during or subsequent to the Term, together with the right to file, in Employee’s name or in the name of the Company (or its designee), applications for patents and equivalent rights (the “Applications”). Employee will, at any time during and subsequent to the Term, make such applications, sign such papers, take all rightful oaths, and perform all acts as may be requested from time to time by the Company with respect to the Inventions. Employee will also execute assignments to the Company (or its designee), of the Applications, and give the Company and its attorneys all reasonable assistance (including the giving of testimony) to obtain the Inventions for its benefit, all without additional compensation to Employee from the Company but entirely at the Company’s expense.
(ii) In addition, the Inventions will be deemed Work for Hire, as such term is defined under the copyright law of the United States, on behalf of the Company, and Employee agrees that the Company will be the sole owner of the Inventions and all underlying rights therein, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity, without any further obligations to Employee. If the Inventions, or any portion thereof, are deemed not to be Work for Hire, Employee hereby irrevocably conveys, transfers and assigns to the Company all rights, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity, in and to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all of Employee’s right, title and interest in the copyrights (and all renewals, revivals and extensions thereof) to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all rights of any kind or any nature now or hereafter recognized, including, without limitation, the unrestricted right to make modifications, adaptations and revisions to the Inventions, to exploit and allow others to exploit the Inventions and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other unauthorized use or conduct in derogation of the Inventions, known or unknown, prior to the date hereof, including, without limitation, the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom. In addition, Employee hereby waives any so-called “moral rights” with respect to the Inventions. Employee hereby waives any and all currently existing and future monetary rights in and to the Inventions and all patents that may be issued thereon, including, without limitation, any rights that would otherwise accrue to Employee’s benefit by virtue of Employee being an employee of or other service provider to the Company.
(iii) Subject to Section 12(a) and (d) above, nothing in this Section 12(f) will restrict Employee from use of concepts, ideas or methods that are generally known by others in the industry, nor shall Employee be restricted from using the general know-how or experience obtained during employment with the Company.
9
(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 12(f), “Inventions” shall not include the patents and other assets set forth on Exhibit B hereto. Employee hereby represents and warrants that the patents and other assets owned by Employee set forth on Exhibit B are not related in any way to the Company Group, except as stated therein.
(g) Duty of Loyalty. Employee acknowledges and agrees that during the Term, Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act in the best interests of the Company and to do no act that would materially injure the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any member of the Company Group. In keeping with these duties, during the Term, Employee shall make full disclosure to the Company of all business opportunities pertaining to the Company’s business and shall not appropriate for Employee’s own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.
(h) Relief. The parties hereto further agree that Employee’s expertise in the business of the Company is of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary, and intellectual character, which gives Employee’s expertise a peculiar value. Consequently, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group will suffer irreparable harm from a breach of Section 12 by Employee and that money damages or the remedy at law available to the Company Group for breach of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement may be inadequate and will not be a reasonable or adequate remedy for any such breach. Therefore, in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Company Group may have at law or in equity, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company Group shall be entitled to (without limitation) specific performance and/or temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any proceeding that may be brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, injunctive or other equitable relief (including a restraining order) from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof, in each case, without (i) the necessity of proof of actual damage or adequacy of remedies at law, (ii) being required to post bond or other security and (iii) an award of their reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing their rights under this Agreement. Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by applicable law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy. Additionally, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of Section 12, in addition to all other available legal and equitable rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to cease making payments, if any, being made pursuant to Section 8(a) hereunder.
(i) Reasonableness. Employee acknowledges that due to the proprietary nature of the business of the Company, Employee’s obligations under this Agreement are reasonable (including as to duration, geographical area and scope) in light of the circumstances as they exist on the date of this Agreement and in the context of the injuries likely to be sustained by the Company Group if Employee were to violate such obligations and are necessary to ensure the preservation, protection and continuity of such business, Confidential and Proprietary Information, trade secrets and goodwill of the Company Group. Employee further acknowledges that this Agreement is made in consideration of and is adequately supported by the agreement of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, which Employee acknowledges constitutes good, valuable and sufficient consideration. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee has either reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with Employee’s legal counsel or had the opportunity to do so and willingly declined that opportunity.
10
(j) Tolling. In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 12, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 12 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.
13. Cooperation. From and after Employee’s termination of employment, Employee shall provide Employee’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during Employee’s employment hereunder, and assist and advise the Company in any investigation which may be performed by the Company, provided that the Company shall reimburse Employee for Employee’s reasonable costs and expenses and such cooperation shall not unreasonably burden Employee or unreasonably interfere with any subsequent employment that Employee may undertake. In the event Employee is subpoenaed by any person or entity (including, but not limited to, any Government Entity) to give testimony or provide documents (in a deposition, court proceeding, or otherwise), that in any way relates to Employee’s employment by the Company, Employee will give prompt notice of such subpoena to the Company and will make no disclosure until the Company has had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting person or entity to such disclosure. Nothing in this Section 13 shall limit Employee’s right to engage in Protected Activities as provided in Section 12(b) above.
14. Clawback. To the extent required by applicable law or regulation, any applicable stock exchange listing standards or any clawback policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, regulation or stock exchange listing standards, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, the Annual Bonus and any other incentive compensation granted to Employee (whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) shall be subject to the provisions of any applicable clawback policies or procedures, which may provide for forfeiture and/or recoupment of such amounts paid or payable under this Agreement or otherwise.
15. Miscellaneous.
(a) All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and effective: (i) when delivered in person; (ii) when sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service (with written confirmation of delivery); (iii) when sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) when transmitted by email, provided that (A) the email is sent to the recipient’s email address listed below (or as updated by written notice), and (B) no automated message is received by the sender indicating that the email was undeliverable or not successfully sent. Any such notice shall be delivered or addressed to the parties at the following addresses (or to such other address or email address as either party may designate by notice to the other in accordance with this Section 15):
If to the Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430, Austin TX 78758
Attention: President
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Winston & Strawn LLP
800 Capitol Street, Suite 2400
Houston, TX 77002
Attention: Michael Blankenship
Email: mblankenship@winston.com
11
If to Employee:
At Employee’s home address as then shown in the Company’s personnel records, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assigned by the Employee. Any purported assignment by the Employee shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each member of the Company Group are intended third party beneficiaries of the covenants set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the parties agree that each member of the Company Group shall have the right to enforce such covenants.
(c) This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, term sheets, offer letters, and drafts thereof, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, excluding any restrictive covenants which may remain in force. No promises, statements, understandings, representations or warranties of any kind, whether oral or in writing, express or implied, have been made to Employee by any person or entity to induce Employee to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein, and Employee is not relying upon any promises, statements, understandings, representations, or warranties other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.
(d) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party charged with waiver. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver, unless so provided in the waiver.
12
(e) If any provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions (or portions thereof) shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and of full force and effect. If any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereto agree that such invalid or unenforceable restriction shall be deemed modified so that it shall be valid and enforceable to the greatest extent permissible under law, and if such restriction cannot be modified so as to make it enforceable or valid, such finding shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any of the other restrictions contained herein.
(f) Employee expressly understands and agrees that although the parties hereto consider the provisions, agreements, obligations and undertakings contained in this Agreement (including the restrictions in Section 12) to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Agreement constitutes an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against Employee, such provision shall be rendered void only to the extent that such final judicial determination finds the provision to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable with respect to Employee. In this regard, Employee hereby agrees that any court of competent jurisdiction construing this Agreement shall be empowered to reform any portion of the Restricted Area, any prohibited business activity or any time period in order to make the covenants herein binding and enforceable with respect to Employee, and to apply the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce against Employee the remaining portion of the Restricted Area, the remaining business activities, and the remaining time period as such court of competent jurisdiction determines to be reasonable and enforceable. All of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provisions in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action Employee may have against the Company Group, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company Group of such covenants. Moreover, if any provision of this Agreement were determined not to be specifically enforceable, the Company Group shall nevertheless be entitled to seek monetary damages as a result of the breach of such provision by Employee.
(g) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.
(h) The section or paragraph headings or titles herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. The parties have jointly participated in the drafting of this Agreement, and the rule of construction that a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be applied. The terms “including,” “includes,” “include” and words of like import shall be construed broadly as if followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and words of like import refer to this entire Agreement instead of just the provision in which they are found.
13
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:
(i) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, agents, attorneys, employees, Employees, shareholders, investors, members, managers, trustees, fiduciaries, representatives, principals, accountants, insurers, successors or assigns be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Employee under Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.
(ii) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “terminate,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Employee in connection with the termination of Employee’s employment is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Employee is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of termination or, if earlier, ten (10) business days following the Employee’s death (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Employee during the period between the date of termination and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Employee in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(iii) All reimbursements for costs and expenses under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurs such expense. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A, (A) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.
(iv) If under this Agreement, an amount is paid in two or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.
14
(j) This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule. Employee expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Delaware for any proceeding relating to or arising in any way from this Agreement.
(k) AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (EACH PARTY HAVING HAD OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT COUNSEL), EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW IN ANY PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
(l) Employee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Employee do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound, (ii) Employee is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity, and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Employee on and after the Effective Date, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Employee hereby acknowledges and represents that Employee has had the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel or other advisor of Employee’s choice and has done so regarding Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, that Employee is entering into this Agreement knowingly, voluntarily, and of Employee’s own free will, that Employee is relying on Employee’s own judgment in doing so, and that Employee fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.
(m) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any Federal, state and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.
(n) The covenants and obligations of the Company and Employee under Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 15 hereof, shall continue and survive termination of Employee’s employment and any termination of this Agreement.
[signature page follows]
15
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ David Allan | |
| Name: | David Allan | |
| Title: | President and Chief Operating Officer | |
| EMPLOYEE | ||
| /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk | ||
16
EXHIBIT A
FIRST YEAR ANNUAL BONUS
For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, Employee shall be eligible to receive an Annual Bonus (the “First Year Annual Bonus”) based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board in consultation with Employee, as follows:
| 1. | Direct Listing Bonus. A cash bonus of $50,000 shall be earned upon the consummation of the Company’s direct listing, payable within thirty (30) days following the first day of trading of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange. |
| 2. | Revenue Performance Bonus. A cash bonus shall be earned based on the Company’s achievement of revenue for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, with the following payout levels: |
| o | If the Company achieves $3.5 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $35,000. |
| o | If the Company achieves $4.0 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $70,000. |
| o | If the Company achieves $4.5 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $105,000. |
| o | If the Company achieves $5.0 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $140,000. |
Except as otherwise provided herein, Employee must remain employed through the date of payment to be eligible to receive any portion of the First Year Annual Bonus.
17
EXHIBIT B
EXCLUDED INVENTIONS
| I have no inventions. | ||
| The following is a complete list of all Inventions relative to the subject matter of my employment with the Company that have been created by me, alone or jointly with others, prior to the Effective Date, which might relate to the Company Group’s present business: | ||
| Additional sheets attached. |
| Employee Signature: | Date: |
18
Exhibit 10.22
EXECUTION VERSION
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
THIS EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of September 17, 2025 (the “Effective Date”) by and between David Allan (“Employee”) and Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation or, as applicable, one of its direct or indirect subsidiaries or Affiliates (collectively, the “Company”).
WHEREAS, Employee is currently employed by the Company, and the Company and Employee desire to set forth the terms and conditions of Employee’s continued employment with the Company in this Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:
1. Employment Term. The Company and Employee acknowledge that Employee has been employed by the Company prior to the date of this Agreement. This Agreement shall govern the terms and conditions of Employee’s continued employment with the Company from and after that date and shall supersede and replace any prior offer letter or employment agreement between the Company and Employee as of the Effective Date. The initial term of this Agreement shall be for a period of three (3) years commencing on the Effective Date, unless earlier terminated in accordance with Section 7. Thereafter, the Term shall automatically renew for successive one (1) year periods unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal at least ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the then-current Term. The period during which Employee is employed by the Company pursuant to this Agreement, including any renewal periods, is hereinafter referred to as the “Term.”
2. Employment Duties. During the Term, Employee shall have the title of President and Chief Operating Officer of the Company and shall have such duties, authorities and responsibilities as are consistent with such position and as the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) may designate from time to time. Employee shall report to the Board. Employee’s primary office locations shall be the Company’s offices and production facilities located in Taipei, Taiwan, Zhuhai, China and Hong Kong. Employee shall devote Employee’s full working time and attention and Employee’s best efforts to Employee’s employment and service with the Company and shall perform Employee’s services in a capacity and in a manner consistent with Employee’s position for the Company; provided that this Section 2 shall not be interpreted as prohibiting Employee from (i) managing Employee’s personal investments (so long as such investment activities are of a passive nature), (ii) engaging in charitable or civic activities, or (iii) participating on boards of directors or similar bodies of non-profit organizations, in each case of (i) – (iii), so long as such activities do not, individually or in the aggregate, (A) materially interfere with the performance of Employee’s duties and responsibilities hereunder, (B) create a fiduciary conflict, or (C) result in a violation of Section 12 of this Agreement. If requested, Employee shall also serve as an executive officer and/or member of the board of directors (or similar governing body) of any entity that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Company (an “Affiliate”) without any additional compensation. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee will comply with all Company policies.
3. Base Salary. During the Term, the Company shall pay Employee a base salary at an annual rate of $350,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices for employees as in effect from time to time. Employee’s annual base salary, as in effect from time to time, is hereinafter referred to as the “Base Salary.” The Base Salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board (or a duly authorized committee of the Board).
4. Annual Bonus/Long-Term Incentives.
(a) Annual Bonus. With respect to each fiscal year during the Term, Employee shall be eligible to earn an annual cash bonus (the “Annual Bonus”), with a target Annual Bonus of forty percent (40%) of Base Salary, based upon the achievement of individual and Company performance metrics established by the Board at the beginning of each such fiscal year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, the Annual Bonus shall be determined in accordance with the terms set forth in Exhibit A. The Annual Bonus, if any, for each fiscal year during the Term shall be paid to Employee following the approval of the Company’s audited financial statements (except with respect to the Direct Listing Bonus set forth in Exhibit A) for such fiscal year by the Board or a committee thereof, subject to Employee’s continued employment on the date of payment (except as otherwise provided herein).
Equity Awards. During the Term, Employee will be eligible to participate in the Company’s 2025 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), as amended from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan and any applicable award agreements. Subject to review and potential modification by the Board at the beginning of each fiscal year, Employee will be entitled to equity compensation equal to 60% of Base Salary in the form of restricted stock units of the Company’s common stock (“RSUs”), to be issued in the first month of each fiscal year. Except as otherwise provided in an applicable award agreement, the RSUs will be subject to four-year vesting with a one-year cliff (i.e., 25% of the RSUs will vest after one year of continued service from the grant date), and the remainder shall vest in equal quarterly installments thereafter. In connection with the Company’s direct listing, Employee will be entitled to a one-time grant of 375,000 RSUs, to be issued on or after the first day of public trading of the Company’s common stock. These RSUs will vest in full six (6) months following the first day of public trading of the Company’s common stock, which is expected to coincide with the expiration of Employee’s lock-up period, subject to Employee’s continued service through such date. With respect to Employee’s existing vested stock option awards covering 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, each time Employee exercises any portion of such options, the Company shall, concurrently with such exercise, pay to Employee a one-time cash bonus in an amount equal to the aggregate exercise price payable in connection with such exercise (the “Exercise Price Bonus”). The Company and Employee agree that no duplicative compensation shall result from the Exercise Price Bonus.
5. Benefits. During the Term, Employee shall be provided the opportunity to participate in all standard employee benefit programs made available by the Company to the Company’s senior executive employees generally, in accordance with the terms and conditions of such plans, including the eligibility and participation provisions of such plans and programs, as such plans or programs may be in effect from time to time; provided, however, that because Employee is employed outside of the United States, such participation shall be subject to applicable local law and the administrative feasibility of extending such programs to Employee. The Company reserves the right to amend any employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement from time to time, or to terminate such plan, policy, program or arrangement, consistent with the terms thereof at any time and for any reason without providing Employee with notice.
2
6. Travel and Expense Reimbursement. The Employee may from time-to-time be required to travel in connection with the performance of the Employee’s services, as determined by the Board. Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable and necessary out-of-pocket business, entertainment and travel expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the performance of the Employee’s duties hereunder during the Term in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures.
7. Termination of Employment. The Employee’s employment during the Term may be terminated as follows:
(a) Automatically in the event of the death of Employee;
(b) At the option of the Company, by written notice to Employee or Employee’s personal representative in the event of the Disability of Employee. As used herein, the term “Disability” shall mean Employee’s inability, with or without reasonable accommodation, to perform the essential duties, responsibilities, and functions of Employee’s position with the Company as a result of any mental or physical disability or incapacity for a length of time that the Company determines is sufficient to satisfy such obligations as it may have to provide leave under applicable family and medical leave laws and/or “reasonable accommodation” under applicable federal, state or local disability laws. Family and medical leave or disability leave provided under federal, state or local law may be unpaid as per the requirements of such laws; provided, however, that Employee shall be entitled to such payments and benefits under the Company’s vacation, sick leave or disability leave programs as per the terms of such programs. The Company may terminate Employee’s active employment because of a Disability by giving written notice to Employee at any time effective at or within twenty (20) days after the end of the period of leave as may be required under the family and medical leave laws or under federal, state or local disability laws, but the Company shall retain Employee as an inactive employee if necessary to maintain Employee’s eligibility for any disability leave benefits. A reassignment, reduction or elimination of the duties defined in Section 2 because of Employee’s inability to perform such duties during any period of a disability leave or during the period Employee is designated as an inactive employee, or the appointment of a temporary or permanent replacement for Employee during any disability leave, shall not constitute Good Reason under Section 9(b) below.
(c) At the option of the Company for Cause, by delivering prior written notice to Employee;
(d) At the option of the Company at any time without Cause, by delivering written notice of its determination to terminate to Employee;
(e) At the option of Employee for Good Reason; or
3
(f) At the option of Employee without Good Reason, upon six (6) months prior written notice to the Company (which the Company may, in its sole discretion, make effective earlier than the termination date provided in such notice; provided, however, that in such event, the Company shall have no obligation to pay Employee any compensation or benefits for any portion of the notice period following the accelerated termination date).
For the avoidance of doubt, the expiration of the Term as a result of either party providing a timely notice of non-renewal in accordance with Section 1 shall not, in and of itself, constitute a termination by the Company without Cause or a resignation by Employee for Good Reason under this Agreement, and no severance or other termination-related benefits shall be payable solely as a result thereof.
8. Payments Upon Termination of Employment.
(a) Termination by the Company Without Cause or by Employee For Good Reason. If Employee’s employment is terminated during the Term by the Company without Cause (excluding for death or Disability) or by Employee for Good Reason, subject to Section 8(c) of this Agreement and all applicable withholdings and deductions, Employee shall be entitled to:
(i) (A) within thirty (30) days following such termination, payment of Employee’s accrued and unpaid Base Salary through the date of termination, (B) reimbursement of expenses in accordance with Section 6 of this Agreement, and (C) all other vested employee benefits in accordance with the Company’s benefit plans, programs or policies (other than severance) and as required under law;
(ii) an amount equal to Employee’s Base Salary, as in effect immediately prior to Employee’s date of termination, payable in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices as in effect from time to time for six (6) months (the “Severance Period”) following such termination, with the first payment to be made on the first regularly scheduled payroll date following the expiration of the applicable revocation period for the release of claims required in connection with such severance (as described in Section 8(c) herein), and such first payment shall include payment of any amounts that would otherwise be due prior thereto. In the event of Employee’s death during the Severance Period, any payments to be made pursuant to this Section 8(a)(ii) shall be paid to the Employee’s estate or heirs;
(iii) an amount equal to Employee’s target Annual Bonus (if any) earned for the fiscal year immediately preceding the year in which termination occurs, to the extent such bonus has been earned but not already paid out. Such amount shall be paid in a lump sum at the same time annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally, and in no event later than two and one-half (2.5) months following the end of the Company’s fiscal year in which the termination occurs, subject to applicable withholding and deductions.
(b) Other Terminations. If Employee’s employment is terminated (i) by the Company for Cause (as defined herein) or (ii) by Employee due to a voluntary resignation (other than for Good Reason), then Employee shall be entitled solely to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 8(a)(i) of this Agreement. If Employee’s employment is terminated due to Employee’s death or Disability, Employee’s estate or legal representatives or heirs, as applicable, shall be entitled to receive the payments and benefits described under Section 8(a)(i)-(iii) of this Agreement.
4
(c) Conditions to Payment. All payments and benefits due to Employee under this Section 8 which are not otherwise required by applicable law shall be payable only if Employee executes and delivers to the Company a separation agreement and general release of claims in a form provided by the Company, and such release is no longer subject to revocation (to the extent applicable), in each case, within sixty (60) days following termination of employment. Failure to timely execute and return such release or the revocation of such release during the revocation period shall be a waiver by Employee of Employee’s right to severance (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include any amounts required by law to be paid). In addition, severance shall be conditioned on Employee’s compliance with Sections 10, 11, 12 and 13 of this Agreement.
(d) No Other Severance. Employee hereby acknowledges and agrees that, other than the severance payments described in this Section 8, upon the effective date of the termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall not be entitled to any other severance payments or benefits of any kind under any Company benefit plan, severance policy generally available to the Company’s employees or otherwise and all other rights of Employee to compensation under this Agreement shall end as of such date.
9. Definitions.
(a) “Cause” shall mean (i) Employee’s indictment for, conviction of, or plea of guilty or no contest to, any indictable criminal offense or any other criminal offense involving fraud, misappropriation or moral turpitude, (ii) Employee’s continued failure to perform Employee’s duties hereunder or to follow the lawful direction of the Board (for any reason other than illness or physical or mental incapacity) or a material breach of fiduciary duty, (iii) Employee’s theft, fraud, or dishonesty with regard to the Company or any of its Affiliates or in connection with Employee’s duties, (iv) Employee’s material violation of the Company’s code of conduct or similar written policies, including, without limitation, the Company’s sexual harassment policy, (v) Employee’s willful misconduct unrelated to the Company or any of its Affiliates which has, or is likely to have, a material negative impact on the Company or any of its Affiliates, whether economic or reputational, (vi) Employee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct that relates to the affairs of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (vii) Employee’s acceptance of any bribe, kickback or other unlawful payment or benefit from any customers, supplier, vendor or business partner of the Company or any of its Affiliates, (viii) Employee’s engagement in any paid employment or consulting activity for, or the provision of services to, any other business, individual, or entity without the prior written consent of the Board, except as expressly permitted under this Agreement or approved in writing by the Board, or (ix) Employee’s material breach of any provision of this Agreement or of any written restrictive covenant, confidentiality, or other agreement with the Company or any of its Affiliates, which, in each case, if curable (as determined by the Board in good faith), is not cured within ten (10) days following written notice from the Company.
(b) “Good Reason” shall mean, without Employee’s prior written consent, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) a material diminution in Employee’s duties or responsibilities that is inconsistent with Employee’s position as described herein or (ii) any material reduction in Employee’s Base Salary or target Annual Bonus opportunity (other than an across the board reduction that applies to all other senior executives of the Company); provided, that no event shall constitute Good Reason unless (A) Employee has given the Company written notice of the termination, setting forth the conduct of the Company that is alleged to constitute Good Reason, within sixty (60) days following the occurrence of such event, and (B) Employee has provided the Company at least sixty (60) days following the date on which such notice is provided to cure such conduct and the Company has failed to do so. Failing such cure, a termination of employment by Employee for Good Reason shall be effective on the day following the expiration of such cure period.
5
10. Return of Company Property. Within ten (10) days following the effective date of Employee’s termination of employment for any reason, Employee or Employee’s personal representative shall return all property of the Company or any of its Affiliates in Employee’s possession, including, but not limited to, all Company-owned computer equipment (hardware and software), telephones, facsimile machines, tablet computers and other communication devices, credit cards, keys, security access cards or fobs, badges, identification cards and all copies (including drafts) of any documentation or information (however stored) relating to the business of the Company or any of its Affiliates, the Company’s or any of its Affiliates’ customers and clients or their respective prospective customers or clients.
11. Resignation as Officer or Fiduciary. Upon the effective date of any termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall be deemed to have resigned from Employee’s position and, to the extent applicable, as an officer of the Company or any of its Affiliates and as a fiduciary of any Company benefit plan. On or immediately following the effective date of any such termination of Employee’s employment, Employee shall confirm the foregoing by submitting to the Company in writing a confirmation of Employee’s resignation(s).
12. Confidentiality; Non-Solicitation; Non-Competition; Assignment of Inventions.
(a) Confidential and Proprietary Information. Employee agrees that all materials and items produced or developed by Employee for the Company Group (as defined below) or obtained by Employee from the Company Group either directly or indirectly pursuant to this Agreement, shall be and remains the property of the Company Group. Employee acknowledges that Employee will, during Employee’s association with the Company, acquire, or be exposed to, or have access to, materials, data and information that constitute valuable, Confidential and Proprietary Information of the Company Group, including, without limitation, any or all of the following: business plans, practices and procedures, pricing information, sales figures, profit or loss figures, this Agreement and its terms, information relating to customers, clients, intellectual property, suppliers, technology, sources of supply and customer lists, research, technical data, trade secrets or know-how, software, developments, inventions, processes, formulas, technology, designs, drawings, engineering, hardware configuration information, marketing, finances, policies, training manuals and similar materials used by the Company in conducting its business operations, personnel information of any Person employed by the Company, potential business combinations, and such other information or material as the Company may designate as confidential and/or proprietary from time to time (collectively hereinafter, the “Confidential and Proprietary Information”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Confidential and Proprietary Information” does not include information that is or becomes publicly available, other than information made publicly available by Employee or another person in violation of Employee’s obligations in this Section 12(a).
6
During Employee’s employment with the Company and at all times thereafter, Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, use, misuse, misappropriate, disclose or make known, without the prior written approval of the Board, to any party, firm, corporation, association or other entity, any such Confidential and Proprietary Information for any reason or purpose whatsoever, except as may be required in the course of Employee’s performance of Employee’s duties hereunder. In consideration of the unique nature of the Confidential and Proprietary Information, all obligations pertaining to the confidentiality and nondisclosure thereof shall remain in effect until the Company Group have released such information; provided that the provisions of this Section 12(a) shall not apply to the disclosure of Confidential and Proprietary Information to the Company’s Affiliates together with each of their respective shareholders, directors, officers, accountants, lawyers and other representatives or agents in furtherance of Employee’s duties hereunder, nor to a Protected Activity as defined in Section 12(b) below. In addition, it shall not be a breach of the confidentiality obligations hereof if Employee is required by applicable law to disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information; provided that in such case, Employee shall (i) give the Company the earliest notice possible that such disclosure is or may be required and (ii) cooperate with the Company, at the Company’s expense, in protecting to the maximum extent legally permitted, the confidential or proprietary nature of the Confidential and Proprietary Information which must be so disclosed. Upon termination of Employee’s employment, Employee agrees that all Confidential and Proprietary Information, directly or indirectly, in Employee’s possession that is in writing or other tangible form (together with all duplicates thereof) will promptly (and in any event within ten (10) days following such termination) be returned to the Company and will not be retained by Employee or furnished to any person, either by sample, facsimile, film, audio or video cassette, electronic data, verbal communication or any other means of communication.
(b) Protected Activities. This Agreement shall not be construed or applied in a manner that limits or interferes with Employee’s right to discuss or disclose information about unlawful acts in the workplace, such as harassment or discrimination or any other conduct that employees have reason to believe is unlawful, and, without notice to or authorization of the Company, (i) to communicate and cooperate in good faith with any self-regulatory organization or U.S. federal, state, or local governmental or law enforcement branch, agency, commission, or entity (collectively, a “Government Entity”) for the purpose of (A) reporting a possible violation of any U.S. federal, state, or local law or regulation, (B) participating in any investigation or proceeding that may be conducted or managed by any Government Entity, including by providing documents or other information, or (C) filing a charge or complaint with a Government Entity, provided that in each case, such communications, participation, and disclosures are consistent with applicable law, or (ii) to engage counsel to pursue enforcement and/or interpretation of this Agreement.
Pursuant to the Defend Trade Secrets Act of 2016, Employee shall not be held criminally or civilly liable under any federal or state trade secret law for the disclosure of a trade secret that is made (i) in confidence to a federal, state, or local government official, or to an attorney, solely for the purpose of reporting or investigating a suspected violation of law, or (ii) in a complaint or other document filed in a lawsuit or other proceeding, if such filing is made under seal. If Employee files a lawsuit for retaliation by the Company Group for reporting a suspected violation of law, Employee may disclose the trade secret to the Employee’s attorney and use the trade secret information in the court proceeding, if Employee files any document containing the trade secret under seal and does not disclose the trade secret, except pursuant to court order. All disclosures and other conduct permitted under this Section 12(b) are herein referred to as “Protected Activities.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, under no circumstance will Employee be authorized to disclose any Confidential and Proprietary Information as to which the Company may assert protections from disclosure under the attorney-client privilege or the attorney work product doctrine, without prior written consent of the Company’s General Counsel or other authorized officer designated by the Company, except to the extent disclosure of such privileged information to a Government Entity is permitted under applicable law, regulation or state attorney conduct rules. Additionally, this Agreement does not interfere with Employee’s right to disclose information regarding Employee’s compensation and benefits to Employee’s spouse, accountants, counsel, financial advisors and lenders with a need to know such information, it being understood that Employee will advise such persons of their confidentiality obligations with respect thereto, and ensure that such persons are bound by obligations of confidentiality reasonably comparable to those imposed in this Agreement.
7
(c) Non-Solicitation. Employee agrees that (i) for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the twelve (12) month anniversary of the date on which Employee’s employment with the Company is terminated for any reason (such period shall be referred to as the “Restricted Period”), the Employee will not, without written consent of the Company directly or indirectly Solicit, recruit, induce or encourage to leave employment or association with the Company or any of its Affiliates (the “Company Group”), or to become employed by, become associated with or consult for, any Person other than the Company Group, or hire, attempt to hire, employ or engage (whether as an employee, consultant, agent, independent contractor, director, equity holder, member, manager, general or limited partner or in any other capacity), any Person who or which is or was employed or engaged by the Company Group at the time of such Solicitation, recruitment, inducement, or encouragement or the one-year period preceding such activity (each such Person, a “Specified Individual”), or (ii) during the Restricted Period, directly or indirectly induce or encourage any customer, client or supplier of the Company Group to cease to engage the services of the Company Group; provided, however, that (A) the foregoing shall not apply with respect to Employee causing to be placed any general advertisements in newspapers and/or other media of general circulation (including advertisements posted on the Internet or social media) that are not targeted specifically at the Company Group or its respective employees or consultants, provided that in no event shall a Specified Individual be hired or otherwise retained as a result of such general advertisement, in each case, with actual knowledge of Employee and (B) during the Employee’s employment, the Employee may not engage in the foregoing activities with respect to any Person who was employed or engaged by the Company Group at any time during the Restricted Period. “Person” means an individual, a partnership, a corporation, an association, a limited liability company, a joint stock company, a trust, a joint venture, an unincorporated organization or a governmental entity or any department, agency or political subdivision thereof. “Solicit” shall mean making any direct or indirect communication of any kind, regardless of who initiates it, or engaging in any conduct that in any way invites, advises, encourages, or requests any Person to take or refrain from taking any action.
(d) Non-Competition.
(i) The Employee has had and/or will have access to and is familiar with the trade secrets related to the Restricted Business (as defined below) and the Company, and with other Confidential and Proprietary Information concerning the Restricted Business and the Company, including all (A) inventions, technology and research and development related to the Restricted Business and the Company, (B) suppliers, distributors, customers, third party payors, vendors, contractors, or other business relations, including, without limitation lists identifying such Persons, (C) products (including products under development) and services related to the Restricted Business and the Company and related costs and pricing structures, (D) accounting and business methods and practices related to the Restricted Business and the Company, and (E) similar and related Confidential and Proprietary Information and trade secrets related to the Restricted Business and the Company. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company would be irreparably damaged if the Employee were to directly or indirectly provide services to any Person competing with the Restricted Business or the Company or engaging in a similar business and that such direct or indirect competition by the Employee would result in a significant loss of goodwill by the Company.
8
(ii) In order to protect the Confidential and Proprietary Information and goodwill of the Company and to maintain the value of the Restricted Business and for such other consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged and agreed, the Employee hereby agrees that during the Restricted Period, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, individually or on behalf of any Person, whether for compensation or otherwise, (A) engage in or assist others in engaging in the Restricted Business anywhere in the world (the “Restricted Area”); (B) have an interest in any Person that engages directly or indirectly in the Restricted Business in any capacity, including as a partner, shareholder, member, lender, employee, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or (C) interfere with the business relationships (whether formed prior to or after the date of this Agreement) between the Company Group and any client, customer, vendor or supplier of the Company Group. However, the acquisition of up to 1% for passive investment purposes of any class of the outstanding equity, debt securities, or other equity interests of any person, corporation, partnership, or other business entity or enterprise shall not, in and of itself, be construed as a breach of this Section 12(d). “Restricted Business” means any business that develops and manufactures virtual reality (“VR”) treadmills.
(e) Nondisparagement. Employee agrees that Employee shall refrain from making, directly or indirectly, any disparaging or defamatory comments concerning the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any of the Company’s or its Affiliates’ respective businesses, products or services, or their respective current or former directors, officers, agents, partners, shareholders or employees, either publicly or privately. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any truthful statement made to comply with law or regulation or in any response to questions or other requests for information by any court, arbitrator, mediator or administrative or legislative body with apparent jurisdiction over the applicable parties shall be deemed not to violate the obligations of Employee under this provision. Nothing in this Section 12(e) shall interfere with Employee’s ability to engage in Protected Activities as defined in Section 12(b) above.
(f) Inventions.
(i) Employee acknowledges and agrees that all patentable inventions that are made or conceived by Employee, solely or jointly with others, during the Term, either while performing Employee’s duties with the Company or on Employee’s own time, but only insofar as such inventions are related to Employee’s work as an employee or other service provider to the Company (the “Inventions”), shall belong exclusively to the Company (or its designee), whether or not patent applications are filed thereon. Employee will keep full and complete written records (the “Records”), in the manner prescribed by the Company of all Inventions and will promptly disclose all Inventions completely and in writing to the Company. The Records shall be the sole and exclusive property of the Company and Employee will surrender them upon the termination of the Term, or upon the Company’s request. Employee hereby assigns to the Company the Inventions and all patents that may be issued thereon in any and all countries, whether prior to, during or subsequent to the Term, together with the right to file, in Employee’s name or in the name of the Company (or its designee), applications for patents and equivalent rights (the “Applications”). Employee will, at any time during and subsequent to the Term, make such applications, sign such papers, take all rightful oaths, and perform all acts as may be requested from time to time by the Company with respect to the Inventions. Employee will also execute assignments to the Company (or its designee), of the Applications, and give the Company and its attorneys all reasonable assistance (including the giving of testimony) to obtain the Inventions for its benefit, all without additional compensation to Employee from the Company but entirely at the Company’s expense.
9
(ii) In addition, the Inventions will be deemed Work for Hire, as such term is defined under the copyright law of the United States, on behalf of the Company, and Employee agrees that the Company will be the sole owner of the Inventions and all underlying rights therein, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity, without any further obligations to Employee. If the Inventions, or any portion thereof, are deemed not to be Work for Hire, Employee hereby irrevocably conveys, transfers and assigns to the Company all rights, in all media now known or hereinafter devised, throughout the universe and in perpetuity, in and to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all of Employee’s right, title and interest in the copyrights (and all renewals, revivals and extensions thereof) to the Inventions, including, without limitation, all rights of any kind or any nature now or hereafter recognized, including, without limitation, the unrestricted right to make modifications, adaptations and revisions to the Inventions, to exploit and allow others to exploit the Inventions and all rights to sue at law or in equity for any infringement or other unauthorized use or conduct in derogation of the Inventions, known or unknown, prior to the date hereof, including, without limitation, the right to receive all proceeds and damages therefrom. In addition, Employee hereby waives any so-called “moral rights” with respect to the Inventions. Employee hereby waives any and all currently existing and future monetary rights in and to the Inventions and all patents that may be issued thereon, including, without limitation, any rights that would otherwise accrue to Employee’s benefit by virtue of Employee being an employee of or other service provider to the Company.
(iii) Subject to Section 12(a) and (d) above, nothing in this Section 12(f) will restrict Employee from use of concepts, ideas or methods that are generally known by others in the industry, nor shall Employee be restricted from using the general know-how or experience obtained during employment with the Company.
(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section 12(f), “Inventions” shall not include the patents and other assets set forth on Exhibit B hereto. Employee hereby represents and warrants that the patents and other assets owned by Employee set forth on Exhibit B are not related in any way to the Company Group, except as stated therein.
(g) Duty of Loyalty. Employee acknowledges and agrees that during the Term, Employee owes a fiduciary duty of loyalty, fidelity and allegiance to act in the best interests of the Company and to do no act that would materially injure the business, interests or reputation of the Company or any member of the Company Group. In keeping with these duties, during the Term, Employee shall make full disclosure to the Company of all business opportunities pertaining to the Company’s business and shall not appropriate for Employee’s own benefit business opportunities concerning the subject matter of the fiduciary relationship.
10
(h) Relief. The parties hereto further agree that Employee’s expertise in the business of the Company is of a special, unique, unusual, extraordinary, and intellectual character, which gives Employee’s expertise a peculiar value. Consequently, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company Group will suffer irreparable harm from a breach of Section 12 by Employee and that money damages or the remedy at law available to the Company Group for breach of Employee’s obligations under this Agreement may be inadequate and will not be a reasonable or adequate remedy for any such breach. Therefore, in addition to any other rights or remedies that the Company Group may have at law or in equity, in the event of a breach or threatened breach of this Agreement, the Company Group shall be entitled to (without limitation) specific performance and/or temporary and permanent injunctive relief in any proceeding that may be brought to enforce any provision of this Agreement, injunctive or other equitable relief (including a restraining order) from a court of competent jurisdiction in order to enforce, or prevent any violations of, the provisions hereof, in each case, without (i) the necessity of proof of actual damage or adequacy of remedies at law, (ii) being required to post bond or other security and (iii) an award of their reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred in enforcing their rights under this Agreement. Any and all remedies herein expressly conferred upon a party will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any other remedy conferred hereby, or by applicable law or equity upon such party, and the exercise by a party of any one remedy will not preclude the exercise of any other remedy. Additionally, in the event of a breach or threatened breach by Employee of Section 12, in addition to all other available legal and equitable rights and remedies, the Company shall have the right to cease making payments, if any, being made pursuant to Section 8(a) hereunder.
(i) Reasonableness. Employee acknowledges that due to the proprietary nature of the business of the Company, Employee’s obligations under this Agreement are reasonable (including as to duration, geographical area and scope) in light of the circumstances as they exist on the date of this Agreement and in the context of the injuries likely to be sustained by the Company Group if Employee were to violate such obligations and are necessary to ensure the preservation, protection and continuity of such business, Confidential and Proprietary Information, trade secrets and goodwill of the Company Group. Employee further acknowledges that this Agreement is made in consideration of and is adequately supported by the agreement of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement, which Employee acknowledges constitutes good, valuable and sufficient consideration. Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee has either reviewed the provisions of this Agreement with Employee’s legal counsel or had the opportunity to do so and willingly declined that opportunity.
(j) Tolling. In the event of any violation of the provisions of this Section 12, Employee acknowledges and agrees that the post-termination restrictions contained in this Section 12 shall be extended by a period of time equal to the period of such violation, it being the intention of the parties hereto that the running of the applicable post-termination restriction period shall be tolled during any period of such violation.
11
13. Cooperation. From and after Employee’s termination of employment, Employee shall provide Employee’s reasonable cooperation in connection with any action or proceeding (or any appeal from any action or proceeding) which relates to events occurring during Employee’s employment hereunder, and assist and advise the Company in any investigation which may be performed by the Company, provided that the Company shall reimburse Employee for Employee’s reasonable costs and expenses and such cooperation shall not unreasonably burden Employee or unreasonably interfere with any subsequent employment that Employee may undertake. In the event Employee is subpoenaed by any person or entity (including, but not limited to, any Government Entity) to give testimony or provide documents (in a deposition, court proceeding, or otherwise), that in any way relates to Employee’s employment by the Company, Employee will give prompt notice of such subpoena to the Company and will make no disclosure until the Company has had a reasonable opportunity to contest the right of the requesting person or entity to such disclosure. Nothing in this Section 13 shall limit Employee’s right to engage in Protected Activities as provided in Section 12(b) above.
14. Clawback. To the extent required by applicable law or regulation, any applicable stock exchange listing standards or any clawback policy adopted by the Company pursuant to any such law, regulation or stock exchange listing standards, or to comport with good corporate governance practices, the Annual Bonus and any other incentive compensation granted to Employee (whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise) shall be subject to the provisions of any applicable clawback policies or procedures, which may provide for forfeiture and/or recoupment of such amounts paid or payable under this Agreement or otherwise.
15. Miscellaneous.
(a) All notices hereunder, to be effective, shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given and effective: (i) when delivered in person; (ii) when sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service (with written confirmation of delivery); (iii) when sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (iv) when transmitted by email, provided that (A) the email is sent to the recipient’s email address listed below (or as updated by written notice), and (B) no automated message is received by the sender indicating that the email was undeliverable or not successfully sent. Any such notice shall be delivered or addressed to the parties at the following addresses (or to such other address or email address as either party may designate by notice to the other in accordance with this Section 15):
If to the Company:
Virtuix
Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430, Austin TX 78758
Attention: Chief Executive Officer
with copies (which shall not constitute notice) to:
Winston & Strawn LLP
800
Capitol Street, Suite 2400
Houston, TX 77002
Attention:
Michael Blankenship
Email: mblankenship@winston.com
If to Employee:
At Employee’s home address as then shown in the Company’s personnel records, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith, except that notices of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.
12
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns. This Agreement is personal to the Employee and shall not be assigned by the Employee. Any purported assignment by the Employee shall be null and void from the initial date of the purported assignment. The Company may assign this Agreement to any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business or assets of the Company. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, each member of the Company Group are intended third party beneficiaries of the covenants set forth in Section 12 of this Agreement, and the parties agree that each member of the Company Group shall have the right to enforce such covenants.
(c) This Agreement, including that certain Proprietary Information and Inventions Assignment Agreement, dated as of August 12, 2013 between you and the Company, contains the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all other agreements, term sheets, offer letters, and drafts thereof, oral or written, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, excluding any restrictive covenants which may remain in force. No promises, statements, understandings, representations or warranties of any kind, whether oral or in writing, express or implied, have been made to Employee by any person or entity to induce Employee to enter into this Agreement other than the express terms set forth herein, and Employee is not relying upon any promises, statements, understandings, representations, or warranties other than those expressly set forth in this Agreement.
(d) No change or modification of this Agreement shall be valid unless the same shall be in writing and signed by all of the parties hereto. No waiver of any provisions of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party charged with waiver. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed, or shall constitute, a waiver of any other provision, whether or not similar, nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver, unless so provided in the waiver.
(e) If any provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall, for any reason, be held invalid or unenforceable, such provisions (or portions thereof) shall be ineffective only to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement (or portions thereof) shall nevertheless be valid, enforceable and of full force and effect. If any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable, then the parties hereto agree that such invalid or unenforceable restriction shall be deemed modified so that it shall be valid and enforceable to the greatest extent permissible under law, and if such restriction cannot be modified so as to make it enforceable or valid, such finding shall not affect the enforceability or validity of any of the other restrictions contained herein.
13
(f) Employee expressly understands and agrees that although the parties hereto consider the provisions, agreements, obligations and undertakings contained in this Agreement (including the restrictions in Section 12) to be reasonable, if a final judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that any provision of this Agreement constitutes an unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable restriction against Employee, such provision shall be rendered void only to the extent that such final judicial determination finds the provision to be unreasonable or otherwise unenforceable with respect to Employee. In this regard, Employee hereby agrees that any court of competent jurisdiction construing this Agreement shall be empowered to reform any portion of the Restricted Area, any prohibited business activity or any time period in order to make the covenants herein binding and enforceable with respect to Employee, and to apply the provisions of this Agreement and to enforce against Employee the remaining portion of the Restricted Area, the remaining business activities, and the remaining time period as such court of competent jurisdiction determines to be reasonable and enforceable. All of the covenants contained in this Agreement shall be construed as an agreement independent of any other provisions in this Agreement, and the existence of any claim or cause of action Employee may have against the Company Group, shall not constitute a defense to the enforcement by the Company Group of such covenants. Moreover, if any provision of this Agreement were determined not to be specifically enforceable, the Company Group shall nevertheless be entitled to seek monetary damages as a result of the breach of such provision by Employee.
(g) This Agreement may be executed in two or more identical counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by an e-mail which contains a portable document format (.pdf) file of an executed signature page, such signature page shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such signature page were an original thereof.
(h) The section or paragraph headings or titles herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be deemed a part of this Agreement. The parties have jointly participated in the drafting of this Agreement, and the rule of construction that a contract shall be construed against the drafter shall not be applied. The terms “including,” “includes,” “include” and words of like import shall be construed broadly as if followed by the words “without limitation.” The terms “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereof” and words of like import refer to this entire Agreement instead of just the provision in which they are found.
(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:
(i) The parties agree that this Agreement shall be interpreted to comply with or be exempt from Section 409A of the Code and the regulations and authoritative guidance promulgated thereunder to the extent applicable (collectively “Section 409A”), and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements for avoiding taxes or penalties under Section 409A. In no event whatsoever will the Company, any of its Affiliates, or any of their respective directors, officers, agents, attorneys, employees, Employees, shareholders, investors, members, managers, trustees, fiduciaries, representatives, principals, accountants, insurers, successors or assigns be liable for any additional tax, interest or penalties that may be imposed on Employee under Section 409A or any damages for failing to comply with Section 409A.
14
(ii) A termination of employment shall not be deemed to have occurred for purposes of any provision of this Agreement providing for the payment of any amounts or benefits considered “nonqualified deferred compensation” under Section 409A upon or following a termination of employment unless such termination is also a “separation from service” within the meaning of Section 409A, and for purposes of any such provision of this Agreement, references to a “resignation,” “termination,” “terminate,” “termination of employment” or like terms shall mean separation from service. If any payment, compensation or other benefit provided to the Employee in connection with the termination of Employee’s employment is determined, in whole or in part, to constitute “nonqualified deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A and the Employee is a specified employee as defined in Section 409A(2)(B)(i) of the Code, no part of such payments shall be paid before the day that is six (6) months plus one (1) day after the date of termination or, if earlier, ten (10) business days following the Employee’s death (the “New Payment Date”). The aggregate of any payments that otherwise would have been paid to the Employee during the period between the date of termination and the New Payment Date shall be paid to the Employee in a lump sum on such New Payment Date. Thereafter, any payments that remain outstanding as of the day immediately following the New Payment Date shall be paid without delay over the time period originally scheduled, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
(iii) All reimbursements for costs and expenses under this Agreement shall be paid in accordance with the Company’s expense reimbursement policies and procedures, but in no event later than the end of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Employee incurs such expense. With regard to any provision herein that provides for reimbursement of costs and expenses or in-kind benefits, except as permitted by Section 409A, (A) the right to reimbursement or in-kind benefits shall not be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit, and (B) the amount of expenses eligible for reimbursements or in-kind benefits provided during any taxable year shall not affect the expenses eligible for reimbursement or in-kind benefits to be provided in any other taxable year.
(iv) If under this Agreement, an amount is paid in two or more installments, for purposes of Section 409A, each installment shall be treated as a separate payment. Whenever a payment under this Agreement specifies a payment period with reference to a number of days (e.g., “payment shall be made within thirty (30) days following the date of termination”), the actual date of payment within the specified period shall be within the sole discretion of the Company.
(j) This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule. Employee expressly consents to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction and venue of the state and federal courts located in Delaware for any proceeding relating to or arising in any way from this Agreement.
15
(k) AS A SPECIFICALLY BARGAINED INDUCEMENT FOR EACH OF THE PARTIES TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT (EACH PARTY HAVING HAD OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT COUNSEL), EACH PARTY EXPRESSLY WAIVES THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW IN ANY PROCEEDING RELATING TO OR ARISING IN ANY WAY FROM THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED IN THIS AGREEMENT.
(l) Employee hereby represents and warrants to the Company that (i) the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement by Employee do not and shall not conflict with, breach, violate or cause a default under any contract, agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which Employee is a party or by which Employee is bound, (ii) Employee is not a party to or bound by any employment agreement, noncompete agreement or confidentiality agreement with any other person or entity, and (iii) upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, this Agreement shall be the valid and binding obligation of Employee on and after the Effective Date, enforceable in accordance with its terms. Employee hereby acknowledges and represents that Employee has had the opportunity to consult with independent legal counsel or other advisor of Employee’s choice and has done so regarding Employee’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, that Employee is entering into this Agreement knowingly, voluntarily, and of Employee’s own free will, that Employee is relying on Employee’s own judgment in doing so, and that Employee fully understands the terms and conditions contained herein.
(m) The Company shall have the right to withhold from any amount payable hereunder any Federal, state and local taxes in order for the Company to satisfy any withholding tax obligation it may have under any applicable law or regulation.
(n) The covenants and obligations of the Company and Employee under Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13 and 15 hereof, shall continue and survive termination of Employee’s employment and any termination of this Agreement.
[signature page follows]
16
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Name: | Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | |
| EMPLOYEE | ||
| /s/ David Allan | ||
| David Allan | ||
17
EXHIBIT A
FIRST YEAR ANNUAL BONUS
For the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, Employee shall be eligible to receive an Annual Bonus (the “First Year Annual Bonus”) based on the achievement of performance objectives established by the Board in consultation with Employee, as follows:
| 1. | Direct Listing Bonus. A cash bonus of $50,000 shall be earned upon the consummation of the Company’s direct listing, payable within thirty (30) days following the first day of trading of the Company’s common stock on a national securities exchange. | |
| 2. | Revenue Performance Bonus. A cash bonus shall be earned based on the Company’s achievement of revenue for the fiscal year ending March 31, 2026, with the following payout levels: |
| o | If the Company achieves $3.5 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $35,000. | |
| o | If the Company achieves $4.0 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $70,000. | |
| o | If the Company achieves $4.5 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $105,000. | |
| o | If the Company achieves $5.0 million in revenue, Employee shall earn a bonus of $140,000. |
Except as otherwise provided herein, Employee must remain employed through the date of payment to be eligible to receive any portion of the First Year Annual Bonus.
18
EXHIBIT B
EXCLUDED INVENTIONS
| I have no inventions. | ||
| The following is a complete list of all Inventions relative to the subject matter of my employment with the Company that have been created by me, alone or jointly with others, prior to the Effective Date, which might relate to the Company Group’s present business: | ||
| Additional sheets attached. |
| Employee Signature: | Date: |
19
Exhibit 10.23
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT
THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into effective as of December [__], 2025 by and between Virtuix Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and __________ (“Indemnitee”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, the Company wishes to provide this Agreement to the Indemnitee as an inducement to serve and to continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company;
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:
Section 1. Services to the Company. Indemnitee agrees, or has agreed, to serve as a director or officer of the Company. This Agreement shall not impose any independent obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company. This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company (or any other entity) and Indemnitee. The foregoing notwithstanding, this Agreement shall continue in force after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director or officer of the Company.
Section 2. Definitions.
As used in this Agreement:
(a) “Corporate Status” means the status of a person as a current or former director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise that such person is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company. As a clarification and without limiting the circumstances in which Indemnitee may be serving at the request of the Company, service by Indemnitee shall be deemed to be at the request of the Company if Indemnitee serves or served as a director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (i) of which a majority of the voting power or equity interest is or was owned directly or indirectly by the Company at the time of Indemnitee’s service or (ii) the management of which is or was controlled directly or indirectly by the Company at the time of Indemnitee’s service.
(b) “Enforcement Expenses” means all reasonable expenses incurred in enforcing rights to indemnification or advancements under this Agreement, including all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with an action to enforce indemnification or advancement rights, or an appeal from such action, including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent.
(c) “Expenses” shall include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding or an appeal resulting from a Proceeding, including, without limitation, the premium, security for and other costs relating to any cost bond, supersedeas bond or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.
(d) “Independent Counsel” means a law firm or lawyer experienced in matters of Delaware corporate law and indemnification, selected by the Indemnitee, subject to approval by the Company, whose approval shall not be unreasonably withheld (and further, Company pre-approves the law firms listed in Footnote 1 hereto as acceptable to the Company1), and independent under DGCL §145, and has no disqualifying conflict under applicable professional rules. The Company agrees to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of the Independent Counsel and to fully indemnify such counsel against any and all expenses, claims, liabilities and damages arising out of or relating to this Agreement or its engagement pursuant hereto.
(e) “Proceeding” means any action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened in writing, or completed proceeding, whether brought in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or other nature, in which Indemnitee was, is or will be involved as a party or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or is or was serving in such capacity at the request of the Company, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement; provided, however, that the term “Proceeding” shall not include any judicial proceeding or arbitration, or part thereof, initiated by Indemnitee to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement as provided for in Section 10 of this Agreement.
Section 3. Indemnification. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3 if Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, provided that Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. Pursuant to this Section 3, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on his behalf in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, provided, however, that if the Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement arose out of any action or inaction of Indemnitee, indemnification shall only be available if the action or inaction did not constitute fraud or intentional misconduct by Indemnitee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in respect of any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company or any stockholder to procure a judgment in his, her or its favor, no indemnification shall be made (i) in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated to be liable to the Company or any stockholder in the performance of Indemnitee’s duty to the Company and its stockholders, unless and only to the extent that the court in which such Proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for expenses and then only to the extent that the court shall determine, (ii) of amounts paid in settling or otherwise disposing of a pending Proceeding without court approval or (iii) of expenses incurred in defending a pending Proceeding which is settled or otherwise disposed of without court approval. Indemnitee shall not enter into any settlement in connection with a Proceeding without ten (10) days’ prior notice to the Company.
| 1 | Baker Botts, Brownstein Hyatt Farber Schreck, Debevoise & Plimpton, Gibson Dunn, Proskauer Rose, Rogers & Wells, Sidley Austin, Thompson Hine |
- 2 -
Section 4. Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful. Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement and except as provided in Section 6, to the extent that Indemnitee is a party to or a participant in and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or her or on his or her behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Section 4 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.
Section 5. Indemnification For Expenses of a Witness. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of his or her Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, he shall be indemnified against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by him or on his behalf in connection therewith, to the fullest extent permitted by law.
Section 6. Exclusions. Notwithstanding any provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement:
(a) to make any indemnity if the Proceeding was one by or in the right of the Company and Indemnitee is finally adjudged to be liable to the Company, except to the extent permitted under Section 3(i);
(b) to make any indemnity if Indemnitee is finally adjudged to be liable on the basis that personal benefit was improperly received in any Proceeding charging improper personal benefit to Indemnitee, whether or not involving action in the Indemnitee’s Corporate Status;
(c) to provide indemnification or advance of Expenses hereunder if the Proceeding was brought by Indemnitee, unless: (i) it is a judicial proceeding or arbitration brought to enforce Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement, and then only to the extent in accordance with and as authorized by Section 10 of this Agreement, or (ii) the Corporate charter or bylaws, a resolution of the stockholders of the Company or of the Board or an agreement approved by the Board to which the Company is a party expressly provide otherwise;
- 3 -
(d) to make any indemnity for amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder (or for which advancement is provided hereunder) if and to the extent that Indemnitee has otherwise actually received such amounts under any insurance policy, contract, agreement or otherwise;
(e) to make any indemnity for an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or similar provisions of state statutory law or common law; or
(f) to make any indemnity or advancement that is prohibited by applicable law.
Section 7. Advances of Expenses. If, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee is made a party to any Proceeding, the Company shall, without requiring a preliminary determination of Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification hereunder, advance all reasonable Expenses incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such statement or statements shall reasonably evidence the Expenses incurred by Indemnitee and shall include or be preceded or accompanied by a written undertaking by Indemnitee to repay any amounts so advanced in the event of a final non-appealable determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such Expenses by the Company as provided by this Agreement or otherwise. Execution and delivery to the Company of this Agreement by Indemnitee shall constitute an undertaking by Indemnitee to reimburse the portion of any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee relating to claims, issues or matters in the Proceeding as to which there shall be a final non-appealable determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification as provided by this Agreement or otherwise. To the extent that Expenses advanced to Indemnitee do not relate to a specific claim, issue or matter in the Proceeding, such Expenses shall be allocated on a reasonable and proportionate basis. Any advancement of Expenses under this Section 7 may be authorized and paid by any officer of the Company. The undertaking pursuant to this Section 7 shall be an unlimited general obligation by or on behalf of Indemnitee and shall be accepted without reference to Indemnitee’s financial ability to repay such advanced Expenses and without any requirement to post security therefor.
Section 8. Obtaining Indemnification.
(a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request therefor. Such request shall reasonably evidence the amounts requested by Indemnitee and shall include such documentation and information as is reasonably available to Indemnitee. The officer of the Company receiving any such request from Indemnitee shall, promptly upon receipt of such a request for indemnification, advise the Board in writing that Indemnitee has requested indemnification. Upon receipt by the Company of a written request for indemnification, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, except to the extent limited or prohibited by Section 3 or Section 6, and any such indemnification shall be paid within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of the written request.
- 4 -
(b) In the event the Company claims that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under Section 3 because any action or inaction of Indemnitee constituted fraud or intentional misconduct, the entitlement of Indemnitee to indemnification shall be determined by Independent Counsel in a written opinion to the Board, a copy of which shall be delivered to Indemnitee, unless otherwise required by the DGCL. Independent Counsel shall be selected by Indemnitee, subject to Section 8(d). Any determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification shall be made within sixty (60) days after receipt by the Company of Indemnitee’s written request for indemnification and, unless a determination is made by Independent Counsel that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any indemnification shall be paid in full by the Company, not later than thirty (30) days after such determination. If Independent Counsel shall determine that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification for part (but not all) of the application for indemnification, Independent Counsel shall reasonably prorate any partial indemnification among the claims, issues or matters at issue at the time of the determination.
(c) Indemnitee shall cooperate with the Independent Counsel making such determination with respect to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification, including providing to such counsel, upon reasonable advance request, any documentation or information which is not privileged or otherwise protected from disclosure and which is reasonably available to Indemnitee and reasonably necessary to such determination. Any costs or expenses (including attorneys’ fees and disbursements) incurred by Indemnitee in so cooperating with the Independent Counsel shall be borne by the Company (irrespective of the determination as to Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification) and the Company hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold Indemnitee harmless therefrom. Upon the due commencement of any judicial proceeding or arbitration pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement, Independent Counsel shall be discharged and relieved of any further responsibility in such capacity (subject to the applicable standards of professional conduct then prevailing).
(d) The Company may, within ten (10) days after written notice of Indemnitee’s selection of Independent Counsel, deliver to the Company a written objection to such selection; provided, however, that such objection may be asserted only on the ground that the Independent Counsel so selected does not meet the requirements of “Independent Counsel” as defined in Section 2 of this Agreement, and the objection shall set forth with particularity the factual basis of such assertion. Absent a proper and timely objection, the person so selected shall act as Independent Counsel. If such written objection is so made and substantiated, the Independent Counsel so selected may not serve as Independent Counsel unless and until such objection is withdrawn or a court has determined that such objection is without merit. If, within twenty (20) days after the later of (i) submission by Indemnitee of a written request for indemnification pursuant to Section 8(a), and (ii) the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein, no Independent Counsel shall have been selected without objection, Indemnitee or the Company may petition the court designated in Section 18 for resolution of any objection which shall have been made to the selection of Independent Counsel and/or for the appointment as Independent Counsel of a person selected by the court or by such other person as the court shall designate. The person with respect to whom all objections are so resolved or the person so appointed shall act as Independent Counsel under Section 8(b) hereof.
Section 9. Presumptions and Effect of Certain Proceedings.
(a) In connection with any request for indemnification hereunder, it shall be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement if Indemnitee has submitted a request for indemnification in accordance with Section 8 of this Agreement, and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making of any determination contrary to that presumption.
- 5 -
(b) The termination of any Proceeding or of any claim, issue or matter therein, by judgment, order, settlement or conviction, or upon a plea of guilty, nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not (except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement) of itself adversely affect the right of Indemnitee to indemnification or create a presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.
(c) The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any other director, officer, employee or agent of the Company or any other director, trustee, officer, partner, manager, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other foreign or domestic corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any other right to indemnification under this Agreement.
Section 10. Remedies of Indemnitee.
(a) Subject to Section 10(e), in the event that (i) payment of indemnification or advancement of Expenses is not made, or is not timely made, pursuant to this Agreement, or (ii) a determination is made pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to an adjudication by the court designated in Section 18 of his or her entitlement to such indemnification or advancement. Alternatively, Indemnitee, at his or her option, may seek an award in arbitration to be conducted by a single arbitrator pursuant to the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association. Indemnitee shall commence such proceeding seeking an adjudication or an award in arbitration within 180 days following the date on which Indemnitee first has the right to commence such proceeding pursuant to this Section 10(a).
(b) In the event that a determination shall have been made pursuant to Section 8(b) of this Agreement that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification, any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 shall be conducted in all respects as a de novo trial, or arbitration, on the merits and Indemnitee shall not be prejudiced by reason of that adverse determination. In any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10, the Company shall have the burden of proving Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification or advancement, as the case may be.
(c) The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any judicial proceeding or arbitration commenced pursuant to this Section 10 that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court or before any such arbitrator that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.
(d) The Company shall advance, if requested by Indemnitee, within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a written request therefor, to the extent not prohibited by law, any and all Enforcement Expenses to Indemnitee, which are incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action or arbitration brought by Indemnitee for indemnification or advancement from the Company under this Agreement or under any directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, subject to an undertaking to repay if it is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication that Indemnitee did not prevail. The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for Enforcement Expenses to the extent Indemnitee prevails in such action or arbitration.
- 6 -
(e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, no determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification under this Agreement shall be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding, including any appeal therein.
Section 11. Defense of the Underlying Proceeding.
(a) Indemnitee shall notify the Company promptly in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, request or other document relating to any Proceeding which may result in the right to indemnification or the advance of Expenses hereunder and shall include with such notice a description of the nature of the Proceeding and a summary of the facts underlying the Proceeding. The failure to give any such notice shall not disqualify Indemnitee from the right, or otherwise affect in any manner any right of Indemnitee, to indemnification or the advance of Expenses under this Agreement.
(b) Subject to the provisions of the last sentence of this Section 11(b) and of Section 11(c) below, the Company shall have the right to assume the defense of any Proceeding which may give rise to indemnification or advancement hereunder, with legal counsel chosen by Indemnitee (and other defendants in the same Proceeding) and subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company shall notify Indemnitee of any such decision to defend within fifteen (15) calendar days following receipt of notice of any such Proceeding under Section 11(a) above. The Company shall not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, consent to the entry of any judgment against Indemnitee or enter into any settlement or compromise which (i) includes an admission of fault of Indemnitee, (ii) does not include, as an unconditional term thereof, the full release of Indemnitee from all liability in respect of such Proceeding, which release shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Indemnitee or (iii) would impose any Expense, judgment, fine, penalty or limitation on Indemnitee. This Section 11(b) shall not apply to a Proceeding brought by or on behalf of the Company or a judicial proceeding or arbitration brought by Indemnitee under Section 10 of this Agreement.
(c) Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 11(b) above, if in a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, (i) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel chosen by Indemnitee and approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that Indemnitee may have separate defenses or counterclaims to assert with respect to any issue which may not be consistent with other defendants in such Proceeding, (ii) Indemnitee reasonably concludes, based upon an opinion of counsel chosen by Indemnitee and approved by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, that an actual or apparent conflict of interest or potential conflict of interest exists between Indemnitee and the Company, or (iii) if the Company fails to assume the defense of such Proceeding in a timely manner, Indemnitee shall be entitled to be represented by separate legal counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company. In addition, if the Company fails to comply with any of its obligations under this Agreement or in the event that the Company or any other person takes any action to declare this Agreement void or unenforceable, or institutes any Proceeding to deny or to recover from Indemnitee the benefits intended to be provided to Indemnitee hereunder, Indemnitee shall have the right to retain counsel of Indemnitee’s choice, subject to the prior approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, at the expense of the Company (subject to Section 10(e) of this Agreement), to represent Indemnitee in connection with any such matter.
- 7 -
Section 12. Non-Exclusivity; Survival of Rights; Insurance; Subrogation.
(a) The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement of Expenses as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, the corporate charter or bylaws, any agreement, any resolution of stockholders of the Company or the Board or otherwise. In the event of a conflict between this Agreement and the Corporate charter or bylaws, the agreement (or provision thereof) granting Indemnitee the greatest legally enforceable rights shall control. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in his or her Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.
(b) The Company will use its reasonable best efforts to acquire and maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, on terms and conditions deemed appropriate by the Board, with the advice of counsel, covering Indemnitee or any claim made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status and covering the Company for any indemnification or advancement made by the Company to Indemnitee for any claims made against Indemnitee by reason of his or her Corporate Status. Without in any way limiting any other obligation under this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for any payment by Indemnitee arising out of the amount of any deductible or retention and the amount of any excess of the aggregate of all judgments, penalties, fines, settlements and Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding over the coverage of any insurance referred to in the previous sentence. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company or Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and the Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights or obligations of the Company under any such insurance policies. If, at the time the Company receives notice from any source of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee is a party or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) the Company has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. All rights and obligations under this Agreement may be implemented in good faith coordination with the Company’s D&O insurers, provided in so doing said actions shall not limit Indemnitee’s rights herein.
(c) In the event of any payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.
- 8 -
Section 13. Continuation of Rights. All agreements and obligations of the Company contained herein shall continue during the period Indemnitee is serving in his or her Corporate Status and shall continue thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claims based upon or by reason of his or her Corporate Status. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his or her heirs, executors and administrators. The Company shall require and cause any successor, and any direct or indirect parent of any successor, whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all, substantially all or a substantial part, of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.
Section 14. Severability. If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby and shall remain enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each portion of any section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.
Section 15. Reliance; Prior Agreements.
(a) The Company expressly confirms and agrees that it has entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on it hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledges that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.
(b) This Agreement supersedes and replaces any prior indemnification agreements entered into by and between the Company and Indemnitee and any such prior agreements shall be terminated upon the effective date of this Agreement; provided, however, that this Agreement is a supplement to and in furtherance of the Corporate charter or bylaws and applicable law, and shall not be deemed a substitute therefor, nor to diminish or abrogate any rights of Indemnitee thereunder.
Section 16. Modification and Waiver. No supplement, modification or amendment, or waiver of any provision, of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by the parties thereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement nor shall any waiver constitute a continuing waiver.
- 9 -
Section 17. Notices. Indemnitee agrees promptly to notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement as provided hereunder. The failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (a) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, (b) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed, (c) mailed by reputable overnight courier and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed or (d) sent by electronic transmission (e-mail or facsimile), with receipt of confirmation of delivery of electronic transmission:
(a) If to Indemnitee, at such address as Indemnitee shall provide to the Company.
(b) If to the Company to:
Virtuix Holdings, Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
Attention: Jan Goetgeluk
E-mail: jan@virtuix.com
With a copy to:
Winston & Strawn LLP
800 Capitol St., Suite 2400
Houston, TX 77002
Attention: Michael Blankenship, Esq.
E-mail: mblankenship@winston.com
or to any other address as may have been furnished to Indemnitee by the Company.
Section 18. Applicable Law and Consent to Jurisdiction. This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflict of laws rules. Except with respect to any arbitration commenced by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10(a) of this Agreement, the Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “Chancery Court”), and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) consent to service of process at the address set forth in Section 17 of this Agreement with the same legal force and validity as if served upon such party personally within the State of Delaware, (iv) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Chancery Court and (v) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Chancery Court has been brought in an improper or inconvenient forum.
Section 19. Identical Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.
Section 20. Headings. The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.
[Signature Page Follows]
- 10 -
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Agreement to be signed as of the day and year first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | |||
| By: | |||
| Name: | Jan Goetgeluk | ||
| Title: | Chief Executive Officer | ||
| INDEMNITEE: | ||
[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]
Exhibit 10.24
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan
Adopted
by the Board of Directors: April 7, 2014
Approved by the Stockholders: April 7, 2014
| 1. | General. |
(a) Eligible Award Recipients. The persons eligible to receive Awards are Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(b) Available Awards. The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonqualified Stock Options, and (iii) Restricted Stock Awards.
(c) Purpose. The Company, by means of the Plan, seeks to secure and retain the services of the group of persons eligible to receive Awards as set forth in Section 1(a), to provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and to provide a means by which such eligible recipients may be given an opportunity to benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock through the granting of Awards.
| 2. | Administration. |
(a) Administration by Board. The Board shall administer the Plan unless and until the Board delegates administration of the Plan to a Committee, as provided in Section 2(c).
(b) Powers of Board. The Board shall have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:
(i) To determine from time to time (A) which of the persons eligible under the Plan shall be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award shall be granted; (C) what type or combination of types of Award shall be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award granted (which need not be identical), including the time or times when a person shall be permitted to receive cash or Common Stock pursuant to an Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock with respect to which an Award shall be granted to each such person; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to an Award.
(ii) To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan. The Board, in the exercise of this power, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement, in a manner and to the extent it shall deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.
(iii) To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.
(iv) To accelerate the time at which an Award may first be exercised or the time during which an Award or any part thereof will vest in accordance with the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions in the Award stating the time at which it may first be exercised or the time during which it will vest.
(v) To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.
(vi) To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or to bring the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance therewith, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law. However, except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, to the extent required by applicable law, stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan that either (i) materially increases the number of shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (ii) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (iii) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan or materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (iv) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (v) expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as provided above, rights under any Award granted before amendment of the Plan shall not be impaired by any amendment of the Plan unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing.
(vii) To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Code regarding Incentive Stock Options.
(viii) To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided however, that, the rights under any Award shall not be impaired by any such amendment unless (i) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (ii) such Participant consents in writing. Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, and without the affected Participant’s consent, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards if necessary to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option or to bring the Award into compliance with Section 409A of the Code and the related guidance thereunder.
(ix) Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.
2
(x) To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States.
(xi) To effect, at any time and from time to time, with the consent of any adversely affected Optionholder, (1) the reduction of the exercise price of any outstanding Option under the Plan, (2) the cancellation of any outstanding Option under the Plan and the grant in substitution therefor of (A) a new Option under the Plan or another equity plan of the Company covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock, (B) Restricted Stock, (E) cash and/or (C) other valuable consideration (as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion), or (3) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles; provided, however, that no such reduction or cancellation may be effected if it is determined, in the Company’s sole discretion, that such reduction or cancellation would result in any such outstanding Option becoming subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.
(c) Delegation to Committee. The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees. If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee shall have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board shall thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee), subject, however, to such resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, as may be adopted from time to time by the Board. The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.
(d) Delegation to an Officer. The Board may delegate to one or more Officers of the Company the authority to do one or both of the following: (i) designate Officers and Employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to be recipients of Options (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Awards) and the terms thereof, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Awards granted to such Officers and Employees; provided, however, that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation shall specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant an Award to himself or herself. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may not delegate authority to an Officer to determine the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock pursuant to Section 13(u) below.
(e) Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith shall not be subject to review by any person and shall be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.
| 3. | Shares Subject to the Plan. |
(a) Share Reserve. Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company that may be issued pursuant to Awards after the Effective Date shall not exceed Two Million (2,000,000) shares. For clarity, the limitation in this Section 3(a) is a limitation in the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).
3
(b) Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve. If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to an Award are forfeited back to the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares which are forfeited shall revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan. Also, any shares reacquired by the Company pursuant to Section 8(g) or as consideration for the exercise of an Option shall again become available for issuance under the Plan. Furthermore, if an Award (i) expires or otherwise terminates without having been exercised in full or (ii) is settled in cash (i.e., the holder of the Award receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement shall not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 3(b), any such shares shall not be subsequently issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options.
(c) Incentive Stock Option Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 3(c), subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options shall be Two Million (2,000,000) shares of Common Stock.
(d) Source of Shares. The stock issuable under the Plan shall be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market.
| 4. | Eligibility. |
(a) Eligibility for Specific Awards. Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and (f) of the Code). Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants.
(b) Ten Percent Stockholders. A Ten Percent Stockholder shall not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date of grant.
(c) Consultants. A Consultant shall not be eligible for the grant of an Award if, at the time of grant, either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such Consultant is not exempt under Rule 701 of the Securities Act (“Rule 701”) because of the nature of the services that the Consultant is providing to the Company, because the Consultant is not a natural person, or because of any other provision of Rule 701, unless the Company determines that such grant need not comply with the requirements of Rule 701 and will satisfy another exemption under the Securities Act as well as comply with the securities laws of all other relevant jurisdictions.
4
| 5. | Option Provisions. |
Each Option shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. All Options shall be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonqualified Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates shall be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option. If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, then the Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options need not be identical; provided, however, that each Option Agreement shall include (through incorporation of provisions hereof by reference in the Option Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(a) Term. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Option Agreement.
(b) Exercise Price. Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Incentive Stock Options granted to Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise price of each Option shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option on the date the Option is granted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be granted with an exercise price lower than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code (whether or not such options are Incentive Stock Options).
(c) Consideration. The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below. The Board shall have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to utilize a particular method of payment. The permitted methods of payment are as follows:
(i) by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;
(ii) pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;
(iii) by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;
(iv) by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however, that the Company shall accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued; provided, further, that shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations;
5
(v) according to a deferred payment or similar arrangement with the Optionholder; provided, however, that interest shall compound at least annually and shall be charged at the minimum rate of interest necessary to avoid (A) the imputation of interest income to the Company and compensation income to the Optionholder under any applicable provisions of the Code, and (B) the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes; or
(vi) in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board.
(d) Transferability of Options. The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options as the Board shall determine. In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options shall apply:
(i) Restrictions on Transfer. An Option shall not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of the Optionholder only by the Optionholder; provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, permit transfer of the Option to such extent as permitted by Rule 701 of the Securities Act at the time of the grant of the Option and in a manner consistent with applicable tax and securities laws upon the Optionholder’s request.
(ii) Domestic Relations Orders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may be transferred pursuant to a domestic relations order, provided, however, that an Incentive Stock Option may be deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option as a result of such transfer.
(iii) Beneficiary Designation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Optionholder may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form provided by or otherwise satisfactory to the Company, designate a third party who, in the event of the death of the Optionholder, shall thereafter be the beneficiary of an Option with the right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.
(e) Vesting of Options Generally. The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option may vest and therefore become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal. The Option may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of performance goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate. The vesting provisions of individual Options may vary. The provisions of this Section 5(e) are subject to any Option provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option may be exercised.
6
(f) Termination of Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability), the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three (3) months following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than thirty (30) days unless such termination is for Cause), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
(g) Extension of Termination Date. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, if the exercise of the Option following the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause or upon the Optionholder’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option shall terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of three (3) months after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option would not be in violation of such registration requirements, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement.
(h) Disability of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s Disability, the Optionholder may exercise his or her Option (to the extent that the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date twelve (12) months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Optionholder does not exercise his or her Option within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate.
(i) Death of Optionholder. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Option Agreement or other agreement between the Optionholder and the Company, in the event that (i) an Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Optionholder’s death, or (ii) the Optionholder dies within the period (if any) specified in the Option Agreement after the termination of the Optionholder’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option may be exercised (to the extent the Optionholder was entitled to exercise such Option as of the date of death) by the Optionholder’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated as the beneficiary of the Option upon the Optionholder’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date eighteen (18) months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Option Agreement, which period shall not be less than six (6) months), or (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option as set forth in the Option Agreement. If, after the Optionholder’s death, the Option is not exercised within the time specified herein or in the Option Agreement (as applicable), the Option shall terminate. If the Optionholder designates a third party beneficiary of the Option in accordance with Section 5(d)(iii), then upon the death of the Optionholder such designated beneficiary shall have the sole right to exercise the Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from the Option exercise.
7
(j) Termination for Cause. Except as explicitly provided otherwise in an Optionholder’s Option Agreement, in the event that an Optionholder’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the Option shall terminate upon the termination date of such Optionholder’s Continuous Service, and the Optionholder shall be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the time of such termination of Continuous Service.
(k) Non-Exempt Employees. No Option granted to an Employee that is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, shall be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option. The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.
(l) Early Exercise. The Option may, but need not, include a provision whereby the Optionholder may elect at any time before the Optionholder’s Continuous Service terminates to exercise the Option as to any part or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to the Option prior to the full vesting of the Option. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), any unvested shares of Common Stock so purchased may be subject to a repurchase option in favor of the Company or to any other restriction the Board determines to be appropriate. Provided that the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l) is not violated, the Company shall not be required to exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time required to avoid classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following exercise of the Option unless the Board otherwise specifically provides in the Option Agreement.
(m) Right of Repurchase. Subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l), the Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to repurchase all or any part of the vested shares of Common Stock acquired by the Optionholder pursuant to the exercise of the Option.
(n) Right of First Refusal. The Option may include a provision whereby the Company may elect to exercise a right of first refusal following receipt of notice from the Optionholder of the intent to transfer all or any part of the shares of Common Stock received upon the exercise of the Option. Such right of first refusal shall be subject to the “Repurchase Limitation” in Section 8(l). Except as expressly provided in this Section 5(n) or in the Option Agreement, such right of first refusal shall otherwise comply with any applicable provisions of the Bylaws of the Company.
8
6. Provisions of Restricted Stock Awards. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be in such form and shall contain such terms and conditions as the Board shall deem appropriate. The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical, provided, however, that each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall include (through incorporation of the provisions hereof by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:
(a) Consideration. At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Award. The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board in its sole discretion and permissible under applicable law.
(b) Vesting. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board may impose such restrictions or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.
(c) Payment. A Restricted Stock Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.
(d) Additional Restrictions. At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Award.
(e) Dividend Equivalents. Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement. At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Award in such manner as determined by the Board. Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all the terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Award Agreement to which they relate.
(f) Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.
9
(g) Compliance with Section 409A of the Code. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth herein, any Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan that is not exempt from the requirements of Section 409A of the Code shall contain such provisions so that such Restricted Stock Award will comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Such restrictions, if any, shall be determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement evidencing such Restricted Stock Award. For example, such restrictions may include, without limitation, a requirement that any Common Stock that is to be issued in a year following the year in which the Restricted Stock Award vests must be issued in accordance with a fixed pre-determined schedule.
| 7. | Covenants of the Company. |
(a) Availability of Shares. During the terms of the Awards, the Company shall keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy such Awards.
(b) Securities Law Compliance. The Company shall seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Awards; provided, however, that this undertaking shall not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Award. If, after reasonable efforts, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company shall be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Awards unless and until such authority is obtained.
(c) No Obligation to Notify. The Company shall have no duty or obligation to any holder of an Award to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Award. Furthermore, the Company shall have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised. The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.
| 8. | Miscellaneous. |
(a) Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock. Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards shall constitute general funds of the Company.
(b) Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards. Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant shall be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.
10
(c) Stockholder Rights. No Participant shall be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to such Award unless and until such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of the Award pursuant to its terms and the Participant shall not be deemed to be a stockholder of record until the issuance of the Common Stock pursuant to such exercise has been entered into the books and records of the Company.
(d) No Employment or Other Service Rights. Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto shall confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or shall affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the Bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.
(e) Incentive Stock Option $100,000 Limitation. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).
(f) Investment Assurances. The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that he or she is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock. The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, shall be inoperative if (x) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (y) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws. The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.
11
(g) Withholding Obligations. To the extent provided by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means (in addition to the Company’s right to withhold from any compensation paid to the Participant by the Company) or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; (iv) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.
(h) Electronic Delivery. Any reference herein to a “written” agreement or document shall include any agreement or document delivered electronically or posted on the Company’s intranet.
(i) Deferrals. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants. Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code. Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee. The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of employment or retirement, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.
(j) Compliance with Section 409A. To the extent that the Board determines that any Award granted hereunder is subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement evidencing such Award shall incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code. To the extent applicable, the Plan and Award Agreements shall be interpreted in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and Department of Treasury regulations and other interpretive guidance issued thereunder, including without limitation any such regulations or other guidance that may be issued or amended after the Effective Date. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, in the event that following the Effective Date the Board determines that any Award may be subject to Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance (including such Department of Treasury guidance as may be issued after the Effective Date), the Board may adopt such amendments to the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement or adopt other policies and procedures (including amendments, policies and procedures with retroactive effect), or take any other actions, that the Board determines are necessary or appropriate to (1) exempt the Award from Section 409A of the Code and/or preserve the intended tax treatment of the benefits provided with respect to the Award, or (2) comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and related Department of Treasury guidance.
12
(k) Compliance with Exemption Provided by Rule 12h-1(f). If: (i) the aggregate of the number of Optionholders and the number of holders of all other outstanding compensatory employee stock options to purchase shares of Common Stock equals or exceeds five hundred (500), and (ii) the assets of the Company at the end of the Company’s most recently completed fiscal year exceed $10 million, then the following restrictions shall apply during any period during which the Company does not have a class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act and is not required to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act: (A) the Options and, prior to exercise, the shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options may not be transferred until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f) promulgated under the Exchange Act (“Rule 12h-1(f)”), except: (1) as permitted by Rule 701(c) promulgated under the Securities Act, (2) to a guardian upon the disability of the Optionholder, or (3) to an executor upon the death of the Optionholder (collectively, the “Permitted Transferees”); provided, however, the following transfers are permitted: (i) transfers by the Optionholder to the Company, and (ii) transfers in connection with a change of control or other acquisition involving the Company, if following such transaction, the Options no longer remain outstanding and the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); provided further, that any Permitted Transferees may not further transfer the Options; (B) except as otherwise provided in (A) above, the Options and shares of Common Stock acquired upon exercise of the Options are restricted as to any pledge, hypothecation, or other transfer, including any short position, any “put equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(h) promulgated under the Exchange Act, or any “call equivalent position” as defined by Rule 16a-1(b) promulgated under the Exchange Act by the Optionholder prior to exercise of an Option until the Company is no longer relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f); and (C) at any time that the Company is relying on the exemption provided by Rule 12h-1(f), the Company shall deliver to Optionholders (whether by physical or electronic delivery or written notice of the availability of the information on an internet site) the information required by Rule 701(e)(3), (4), and (5) promulgated under the Securities Act every six (6) months, including financial statements that are not more than one hundred eighty (180) days old; provided, however, that the Company may condition the delivery of such information upon the Optionholder’s agreement to maintain its confidentiality.
(l) Repurchase Limitation. The terms of any repurchase option shall be specified in the Award Agreement. The repurchase price for vested shares of Common Stock shall be the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase. The repurchase price for unvested shares of Common Stock shall be the lower of (i) the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the date of repurchase or (ii) their original purchase price. However, the Company shall not exercise its repurchase option until at least six (6) months (or such longer or shorter period of time necessary to avoid classification of the Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes) have elapsed following delivery of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award, unless otherwise specifically provided by the Board.
13
| 9. | Adjustments upon Changes in Common Stock; Other Corporate Events. |
(a) Capitalization Adjustments. In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board shall proportionately and appropriately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), and (iii) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Awards. The Board shall make such adjustments, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.
(b) Dissolution or Liquidation. Except as otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Awards (other than Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to the Company’s right of repurchase) shall terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase option may be repurchased by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Award is providing Continuous Service, provided, however, that the Board may, in its sole discretion, cause some or all Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.
(c) Change in Control Transaction. The following provisions shall apply to Awards in the event of a Change in Control unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the holder of the Award or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of an Award.
(i) No Effect on Company’s Authority. The existence of this Plan and Awards granted hereunder shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company or its stockholders to make or authorize any or all adjustments, recapitalizations, reorganizations, or other changes in the Company’s capital structure and its business, or any Change in Control, or any merger or consolidation of the Company, or any issuance of bonds, debentures, preferred or preference stocks ranking prior to or otherwise affecting the Common Stock or the rights thereof (or any rights, options, or warrants to purchase same), or the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, or any sale or transfer of all or any part of its assets or business, or any other corporate act or proceeding, whether of a similar character or otherwise.
(ii) Conversion of Awards Where Company Survives. Subject to any required action by the stockholders and except as otherwise provided by paragraph (iv) of this Section 12.2(c) or as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, if the Company shall be the surviving or resulting corporation in a Change in Control, any Award granted hereunder shall pertain to and apply to the securities or rights (including cash, property, or assets) to which a holder of the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Award would have been entitled.
14
(iii) Exchange or Cancellation of Awards Where Company Does Not Survive. Except as otherwise provided by paragraph (iv) of this Section 12.2(c) or as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, in the event of any Change in Control pursuant to which the Company is not the surviving or resulting corporation, there shall be substituted for each share of Common Stock subject to the unexercised portions of outstanding Awards, that number of shares of each class of stock or other securities or that amount of cash, property, or assets of the surviving, resulting or consolidated company which were distributed or distributable to the stockholders of the Company in respect to each share of Common Stock held by them, such outstanding Awards to be thereafter exercisable for such stock, securities, cash, or property in accordance with their terms.
(iv) Cancellation of Awards. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (ii) and (iii) of this Section 12.2(c), and except as may be required to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the regulations or other guidance issued thereunder, all Awards granted hereunder may be canceled by the Company, in its sole discretion, as of the effective date of any Change in Control by either:
(x) giving notice to each Participant or his or her personal representative of its intention to cancel those Awards for which the issuance of shares of Common Stock involved payment by the Participant for such shares and, permitting the purchase during the thirty (30) day period next preceding such effective date of any or all of the shares of Common Stock subject to such outstanding Awards, including in the Board’s discretion some or all of the shares as to which such Awards would not otherwise be vested and exercisable; or
(y) in the case of Awards that are either settled only in shares of Common Stock, or at the election of the Participant, settled in shares of Common Stock, paying the holder thereof an amount equal to a reasonable estimate of the difference between the net amount per share payable in such transaction or as a result of such transaction, and the price per share of such Award to be paid by the Participant (hereinafter the “Spread”), multiplied by the number of shares subject to the Award. In estimating the Spread, appropriate adjustments to give effect to the existence of the Awards shall be made, such as deeming the Awards to have been exercised, with the Company receiving the exercise price payable thereunder, and treating the shares receivable upon exercise of the Awards as being outstanding in determining the net amount per share. In cases where the proposed Change in Control consists of the acquisition of assets of the Company, the net amount per share shall be calculated on the basis of the net amount receivable with respect to shares of Common Stock upon a distribution and liquidation by the Company after giving effect to expenses and charges, including but not limited to taxes, payable by the Company before such liquidation could be completed.
15
| 10. | Termination or Suspension of the Plan. |
(a) Plan Term. The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time. Unless sooner terminated by the Board pursuant to Section 2, the Plan shall automatically terminate on the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.
(b) No Impairment of Rights. Suspension or termination of the Plan shall not impair rights and obligations under any Award granted while the Plan is in effect except with the written consent of the affected Participant.
| 11. | Effective Date of Plan. |
This Plan shall become effective on the Effective Date.
| 12. | Choice of Law. |
The law of the State of Delaware shall govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.
13. Definitions. As used in the Plan, the following definitions shall apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:
(a) “Affiliate” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” of the Company, as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. The Board shall have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “majority-owned subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.
(b) “Award” means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonqualified Stock Option, or a Restricted Stock Award.
(c) “Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award grant. Each Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(d) “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
(e) “Capitalization Adjustment” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Award after the Effective Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company (through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or other transaction not involving the receipt of consideration by the Company). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company shall not be treated as a transaction “without the receipt of consideration” by the Company.
16
(f) “Cause” means with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events: (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause shall be made by the Company in its sole discretion. Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated by reason of dismissal without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant shall have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.
(g) “Change in Control” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:
(i) any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities or (B) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “Subject Person”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control shall be deemed to occur;
(ii) there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided that a Change in Control pursuant to this paragraph shall not include any transaction or series of transactions principally for bona fide equity financing purposes in which cash is received by the Company or any successor or indebtedness of the Company is cancelled or converted or a combination thereof; or
17
(iii) there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition.
Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of this Plan, (A) the term Change in Control shall not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company, and (B) the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant shall supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however, that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing definition shall apply.
(h) “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
(i) “Committee” means a committee of one (1) or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).
(j) “Common Stock” means the Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, of the Company.
(k) “Company” means Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation.
(l) “Consultant” means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, shall not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.
(m) “Continuous Service” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated. A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Director, or Consultant or a change in the Entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, shall not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however, if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering service ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service shall be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate. For example, a change in status from an employee of the Company to a consultant of an Affiliate or to a Director shall not constitute an interruption of Continuous Service. To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service shall be considered interrupted in the case of any leave of absence approved by that party, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence shall be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.
18
(n) “Director” means a member of the Board.
(o) “Disability” means the inability of a Participant to engage in any substantially gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, and shall be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.
(p) “Effective Date” means the effective date of this Plan, which is the earlier of (i) the date that this Plan is first approved by the Company’s stockholders, or (ii) the date this Plan is adopted by the Board.
(q) “Employee” means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate. However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, shall not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.
(r) “Entity” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.
(s) “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
(t) “Exchange Act Person” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” shall not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date of the Plan as set forth in Section 11, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.
19
(u) “Fair Market Value” means, as of a particular date,
(a) if shares of Common Stock are not Publicly Traded, such amount as may be determined by the Board in compliance with Section 409A of the Code or, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, in compliance with Section 422 of the Code; or
(b) if the shares of Common Stock are Publicly Traded and (i) if the shares of Common Stock are listed on any established national securities exchange, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the consolidated transaction reporting system for the principal securities exchange for the Common Stock on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, (ii) if the shares of Common Stock are not so listed but are quoted on the Nasdaq National Market System, the closing sales price per share of Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market System on that date, or, if there shall have been no such sale so reported on that date, on the last preceding date on which such a sale was so reported, or (iii) if the Common Stock is not so listed or quoted, the mean between the closing bid and asked price on that date, or, if there are no quotations available for such date, on the last preceding date on which such quotations shall be available, as reported by Nasdaq, or, if not reported by Nasdaq, by the National Quotation Bureau, Inc.
For purposes of this Plan, the Common Stock shall be “Publicly Traded” if the Common Stock subjects the Company to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 12(g) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
(v) “Incentive Stock Option” means an Option that qualifies as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
(w) “Nonqualified Stock Option” means an Option that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.
(x) “Officer” means any person designated by the Company as an officer.
(y) “Option” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.
(z) “Option Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant. Each Option Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(aa) “Optionholder” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.
(bb) “Own,” “Owned,” “Owner,” “Ownership” - A person or Entity shall be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.
20
(cc) “Participant” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Award.
(dd) “Plan” means this Virtuix Holdings Inc. 2014 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
(ee) “Restricted Stock Award” means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6.
(ff) “Restricted Stock Award Agreement” means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant. Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.
(gg) “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(hh) “Subsidiary” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation shall have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than fifty percent (50%) .
(ii) “Ten Percent Stockholder” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.
21
Exhibit 10.25
Securities Purchase Agreement
This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of October 30, 2025, is entered into by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, its successors and/or assigns (“Investor”).
A. Company and Investor are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon an exemption from securities registration afforded by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
B. Investor desires to purchase and Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement: (a) a Secured Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $560,000.00 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”), convertible into shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001, of Company (the “Common Shares”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note; and (b) a Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Warrant”).
C. This Agreement, the Note, the Warrant, the Guaranty (as defined below), the Security Agreement (as defined below), the IP Security Agreement (as defined below), and all other certificates, documents, agreements, resolutions and instruments delivered to any party under or in connection with this Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”.
D. For purposes of this Agreement: “Conversion Shares” means all Common Shares issuable upon conversion of all or any portion of the Note; “Warrant Shares” means all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of all or any portion of the Warrant; and “Securities” means the Note, the Conversion Shares, the Warrant and the Warrant Shares.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.
1.1. Purchase of Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Company shall issue and sell to Investor and Investor shall purchase from Company the Securities. In consideration thereof, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price (as defined below) to Company.
1.2. Form of Payment. On the Closing Date, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price to Company via wire transfer of immediately available funds against delivery of the Note and the Warrant in accordance with a Funds Flow Memorandum executed by Company.
1.3. Closing Date. Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 5 and Section 6 below, the date of the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing Date”) shall be October 30, 2025 or a mutually agreed upon date. The closing of the issuance of the Note (the “Closing”) shall occur on the Closing Date by means of the exchange of electronic signatures, but shall be deemed for all purposes to have occurred at the offices of Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC in Lehi, Utah.
1.4. Purchase Price. The Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000.00 (the “OID”). In addition, Company agrees to pay $10,000.00 to Investor to cover Investor’s legal fees, accounting costs, due diligence, monitoring and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The OID and the Transaction Expense Amount will be included in the initial principal balance of the Note. The “Purchase Price”, therefore, shall be $500,000.00, computed as follows: $560,000.00 initial principal balance, less the OID, less the Transaction Expense Amount.
1.5. Guaranty. Virtuix Inc., Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, will guarantee Company’s obligations under the Transaction Documents pursuant to the Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Guaranty”).
1
1.6. Collateral for the Note. The Note will be secured by the following:
(a) The Collateral as defined in the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Security Agreement”).
(b) The IP Collateral as defined in the Intellectual Property Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “IP Security Agreement”).
2. Investor’s Representations and Warranties. Investor represents and warrants to Company that as of the Closing Date: (i) the Investor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Utah; (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by Investor; (iii) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iv) the Investor understands that the Securities have not been and, except as contemplated in Section 4(vii), will not be, registered under the 1933 Act and that the Securities are being offered and issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the 1933 Act based in part upon the Investor’s representations contained in this Agreement; (v) the Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of development as Company so that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests; (vi) the Investor is acquiring the Securities for its own account for investment only, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view towards their resale or distribution; (vii) the Investor represents that by reason of its, or of its management’s, business or financial experience, the Investor has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; (viii) the Investor (a) has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to participate in this transaction; (b) has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of Company and has had the opportunity to review Company’s operations and facilities; and (c) has also had the opportunity to ask questions of, receive answers from and obtain additional information from (to the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment; and (ix) Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the 1933 Act.
3. Company’s Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Investor that as of the Closing Date: (i) Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted; (ii) Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where, to Company’s knowledge, the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary; (iii) following the first date that Company’s Common Shares are listed for trading on Nasdaq or NYSE (the “Initial Listing Date”), Company will have registered its Common Shares under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and will be obligated to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act; (iv) each of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by Company and all necessary actions have been taken; (v) this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Company and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; (vi) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by Company, the issuance of the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and the consummation by Company of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not, to Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach by Company of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (a) Company’s formation documents, as currently in effect, or other applicable organizational documents, (b) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material agreement or instrument to which Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound, including, without limitation, any listing agreement for the Common Shares, except for Company’s existing secured debt as disclosed to Investor, or (c) any existing applicable law, rule, or regulation or any applicable decree, judgment, or order of any court, United States federal, state or foreign regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental body having jurisdiction over Company or any of Company’s properties or assets, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (vii) except as have been obtained prior to the Closing, to Company’s knowledge, no further authorization, approval or consent of any court, governmental body, regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization, or stock exchange or market or the stockholders or any lender of Company is required to be obtained by Company for the issuance of the Securities to Investor or the entering into of the Transaction Documents; (viii) there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board or body pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened against or affecting Company before or by any governmental authority or non-governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any other person, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (ix) Company is not, nor has it been at any time in the previous twelve (12) months, a “Shell Company,” as such type of “issuer” is described in Rule 144(i)(1) under the 1933 Act; (x) with respect to any commissions, placement agent or finder’s fees or similar payments that will or would become due and owing by Company to any person or entity as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Broker Fees”), any such Broker Fees will be made in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and only to a person or entity that is a registered investment adviser or registered broker-dealer; (xi) Investor shall have no obligation with respect to any Broker Fees or with respect to any claims made by or on behalf of other persons for fees of a type contemplated in this subsection that may be due in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of Investor, Investor’s employees, officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, agents, and partners, and their respective affiliates, from and against all claims, losses, damages, costs (including the costs of preparation and attorneys’ fees) and expenses suffered in respect of any such claimed Broker Fees; (xii) neither Investor nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives has made any representations or warranties to Company or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents and, in making its decision to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, Company is not relying on any representation, warranty, covenant or promise of Investor or its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives other than as set forth in the Transaction Documents; (xiii) Company acknowledges that the State of Utah has a reasonable relationship and sufficient contacts to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and any dispute that may arise related thereto such that the laws and venue of the State of Utah, as set forth more specifically in Section 8.2 below, shall be applicable to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated therein; (xiv) Company acknowledges that Investor is not registered as a ‘dealer’ under the 1934 Act; and (xv) Company has performed due diligence and background research on Investor and its affiliates and has received and reviewed the due diligence packet provided by Investor. Company, being aware of the matters and legal issues described in subsections (xiv) and (xv) above, acknowledges and agrees that such matters, or any similar matters, have no bearing on the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and covenants and agrees it will not use any such information or legal theory as a defense to performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or in any attempt to avoid, modify, reduce, rescind or void such obligations.
2
4. Company Covenants. Until all of Company’s obligations under all of the Transaction Documents are paid and performed in full, or within the timeframes otherwise specifically set forth below, Company will at all times comply with the following covenants: (i) after the Initial Listing Date, so long as Investor beneficially owns any of the Securities and for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (as defined in the Note) thereafter, Company will timely file on the applicable deadline all reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, and will take all reasonable action under its control to ensure that adequate current public information with respect to Company, as required in accordance with Rule 144 of the 1933 Act, is publicly available, and will not terminate its status as an issuer required to file reports under the 1934 Act even if the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination; (ii) when issued, the Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances; (iii) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will maintain the listing for trading of the Common Shares on Nasdaq or NYSE; (iv) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will prevent trading in the Common Shares from being suspended, halted, chilled, frozen, reach zero bid or otherwise cease trading on Nasdaq; (v) Company will not make any Restricted Issuance (as defined below) without Investor’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Investor’s sole and absolute discretion; (vi) Company will not enter into any agreement or otherwise agree to any covenant, condition, or obligation that locks up, restricts in any way or otherwise prohibits Company: (a) from entering into a variable rate transaction with Investor or any affiliate of Investor, or (b) from issuing Common Shares, preferred stock, warrants, convertible notes, other debt securities, or any other Company securities to Investor or any affiliate of Investor; (vii) the next time Company files an amendment to its Form S-1 Registration Statement with the SEC, it will include on such amendment up to 212,000 Common Shares for Investor’s resale of the Conversion Shares and the Warrant Shares, and in no event less than the maximum number of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Note and Warrant. For purposes hereof, the term “Restricted Issuance” means the issuance, incurrence or guaranty of any debt obligations (including any merchant cash advance, account receivable factoring or other similar agreement), other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business, or the issuance of any securities that (1) have or may have conversion rights of any kind, contingent, conditional or otherwise, in which the number of shares that may be issued pursuant to such conversion right varies with the market price of the Common Shares; (2) are or may become convertible into Common Shares (including without limitation convertible debt, warrants or convertible preferred shares), with a conversion price that varies with the market price of the Common Shares, even if such security only becomes convertible following an event of default, the passage of time, or another trigger event or condition; (3) have a fixed conversion price, exercise price or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security (A) due to a change in the market price of Company’s Common Shares since the date of the initial issuance or (B) upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of Company or future issuances of Common Shares (including, without limitation, any “full ratchet” or “weighted average” anti-dilution provisions, but not including any standard anti-dilution protection for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split or other similar transaction); or (4) are issued or will be issued in connection with a Section 3(a)(9) exchange, a Section 3(a)(10) settlement, or any other similar settlement or exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, Common Shares issued pursuant to any of the following will not be considered Restricted Issuances: (i) ATM facilities; (ii) primary equity or debt offerings without variable price mechanics; and (iii) refinancing, extending or restructuring existing indebtedness, including but not limited to, by issuing new securities convertible into Class A Common Stock or allowing existing indebtedness to convert to Class A Common Stock at a fixed price (including at a discount).
5. Conditions to Company’s Obligation to Sell. The obligation of Company hereunder to issue and sell the Securities to Investor at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before each Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
5.1. Investor shall have executed all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Company.
5.2. Investor shall have delivered the Purchase Price to Company.
6. Conditions to Investor’s Obligation to Purchase. The obligation of Investor hereunder to purchase the Note is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for Investor’s sole benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion:
6.1. Company shall have executed all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Investor.
6.2. Virtuix Inc. shall have executed and delivered the Guaranty to Investor.
6.3. Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) shall have executed an Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instruction Letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
6.4. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G evidencing Company’s approval of the Transaction Documents.
6.5. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Share Issuance Resolution substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H to be delivered to the Transfer Agent.
3
7. Reservation of Shares. On the date hereof, Company will reserve 297,284 Common Shares of Company from its authorized and unissued Common Shares to provide for all issuances of Conversion Shares under the Note (the “Share Reserve”). Company further agrees to add additional Common Shares to the Share Reserve in increments of 100,000 shares as and when requested by Investor if as of the date of any such request the number of Common Shares being held in the Share Reserve is less than two (2) times the number of Common Shares obtained by dividing the outstanding balance of the Note as of the date of the request by the Conversion Price (as defined in the Note) plus the number of shares necessary to exercise the Warrant in full. Company shall further require its Transfer Agent to hold the Common Shares reserved pursuant to the Share Reserve exclusively for the benefit of Investor and to issue such shares to Investor promptly upon Investor’s delivery of a Conversion Notice (as defined in the Note) under the Note.
8. Miscellaneous. The provisions set forth in this Section 8 shall apply to this Agreement, as well as all other Transaction Documents as if these terms were fully set forth therein; provided, however, that in the event there is a conflict between any provision set forth in this Section 8 and any provision in any other Transaction Document, the provision in such other Transaction Document shall govern.
8.1. Arbitration of Claims. The parties shall submit all Claims (as defined in Exhibit I) arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other agreement between the parties and their affiliates or any Claim relating to the relationship of the parties to binding arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto (the “Arbitration Provisions”). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the injunction described in Section 8.3 below may be pursued in an arbitration that is separate and apart from any other arbitration regarding all other Claims arising under the Transaction Documents. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Arbitration Provisions are unconditionally binding on the parties hereto and are severable from all other provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Company represents, warrants and covenants that Company has reviewed the Arbitration Provisions carefully, consulted with legal counsel about such provisions (or waived its right to do so), understands that the Arbitration Provisions are intended to allow for the expeditious and efficient resolution of any dispute hereunder, agrees to the terms and limitations set forth in the Arbitration Provisions, and that Company will not take a position contrary to the foregoing representations. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may rely upon the foregoing representations and covenants of Company regarding the Arbitration Provisions.
8.2. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. Each party consents to and expressly agrees that the exclusive venue for arbitration of any dispute arising out of or relating to any Transaction Document or the relationship of the parties or their affiliates shall be in Salt Lake County, Utah. Without modifying the parties’ obligations to resolve disputes hereunder pursuant to the Arbitration Provisions, for any litigation arising in connection with any of the Transaction Documents (and notwithstanding the terms (specifically including any governing law and venue terms) of any transfer agent services agreement or other agreement between the Transfer Agent and Company, such litigation specifically includes, without limitation any action between or involving Company and the Transfer Agent or otherwise related to Investor in any way (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason)), each party hereto hereby (i) consents to and expressly submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, (ii) expressly submits to the exclusive venue of any such court for the purposes hereof, (iii) agrees to not bring any such action (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason) outside of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, and (iv) waives any claim of improper venue and any claim or objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or any other claim, defense or objection to the bringing of any such proceeding in such jurisdiction or to any claim that such venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper. Finally, Company covenants and agrees to name Investor as a party in interest in, and provide written notice to Investor in accordance with Section 8.10 below prior to bringing or filing, any action (including without limitation any filing or action against any person or entity that is not a party to this Agreement, including without limitation the Transfer Agent) that is related in any way to the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein, including without limitation any action brought by Company to enjoin or prevent the issuance of any Common Shares to Investor by the Transfer Agent, and further agrees to timely name Investor as a party to any such action. Company acknowledges that the governing law and venue provisions set forth in this Section 8.2 are material terms to induce Investor to enter into the Transaction Documents and that but for Company’s agreements set forth in this Section 8.2 Investor would not have entered into the Transaction Documents.
4
8.3. Specific Performance. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may suffer irreparable harm in the event that Company fails to perform any material provision of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in accordance with its specific terms. It is accordingly agreed that Investor shall be entitled to seek one or more injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Investor may be entitled under the Transaction Documents, at law or in equity. Company specifically agrees that: (i) following an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) under the Note, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or an arbitrator prohibiting Company from issuing any of its Common Shares or preferred stock to any party unless fifty percent (50%) of the gross proceeds received by Company in connection with such issuance are simultaneously used by Company to make a payment under the Note; (ii) following a breach of Section 4(vi) above, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator invalidating such lock-up; and (iii) if Company enters into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction (as defined in the Note), unless such agreement contains a closing condition that the Note is repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction or Investor has provided its written consent in writing to such Fundamental Transaction, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator preventing the consummation of such transaction. Company specifically acknowledges that Investor’s right to obtain specific performance constitutes bargained for leverage and that the loss of such leverage would result in irreparable harm to Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Investor seeks to obtain an injunction from a court or an arbitrator against Company or specific performance of any provision of any Transaction Document, such action shall not be a waiver of any right of Investor under any Transaction Document, at law, or in equity, including without limitation its rights to arbitrate any Claim pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents, nor shall Investor’s pursuit of an injunction prevent Investor, under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issues preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines, from pursuing other Claims in the future in a separate arbitration.
8.4. Calculation Disputes. Notwithstanding the Arbitration Provisions, in the case of a dispute as to any determination or arithmetic calculation under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, calculating the outstanding balance, Conversion Price, Conversion Shares, or VWAP (as defined in the Note) (each, a “Calculation”), Company or Investor (as the case may be) shall submit any disputed Calculation via email or facsimile with confirmation of receipt (i) within two (2) Trading Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to Company or Investor (as the case may be) or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after Investor learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If Investor and Company are unable to agree upon such Calculation within two (2) Trading Days of such disputed Calculation being submitted to Company or Investor (as the case may be), then Investor will promptly submit via email or facsimile the disputed Calculation to Unkar Systems Inc. (“Unkar Systems”). Investor shall cause Unkar Systems to perform the Calculation and notify Company and Investor of the results no later than ten (10) Trading Days from the time it receives such disputed Calculation. Unkar Systems’ determination of the disputed Calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. Unkar Systems’ fee for performing such Calculation shall be paid by the incorrect party, or if both parties are incorrect, by the party whose Calculation is furthest from the correct Calculation as determined by Unkar Systems. In the event Company is the losing party, no extension of the Delivery Date (as defined in the Note) shall be granted and Company shall incur all effects for failing to deliver the applicable shares in a timely manner as set forth in the Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor may, in its sole discretion, designate an independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm other than Unkar Systems to resolve any such dispute and in such event, all references to “Unkar Systems” herein will be replaced with references to such independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm so designated by Investor.
8.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
8.6. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.
8.7. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform to such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
8.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither Company nor Investor makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. For the avoidance of doubt, all prior term sheets or other documents between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, related to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (collectively, “Prior Agreements”), that may have been entered into between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, are hereby null and void and deemed to be replaced in their entirety by the Transaction Documents. To the extent there is a conflict between any term set forth in any Prior Agreement and the term(s) of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Documents shall govern.
5
8.9. Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
8.10. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing (unless otherwise specified herein) and shall be deemed effectively given on the earliest of: (i) the date delivered, if delivered by personal delivery as against written receipt therefor or by email to an executive officer named below or such officer’s successor, or by facsimile (with successful transmission confirmation which is kept by sending party), (ii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after deposit, postage prepaid, in the United States Postal Service by certified mail or with an international courier, or (iii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after mailing by express courier, with delivery costs and fees prepaid, in each case, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as such party may designate by five (5) calendar days’ advance written notice similarly given to each of the other parties hereto):
If to Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Attn: Jan Goetgeluk
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
If to Investor:
Streeterville Capital, LLC
Attn: John M. Fife
297 Auto Mall Drive, Suite #4
St. George, Utah 84770
With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):
Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC
Attn: Jonathan K. Hansen
3051 West Maple Loop Drive, Suite 325
Lehi, Utah 84048
8.11. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement or any of the severable rights and obligations inuring to the benefit of or to be performed by Investor hereunder may be assigned by Investor to a third party, including its affiliates, in whole or in part, without the need to obtain Company’s consent thereto. Company may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or delegate its duties hereunder, whether directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Investor, and any such attempted assignment or delegation shall be null and void.
8.12. Survival. The representations and warranties of Company and the agreements and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing hereunder notwithstanding any due diligence investigation conducted by or on behalf of Investor. Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Investor and all its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents for loss or damage arising as a result of or related to any breach or alleged breach by Company of any of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement or any of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are incurred.
8.13. Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
6
8.14. Investor’s Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All rights, remedies, and powers conferred in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies, and shall be in addition to every other right, power, and remedy that Investor may have, whether specifically granted in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or existing at law, in equity, or by statute, and any and all such rights and remedies may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as Investor may deem expedient.
8.15. Attorneys’ Fees and Cost of Collection. In the event any suit, action or arbitration is filed by either party against the other to interpret or enforce any of the Transaction Documents, the unsuccessful party to such action agrees to pay to the prevailing party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred therein, including the same with respect to an appeal. The “prevailing party” shall be the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, regardless of whether judgment is entered on all claims asserted by such party and regardless of the amount of the judgment; or where, due to the assertion of counterclaims, judgments are entered in favor of and against both parties, then the arbitrator shall determine the “prevailing party” by taking into account the relative dollar amounts of the judgments or, if the judgments involve nonmonetary relief, the relative importance and value of such relief. Nothing herein shall restrict or impair an arbitrator’s or a court’s power to award fees and expenses for frivolous or bad faith pleading. If (i) the Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement prior to commencing arbitration or legal proceedings, or is collected or enforced through any arbitration or legal proceeding, or Investor otherwise takes any action to collect amounts due under the Note or to enforce the provisions of the Note or any other Transaction Document, or (ii) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of Company or other proceedings affecting Company’s creditors’ rights and involving a claim under the Note; then Company shall pay the costs incurred by Investor for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, deposition costs, and disbursements.
8.16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
8.17. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO DEMAND THAT ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PARTIES HERETO BE TRIED BY JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO DEMAND A TRIAL BY JURY ARISING UNDER COMMON LAW OR ANY APPLICABLE STATUTE, LAW, RULE OR REGULATION. FURTHER, EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PARTY IS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVING SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO DEMAND TRIAL BY JURY.
8.18. Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.
8.19. Voluntary Agreement. Company has carefully read this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and has asked any questions needed for Company to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and fully understand them. Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Company’s choosing, or has waived the right to do so, and is executing this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by Investor or anyone else.
8.20. Document Imaging. Investor shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to image or make copies of all or any selection of the agreements, instruments, documents, and items and records governing, arising from or relating to any of Company’s loans, including, without limitation, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and Investor may destroy or archive the paper originals. The parties hereto (i) waive any right to insist or require that Investor produce paper originals, (ii) agree that such images shall be accorded the same force and effect as the paper originals, (iii) agree that Investor is entitled to use such images in lieu of destroyed or archived originals for any purpose, including as admissible evidence in any demand, presentment or other proceedings, and (iv) further agree that any executed facsimile (faxed), scanned, emailed, or other imaged copy of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be deemed to be of the same force and effect as the original manually executed document.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
7
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Investor and Company have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
| INVESTOR: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
| COMPANY: | ||
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]
8
ATTACHED EXHIBITS:
| Exhibit A | Note | ||
| Exhibit B | Warrant | ||
| Exhibit C | Guaranty | ||
| Exhibit D | Security Agreement | ||
| Exhibit E | IP Security Agreement | ||
| Exhibit F | TA Letter | ||
| Exhibit G | Officer’s Certificate | ||
| Exhibit H | Share Issuance Resolution | ||
| Exhibit I | Arbitration Provisions |
9
Exhibit I
ARBITRATION PROVISIONS
1. Dispute Resolution. For purposes of these arbitration provisions (the “Arbitration Provisions”), the term “Claims” means any disputes, claims, demands, causes of action, requests for injunctive relief, requests for specific performance, liabilities, damages, losses, or controversies whatsoever arising from, related to, or connected with the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and any communications between the parties related thereto, including without limitation any claims of mutual mistake, mistake, fraud, misrepresentation, failure of formation, failure of consideration, promissory estoppel, unconscionability, failure of condition precedent, rescission, and any statutory claims, tort claims, contract claims, or claims to void, invalidate or terminate the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions (defined below)) or any of the other Transaction Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, Investor’s pursuit of an injunction or other Claim pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions or with a court will not later prevent Investor under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issue preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines from pursuing other Claims in a separate arbitration in the future. The parties to the Agreement (the “parties”) hereby agree that the Claims may be arbitrated in one or more arbitrations pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions (one for an injunction or injunctions and a separate one for all other Claims). The term “Claims” specifically excludes a dispute over Calculations, enforcement of Investor’s rights and remedies against the personal property described in the Security Agreement and the IP Security Agreement under the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and other relevant laws. The parties to the Agreement hereby agree that these Arbitration Provisions are binding on each of them. As a result, any attempt to rescind the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document or declare the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document invalid or unenforceable pursuant to Section 29 of the 1934 Act or for any other reason is subject to these Arbitration Provisions. Any capitalized term not defined in these Arbitration Provisions shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.
2. Arbitration. Except as otherwise provided herein, all Claims must be submitted to arbitration (“Arbitration”) to be conducted exclusively in Salt Lake County, Utah and pursuant to the terms set forth in these Arbitration Provisions. Subject to the arbitration appeal right provided for in Paragraph 5 below (the “Appeal Right”), the parties agree that the award of the arbitrator rendered pursuant to Paragraph 4 below (the “Arbitration Award”) shall be (a) final and binding upon the parties, (b) the sole and exclusive remedy between them regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded to the arbitrator, and (c) promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Subject to the Appeal Right, any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Arbitration Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Arbitration Award shall include default interest (as defined or otherwise provided for in the Note, “Default Interest”) (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Note for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Arbitration Award will be entered and enforced by any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
3. The Arbitration Act. The parties hereby incorporate herein the provisions and procedures set forth in the Utah Uniform Arbitration Act, U.C.A. § 78B-11-101 et seq. (as amended or superseded from time to time, the “Arbitration Act”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to, and to the maximum extent permitted by, Section 105 of the Arbitration Act, in the event of conflict or variation between the terms of these Arbitration Provisions and the provisions of the Arbitration Act, the terms of these Arbitration Provisions shall control and the parties hereby waive or otherwise agree to vary the effect of all requirements of the Arbitration Act that may conflict with or vary from these Arbitration Provisions.
4. Arbitration Proceedings. Arbitration between the parties will be subject to the following:
4.1 Initiation of Arbitration. Pursuant to Section 110 of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that a party may initiate Arbitration by giving written notice to the other party (“Arbitration Notice”) in the same manner that notice is permitted under Section 8.10 of the Agreement (the “Notice Provision”); provided, however, that the Arbitration Notice may not be given by email or fax. Arbitration will be deemed initiated as of the date that the Arbitration Notice is deemed delivered to such other party under the Notice Provision (the “Service Date”). After the Service Date, information may be delivered, and notices may be given, by email or fax pursuant to the Notice Provision or any other method permitted thereunder. The Arbitration Notice must describe the nature of the controversy, the remedies sought, and the election to commence Arbitration proceedings. All Claims in the Arbitration Notice must be pleaded consistent with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
10
4.2 Selection and Payment of Arbitrator.
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date, Investor shall select and submit to Company the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such three (3) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services. Within five (5) calendar days after Investor has submitted to Company the names of the Proposed Arbitrators, Company must select, by written notice to Investor, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Company fails to select one of the Proposed Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then Investor may select the arbitrator from the Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Company.
(b) If Investor fails to submit to Company the Proposed Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then Company may at any time prior to Investor so designating the Proposed Arbitrators, identify the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service by written notice to Investor. Investor may then, within five (5) calendar days after Company has submitted notice of its Proposed Arbitrators to Investor, select, by written notice to Company, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Investor fails to select in writing and within such 5-day period one (1) of the three (3) Proposed Arbitrators selected by Company, then Company may select the arbitrator from its three (3) previously selected Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Investor.
(c) If a Proposed Arbitrator chosen to serve as arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the party that selected such Proposed Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other three (3) Proposed Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date the chosen Proposed Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as arbitrator. If all three (3) Proposed Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2.
(d) The date that the Proposed Arbitrator selected pursuant to this Paragraph 4.2 agrees in writing (including via email) delivered to both parties to serve as the arbitrator hereunder is referred to herein as the “Arbitration Commencement Date”. If an arbitrator resigns or is unable to act during the Arbitration, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 to continue the Arbitration. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals and there is no successor thereto, then the arbitrator shall be selected under then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, the cost of the arbitrator must be paid equally by both parties. Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, if one party refuses or fails to pay its portion of the arbitrator fee, then the other party can advance such unpaid amount (subject to the accrual of Default Interest thereupon), with such amount being added to or subtracted from, as applicable, the Arbitration Award.
4.3 Applicability of Certain Utah Rules. The parties agree that the Arbitration shall be conducted generally in accordance with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure and the Utah Rules of Evidence. More specifically, the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure shall apply, without limitation, to the filing of any pleadings, motions or memoranda, the conducting of discovery, and the taking of any depositions. The Utah Rules of Evidence shall apply to any hearings, whether telephonic or in person, held by the arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the parties’ intent that the incorporation of such rules will in no event supersede these Arbitration Provisions. In the event of any conflict between the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure or the Utah Rules of Evidence and these Arbitration Provisions, these Arbitration Provisions shall control.
4.4 Answer and Default. An answer and any counterclaims to the Arbitration Notice shall be required to be delivered to the party initiating the Arbitration within twenty (20) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. If an answer is not delivered by the required deadline, the arbitrator must provide written notice to the defaulting party stating that the arbitrator will enter a default award against such party if such party does not file an answer within five (5) calendar days of receipt of such notice. If an answer is not filed within the five (5) day extension period, the arbitrator must render a default award, consistent with the relief requested in the Arbitration Notice, against a party that fails to submit an answer within such time period.
11
4.5 Related Litigation. The party that delivers the Arbitration Notice to the other party shall have the option to also commence concurrent legal proceedings with any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah (“Litigation Proceedings”), subject to the following: (a) the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings is to be substantially similar to the claims set forth in the Arbitration Notice, provided that an additional cause of action to compel arbitration will also be included therein, (b) so long as the other party files an answer to the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings and an answer to the Arbitration Notice, the Litigation Proceedings will be stayed pending an Arbitration Award (or Appeal Panel Award (defined below), as applicable) hereunder, (c) if the other party fails to file an answer in the Litigation Proceedings or an answer in the Arbitration proceedings, then the party initiating Arbitration shall be entitled to a default judgment consistent with the relief requested, to be entered in the Litigation Proceedings, and (d) any legal or procedural issue arising under the Arbitration Act that requires a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction may be determined in the Litigation Proceedings. Any award of the arbitrator (or of the Appeal Panel (defined below)) may be entered in such Litigation Proceedings pursuant to the Arbitration Act. In the event either party successfully petitions a court to compel arbitration, the losing party in such action shall be required to pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action.
4.6 Discovery. Pursuant to Section 118(8) of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that discovery shall be conducted as follows:
(a) Written discovery will only be allowed if the likely benefits of the proposed written discovery outweigh the burden or expense thereof, and the written discovery sought is likely to reveal information that will satisfy a specific element of a claim or defense already pleaded in the Arbitration. The party seeking written discovery shall always have the burden of showing that all of the standards and limitations set forth in these Arbitration Provisions are satisfied. The scope of discovery in the Arbitration proceedings shall also be limited as follows:
(i) To facts directly connected with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
(ii) To facts and information that cannot be obtained from another source or in another manner that is more convenient, less burdensome or less expensive than in the manner requested.
(b) No party shall be allowed (i) more than fifteen (15) interrogatories (including discrete subparts), (ii) more than fifteen (15) requests for admission (including discrete subparts), (iii) more than ten (10) document requests (including discrete subparts), or (iv) more than three (3) depositions (excluding expert depositions) for a maximum of seven (7) hours per deposition. The costs associated with depositions will be borne by the party taking the deposition. The party defending the deposition will submit a notice to the party taking the deposition of the estimated attorneys’ fees that such party expects to incur in connection with defending the deposition. If the party defending the deposition fails to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of a deposition notice, then such party shall be deemed to have waived its right to the estimated attorneys’ fees. The party taking the deposition must pay the party defending the deposition the estimated attorneys’ fees prior to taking the deposition, unless such obligation is deemed to be waived as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. If the party taking the deposition believes that the estimated attorneys’ fees are unreasonable, such party may submit the issue to the arbitrator for a decision. All depositions will be taken in Utah.
(c) All discovery requests (including document production requests included in deposition notices) must be submitted in writing to the arbitrator and the other party. The party submitting the written discovery requests must include with such discovery requests a detailed explanation of how the proposed discovery requests satisfy the requirements of these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The receiving party will then be allowed, within five (5) calendar days of receiving the proposed discovery requests, to submit to the arbitrator an estimate of the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to such written discovery requests and a written challenge to each applicable discovery request. After receipt of an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or challenge(s) to one or more discovery requests, consistent with subparagraph (c) above, the arbitrator will within three (3) calendar days make a finding as to the likely attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests and issue an order that (i) requires the requesting party to prepay the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests, and (ii) requires the responding party to respond to the discovery requests as limited by the arbitrator within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. If a party entitled to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or a challenge to discovery requests fails to do so within such 5-day period, the arbitrator will make a finding that (A) there are no attorneys’ fees or costs associated with responding to such discovery requests, and (B) the responding party must respond to such discovery requests (as may be limited by the arbitrator) within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. Any party submitting any written discovery requests, including without limitation interrogatories, requests for production subpoenas to a party or a third party, or requests for admissions, must prepay the estimated attorneys’ fees and costs, before the responding party has any obligation to produce or respond to the same, unless such obligation is deemed waived as set forth above.
12
(d) In order to allow a written discovery request, the arbitrator must find that the discovery request satisfies the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator must strictly enforce these standards. If a discovery request does not satisfy any of the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions or the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator may modify such discovery request to satisfy the applicable standards, or strike such discovery request in whole or in part.
(e) Each party may submit expert reports (and rebuttals thereto), provided that such reports must be submitted within sixty (60) days of the Arbitration Commencement Date. Each party will be allowed a maximum of two (2) experts. Expert reports must contain the following: (i) a complete statement of all opinions the expert will offer at trial and the basis and reasons for them; (ii) the expert’s name and qualifications, including a list of all the expert’s publications within the preceding ten (10) years, and a list of any other cases in which the expert has testified at trial or in a deposition or prepared a report within the preceding ten (10) years; and (iii) the compensation to be paid for the expert’s report and testimony. The parties are entitled to depose any other party’s expert witness one (1) time for no more than four (4) hours. An expert may not testify in a party’s case-in-chief concerning any matter not fairly disclosed in the expert report.
4.7 Dispositive Motions. Each party shall have the right to submit dispositive motions pursuant Rule 12 or Rule 56 of the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure (a “Dispositive Motion”). The party submitting the Dispositive Motion may, but is not required to, deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in support (the “Memorandum in Support”) of the Dispositive Motion. Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Support, the other party shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in opposition to the Memorandum in Support (the “Memorandum in Opposition”). Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the party that submitted the Memorandum in Support shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a reply memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition (“Reply Memorandum”). If the applicable party shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the other party fails to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the applicable party shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Dispositive Motion shall proceed regardless.
4.8 Confidentiality. All information disclosed by either party (or such party’s agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation information disclosed during the discovery process or any Appeal (defined below)) shall be considered confidential in nature. Each party agrees not to disclose any confidential information received from the other party (or its agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation during the discovery process or any Appeal) unless (a) prior to or after the time of disclosure such information becomes public knowledge or part of the public domain, not as a result of any inaction or action of the receiving party or its agents, (b) such information is required by a court order, subpoena or similar legal duress to be disclosed if such receiving party has notified the other party thereof in writing and given it a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order from a court of competent jurisdiction prior to disclosure, or (c) such information is disclosed to the receiving party’s agents, representatives and legal counsel on a need to know basis who each agree in writing not to disclose such information to any third party. Pursuant to Section 118(5) of the Arbitration Act, the arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to issue a protective order to prevent the disclosure of privileged information and confidential information upon the written request of either party.
4.9 Authorization; Timing; Scheduling Order. Subject to all other sections of these Arbitration Provisions, the parties hereby authorize and direct the arbitrator to take such actions and make such rulings as may be necessary to carry out the parties’ intent for the Arbitration proceedings to be efficient and expeditious. Pursuant to Section 120 of the Arbitration Act, the parties hereby agree that an Arbitration Award must be made within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. The arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to hold a scheduling conference within ten (10) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date in order to establish a scheduling order with various binding deadlines for discovery, expert testimony, and the submission of documents by the parties to enable the arbitrator to render a decision prior to the end of such 120-day period.
4.10 Relief. The arbitrator shall have the right to award or include in the Arbitration Award (or in a preliminary ruling) any relief which the arbitrator deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the arbitrator may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
13
4.11 Fees and Costs. As part of the Arbitration Award, the arbitrator is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party for all reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration.
4.12 Motion to Vacate. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, if either party desires to file a Motion to Vacate the Arbitration Award with a court in Salt Lake County, Utah, it must do so within the earlier of: (a) thirty (30) days of entry of the Arbitration Award; and (b) in response to the prevailing party’s Motion to Confirm the Arbitration Award.
5. Arbitration Appeal.
5.1 Initiation of Appeal. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, either party (the “Appellant”) shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar days in which to notify the other party (the “Appellee”), in writing, that the Appellant elects to appeal (the “Appeal”) the Arbitration Award (such notice, an “Appeal Notice”) to a panel of arbitrators as provided in Paragraph 5.2 below. The date the Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee is referred to herein as the “Appeal Date”. The Appeal Notice must be delivered to the Appellee in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.1 above with respect to delivery of an Arbitration Notice. In addition, together with delivery of the Appeal Notice to the Appellee, the Appellant must also pay for (and provide proof of such payment to the Appellee together with delivery of the Appeal Notice) a bond in the amount of 110% of the sum the Appellant owes to the Appellee as a result of the Arbitration Award the Appellant is appealing. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5.1, the Appeal will occur as a matter of right and, except as specifically set forth herein, will not be further conditioned. In the event a party does not deliver an Appeal Notice (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond) to the other party within the deadline prescribed in this Paragraph 5.1, such party shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award. The Arbitration Award will be considered final until the Appeal Notice has been properly delivered and the applicable appeal bond has been posted (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond). The parties acknowledge and agree that any Appeal shall be deemed part of the parties’ agreement to arbitrate for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act.
5.2 Selection and Payment of Appeal Panel. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of Paragraph 5.1 above, the Appeal will be heard by a three (3) person arbitration panel (the “Appeal Panel”).
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date, the Appellee shall select and submit to the Appellant the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such five (5) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Appeal Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Appeal Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services, and shall not be the arbitrator who rendered the Arbitration Award being appealed (the “Original Arbitrator”). Within five (5) calendar days after the Appellee has submitted to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, the Appellant must select, by written notice to the Appellee, three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators to act as the members of the Appeal Panel. If the Appellant fails to select three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then the Appellee may select such three (3) arbitrators from the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellant.
(b) If the Appellee fails to submit to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then the Appellant may at any time prior to the Appellee so designating the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, identify the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service (none of whom may be the Original Arbitrator) by written notice to the Appellee. The Appellee may then, within five (5) calendar days after the Appellant has submitted notice of its selected arbitrators to the Appellee, select, by written notice to the Appellant, three (3) of such selected arbitrators to serve on the Appeal Panel. If the Appellee fails to select in writing within such 5-day period three (3) of the arbitrators selected by the Appellant to serve as the members of the Appeal Panel, then the Appellant may select the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel from the Appellant’s list of five (5) arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellee.
14
(c) If a selected Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve, then the party that selected such Proposed Appeal Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date a chosen Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as an arbitrator. If at least three (3) of the five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve, then the Proposed Appeal Arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2; provided, however, that any Proposed Appeal Arbitrators who have already agreed to serve shall remain on the Appeal Panel.
(d) The date that all three (3) Proposed Appeal Arbitrators selected pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2 agree in writing (including via email) delivered to both the Appellant and the Appellee to serve as members of the Appeal Panel hereunder is referred to herein as the “Appeal Commencement Date”. No later than five (5) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellee shall designate in writing (including via email) to the Appellant and the Appeal Panel the name of one (1) of the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel to serve as the lead arbitrator in the Appeal proceedings. Each member of the Appeal Panel shall be deemed an arbitrator for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act, provided that, in conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel may only act or make determinations upon the approval or vote of no less than the majority vote of its members, as announced or communicated by the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. If an arbitrator on the Appeal Panel ceases or is unable to act during the Appeal proceedings, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with Paragraph 5.2 above to continue the Appeal as a member of the Appeal Panel. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals, then the arbitrators for the Appeal Panel shall be selected under then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 5.7 below, the cost of the Appeal Panel must be paid entirely by the Appellant.
5.3 Appeal Procedure. The Appeal will be deemed an appeal of the entire Arbitration Award. In conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall conduct a de novo review of all Claims described or otherwise set forth in the Arbitration Notice. Subject to the foregoing and all other provisions of this Paragraph 5, the Appeal Panel shall conduct the Appeal in a manner the Appeal Panel considers appropriate for a fair and expeditious disposition of the Appeal, may hold one or more hearings and permit oral argument, and may review all previous evidence and discovery, together with all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (as well as any documents filed with the Appeal Panel pursuant to Paragraph 5.4(a) below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall not permit the parties to conduct any additional discovery or raise any new Claims to be arbitrated, shall not permit new witnesses or affidavits, and shall not base any of its findings or determinations on the Original Arbitrator’s findings or the Arbitration Award.
5.4 Timing.
(a) Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellant (i) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Appeal Panel copies of the Appeal Notice, all discovery conducted in connection with the Arbitration, and all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (which material Appellee shall have the right to review and supplement if necessary), and (ii) may, but is not required to, deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Memorandum in Support of the Appellant’s arguments concerning or position with respect to all Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellant’s delivery of the Memorandum in Support, as applicable, the Appellee shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellant a Memorandum in Opposition to the Memorandum in Support. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellee’s delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the Appellant shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Reply Memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition. If the Appellant shall fail to substantially comply with the requirements of clause (i) of this subparagraph (a), the Appellant shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award, and the Arbitration Award shall be final. If the Appellee shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the Appellant shall fail to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the Appellee or the Appellant, as the case may be, shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Appeal shall proceed regardless.
(b) Subject to subparagraph (a) above, the parties hereby agree that the Appeal must be heard by the Appeal Panel within thirty (30) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, and that the Appeal Panel must render its decision within thirty (30) calendar days after the Appeal is heard (and in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date).
15
5.5 Appeal Panel Award. The Appeal Panel shall issue its decision (the “Appeal Panel Award”) through the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the Appeal Panel Award shall (a) supersede in its entirety and make of no further force or effect the Arbitration Award (provided that any protective orders issued by the Original Arbitrator shall remain in full force and effect), (b) be final and binding upon the parties, with no further rights of appeal, (c) be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration, and (d) be promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Appeal Panel Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Appeal Panel Award shall include Default Interest (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Note for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Appeal Panel Award will be entered and enforced by a state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
5.6 Relief. The Appeal Panel shall have the right to award or include in the Appeal Panel Award any relief which the Appeal Panel deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the Appeal Panel may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
5.7 Fees and Costs. As part of the Appeal Panel Award, the Appeal Panel is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration and the Appeal Panel, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party (the party being awarded the most amount of money by the Appeal Panel, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any part) the reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator and Appeal Panel costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration (including without limitation in connection with the Appeal).
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Severability. If any part of these Arbitration Provisions is found to violate or be illegal under applicable law, then such provision shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision enforceable under applicable law, and the remainder of the Arbitration Provisions shall remain unaffected and in full force and effect.
6.2 Governing Law. These Arbitration Provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without regard to the conflict of laws principles therein.
6.3 Interpretation. The headings of these Arbitration Provisions are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, these Arbitration Provisions.
6.4 Waiver. No waiver of any provision of these Arbitration Provisions shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver.
6.5 Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of these Arbitration Provisions.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
16
Exhibit 10.26
SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
| Effective Date: October 30, 2025 | Principal Amount: U.S. $560,000.00 | |
| Purchase Price: U.S. $500,000.00 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, or its permitted successors or assigns (“Lender”), the principal amount of Two Million Two Hundred and Twenty Thousand and 00/100 U.S. Dollars ($560,000.00) and any accrued but unpaid interest, fees, charges, and late fees accrued pursuant to the terms hereunder on the date (the “Maturity Date”) that is nine (9) months after the Purchase Price Date. The Outstanding Balance of this Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall bear interest at a fixed rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the Purchase Price Date until the same is paid in full. All interest calculations hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months, shall compound daily and shall be payable in accordance with the terms of this Note. This Note is issued and made effective as of October 30, 2025 (the “Effective Date”). This Note is issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated October 30, 2025, as the same may be amended from time to time, by and between Borrower and Lender (the “Purchase Agreement”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Attachment 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
This Note carries an original issue discount of $50,000.00 (the “OID”). In addition, Borrower agrees to pay $10,000.00 to Lender to cover Lender’s legal fees, accounting costs, due diligence, monitoring and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of this Note (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The OID and Transaction Expense Amount are both included in the initial principal balance of this Note and are deemed to be fully earned and non-refundable as of the Purchase Price Date. The purchase price for this Note shall be $500,000.00 (the “Purchase Price”), computed as follows: $560,000.00 original principal balance, less the OID, less the Transaction Expense Amount. The Purchase Price shall be due and payable by Lender by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Purchase Price Date.
1. Payments; Effectiveness of Registration Statement
1.1. Payment. All payments (including any prepayments) owing or to be made hereunder shall be in lawful money of the United States of America and delivered to the bank account as Lender may designate in writing to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the notice provisions hereof. All payments shall be applied first to (a) costs of collection, if any, then to (b) fees and charges, if any, then to (c) accrued and unpaid interest, and thereafter, to (d) principal. Whenever any payment to be made under this Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a business day, such payment shall be due and payable on the next following business day.
1.2. Prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with ten (10) Trading Days’ prior written notice, Borrower may prepay all or any portion of the Outstanding Balance (less such portion of the Outstanding Balance for which Borrower has received a Conversion Notice (as defined below) from Lender where the applicable Conversion Shares have not yet been delivered). For the avoidance of doubt, during the ten (10) Trading Day prepayment notice period Lender shall retain the right to submit Conversion Notices, if applicable. If Borrower exercises its right to prepay this Note, Borrower shall make payment to Lender of an amount in cash equal to 110% multiplied by the portion of the then Outstanding Balance Borrower elects to prepay. Borrower will lose the right to prepay this Note if Borrower elects to prepay this Note and fails to do so on the date set forth in the prepayment notice sent to Lender.
2. Automatic Exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Transaction Document (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement, ten (10) Trading Days following the date on which the Second Registration Statement (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement) is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission this Note shall automatically, and without any further action by Borrower or Lender, be exchanged for, and applied to the purchase price of, a Pre-Paid Purchase (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Outstanding Balance (the “Automatic Exchange”). The Automatic Exchange will take place in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a)(9) of the 1933 Act (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
Upon the occurrence of the Automatic Exchange:
(a) Borrower and Lender shall be deemed to have entered into a Pre-Paid Purchase in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement, with a principal amount equal to the Outstanding Balance, effective as of the date of the Automatic Exchange;
(b) This Note will be cancelled and the remaining amount owed will be evidenced solely by the Pre-Paid Purchase; and
(c) Borrower and Lender shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to evidence and effectuate the Automatic Exchange, provided, however, that the failure to do so by either party shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the Automatic Exchange as provided herein.
3. Security. This Note is secured by the following: (a) the Security Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and (b) the IP Security Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). This Note is also guaranteed by the Guaranty (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the foregoing documents being the “Collateral and Guarantee Documents”).
4. Conversions. Lender has the right at any time beginning on the Initial Listing Date, until the Outstanding Balance has been paid in full, at its election, to convert (each instance of conversion is referred to herein as a “Conversion”) all or any portion of the Outstanding Balance into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares (“Conversion Shares”) as per the following conversion formula: the number of Conversion Shares equals the amount of the Outstanding Balance being converted (the “Conversion Amount”) divided by the Conversion Price. Conversion notices in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Conversion Notice”) may be effectively delivered to Borrower by any method set forth in the “Notices” section of the Purchase Agreement, and all Conversions shall be cashless and not require further payment from Lender. Borrower shall deliver the Conversion Shares from any Conversion to Lender in accordance with Section 8 below.
5. Trigger Events; Defaults; and Remedies.
5.1. Trigger Events. The following are trigger events under this Note (each, a “Trigger Event”): (a) Borrower fails to pay any principal, interest, fees, charges, or any other amount when due and payable hereunder; (b) a receiver, trustee or other similar official shall be appointed over Borrower or a material part of its assets and such appointment shall remain uncontested for twenty (20) days or shall not be dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days; (c) Borrower becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due; (d) Borrower makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) Borrower files a petition for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (domestic or foreign); (f) an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding is commenced or filed against Borrower; (g) Borrower fails to timely establish and maintain the Share Reserve (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (h) Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant set forth in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement; (i) the occurrence of a Fundamental Transaction without Lender’s prior written consent; (j) Borrower fails to deliver any Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms hereof; (k) Borrower or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note defaults or otherwise fails to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement of Borrower or such pledgor, trustor, or guarantor contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, other than those specifically set forth in this Section 5.1 and Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement; (l) any representation, warranty or other statement made or furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note to Lender herein, in any Transaction Document, or otherwise in connection with the issuance of this Note is false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; (m) Borrower effectuates a reverse split, ratio change or other similar event with respect to its Common Shares without ten (10) Trading Days prior written notice to Lender; (n) any money judgment, writ or similar process is entered or filed against Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower or any of its property or other assets for more than $500,000.00, and shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of twenty (20) calendar days unless otherwise consented to by Lender; (o) Borrower fails to be DWAC Eligible; (p) at any time during the period beginning on the effective date of the Registration Statement and ending on the six (6) month anniversary of the Purchase Price Date, the Registration Statement is suspended, halted, declared ineffective or otherwise unavailable for Lender to sell Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares; (q) a non-management support preliminary proxy is filed against Borrower; or (r) Borrower, any subsidiary of Borrower, or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note breaches any material covenant or other material term or condition contained in any Other Agreements.
5.2. Trigger Event Remedies. Beginning five (5) Trading Days following the occurrence of any Trigger Event, Lender may, at its option, increase the Outstanding Balance by applying the Trigger Effect (subject to the limitation set forth below).
2
5.3. Defaults. At any time following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Lender may, at its option, send written notice to Borrower pursuant to the notice provisions of the Purchase Agreement demanding that Borrower cure the Trigger Event within seven (7) Trading Days. If Borrower fails to cure the Trigger Event within the required seven (7) Trading Day cure period, the Trigger Event will automatically become an event of default hereunder (each, an “Event of Default”).
5.4. Default Remedies. At any time and from time to time following the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender may accelerate this Note by prior written notice to Borrower, with the Outstanding Balance becoming immediately due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of any Trigger Event described in clauses (b) – (f) of Section 5.1, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred and the Outstanding Balance as of the date of the occurrence of such Trigger Event shall become immediately and automatically due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default Amount, without any written notice required by Lender for the Trigger Event to become an Event of Default. At any time following the occurrence of any Event of Default, upon prior written notice given by Lender to Borrower, interest shall accrue on the Outstanding Balance beginning on the date the applicable Event of Default occurred at an interest rate equal to the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) per annum simple interest or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law (“Default Interest”). For the avoidance of doubt, Lender may continue making Conversions at any time following a Trigger Event or Event of Default until such time as the Outstanding Balance is paid in full. In connection with acceleration described herein, Lender need not provide, and Borrower hereby waives, any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and Lender may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such acceleration may be rescinded and annulled by Lender at any time prior to payment hereunder and Lender shall have all rights as a holder of the Note until such time, if any, as Lender receives full payment of this Note. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Trigger Event or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Nothing herein shall limit Lender’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to Borrower’s failure to timely deliver Conversion Shares upon Conversion of the Note as required pursuant to the terms hereof.
6. Unconditional Obligation; No Offset. Borrower acknowledges that this Note is an unconditional, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower not subject to offset, deduction or counterclaim of any kind. Borrower hereby waives any rights of offset it now has or may have hereafter against Lender, its successors and assigns, and agrees to make the payments or Conversions called for herein in accordance with the terms of this Note.
7. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Note shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
8. Method of Conversion Share Delivery. On or before the close of business on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date of delivery of a Conversion Notice (the “Delivery Date”), Borrower shall, provided it is DWAC Eligible at such time and such Conversion Shares are eligible for delivery via DWAC, deliver or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver the applicable Conversion Shares electronically via DWAC to the account designated by Lender in the applicable Conversion Notice. If Borrower is not DWAC Eligible or such Conversion Shares are not eligible for delivery via DWAC, it shall deliver to Lender or its broker (as designated in the Conversion Notice), via reputable overnight courier, a certificate representing the number of Common Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares to which Lender shall be entitled, registered in the name of Lender or its designee. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower has not met its obligation to deliver Conversion Shares by the Delivery Date unless Lender or its broker, as applicable, has actually received the certificate representing the applicable Conversion Shares no later than the close of business on the relevant Delivery Date pursuant to the terms set forth above. Moreover, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, in the event Borrower or its transfer agent refuses to deliver any Conversion Shares without a restrictive securities legend to Lender on grounds that such issuance is in violation of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), Borrower shall deliver or cause its transfer agent to deliver the applicable Conversion Shares to Lender with a restricted securities legend, but otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8. In conjunction therewith, Borrower will also deliver to Lender a written explanation from its counsel or its transfer agent’s counsel opining as to why the issuance of the applicable Conversion Shares violates Rule 144.
3
9. Conversion Delays. If Borrower fails to deliver Conversion Shares by the applicable Delivery Date, Lender may at any time prior to receiving the applicable Conversion Shares rescind in whole or in part such Conversion, with a corresponding increase to the Outstanding Balance (any returned amount will tack back to the Purchase Price Date for purposes of determining the holding period under Rule 144).
10. Sales Limitation. Lender will limit its sales of Common Shares on the open market in any given calendar week to twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%) of the weekly trading volume of the Common Shares on all trading markets (including regular and extended trading) for such week (the “Weekly Sales Cap”). In the event Lender breaches such covenant, Borrower’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be the reduction of the Outstanding Balance by the amount that Lender’s sales of Common Shares in any such week exceeded the Weekly Sales Cap. For the avoidance of doubt, both the Weekly Sales Cap and Borrower’s remedy related to such limitation shall expire thirty (30) days after satisfaction in full of the Note.
11. Exchange Cap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall not issue any Common Shares pursuant to this Note if such issuance (together with any other issuances of Common Shares pursuant to the Note or any other Transaction Document) would result in the aggregate issuance by Borrower of more than 19.99% of Borrower’s outstanding Common Shares as of the Effective Date (the “Exchange Cap”), unless Borrower obtains the prior approval of its stockholders in accordance with applicable law and the rules of the principal securities exchange or market on which the Common Shares then listed or traded for issuances in excess of the Exchange Cap or if the Exchange Cap does not apply to issuances hereunder as result of Borrower electing to be subject to home country rules. In the event the Exchange Cap is reached, Borrower would be required to honor any Conversion Notices in cash.
12. Ownership Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note or the other Transaction Documents, Borrower shall not effect any Conversion of this Note to the extent that after giving effect to such Conversion would cause Lender (together with its affiliates) to beneficially own a number of shares exceeding 9.99% of the number of Common Shares outstanding on such date (including for such purpose the Common Shares issuable upon such issuance) (the “Maximum Percentage”). For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership of Common Shares will be determined pursuant to Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act. The foregoing Maximum Percentage is enforceable, unconditional and non-waivable and shall apply to all affiliates and assigns of Lender.
13. Opinion of Counsel. In the event that an opinion of counsel is needed for any Conversion under this Note, Lender has the right to have any such opinion provided by its counsel.
14. Governing Law; Venue. This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. The provisions set forth in the Purchase Agreement to determine the proper venue for any disputes are incorporated herein by this reference.
15. Arbitration of Disputes. By its issuance or acceptance of this Note, each party agrees to be bound by the Arbitration Provisions (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) set forth as an exhibit to the Purchase Agreement.
4
16. Cancellation. After repayment (including, without limitation, prepayment pursuant to Section 1.2 or Automatic Exchange pursuant to Section 2 of this Note) or conversion of the entire Outstanding Balance, (a) this Note shall be deemed paid in full, shall automatically be deemed canceled, and shall not be reissued and (b) the security interests granted pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Documents shall automatically terminate with respect to all Collateral (as defined therein) and the Collateral and Guarantee Documents shall be of no further force and effect.
17. Amendments. The prior written consent of both parties hereto shall be required for any change or amendment to this Note.
18. Assignments. Borrower may not assign this Note without the prior written consent of Lender. This Note and any Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of this Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by Lender without the consent of Borrower, so long as such transfer is in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws and Borrower receives written notice in connection therewith. The Lender and any permitted assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of this Note represented by this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.
19. Notices. Whenever notice is required to be given under this Note, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with the subsection of the Purchase Agreement titled “Notices.”
20. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of this Note shall be used by Borrower for working capital in the ordinary course of business and for other general corporate purposes.
21. Severability. If any part of this Note is construed to be in violation of any law, such part shall be modified to achieve the objective of Borrower and Lender to the fullest extent permitted by law and the balance of this Note shall remain in full force and effect.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.
| BORROWER: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
| ACKNOWLEDGED, ACCEPTED AND AGREED: | ||
| LENDER: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
[Signature Page to Secured Convertible Promissory Note]
ATTACHMENT 1
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
A1. “Common Shares” means Borrower’s shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001.
A2. “Conversion Price” means 85% of the Nasdaq Valuation Price.
A3. “Conversion Share Value” means the product of the number of Conversion Shares deliverable pursuant to any Conversion Notice multiplied by the daily VWAP of the Common Shares on the Delivery Date for such Conversion.
A4. “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.
A5. “DTC/FAST Program” means the DTC’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer program.
A6. “DWAC” means the DTC’s Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian system.
A7. “DWAC Eligible” means that (a) Borrower’s Common Shares are eligible at DTC for full services pursuant to DTC’s operational arrangements, including without limitation transfer through DTC’s DWAC system; (b) Borrower has been approved (without revocation) by DTC’s underwriting department; (c) Borrower’s transfer agent is approved as an agent in the DTC/FAST Program; (d) the Conversion Shares are otherwise eligible for delivery via DWAC; and (e) Borrower’s transfer agent does not have a policy prohibiting or limiting delivery of the Conversion Shares via DWAC.
A8. “Fundamental Transaction” means that (a) (i) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is the surviving corporation) any other person or entity, (ii) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its respective properties or assets to any other person or entity, (iii) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, allow any other person or entity to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower (not including any shares of voting stock of Borrower held by the person or persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the persons or entities making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), (iv) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with any other person or entity whereby such other person or entity acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower (not including any shares of voting stock of Borrower held by the other persons or entities making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other persons or entities making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), (v) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, reorganize, recapitalize or reclassify the Common Shares, other than an increase in the number of authorized shares of Borrower’s Common Shares or Common Shares, (vi) Borrower transfers any material asset to any Subsidiary, affiliate, person or entity under common ownership or control with Borrower, or (vii) Borrower pays or makes any monetary or non-monetary dividend or distribution to its shareholders; or (b) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding voting stock of Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower or any of the subsidiaries entering into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction will be deemed to be a Fundamental Transaction unless such agreement contains a closing condition that this Note is repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction.
Attachment 1 to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, Page 1
A9. “Initial Listing Date” means the first Trading Day that the Common Shares trade on Nasdaq.
A10. “Major Trigger Event” means any Trigger Event occurring under Sections 4.1(a) - 4.1(i).
A11. “Mandatory Default Amount” means the Outstanding Balance following the application of the Trigger Effect.
A12. “Minor Trigger Event” means any Trigger Event that is not a Major Trigger Event.
A13. “Nasdaq Valuation Price” means either (a) the Valuation based Bid Price or (b) the Compelling Evidence-based Bid Price, as accepted by Nasdaq in Borrower’s direct listing application with Nasdaq.
A14. “Other Agreements” means, collectively, (a) all existing and future agreements and instruments between, among or by Borrower (or a subsidiary), on the one hand, and Lender (or an affiliate), on the other hand, and (b) any financing agreement or a material agreement that affects Borrower’s ongoing business operations.
A15. “Outstanding Balance” means as of any date of determination, the Purchase Price, as reduced or increased, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms hereof for payment, Conversion, offset, or otherwise, plus the Transaction Expense Amount, plus the OID, plus accrued but unpaid interest.
A16. “Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2025, by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc. and Streeterville Capital, LLC in connection with the issuance of purchase of Common Shares pursuant to pre-paid purchases.
A17. “Purchase Price Date” means the date the Purchase Price is delivered by Lender to Borrower.
A18. “Trading Day” means any day on which Nasdaq (or such other principal market for the Common Shares) is open for trading.
A19. “Trigger Effect” means multiplying the Outstanding Balance as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred by (a) seven-and-a-half percent (7.5%) for each occurrence of any Major Trigger Event, or (b) two-and-a-half percent (2.5%) for each occurrence of any Minor Trigger Event, and then adding the resulting product to the Outstanding Balance as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred, with the sum of the foregoing then becoming the Outstanding Balance under this Note as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred; provided, however, that the Trigger Effect may only be applied three (3) times for Major Trigger Events and three (3) times for Minor Trigger Events.
A20. “VWAP” means the volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the principal market for a particular Trading Day or set of Trading Days, as the case may be, as reported by Bloomberg.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
Attachment 1 to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, Page 2
EXHIBIT A
CONVERSION NOTICE
Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Lender”) hereby gives notice to Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), pursuant to that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note made by Borrower in favor of Lender on October 30, 2025 (the “Note”), that Lender elects to convert the portion of the Note balance set forth below into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares of Borrower as of the date of conversion specified below. Said conversion shall be based on the Conversion Price set forth below. In the event of a conflict between this Conversion Notice and the Note, the Note shall govern, or, in the alternative, at the election of Lender in its sole discretion, Lender may provide a new form of Conversion Notice to conform to the Note. Capitalized terms used in this notice without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Note.
| A. | Date of Conversion: ____________ |
| B. | Conversion #: ____________ |
| C. | Conversion Amount: ____________ |
| D. | Conversion Price: _______________ |
| E. | Conversion Shares: _______________ (C divided by D) |
| F. | Remaining Outstanding Balance of Note: ____________* |
| * | Subject to adjustments for corrections, defaults, interest, fees, and other adjustments permitted by the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the terms of which shall control in the event of any dispute between the terms of this Conversion Notice and such Transaction Documents. |
Please transfer the Conversion Shares electronically (via DWAC) to the following account:
| Lender: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | ||
| John M. Fife, President | ||
Exhibit 10.27
SECOND 2025 NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This Second 2025 Note Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of the ____ day of ________, 2025, by and among Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and the investors set forth on Schedule I attached to this Agreement (each an “Investor,” and collectively, the “Investors”).
R E C I T A L:
The Company desires to sell to the Investors, and the Investors desire to purchase from the Company, a series of Second 2025 Promissory Notes of the Company (each, a “Note”; and collectively, the “Notes”), to raise proceeds for the Company in the amount of up to $1,000,000.00, which amount may be increased at the election of the Company to $1,500,000.00 as provided for in Section 2.2(a) hereof (the “Maximum Investment Amount”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.
AGREEMENT
In consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises set forth in this Agreement, the parties to this Agreement agree as follows:
Section 1. AUTHORIZATION AND SALE.
1.1 Authorization. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company has duly authorized the issuance and sale of the Notes, each in the form attached hereto as Exhibit “A”, pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, against payment of the purchase price therefor. The principal amount of each Note shall be equal to 110% of the dollar amount invested by the Investor for the purchase of such Note (the “Issuance Premium”).
1.2 Subscription. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, each Investor hereby irrevocably subscribes for and agrees to purchase at the Initial Closing (as defined below) a Note with the original principal amount indicated opposite such Investor’s name on Schedule I hereto under the column titled “Principal Amount of Note”, which principal amount reflects the Issuance Premium.
Section 2. CLOSING; POST-CLOSING COVENANT.
2.1 The Initial Closing. The initial purchase and sale of the Notes shall take place remotely via the exchange of documents and signature pages simultaneously with the execution and delivery of this Agreement on the date set forth above by the Company and the Investors (which time is referred to in this Agreement as the “Initial Closing”). At the Initial Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a Note with an original principal amount that reflects the Issuance Premium in exchange for such Investor’s payment to the Company of the amount set forth opposite the name of such Investor under the column captioned “Investment Amount” on Schedule I hereto, with such Note registered in the name of such Investor, such amount to be paid, at the Company’s direction, by (a) a cashier’s check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing.
2.2 Additional Closings.
(a) After the Initial Closing, the Company may, in its discretion, sell up to the balance of the remaining Notes pursuant to this Agreement at one or more additional closings occurring on or prior to December 1, 2025 (each, an “Additional Closing”) to any potential Investor that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect, and becomes a party to this Agreement; provided, that the Company may not, in any event, issue and sell Notes under this Agreement with a total principal amount (inclusive of the Issuance Premium) in excess of $1,100,000.00 unless the Company, by decision of its Chief Executive Officer in his sole discretion, increases the Maximum Investment Amount to $1,500,000.00 on or prior to November 30, 2025, in which case the Company may issue and sell Notes hereunder until such time as the total principal amount of all Notes issued and sold hereunder equals $1,650,000.00 (inclusive of the Issuance Premium).
(b) At each Additional Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a Note with an original principal amount equal to such Investor’s investment amount therein plus the Issuance Premium registered in the name of such Investor, against the Investor’s payment to the Company of the amount set forth opposite the name of such Investor under the column captioned “Investment Amount” on Schedule I hereto, which amount shall be paid, at the Company’s direction, by (a) a cashier’s check payable to the Company’s order, (b) wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Company, or (c) any combination of the foregoing. Prior to each Additional Closing, each Investor shall become a party to, if he, she or it has not already done so, to this Agreement.
2.3 Separate Sales. The Company’s agreement with each of the Investors is a separate agreement, and the sale of the Notes to each of the Investors is a separate sale.
Section 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY. The Company hereby represents and warrants to each Investor as of the date of the Initial Closing as follows:
3.1 Organization; Good Standing. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Company, collectively with its subsidiaries Virtuix Inc., a Delaware corporation, Virtuix Manufacturing Limited, a Hong Kong company, Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd., a Taiwan corporation, and Virtuix Arabia LLC, a KSA LLC (collectively, the “Subsidiaries”), has all requisite corporate power and authority to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under this Agreement and the Notes (collectively, the “Transaction Agreements”), and to own and operate its properties and assets and carry on its business as currently conducted and as presently proposed to be conducted. The Company and the Subsidiaries are duly qualified to transact business and are in good standing in each jurisdiction in which the failure to be so qualified would have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, properties, prospects or financial condition (as considered on a consolidated basis).
3.2 Licenses, Registrations and Permits. The Company and the Subsidiaries hold all franchises, licenses, registrations, permits and any similar authority necessary to conduct their respective business in all material respects as currently conducted free and clear of any and all encumbrances. All such licenses, registrations and permits are in full force and effect, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any term or provision or requirement of any such licences, registrations and permits, and no individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity (each, a “Person”) has threatened to revoke, amend or impose any condition in respect of, or commenced proceedings to revoke, amend or impose conditions in respect of, any such licence, registration or permit.
3.3 Due Authorization. All corporate action on the part of the Company, its officers, directors, and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery, and performance of all obligations of the Company under the Transaction Agreements, and the authorization, issuance, sale and delivery of all of the Notes being sold under this Agreement has been taken or shall be taken prior to the Initial Closing. The Transaction Agreements, when executed and delivered, shall constitute, valid and legally binding obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, except (a) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) as may be limited by the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.
2
3.4 Valid Issuance of Securities.
(a) The Notes, when issued and paid for as provided in this Agreement, shall be duly authorized and validly issued. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Notes have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance. Such shares of Common Stock, if and when issued upon the conversion of the Notes, shall be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
(b) Based in part on the representations made by the Investors in Section 4 of this Agreement, the offer, issuance, sale and delivery of the Notes are exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).
3.5 Governmental Consents. No consent, approval, order, or authorization of or registration, qualification, designation, declaration, or filing with, any federal, state, or local governmental authority is required on the part of the Company in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements except for such qualifications or filings under applicable securities laws as may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. All such qualifications and filings shall, in the case of qualifications, be effective on the Initial Closing and shall, in the case of filings, be made within the time prescribed by law.
3.6 Other Consents. No notice, consent or approval of any Person is required on the part of the Company in order to enable the Company to execute, deliver, and perform its obligations under the Transaction Agreements.
3.7 Litigation. There is no claim, action, suit, proceeding, arbitration, complaint, charge or investigation (“Action”) pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened that (i) if decided adversely to the Company, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, assets (including intangible assets), liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company or (ii) questions the validity of this Agreement or any Note, or the right of the Company to enter into such Transaction Agreements, or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby. There is no Action pending, or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against any officer, director or employee of the Company in connection with such officer’s, director’s or employee’s relationship with, or actions taken on behalf of, the Company. The Company is not a party to or subject to the provisions of any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality and there is no Action by the Company currently pending or which the Company intends to initiate.
3.8 Compliance with Law and Documents. The Company is not in violation of or default of any provisions of the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Restated Certificate”) or the Company’s bylaws (the “Bylaws”), or of any instrument, judgment, order, writ, decree or contract to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound and, to the Company’s knowledge, the Company is in compliance with all applicable statutes, laws, regulations, and executive orders of the United States of America and all states, foreign countries, or other governmental bodies and agencies having jurisdiction over the Company’s business or properties. The Company has not received any notice of any violation of any such statute, law, regulation, or order prior to the date of this Agreement. The execution, delivery, and performance of the Transaction Agreements and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall not result in any such violation or default or be in material conflict with or result in a material violation or breach of, with or without the passage of time or the giving of notice or both, the Restated Certificate or Bylaws, any judgment, order, or decree of any court or arbitrator to which the Company is a party or is subject, any agreement or contract of the Company, or, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, a violation of any statute, law, regulation, or order, or an event which results in the creation of any material lien, charge, or encumbrance upon any asset of the Company, or the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture, or nonrenewal of any material permit, license, authorization, or approval applicable to the Company, its business or operations or any of their assets or properties. The Company has not previously entered into any agreement which is currently in effect or to which the Company is currently bound, granting any rights to any Person which are inconsistent with the rights to be granted by the Company in the Transaction Agreements.
3
3.9 Financial Statements. The Company has made available to each Investor its audited financial statements (balance sheet and statement of operations) for its fiscal year ended March 31, 2025 (the “Financial Statements”). The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) consistently applied throughout the periods indicated and with each other, except that the Financial Statements do not contain all footnotes required by GAAP and are subject to normal year-end adjustments.
3.10 Environmental and Safety Laws. The Company is not in violation of any applicable statute, law or regulation relating to the environment or occupational health and safety, and no expenditures are or will be required in order to comply with any such existing statute, law or regulation.
3.11 Insurance. The Company has in full force and effect casualty insurance policies, with coverage in amounts (subject to reasonable deductibles) customary for companies similarly situated.
Section 4. REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, AND CERTAIN AGREEMENTS OF THE INVESTORS. Each Investor represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Company, severally and not jointly and only with respect to itself, that:
4.1 Authorization. The Investor has the full power and authority to enter into the Transaction Agreements to which such Investor is a party, and each such Transaction Agreement constitutes the Investor’s valid and legally binding obligation, enforceable in accordance with its terms except (a) as may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other laws of general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (b) as may be limited by the effect of rules of law governing the availability of equitable remedies.
4.2 Purchase for Own Account. The Investor’s Note is being acquired for investment for the Investor’s own account, not as a nominee or agent, and not with a view to the public resale or distribution within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the Investor has no present intention of selling, granting any participation in, or otherwise distributing the same. If other than an individual, the Investor also represents that it has not been formed for the specific purpose of acquiring the Note.
4.3 Exempt Offering. The Investor acknowledges that the Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act and are being offered and sold pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the Securities Act based in part upon the representations of the Investors contained in this Agreement.
4.4 Disclosure of Information. The Investor believes that it has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to acquire the Investor’s Note. The Investor has had an opportunity to ask questions and receive answers from the Company regarding the terms and conditions of the offering of the Notes and the business, properties, prospects, and financial condition of the Company and to obtain additional information (to the extent the Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense), which questions were answered to its satisfaction. The foregoing, however, does not in any way limit or modify the representations and warranties made by the Company in Section 3 hereof.
4
4.5 Investment Experience. The Investor understands that the Company has a limited financial and operating history and that an investment in the Company involves substantial risks. The Investor has experience as an investor in securities of companies in the development stage and acknowledges that it is able to fend for itself, can bear the economic risk of its investment in the Investor’s Note, and has such knowledge and experience in financial or business matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of this investment in the Note.
4.6 Accredited Investor Status. The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of SEC Rule 501 of Regulation D, as presently in effect.
4.7 Restricted Securities. The Investor understands that the Notes are characterized as “restricted securities” under the Securities Act inasmuch as they are being (or shall be) acquired from the Company in a transaction not involving a public offering and that under the Securities Act and applicable regulations under the Securities Act the Notes may be resold without registration under the Securities Act only in certain limited circumstances. In this connection, the Investor represents that it is familiar with SEC Rule 144, as presently in effect, and understands the resale limitations imposed by SEC Rule 144 and by the Securities Act. The Investor understands that the Company is under no obligation to register any of the Notes sold under this Agreement. The Investor understands that no market now exists for any securities of the Company, including the Notes, and that it is uncertain whether a market, public or otherwise, shall ever exist for the Notes.
4.8 Further Limitations on Disposition. Without in any way limiting the representations set forth above or the restrictions set forth in the Investor’s Note, the Investor further agrees not to make any disposition of all or any portion of the Investor’s Note unless and until:
(a) there is then in effect a registration statement under the Securities Act covering such proposed disposition and such disposition is made in accordance with such registration statement; or
(b) the Investor shall have notified the Company of the proposed disposition and shall have furnished the Company with a statement of the circumstances surrounding the proposed disposition, and, if reasonably requested by the Company, the Investor shall furnish the Company with an opinion of counsel, reasonably satisfactory to the Company, that such disposition shall not require registration of the Investor’s Note under the Securities Act.
4.9 Legends. It is understood that the Notes shall bear the legend set forth below:
(a) THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED FOR VALUE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, NOR MAY THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY WITHOUT REGISTRATION UNDER ALL APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, SUCH COMPLIANCE, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, TO BE EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF STOCKHOLDER’S COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS WOULD RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT.
(b) Any other legends required by state securities laws applicable to any individual Investor.
5
4.10 Independent Review. The Investor has reviewed with the Investor’s own tax and legal advisors the consequences of this investment and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement. The Investor is relying solely on such advisors and not on any statements or representations of the Company, the Company’s counsel, or any of the Company’s agents regarding the consequences of this investment. The Investor understands that it (and not the Company) shall be responsible for its own tax liability that may arise as a result of this investment or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
4.11 Brokers or Finders. The Investor has not engaged any brokers, finders or agents, and neither the Company nor any other Investor has, nor will, incur, directly or indirectly, as a result of any action taken by the Investor, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees or agents’ commissions or any similar charges in connection with the Agreements.
Section 5. CONDITIONS TO INVESTORS’ OBLIGATIONS AT CLOSING. The obligations of each Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver, on or before the Initial Closing and any Additional Closing (each, a “Closing”), of each of the following conditions, the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Investor who does not give written consent thereto, except that Sections 5.1 and 5.5 need not be fulfilled for subsequent sales of the Notes pursuant to Section 2.2 hereof:
5.1 Representations and Warranties. Each of the representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 3 shall be true and complete on and as of the Initial Closing.
5.2 Performance. The Company shall have performed and complied with all agreements, obligations, and conditions contained in this Agreement that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.
5.3 Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals, or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements), permits, and waivers (including without limitation, a waiver of rights of first offer or preemptive rights under the Equity Agreements) necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements, and the same shall be effective as of the date of the Closing.
5.4 Securities Exemptions. The offer and sale of the Notes to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.
5.5 Proceedings and Documents. All corporate and other proceedings in connection with the transactions contemplated at the Initial Closing and all documents incident to such proceedings shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Investors, and they shall each have received all such counterpart originals and certified or other copies of such documents as they may reasonably request.
5.6 Legal Investment. At the time of the Initial Closing, the purchase of the Notes by the Investors under this Agreement shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.
6
Section 6. CONDITIONS TO THE COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the Company to each Investor under this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment or waiver on or before the Closing of each of the following conditions with respect to such Investor:
6.1 Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of each Investor contained in Section 4 shall be true and complete on the date of the applicable Closing with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and as of such Closing.
6.2 Consents and Waivers. The Company shall have obtained any and all consents (including all governmental or regulatory consents, approvals, or authorizations required in connection with the valid execution and delivery of the Transaction Agreements), permits, and waivers necessary or appropriate for consummation of the transactions contemplated or required by the Transaction Agreements, and the same shall be effective as of the date of the applicable Closing.
6.3 Legal Investment. At the time of the applicable Closing, the purchase of the Notes by the Investors under this Agreement shall be legally permitted by all laws and regulations to which the Investors and the Company are subject.
6.4 Securities Exemption. The offer and sale of the Notes to the Investors pursuant to this Agreement shall be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.
6.5 Legal Matters. At the time of the applicable Closing, all approvals of the Company’s Board of Directors necessary for performance of the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall have been obtained, and all material matters of a legal nature which pertain to the Transaction Agreements and the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Agreements shall have been reasonably approved by counsel to the Company.
6.6 Payment of Purchase Price. The Investors shall have delivered the purchase price specified in Section 2.1 or 2.2, as applicable.
Section 7. GENERAL PROVISIONS.
7.1 Survival of Representations and Warranties
. The representations, warranties, and covenants of the Company and the Investors contained in or made pursuant to this Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Initial Closing for a period of two years and shall in no way be affected by any investigation of the subject matter of such representations, warranties, and covenants made by or on behalf of the Investors, their respective counsel, or the Company, as the case may be.
7.2 Successors and Assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the provisions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the parties to this Agreement (including permitted transferees of any Notes).
7.3 Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any person, other than the parties to this Agreement and their respective successors and assigns, any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.
7
7.4 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial. This Agreement and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding brought by either party which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES ITS RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR THE NOTES OR THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF OR THEREOF. THE SCOPE OF THIS WAIVER IS INTENDED TO BE ALL-ENCOMPASSING OF ANY AND ALL DISPUTES THAT MAY BE FILED IN ANY COURT AND THAT RELATE TO THE SUBJECT MATTER OF THIS TRANSACTION, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW AND STATUTORY CLAIMS. THIS SECTION HAS BEEN FULLY DISCUSSED BY EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THESE PROVISIONS WILL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY EXCEPTIONS. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY FURTHER WARRANTS AND REPRESENTS THAT SUCH PARTY HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS LEGAL COUNSEL, AND THAT SUCH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.
7.5 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts (including, without limitation, facsimile and email counterparts), each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.
7.6 Headings. The headings and captions used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement. All references in this Agreement to sections, paragraphs, exhibits, and schedules shall, unless otherwise provided, refer to sections and paragraphs of this Agreement and exhibits and schedules attached to this Agreement, all of which exhibits and schedules are incorporated in this Agreement by this reference.
7.7 Notices. All notices, consents, and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally or by facsimile transmission or by nationally recognized overnight delivery service or by first class certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid or, with respect to the Stockholders, by other means of electronic transmission, including electronic mail:
If to the Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
11500 Metric Blvd., Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
Attention: Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer
Email: jan@virtuix.com
or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished by giving five days advance written notice to the Investors;
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to
Michael Dunn, Esq.
Reiter, Brunel & Dunn, PLLC
6805 N. Capital of Texas Highway, Suite 318
Austin, Texas 78731
Email: mdunn@outsourcegc.com
If to an Investor, at such Investor’s address set forth on Schedule I, or at such other address or addresses as may have been furnished to the Company in writing.
Notices provided in accordance with this Section 7.7 shall be deemed delivered upon personal delivery or three business days after deposit in the mail.
8
7.8 Finder’s Fees. Each party represents that it neither is nor will be obligated for any finder’s fee or commission in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Each Investor, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and to hold harmless the Company from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which such Investor or any of its officers, partners, employees, or representatives is responsible. The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Investor from any liability for any commission or compensation in the nature of a finder’s or broker’s fee (and any asserted liability) for which the Company or any of its officers, employees or representatives is responsible.
7.9 Attorneys’ Fees and Expenses. Each party hereto shall pay all costs and expenses that it incurs with respect to the negotiation, execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement. If any action, suit, or other proceeding is instituted concerning or arising out of this Agreement or the Notes, or any transaction contemplated under this Agreement or the Notes, the prevailing party shall recover all of such party’s reasonable costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in each such action, suit, or other proceeding, including any and all appeals or petitions from such action, suit, or other proceeding.
7.10 Amendments and Waivers. Any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only with the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of the then outstanding principal amount of the Notes as issued under this Agreement. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 7.10 shall be binding upon each holder of a Note purchased under this Agreement at the time outstanding, each future holder of such Note, and the Company.
7.11 Severability. If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Agreement and the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
7.12 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with all exhibits and schedules to this Agreement, constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersedes any and all prior negotiations, correspondence, agreements, understandings, duties, or obligations between the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.
7.13 Further Assurances. From and after the date of this Agreement, upon the request of the Investors or the Company, the Company and the Investors shall execute and deliver such instruments, documents, or other writings as may be reasonably necessary or desirable to confirm and carry out and to effectuate fully the intent and purposes of this Agreement.
7.14 Delays or Omissions. No delay or omission to exercise any right, power, or remedy accruing to any Investor, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement shall impair any such right, power, or remedy of such Investor nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence in such breach or default, or of or in any similar breach or default occurring after such breach or default; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default occurring before or after such breach or default. Any waiver, permit, consent, or approval of any kind or character on the part of any Investor of any breach or default under this Agreement or any waiver on the part of any Investor of any provisions or conditions of this Agreement must be made in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any Investor, shall be cumulative and not alternative.
7.15 Exculpation Among Investors. Each Investor acknowledges to the other Investors that such Investor is not relying upon any Person, other than the Company and its officers and directors, in making its decision to invest in the Company. Each Investor agrees that no other Investor, nor any of the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents or employees of any other Investor, shall be liable to such Investor for any action heretofore or hereafter taken or omitted to be taken by any of them in connection with the purchase of the Notes.
[Signature pages follow]
9
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second 2025 Note Purchase Agreement as of the date first written above.
| The Company: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
| Investors: | ||
| For Individual Investors | ||
| Print Name of Individual | ||
| By: | ||
| Signature of Individual | ||
| Amount Invested: $ | ||
| For Entity Investors | ||
| Print Name of Entity | ||
| By: | ||
| Signature | ||
| Printed Name: | |
| Title: | |
| Amount Invested: |
Signature
Page to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Second 2025 Note Purchase Agreement
Schedule I
SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS
Initial Closing – ________ __, 2025
Name* | Investment | Principal Amount of Note | ||||||
| TOTAL | $ |
| * | Addresses for Investors are on file at the Company. |
SCHEDULE OF INVESTORS
(continued)
Additional Closings
Name* | Date
of | Investment Amount | Principal | |||||||||
| TOTAL | $ |
| * | Addresses for Investors are on file at the Company. |
EXHIBIT “A”
Form of SECOND 2025 Promissory Note
Exhibit 10.28
THIS NOTE HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND MAY NOT BE OFFERED FOR SALE, SOLD, OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED OR ASSIGNED FOR VALUE, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, NOR MAY THIS NOTE BE TRANSFERRED ON THE BOOKS OF THE COMPANY WITHOUT REGISTRATION OF SUCH NOTE UNDER ALL APPLICABLE UNITED STATES FEDERAL OR STATE SECURITIES LAWS OR COMPLIANCE WITH AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM, SUCH COMPLIANCE, AT THE OPTION OF THE COMPANY, TO BE EVIDENCED BY AN OPINION OF THE NOTE HOLDER’S COUNSEL, IN A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO THE COMPANY, THAT NO VIOLATION OF SUCH REGISTRATION PROVISIONS WOULD RESULT FROM ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR ASSIGNMENT.
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
SECOND 2025 PROMISSORY NOTE
| $ | Austin, Texas | , 2025 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its successors and assigns (the “Company”), promises to pay to the order of [Insert Name of Investor] and its permitted successors and assigns (the “Holder”), the principal sum of [Insert Written Out Amount that is 110% of the Investment Amount and __/100 Dollars ($_________)], together with interest from the date of advancement on the balance of this Note from time to time remaining unpaid at the simple, non-compounding rate of six percent (6.0%) per annum based on a year of 365 days until maturity, both principal and interest being payable at the address designated in Section 14, or at such other place as the Holder may from time to time designate in writing.
Section 1. Maturity; Repayment or Conversion at Maturity.
(a) The principal of this Second 2025 Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall mature and be due and payable at the earlier of (i) the closing of a Deemed Liquidation (as that term is defined in the Company’s Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on ____________, 2025, as the same may be amended and/or restated) or (ii) December 31, 2025; provided, that the Company may, at its option and in its sole discretion, extend such date through and until March 31, 2026 (such earlier date referred to herein as the “Maturity Date”).
(b) The Holder has the right at any time beginning on the date that shares of Common Stock of the Company are first traded on Nasdaq (the “Initial Listing Date”) and continuing thereafter until repayment in full of the principal amount of this Note and payment of all accrued but unpaid interest thereon (together, the “Outstanding Indebtedness”) to convert all, and not less than all, of the then Outstanding Indebtedness into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Company (“Conversion Shares”) at a conversion price equal to 85% of the Nasdaq listing price for the Company’s Common Stock as accepted by Nasdaq in the Company’s direct listing application with Nasdaq (the “Conversion Price”). Such conversion shall be effected by the Holder’s delivery to the Company of a conversion notice to the Company in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Conversion Notice”) by any method set forth in Section 7.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Company shall deliver the Conversion Shares from any conversion hereunder to the Holder to Lender in accordance with Section 1(d) below.
(c) On or prior to the Maturity Date, the Company shall have the option, exercisable in its sole discretion, to either (x) pay the Outstanding Indebtedness to the Holder in cash (the “Outstanding Indebtedness”), or (y) convert the Outstanding Indebtedness to shares of common stock of the Company at the Conversion Price.
(d) On or before the close of business on the second business day following the date of any conversion of Outstanding Indebtedness for Conversion Shares pursuant to either Section 1(b) or 1(c), the Company shall deliver or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver the applicable Conversion Shares electronically via the Depository Trust Company’s Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian (“DWAC”) system to the account designated by the Holder in the applicable Conversion Notice.
Section 2. Series of 2025 Notes. This Note is one of a series of promissory notes of the Company in the aggregate principal amount of up to $1,650,000 (the “Second 2025 Notes”) issued pursuant to the terms and conditions of that certain Second 2025 Note Purchase Agreement dated as of [September __], 2025 (the “Note Purchase Agreement”), by and among the Company and the Investors (as defined therein) evidencing indebtedness incurred by the Company for debt financing. Notwithstanding, the Company is not required to provide parity treatment with respect to all of the Second 2025 Notes; and therefore, the Company may, at its election, make payments or prepayments on this Note without payment made to the holders of the other Second 2025 Notes.
Section 3. Prepayments. The principal and/or interest on this Note may be prepaid, either in whole or in part at any time or from time to time by the Company, without prior notice to or approval of the Holder. Any prepayment shall be applied first against any accrued interest, with the balance applied to reduce principal.
Section 4. Default; Remedies.
(a) The Company shall be in default under this Note upon the happening of any condition or event set forth below (each, an “Event of Default”):
(i) (x) the Company fails to pay all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest under this Note on the Maturity Date and (y) the holders of a majority of the principal amount of indebtedness evidenced by all of the outstanding Second 2025 Notes, including this Note (the “Majority Note Holders”) declare, by notice to the Company, that the Second 2025 Notes are in default; or
(ii) the Company’s dissolution, termination of existence, insolvency or business failure; the appointment of a receiver of all or any part of the property of the Company; an assignment for the benefit of creditors by the Company; or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against the Company or any guarantor, surety or endorser for the Company which results in the entry of an order for relief or which remains undismissed, undischarged or unbonded for a period of 60 days or more.
(b) The entire unpaid principal balance of this Note and all accrued but unpaid interest thereon shall be immediately due and payable at the option of the holder of this Note upon the occurrence of any Event of Default and at any time after the occurrence of any Event of Default.
Section 5. Cumulative Rights. No delay on the part of the holder of this Note in the exercise of any power or right under this Note or under any other instrument executed pursuant to this Agreement shall operate as a waiver of any such power or right, nor shall a single or partial exercise of any power or right preclude other or further exercise of such power or right or the exercise of any other power or right.
Section 6. Waiver of Notices. The Company and all endorsers, sureties and guarantors of this Note waive demand, presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of nonpayment, notice of intention to accelerate or notice of acceleration, notice of protest and any and all lack of diligence or delay in collection or the filing of suit on this Note which may occur, and agree to all extensions and partial payments, before or after maturity, without prejudice to the holder of this Note.
2
Section 7. Attorneys’ Fees and Costs. In the event that this Note is collected in whole or in part through suit, arbitration, mediation, or other legal proceeding of any nature, then and in any such case there shall be added to the unpaid principal amount of this Note all reasonable costs and expenses of collection, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees.
Section 8. Headings. The headings and captions used in this Note are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Note.
Section 9. Usury. All agreements between the Company and the holder of this Note, whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether written or oral, are expressly limited so that in no contingency or event whatsoever shall the amount paid, or agreed to be paid, to the holder of this Note for the use, forbearance or detention of the money to be loaned under this Agreement or otherwise, exceed the maximum amount permissible under applicable law. If from any circumstances whatsoever fulfillment of any provision of this Note at the time performance of such provision shall be due, shall involve transcending the limit of validity prescribed by law, then ipso facto, the obligation to be fulfilled shall be reduced to the limit of such validity, and if from any such circumstances the holder of this Note shall ever receive anything of value as interest or deemed interest by applicable law under this Note or otherwise an amount that would exceed the highest lawful rate, such amount that would be excessive interest shall be applied to the reduction of the principal amount owing under this Note or on account of any other indebtedness of the Company to the holder of this Note relating to this Note, and not to the payment of interest, or if such excessive interest exceeds the unpaid balance of principal of this Note and such other indebtedness, such excess shall be refunded to the Company. In determining whether or not the interest paid or payable with respect to any indebtedness of the Company to the holder of this Note, under any specific contingency, exceeds the highest lawful rate, the Company and the holder of this Note shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, (i) characterize any nonprincipal payment as an expense, fee or premium rather than as interest, (ii) amortize, prorate, allocate and spread the total amount of interest throughout the full term of such indebtedness so that the actual rate of interest on account of such indebtedness is uniform throughout the term of such indebtedness, and/or (iii) allocate interest between portions of such indebtedness, to the end that no such portion shall bear interest at a rate greater than that permitted by law. The terms and provisions of this Section 9 shall control and supersede every other conflicting provision of all agreements between the Company and the holder of this Note. The Holder has been advised by the Company to seek the advice of an attorney and an accountant in connection with the issuance of this Note. The Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of any attorney and accountant of the Company’s choice in connection with issuance of this Note.
Section 10. Amendments and Waivers. This Note may be amended or waived in any respect by written agreement of the Company and the Holder. In addition, any term of this Note may be amended or waived with the written consent of the Company and the Majority Note Holders. The Holder acknowledges that because this Note may be amended with the consent of the Majority Note Holders, the Holder’s rights hereunder (including, without limitation, Holder’s right to receive principal and interest as due) may be amended or waived without the Holder’s consent. Upon the effectuation of such waiver or amendment in conformance with this Section 10, the Company shall promptly give written notice thereof to the record holders of the Second 2025 Notes who have not previously consented thereto in writing.
Section 11. Transfers; Successors and Assigns. This Note, and any rights to payments hereunder, may not be transferred or assigned without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent may be withheld at the Company’s sole discretion and will be withheld if the proposed transferee or assignee does not qualify as an “accredited investor” under Rule 501 of Regulation D as promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. All of the stipulations, promises and agreements in this Note made by or on behalf of the Company shall bind the successors and assigns of the Company, whether so expressed or not, and inure to the benefit of the permitted successors and assigns of the Holder.
3
Section 12. Severability. If one or more provisions of this Note are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, such provision(s) shall be excluded from this Note and the balance of this Note shall be interpreted as if such provision(s) were so excluded and shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.
Section 13. Notices. All notices, requests, consents, and other communications under this Note shall be given in accordance with Section 7.7 of the Note Purchase Agreement.
Section 14. Jury Trial Waiver. THE COMPANY AND THE HOLDER WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHT TO A JURY TRIAL WITH RESPECT TO ANY ACTION OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF ANY DISPUTE IN CONNECTION WITH THIS NOTE AS PROVIDED IN SECTION 7.4 OF THE NOTE PURCHASE AGREEMENT. Except as prohibited by law, the Company waives any right which it may have to claim or recover in any litigation referred to in the preceding sentence any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages or any damages other than, or in addition to, actual damages. The Company certifies that the neither the Holder nor any representative, agent or attorney of the Holder has represented, expressly or otherwise, that the Holder would not, in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waivers or other waivers contained in this Note and understands that the Holder is relying upon, among other things, the waivers and certifications contained herein and the Note Purchase Agreement in making the loan evidenced by this Note.
Section 15. Governing Law; Venue. This Note is intended to take effect as a sealed instrument. This Note and the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be governed by and interpreted and determined in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. The Company irrevocably consents to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and federal courts of the State of Delaware for any action or proceeding brought by either party which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.
[Signature Page Follows]
4
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Second 2025 Promissory Note on and as of the date first above written.
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | ||
| Jan Goetgeluk, | ||
| Chief Executive Officer | ||
Signature
Page to Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Second 2025 Promissory Note
EXHIBIT A
CONVERSION NOTICE
The undersigned holder of a Second 2025 Promissory Note of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), hereby provides notice to the Company that, pursuant to the Second 2025 Promissory Note of the Company held by the undersigned (the “Note”), the undersigned elects to convert all of the outstanding indebtedness evidenced by the Note into fully paid and non-assessable shares of Common Stock of the Company as of the date of conversion specified below. Said conversion shall be based on the Conversion Price set forth in the Note. In the event of a conflict between this Conversion Notice and the Note, the Note shall govern.
Capitalized terms used in this notice without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Note.
A. Date of Conversion: ____________
B. Outstanding Indebtedness: $____________
C. Conversion Price: $_______________
D. Conversion Shares: _______________ (B divided by C)
Please transfer the Conversion Shares electronically (via DWAC) to the following account:
Broker:
DTC#:
Account #:
Account Name:
The Holder:
___________________________________
Print Name of Note Holder
___________________________________
Authorized Signature
___________________________________
Name and Title of Signatory
Exhibit 10.29
Securities Purchase Agreement
This Securities Purchase Agreement (this “Agreement”), dated as of December 19, 2025, is entered into by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Company”), and Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, its successors and/or assigns (“Investor”).
A. Company and Investor are executing and delivering this Agreement in reliance upon an exemption from securities registration afforded by the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder by the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).
B. Investor desires to purchase and Company desires to issue and sell, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement: (a) a Secured Convertible Promissory Note in the original principal amount of $560,000.00 in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Note”), convertible into shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001, of Company (the “Common Shares”), upon the terms and subject to the limitations and conditions set forth in such Note; and (b) a Warrant to Purchase Shares of Class A Common Stock in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Warrant”).
C. This Agreement, the Note, the Warrant, the Guaranty (as defined below), the Security Agreement (as defined below), the IP Security Agreement (as defined below), and all other certificates, documents, agreements, resolutions and instruments delivered to any party under or in connection with this Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, are collectively referred to herein as the “Transaction Documents”.
D. For purposes of this Agreement: “Conversion Shares” means all Common Shares issuable upon conversion of all or any portion of the Note; “Warrant Shares” means all Common Shares issuable upon exercise of all or any portion of the Warrant; and “Securities” means the Note, the Conversion Shares, the Warrant and the Warrant Shares.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, Company and Investor hereby agree as follows:
1. Purchase and Sale of Securities.
1.1. Purchase of Securities. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, Company shall issue and sell to Investor and Investor shall purchase from Company the Securities. In consideration thereof, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price (as defined below) to Company.
1.2. Form of Payment. On the Closing Date, Investor shall pay the Purchase Price to Company via wire transfer of immediately available funds against delivery of the Note and the Warrant in accordance with a Funds Flow Memorandum executed by Company.
1.3. Closing Date. Subject to the satisfaction (or written waiver) of the conditions set forth in Section 5 and Section 6 below, the date of the issuance and sale of the Note pursuant to this Agreement (the “Closing Date”) shall be December 19, 2025 or a mutually agreed upon date. The closing of the issuance of the Note (the “Closing”) shall occur on the Closing Date by means of the exchange of electronic signatures, but shall be deemed for all purposes to have occurred at the offices of Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC in Lehi, Utah.
1
1.4. Purchase Price. The Note includes an original issue discount of $50,000.00 (the “OID”). In addition, Company agrees to pay $10,000.00 to Investor to cover Investor’s legal fees, accounting costs, due diligence, monitoring and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The OID and the Transaction Expense Amount will be included in the initial principal balance of the Note. The “Purchase Price”, therefore, shall be $500,000.00, computed as follows: $560,000.00 initial principal balance, less the OID, less the Transaction Expense Amount.
1.5. Guaranty. Virtuix Inc., Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, will guarantee Company’s obligations under the Transaction Documents pursuant to the Guaranty attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “Guaranty”).
1.6. Collateral for the Note. The Note will be secured by the following:
(a) The Collateral as defined in the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit D (the “Security Agreement”).
(b) The IP Collateral as defined in the Intellectual Property Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit E (the “IP Security Agreement”).
2. Investor’s Representations and Warranties. Investor represents and warrants to Company that as of the Closing Date: (i) the Investor is a limited liability company duly organized and validly existing in good standing under the laws of Utah; (ii) this Agreement has been duly and validly authorized by Investor; (iii) this Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of Investor enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iv) the Investor understands that the Securities have not been and, except as contemplated in Section 4(vii), will not be, registered under the 1933 Act and that the Securities are being offered and issued pursuant to an exemption from registration contained in the 1933 Act based in part upon the Investor’s representations contained in this Agreement; (v) the Investor has substantial experience in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies in a similar stage of development as Company so that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its investment in Company and has the capacity to protect its own interests; (vi) the Investor is acquiring the Securities for its own account for investment only, not as a nominee or agent and not with a view towards their resale or distribution; (vii) the Investor represents that by reason of its, or of its management’s, business or financial experience, the Investor has the capacity to protect its own interests in connection with the transactions contemplated in this Agreement; (viii) the Investor (a) has received all the information it considers necessary or appropriate for deciding whether to participate in this transaction; (b) has had an opportunity to discuss Company’s business, management and financial affairs with directors, officers and management of Company and has had the opportunity to review Company’s operations and facilities; and (c) has also had the opportunity to ask questions of, receive answers from and obtain additional information from (to the extent Company possessed such information or could acquire it without unreasonable effort or expense) Company and its management regarding the terms and conditions of this investment; and (ix) Investor is an “accredited investor” as that term is defined in Rule 501(a) of Regulation D of the 1933 Act.
2
3. Company’s Representations and Warranties. Company represents and warrants to Investor that as of the Closing Date: (i) Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation and has the requisite corporate power to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted; (ii) Company is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction where, to Company’s knowledge, the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary; (iii) following the first date that Company’s Common Shares are listed for trading on Nasdaq or NYSE (the “Initial Listing Date”), Company will have registered its Common Shares under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and will be obligated to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 1934 Act; (iv) each of the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, have been duly and validly authorized by Company and all necessary actions have been taken; (v) this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by Company and constitute the valid and binding obligations of Company enforceable in accordance with their terms, except as such enforcement may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and general principles of equity; (vi) except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect, the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by Company, the issuance of the Securities in accordance with the terms hereof, and the consummation by Company of the other transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents do not and will not, to Company’s knowledge, conflict with or result in a breach by Company of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under (a) Company’s formation documents, as currently in effect, or other applicable organizational documents, (b) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, or other material agreement or instrument to which Company is a party or by which it or any of its properties or assets are bound, including, without limitation, any listing agreement for the Common Shares, except for Company’s existing secured debt as disclosed to Investor, or (c) any existing applicable law, rule, or regulation or any applicable decree, judgment, or order of any court, United States federal, state or foreign regulatory body, administrative agency, or other governmental body having jurisdiction over Company or any of Company’s properties or assets, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (vii) except as have been obtained prior to the Closing, to Company’s knowledge, no further authorization, approval or consent of any court, governmental body, regulatory agency, self-regulatory organization, or stock exchange or market or the stockholders or any lender of Company is required to be obtained by Company for the issuance of the Securities to Investor or the entering into of the Transaction Documents; (viii) there is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or by any court, public board or body pending or, to the knowledge of Company, threatened against or affecting Company before or by any governmental authority or non-governmental department, commission, board, bureau, agency or instrumentality or any other person, except as would not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business or operations of Company; (ix) Company is not, nor has it been at any time in the previous twelve (12) months, a “Shell Company,” as such type of “issuer” is described in Rule 144(i)(1) under the 1933 Act; (x) with respect to any commissions, placement agent or finder’s fees or similar payments that will or would become due and owing by Company to any person or entity as a result of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (“Broker Fees”), any such Broker Fees will be made in full compliance with all applicable laws and regulations and only to a person or entity that is a registered investment adviser or registered broker-dealer; (xi) Investor shall have no obligation with respect to any Broker Fees or with respect to any claims made by or on behalf of other persons for fees of a type contemplated in this subsection that may be due in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each of Investor, Investor’s employees, officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, agents, and partners, and their respective affiliates, from and against all claims, losses, damages, costs (including the costs of preparation and attorneys’ fees) and expenses suffered in respect of any such claimed Broker Fees; (xii) neither Investor nor any of its officers, directors, stockholders, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives has made any representations or warranties to Company or any of its officers, directors, employees, agents or representatives except as expressly set forth in the Transaction Documents and, in making its decision to enter into the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, Company is not relying on any representation, warranty, covenant or promise of Investor or its officers, directors, members, managers, employees, agents or representatives other than as set forth in the Transaction Documents; (xiii) Company acknowledges that the State of Utah has a reasonable relationship and sufficient contacts to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and any dispute that may arise related thereto such that the laws and venue of the State of Utah, as set forth more specifically in Section 8.2 below, shall be applicable to the Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated therein; (xiv) Company acknowledges that Investor is not registered as a ‘dealer’ under the 1934 Act; and (xv) Company has performed due diligence and background research on Investor and its affiliates and has received and reviewed the due diligence packet provided by Investor. Company, being aware of the matters and legal issues described in subsections (xiv) and (xv) above, acknowledges and agrees that such matters, or any similar matters, have no bearing on the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents and covenants and agrees it will not use any such information or legal theory as a defense to performance of its obligations under the Transaction Documents or in any attempt to avoid, modify, reduce, rescind or void such obligations.
3
4. Company Covenants. Until all of Company’s obligations under all of the Transaction Documents are paid and performed in full, or within the timeframes otherwise specifically set forth below, Company will at all times comply with the following covenants: (i) after the Initial Listing Date, so long as Investor beneficially owns any of the Securities and for at least twenty (20) Trading Days (as defined in the Note) thereafter, Company will timely file on the applicable deadline all reports required to be filed with the SEC pursuant to Sections 13 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act, and will take all reasonable action under its control to ensure that adequate current public information with respect to Company, as required in accordance with Rule 144 of the 1933 Act, is publicly available, and will not terminate its status as an issuer required to file reports under the 1934 Act even if the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder would permit such termination; (ii) when issued, the Warrant Shares and the Conversion Shares will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all liens, claims, charges and encumbrances; (iii) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will maintain the listing for trading of the Common Shares on Nasdaq or NYSE; (iv) after the Initial Listing Date, Company will prevent trading in the Common Shares from being suspended, halted, chilled, frozen, reach zero bid or otherwise cease trading on Nasdaq; (v) Company will not make any Restricted Issuance (as defined below) without Investor’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Investor’s sole and absolute discretion; (vi) Company will not enter into any agreement or otherwise agree to any covenant, condition, or obligation that locks up, restricts in any way or otherwise prohibits Company: (a) from entering into a variable rate transaction with Investor or any affiliate of Investor, or (b) from issuing Common Shares, preferred stock, warrants, convertible notes, other debt securities, or any other Company securities to Investor or any affiliate of Investor; (vii) the next time Company files an amendment to its Form S-1 Registration Statement with the SEC, it will include on such amendment up to 212,000 Common Shares for Investor’s resale of the Conversion Shares and the Warrant Shares, and in no event less than the maximum number of Common Shares issuable pursuant to the Note and Warrant. For purposes hereof, the term “Restricted Issuance” means the issuance, incurrence or guaranty of any debt obligations (including any merchant cash advance, account receivable factoring or other similar agreement), other than trade payables in the ordinary course of business, or the issuance of any securities that (1) have or may have conversion rights of any kind, contingent, conditional or otherwise, in which the number of shares that may be issued pursuant to such conversion right varies with the market price of the Common Shares; (2) are or may become convertible into Common Shares (including without limitation convertible debt, warrants or convertible preferred shares), with a conversion price that varies with the market price of the Common Shares, even if such security only becomes convertible following an event of default, the passage of time, or another trigger event or condition; (3) have a fixed conversion price, exercise price or exchange price that is subject to being reset at some future date at any time after the initial issuance of such debt or equity security (A) due to a change in the market price of Company’s Common Shares since the date of the initial issuance or (B) upon the occurrence of specified or contingent events directly or indirectly related to the business of Company or future issuances of Common Shares (including, without limitation, any “full ratchet” or “weighted average” anti-dilution provisions, but not including any standard anti-dilution protection for any reorganization, recapitalization, non-cash dividend, stock split or other similar transaction); or (4) are issued or will be issued in connection with a Section 3(a)(9) exchange, a Section 3(a)(10) settlement, or any other similar settlement or exchange. For the avoidance of doubt, Common Shares issued pursuant to any of the following will not be considered Restricted Issuances: (i) ATM facilities; (ii) primary equity or debt offerings without variable price mechanics; and (iii) refinancing, extending or restructuring existing indebtedness, including but not limited to, by issuing new securities convertible into Class A Common Stock or allowing existing indebtedness to convert to Class A Common Stock at a fixed price (including at a discount).
4
5. Conditions to Company’s Obligation to Sell. The obligation of Company hereunder to issue and sell the Securities to Investor at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction, on or before each Closing Date, of each of the following conditions:
5.1. Investor shall have executed all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Company.
5.2. Investor shall have delivered the Purchase Price to Company.
6. Conditions to Investor’s Obligation to Purchase. The obligation of Investor hereunder to purchase the Note is subject to the satisfaction, on or before the Closing Date, of each of the following conditions, provided that these conditions are for Investor’s sole benefit and may be waived by Investor at any time in its sole discretion:
6.1. Company shall have executed all applicable Transaction Documents and delivered the same to Investor.
6.2. Virtuix Inc. shall have executed and delivered the Guaranty to Investor.
6.3. Company’s transfer agent (the “Transfer Agent”) shall have executed an Irrevocable Transfer Agent Instruction Letter substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F.
6.4. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Officer’s Certificate substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit G evidencing Company’s approval of the Transaction Documents.
6.5. Company shall have delivered to Investor a fully executed Share Issuance Resolution substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H to be delivered to the Transfer Agent.
7. Reservation of Shares. On the date hereof, Company will reserve 297,284 Common Shares of Company from its authorized and unissued Common Shares to provide for all issuances of Conversion Shares under the Note (the “Share Reserve”). Company further agrees to add additional Common Shares to the Share Reserve in increments of 10,000 shares as and when requested by Investor if as of the date of any such request the number of Common Shares being held in the Share Reserve is less than two (2) times the number of Common Shares obtained by dividing the outstanding balance of the Note as of the date of the request by the Conversion Price (as defined in the Note) plus the number of shares necessary to exercise the Warrant in full. Company shall further require its Transfer Agent to hold the Common Shares reserved pursuant to the Share Reserve exclusively for the benefit of Investor and to issue such shares to Investor promptly upon Investor’s delivery of a Conversion Notice (as defined in the Note) under the Note.
5
8. Miscellaneous. The provisions set forth in this Section 8 shall apply to this Agreement, as well as all other Transaction Documents as if these terms were fully set forth therein; provided, however, that in the event there is a conflict between any provision set forth in this Section 8 and any provision in any other Transaction Document, the provision in such other Transaction Document shall govern.
8.1. Arbitration of Claims. The parties shall submit all Claims (as defined in Exhibit I) arising under this Agreement or any other Transaction Document or any other agreement between the parties and their affiliates or any Claim relating to the relationship of the parties to binding arbitration pursuant to the arbitration provisions set forth in Exhibit I attached hereto (the “Arbitration Provisions”). For the avoidance of doubt, the parties agree that the injunction described in Section 8.3 below may be pursued in an arbitration that is separate and apart from any other arbitration regarding all other Claims arising under the Transaction Documents. The parties hereby acknowledge and agree that the Arbitration Provisions are unconditionally binding on the parties hereto and are severable from all other provisions of this Agreement. By executing this Agreement, Company represents, warrants and covenants that Company has reviewed the Arbitration Provisions carefully, consulted with legal counsel about such provisions (or waived its right to do so), understands that the Arbitration Provisions are intended to allow for the expeditious and efficient resolution of any dispute hereunder, agrees to the terms and limitations set forth in the Arbitration Provisions, and that Company will not take a position contrary to the foregoing representations. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may rely upon the foregoing representations and covenants of Company regarding the Arbitration Provisions.
8.2. Governing Law; Venue. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. Each party consents to and expressly agrees that the exclusive venue for arbitration of any dispute arising out of or relating to any Transaction Document or the relationship of the parties or their affiliates shall be in Salt Lake County, Utah. Without modifying the parties’ obligations to resolve disputes hereunder pursuant to the Arbitration Provisions, for any litigation arising in connection with any of the Transaction Documents (and notwithstanding the terms (specifically including any governing law and venue terms) of any transfer agent services agreement or other agreement between the Transfer Agent and Company, such litigation specifically includes, without limitation any action between or involving Company and the Transfer Agent or otherwise related to Investor in any way (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason)), each party hereto hereby (i) consents to and expressly submits to the exclusive personal jurisdiction of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, (ii) expressly submits to the exclusive venue of any such court for the purposes hereof, (iii) agrees to not bring any such action (specifically including, without limitation, any action where Company seeks to obtain an injunction, temporary restraining order, or otherwise prohibit the Transfer Agent from issuing Common Shares to Investor for any reason) outside of any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah, and (iv) waives any claim of improper venue and any claim or objection that such courts are an inconvenient forum or any other claim, defense or objection to the bringing of any such proceeding in such jurisdiction or to any claim that such venue of the suit, action or proceeding is improper. Finally, Company covenants and agrees to name Investor as a party in interest in, and provide written notice to Investor in accordance with Section 8.10 below prior to bringing or filing, any action (including without limitation any filing or action against any person or entity that is not a party to this Agreement, including without limitation the Transfer Agent) that is related in any way to the Transaction Documents or any transaction contemplated herein or therein, including without limitation any action brought by Company to enjoin or prevent the issuance of any Common Shares to Investor by the Transfer Agent, and further agrees to timely name Investor as a party to any such action. Company acknowledges that the governing law and venue provisions set forth in this Section 8.2 are material terms to induce Investor to enter into the Transaction Documents and that but for Company’s agreements set forth in this Section 8.2 Investor would not have entered into the Transaction Documents.
6
8.3. Specific Performance. Company acknowledges and agrees that Investor may suffer irreparable harm in the event that Company fails to perform any material provision of this Agreement or any of the other Transaction Documents in accordance with its specific terms. It is accordingly agreed that Investor shall be entitled to seek one or more injunctions to prevent or cure breaches of the provisions of this Agreement or such other Transaction Document and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions hereof or thereof, this being in addition to any other remedy to which Investor may be entitled under the Transaction Documents, at law or in equity. Company specifically agrees that: (i) following an Event of Default (as defined in the Note) under the Note, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or an arbitrator prohibiting Company from issuing any of its Common Shares or preferred stock to any party unless fifty percent (50%) of the gross proceeds received by Company in connection with such issuance are simultaneously used by Company to make a payment under the Note; (ii) following a breach of Section 4(vi) above, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator invalidating such lock-up; and (iii) if Company enters into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction (as defined in the Note), unless such agreement contains a closing condition that the Note is repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction or Investor has provided its written consent in writing to such Fundamental Transaction, Investor shall have the right to seek injunctive relief from a court or arbitrator preventing the consummation of such transaction. Company specifically acknowledges that Investor’s right to obtain specific performance constitutes bargained for leverage and that the loss of such leverage would result in irreparable harm to Investor. For the avoidance of doubt, in the event Investor seeks to obtain an injunction from a court or an arbitrator against Company or specific performance of any provision of any Transaction Document, such action shall not be a waiver of any right of Investor under any Transaction Document, at law, or in equity, including without limitation its rights to arbitrate any Claim pursuant to the terms of the Transaction Documents, nor shall Investor’s pursuit of an injunction prevent Investor, under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issues preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines, from pursuing other Claims in the future in a separate arbitration.
8.4. Calculation Disputes. Notwithstanding the Arbitration Provisions, in the case of a dispute as to any determination or arithmetic calculation under the Transaction Documents, including without limitation, calculating the outstanding balance, Conversion Price, Conversion Shares, or VWAP (as defined in the Note) (each, a “Calculation”), Company or Investor (as the case may be) shall submit any disputed Calculation via email or facsimile with confirmation of receipt (i) within two (2) Trading Days after receipt of the applicable notice giving rise to such dispute to Company or Investor (as the case may be) or (ii) if no notice gave rise to such dispute, at any time after Investor learned of the circumstances giving rise to such dispute. If Investor and Company are unable to agree upon such Calculation within two (2) Trading Days of such disputed Calculation being submitted to Company or Investor (as the case may be), then Investor will promptly submit via email or facsimile the disputed Calculation to Unkar Systems Inc. (“Unkar Systems”). Investor shall cause Unkar Systems to perform the Calculation and notify Company and Investor of the results no later than ten (10) Trading Days from the time it receives such disputed Calculation. Unkar Systems’ determination of the disputed Calculation shall be binding upon all parties absent demonstrable error. Unkar Systems’ fee for performing such Calculation shall be paid by the incorrect party, or if both parties are incorrect, by the party whose Calculation is furthest from the correct Calculation as determined by Unkar Systems. In the event Company is the losing party, no extension of the Delivery Date (as defined in the Note) shall be granted and Company shall incur all effects for failing to deliver the applicable shares in a timely manner as set forth in the Transaction Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Investor may, in its sole discretion, designate an independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm other than Unkar Systems to resolve any such dispute and in such event, all references to “Unkar Systems” herein will be replaced with references to such independent, reputable investment bank or accounting firm so designated by Investor.
8.5. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two (2) or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Counterparts may be delivered via facsimile, electronic mail (including pdf or any electronic signature complying with the U.S. federal ESIGN Act of 2000, e.g., www.docusign.com) or other transmission method and any counterpart so delivered shall be deemed to have been duly and validly delivered and be valid and effective for all purposes.
7
8.6. Headings. The headings of this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, this Agreement.
8.7. Severability. In the event that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable under any applicable statute or rule of law, then such provision shall be deemed inoperative to the extent that it may conflict therewith and shall be deemed modified to conform to such statute or rule of law. Any provision hereof which may prove invalid or unenforceable under any law shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof.
8.8. Entire Agreement. This Agreement, together with the other Transaction Documents, contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the matters covered herein and therein and, except as specifically set forth herein or therein, neither Company nor Investor makes any representation, warranty, covenant or undertaking with respect to such matters. For the avoidance of doubt, all prior term sheets or other documents between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, related to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents (collectively, “Prior Agreements”), that may have been entered into between Company and Investor, or any affiliate thereof, are hereby null and void and deemed to be replaced in their entirety by the Transaction Documents. To the extent there is a conflict between any term set forth in any Prior Agreement and the term(s) of the Transaction Documents, the Transaction Documents shall govern.
8.9. Amendments. No provision of this Agreement may be waived or amended other than by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto.
8.10. Notices. Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing (unless otherwise specified herein) and shall be deemed effectively given on the earliest of: (i) the date delivered, if delivered by personal delivery as against written receipt therefor or by email to an executive officer named below or such officer’s successor, or by facsimile (with successful transmission confirmation which is kept by sending party), (ii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after deposit, postage prepaid, in the United States Postal Service by certified mail or with an international courier, or (iii) the earlier of the date delivered or the third Trading Day after mailing by express courier, with delivery costs and fees prepaid, in each case, addressed to each of the other parties thereunto entitled at the following addresses (or at such other addresses as such party may designate by five (5) calendar days’ advance written notice similarly given to each of the other parties hereto):
If to Company:
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Attn: Jan Goetgeluk
11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430
Austin, TX 78758
If to Investor:
Streeterville Capital, LLC
Attn: John M. Fife
297 Auto Mall Drive, Suite #4
St. George, Utah 84770
With a copy to (which copy shall not constitute notice):
Hansen Black Anderson Ashcraft PLLC
Attn: Jonathan K. Hansen
3051 West Maple Loop Drive, Suite 325
Lehi, Utah 84048
8
8.11. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement or any of the severable rights and obligations inuring to the benefit of or to be performed by Investor hereunder may be assigned by Investor to a third party, including its affiliates, in whole or in part, without the need to obtain Company’s consent thereto. Company may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement or delegate its duties hereunder, whether directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Investor, and any such attempted assignment or delegation shall be null and void.
8.12. Survival. The representations and warranties of Company and the agreements and covenants set forth in this Agreement shall survive the Closing hereunder notwithstanding any due diligence investigation conducted by or on behalf of Investor. Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Investor and all its officers, directors, employees, attorneys, and agents for loss or damage arising as a result of or related to any breach or alleged breach by Company of any of its representations, warranties and covenants set forth in this Agreement or any of its covenants and obligations under this Agreement, including advancement of expenses as they are incurred.
8.13. Further Assurances. Each party shall do and perform, or cause to be done and performed, all such further acts and things, and shall execute and deliver all such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents, as the other party may reasonably request in order to carry out the intent and accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
8.14. Investor’s Rights and Remedies Cumulative. All rights, remedies, and powers conferred in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies, and shall be in addition to every other right, power, and remedy that Investor may have, whether specifically granted in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document, or existing at law, in equity, or by statute, and any and all such rights and remedies may be exercised from time to time and as often and in such order as Investor may deem expedient.
8.15. Attorneys’ Fees and Cost of Collection. In the event any suit, action or arbitration is filed by either party against the other to interpret or enforce any of the Transaction Documents, the unsuccessful party to such action agrees to pay to the prevailing party all costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys’ fees incurred therein, including the same with respect to an appeal. The “prevailing party” shall be the party in whose favor a judgment is entered, regardless of whether judgment is entered on all claims asserted by such party and regardless of the amount of the judgment; or where, due to the assertion of counterclaims, judgments are entered in favor of and against both parties, then the arbitrator shall determine the “prevailing party” by taking into account the relative dollar amounts of the judgments or, if the judgments involve nonmonetary relief, the relative importance and value of such relief. Nothing herein shall restrict or impair an arbitrator’s or a court’s power to award fees and expenses for frivolous or bad faith pleading. If (i) the Note is placed in the hands of an attorney for collection or enforcement prior to commencing arbitration or legal proceedings, or is collected or enforced through any arbitration or legal proceeding, or Investor otherwise takes any action to collect amounts due under the Note or to enforce the provisions of the Note or any other Transaction Document, or (ii) there occurs any bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership of Company or other proceedings affecting Company’s creditors’ rights and involving a claim under the Note; then Company shall pay the costs incurred by Investor for such collection, enforcement or action or in connection with such bankruptcy, reorganization, receivership or other proceeding, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, expenses, deposition costs, and disbursements.
9
8.16. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
8.17. Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHTS SUCH PARTY MAY HAVE TO DEMAND THAT ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OTHER TRANSACTION DOCUMENT, OR THE RELATIONSHIPS OF THE PARTIES HERETO BE TRIED BY JURY. THIS WAIVER EXTENDS TO ANY AND ALL RIGHTS TO DEMAND A TRIAL BY JURY ARISING UNDER COMMON LAW OR ANY APPLICABLE STATUTE, LAW, RULE OR REGULATION. FURTHER, EACH PARTY HERETO ACKNOWLEDGES THAT SUCH PARTY IS KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVING SUCH PARTY’S RIGHT TO DEMAND TRIAL BY JURY.
8.18. Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.
8.19. Voluntary Agreement. Company has carefully read this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and has asked any questions needed for Company to understand the terms, consequences and binding effect of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents and fully understand them. Company has had the opportunity to seek the advice of an attorney of Company’s choosing, or has waived the right to do so, and is executing this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents voluntarily and without any duress or undue influence by Investor or anyone else.
8.20. Document Imaging. Investor shall be entitled, in its sole discretion, to image or make copies of all or any selection of the agreements, instruments, documents, and items and records governing, arising from or relating to any of Company’s loans, including, without limitation, this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, and Investor may destroy or archive the paper originals. The parties hereto (i) waive any right to insist or require that Investor produce paper originals, (ii) agree that such images shall be accorded the same force and effect as the paper originals, (iii) agree that Investor is entitled to use such images in lieu of destroyed or archived originals for any purpose, including as admissible evidence in any demand, presentment or other proceedings, and (iv) further agree that any executed facsimile (faxed), scanned, emailed, or other imaged copy of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document shall be deemed to be of the same force and effect as the original manually executed document.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned Investor and Company have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.
| INVESTOR: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
| COMPANY: | ||
| Virtuix Holdings Inc. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
[Signature Page to Securities Purchase Agreement]
ATTACHED EXHIBITS:
| Exhibit A | Note |
| Exhibit B | Warrant |
| Exhibit C | Guaranty |
| Exhibit D | Security Agreement |
| Exhibit E | IP Security Agreement |
| Exhibit F | TA Letter |
| Exhibit G | Officer’s Certificate |
| Exhibit H | Share Issuance Resolution |
| Exhibit I | Arbitration Provisions |
Exhibit I
ARBITRATION PROVISIONS
1. Dispute Resolution. For purposes of these arbitration provisions (the “Arbitration Provisions”), the term “Claims” means any disputes, claims, demands, causes of action, requests for injunctive relief, requests for specific performance, liabilities, damages, losses, or controversies whatsoever arising from, related to, or connected with the transactions contemplated in the Transaction Documents and any communications between the parties related thereto, including without limitation any claims of mutual mistake, mistake, fraud, misrepresentation, failure of formation, failure of consideration, promissory estoppel, unconscionability, failure of condition precedent, rescission, and any statutory claims, tort claims, contract claims, or claims to void, invalidate or terminate the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions (defined below)) or any of the other Transaction Documents. For the avoidance of doubt, Investor’s pursuit of an injunction or other Claim pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions or with a court will not later prevent Investor under the doctrines of claim preclusion, issue preclusion, res judicata or other similar legal doctrines from pursuing other Claims in a separate arbitration in the future. The parties to the Agreement (the “parties”) hereby agree that the Claims may be arbitrated in one or more arbitrations pursuant to these Arbitration Provisions (one for an injunction or injunctions and a separate one for all other Claims). The term “Claims” specifically excludes a dispute over Calculations, enforcement of Investor’s rights and remedies against the personal property described in the Security Agreement and the IP Security Agreement under the applicable provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code and other relevant laws. The parties to the Agreement hereby agree that these Arbitration Provisions are binding on each of them. As a result, any attempt to rescind the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document or declare the Agreement (or these Arbitration Provisions) or any other Transaction Document invalid or unenforceable pursuant to Section 29 of the 1934 Act or for any other reason is subject to these Arbitration Provisions. Any capitalized term not defined in these Arbitration Provisions shall have the meaning set forth in the Agreement.
2. Arbitration. Except as otherwise provided herein, all Claims must be submitted to arbitration (“Arbitration”) to be conducted exclusively in Salt Lake County, Utah and pursuant to the terms set forth in these Arbitration Provisions. Subject to the arbitration appeal right provided for in Paragraph 5 below (the “Appeal Right”), the parties agree that the award of the arbitrator rendered pursuant to Paragraph 4 below (the “Arbitration Award”) shall be (a) final and binding upon the parties, (b) the sole and exclusive remedy between them regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded to the arbitrator, and (c) promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Subject to the Appeal Right, any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Arbitration Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Arbitration Award shall include default interest (as defined or otherwise provided for in the Note, “Default Interest”) (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Note for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Arbitration Award will be entered and enforced by any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
3. The Arbitration Act. The parties hereby incorporate herein the provisions and procedures set forth in the Utah Uniform Arbitration Act, U.C.A. § 78B-11-101 et seq. (as amended or superseded from time to time, the “Arbitration Act”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, pursuant to, and to the maximum extent permitted by, Section 105 of the Arbitration Act, in the event of conflict or variation between the terms of these Arbitration Provisions and the provisions of the Arbitration Act, the terms of these Arbitration Provisions shall control and the parties hereby waive or otherwise agree to vary the effect of all requirements of the Arbitration Act that may conflict with or vary from these Arbitration Provisions.
4. Arbitration Proceedings. Arbitration between the parties will be subject to the following:
4.1 Initiation of Arbitration. Pursuant to Section 110 of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that a party may initiate Arbitration by giving written notice to the other party (“Arbitration Notice”) in the same manner that notice is permitted under Section 8.10 of the Agreement (the “Notice Provision”); provided, however, that the Arbitration Notice may not be given by email or fax. Arbitration will be deemed initiated as of the date that the Arbitration Notice is deemed delivered to such other party under the Notice Provision (the “Service Date”). After the Service Date, information may be delivered, and notices may be given, by email or fax pursuant to the Notice Provision or any other method permitted thereunder. The Arbitration Notice must describe the nature of the controversy, the remedies sought, and the election to commence Arbitration proceedings. All Claims in the Arbitration Notice must be pleaded consistent with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure.
4.2 Selection and Payment of Arbitrator.
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date, Investor shall select and submit to Company the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such three (3) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services. Within five (5) calendar days after Investor has submitted to Company the names of the Proposed Arbitrators, Company must select, by written notice to Investor, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Company fails to select one of the Proposed Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then Investor may select the arbitrator from the Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Company.
(b) If Investor fails to submit to Company the Proposed Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Service Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then Company may at any time prior to Investor so designating the Proposed Arbitrators, identify the names of three (3) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service by written notice to Investor. Investor may then, within five (5) calendar days after Company has submitted notice of its Proposed Arbitrators to Investor, select, by written notice to Company, one (1) of the Proposed Arbitrators to act as the arbitrator for the parties under these Arbitration Provisions. If Investor fails to select in writing and within such 5-day period one (1) of the three (3) Proposed Arbitrators selected by Company, then Company may select the arbitrator from its three (3) previously selected Proposed Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to Investor.
(c) If a Proposed Arbitrator chosen to serve as arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the party that selected such Proposed Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other three (3) Proposed Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date the chosen Proposed Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as arbitrator. If all three (3) Proposed Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve as arbitrator, then the arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2.
(d) The date that the Proposed Arbitrator selected pursuant to this Paragraph 4.2 agrees in writing (including via email) delivered to both parties to serve as the arbitrator hereunder is referred to herein as the “Arbitration Commencement Date”. If an arbitrator resigns or is unable to act during the Arbitration, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with this Paragraph 4.2 to continue the Arbitration. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals and there is no successor thereto, then the arbitrator shall be selected under then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, the cost of the arbitrator must be paid equally by both parties. Subject to Paragraph 4.10 below, if one party refuses or fails to pay its portion of the arbitrator fee, then the other party can advance such unpaid amount (subject to the accrual of Default Interest thereupon), with such amount being added to or subtracted from, as applicable, the Arbitration Award.
4.3 Applicability of Certain Utah Rules. The parties agree that the Arbitration shall be conducted generally in accordance with the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure and the Utah Rules of Evidence. More specifically, the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure shall apply, without limitation, to the filing of any pleadings, motions or memoranda, the conducting of discovery, and the taking of any depositions. The Utah Rules of Evidence shall apply to any hearings, whether telephonic or in person, held by the arbitrator. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is the parties’ intent that the incorporation of such rules will in no event supersede these Arbitration Provisions. In the event of any conflict between the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure or the Utah Rules of Evidence and these Arbitration Provisions, these Arbitration Provisions shall control.
4.4 Answer and Default. An answer and any counterclaims to the Arbitration Notice shall be required to be delivered to the party initiating the Arbitration within twenty (20) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. If an answer is not delivered by the required deadline, the arbitrator must provide written notice to the defaulting party stating that the arbitrator will enter a default award against such party if such party does not file an answer within five (5) calendar days of receipt of such notice. If an answer is not filed within the five (5) day extension period, the arbitrator must render a default award, consistent with the relief requested in the Arbitration Notice, against a party that fails to submit an answer within such time period.
4.5 Related Litigation. The party that delivers the Arbitration Notice to the other party shall have the option to also commence concurrent legal proceedings with any state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah (“Litigation Proceedings”), subject to the following: (a) the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings is to be substantially similar to the claims set forth in the Arbitration Notice, provided that an additional cause of action to compel arbitration will also be included therein, (b) so long as the other party files an answer to the complaint in the Litigation Proceedings and an answer to the Arbitration Notice, the Litigation Proceedings will be stayed pending an Arbitration Award (or Appeal Panel Award (defined below), as applicable) hereunder, (c) if the other party fails to file an answer in the Litigation Proceedings or an answer in the Arbitration proceedings, then the party initiating Arbitration shall be entitled to a default judgment consistent with the relief requested, to be entered in the Litigation Proceedings, and (d) any legal or procedural issue arising under the Arbitration Act that requires a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction may be determined in the Litigation Proceedings. Any award of the arbitrator (or of the Appeal Panel (defined below)) may be entered in such Litigation Proceedings pursuant to the Arbitration Act. In the event either party successfully petitions a court to compel arbitration, the losing party in such action shall be required to pay the prevailing party’s attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in connection with such action.
4.6 Discovery. Pursuant to Section 118(8) of the Arbitration Act, the parties agree that discovery shall be conducted as follows:
(a) Written discovery will only be allowed if the likely benefits of the proposed written discovery outweigh the burden or expense thereof, and the written discovery sought is likely to reveal information that will satisfy a specific element of a claim or defense already pleaded in the Arbitration. The party seeking written discovery shall always have the burden of showing that all of the standards and limitations set forth in these Arbitration Provisions are satisfied. The scope of discovery in the Arbitration proceedings shall also be limited as follows:
(i) To facts directly connected with the transactions contemplated by the Agreement.
(ii) To facts and information that cannot be obtained from another source or in another manner that is more convenient, less burdensome or less expensive than in the manner requested.
(b) No party shall be allowed (i) more than fifteen (15) interrogatories (including discrete subparts), (ii) more than fifteen (15) requests for admission (including discrete subparts), (iii) more than ten (10) document requests (including discrete subparts), or (iv) more than three (3) depositions (excluding expert depositions) for a maximum of seven (7) hours per deposition. The costs associated with depositions will be borne by the party taking the deposition. The party defending the deposition will submit a notice to the party taking the deposition of the estimated attorneys’ fees that such party expects to incur in connection with defending the deposition. If the party defending the deposition fails to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees within five (5) calendar days of its receipt of a deposition notice, then such party shall be deemed to have waived its right to the estimated attorneys’ fees. The party taking the deposition must pay the party defending the deposition the estimated attorneys’ fees prior to taking the deposition, unless such obligation is deemed to be waived as set forth in the immediately preceding sentence. If the party taking the deposition believes that the estimated attorneys’ fees are unreasonable, such party may submit the issue to the arbitrator for a decision. All depositions will be taken in Utah.
(c) All discovery requests (including document production requests included in deposition notices) must be submitted in writing to the arbitrator and the other party. The party submitting the written discovery requests must include with such discovery requests a detailed explanation of how the proposed discovery requests satisfy the requirements of these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The receiving party will then be allowed, within five (5) calendar days of receiving the proposed discovery requests, to submit to the arbitrator an estimate of the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to such written discovery requests and a written challenge to each applicable discovery request. After receipt of an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or challenge(s) to one or more discovery requests, consistent with subparagraph (c) above, the arbitrator will within three (3) calendar days make a finding as to the likely attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests and issue an order that (i) requires the requesting party to prepay the attorneys’ fees and costs associated with responding to the discovery requests, and (ii) requires the responding party to respond to the discovery requests as limited by the arbitrator within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. If a party entitled to submit an estimate of attorneys’ fees and costs and/or a challenge to discovery requests fails to do so within such 5-day period, the arbitrator will make a finding that (A) there are no attorneys’ fees or costs associated with responding to such discovery requests, and (B) the responding party must respond to such discovery requests (as may be limited by the arbitrator) within twenty-five (25) calendar days of the arbitrator’s finding with respect to such discovery requests. Any party submitting any written discovery requests, including without limitation interrogatories, requests for production subpoenas to a party or a third party, or requests for admissions, must prepay the estimated attorneys’ fees and costs, before the responding party has any obligation to produce or respond to the same, unless such obligation is deemed waived as set forth above.
(d) In order to allow a written discovery request, the arbitrator must find that the discovery request satisfies the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions and the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure. The arbitrator must strictly enforce these standards. If a discovery request does not satisfy any of the standards set forth in these Arbitration Provisions or the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure, the arbitrator may modify such discovery request to satisfy the applicable standards, or strike such discovery request in whole or in part.
(e) Each party may submit expert reports (and rebuttals thereto), provided that such reports must be submitted within sixty (60) days of the Arbitration Commencement Date. Each party will be allowed a maximum of two (2) experts. Expert reports must contain the following: (i) a complete statement of all opinions the expert will offer at trial and the basis and reasons for them; (ii) the expert’s name and qualifications, including a list of all the expert’s publications within the preceding ten (10) years, and a list of any other cases in which the expert has testified at trial or in a deposition or prepared a report within the preceding ten (10) years; and (iii) the compensation to be paid for the expert’s report and testimony. The parties are entitled to depose any other party’s expert witness one (1) time for no more than four (4) hours. An expert may not testify in a party’s case-in-chief concerning any matter not fairly disclosed in the expert report.
4.7 Dispositive Motions. Each party shall have the right to submit dispositive motions pursuant Rule 12 or Rule 56 of the Utah Rules of Civil Procedure (a “Dispositive Motion”). The party submitting the Dispositive Motion may, but is not required to, deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in support (the “Memorandum in Support”) of the Dispositive Motion. Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Support, the other party shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a memorandum in opposition to the Memorandum in Support (the “Memorandum in Opposition”). Within seven (7) calendar days of delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the party that submitted the Memorandum in Support shall deliver to the arbitrator and to the other party a reply memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition (“Reply Memorandum”). If the applicable party shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the other party fails to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the applicable party shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Dispositive Motion shall proceed regardless.
4.8 Confidentiality. All information disclosed by either party (or such party’s agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation information disclosed during the discovery process or any Appeal (defined below)) shall be considered confidential in nature. Each party agrees not to disclose any confidential information received from the other party (or its agents) during the Arbitration process (including without limitation during the discovery process or any Appeal) unless (a) prior to or after the time of disclosure such information becomes public knowledge or part of the public domain, not as a result of any inaction or action of the receiving party or its agents, (b) such information is required by a court order, subpoena or similar legal duress to be disclosed if such receiving party has notified the other party thereof in writing and given it a reasonable opportunity to obtain a protective order from a court of competent jurisdiction prior to disclosure, or (c) such information is disclosed to the receiving party’s agents, representatives and legal counsel on a need to know basis who each agree in writing not to disclose such information to any third party. Pursuant to Section 118(5) of the Arbitration Act, the arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to issue a protective order to prevent the disclosure of privileged information and confidential information upon the written request of either party.
4.9 Authorization; Timing; Scheduling Order. Subject to all other sections of these Arbitration Provisions, the parties hereby authorize and direct the arbitrator to take such actions and make such rulings as may be necessary to carry out the parties’ intent for the Arbitration proceedings to be efficient and expeditious. Pursuant to Section 120 of the Arbitration Act, the parties hereby agree that an Arbitration Award must be made within one hundred twenty (120) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date. The arbitrator is hereby authorized and directed to hold a scheduling conference within ten (10) calendar days after the Arbitration Commencement Date in order to establish a scheduling order with various binding deadlines for discovery, expert testimony, and the submission of documents by the parties to enable the arbitrator to render a decision prior to the end of such 120-day period.
4.10 Relief. The arbitrator shall have the right to award or include in the Arbitration Award (or in a preliminary ruling) any relief which the arbitrator deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the arbitrator may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
4.11 Fees and Costs. As part of the Arbitration Award, the arbitrator is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party for all reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration.
4.12 Motion to Vacate. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, if either party desires to file a Motion to Vacate the Arbitration Award with a court in Salt Lake County, Utah, it must do so within the earlier of: (a) thirty (30) days of entry of the Arbitration Award; and (b) in response to the prevailing party’s Motion to Confirm the Arbitration Award.
5. Arbitration Appeal.
5.1 Initiation of Appeal. Following the entry of the Arbitration Award, either party (the “Appellant”) shall have a period of thirty (30) calendar days in which to notify the other party (the “Appellee”), in writing, that the Appellant elects to appeal (the “Appeal”) the Arbitration Award (such notice, an “Appeal Notice”) to a panel of arbitrators as provided in Paragraph 5.2 below. The date the Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee is referred to herein as the “Appeal Date”. The Appeal Notice must be delivered to the Appellee in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 4.1 above with respect to delivery of an Arbitration Notice. In addition, together with delivery of the Appeal Notice to the Appellee, the Appellant must also pay for (and provide proof of such payment to the Appellee together with delivery of the Appeal Notice) a bond in the amount of 110% of the sum the Appellant owes to the Appellee as a result of the Arbitration Award the Appellant is appealing. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of this Paragraph 5.1, the Appeal will occur as a matter of right and, except as specifically set forth herein, will not be further conditioned. In the event a party does not deliver an Appeal Notice (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond) to the other party within the deadline prescribed in this Paragraph 5.1, such party shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award. The Arbitration Award will be considered final until the Appeal Notice has been properly delivered and the applicable appeal bond has been posted (along with proof of payment of the applicable bond). The parties acknowledge and agree that any Appeal shall be deemed part of the parties’ agreement to arbitrate for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act.
5.2 Selection and Payment of Appeal Panel. In the event an Appellant delivers an Appeal Notice to the Appellee (together with proof of payment of the applicable bond) in compliance with the provisions of Paragraph 5.1 above, the Appeal will be heard by a three (3) person arbitration panel (the “Appeal Panel”).
(a) Within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date, the Appellee shall select and submit to the Appellant the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Services (http://www.utahadrservices.com) (such five (5) designated persons hereunder are referred to herein as the “Proposed Appeal Arbitrators”). For the avoidance of doubt, each Proposed Appeal Arbitrator must be qualified as a “neutral” with Utah ADR Services, and shall not be the arbitrator who rendered the Arbitration Award being appealed (the “Original Arbitrator”). Within five (5) calendar days after the Appellee has submitted to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, the Appellant must select, by written notice to the Appellee, three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators to act as the members of the Appeal Panel. If the Appellant fails to select three (3) of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators in writing within such 5-day period, then the Appellee may select such three (3) arbitrators from the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellant.
(b) If the Appellee fails to submit to the Appellant the names of the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within ten (10) calendar days after the Appeal Date pursuant to subparagraph (a) above, then the Appellant may at any time prior to the Appellee so designating the Proposed Appeal Arbitrators, identify the names of five (5) arbitrators that are designated as “neutrals” or qualified arbitrators by Utah ADR Service (none of whom may be the Original Arbitrator) by written notice to the Appellee. The Appellee may then, within five (5) calendar days after the Appellant has submitted notice of its selected arbitrators to the Appellee, select, by written notice to the Appellant, three (3) of such selected arbitrators to serve on the Appeal Panel. If the Appellee fails to select in writing within such 5-day period three (3) of the arbitrators selected by the Appellant to serve as the members of the Appeal Panel, then the Appellant may select the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel from the Appellant’s list of five (5) arbitrators by providing written notice of such selection to the Appellee.
(c) If a selected Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or is otherwise unable to serve, then the party that selected such Proposed Appeal Arbitrator may select one (1) of the other five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators within three (3) calendar days of the date a chosen Proposed Appeal Arbitrator declines or notifies the parties he or she is unable to serve as an arbitrator. If at least three (3) of the five (5) designated Proposed Appeal Arbitrators decline or are otherwise unable to serve, then the Proposed Appeal Arbitrator selection process shall begin again in accordance with this Paragraph 5.2; provided, however, that any Proposed Appeal Arbitrators who have already agreed to serve shall remain on the Appeal Panel.
(d) The date that all three (3) Proposed Appeal Arbitrators selected pursuant to this Paragraph 5.2 agree in writing (including via email) delivered to both the Appellant and the Appellee to serve as members of the Appeal Panel hereunder is referred to herein as the “Appeal Commencement Date”. No later than five (5) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellee shall designate in writing (including via email) to the Appellant and the Appeal Panel the name of one (1) of the three (3) members of the Appeal Panel to serve as the lead arbitrator in the Appeal proceedings. Each member of the Appeal Panel shall be deemed an arbitrator for purposes of these Arbitration Provisions and the Arbitration Act, provided that, in conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel may only act or make determinations upon the approval or vote of no less than the majority vote of its members, as announced or communicated by the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. If an arbitrator on the Appeal Panel ceases or is unable to act during the Appeal proceedings, a replacement arbitrator shall be chosen in accordance with Paragraph 5.2 above to continue the Appeal as a member of the Appeal Panel. If Utah ADR Services ceases to exist or to provide a list of neutrals, then the arbitrators for the Appeal Panel shall be selected under then prevailing rules of the American Arbitration Association.
(e) Subject to Paragraph 5.7 below, the cost of the Appeal Panel must be paid entirely by the Appellant.
5.3 Appeal Procedure. The Appeal will be deemed an appeal of the entire Arbitration Award. In conducting the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall conduct a de novo review of all Claims described or otherwise set forth in the Arbitration Notice. Subject to the foregoing and all other provisions of this Paragraph 5, the Appeal Panel shall conduct the Appeal in a manner the Appeal Panel considers appropriate for a fair and expeditious disposition of the Appeal, may hold one or more hearings and permit oral argument, and may review all previous evidence and discovery, together with all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (as well as any documents filed with the Appeal Panel pursuant to Paragraph 5.4(a) below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in connection with the Appeal, the Appeal Panel shall not permit the parties to conduct any additional discovery or raise any new Claims to be arbitrated, shall not permit new witnesses or affidavits, and shall not base any of its findings or determinations on the Original Arbitrator’s findings or the Arbitration Award.
5.4 Timing.
(a) Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, the Appellant (i) shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Appeal Panel copies of the Appeal Notice, all discovery conducted in connection with the Arbitration, and all briefs, pleadings and other documents filed with the Original Arbitrator (which material Appellee shall have the right to review and supplement if necessary), and (ii) may, but is not required to, deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Memorandum in Support of the Appellant’s arguments concerning or position with respect to all Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellant’s delivery of the Memorandum in Support, as applicable, the Appellee shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellant a Memorandum in Opposition to the Memorandum in Support. Within seven (7) calendar days of the Appellee’s delivery of the Memorandum in Opposition, as applicable, the Appellant shall deliver to the Appeal Panel and to the Appellee a Reply Memorandum to the Memorandum in Opposition. If the Appellant shall fail to substantially comply with the requirements of clause (i) of this subparagraph (a), the Appellant shall lose its right to appeal the Arbitration Award, and the Arbitration Award shall be final. If the Appellee shall fail to deliver the Memorandum in Opposition as required above, or if the Appellant shall fail to deliver the Reply Memorandum as required above, then the Appellee or the Appellant, as the case may be, shall lose its right to so deliver the same, and the Appeal shall proceed regardless.
(b) Subject to subparagraph (a) above, the parties hereby agree that the Appeal must be heard by the Appeal Panel within thirty (30) calendar days of the Appeal Commencement Date, and that the Appeal Panel must render its decision within thirty (30) calendar days after the Appeal is heard (and in no event later than sixty (60) calendar days after the Appeal Commencement Date).
5.5 Appeal Panel Award. The Appeal Panel shall issue its decision (the “Appeal Panel Award”) through the lead arbitrator on the Appeal Panel. Notwithstanding any other provision contained herein, the Appeal Panel Award shall (a) supersede in its entirety and make of no further force or effect the Arbitration Award (provided that any protective orders issued by the Original Arbitrator shall remain in full force and effect), (b) be final and binding upon the parties, with no further rights of appeal, (c) be the sole and exclusive remedy between the parties regarding any Claims, counterclaims, issues, or accountings presented or pleaded in the Arbitration, and (d) be promptly payable in United States dollars free of any tax, deduction or offset (with respect to monetary awards). Any costs or fees, including without limitation attorneys’ fees, incurred in connection with or incident to enforcing the Appeal Panel Award shall, to the maximum extent permitted by law, be charged against the party resisting such enforcement. The Appeal Panel Award shall include Default Interest (with respect to monetary awards) at the rate specified in the Note for Default Interest both before and after the Arbitration Award. Judgment upon the Appeal Panel Award will be entered and enforced by a state or federal court sitting in Salt Lake County, Utah.
5.6 Relief. The Appeal Panel shall have the right to award or include in the Appeal Panel Award any relief which the Appeal Panel deems proper under the circumstances, including, without limitation, specific performance and injunctive relief, provided that the Appeal Panel may not award exemplary or punitive damages.
5.7 Fees and Costs. As part of the Appeal Panel Award, the Appeal Panel is hereby directed to require the losing party (the party being awarded the least amount of money by the arbitrator, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any party) to (a) pay the full amount of any unpaid costs and fees of the Arbitration and the Appeal Panel, and (b) reimburse the prevailing party (the party being awarded the most amount of money by the Appeal Panel, which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall be determined without regard to any statutory fines, penalties, fees, or other charges awarded to any part) the reasonable attorneys’ fees, arbitrator and Appeal Panel costs and fees, deposition costs, other discovery costs, and other expenses, costs or fees paid or otherwise incurred by the prevailing party in connection with the Arbitration (including without limitation in connection with the Appeal).
6. Miscellaneous.
6.1 Severability. If any part of these Arbitration Provisions is found to violate or be illegal under applicable law, then such provision shall be modified to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision enforceable under applicable law, and the remainder of the Arbitration Provisions shall remain unaffected and in full force and effect.
6.2 Governing Law. These Arbitration Provisions shall be governed by the laws of the State of Utah without regard to the conflict of laws principles therein.
6.3 Interpretation. The headings of these Arbitration Provisions are for convenience of reference only and shall not form part of, or affect the interpretation of, these Arbitration Provisions.
6.4 Waiver. No waiver of any provision of these Arbitration Provisions shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver.
6.5 Time is of the Essence. Time is expressly made of the essence with respect to each and every provision of these Arbitration Provisions.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
Exhibit 10.30
SECURED CONVERTIBLE PROMISSORY NOTE
| Effective Date: December 19, 2025 | Principal
Amount: U.S. $560,000.00 Purchase Price: U.S. $500,000.00 |
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Borrower”), promises to pay to Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company, or its permitted successors or assigns (“Lender”), the principal amount of Five Hundred Sixty Thousand and 00/100 U.S. Dollars ($560,000.00) and any accrued but unpaid interest, fees, charges, and late fees accrued pursuant to the terms hereunder on the date (the “Maturity Date”) that is nine (9) months after the Purchase Price Date. The Outstanding Balance of this Secured Convertible Promissory Note (this “Note”) shall bear interest at a fixed rate of six percent (6%) per annum from the Purchase Price Date until the same is paid in full. All interest calculations hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve (12) thirty (30) day months, shall compound daily and shall be payable in accordance with the terms of this Note. This Note is issued and made effective as of December 19, 2025 (the “Effective Date”). This Note is issued pursuant to that certain Securities Purchase Agreement dated December 19, 2025, as the same may be amended from time to time, by and between Borrower and Lender (the “Purchase Agreement”). Certain capitalized terms used herein are defined in Attachment 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference.
This Note carries an original issue discount of $50,000.00 (the “OID”). In addition, Borrower agrees to pay $10,000.00 to Lender to cover Lender’s legal fees, accounting costs, due diligence, monitoring and other transaction costs incurred in connection with the purchase and sale of this Note (the “Transaction Expense Amount”). The OID and Transaction Expense Amount are both included in the initial principal balance of this Note and are deemed to be fully earned and non-refundable as of the Purchase Price Date. The purchase price for this Note shall be $500,000.00 (the “Purchase Price”), computed as follows: $560,000.00 original principal balance, less the OID, less the Transaction Expense Amount. The Purchase Price shall be due and payable by Lender by wire transfer of immediately available funds on the Purchase Price Date.
1. Payments; Effectiveness of Registration Statement
1.1. Payment. All payments (including any prepayments) owing or to be made hereunder shall be in lawful money of the United States of America and delivered to the bank account as Lender may designate in writing to Borrower from time to time pursuant to the notice provisions hereof. All payments shall be applied first to (a) costs of collection, if any, then to (b) fees and charges, if any, then to (c) accrued and unpaid interest, and thereafter, to (d) principal. Whenever any payment to be made under this Note shall be stated to be due on a day which is not a business day, such payment shall be due and payable on the next following business day.
1.2. Prepayment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, with ten (10) Trading Days’ prior written notice, Borrower may prepay all or any portion of the Outstanding Balance (less such portion of the Outstanding Balance for which Borrower has received a Conversion Notice (as defined below) from Lender where the applicable Conversion Shares have not yet been delivered). For the avoidance of doubt, during the ten (10) Trading Day prepayment notice period Lender shall retain the right to submit Conversion Notices, if applicable. If Borrower exercises its right to prepay this Note, Borrower shall make payment to Lender of an amount in cash equal to 110% multiplied by the portion of the then Outstanding Balance Borrower elects to prepay. Borrower will lose the right to prepay this Note if Borrower elects to prepay this Note and fails to do so on the date set forth in the prepayment notice sent to Lender.
2. Automatic Exchange. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or any other Transaction Document (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) or the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement, ten (10) Trading Days following the date on which the Second Registration Statement (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement) is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission this Note shall automatically, and without any further action by Borrower or Lender, be exchanged for, and applied to the purchase price of, a Pre-Paid Purchase (as defined in the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement) in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Outstanding Balance (the “Automatic Exchange”). The Automatic Exchange will take place in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a)(9) of the 1933 Act (as defined in the Purchase Agreement).
Upon the occurrence of the Automatic Exchange:
(a) Borrower and Lender shall be deemed to have entered into a Pre-Paid Purchase in the form attached as Exhibit A to the Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement, with a principal amount equal to the Outstanding Balance, effective as of the date of the Automatic Exchange;
(b) This Note will be cancelled and the remaining amount owed will be evidenced solely by the Pre-Paid Purchase; and
(c) Borrower and Lender shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further actions as may be reasonably necessary to evidence and effectuate the Automatic Exchange, provided, however, that the failure to do so by either party shall not affect the validity or effectiveness of the Automatic Exchange as provided herein.
3. Security. This Note is secured by the following: (a) the Security Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); and (b) the IP Security Agreement (as defined in the Purchase Agreement). This Note is also guaranteed by the Guaranty (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) (the foregoing documents being the “Collateral and Guarantee Documents”).
4. Conversions. Lender has the right at any time beginning on the Initial Listing Date, until the Outstanding Balance has been paid in full, at its election, to convert (each instance of conversion is referred to herein as a “Conversion”) all or any portion of the Outstanding Balance into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares (“Conversion Shares”) as per the following conversion formula: the number of Conversion Shares equals the amount of the Outstanding Balance being converted (the “Conversion Amount”) divided by the Conversion Price. Conversion notices in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (each, a “Conversion Notice”) may be effectively delivered to Borrower by any method set forth in the “Notices” section of the Purchase Agreement, and all Conversions shall be cashless and not require further payment from Lender. Borrower shall deliver the Conversion Shares from any Conversion to Lender in accordance with Section 8 below.
2
5. Trigger Events; Defaults; and Remedies.
5.1. Trigger Events. The following are trigger events under this Note (each, a “Trigger Event”): (a) Borrower fails to pay any principal, interest, fees, charges, or any other amount when due and payable hereunder; (b) a receiver, trustee or other similar official shall be appointed over Borrower or a material part of its assets and such appointment shall remain uncontested for twenty (20) days or shall not be dismissed or discharged within sixty (60) days; (c) Borrower becomes insolvent or generally fails to pay, or admits in writing its inability to pay, its debts as they become due; (d) Borrower makes a general assignment for the benefit of creditors; (e) Borrower files a petition for relief under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law (domestic or foreign); (f) an involuntary bankruptcy proceeding is commenced or filed against Borrower; (g) Borrower fails to timely establish and maintain the Share Reserve (as defined in the Purchase Agreement); (h) Borrower fails to observe or perform any covenant set forth in Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement; (i) the occurrence of a Fundamental Transaction without Lender’s prior written consent; (j) Borrower fails to deliver any Conversion Shares in accordance with the terms hereof; (k) Borrower or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note defaults or otherwise fails to observe or perform any covenant, obligation, condition or agreement of Borrower or such pledgor, trustor, or guarantor contained herein or in any other Transaction Document, other than those specifically set forth in this Section 5.1 and Section 4 of the Purchase Agreement; (l) any representation, warranty or other statement made or furnished by or on behalf of Borrower or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note to Lender herein, in any Transaction Document, or otherwise in connection with the issuance of this Note is false, incorrect, incomplete or misleading in any material respect when made or furnished; (m) Borrower effectuates a reverse split, ratio change or other similar event with respect to its Common Shares without ten (10) Trading Days prior written notice to Lender; (n) any money judgment, writ or similar process is entered or filed against Borrower or any subsidiary of Borrower or any of its property or other assets for more than $500,000.00, and shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period of twenty (20) calendar days unless otherwise consented to by Lender; (o) Borrower fails to be DWAC Eligible; (p) at any time during the period beginning on the effective date of the Registration Statement and ending on the six (6) month anniversary of the Purchase Price Date, the Registration Statement is suspended, halted, declared ineffective or otherwise unavailable for Lender to sell Conversion Shares and Warrant Shares; (q) a non-management support preliminary proxy is filed against Borrower; or (r) Borrower, any subsidiary of Borrower, or any pledgor, trustor, or guarantor of this Note breaches any material covenant or other material term or condition contained in any Other Agreements.
5.2. Trigger Event Remedies. Beginning five (5) Trading Days following the occurrence of any Trigger Event, Lender may, at its option, increase the Outstanding Balance by applying the Trigger Effect (subject to the limitation set forth below).
5.3. Defaults. At any time following the occurrence of a Trigger Event, Lender may, at its option, send written notice to Borrower pursuant to the notice provisions of the Purchase Agreement demanding that Borrower cure the Trigger Event within seven (7) Trading Days. If Borrower fails to cure the Trigger Event within the required seven (7) Trading Day cure period, the Trigger Event will automatically become an event of default hereunder (each, an “Event of Default”).
5.4. Default Remedies. At any time and from time to time following the occurrence of any Event of Default, Lender may accelerate this Note by prior written notice to Borrower, with the Outstanding Balance becoming immediately due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default Amount. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the occurrence of any Trigger Event described in clauses (b) – (f) of Section 5.1, an Event of Default will be deemed to have occurred and the Outstanding Balance as of the date of the occurrence of such Trigger Event shall become immediately and automatically due and payable in cash at the Mandatory Default Amount, without any written notice required by Lender for the Trigger Event to become an Event of Default. At any time following the occurrence of any Event of Default, upon prior written notice given by Lender to Borrower, interest shall accrue on the Outstanding Balance beginning on the date the applicable Event of Default occurred at an interest rate equal to the lesser of fifteen percent (15%) per annum simple interest or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law (“Default Interest”). For the avoidance of doubt, Lender may continue making Conversions at any time following a Trigger Event or Event of Default until such time as the Outstanding Balance is paid in full. In connection with acceleration described herein, Lender need not provide, and Borrower hereby waives, any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and Lender may immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable law. Such acceleration may be rescinded and annulled by Lender at any time prior to payment hereunder and Lender shall have all rights as a holder of the Note until such time, if any, as Lender receives full payment of this Note. No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Trigger Event or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon. Nothing herein shall limit Lender’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to Borrower’s failure to timely deliver Conversion Shares upon Conversion of the Note as required pursuant to the terms hereof.
3
6. Unconditional Obligation; No Offset. Borrower acknowledges that this Note is an unconditional, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of Borrower not subject to offset, deduction or counterclaim of any kind. Borrower hereby waives any rights of offset it now has or may have hereafter against Lender, its successors and assigns, and agrees to make the payments or Conversions called for herein in accordance with the terms of this Note.
7. Waiver. No waiver of any provision of this Note shall be effective unless it is in the form of a writing signed by the party granting the waiver. No waiver of any provision or consent to any prohibited action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other prohibited action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver or consent in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.
8. Method of Conversion Share Delivery. On or before the close of business on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date of delivery of a Conversion Notice (the “Delivery Date”), Borrower shall, provided it is DWAC Eligible at such time and such Conversion Shares are eligible for delivery via DWAC, deliver or cause its transfer agent to issue and deliver the applicable Conversion Shares electronically via DWAC to the account designated by Lender in the applicable Conversion Notice. If Borrower is not DWAC Eligible or such Conversion Shares are not eligible for delivery via DWAC, it shall deliver to Lender or its broker (as designated in the Conversion Notice), via reputable overnight courier, a certificate representing the number of Common Shares equal to the number of Conversion Shares to which Lender shall be entitled, registered in the name of Lender or its designee. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower has not met its obligation to deliver Conversion Shares by the Delivery Date unless Lender or its broker, as applicable, has actually received the certificate representing the applicable Conversion Shares no later than the close of business on the relevant Delivery Date pursuant to the terms set forth above. Moreover, and notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Transaction Document, in the event Borrower or its transfer agent refuses to deliver any Conversion Shares without a restrictive securities legend to Lender on grounds that such issuance is in violation of Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), Borrower shall deliver or cause its transfer agent to deliver the applicable Conversion Shares to Lender with a restricted securities legend, but otherwise in accordance with the provisions of this Section 8. In conjunction therewith, Borrower will also deliver to Lender a written explanation from its counsel or its transfer agent’s counsel opining as to why the issuance of the applicable Conversion Shares violates Rule 144.
9. Conversion Delays. If Borrower fails to deliver Conversion Shares by the applicable Delivery Date, Lender may at any time prior to receiving the applicable Conversion Shares rescind in whole or in part such Conversion, with a corresponding increase to the Outstanding Balance (any returned amount will tack back to the Purchase Price Date for purposes of determining the holding period under Rule 144).
10. Sales Limitation. Lender will limit its sales of Common Shares on the open market in any given calendar week to twelve-and-a-half percent (12.5%) of the weekly trading volume of the Common Shares on all trading markets (including regular and extended trading) for such week (the “Weekly Sales Cap”). In the event Lender breaches such covenant, Borrower’s sole and exclusive remedy shall be the reduction of the Outstanding Balance by the amount that Lender’s sales of Common Shares in any such week exceeded the Weekly Sales Cap. For the avoidance of doubt, both the Weekly Sales Cap and Borrower’s remedy related to such limitation shall expire thirty (30) days after satisfaction in full of the Note.
4
11. Exchange Cap. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Borrower shall not issue any Common Shares pursuant to this Note if such issuance (together with any other issuances of Common Shares pursuant to the Note or any other Transaction Document) would result in the aggregate issuance by Borrower of more than 19.99% of Borrower’s outstanding Common Shares as of the Effective Date (the “Exchange Cap”), unless Borrower obtains the prior approval of its stockholders in accordance with applicable law and the rules of the principal securities exchange or market on which the Common Shares then listed or traded for issuances in excess of the Exchange Cap or if the Exchange Cap does not apply to issuances hereunder as result of Borrower electing to be subject to home country rules. In the event the Exchange Cap is reached, Borrower would be required to honor any Conversion Notices in cash.
12. Ownership Limitation. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Note or the other Transaction Documents, Borrower shall not effect any Conversion of this Note to the extent that after giving effect to such Conversion would cause Lender (together with its affiliates) to beneficially own a number of shares exceeding 9.99% of the number of Common Shares outstanding on such date (including for such purpose the Common Shares issuable upon such issuance) (the “Maximum Percentage”). For purposes of this section, beneficial ownership of Common Shares will be determined pursuant to Section 13(d) of the 1934 Act. The foregoing Maximum Percentage is enforceable, unconditional and non-waivable and shall apply to all affiliates and assigns of Lender.
13. Opinion of Counsel. In the event that an opinion of counsel is needed for any Conversion under this Note, Lender has the right to have any such opinion provided by its counsel.
14. Governing Law; Venue. This Note shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and all questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and performance of this Note shall be governed by, the internal laws of the State of Utah, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law provision or rule (whether of the State of Utah or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Utah. The provisions set forth in the Purchase Agreement to determine the proper venue for any disputes are incorporated herein by this reference.
15. Arbitration of Disputes. By its issuance or acceptance of this Note, each party agrees to be bound by the Arbitration Provisions (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) set forth as an exhibit to the Purchase Agreement.
16. Cancellation. After repayment (including, without limitation, prepayment pursuant to Section 1.2 or Automatic Exchange pursuant to Section 2 of this Note) or conversion of the entire Outstanding Balance, (a) this Note shall be deemed paid in full, shall automatically be deemed canceled, and shall not be reissued and (b) the security interests granted pursuant to the Collateral and Guarantee Documents shall automatically terminate with respect to all Collateral (as defined therein) and the Collateral and Guarantee Documents shall be of no further force and effect.
17. Amendments. The prior written consent of both parties hereto shall be required for any change or amendment to this Note.
18. Assignments. Borrower may not assign this Note without the prior written consent of Lender. This Note and any Conversion Shares issued upon conversion of this Note may be offered, sold, assigned or transferred by Lender without the consent of Borrower, so long as such transfer is in accordance with applicable federal and state securities laws and Borrower receives written notice in connection therewith. The Lender and any permitted assignee, by acceptance of this Note, acknowledge and agree that following conversion of a portion of this Note, the unpaid and unconverted principal amount of this Note represented by this Note may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.
19. Notices. Whenever notice is required to be given under this Note, unless otherwise provided herein, such notice shall be given in accordance with the subsection of the Purchase Agreement titled “Notices.”
20. Use of Proceeds. The proceeds of this Note shall be used by Borrower for working capital in the ordinary course of business and for other general corporate purposes.
21. Severability. If any part of this Note is construed to be in violation of any law, such part shall be modified to achieve the objective of Borrower and Lender to the fullest extent permitted by law and the balance of this Note shall remain in full force and effect.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank; signature page follows]
5
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower has caused this Note to be duly executed as of the Effective Date.
| BORROWER: | ||
| VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. | ||
| By: | /s/ Jan Goetgeluk | |
| Jan Goetgeluk, Chief Executive Officer | ||
ACKNOWLEDGED, ACCEPTED AND AGREED:
LENDER:
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | /s/ John M. Fife | |
| John M. Fife, President | ||
[Signature Page to Secured Convertible Promissory Note]
ATTACHMENT 1
DEFINITIONS
For purposes of this Note, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
A1. “Common Shares” means Borrower’s shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.001.
A2. “Conversion Price” means 85% of the Nasdaq Valuation Price.
A3. “Conversion Share Value” means the product of the number of Conversion Shares deliverable pursuant to any Conversion Notice multiplied by the daily VWAP of the Common Shares on the Delivery Date for such Conversion.
A4. “DTC” means the Depository Trust Company or any successor thereto.
A5. “DTC/FAST Program” means the DTC’s Fast Automated Securities Transfer program.
A6. “DWAC” means the DTC’s Deposit/Withdrawal at Custodian system.
A7. “DWAC Eligible” means that (a) Borrower’s Common Shares are eligible at DTC for full services pursuant to DTC’s operational arrangements, including without limitation transfer through DTC’s DWAC system; (b) Borrower has been approved (without revocation) by DTC’s underwriting department; (c) Borrower’s transfer agent is approved as an agent in the DTC/FAST Program; (d) the Conversion Shares are otherwise eligible for delivery via DWAC; and (e) Borrower’s transfer agent does not have a policy prohibiting or limiting delivery of the Conversion Shares via DWAC.
A8. “Fundamental Transaction” means that (a) (i) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not Borrower or any of its subsidiaries is the surviving corporation) any other person or entity, (ii) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its respective properties or assets to any other person or entity, (iii) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, allow any other person or entity to make a purchase, tender or exchange offer that is accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower (not including any shares of voting stock of Borrower held by the person or persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the persons or entities making or party to, such purchase, tender or exchange offer), (iv) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, consummate a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with any other person or entity whereby such other person or entity acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of voting stock of Borrower (not including any shares of voting stock of Borrower held by the other persons or entities making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other persons or entities making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination), (v) Borrower or any of its subsidiaries shall, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions, reorganize, recapitalize or reclassify the Common Shares, other than an increase in the number of authorized Common Shares, (vi) Borrower transfers any material asset to any Subsidiary, affiliate, person or entity under common ownership or control with Borrower, or (vii) Borrower pays or makes any monetary or non-monetary dividend or distribution to its shareholders; or (b) any “person” or “group” (as these terms are used for purposes of Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder) is or shall become the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by issued and outstanding voting stock of Borrower. For the avoidance of doubt, Borrower or any of the subsidiaries entering into a definitive agreement that contemplates a Fundamental Transaction will be deemed to be a Fundamental Transaction unless such agreement contains a closing condition that this Note is repaid in full upon consummation of the transaction.
A9. “Initial Listing Date” means the first Trading Day that the Common Shares trade on Nasdaq.
A10. “Major Trigger Event” means any Trigger Event occurring under Sections 4.1(a) - 4.1(i).
A11. “Mandatory Default Amount” means the Outstanding Balance following the application of the Trigger Effect.
A12. “Minor Trigger Event” means any Trigger Event that is not a Major Trigger Event.
Attachment 1 to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, Page 1
A13. “Nasdaq Valuation Price” means either (a) the Valuation based Bid Price or (b) the Compelling Evidence-based Bid Price, as accepted by Nasdaq in Borrower’s direct listing application with Nasdaq.
A14. “Other Agreements” means, collectively, (a) all existing and future agreements and instruments between, among or by Borrower (or a subsidiary), on the one hand, and Lender (or an affiliate), on the other hand, and (b) any financing agreement or a material agreement that affects Borrower’s ongoing business operations.
A15. “Outstanding Balance” means as of any date of determination, the Purchase Price, as reduced or increased, as the case may be, pursuant to the terms hereof for payment, Conversion, offset, or otherwise, plus the Transaction Expense Amount, plus the OID, plus accrued but unpaid interest.
A16. “Pre-Paid Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 22, 2025, by and between Virtuix Holdings Inc. and Streeterville Capital, LLC in connection with the issuance of purchase of Common Shares pursuant to pre-paid purchases.
A17. “Purchase Price Date” means the date the Purchase Price is delivered by Lender to Borrower.
A18. “Trading Day” means any day on which Nasdaq (or such other principal market for the Common Shares) is open for trading.
A19. “Trigger Effect” means multiplying the Outstanding Balance as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred by (a) seven-and-a-half percent (7.5%) for each occurrence of any Major Trigger Event, or (b) two-and-a-half percent (2.5%) for each occurrence of any Minor Trigger Event, and then adding the resulting product to the Outstanding Balance as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred, with the sum of the foregoing then becoming the Outstanding Balance under this Note as of the date the applicable Trigger Event occurred; provided, however, that the Trigger Effect may only be applied three (3) times for Major Trigger Events and three (3) times for Minor Trigger Events.
A20. “VWAP” means the volume weighted average price of the Common Shares on the principal market for a particular Trading Day or set of Trading Days, as the case may be, as reported by Bloomberg.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
Attachment 1 to Secured Convertible Promissory Note, Page 2
EXHIBIT A
CONVERSION NOTICE
Streeterville Capital, LLC, a Utah limited liability company (“Lender”), hereby gives notice to Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), pursuant to that certain Secured Convertible Promissory Note made by Borrower in favor of Lender on December 19, 2025 (the “Note”), that Lender elects to convert the portion of the Note balance set forth below into fully paid and non-assessable Common Shares of Borrower as of the date of conversion specified below. Said conversion shall be based on the Conversion Price set forth below. In the event of a conflict between this Conversion Notice and the Note, the Note shall govern, or, in the alternative, at the election of Lender in its sole discretion, Lender may provide a new form of Conversion Notice to conform to the Note. Capitalized terms used in this notice without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Note.
| A. | Date of Conversion: |
| B. | Conversion #: |
| C. | Conversion Amount: |
| D. | Conversion Price: |
| E. | Conversion Shares: | (C divided by D) |
| F. | Remaining Outstanding Balance of Note: | * |
| * | Subject to adjustments for corrections, defaults, interest, fees, and other adjustments permitted by the Transaction Documents (as defined in the Purchase Agreement), the terms of which shall control in the event of any dispute between the terms of this Conversion Notice and such Transaction Documents. |
Please transfer the Conversion Shares electronically (via DWAC) to the following account:
| Broker: | Address: | ||||
| DTC#: | |||||
| Account #: | |||||
| Account Name: |
| Lender: | ||
| Streeterville Capital, LLC | ||
| By: | ||
| John M. Fife, President | ||
Exhibit 14.1
FORM OF
CODE OF ETHICS
OF
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC.
| 1. | Introduction |
The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Virtuix Holdings Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has adopted this code of ethics (this “Code”), as may be amended from time to time by the Board and which is applicable to all of the Company’s directors, officers and employees (to the extent that employees are hired in the future) to:
| ● | promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships; | |
| ● | promote the full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents that the Company files with, or submits to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), as well as in other public communications made by or on behalf of the Company; | |
| ● | promote compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; | |
| ● | deter wrongdoing; and | |
| ● | require prompt internal reporting of breaches of, and accountability for adherence to, this Code. |
This Code may be amended and modified by the Board. In this Code, references to the “Company” mean Virtuix Holdings Inc. and, in appropriate context, the Company’s subsidiaries, if any.
| 2. | Honest, Ethical and Fair Conduct |
Each person owes a duty to the Company to act with integrity. Integrity requires, among other things, being honest, fair and candid. Deceit, dishonesty and subordination of principle are inconsistent with integrity. Service to the Company should never be subordinated to personal gain and advantage.
Each person must:
| ● | act with integrity, including being honest and candid while still maintaining the confidentiality of the Company’s information where required or when in the Company’s interests; | |
| ● | observe all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; | |
| ● | comply with the requirements of applicable accounting and auditing standards, as well as Company policies, in order to maintain a high standard of accuracy and completeness in the Company’s financial records and other business-related information and data; | |
| ● | adhere to a high standard of business ethics and not seek competitive advantage through unlawful or unethical business practices; | |
| ● | deal fairly with the Company’s customers, suppliers, competitors and employees; | |
| ● | refrain from taking advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation of material facts or any other unfair-dealing practice; | |
| ● | protect the assets of the Company and ensure their proper use; | |
| ● | Until the earliest of (i) the Company’s initial business combination (as such is defined in the Company’s initial registration statement filed with the SEC), (ii) liquidation, or (iii) such time as such person ceases to be an officer or director of the Company, to first present to the Company for its consideration, prior to presentation to any other entity, any business opportunity suitable for the Company and presented to such person solely in his or her capacity as an officer or director of the Company, subject to any other fiduciary or contractual obligations such officer may have; and | |
| ● | Avoid conflicts of interest, wherever possible, except as may be allowed under guidelines or resolutions approved by the Board (or the appropriate committee of the Board) or as disclosed in the Company’s public filings with the SEC. Anything that would be a conflict for a person subject to this Code also will be a conflict for a member of his or her immediate family or any other close relative. Examples of conflict of interest situations include, but are not limited to, the following: | |
| ● | any significant ownership interest in any supplier or customer; |
| ● | any consulting or employment relationship with any supplier or customer; | |
| ● | the receipt of any money, non-nominal gifts or excessive entertainment from any entity with which the Company has current or prospective business dealings; | |
| ● | selling anything to the Company or buying anything from the Company, except on the same terms and conditions as comparable officers or directors are permitted to so purchase or sell; | |
| ● | any other financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the Company; and | |
| ● | any other circumstance, event, relationship or situation in which the personal interest of a person subject to this Code interferes - or even appears to interfere - with the interests of the Company as a whole. |
| 3. | Disclosure |
The Company strives to ensure that the contents of and the disclosures in the reports and documents that the Company files with the SEC and other public communications shall be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable in accordance with applicable disclosure standards, including standards of materiality, where appropriate. Each person must:
| ● | not knowingly misrepresent, or cause others to misrepresent, facts about the Company to others, whether within or outside the Company, including to the Company’s independent registered public accountants, governmental regulators, self-regulating organizations and other governmental officials, as appropriate; and | |
| ● | in relation to his or her area of responsibility, properly review and critically analyze proposed disclosure for accuracy and completeness. |
In addition to the foregoing, the Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”) of the Company and each subsidiary of the Company (or persons performing similar functions), and each other person that typically is involved in the financial reporting of the Company must familiarize himself or herself with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company as well as the business and financial operations of the Company.
Each person must promptly bring to the attention of the Chairman of the Board any information he or she may have concerning (a) significant deficiencies in the design or operation of internal and/or disclosure controls that could adversely affect the Company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data or (b) any fraud that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls.
| 4. | Compliance |
It is the Company’s obligation and policy to comply with all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations. All directors, officers and employees of the Company are expected to understand, respect and comply with all of the laws, regulations, policies and procedures that apply to them in their positions with the Company. Employees are responsible for talking to their supervisors to determine which laws, regulations and Company policies apply to their position and what training is necessary to understand and comply with them.
Directors, officers and employees are directed to specific policies and procedures available to persons they supervise.
| 5. | Reporting and Accountability |
The Board is responsible for applying this Code to specific situations in which questions are presented to it and has the authority to interpret this Code in any particular situation. Any person who becomes aware of any existing or potential breach of this Code is required to notify the Chairman of the Board promptly. Failure to do so is, in and of itself, a breach of this Code.
2
Specifically, each person must:
| ● | Notify the Chairman of the Board promptly of any existing or potential violation of this Code. | |
| ● | Not retaliate against any other person for reports of potential violations that are made in good faith. |
The Company will follow the following procedures in investigating and enforcing this Code and in reporting on the Code:
| ● | The Board will take all appropriate action to investigate any breaches reported to it. | |
| ● | Upon determination by the Board that a breach has occurred, the Board (by majority decision) will take or authorize such disciplinary or preventive action as it deems appropriate, after consultation with the Company’s internal or external legal counsel, up to and including dismissal or, in the event of criminal or other serious violations of law, notification of the SEC or other appropriate law enforcement authorities. |
No person following the above procedure shall, as a result of following such procedure, be subject by the Company or any officer or employee thereof to discharge, demotion suspension, threat, harassment or in any manner, discrimination against such person in terms and conditions of employment.
| 6. | Waivers and Amendments |
Any waiver (defined below) or an implicit waiver (defined below) from a provision of this Code for the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, and persons performing similar functions or any amendment (as defined below) to this Code is required to be disclosed in a Current Report on Form 8- K filed with the SEC. In lieu of filing a Current Report on Form 8-K to report any such waivers or amendments, the Company may provide such information on a website, in the event that it establishes one in the future, and if it keeps such information on the website for at least 12 months and discloses the website address as well as any intention to provide such disclosures in this manner in its most recently filed Annual Report on Form 10-K.
A “waiver” means the approval by the Board of a material departure from a provision of the Code. An “implicit waiver” means the Company’s failure to take action within a reasonable period of time regarding a material departure from a provision of the Code that has been made known to an executive officer of the Company. An “amendment” means any amendment to this Code other than minor technical, administrative or other non-substantive amendments hereto.
All persons should note that it is not the Company’s intention to grant or to permit waivers from the requirements of this Code. The Company expects full compliance with this Code.
| 7. | Insider Information and Securities Trading |
The Company’s directors, officers or employees who have access to material, non-public information are not permitted to use that information for securities trading purposes or for any purpose unrelated to the Company’s business. It is also against the law to trade or to “tip” others who might make an investment decision based on inside company information. For example, using non-public information to buy or sell the Company securities, options in the Company shares or the shares of any Company supplier, customer or competitor is prohibited. The consequences of insider trading violations can be severe. These rules also apply to the use of material, nonpublic information about other companies (including, for example, the Company’s customers, competitors and potential business partners). In addition to directors, officers or employees, these rules apply to such person’s spouse, children, parents and siblings, as well as any other family members living in such person’s home.
| 8. | Financial Statements and Other Records |
All of the Company’s books, records, accounts and financial statements must be maintained in reasonable detail, must appropriately reflect the Company’s transactions and must both conform to applicable legal requirements and to the Company’s system of internal controls. Unrecorded or “off the books” funds or assets should not be maintained unless permitted by applicable law or regulation.
3
Records should always be retained or destroyed according to the Company’s record retention policies. In accordance with those policies, in the event of litigation or governmental investigation, please consult the Board or the Company’s internal or external legal counsel.
| 9. | Improper Influence on Conduct of Audits |
No director or officer, or any other person acting under the direction thereof, shall directly or indirectly take any action to coerce, manipulate, mislead or fraudulently influence any public or certified public accountant engaged in the performance of an audit or review of the financial statements of the Company or take any action that such person knows or should know that if successful could result in rendering the Company’s financial statements materially misleading. Any person who believes such improper influence is being exerted should report such action to such person’s supervisor, or if that is impractical under the circumstances, to any of the Company’s directors.
Types of conduct that could constitute improper influence include, but are not limited to, directly or indirectly:
| ● | Offering or paying bribes or other financial incentives, including future employment or contracts for non-audit services; | |
| ● | Providing an auditor with an inaccurate or misleading legal analysis; | |
| ● | Threatening to cancel or canceling existing non-audit or audit engagements if the auditor objects to the Company’s accounting; | |
| ● | Seeking to have a partner removed from the audit engagement because the partner objects to the Company’s accounting; | |
| ● | Blackmailing; and | |
| ● | Making physical threats. |
| 10. | Anti-Corruption Laws |
The Company complies with the anti-corruption laws of the countries in which it does business, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”). Directors, officers and employees will not directly or indirectly give anything of value to government officials, including employees of state-owned enterprises or foreign political candidates. These requirements apply both to Company employees and agents, such as third party sales representatives, no matter where they are doing business. If you are authorized to engage agents, you are responsible for ensuring they are reputable and for obtaining a written agreement to uphold the Company’s standards in this area.
| 11. | Violations |
Violation of this Code is grounds for disciplinary action up to and including termination of employment. Such action is in addition to any civil or criminal liability which might be imposed by any court or regulatory agency.
| 12. | Other Policies and Procedures |
Any other policy or procedure set out by the Company in writing or made generally known to employees, officers or directors of the Company prior to the date hereof or hereafter are separate requirements and remain in full force and effect.
| 13. | Inquiries |
All inquiries and questions in relation to this Code or its applicability to particular people or situations should be addressed to the Company’s Secretary, or such other compliance officer as shall be designated from time to time by the Company.
4
PROVISIONS FOR
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER AND SENIOR FINANCIAL OFFICERS
The CEO and all senior financial officers, including the CFO and principal accounting officer, are bound by the provisions set forth therein relating to ethical conduct, conflicts of interest, and compliance with law. In addition to the Code, the CEO and senior financial officers are subject to the following additional specific policies:
1. Act with honesty and integrity, avoiding actual or apparent conflicts between personal, private interests and the interests of the Company, including receiving improper personal benefits as a result of his or her position.
2. Disclose to the CEO and the Board any material transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest.
3. Perform responsibilities with a view to causing periodic reports and documents filed with or submitted to the SEC and all other public communications made by the Company to contain information that is accurate, complete, fair, objective, relevant, timely and understandable, including full review of all annual and quarterly reports.
4. Comply with laws applicable to the Company, including but not limited to rules and regulations of U.S. federal, state and other local governments and with the rules and regulations of private and public regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over the Company.
5. Act in good faith, responsibly, with due care, competence and diligence, without misrepresenting or omitting material facts or allowing independent judgment to be compromised or subordinated.
6. Respect the confidentiality of information acquired in the course of performance of his or her responsibilities except when authorized or otherwise legally obligated to disclose any such information; not use confidential information acquired in the course of performing his or her responsibilities for personal advantage.
7. Share knowledge and maintain skills important and relevant to the needs of the Company, its shareholders and other constituencies and the general public.
8. Proactively promote ethical behavior among subordinates and peers in his or her work environment and community.
9. Use and control all corporate assets and resources employed by or entrusted to him or her in a responsible manner.
10. Not use corporate information, corporate assets, corporate opportunities or his or her position with the Company for personal gain; not compete directly or indirectly with the Company.
11. Comply in all respects with this Code.
12. Advance the Company’s legitimate interests when the opportunity arises.
The Board will investigate any reported violations and will oversee an appropriate response, including corrective action and preventative measures. Any officer who violates this Code will face appropriate, case specific disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.
Any request for a waiver of any provision of this Code must be in writing and addressed to the Chairman of the Board. Any waiver of this Code will be disclosed as provided in Section 6 of this Code.
It is the policy of the Company that each officer covered by this Code shall acknowledge and certify to the foregoing annually and file a copy of such certification with the Chairman of the Board.
5
OFFICER’S CERTIFICATION
I have read and understand the foregoing Code. I hereby certify that I am in compliance with the foregoing Code and I will comply with the Code in the future. I understand that any violation of the Code will subject me to appropriate disciplinary action, which may include demotion or discharge.
| Dated: | |
| Name: | |
| Title: |
6
Exhibit 21.1
List of Subsidiaries
The Company has the following subsidiaries:
| Entity | Jurisdiction | |
| Virtuix Inc. | Delaware | |
| Virtuix Manufacturing Ltd. | Hong Kong | |
| Virtuix Manufacturing Taiwan Ltd. | Taiwan | |
| Virtuix Arabia LLC | Kingdom of Saudi Arabia |
Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated August 11, 2025 of Virtuix Holdings, Inc. relating to the audits of the consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods ending March 31, 2025 and 2024 and the reference to our firm under the caption “Experts” in the Registration Statement.
| /s/ M&K CPAS, PLLC | |
| www.mkacpas.com | |
| The Woodlands, Texas | |
| December 30, 2025 |
Exhibit 99.1
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS
INC.
AUDIT COMMITTEE CHARTER
| I. | Purpose. |
The Audit Committee (the “Committee”) members will be appointed by the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Virtuix Holdings Inc. (the “Company”). The purpose of the Committee is to assist the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibility relating to (i) the integrity of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ financial statements and financial reporting process and the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ systems of internal accounting and financial controls, (ii) the performance of the internal and external audit services function, (iii) the annual independent audit of the Company’s and subsidiaries’ financial statements, the engagement of the independent auditors and the evaluation of the independent auditors’ qualifications, independence and performance, (iv) the compliance by the Company with legal and regulatory requirements, including the Company’s disclosure of controls and procedures, (v) the evaluation of enterprise risk issues, and (vi) the fulfillment of the other responsibilities set out herein.
The Audit Committee shall oversee the preparation of the report required by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to be included in the Company’s public filing.
| II. | Membership, Structure and Qualifications. |
Membership and Structure. Immediately prior to the effectiveness of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the Company’s direct listing of its Class A common stock (the “Effective Time”), the Committee shall not consist of fewer than three (3) or more than seven (7) directors. At all times prior to the Effective Time, the Committee shall not consist of fewer than one (1) or more than (3) directors. The Committee members shall be elected annually by the Board for terms of one (1) year, or until their successors shall be duly elected and qualified.
Qualifications. All Committee members shall meet all applicable independence requirements of the Nasdaq Stock Market and any successor thereto (“Nasdaq”) and of Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), subject to the exemptions provided in Rule 10A-3(c) under the Exchange Act, and other applicable rules and regulations of the SEC. Additionally, no member of the Committee shall have participated in the preparation of the financial statements of the Company or any current subsidiary of the Company at any time during the preceding three (3) years and all members of the Committee must be able to read and understand fundamental financial statements, including a balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement.
Chairman. Unless the Chairman of the Committee (the “Chairman”) is elected by the full Board, the Committee members may designate a Chairman.
Resignation, Removal and Replacement. Any director may resign from the Committee at any time upon notice of such resignation to the Company. An independent director who ceases to be independent under Nasdaq requirements shall promptly resign to the extent required for the Company to comply with applicable laws, rules and regulations. The Board shall have the power at any time to remove a member of the Committee with or without cause, to fill all vacancies, and to designate alternate members, upon the recommendation of the Committee or on its own behalf, to replace any absent or disqualified members, so long as the Committee shall at all times have at least three (3) members after the Effective Time and be composed solely of independent board members.
Financial Expert. As a matter of best practices, the Committee will endeavor to have at least one of its members with the requisite qualifications to be designated by the Board as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined by Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. The Committee shall report to the Board for further action as appropriate, including, but not limited to, a determination by the Board that the Committee membership includes or does not include one or more “audit committee financial experts” and any related disclosure to be made concerning this matter. The designation of a member of the Committee as an “audit committee financial expert” will not increase the duties, obligations or liability of the designee as compared to the duties, obligations and liability imposed on the designee as a member of the Committee and of the Board. If the Committee does not have an “audit committee financial expert,” then, in accordance with Nasdaq requirements, at least one member of the Committee must be financially sophisticated, in that he or she has past employment experience in finance or accounting, requisite professional certification in accounting, or any other comparable experience or background which results in the individual’s financial sophistication, including but not limited to being or having been a chief executive officer, chief financial officer, other senior officer with financial oversight responsibilities.
| III. | Meetings and Other Actions. |
All meetings of and other actions by the Committee shall be held and taken pursuant to the bylaws of the Company (as may be amended from time to time, the “Bylaws”), including provisions governing notice of meetings and waiver thereof, the number of Committee members required to take action at meetings and by written consent, and other related matters. The Committee may invite any director who is not a member of the Committee, management, counsel, representatives of service providers or other persons to attend meetings and provide information as the Committee, in its sole discretion, considers appropriate.
Unless otherwise authorized by the Board, the Committee shall not delegate any of its authority to any subcommittee.
| IV. | Goals, Responsibilities and Authority. |
The function of the Committee is to oversee the Company’s management and independent accountants in the production of the Company’s financial statements, as well as all controls and procedures relating thereto. The Company’s management is primarily responsible for the preparation and presentation of the Company’s financial statements and for maintaining appropriate systems for accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and internal controls and procedures that provide for compliance with accounting standards and applicable laws and regulations. The Company’s independent accountants are primarily responsible for planning and carrying out a proper audit of the Company’s annual financial statements, reviewing the Company’s unaudited interim financial statements and auditing management’s assessment of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (the “PCAOB”) and other procedures. The independent accountants are accountable to the Board and the Committee, as representatives of the Company’s stockholders. However, the Committee has the ultimate authority and responsibility to select, evaluate and, where appropriate, replace the Company’s independent accountants. For purposes of this Charter, the term “management” means the appropriate officers of each of the Company and its subsidiaries and the phrase “internal accounting staff” means the appropriate officers and employees of each of the Company and its subsidiaries.
In fulfilling their responsibilities hereunder, it is recognized that members of the Committee are not full-time employees of the Company or members of management and are not, and do not represent themselves to be, accountants or auditors by profession. As such, it is not the duty or the responsibility of the Committee or its members to conduct “field work” or other types of auditing or accounting reviews or procedures to determine if the financial statements are complete and accurate and whether they have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in effect in the United States (“GAAP”) or to set auditor independence standards.
Each member of the Committee shall be entitled to rely on (i) the integrity of those persons within and outside the Company and management from which it receives information, (ii) the accuracy of the financial and other information provided to the Committee absent actual knowledge to the contrary (which shall be promptly reported to the Board), and (iii) statements made by the officers and employees of the Company and its subsidiaries or other third parties as to any information technology, internal and external audit and other non-audit services provided by the independent accountants to the Company. In carrying out its responsibilities, the Committee’s policies and procedures shall be adapted, as appropriate, to best react to changing markets and regulatory environments.
Nothing in this Charter shall be interpreted as diminishing or derogating the duties, responsibilities or obligations of the Board. Subject to the requirements of the Bylaws, the Committee shall:
Retention of Independent Accountants and Approval of Services
1. Select or retain each year a firm or firms of independent accountants to audit the accounts and records of the Company and its subsidiaries, to approve the terms of compensation of such independent accountants (including negotiating and executing on behalf of the Company engagement letters) and to terminate such independent accountants as it deems appropriate.
2. Pre-approve any independent accountants’ engagement to render audit and/or permissible non-audit services (including the fees charged and proposed to be charged by the independent accountants), subject to the de minimus exceptions under Section 10A(i)(1)(B) of the Exchange Act, and as otherwise required by law.
3. The Committee may delegate its pre-approval responsibilities to one (1) or more of its members. The member(s) to whom such responsibility is delegated must report, for informational purposes only, any pre-approval decisions to the Committee at its next scheduled meeting.
2
Oversight of the Independent Accountants
4. Obtain and review a report from the independent accountants at least annually regarding:
| (a) | the independent accountants’ internal quality-control procedures; |
| (b) | any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, peer review, or review by the PCAOB, of the firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five (5) years respecting one (1) or more independent audits carried out by the firm; |
| (c) | any steps taken with regard to the issues identified in (a) or (b) above; and |
| (d) | all relationships between the independent accountants and the Company and its subsidiaries. |
5. Obtain from the independent accountants annually a formal written statement of the fees billed in each of the last two (2) fiscal years for each of the following categories of services rendered by the independent accountants:
| (a) | the audit of the Company’s annual financial statements and the reviews of the financial statements included in the Company’s quarterly reports or services that are normally provided by the independent accountants in connection with statutory or regulatory filings or engagements; |
| (b) | that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the Company’s financial statements, in the aggregate and by each service; |
| (c) | tax compliance, tax advice and tax planning services, in the aggregate and by each service; and |
| (d) | all other products and services rendered by the independent accountants, in the aggregate and by each service. |
6. Evaluate the qualifications, performance and independence of the independent accountants, including the following:
| (a) | evaluating the performance of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner, and the quality and depth of the professional staff assigned to the Company and its subsidiaries; |
| (b) | considering whether the accountant’s quality controls are appropriate and adequate in light of the standards and requirements established by the PCAOB and under applicable law at such time; and |
| (c) | considering whether the provision of permitted non-audit services is compatible with maintaining the accountant’s independence. |
7. Consider the opinions of management and the internal accounting staff in connection with the foregoing responsibilities. The Committee shall present its conclusions with respect to the independent accountants to the Board.
8. Monitor the rotation required by Section 10A(j) of the Exchange Act of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for the audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit.
9. Oversee compliance with the following guidelines relating to the Company’s hiring of employees or former employees of the independent accountants:
| (a) | no member of the audit team that is auditing the Company can be hired by the Company in a financial reporting oversight role (as defined in the SEC’s Regulation S-X) for a period of one (1) year following association with that audit; and |
| (b) | the Company’s Chief Financial Officer shall report annually to the Committee the profile of the preceding year’s hires from the independent accountants. |
10. Consider the effect on the Company of:
| (a) | any changes in accounting principles or practices proposed by management or the independent accountants; |
| (b) | any changes in service providers, such accountants, that could impact the Company’s internal control over financial reporting; and |
| (c) | any changes in schedules (such as fiscal or tax year-end changes) or structures or transactions that require special accounting activities, services or resources. |
3
11. Review any presentations or reports prepared by the independent accountants with respect to any applicable Federal tax matters.
12. Annually review a formal written statement from the independent accountants delineating all relationships between the independent accountants and the Company, consistent with applicable requirements and standards of the SEC and the PCAOB, and discuss with the independent accountants their methods and procedures for ensuring independence.
13. Evaluate the efficiency and appropriateness of the services provided by the independent accountants, including any significant difficulties with the audit or any restrictions on the scope of their activities or access to required records, data and information.
14. Interact with the independent accountants, including reviewing and, where necessary, resolving any problems or difficulties the independent accountants may have encountered in connection with the annual audit or otherwise, any management letters provided to the Committee and the Company’s responses. Such review shall address any difficulties encountered in the course of the audit work, including any restrictions on the scope of activities or access to required information, any disagreements that have arisen between management and the independent accountants regarding financial reporting.
15. Review with the independent accountants the effect of regulatory and accounting initiatives, as well as off-balance sheet structures, on the financial statements of the Company.
Financial Statements and Disclosure Matters
16. Review and discuss with management and the independent accountants the annual audited financial statements, including disclosures made in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, and recommend to the Board whether the audited financial statements should be included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K.
17. Review and discuss with management and the independent accountants the Company’s quarterly financial statements, including disclosures made in management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations, prior to the filing of its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, including the results of the independent accountants’ reviews of the quarterly financial statements.
18. Review with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and independent accountants, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting and review periodically, but in no event less frequently than quarterly, management’s conclusions about the effectiveness of such internal control over financial reporting, including any significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in, or material non-compliance with, such internal control.
19. Review with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and independent accountants, the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ disclosure controls and procedures and review periodically, but in no event less frequently than quarterly, management’s conclusions about the effectiveness of such disclosure controls and procedures, including any significant deficiencies in, or material non-compliance with, such controls and procedures.
20. Review disclosures made to the Committee by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, or persons performing similar roles, during their certification process for the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q concerning any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of disclosure controls and procedures and, when applicable, internal control over financial reporting, or material weaknesses in such control, and any fraud involving management or other employees who have a significant role in the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting.
21. Review and discuss the types of information to be disclosed and the types of presentation to be made in connection with earnings releases by the Company and its subsidiaries.
22. Review and discuss the types of financial and non-financial information and earning guidance to be provided to analysts and ratings agencies.
4
23. Meet with the Company’s independent accountants at least four times during each fiscal year, including private meetings, and review written materials prepared by the independent accountants, as appropriate. At these meetings, the Committee shall:
| (a) | review the arrangements for and the scope of the annual audit and any special audits or other special permissible services; |
| (b) | review the Company’s financial statements and to discuss any matters of concern arising in connection with audits of such financial statements, including any adjustments to such statements recommended by the independent accountants or any other results of the audits; |
| (c) | consider and review, as appropriate and in consultation with the independent accountants, the appropriateness and adequacy of the Company’s financial and accounting policies, internal control over financial reporting and, as appropriate, the internal controls of key service providers, and to review management’s responses to the independent accountants’ comments relating to those policies, procedures and controls, and to take any necessary action in light of material control deficiencies; |
| (d) | review with the independent accountants their opinions as to the fairness of the financial statements; and |
| (e) | review and discuss quarterly reports from the independent accountants relating to: (1) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used; (2) all alternative treatment of financial information within GAAP that have been discussed with management, ramifications of the use of such alternative disclosures and treatments and the treatment preferred by the independent accountants; and (3) other material written communications between the independent accountant and management, such as any management letter or schedule of unadjusted differences. |
24. Oversee the preparation of the report required by the SEC to be included in the Company’s public filing.
Compliance Oversight
25. Administer the following procedures relating to the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the Company regarding questionable accounting, internal accounting controls over financial reporting or auditing matters, and the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the Company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters:
| (a) | the Company shall forward to the Committee any complaints or concerns that it has received regarding questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters; |
| (b) | the Company shall establish and publish on its website an e-mail address for receiving anonymous complaints or concerns related to questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, provided that the Company may engage the services of a third-party service provider to receive such complaints on behalf of the Company via telephone, email or other appropriate method; |
| (c) | any employee of the Company may submit, on a confidential, anonymous basis if the employee so desires, any concerns regarding questionable financial statement disclosures, accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters by setting forth such concerns in writing and forwarding them in a sealed envelope to the Chairman of the Committee, such envelope to be labeled with a legend such as “To be opened by the Committee only” (employees may deposit such envelope in the Company’s internal mail system or deliver it by hand to a member of the Committee and if an employee would like to discuss any matter with the Committee, the employee should indicate this in the submission and include a telephone number at which he or she might be contacted if the Committee deems it appropriate); |
| (d) | the Committee shall review and consider any such complaints and concerns that it has received and take any action that it deems appropriate in order to respond thereto; |
| (e) | the Committee may request special treatment for any complaint or concern, including the retention of outside counsel or other advisors; and |
| (f) | the Committee shall retain any such complaints or concerns for a period of no less than five (5) years. |
5
The Committee shall annually reassess the effectiveness of the procedures described immediately above and modify them as necessary
26. The Committee will be designated as and serve as the Qualified Legal Compliance Committee for the Company in accordance with the provisions of Section 307 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Upon receipt of a report of evidence of a material legal violation, the Committee will notify the Board of such report, investigate and recommend appropriate measure to the Board. If the Company does not appropriately respond, the Committee may take further appropriate action, including notification to the SEC.
27. Review with management or any external counsel as the Committee considers appropriate, any legal matters (including the status of pending litigation) that may have a material impact on the Company and any material reports or inquiries from regulatory or governmental agencies.
28. Review with management the adequacy and effectiveness of the Company’s procedures to ensure compliance with its legal and regulatory responsibilities.
29. Discuss with management, the independent accountants, outside counsel, as appropriate, and, in the judgment of the Committee, such special counsel, separate accounting firm and other consultants and advisors as the Committee deems appropriate, any correspondence with regulators or governmental agencies and any published reports which raise material issues regarding the Company’s financial statements, accounting policies or internal control over financial reporting.
30. Obtain reports from management, the internal or external auditor or internal or external audit service provider, as the case may be, and the independent auditor regarding compliance with applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Oversight of Company’s Internal And External Audit Function
31. The internal and external auditor or internal and external audit service provider, as the case may be, shall report periodically to the Committee regarding any significant deficiencies in the design or operation of the Company’s and its subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, material weaknesses in the internal control over financial reporting and any fraud (regardless of materiality) involving persons having a significant role in the internal control over financial reporting, as well as any significant changes in internal control over financial reporting implemented by management during the most recent reporting period of the Company.
32. Discuss with management, the internal and external auditor or internal and external audit service provider, as the case may be, and the independent accountant the Company’s major risk exposures (whether financial, operations or both) and the steps management has taken to monitor and control such exposures, including the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies.
33. With respect to any internal and external audit services that may be outsourced, engage, evaluate and terminate internal and external audit service providers and approve fees to be paid to such internal and external audit service providers.
Financial Oversight
34. Review and approve decisions by the Company and its subsidiaries to enter into derivative transactions (including, but not limited to, swaps, put and call options or combinations thereof, caps, floors, collars, and forward or spot exchanges) and related matters, as appropriate, as well as non-cleared swaps that are exempt from the clearing and trade execution requirements established under applicable federal law, rules and regulations, including swaps that are entered into in reliance upon the “end-user exceptions” to the mandatory execution and clearing requirements of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related regulations. The Committee may review and approve swap transactions submitted to it by management on (a) an individual transaction basis or (b) a blanket basis, with respect to all non-cleared swaps that are exempt from the federal clearing and trade execution requirements, which approval must be reviewed at least annually.
35. Periodically review, at least on an annual basis, or more often (particularly in the event of a material change in hedging strategy) and approve the Company’s policies for the use of swaps that are entered into in reliance upon the end-user exceptions.
6
Other
36. Oversee the preparation of the disclosure required by Item 407(d)(3)(i) of Regulation S-K.
37. Report its activities to the Board on a regular basis and to make such recommendations with respect to the matters described above and other matters as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate.
38. Perform an annual self-evaluation of the Committee’s performance and annually review and reassess the adequacy of and, if appropriate, propose to the Board, any desired changes in, this Charter.
39. The Committee shall have such further responsibilities as are given to it from time to time by the Board. The Committee shall consult, on an ongoing basis, with management, the independent accountants and counsel as to legal or regulatory developments affecting its responsibilities, as well as relevant tax, accounting and industry developments.
The foregoing list of duties is not exhaustive, and the Committee may, in addition, perform such other functions as may be necessary or appropriate for the performance of its duties.
| V. | Additional Resources. |
The Committee shall have the right to use reasonable amounts of time of the Company’s independent accountants, outside lawyers and other internal staff and also shall have the right to hire independent experts, lawyers and other consultants to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities. The Committee shall also be given the resources, as determined by the Committee, for payment of (i) compensation to any registered independent public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services for the Company, (ii) compensation to any independent experts, lawyers and other consultants hired to assist and advise the Committee in connection with its responsibilities, and (iii) ordinary administrative expenses of the Committee that are necessary or appropriate in carrying out its duties. The Committee shall keep the Company’s Chief Financial Officer advised as to the general range of anticipated expenses for outside consultants, and shall advise the Board in advance of any expenditures.
| VI. | Amendments. |
Any amendments to this Charter must be approved or ratified by a majority vote of the Company’s Board, including a majority of independent directors.
| VII. | Disclosure of Charter. |
This Charter will be made available on the Company’s website.
Adopted by the Board of Directors on August 8, 2025 and amended on August 11, 2025.
7
Exhibit 99.2
VIRTUIX HOLDINGS INC. POLICY
FOR COMPLAINTS REGARDING ACCOUNTING,
INTERNAL ACCOUNTING CONTROLS
OR AUDITING MATTERS
Effective as of December 19, 2025
| 1. | Introduction |
Virtuix Holdings Inc. (the “Company”) is committed to full and accurate financial disclosure and to maintaining its books and records in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. The Company wishes to encourage employees, independent contractors, third-party vendors, customers, and business partners to make the Company aware of any practices, procedures or circumstances that raise concerns about the integrity of its financial disclosures, books and records. Therefore, the Company has adopted this policy (the “Policy”) to govern the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints regarding the Company’s accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and to protect the confidential, anonymous reporting of employee concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. This Policy is in addition to the Company’s Code of Ethics, which describes the policy and procedures for reporting any illegal or unethical behavior.
For purposes of this Policy, an “Accounting Complaint” is a complaint about accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters or questionable financial practices, including but not limited to complaints of:
| ● | fraud against investors, securities fraud, mail or wire fraud, bank fraud or fraudulent statements to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) or the investing public; |
| ● | violations of SEC rules and regulations or any other laws applicable to the Company’s financial accounting, maintenance of financial books and records, internal accounting controls and financial statement reviews or audits; |
| ● | fraud or deliberate error in the preparation, evaluation, review or audit of any financial statement of the Company; |
| ● | significant deficiencies in or intentional noncompliance with the Company’s internal accounting controls; |
| ● | misrepresentations or false statements regarding a matter contained in the financial records, financial reports or audit reports of the Company; and |
| ● | deviation from the full and fair reporting of the Company’s financial condition. |
| 2. | Reporting Accounting Complaints |
The Company urges any person desiring to make an Accounting Complaint to contact the Audit Committee Chairman. For persons who wish to report an Accounting Complaint but do not wish to contact the Audit Committee Chairman directly, the Company has established the alternative procedures listed below to report an Accounting Complaint.
| (a) | Written Complaints: Any person may report an Accounting Complaint to the Audit Committee Chairman in writing marked CONFIDENTIAL and mailed to the following address: c/o Virtuix Holdings Inc., 11500 Metric Blvd, Suite 430 Austin TX, 78758 Attn: Audit Committee Chairman. |
| (b) | Outside Counsel: Any person may report an Accounting Complaint to Michael Blankenship directly, orally or in writing marked CONFIDENTIAL and mailed to the following address: Winston & Strawn LLP, Attn: Michael Blankenship, 800 Capitol St., Suite 2400 Houston TX, 77002. |
Upon receipt of an Accounting Complaint, the Audit Committee Chairman or Michael Blankenship, as applicable, will acknowledge receipt to the person reporting the Accounting Complaint if possible.
| 3. | Review and Investigation of Accounting Complaints |
Accounting Complaints received by the Audit Committee Chairman or Michael Blankenship, as applicable, will be reviewed and investigated either by himself, herself or themselves or by a designated employee, outside counsel, advisor, expert or third-party service provider. If determined to be necessary by the Audit Committee Chairman or Michael Blankenship, as applicable, the Company shall provide for appropriate funding to obtain and pay for additional resources that may be necessary to conduct the investigation, including without limitation, retaining outside counsel and/or expert witnesses. Unless otherwise directed by the Audit Committee Chairman or Michael Blankenship, as applicable, any person assigned to investigate an Accounting Complaint will report his or her findings and recommendations to both the Audit Committee Chairman or Michael Blankenship.
At least once each calendar quarter and whenever else as deemed necessary, the Audit Committee Chairman shall submit a report to the Audit Committee (and any member of Company management that the Audit Committee directs to receive such report) that summarizes each Accounting Complaint made to the Audit Committee Chairman within the last twelve (12) months and show specifically: (i) the complainant (unless anonymous, in which case the report will so indicate), (ii) a description of the substance of the Accounting Complaint, (iii) the status of the investigation, (iv) any conclusions reached by the investigator and (v) findings and recommendations. The Audit Committee shall review all Accounting Complaints periodically.
| 4. | Confidentiality and Anonymity of Persons Reporting Accounting Complaints |
While the Company prefers that persons reporting Accounting Complaints identify themselves to aid in the investigation, if necessary, reports may be made anonymously if desired. If requested by the employee, the Company will protect the confidentiality and anonymity of an employee who makes an Accounting Complaint to the fullest extent possible, consistent with the need to conduct an adequate review and investigation of the Accounting Complaint. The Company is not obligated to protect the confidentiality and anonymity of a non-employee person who makes an Accounting Complaint.
| 5. | Access to Reports and Records Regarding Accounting Complaints |
All reports and records associated with Accounting Complaints are considered confidential information and access will be restricted to the Audit Committee Chairman , the members of the Audit Committee and such other persons reasonably determined by the Audit Committee Chairman or the Audit Committee to require such access.
| 6. | Disclosure of Investigation Results |
Accounting Complaints and any resulting investigations, reports or resulting actions will generally not be disclosed to the public except as required by any legal requirements or regulations or by any Company policy in place at the time.
| 7. | Retention of Records |
All Accounting Complaints and documents relating to an Accounting Complaint made through the procedures outlined in this Policy shall be retained for at least five (5) years from the date of the complaint, after which time the information may be destroyed unless the information may be relevant to any pending or potential litigation, inquiry or investigation, in which case the information may not be destroyed and must be retained for the duration of that litigation, inquiry or investigation and thereafter as necessary.
| 8. | No Retaliation |
The Company will not discipline, discriminate against or retaliate against any person who reports an Accounting Compliant in good faith and will not tolerate any such action. It will abide by all laws that prohibit retaliation against employees who lawfully submit complaints under these procedures.
| 9. | Periodic Reviews and Amendments |
The Audit Committee will periodically review this Policy. Any amendments to this Policy must be approved by the Audit Committee.
Ex-Filing Fees
CALCULATION OF FILING FEE TABLES
S-1
Virtuix Holdings Inc.
Table 1: Newly Registered and Carry Forward Securities
| Line Item Type | Security Type | Security Class Title | Notes | Fee Calculation Rule |
Amount Registered | Proposed Maximum Offering Price Per Unit |
Maximum Aggregate Offering Price | Fee Rate | Amount of Registration Fee | ||||||||||||
| Newly Registered Securities | |||||||||||||||||||||
| Fees to be Paid | Equity | Class A common stock, $0.001 par value | (1) | 457(a) | 30,852,457 | $ | 8.75 | $ | 269,958,998.75 | 0.0001381 | $ | 37,281.34 | |||||||||
| Fees to be Paid | Equity | Warrants | (2) | Other | 2,692,997 | 0.0001381 | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||
| Fees to be Paid | Equity | Class A common stock underlying warrants | (3) | Other | 2,692,997 | 8.75 | 23,563,723.75 | 0.0001381 | 3,254.15 | ||||||||||||
| Fees to be Paid | Equity | Convertible notes | (4) | Other | 668,164 | 0.0001381 | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||
| Fees to be Paid | Equity | Class A common stock underlying convertible notes | (5) | Other | 668,164 | $ | 8.75 | $ | 5,846,435.00 | 0.0001381 | $ | 807.39 | |||||||||
| Total Offering Amounts: | $ | 299,369,157.50 | 41,342.88 | ||||||||||||||||||
| Total Fees Previously Paid: | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Total Fee Offsets: | 0.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||
| Net Fee Due: | $ | 41,342.88 | |||||||||||||||||||
__________________________________________
Offering Note(s)
| (1) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions. |
| (2) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions. No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. |
| (3) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions. |
| (4) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions. No fee pursuant to Rule 457(g) under the Securities Act. |
| (5) | Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be issued to prevent dilution resulting from stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions. |